Author: keichwa Date: 2014-10-07 17:56:50 +0200 (Tue, 07 Oct 2014) New Revision: 89796 Added: trunk/yast/tr/po/cio.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/opensuse_mirror.tr.po Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/add-on-creator.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/add-on.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/audit-laf.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/auth-client.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/auth-server.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/autoinst.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/base.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/bootloader.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/ca-management.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/cluster.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/control-center.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/control.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/country.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/dhcp-server.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/dns-server.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/drbd.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/fcoe-client.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/firewall-services.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/firewall.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/firstboot.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/ftp-server.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/geo-cluster.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/gtk.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/http-server.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/inetd.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/installation.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/instserver.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/iplb.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/iscsi-client.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/iscsi-lio-server.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/iscsi-server.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/isns.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/kdump.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/kerberos-server.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/kerberos.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/ldap-client.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/ldap-server.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/ldap.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/live-installer.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/lxc.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/mail.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/multipath.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/ncurses-pkg.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/ncurses.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/network.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/nfs.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/nfs_server.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/nis.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/nis_server.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/ntp-client.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/oneclickinstall.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/online-update-configuration.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/online-update.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/packager.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/pkg-bindings.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/printer.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/product-creator.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/proxy.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/qt-pkg.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/qt.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/rdp.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/rear.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/registration.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/reipl.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/relocation-server.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/s390.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/samba-client.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/samba-server.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/samba-users.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/scanner.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/security.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/services-manager.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/slp-server.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/snapper.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/sound.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/squid.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/sshd.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/storage.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/sudo.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/support.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/sysconfig.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/tftp-server.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/tune.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/update.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/users.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/vm.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/wagon.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/wol.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/xpram.tr.po trunk/yast/tr/po/yast2-apparmor.tr.po Log: merged Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/add-on-creator.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/add-on-creator.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/add-on-creator.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -302,9 +302,7 @@ #. command line message, do not translate 'create', 'clone' #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:864 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"There is no add-on product configuration present. Create a new one using the " -"'create' or 'clone' commands." +msgid "There is no add-on product configuration present. Create a new one using the 'create' or 'clone' commands." msgstr "Dosya bir yapılandırma dosyası." #. error message @@ -354,18 +352,14 @@ #. help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:156 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>Start creating a new add-on product configuration with <b>Add</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>Start creating a new add-on product configuration with <b>Add</b>.</p>" msgstr "<p>Bir seçeneği silmek için seçip <b>Sil</b> düğmesine basın.</p>" #. help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:160 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Edit</b> to modify the selected add-on product configuration.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Kendi yapılandırmanızı oluşturmak için <b>Özel yapılandırma</b> " -"seçeneğini kullanın.</p>" +msgid "<p>Use <b>Edit</b> to modify the selected add-on product configuration.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Kendi yapılandırmanızı oluşturmak için <b>Özel yapılandırma</b> seçeneğini kullanın.</p>" #. help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:164 @@ -376,9 +370,7 @@ #. help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:166 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>Build the new add-on product based on the selected configuration with " -"<b>Build</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>Build the new add-on product based on the selected configuration with <b>Build</b>.</p>" msgstr "<p>Bir seçeneği silmek için seçip <b>Sil</b> düğmesine basın.</p>" #. table header item @@ -1207,23 +1199,17 @@ #. help text for start menu #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:44 -msgid "" -"<p>This module offers guidance for the creation of an add-on product.</p>" +msgid "<p>This module offers guidance for the creation of an add-on product.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text for start menu, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:48 -msgid "" -"<p>Select how to create the new add-on product. You can create it from the " -"beginning or base it on an existing product.</p>" +msgid "<p>Select how to create the new add-on product. You can create it from the beginning or base it on an existing product.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text for start menu, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:52 -msgid "" -"<p>When basing the new product on an existing product, check <b>Generate " -"Package Descriptions</b> to generate new descriptions of packages in the " -"existing product.</p>" +msgid "<p>When basing the new product on an existing product, check <b>Generate Package Descriptions</b> to generate new descriptions of packages in the existing product.</p>" msgstr "" # clients/inst_sw_update.ycp:448 @@ -1237,8 +1223,7 @@ #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:60 #, fuzzy msgid "<p>Enter the name and version of add-on product.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Buradan kullanıcının samba hesabının ayarlarını değiştirebilirsiniz.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Buradan kullanıcının samba hesabının ayarlarını değiştirebilirsiniz.</p>" #. help text for initial data, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:62 @@ -1248,9 +1233,7 @@ #. help text for initial data, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:64 -msgid "" -"<p>Select the product to which the new add-on product can be applied. This " -"selection forms the <b>REQUIRES</b> value of the <tt>content</tt> file.</p>" +msgid "<p>Select the product to which the new add-on product can be applied. This selection forms the <b>REQUIRES</b> value of the <tt>content</tt> file.</p>" msgstr "" # clients/support_question.ycp:109 @@ -1262,9 +1245,7 @@ #. help text for initial data, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:70 -msgid "" -"<p>Choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages that should " -"form your add-on product.</p>" +msgid "<p>Choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages that should form your add-on product.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text for initial data (paragraph title), cont. @@ -1274,11 +1255,7 @@ #. help text for initial data, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:76 -msgid "" -"<p>Optionally, choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages " -"from the product the add-on product should be based on. These packages will " -"not be contained in the add-on product, but could be used for creating the " -"patterns later in the workflow.</p>" +msgid "<p>Optionally, choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages from the product the add-on product should be based on. These packages will not be contained in the add-on product, but could be used for creating the patterns later in the workflow.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text for content file editor (<tt>content</tt> is a name of file) @@ -1291,158 +1268,107 @@ #. help text for content file editor, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:84 -msgid "" -"<p>Enter the information required to identify the add-on product. Deselect " -"<b>Show Only Required Keywords</b> to see all attributes of the <tt>content</" -"tt> file.</p>" +msgid "<p>Enter the information required to identify the add-on product. Deselect <b>Show Only Required Keywords</b> to see all attributes of the <tt>content</tt> file.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text for content file editor, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:88 #, fuzzy msgid "<p>Use <b>Import</b> to import an existing <tt>content</tt> file.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>ISO dosyasını oluşturmayı başlatmak için <b>İleri</b> düğmesine basın.</p>" +msgstr "<p>ISO dosyasını oluşturmayı başlatmak için <b>İleri</b> düğmesine basın.</p>" #. help text for package description files #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:92 -msgid "" -"<p>Edit the language-specific descriptions of packages (<tt>packages.lang</" -"tt> files) here.</p>" +msgid "<p>Edit the language-specific descriptions of packages (<tt>packages.lang</tt> files) here.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text for package description files, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:96 -msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Add Language</b> to add a description file for a new language. The " -"list of available languages is read from the <b>LINGUAS</b> value of the " -"<tt>content</tt> file. Import an existing file with package descriptions " -"with <b>Import</b>. Delete the description file with <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>Use <b>Add Language</b> to add a description file for a new language. The list of available languages is read from the <b>LINGUAS</b> value of the <tt>content</tt> file. Import an existing file with package descriptions with <b>Import</b>. Delete the description file with <b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text for package description files, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:100 -msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Add</b> and <b>Edit</b> in the second table to modify description " -"entries for the selected package.</p>" +msgid "<p>Use <b>Add</b> and <b>Edit</b> in the second table to modify description entries for the selected package.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text for package description files, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:104 -msgid "" -"<p>Optionally, choose the path for the file providing <b>Additional Package " -"Dependencies</b> (EXTRA_PROV).</p>" +msgid "<p>Optionally, choose the path for the file providing <b>Additional Package Dependencies</b> (EXTRA_PROV).</p>" msgstr "" #. help text for patterns #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:108 #, fuzzy msgid "<p>Create and edit the patterns for the add-on product here.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Buradan kullanıcının samba hesabının ayarlarını değiştirebilirsiniz.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Buradan kullanıcının samba hesabının ayarlarını değiştirebilirsiniz.</p>" #. help text for patterns, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:112 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>New</b> to create a new pattern or <b>Import</b> to import an " -"existing one.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Listede olmayan bir sağlayıcıyı eklemek için <b>Yeni</b> düğmesine basın." -"</p>" +msgid "<p>Use <b>New</b> to create a new pattern or <b>Import</b> to import an existing one.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Listede olmayan bir sağlayıcıyı eklemek için <b>Yeni</b> düğmesine basın.</p>" #. help text for patterns, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:116 -msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Add</b> and <b>Edit</b> in the second table to modify pattern " -"attributes.</p>" +msgid "<p>Use <b>Add</b> and <b>Edit</b> in the second table to modify pattern attributes.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text for patterns, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:120 msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Required pattern</b> to mark the selected pattern as required " -"for\n" -"the add-on product. Such a pattern will be automatically preselected when " -"the installation of the add-on product is started.</p>" +"<p>Check <b>Required pattern</b> to mark the selected pattern as required for\n" +"the add-on product. Such a pattern will be automatically preselected when the installation of the add-on product is started.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text for the 'various settings' dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:124 -msgid "" -"<p>Specify the path to the directory in which the add-on product should be " -"created. Select <b>Create ISO Image</b> to create the ISO image of the " -"product in the output directory.</p>" +msgid "<p>Specify the path to the directory in which the add-on product should be created. Select <b>Create ISO Image</b> to create the ISO image of the product in the output directory.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text for the 'various settings' dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:128 -msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Generate Changelog</b> to generate a changelog file containing all " -"changes of packages on the add-on product made in the last two years.</p>" +msgid "<p>Use <b>Generate Changelog</b> to generate a changelog file containing all changes of packages on the add-on product made in the last two years.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text for the 'various settings' dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:132 -msgid "" -"<p>Adapt the workflow of the add-on product with <b>Configure Workflow</b>. " -"Use <b>Optional Files</b> to configure texts of <tt>README</tt> files, " -"licenses, and other optional values.</p>" +msgid "<p>Adapt the workflow of the add-on product with <b>Configure Workflow</b>. Use <b>Optional Files</b> to configure texts of <tt>README</tt> files, licenses, and other optional values.</p>" msgstr "" #. workflow help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:136 -msgid "" -"<p>Here, you can enter the files necessary for customizing your add-on " -"product workflow.</p>" +msgid "<p>Here, you can enter the files necessary for customizing your add-on product workflow.</p>" msgstr "" #. workflow help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:140 -msgid "" -"<p>Enter the location of the file with the workflow description. This file " -"is an alternative to <tt>control.xml</tt> and is saved as <tt>installation." -"xml</tt> in the add-on product's base directory.</p>" +msgid "<p>Enter the location of the file with the workflow description. This file is an alternative to <tt>control.xml</tt> and is saved as <tt>installation.xml</tt> in the add-on product's base directory.</p>" msgstr "" #. workflow help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:144 -msgid "" -"<p>To use custom YaST modules during the installation of the add-on product, " -"enter the path to the <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> archive where these modules are " -"stored or configure the contents of <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> by specifying the " -"YaST RPM packages in <b>Import the Packages</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>To use custom YaST modules during the installation of the add-on product, enter the path to the <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> archive where these modules are stored or configure the contents of <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> by specifying the YaST RPM packages in <b>Import the Packages</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text for expert dialog 1 #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:148 -msgid "" -"<p>The optional <tt>info.txt</tt> file gives information about the add-on " -"that should be displayed as a pop-up window with an <b>OK</b> button.</p>" +msgid "<p>The optional <tt>info.txt</tt> file gives information about the add-on that should be displayed as a pop-up window with an <b>OK</b> button.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text for expert dialog 1, cont #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:152 -msgid "" -"<p>The text of the license is displayed in a window with <b>Agree</b> and " -"<b>Disagree</b> buttons before the installation starts. The files with the " -"license texts in different languages are compressed to the <tt>license.zip</" -"tt> archive and stored in the <tt>media.1</tt> directory.</p>" +msgid "<p>The text of the license is displayed in a window with <b>Agree</b> and <b>Disagree</b> buttons before the installation starts. The files with the license texts in different languages are compressed to the <tt>license.zip</tt> archive and stored in the <tt>media.1</tt> directory.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text for expert dialog 2 #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:156 -msgid "" -"<p>The <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> and <tt>COPYING</tt> files can have various " -"language modifications and are stored in the root directory of the add-on " -"product.</p>" +msgid "<p>The <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> and <tt>COPYING</tt> files can have various language modifications and are stored in the root directory of the add-on product.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text for signing dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:160 -msgid "" -"<p>Here, configure the signing of the add-on product. Choose a secret key " -"from the list of keys available or create a new one with <b>Create</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>Here, configure the signing of the add-on product. Choose a secret key from the list of keys available or create a new one with <b>Create</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text for signing dialog, cont. @@ -1452,55 +1378,40 @@ #. help text for signing dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:166 -msgid "" -"<p>Decide if you want to <b>Sign All Packages</b> of the add-on product with " -"the selected key. All previous package signatures will be removed.</p>" +msgid "<p>Decide if you want to <b>Sign All Packages</b> of the add-on product with the selected key. All previous package signatures will be removed.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text for generating new key dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:170 -msgid "" -"<p>Enter the values necessary for generating the new primary key pair.</p>" +msgid "<p>Enter the values necessary for generating the new primary key pair.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:174 -msgid "" -"<p>The default size of a DSA key is 1024 bits. RSA keys may be between 1024 " -"and 4096 bits long.</p>" +msgid "<p>The default size of a DSA key is 1024 bits. RSA keys may be between 1024 and 4096 bits long.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:178 -msgid "" -"<p>As <b>Expiration Date</b>, enter the number of days after which the key " -"expires. If the number is followed by <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt>, or <tt>y</tt>, " -"it indicates the number of weeks, months, or years. Leave the entry empty " -"for a key that never expires.</p>" +msgid "<p>As <b>Expiration Date</b>, enter the number of days after which the key expires. If the number is followed by <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt>, or <tt>y</tt>, it indicates the number of weeks, months, or years. Leave the entry empty for a key that never expires.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:182 -msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Name</b>, <b>Comment</b>, and <b>E-Mail Address</b> to provide the " -"user identification with which the new key should be associated.</p>" +msgid "<p>Use <b>Name</b>, <b>Comment</b>, and <b>E-Mail Address</b> to provide the user identification with which the new key should be associated.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text for overview dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:186 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>Here, see the overview of data for generating the add-on product.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Buradan kullanıcının samba hesabının ayarlarını değiştirebilirsiniz.</p>" +msgid "<p>Here, see the overview of data for generating the add-on product.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Buradan kullanıcının samba hesabının ayarlarını değiştirebilirsiniz.</p>" # include/scanner/scanner_overview.ycp:84 #. help text for overview dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:190 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>Press <b>Finish</b> to create the add-on product in the output directory." -"</p>" +msgid "<p>Press <b>Finish</b> to create the add-on product in the output directory.</p>" msgstr "" "Yeni yapılandırmayı kaydetmek için\n" "<b>Sonlandır</b> düğmesine basın.</p>\n" @@ -1648,9 +1559,7 @@ #. help text for content file 'BASEARCHS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:164 -msgid "" -"Space-separated list of product architectures. Matches the available product-" -"release packages architectures. " +msgid "Space-separated list of product architectures. Matches the available product-release packages architectures. " msgstr "" #. label of content file 'VERSION' key @@ -1679,10 +1588,7 @@ #. help text for content file 'DISTRIBUTION' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:194 -msgid "" -"Some string denoting the distribution. The same string is most probably used " -"in the .rpms to denote the distribution. Usually a composition of the name, " -"version and architecture." +msgid "Some string denoting the distribution. The same string is most probably used in the .rpms to denote the distribution. Usually a composition of the name, version and architecture." msgstr "" #. label of content file key @@ -1715,9 +1621,7 @@ #. help text for content file '' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:227 -msgid "" -"UTF-8 encoded label. Default label if <b>LINGUAS</b> is omitted or no " -"default language can be determined." +msgid "UTF-8 encoded label. Default label if <b>LINGUAS</b> is omitted or no default language can be determined." msgstr "" # menuentries/menuentry_language.ycp:13 @@ -1798,10 +1702,7 @@ #. help text for content file 'LABEL.lang' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:304 -msgid "" -"UTF-8-encoded <b>LABEL</b>. <tt>lang</tt> has the same syntax as the " -"<b>LINGUAS</b> values. For each language in <b>LINGUAS</b>, a matching " -"<b>LABEL.lang</b> is expected." +msgid "UTF-8-encoded <b>LABEL</b>. <tt>lang</tt> has the same syntax as the <b>LINGUAS</b> values. For each language in <b>LINGUAS</b>, a matching <b>LABEL.lang</b> is expected." msgstr "" # clients/hwinfo.ycp:42 clients/hwinfo.ycp:64 @@ -1844,9 +1745,7 @@ #. help text for 'Cat' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:366 -msgid "" -"One line category in the default language used to group patterns. Categories " -"are intended for the user and can be specified freely." +msgid "One line category in the default language used to group patterns. Categories are intended for the user and can be specified freely." msgstr "" #. help text for 'Cat.lang' pattern key @@ -1884,8 +1783,7 @@ #. help text for 'Prc' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:400 -msgid "" -"These packages are installed by default but can be removed without complaint." +msgid "These packages are installed by default but can be removed without complaint." msgstr "" #. label for 'Prs' pattern key @@ -1899,9 +1797,7 @@ #. help text for 'SUGGESTS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:410 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:503 #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:712 -msgid "" -"These are just hints for an application and not handled during dependency " -"resolution." +msgid "These are just hints for an application and not handled during dependency resolution." msgstr "" # include/cups/ui.ycp:463 @@ -1915,12 +1811,7 @@ #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:420 msgid "" "If unspecified, the pattern name is used \n" -" instead (with blanks in the name replaced by underscores). If the filename " -"does not include a .png or .jpg extension, .png is appended. If no path is " -"specified, icons are searched for in the theme icon path (first /usr/share/" -"YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ then /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/" -"icons/48x48/apps/). Absolute and relative paths (to the theme path /usr/" -"share/YaST2/theme/current/) are allowed." +" instead (with blanks in the name replaced by underscores). If the filename does not include a .png or .jpg extension, .png is appended. If no path is specified, icons are searched for in the theme icon path (first /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ then /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). Absolute and relative paths (to the theme path /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/) are allowed." msgstr "" #. label for 'Ord' pattern key @@ -1930,9 +1821,7 @@ #. help text for 'Ord' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:431 -msgid "" -"This three-digit integer value defines the order of the pattern when listing " -"multiple patterns in the user interface." +msgid "This three-digit integer value defines the order of the pattern when listing multiple patterns in the user interface." msgstr "" # clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1542 clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1573 clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1695 clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1883 @@ -1955,11 +1844,7 @@ #. help text for 'Prv' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:453 -msgid "" -"Capabilities this pattern provides. They can be used to match <b>REQUIRES</" -"b> from others. Every resolvable has a provide by default--its own name and " -"edition. For example, package <i>bar-1.42-1</i> provides the capability " -"<tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." +msgid "Capabilities this pattern provides. They can be used to match <b>REQUIRES</b> from others. Every resolvable has a provide by default--its own name and edition. For example, package <i>bar-1.42-1</i> provides the capability <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." msgstr "" # clients/support_send.ycp:113 clients/support_send.ycp:128 @@ -1971,9 +1856,7 @@ #. help text for 'Con' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:463 -msgid "" -"This pattern cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that " -"provides the capability is installed." +msgid "This pattern cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that provides the capability is installed." msgstr "" #. label for 'Obs' pattern key @@ -1997,9 +1880,7 @@ #. help text for 'Rec' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:483 -msgid "" -"A weak version of REQUIRES. If recommended patterns cannot be installed, no " -"error is shown." +msgid "A weak version of REQUIRES. If recommended patterns cannot be installed, no error is shown." msgstr "" #. label for 'Sup' pattern key @@ -2010,10 +1891,7 @@ #. help text for 'Sup' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:493 -msgid "" -"A reverse <b>Rec</b>. This pattern is installed if the specified capability " -"is provided by an installed resolvable. The dependency resolver installs it. " -"Uninstalling it is silently accepted." +msgid "A reverse <b>Rec</b>. This pattern is installed if the specified capability is provided by an installed resolvable. The dependency resolver installs it. Uninstalling it is silently accepted." msgstr "" # clients/inst_part_proposal.ycp:57 @@ -2030,9 +1908,7 @@ #. help text for 'Fre' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:513 -msgid "" -"The current pattern is only considered for installation if the pattern " -"specified here is installed." +msgid "The current pattern is only considered for installation if the pattern specified here is installed." msgstr "" #. label for 'Ext' pattern key @@ -2104,9 +1980,7 @@ #. help text for 'Ins' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:601 -msgid "" -"An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected, such as a " -"test version warning or a commercial license." +msgid "An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected, such as a test version warning or a commercial license." msgstr "" #. label for 'Del' key @@ -2117,9 +1991,7 @@ #. help text for 'Del' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:610 -msgid "" -"An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected for " -"deletion, such as a warning that the system is unusable without the package." +msgid "An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected for deletion, such as a warning that the system is unusable without the package." msgstr "" #. label for 'Eul' key @@ -2129,9 +2001,7 @@ #. help text for 'Eul' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:619 -msgid "" -"Text of the EULA. This text is displayed before the package installation. If " -"the user does not accept the EULA, the package is not installed." +msgid "Text of the EULA. This text is displayed before the package installation. If the user does not accept the EULA, the package is not installed." msgstr "" #. label of key @@ -2143,9 +2013,7 @@ #. help text for 'REQUIRES' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:662 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>Resolvables that must be installed on the system to meet product " -"requirements.</p>" +msgid "<p>Resolvables that must be installed on the system to meet product requirements.</p>" msgstr "" "Seçilen disk bölümünde kurulu olan sistemin mimarisi\n" "bu ürününkinden farklı." @@ -2158,9 +2026,7 @@ #. help text for 'PROVIDES' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:672 -msgid "" -"Capabilities this product provides. They can be used to match <b>requires</" -"b> from others." +msgid "Capabilities this product provides. They can be used to match <b>requires</b> from others." msgstr "" # clients/support_send.ycp:113 clients/support_send.ycp:128 @@ -2172,9 +2038,7 @@ #. help text for 'CONFLICTS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:682 -msgid "" -"This resolvable cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that " -"provides the capability is installed." +msgid "This resolvable cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that provides the capability is installed." msgstr "" #. label of 'OBSOLETES' key @@ -2185,9 +2049,7 @@ #. help text for 'OBSOLETES' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:692 -msgid "" -"When this resolvable is installed, it uninstalls any other resolvable with a " -"name matching this keyword." +msgid "When this resolvable is installed, it uninstalls any other resolvable with a name matching this keyword." msgstr "" #. label of 'RECOMMENDS' key @@ -2198,9 +2060,7 @@ #. help text for 'RECOMMENDS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:702 -msgid "" -"A weak version of <b>requires</b>. An attempt is made to fulfill " -"<b>RECOMMENDS</b>, but they are silently ignored if no match is possible." +msgid "A weak version of <b>requires</b>. An attempt is made to fulfill <b>RECOMMENDS</b>, but they are silently ignored if no match is possible." msgstr "" #. label of 'SUGGESTS' key @@ -2236,9 +2096,7 @@ #. help text for 'productline' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:747 -msgid "" -"A short name for the product, which does not change between service packs " -"and versions." +msgid "A short name for the product, which does not change between service packs and versions." msgstr "" #. table item label @@ -2255,9 +2113,7 @@ #. help text for media type #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:761 -msgid "" -"Type of media that will be used for target product. Possible values are: cd, " -"ftp, dvd5, dvd9." +msgid "Type of media that will be used for target product. Possible values are: cd, ftp, dvd5, dvd9." msgstr "" #. table item label Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/add-on.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/add-on.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/add-on.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -41,12 +41,8 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/add-on.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use " -"xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." -msgstr "" -"Hedef dosya adı ('xmlfile' seçeneği) eksik. Komut satırı seçeneğini " -"xmlfile=<hedef_XML_dosyası> olarak kullanın." +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "Hedef dosya adı ('xmlfile' seçeneği) eksik. Komut satırı seçeneğini xmlfile=<hedef_XML_dosyası> olarak kullanın." # include/ui/wizard_dialog.ycp:148 include/ui/wizard_dialog.ycp:206 # include/ui/common_popups.ycp:243 @@ -146,8 +142,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:226 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>Select the language extensions to be installed then click <b>OK</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>Select the language extensions to be installed then click <b>OK</b>.</p>" msgstr "<p>Bir seçeneği silmek için seçip <b>Sil</b> düğmesine basın.</p>" # include/ui/wizard_dialog.ycp:199 @@ -366,10 +361,8 @@ "select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Makine yapılandırması</big></b><br>\n" -"Makine ayarlarını düzenlemek için listeden ilgili girdiyi seçin ve " -"<b>Düzenle</b> düğmesine basın.\n" -"Yeni bir seçenek eklemek için <b>Ekle</b> düğmesini, bir seçeneği silmek " -"için de <b>Sil</b> düğmesini kullanın.</p>" +"Makine ayarlarını düzenlemek için listeden ilgili girdiyi seçin ve <b>Düzenle</b> düğmesine basın.\n" +"Yeni bir seçenek eklemek için <b>Ekle</b> düğmesini, bir seçeneği silmek için de <b>Sil</b> düğmesini kullanın.</p>" #. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:941 @@ -434,9 +427,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2 #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1288 -msgid "" -"<p>Click <b>Add</b> to add a new add-on product, or <b>Delete</b> to remove " -"an add-on which is in use.</p>" +msgid "<p>Click <b>Add</b> to add a new add-on product, or <b>Delete</b> to remove an add-on which is in use.</p>" msgstr "" #. no items Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/audit-laf.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/audit-laf.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/audit-laf.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -523,8 +523,7 @@ #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:35 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Initializing Configuration of Linux Audit Framework</big></" -"b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Initializing Configuration of Linux Audit Framework</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Yapılandırması başlatılıyor</big></b>\n" @@ -537,8 +536,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<P><B><BIG>Başlatma işlemini kesme:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -"<b>Kes</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde " -"kesebilirsiniz.</p>\n" +"<b>Kes</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde kesebilirsiniz.</p>\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:43 @@ -567,22 +565,16 @@ #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Auditd Log File Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"The audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is " -"responsible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file <i>/var/" -"log/audit/audit.log</i> (default).\n" -"Events may come from the <i>apparmor</i> kernel module, from applications " -"which use <i>libaudit</i> (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by rules (e.g. file " -"watches).</p>" +"The audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is responsible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file <i>/var/log/audit/audit.log</i> (default).\n" +"Events may come from the <i>apparmor</i> kernel module, from applications which use <i>libaudit</i> (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by rules (e.g. file watches).</p>" msgstr "" #. logfile_settings dialog help 2/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:60 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p>The <b>Rules for auditctl</b> dialog offers more information about rules " -"and the possibility to add rules.\n" -"Detailed information about the log file settings can be obtained from the " -"manual page ('man auditd.conf').</p>" +"<p>The <b>Rules for auditctl</b> dialog offers more information about rules and the possibility to add rules.\n" +"Detailed information about the log file settings can be obtained from the manual page ('man auditd.conf').</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Yeni yapılandırma ekleme:</big></b><br>\n" "<b>Ekle</b> düğmesine basıp yeni bir yapılandırma oluşturabilirsiniz.</p>" @@ -597,42 +589,33 @@ #. logfile_settings dialog help 4/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:68 msgid "" -"<p><b>Format</b>: set <i>RAW</i> to log all data (store in a format exactly " -"as the kernel\n" -"sends it) or <i>NOLOG</i> to discard all audit information instead of " -"writing it on disk (does not affect\n" +"<p><b>Format</b>: set <i>RAW</i> to log all data (store in a format exactly as the kernel\n" +"sends it) or <i>NOLOG</i> to discard all audit information instead of writing it on disk (does not affect\n" "data sent to the dispatcher).</p> " msgstr "" #. logfile_settings dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:74 msgid "" -"<p><b>Flush</b>: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to " -"<i>INCREMENTAL</i> the\n" -"<b>Frequency</b> parameter tells how many records to write before issuing an " -"explicit flush to disk.\n" -"<i>NONE</i> means: no special effort is made to flush data, <i>DATA</i>: " -"keep data portion synced,\n" +"<p><b>Flush</b>: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to <i>INCREMENTAL</i> the\n" +"<b>Frequency</b> parameter tells how many records to write before issuing an explicit flush to disk.\n" +"<i>NONE</i> means: no special effort is made to flush data, <i>DATA</i>: keep data portion synced,\n" "<i>SYNC</i>: keep data and meta-data fully synced.</p>" msgstr "" #. logfile_settings dialog help 6/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:81 msgid "" -"<p>Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take " -"when this\n" +"<p>Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take when this\n" "value is reached via <b>Size and Action</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. logfile_settings dialog help 7/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:85 msgid "" -"<p>If the action is set to <i>ROTATE</i> the <b>Number of Log Files</b> " -"specifies the number\n" -"of files to keep. Set to <i>SYSLOG</i>, the audit daemon will write a " -"warning\n" -"to /var/log/messages. With <i>SUSPEND</i> the daemon stops writing records " -"to\n" +"<p>If the action is set to <i>ROTATE</i> the <b>Number of Log Files</b> specifies the number\n" +"of files to keep. Set to <i>SYSLOG</i>, the audit daemon will write a warning\n" +"to /var/log/messages. With <i>SUSPEND</i> the daemon stops writing records to\n" "disk. <i>IGNORE</i> means do nothing, <i>KEEP_LOGS</i> is similar\n" "to ROTATE, but log files are not overwritten.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -640,13 +623,10 @@ #. logfile_settings dialog help 8/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:93 msgid "" -"<p><b>Computer Name Format</b> describes how to write the computer name to " -"the\n" +"<p><b>Computer Name Format</b> describes how to write the computer name to the\n" "log file. If <i>USER</i> is set, the <b>User Defined Name</b> is\n" -"used. <i>NONE</i> means no computer name is inserted. <i>HOSTNAME</i> uses " -"the\n" -"name returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. <i>FQD</i> uses the fully " -"qualified\n" +"used. <i>NONE</i> means no computer name is inserted. <i>HOSTNAME</i> uses the\n" +"name returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. <i>FQD</i> uses the fully qualified\n" "domain name.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -655,8 +635,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b><big>Auditd Dispatcher Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"Detailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the " -"manual page\n" +"Detailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the manual page\n" "('man auditd.conf').</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Yeni yapılandırma ekleme:</big></b><br>\n" @@ -665,20 +644,16 @@ #. dispatcher dialog help 2/5 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:107 msgid "" -"<p><b>Dispatcher</b>: The dispatcher program is started by the audit daemon " -"and\n" +"<p><b>Dispatcher</b>: The dispatcher program is started by the audit daemon and\n" "gets all audit events on stdin.</p>" msgstr "" #. dispatcher dialog help 3/5 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:111 msgid "" -"<p><b>Communication</b>: Controls the communication between the daemon and " -"the dispatcher\n" -"program. A <i>lossy</i> communication means that events going to the " -"dispatcher are discarded\n" -"when the queue (a 128kB buffer) is full. Choose <i>lossless</i> if you want " -"a blocking/lossless\n" +"<p><b>Communication</b>: Controls the communication between the daemon and the dispatcher\n" +"program. A <i>lossy</i> communication means that events going to the dispatcher are discarded\n" +"when the queue (a 128kB buffer) is full. Choose <i>lossless</i> if you want a blocking/lossless\n" "communication.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -686,8 +661,7 @@ #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<p>The dispatcher 'audispd' is an audit event multiplexor.\n" -"For more information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man audispd." -"conf').</p>" +"For more information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man audispd.conf').</p>" msgstr "" #. dispatcher dialog help 5/5 @@ -711,28 +685,23 @@ #. disk space dialog help 2/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:132 msgid "" -"<p><b>Space Left</b> (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to perform " -"an <b>Action</b> because\n" +"<p><b>Space Left</b> (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to perform an <b>Action</b> because\n" "the system is starting to run low on space.</p>" msgstr "" #. disk space dialog help 3/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:136 msgid "" -"<p>The value for <b>Admin Space Left</b> should be lower than above. The " -"system <b>is running\n" -"low</b> on disk space if the value is reached and the specified <b>Action</" -"b> will be performed.</p>" +"<p>The value for <b>Admin Space Left</b> should be lower than above. The system <b>is running\n" +"low</b> on disk space if the value is reached and the specified <b>Action</b> will be performed.</p>" msgstr "" #. disk space dialog hep 4/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "<p>If an action is set to <i>EMAIL</i>, a warning mail will be sent to the\n" -"account specified in <b>Action Mail Account</b>.<br> <i>SYSLOG</i> means " -"the\n" -"disk space warning will be written to /var/log/messages. <i>IGNORE</i> " -"means\n" +"account specified in <b>Action Mail Account</b>.<br> <i>SYSLOG</i> means the\n" +"disk space warning will be written to /var/log/messages. <i>IGNORE</i> means\n" "do nothing. <i>EXEC</i> runs the script specified in <b>Path to\n" "Script</b>. <i>SUSPEND</i> stops writing records to disk. <i>SINGLE</i>\n" "switches the system to single user mode. <i>HALT</i> shuts down the\n" @@ -742,10 +711,8 @@ #. disk space dialog help 5/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:150 msgid "" -"<p>You can also specify a <b>Disk Full Action</b> (disk has become full " -"already) and\n" -"a <b>Disk Error Action</b> (performed whenever an error is detected while " -"writing to disk).\n" +"<p>You can also specify a <b>Disk Full Action</b> (disk has become full already) and\n" +"a <b>Disk Error Action</b> (performed whenever an error is detected while writing to disk).\n" "Available actions are the same as above (except for <i>EMAIL</i>).</p>" msgstr "" @@ -753,8 +720,7 @@ #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "<p><b>Note:</b> All scripts specified for <i>EXEC</i> must be owned\n" -"by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be " -"entered.</p>\n" +"by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. rules dialog help 1/6 @@ -763,39 +729,31 @@ "<p><b><big>Rules for auditctl</big></b><br>\n" "This dialog offers the possibility to enable or to disable the syscall\n" "auditing as well as to lock the audit configuration.\n" -"The selected flag from <b>Set Enabled Flag</b> will be added to the rules.</" -"p>" +"The selected flag from <b>Set Enabled Flag</b> will be added to the rules.</p>" msgstr "" #. rules dialog help 2/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:167 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Note:</b><br>Locking the rules means they cannot be changed until next " -"reboot.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Note:</b><br>Locking the rules means they cannot be changed until next reboot.</p>" msgstr "" #. rules dialog help 3/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:171 msgid "" "<p>Enabling auditing without additional rules will cause the\n" -" applications which use <i>libaudit</i>, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/audit/" -"audit.log (default).</p> " +" applications which use <i>libaudit</i>, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default).</p> " msgstr "" #. rules dialog help 4/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:175 msgid "" -"<p>You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for " -"advanced users.<br>\n" +"<p>You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for advanced users.<br>\n" "For more information about all options, see 'man auditctl'.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. rules dialog help 5/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:179 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Check Syntax</b> sends the rules via <i>auditctl</i> to the audit " -"subsystem and checks the syntax.<br><b>Restore</b> restores the settings " -"from /etc/audit/audit.rules.</p>\n" +msgid "<p><b>Check Syntax</b> sends the rules via <i>auditctl</i> to the audit subsystem and checks the syntax.<br><b>Restore</b> restores the settings from /etc/audit/audit.rules.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. rules dialog help 6/6 @@ -841,15 +799,9 @@ #. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:318 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<p>To configure the Samba client, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed." -#| "</p>" -msgid "" -"<p>To continue the configuration of Linux Auditing, the package <b>%1</b> " -"must be installed.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Samba istemcisini yapılandırmak için <b>%1</b> paketinin kurulu olması " -"gerekir.</p>" +#| msgid "<p>To configure the Samba client, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" +msgid "<p>To continue the configuration of Linux Auditing, the package <b>%1</b> must be installed.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Samba istemcisini yapılandırmak için <b>%1</b> paketinin kurulu olması gerekir.</p>" #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:321 #, fuzzy @@ -959,9 +911,10 @@ msgid "Start and &Enable" msgstr "" +# clients/inst_custom_part.ycp:2930 #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 msgid "&Start" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Başlat" #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 msgid "&Do not start" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/auth-client.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/auth-client.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/auth-client.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:149 src/include/dialogs.rb:222 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:313 src/include/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TAMAM" #. Waiting for response #. Waiting for response @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:221 src/include/dialogs.rb:311 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:372 msgid "Help" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Yardım" #. No we open the dialog #: src/include/dialogs.rb:306 @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "New" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Yeni" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Add New Domain" @@ -179,15 +179,16 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:538 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ekle" +# include/ui/wizard_hw.ycp:123 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:539 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Düzenle" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:540 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Silinecek" #. Inetd configure dialog caption #: src/include/dialogs.rb:547 @@ -205,70 +206,48 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:22 -msgid "" -"Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts." +msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:27 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:80 -msgid "" -"Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data " -"Provider crash or restart before they give up" +msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up" msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:31 -msgid "" -"SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be " -"configured or SSSD won't start." +msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:32 -msgid "" -"This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be " -"queried." +msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:36 -msgid "" -"Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing " -"user name and domain into these components" +msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components" msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:40 -msgid "" -"The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a " -"(name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name." +msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:44 -msgid "" -"SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update " -"its internal DNS resolver." +msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:45 -msgid "" -"By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to " -"polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." +msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:49 -msgid "" -"Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache " -"files." +msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:53 -msgid "" -"This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a " -"domain name component." +msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component." msgstr "" #. Define Global Services Parameters #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:60 -msgid "" -"Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the " -"default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most " -"verbose mode." +msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:65 @@ -284,42 +263,28 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:85 -msgid "" -"This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be " -"opened at one time by this SSSD process." +msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:90 -msgid "" -"This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process " -"can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it." +msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:95 -msgid "" -"If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it " -"is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." +msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." msgstr "" #. NSS configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:103 -msgid "" -"How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about " -"all users)?" +msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?" msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:108 -msgid "" -"The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background " -"if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value " -"for the domain." +msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:113 -msgid "" -"Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits " -"(that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) " -"before asking the back end again." +msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:118 @@ -331,20 +296,15 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:128 -msgid "" -"If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." +msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:132 -msgid "" -"Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value " -"or a template." +msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:136 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1103 -msgid "" -"Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified " -"explicitly by the domain's data provider." +msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:140 @@ -360,50 +320,36 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:153 -msgid "" -"The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." +msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:157 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1107 -msgid "" -"The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." +msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:162 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:205 -msgid "" -"Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be " -"considered valid." +msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:167 -msgid "" -"Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be " -"valid." +msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid." msgstr "" #. PAM configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:175 -msgid "" -"If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached " -"logins (in days since the last successful online login)." +msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:180 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:185 -msgid "" -"The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts " -"has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." +msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:190 -msgid "" -"Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." +msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:195 -msgid "" -"For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to " -"immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to " -"ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." +msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." msgstr "" #. The kerberos domain section @@ -414,37 +360,27 @@ #. SUDO configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:213 -msgid "" -"Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes " -"that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." +msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." msgstr "" #. AUTOFS configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:221 -msgid "" -"Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative " -"hits before asking the back end again." +msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again." msgstr "" #. SSH configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:229 -msgid "" -"Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts " -"file." +msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:234 -msgid "" -"How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its " -"host keys were requested." +msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested." msgstr "" #. DOMAIN SECTIONS #. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:243 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:248 -msgid "" -"UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is " -"outside these limits, it is ignored." +msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:253 @@ -452,51 +388,35 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:258 -msgid "" -"If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor " -"will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." +msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:263 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the " -"backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:268 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:273 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:278 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before " -"asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:283 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:288 -msgid "" -"How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend " -"again." +msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:293 -msgid "" -"How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid " -"before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:298 @@ -504,9 +424,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:303 -msgid "" -"Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before " -"being removed during a cleanup of the cache." +msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:308 @@ -514,9 +432,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:313 -msgid "" -"Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) " -"as the user's login name reported to NSS." +msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:319 @@ -528,8 +444,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:331 -msgid "" -"The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." +msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:337 @@ -553,27 +468,19 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:366 -msgid "" -"Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string " -"containing user name and domain into these components." +msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:371 -msgid "" -"A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, " -"domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." +msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:377 -msgid "" -"Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when " -"performing DNS lookups." +msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:382 -msgid "" -"Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS " -"resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." +msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:386 @@ -581,9 +488,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:387 -msgid "" -"If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of " -"the service discovery DNS query." +msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:391 @@ -595,15 +500,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:401 -msgid "" -"When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second " -"lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested " -"name was an alias." +msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:406 -msgid "" -"Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." +msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." msgstr "" #. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider @@ -612,9 +513,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:417 -msgid "" -"Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only " -"to groups within this SSSD domain." +msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:422 @@ -622,9 +521,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:427 -msgid "" -"Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This " -"applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." +msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:433 @@ -634,32 +531,23 @@ #. The local domain section #. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local. #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:442 -msgid "" -"The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home " -"directory." +msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:447 -msgid "" -"Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." +msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:452 -msgid "" -"Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." +msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:457 -msgid "" -"Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created " -"home directory." +msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:462 -msgid "" -"The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in " -"the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd" -"(8)" +msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)" msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:467 @@ -672,15 +560,11 @@ #. The ldap domain section #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:480 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:485 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " -"should connect in the order of preference." +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:491 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:497 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " -"should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:503 @@ -724,8 +608,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:553 -msgid "" -" The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." +msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:558 @@ -741,106 +624,67 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:573 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:778 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " -"parent object." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:578 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last " -"password change)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:583 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password " -"age)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:588 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password " -"age)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:593 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning " -"period)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:598 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password " -"inactivity period)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:603 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this " -"parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow" -"(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:608 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " -"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in " -"kerberos." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:613 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " -"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:618 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name " -"of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:623 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name " -"of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:628 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter " -"determines if access is allowed or not." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:633 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if " -"access is allowed or not." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:638 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until " -"which date access is granted." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:643 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the " -"hours of a day in a week when access is granted." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:648 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name " -"(UPN)." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:652 @@ -848,10 +692,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:657 -msgid "" -"Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the " -"realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to " -"fail." +msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:658 @@ -859,16 +700,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:663 -msgid "" -"Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of " -"enumerated records." +msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:668 -msgid "" -"Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups " -"with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save " -"space." +msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:673 @@ -880,17 +716,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:683 -msgid "" -"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will " -"use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry " -"to determine access privilege." +msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:688 -msgid "" -"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the " -"presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access " -"privilege." +msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:698 @@ -918,30 +748,19 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:728 -msgid "" -" The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " -"parent object." +msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:734 -msgid "" -"If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. " -"RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will " -"follow." +msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:740 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " -"feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with " -"complex or deep nested groups." +msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:746 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " -"feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when " -"dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." +msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:752 @@ -957,13 +776,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:768 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:773 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:783 @@ -971,9 +788,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:788 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their " -"aliases." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:793 @@ -981,52 +796,35 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:798 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:804 -msgid "" -"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches " -"for this attribute type." +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:809 -msgid "" -" Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run " -"before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode " -"is entered)." +msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:814 -msgid "" -"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group " -"enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results " -"are returned (and offline mode is entered)." +msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:819 -msgid "" -"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) " -"following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." +msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:824 -msgid "" -"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs " -"will abort if no response is received." +msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:829 -msgid "" -"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be " -"maintained." +msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:834 -msgid "" -"Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. " -"Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." +msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:839 @@ -1034,33 +832,23 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:844 -msgid "" -"When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum " -"security level necessary to establish the connection." +msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:849 -msgid "" -"Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal " -"cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." +msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:855 -msgid "" -"Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if " -"any." +msgid "Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if any." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:860 -msgid "" -"Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate " -"Authorities that sssd will recognize." +msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:865 -msgid "" -"Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority " -"certificates in separate individual files." +msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:869 @@ -1076,16 +864,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:883 -msgid "" -"Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the " -"channel." +msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:888 -msgid "" -"Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the " -"ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying " -"on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." +msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:892 @@ -1101,9 +884,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:907 -msgid "" -"If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to " -"canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." +msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:912 @@ -1119,8 +900,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:927 -msgid "" -"Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." +msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:932 @@ -1132,28 +912,19 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:941 -msgid "" -"Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows " -"password changes when service discovery is enabled." +msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:946 -msgid "" -"Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with " -"days since the Epoch after a password change operation." +msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:951 -msgid "" -"If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), " -"this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that " -"must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." +msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:956 -msgid "" -" With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can " -"be enabled." +msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:962 @@ -1165,15 +936,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:972 -msgid "" -"Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that " -"use the RFC2307 schema." +msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:995 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:999 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the " -"Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1004 @@ -1181,9 +948,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1009 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1014 -msgid "" -"If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative " -"servers can be defined here." +msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1019 @@ -1195,39 +960,27 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1029 -msgid "" -" Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change " -"password request is aborted." +msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1034 -msgid "" -"Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been " -"spoofed." +msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1039 -msgid "" -"The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from " -"KDCs." +msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1044 -msgid "" -"Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to " -"request a TGT when the provider comes online again." +msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1048 -msgid "" -"Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer " -"immediately followed by a time unit." +msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1052 -msgid "" -"Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately " -"followed by a time unit." +msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1056 @@ -1235,9 +988,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1061 -msgid "" -"Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-" -"authentication." +msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1065 @@ -1254,16 +1005,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1087 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1091 -msgid "" -"The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to " -"which SSSD should connect in order of preference." +msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1095 -msgid "" -"Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the " -"fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this " -"host." +msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1099 @@ -1271,15 +1017,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1112 -msgid "" -" Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " -"Active Directory user and group SIDs." +msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1117 -msgid "" -"Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " -"Active Directory user and group SIDs." +msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1122 @@ -1295,9 +1037,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1135 -msgid "" -"Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to " -"winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." +msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." msgstr "" #. The Active Directory domain section @@ -1306,21 +1046,15 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1151 -msgid "" -"The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers to " -"which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." +msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1155 -msgid "" -"May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully " -"qualified name." +msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1160 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into " -"FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." +msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1165 @@ -1328,8 +1062,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1169 -msgid "" -"Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." +msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." msgstr "" #. end Export Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/auth-server.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/auth-server.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/auth-server.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -42,13 +42,14 @@ msgid "Add a schema to the list" msgstr "" +# include/runlevel/ui.ycp:373 include/runlevel/ui.ycp:469 #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:72 msgid "Enable the service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hizmeti etkinleştir" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:73 msgid "Disable the service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hizmeti kapat" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:75 msgid "Database type (\"hdb\" or \"bdb\")" @@ -72,7 +73,7 @@ #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:98 msgid "File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dosya" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:99 msgid "Position" @@ -98,9 +99,7 @@ #. error popup #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:58 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:228 -msgid "" -"The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings " -"later in the installed system." +msgid "The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings later in the installed system." msgstr "" #. y2error( "sysconfig var is '%1'", SCR::Read( .sysconfig.openldap.OPENLDAP_REGISTER_SLP ) ); @@ -113,9 +112,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:106 -msgid "" -"Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to " -"continue." +msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to continue." msgstr "" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:112 @@ -149,7 +146,7 @@ #. all known interfaces for testing #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:185 msgid "Open Port in Firewall" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Firewall'da port aç" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:188 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:203 @@ -164,7 +161,7 @@ #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:194 msgid "Firewall is disabled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Firewall kapalı" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:200 msgid "Register at SLP Daemon: " @@ -202,11 +199,11 @@ "YaST2 cannot continue the configuration\n" "without installing the required packages." msgstr "" +"YaST gerekli paketleri kurmadan\n" +"yapılandırma işlemine devam edemez." #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:309 -msgid "" -"OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has " -"finished." +msgid "OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has finished." msgstr "" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:344 @@ -227,10 +224,8 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:107 msgid "" -"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not " -"running.\n" -"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do " -"you \n" +"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not running.\n" +"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do you \n" "want to create a new configuration from scratch?" msgstr "" @@ -287,7 +282,7 @@ #. ******************** #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:48 msgid "General Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Genel ayarlar" #. list of valid encoding methods for password inputs, used by add database and edit database #. dialogs @@ -303,7 +298,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127 msgid "Firewall Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Firewall ayarları" #. create new item #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:198 @@ -311,9 +306,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:199 -msgid "" -"Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want " -"to create a new configuration from scratch?" +msgid "Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want to create a new configuration from scratch?" msgstr "" #. get helps page @@ -370,7 +363,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Basic Kerberos Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Temel Kerberos ayarları" #. TextEntry label: "Realm" is a typical kerberos phrase. #. Please think twice please before you translate this, @@ -397,12 +390,13 @@ msgid "Advanced &Options" msgstr "" +# clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:718 #. label widget #. header label #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:637 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:729 msgid "Current Selection: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Geçerli seçim: " #. tree widget headline #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:789 @@ -453,7 +447,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1679 msgid "Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Parola" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1073 msgid "Validate Password" @@ -480,7 +474,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1607 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1702 msgid "Protocol" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Protokol" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1146 msgid "Provider Hostname" @@ -502,7 +496,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1174 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:264 msgid "Bro&wse..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Göz at..." #. file selection headline #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1231 @@ -521,9 +515,7 @@ #. Doing these checks during installation will #. most probably fail #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1277 -msgid "" -"Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider " -"server.\n" +msgid "Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider server.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1280 @@ -561,15 +553,12 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1383 -msgid "" -"Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." +msgid "Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." msgstr "" #. 2. Verify that the binddn/credential combination acutally works #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1410 -msgid "" -"Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication " -"configuration on the provider server failed.\n" +msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971 @@ -596,8 +585,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1525 msgid "" "\n" -"(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to " -"encrypted\n" +"(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to encrypted\n" "LDAP Connections.)\n" msgstr "" @@ -628,10 +616,8 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:21 msgid "" "<p>Select <b>Yes</b> if the LDAP server should be started automatically as \n" -"part of the boot process. Select <b>No</b> if the LDAP server should not be " -"started. Note:\n" -"After selecting <b>No</b>, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.</" -"p>\n" +"part of the boot process. Select <b>No</b> if the LDAP server should not be started. Note:\n" +"After selecting <b>No</b>, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:26 @@ -644,18 +630,14 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:30 msgid "" -"<p><b>LDAP</b> is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured " -"communication\n" -"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate " -"configured.</p>" +"<p><b>LDAP</b> is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured communication\n" +"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate configured.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:33 msgid "" -"<p><b>LDAPS</b> enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL " -"protected\n" -"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate " -"configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" +"<p><b>LDAPS</b> enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL protected\n" +"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:36 @@ -682,17 +664,13 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" -"<p>Choose the <b>Database</b> from <b>hdb</b> <b>bdb</b> and <b>mdb</b>. " -"<b>Hdb</b> is a\n" -"variant of the <b>bdb</b> backend that uses a hierarchical database layout " -"and\n" +"<p>Choose the <b>Database</b> from <b>hdb</b> <b>bdb</b> and <b>mdb</b>. <b>Hdb</b> is a\n" +"variant of the <b>bdb</b> backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" "supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to <b>bdb</b>. A\n" "<b>hdb</b>-Database needs a larger <b>idlcachesize</b> than a\n" "<b>bdb</b>-Database for a good search performance.\n" -"<b>mdb</b>-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) " -"library to store data.\n" -"It similar to the <b>hdb</b> backend but it is both more space-efficient and " -"more execution-efficient.</p>\n" +"<b>mdb</b>-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n" +"It similar to the <b>hdb</b> backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58 @@ -703,24 +681,18 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61 msgid "" -"<p>The <b>Administrator DN</b> along with a <b>LDAP Administrator Password</" -"b> \n" -"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and " -"other \n" -"administrative limit restrictions. Checking <b>Append Base DN</b> appends " -"the \n" -"<b>Base DN</b> entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example," -"dc=com</tt>\n" -"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective " -"Administrator DN\n" +"<p>The <b>Administrator DN</b> along with a <b>LDAP Administrator Password</b> \n" +"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n" +"administrative limit restrictions. Checking <b>Append Base DN</b> appends the \n" +"<b>Base DN</b> entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt>\n" +"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective Administrator DN\n" "of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>.</p> " msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" "<p>If this wizard was started during installation, the \n" -"<b>LDAP Administrator Password</b> is initially set to the system's root " -"password\n" +"<b>LDAP Administrator Password</b> is initially set to the system's root password\n" "entered earlier in the installation process.</p> " msgstr "" @@ -754,8 +726,7 @@ "click <b>Change Password</b>. \n" "A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the \n" "<b>Password Encryption</b>. \n" -"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already " -"been \n" +"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been \n" "set in the configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -769,35 +740,25 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101 msgid "" -"<p>Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN " -"automatically\n" +"<p>Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" "with <b>Append Base DN</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104 msgid "" -"<p>To change the password for the administrator account, click <b>Change " -"Password</b>.\n" -"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the <b>Password " -"Encryption</b>.\n" -"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been " -"set in the configuration.</p>\n" +"<p>To change the password for the administrator account, click <b>Change Password</b>.\n" +"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the <b>Password Encryption</b>.\n" +"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109 msgid "" -"<p>With the <b>Entry Cache</b> and <b>Index Cache (IDL cache)</b> you can " -"adjust\n" -"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The <b>Entry Cache</b> defines the " -"number of entries\n" -"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough " -"RAM) this number\n" -"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The <b>Index " -"Cache (IDL cache)</b> \n" -"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially " -"HDB-Databases require a\n" -"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the " -"entry cache as a rule of\n" +"<p>With the <b>Entry Cache</b> and <b>Index Cache (IDL cache)</b> you can adjust\n" +"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The <b>Entry Cache</b> defines the number of entries\n" +"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough RAM) this number\n" +"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The <b>Index Cache (IDL cache)</b> \n" +"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially HDB-Databases require a\n" +"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the entry cache as a rule of\n" "thumbs).</p>" msgstr "" @@ -813,14 +774,10 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122 msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Hash Clear Text Passwords</b> to specify that the OpenLDAP " -"server\n" -"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests " -"before storing them\n" -"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, " -"but may be\n" -"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify " -"extended operation \n" +"<p>Check <b>Hash Clear Text Passwords</b> to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n" +"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n" +"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, but may be\n" +"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify extended operation \n" "to manage passwords.</p> " msgstr "" @@ -834,15 +791,12 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136 -msgid "" -"<p>Enter the name of the default policy object in <b>Default Policy Object " -"DN</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>Enter the name of the default policy object in <b>Default Policy Object DN</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"<p>Create or change the default policy by clicking <b>Edit Policy</b>. You " -"may\n" +"<p>Create or change the default policy by clicking <b>Edit Policy</b>. You may\n" "be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n" "Policy Object being read from the server.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -856,33 +810,28 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146 -msgid "" -"<p>The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index " -"defined.</p>" +msgid "<p>The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "<p>Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n" "types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n" -"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different " -"types\n" +"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different types\n" "of indexes.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "<p><b>Presence</b>: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n" -"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be " -"configured\n" +"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n" "for attributes that occur rarely in the database.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "<p><b>Equality</b>: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n" -"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An <b>Equality</b> " -"index\n" +"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An <b>Equality</b> index\n" "should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -901,11 +850,9 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"<p>Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly " -"added\n" +"<p>Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n" "indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n" -"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the " -"indexing\n" +"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the indexing\n" "information for the database.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -921,8 +868,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185 msgid "" -"<p>For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a " -"more\n" +"<p>For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n" "detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n" "click <b>Edit</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -935,11 +881,9 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193 msgid "" -"<p>OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose " -"target\n" +"<p>OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n" "definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n" -"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, " -"using\n" +"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, using\n" "the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -949,8 +893,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" -"<p>Select the \"<b>Enable ldapsync provider for this database</b>\" " -"checkbox, if you want to \n" +"<p>Select the \"<b>Enable ldapsync provider for this database</b>\" checkbox, if you want to \n" "be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -960,16 +903,11 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206 msgid "" -"<p>Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator " -"(stored\n" -"in the \"<i>contextCSN</i>\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is " -"synced\n" -"to the database after the number of write \"<i>Operations</i>\" you specify " -"or\n" -"after more than the specified \"<i>Minutes</i>\" have passed since the " -"indicator\n" -"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator " -"is\n" +"<p>Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n" +"in the \"<i>contextCSN</i>\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n" +"to the database after the number of write \"<i>Operations</i>\" you specify or\n" +"after more than the specified \"<i>Minutes</i>\" have passed since the indicator\n" +"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator is\n" "only written after a clean shutdown. Writing it more often can result in\n" "a faster startup time after an unclean shutdown but might result in a small\n" "performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.</p>\n" @@ -981,14 +919,10 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" -"<p>Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write " -"operations\n" -"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in " -"the session log. \n" -"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"<i>refreshOnly</i>\" " -"replication. In \n" -"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master " -"server.</p>" +"<p>Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n" +"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n" +"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"<i>refreshOnly</i>\" replication. In \n" +"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223 @@ -997,8 +931,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:226 msgid "" -"<p>Select \"<b>This database is a Replication Consumer</b>\" if you want " -"the\n" +"<p>Select \"<b>This database is a Replication Consumer</b>\" if you want the\n" "database to be a replica of a database on another server.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1012,8 +945,7 @@ "server here. Select the protocol to use (<b>ldap</b> or <b>ldaps</b>) and\n" "enter the fully qualified hostname of the master server. It is important to\n" "use the fully qualified hostname to verify the master server's TLS/SSL\n" -"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-" -"standard\n" +"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-standard\n" "ldap ports.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1046,10 +978,8 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252 msgid "" -"<p>Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to " -"authenticate against the master.\n" -"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated " -"database on the master.</p>\n" +"<p>Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" +"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255 @@ -1060,10 +990,8 @@ msgid "" "<p>As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n" "operations with an LDAP referral. \n" -"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can " -"configure a different update referral here.\n" -"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for " -"the\n" +"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can configure a different update referral here.\n" +"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for the\n" "slave server is as slave server too. </p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1077,6 +1005,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" msgstr "" +"<P><B><BIG>Başlama işlemini kesme:</BIG></B><BR>\n" +"<b>Kes</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde kesebilirsiniz.</p>" #. Write dialog help #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271 @@ -1104,15 +1034,11 @@ #. Configuration Wizard Step 1 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289 -msgid "" -"<p>With <b>Start LDAP Server Yes or No</b>, start or stop the LDAP server.</" -"p> " +msgid "<p>With <b>Start LDAP Server Yes or No</b>, start or stop the LDAP server.</p> " msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292 -msgid "" -"<p>If you select <b>Yes</b>, click <b>Next</b> to start the configuration " -"wizard.</p>" +msgid "<p>If you select <b>Yes</b>, click <b>Next</b> to start the configuration wizard.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295 @@ -1123,15 +1049,12 @@ #. Configuration Wizard Step 2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299 -msgid "" -"<p>Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios " -"are available:</p>" +msgid "<p>Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" -"<p><b>Stand-alone server</b>: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server " -"with\n" +"<p><b>Stand-alone server</b>: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n" "no preparations for replication.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1143,8 +1066,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308 msgid "" -"<p><b>Replica slave server</b>: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that " -"replicates all its data,\n" +"<p><b>Replica slave server</b>: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n" "including configuration, from a master server.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -1166,18 +1088,15 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321 msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface</b>, to enable the " -"server\n" +"<p>Check <b>Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface</b>, to enable the server\n" "to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n" -"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.</" -"p>\n" +"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326 msgid "" "<p>If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n" -"corresponding YaST Module, check <b>Use common Server Certificate</b> so " -"that\n" +"corresponding YaST Module, check <b>Use common Server Certificate</b> so that\n" "the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1188,10 +1107,8 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332 msgid "" "<p>If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n" -"different certificate, enter the file names of the <b>CA Certificate File</" -"b>,\n" -"<b>Certificate File</b> and <b>Certificate Key File</b> into the " -"corresponding\n" +"different certificate, enter the file names of the <b>CA Certificate File</b>,\n" +"<b>Certificate File</b> and <b>Certificate Key File</b> into the corresponding\n" "textfields.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1209,26 +1126,21 @@ #. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346 msgid "" -"<p>Add schema files in this dialog. Press <b>Add</b> to open a file dialog " -"in which to choose\n" -"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not " -"support the removal of \n" +"<p>Add schema files in this dialog. Press <b>Add</b> to open a file dialog in which to choose\n" +"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n" "Schema Data</p>" msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352 msgid "" -"<p>Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and " -"statistics\n" +"<p>Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n" "to syslog.</p>" msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356 -msgid "" -"<p>Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or " -"disallow:</p>" +msgid "<p>Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359 @@ -1237,17 +1149,14 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360 msgid "" -"<p><b>LDAPv2 Bind Requests</b>: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind " -"requests.\n" +"<p><b>LDAPv2 Bind Requests</b>: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n" "Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363 msgid "" -"<p><b>Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty</b>: To allow anonymous bind " -"when \n" -"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not " -"present) </p>" +"<p><b>Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty</b>: To allow anonymous bind when \n" +"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) </p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366 @@ -1258,8 +1167,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369 msgid "" -"<p><b>Unauthenticated Update Operations to process</b>: To allow " -"unauthenticated\n" +"<p><b>Unauthenticated Update Operations to process</b>: To allow unauthenticated\n" "(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n" "access controls and other administrative limits.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1277,16 +1185,14 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380 msgid "" -"<p><b>Disable Simple Bind authentication</b>: Completely disable Simple " -"Bind\n" +"<p><b>Disable Simple Bind authentication</b>: Completely disable Simple Bind\n" "authentication</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383 msgid "" "<p><b>Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n" -"receipt</b>: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection " -"back\n" +"receipt</b>: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n" "to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1301,12 +1207,9 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394 msgid "" "<p>This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n" -"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The " -"\"Frontend\"\n" -"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and " -"overlays\n" -"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration " -"of\n" +"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n" +"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and overlays\n" +"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration of\n" "the LDAP server itself.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1317,84 +1220,63 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403 msgid "" -"<p>To delete a database, select a database from the list and press <b>Delete " -"Database...</b>.\n" +"<p>To delete a database, select a database from the list and press <b>Delete Database...</b>.\n" "You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406 msgid "" -"<p>Enter a password for the configuration database (\"<i>cn=config</i>\") " -"here. This is required to make\n" +"<p>Enter a password for the configuration database (\"<i>cn=config</i>\") here. This is required to make\n" "the configuration database accessible remotely.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409 msgid "" -"<p>If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select " -"the \"<b>Prepare for MirrorMode replication</b>\"\n" -"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as " -"needed for MirrorMode replication.</p>\n" +"<p>If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"<b>Prepare for MirrorMode replication</b>\"\n" +"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412 msgid "" -"<p>To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master " -"server. Please enter the master\n" -"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"<i>ldap</i>\" or " -"\"<i>ldaps</i>\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" +"<p>To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n" +"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"<i>ldap</i>\" or \"<i>ldaps</i>\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" "for the master's configuration database (\"<i>cn=config</i>\").</p>" msgstr "" #. ########## kerberos #. Help text: basic settings 1/2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419 -msgid "" -"<p>Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your " -"Kerberos server.</p>" +msgid "<p>Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server.</p>" msgstr "" #. Help text: basic settings 2/2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423 -msgid "" -"<p>Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is " -"to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.</p>\n" +msgid "<p>Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. advanced item help: database_name #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427 -msgid "" -"<p>This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this " -"realm.</p>" +msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help: acl_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431 -msgid "" -"<p>This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file " -"that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database.</" -"p>" +msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help: admin_keytab #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435 -msgid "" -"<p>This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to " -"authenticate to the database.</p>" +msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439 -msgid "" -"<p>This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals " -"created in this realm.</p>" +msgid "<p>This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443 -msgid "" -"<p>These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in " -"this realm.</p>" +msgid "<p>These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 @@ -1439,9 +1321,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another " -"user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." +msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 @@ -1450,12 +1330,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to " -"preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this " -"flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will " -"only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket " -"set." +msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 @@ -1464,9 +1339,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using " -"a hardware device before receiving any tickets." +msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 @@ -1475,9 +1348,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this " -"principal." +msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 @@ -1486,10 +1357,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-" -"granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was " -"used to obtain the TGT." +msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 @@ -1498,10 +1366,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this " -"principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within " -"this realm." +msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 @@ -1519,49 +1384,33 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change " -"service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a " -"user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that " -"principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password " -"authentication." +msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : dict_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503 -msgid "" -"<p>The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are " -"not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy " -"assigned to the principal, no check will be done.</p>" +msgid "<p>The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kadmind_port #. advanced item help : kpasswd_port #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511 -msgid "" -"<p>This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens " -"for this realm.</p>" +msgid "<p>This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : key_stash_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515 -msgid "" -"<p>This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored " -"with kdb5_stash.</p>" +msgid "<p>This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_ports #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519 -msgid "" -"<p>This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this " -"realm.</p>" +msgid "<p>This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_name #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523 -msgid "" -"<p>This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the " -"master key. The default value is K/M.</p>" +msgid "<p>This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_type @@ -1571,69 +1420,47 @@ #. advanced item help : max_life #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531 -msgid "" -"<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be " -"valid for in this realm.</p>" +msgid "<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : max_renew_life #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535 -msgid "" -"<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be " -"renewed for in this realm.</p>" +msgid "<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : supported_enctypes #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539 -msgid "" -"<p>A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt " -"combinations of principals for this realm.</p>" +msgid "<p>A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543 -msgid "" -"<p>Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this " -"realm.</p>" +msgid "<p>Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547 -msgid "" -"<p>Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm " -"tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm " -"names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file</p>" +msgid "<p>Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551 -msgid "" -"<p>This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be " -"maintained via the LDAP server.</p>" +msgid "<p>This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555 -msgid "" -"<p>This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed " -"passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers.</p>" +msgid "<p>This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559 -msgid "" -"<p>Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The " -"list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).</" -"p><p>The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under " -"the subtree.</p>" +msgid "<p>Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).</p><p>The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_containerref #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563 -msgid "" -"<p>Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a " -"realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a " -"realm, the principals will be created in the realm container.</p>" +msgid "<p>Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife @@ -1643,9 +1470,7 @@ #. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571 -msgid "" -"<p>Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." -"</p>" +msgid "<p>Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm.</p>" msgstr "" #. ################################################################################# @@ -1970,9 +1795,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:50 -msgid "" -"This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the " -"standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." +msgid "This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:85 @@ -1980,8 +1803,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:127 -msgid "" -"Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" +msgid "Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:130 @@ -2006,7 +1828,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:204 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:297 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Başlatılıyor..." #. #-#-#-#-# auth-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. **************************************** @@ -2019,7 +1841,7 @@ #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:62 msgid "Global Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Genel ayarları" #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:67 @@ -2042,10 +1864,11 @@ msgid "TLS Settings" msgstr "" +# clients/online_update_details.ycp:81 #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:100 msgid "Databases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Veri tabanları" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:108 msgid "Suffix DN" @@ -2135,7 +1958,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1007 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:407 msgid "Password &Encryption" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Parola &şifrelemesi" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1015 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:368 @@ -2149,7 +1972,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "No" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hayır" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1043 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1044 @@ -2157,7 +1980,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "Yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Evet" #. skip attribute that already have an index defined #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1188 @@ -2197,7 +2020,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:100 msgid "LDAP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP" #. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldap), "Interfaces ...")), #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:112 @@ -2266,7 +2089,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:167 msgid "None" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hiçbiri" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:174 msgid "Select &Allow Flags:" @@ -2293,9 +2116,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:197 -msgid "" -"Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous " -"directory access)" +msgid "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous directory access)" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:201 @@ -2303,8 +2124,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:204 -msgid "" -"Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" +msgid "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:210 @@ -2337,7 +2157,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:276 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:234 msgid "&Browse..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Göz at..." #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:285 msgid "Certificate &Key File (PEM Format - Unencrypted)" @@ -2345,7 +2165,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:288 msgid "B&rowse..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Göz at..." #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:295 msgid "Launch CA Management Module" @@ -2417,7 +2237,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 msgid "Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Özellik" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:452 @@ -2529,11 +2349,11 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:133 msgid "Read" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Oku" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:134 msgid "Write" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Yaz" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:135 msgid "Manage (full access)" @@ -2636,9 +2456,10 @@ msgid "Entry DN" msgstr "" +# include/sound/ui.ycp:266 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:990 msgid "Select" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Seç" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:826 msgid "Define the Access Level" @@ -2691,11 +2512,12 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "Attributes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nitelikler" +# include/ui/wizard_hw.ycp:123 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Düzenle" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1029 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 msgid "Access Level" @@ -2707,7 +2529,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1040 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 msgid "Flow Control" @@ -2756,9 +2578,10 @@ msgid "Provider Name" msgstr "" +# /usr/lib/YaST2/keyboard_raw.ycp:260 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1619 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1716 msgid "Port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Port" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1637 msgid "Replication Type" @@ -2768,21 +2591,23 @@ msgid "Replication Interval" msgstr "" +# clients/hwinfo.ycp:71 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1647 msgid "Days" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gün" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1651 msgid "Hours" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Saat" +# include/cups/ui.ycp:342 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1655 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2118 msgid "Minutes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dakika" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1659 msgid "Seconds" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Saniye" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1672 msgid "Authentication DN" @@ -2815,8 +2640,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995 -msgid "" -"Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" +msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094 @@ -3041,9 +2865,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1830 -msgid "" -"Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take " -"some minutes)" +msgid "Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take some minutes)" msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1831 @@ -3063,9 +2885,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1953 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to " -"finish.\n" +msgid "An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to finish.\n" msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1954 @@ -3092,9 +2912,10 @@ msgid "Database Type: " msgstr "" +# include/ui/summary.ycp:84 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2227 msgid "Not configured yet." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Henüz yapılandırılmadı." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2472 msgid "CA Certificate file does not exist." @@ -3167,9 +2988,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2860 -msgid "" -"A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its " -"own fully qualified hostname." +msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname." msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389 @@ -3200,9 +3019,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4027 -msgid "" -"The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-" -"letter code." +msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." msgstr "" #. parameter check failed @@ -3236,7 +3053,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4094 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 msgid "Could not create directory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klasör oluşturulamadı." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4871 #, perl-format @@ -3244,8 +3061,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4881 -msgid "" -"Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" +msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/autoinst.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/autoinst.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/autoinst.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -135,8 +135,7 @@ #. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line #: src/clients/clone_system.rb:47 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" +msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" msgstr "Yapılandırma hedef sisteme kaydediliyor." # include/cups/ui.ycp:2577 include/cups/ui.ycp:2598 @@ -166,29 +165,22 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>Using this dialog, copy the contents of the file and specify the final\n" -"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified " -"location.</p>" +"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified location.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Bu pencereyi kullanarak dosyanın içindekileri kopyalayın ve\n" -"kurulumun yapılacağı sistemdeki yolu belirtin. YaST dosyayı belirtilen yere " -"kopyalayacaktır.</p>" +"kurulumun yapılacağı sistemdeki yolu belirtin. YaST dosyayı belirtilen yere kopyalayacaktır.</p>" #. help 2/2 #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:177 msgid "" "<p>To protect copied files, set the owner and the permissions of the files.\n" -"Set the owner using the syntax <i>userid:groupid</i>. Permissions can be a " -"symbolic\n" -"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit " -"pattern for the\n" +"Set the owner using the syntax <i>userid:groupid</i>. Permissions can be a symbolic\n" +"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit pattern for the\n" "new permissions.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Kopyalanmış dosyaların korunması için dosyaların sahibini ve izinlerini " -"ayarlayın.\n" -"Dosya sahibini <i>kullanıcıbelirticisi:grupbelirticisi</i> düzeniyle girin. " -"İzinler, yapılacak\n" -"değişikliklerin sembolik bir temsili ya da yeni dosya iznini belirten " -"sekizlik sayı düzeninde\n" +"<p>Kopyalanmış dosyaların korunması için dosyaların sahibini ve izinlerini ayarlayın.\n" +"Dosya sahibini <i>kullanıcıbelirticisi:grupbelirticisi</i> düzeniyle girin. İzinler, yapılacak\n" +"değişikliklerin sembolik bir temsili ya da yeni dosya iznini belirten sekizlik sayı düzeninde\n" "bir sayı olacaktır.</p>" #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:185 @@ -264,14 +256,11 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:321 msgid "" "<p>For many applications and services, you might have prepared\n" -"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location " -"in the\n" -"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web " -"server\n" +"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location in the\n" +"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web server\n" "and have an httpd.conf configuration file prepared.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Çoğu uygulama ve servis için, önceden hazırladığınız ve kurulacak " -"sisteme\n" +"<p>Çoğu uygulama ve servis için, önceden hazırladığınız ve kurulacak sisteme\n" "kopyalanması gereken bir yapılandırma dosyası olabilir.\n" "Bu durum örneğin bir web sunucusu kuracaksanız ve elinizde hazır bir\n" "httpd.conf dosyası mevcutsa geçerlidir.</p>" @@ -669,12 +658,10 @@ #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:213 msgid "" -"<p>Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-" -"out)\n" +"<p>Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n" "installation messages.</p> \n" msgstr "" -"<p>Tecrübenize bağlı olarak, kurulum mesajlarının kayıt ve gösterimini " -"(zaman aşımı ile)\n" +"<p>Tecrübenize bağlı olarak, kurulum mesajlarının kayıt ve gösterimini (zaman aşımı ile)\n" "atlayabilirsiniz.</p> \n" #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:219 @@ -699,14 +686,12 @@ #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> " -"to add\n" +"Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> to add\n" "more <b>add-on</b> selections and packages.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Aşağıdaki <b>temel</b> seçeneklerden birini seçin ve <i>Ayrıntılar<i> " -"düğmesi\n" +"Aşağıdaki <b>temel</b> seçeneklerden birini seçin ve <i>Ayrıntılar<i> düğmesi\n" "ile <b>ek</b> seçenekler ve paketler ekleyin.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -718,8 +703,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:128 -msgid "" -"The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" +msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" msgstr "" # clients/online_update_start.ycp:171 @@ -741,21 +725,16 @@ msgid "" "<p><b>Mount in /etc/fstab By:</b>\n" "\tNormally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" -"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system " -"to mount\n" -"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems " -"can be\n" -"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not " -"possible.\n" +"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to mount\n" +"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be\n" +"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p><b>/etc/fstab içinde bağlama tipi:</b>\n" -"Normalde bir dosya sistemi /etc/fstab içinde kendi aygıt adı ile " -"tanımlanır.\n" +"Normalde bir dosya sistemi /etc/fstab içinde kendi aygıt adı ile tanımlanır.\n" "Bu tanımlama bağlanılacak dosya sistemi bir UUID ya da yığın adı verilerek\n" "bulunacak şekilde de ayarlanabilir. Her dosya sistemi bir UUID ya da yığın\n" -"adı verilerek bağlanamaz, bu yüzden eğer bir seçenek seçilemez ise, bu " -"seçeneği\n" +"adı verilerek bağlanamaz, bu yüzden eğer bir seçenek seçilemez ise, bu seçeneği\n" "kullanmak olanaksızdır.\n" #. help text, richtext format @@ -763,15 +742,13 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Volume Label:</b>\n" -"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -"makes sense only \n" +"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" "\t when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "\t A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" "\t " msgstr "" "<p><b>Yığın adı:</b>\n" -"Bu alana girilecek ad yığın adı olarak kullanılacaktır. Bu sadece eğer yığın " -"adı\n" +"Bu alana girilecek ad yığın adı olarak kullanılacaktır. Bu sadece eğer yığın adı\n" "ile aygıt bağlama seçeneği aktifleştirilirse bir anlam kazanır.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:82 @@ -980,8 +957,7 @@ #. user selected this partition to be part of volgroup #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:589 -msgid "" -"Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." +msgid "Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." msgstr "" #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:597 @@ -1175,8 +1151,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:200 msgid "<p>Use this interface to define classes of control files. </p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Kontrol dosyası sınıfları oluşturmak için bu arabirimi kullanın. </p>\n" +msgstr "<p>Kontrol dosyası sınıfları oluşturmak için bu arabirimi kullanın. </p>\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:206 msgid "" @@ -1289,9 +1264,7 @@ msgid "" "<p>Choose one or more of the listed classes to which the current control\n" "file should belong.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Listelenmiş sınıflardan, bu kontrol dosyasına ait olmasını " -"istediklerinizi seçin.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>Listelenmiş sınıflardan, bu kontrol dosyasına ait olmasını istediklerinizi seçin.</p>\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:614 msgid "No profiles in this class" @@ -1488,9 +1461,7 @@ #. @param list menu items #. @return [Symbol] #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:565 -msgid "" -"Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current " -"system?" +msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current system?" msgstr "" #. opening/parsing the xml file failed @@ -1508,9 +1479,7 @@ #. FIXME: sucks sucks sucks sucks sucks #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:740 -msgid "" -"Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current " -"system?" +msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current system?" msgstr "" #. EXIT @@ -1652,8 +1621,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:348 msgid "" "Kickstart file was imported.\n" -"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and " -"partitioning\n" +"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and partitioning\n" "were imported correctly." msgstr "" "Dışarıdan kickstart dosyası alındı.\n" @@ -1794,8 +1762,7 @@ "The installation confirmation option is selected by default\n" "to avoid unwanted installation. It stops the system\n" "during installation and shows a summary of requested operations in the\n" -"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without " -"interruption.\n" +"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without interruption.\n" "</P>\n" msgstr "" "<P>\n" @@ -1808,14 +1775,12 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:155 msgid "" "<P>\n" -"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in " -"manual mode\n" +"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in manual mode\n" "after the first reboot (after package installation).\n" "</P>\n" msgstr "" "<P>\n" -"Eğer AutoYaST'ın ikinci aşamasını kapatırsanız kurulum ilk yeniden başlatma " -"sonrasında\n" +"Eğer AutoYaST'ın ikinci aşamasını kapatırsanız kurulum ilk yeniden başlatma sonrasında\n" "(paket seçiminden sonra) normal-elle çalıştırılan modda devam edecektir.\n" "</P>\n" @@ -1977,16 +1942,13 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:17 msgid "" -"<p>This tool uses <em>xmllint</em> to validate the profile against the DTD " -"and\n" +"<p>This tool uses <em>xmllint</em> to validate the profile against the DTD and\n" "it checks for missing data. Some missing data might be intentional and any\n" "reported errors can be ignored, for example, when creating classes.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Bu araç <em>xmllint</em> komutunu kullanarak profili DTD'ye göre\n" -"doğrular ve eksik veri olup olmadığını kontrol eder. Bazı eksik veri " -"girişleri\n" -"bilinçli yapılmış olabilir ve -örneğin- sınıf yaratılırken ortaya çıkan " -"hatalar\n" +"doğrular ve eksik veri olup olmadığını kontrol eder. Bazı eksik veri girişleri\n" +"bilinçli yapılmış olabilir ve -örneğin- sınıf yaratılırken ortaya çıkan hatalar\n" "görmezden gelinebilir.</p>\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:22 @@ -2007,18 +1969,15 @@ "The imported data is loaded into the configuration management system \n" "to add more configuration options available with SUSE.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Dışarıdan bir Kickstart dosyası almak için yapılandırma dosyasının yolunu " -"girmeniz\n" -"yeterlidir. Bu alınan veriler SuSE ile daha geniş yapılandırma seçenekleri " -"eklenebilmesi\n" +"<p>Dışarıdan bir Kickstart dosyası almak için yapılandırma dosyasının yolunu girmeniz\n" +"yeterlidir. Bu alınan veriler SuSE ile daha geniş yapılandırma seçenekleri eklenebilmesi\n" "için Yapılandırma Yönetim Sistemi'ne alınacaktır.</p>\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:31 msgid "" "<p>This tool creates a reference profile by reading\n" "information from this system. Select the resources to read from this system\n" -"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package " -"selections.</p>\n" +"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package selections.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Bu araç, sistemden bilgileri alarak yeni bir profil oluşturur.\n" "Öngörülen bilgiler dışında okunmasını istediğiniz bölümlendirme ve paket\n" @@ -2031,8 +1990,7 @@ # clients/inst_kernel.ycp:269 #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:37 msgid "" -"<p>The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target " -"system.\n" +"<p>The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target system.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Sağdaki tablo hedef sistemde oluşturulacak disk bölümlerini gösterir.\n" @@ -2076,8 +2034,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "If no partitions are defined and the specified drive is also\n" -"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions " -"are\n" +"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions are\n" "created automatically:" msgstr "" "Eğer bir disk bölümü belirlenmemiş ve seçili sürücü root disk\n" @@ -2099,24 +2056,9 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:62 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "By default, AutoYaST2 will create an extended partition and adds all new " -#| "partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct " -#| "AutoYaST2 to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as " -#| "extended partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a " -#| "partition using sectors rather than size in MBytes." -msgid "" -"By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new " -"partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST " -"to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended " -"partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition " -"using sectors rather than size in MBytes." -msgstr "" -"Öntanımlı olarak, AutoYaST ek bir bölüm oluşturacak ve tüm yeni disk " -"bölümlerini mantıksal sürücüler olarak ekleyecektir. AutoYaST'nin belli " -"bölümleri birincil disk bölümü ya da genişletilmiş bölüm olarak " -"oluşturmasını da sağlayabilirsiniz. Ek olarak bölümlerin boyutlarını MB " -"yerine sektör sayısıyla verebilirsiniz." +#| msgid "By default, AutoYaST2 will create an extended partition and adds all new partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST2 to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition using sectors rather than size in MBytes." +msgid "By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition using sectors rather than size in MBytes." +msgstr "Öntanımlı olarak, AutoYaST ek bir bölüm oluşturacak ve tüm yeni disk bölümlerini mantıksal sürücüler olarak ekleyecektir. AutoYaST'nin belli bölümleri birincil disk bölümü ya da genişletilmiş bölüm olarak oluşturmasını da sağlayabilirsiniz. Ek olarak bölümlerin boyutlarını MB yerine sektör sayısıyla verebilirsiniz." #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:65 msgid "" @@ -2130,30 +2072,25 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "For LVM and RAID setup, consult the documentation and add the configuration\n" -"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID " -"partitions as\n" +"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID partitions as\n" "a preparation.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"LVM ve RAID kurulumu için dökümantasyona başvurun ve yapılandırmayı mevcut " -"bir\n" -"kontrol dosyasına ekleyin. Hazırlık olarak sadece formatlanmamış LVM ve " -"RAID\n" +"LVM ve RAID kurulumu için dökümantasyona başvurun ve yapılandırmayı mevcut bir\n" +"kontrol dosyasına ekleyin. Hazırlık olarak sadece formatlanmamış LVM ve RAID\n" "bölümleri oluşturabilirsiniz.\n" "</p>\n" #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:122 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." -msgstr "" -"HTTP(S) protokolü ile '%1' adresi bulunamadı. Sunucu %2 hata kodunu döndürdü." +msgstr "HTTP(S) protokolü ile '%1' adresi bulunamadı. Sunucu %2 hata kodunu döndürdü." #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:142 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2." -msgstr "" -"FTP protokolü ile '%1' adresi bulunamadı. Sunucu %2 hata kodunu döndürdü." +msgstr "FTP protokolü ile '%1' adresi bulunamadı. Sunucu %2 hata kodunu döndürdü." #. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early. #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:158 @@ -2234,16 +2171,14 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<h3>Kurulum öncesi komut dosyaları</h3>\n" -"<P>Kurulum başlangıcından önce sistemde çalıştırılacak komutları ekleyin.</" -"P>\n" +"<P>Kurulum başlangıcından önce sistemde çalıştırılacak komutları ekleyin.</P>\n" #. help 2/6 #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" "<h3>Postinstallation Scripts</h3>\n" -"<P>You can also add commands to execute on the system after the " -"installation\n" +"<P>You can also add commands to execute on the system after the installation\n" "is completed. These scripts are run outside the chroot environment.\n" "</P>" msgstr "" @@ -2261,8 +2196,7 @@ "<P>For your postinstallation script to run inside the chroot\n" "environment, choose the <i>chroot scripts</i> options. Those scripts are\n" "run before the system reboots for the first time. By default, the chroot \n" -"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the " -"installed \n" +"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed \n" "system, always use the mount point \"/mnt\" in your scripts.\n" "</P>\n" msgstr "" @@ -2271,8 +2205,7 @@ "<P>Kurulum sonrası komut dosyalarının chroot ortamında çalıştırılması\n" "için <i>chroot komut dosyaları</i> seçeneğini işaretleyin. Bu komut\n" "dosyaları sistemin ilk açılışından önce çalıştırılacaktır. Chroot komut\n" -"dosyaları normalde kurulu sistemde çalıştırılır. Kurulu sistemdeki " -"dosyalara\n" +"dosyaları normalde kurulu sistemde çalıştırılır. Kurulu sistemdeki dosyalara\n" "ulaşmak için komut dosyalarında \"/mnt\" noktasını kullanın.\n" "</P>\n" @@ -2281,15 +2214,13 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<p>It is possible to run chroot scripts in a later stage after\n" -"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted" -"\".\n" +"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted\".\n" "This runs the scripts in the installed system. \n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p>Chroot komut dosyalarının daha ileri bir aşamada çalıştırılmasını\n" -"açılış yükleyicisini \"chrooted\" seçeneği ile yapılandırarak " -"sağlayabilirsiniz.\n" +"açılış yükleyicisini \"chrooted\" seçeneği ile yapılandırarak sağlayabilirsiniz.\n" "Bu şekilde komut dosyaları direk olarak kurulu sistemde çalıştırılacaktır.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -2300,8 +2231,7 @@ #| "\n" #| "<H3>Init Scripts</H3>\n" #| "<P>These scripts are executed during the initial boot process and after\n" -#| "YaST has finished configuring the system. The final scripts are " -#| "executed \n" +#| "YaST has finished configuring the system. The final scripts are executed \n" #| "using a special <b>rc</b> script that is executed only once. \n" #| "The final scripts are executed toward the end of the boot\n" #| "process and after network has been intialized.\n" @@ -2330,8 +2260,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Interpreter:</H3>\n" -"<P>Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use <i>Perl</i> " -"or \n" +"<P>Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use <i>Perl</i> or \n" "<i>Python</i> for preinstallation scripts.\n" "</P>\n" msgstr "" @@ -2347,26 +2276,18 @@ "<H3>Network Access:</H3>\n" "<P>While executing postinstallation scripts, the network is disabled and\n" "requires initialization in the scripts to make the network accessible. An\n" -"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, " -"which\n" -"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an " -"installation\n" -"over a network, you can use the <b>Network</b> option for the postscript, " -"too.\n" +"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, which\n" +"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an installation\n" +"over a network, you can use the <b>Network</b> option for the postscript, too.\n" "</P>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Ağ erişimi:</H3>\n" -"<P>Kurulum sonrası komut dosyaları çalıştırılırken ağ erişimi kapalı " -"olacaktır,\n" -"ağa erişebilmek için komut dosyalarında ağ hizmetlerini etkinleştirmek " -"gerekir.\n" -"Buna alternatif olarak başlangıç komut dosyalarını kullanabilirsiniz, bu " -"dosyaların\n" -"yürütülmesi ile sistem tam olarak yapılandırılmış olacaktır. Eğer ağ " -"üzerinden\n" -"otomatik kurulum yaptıysanız kurulum sonrası komut dosyası için <b>Ağ</b> " -"seçeneğini\n" +"<P>Kurulum sonrası komut dosyaları çalıştırılırken ağ erişimi kapalı olacaktır,\n" +"ağa erişebilmek için komut dosyalarında ağ hizmetlerini etkinleştirmek gerekir.\n" +"Buna alternatif olarak başlangıç komut dosyalarını kullanabilirsiniz, bu dosyaların\n" +"yürütülmesi ile sistem tam olarak yapılandırılmış olacaktır. Eğer ağ üzerinden\n" +"otomatik kurulum yaptıysanız kurulum sonrası komut dosyası için <b>Ağ</b> seçeneğini\n" "de kullanabilirsiniz.\n" "</P>\n" @@ -2374,20 +2295,15 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Feedback and Debug:</H3>\n" -"<P>All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up " -"box as feedback.\n" -"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that " -"might help\n" +"<P>All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box as feedback.\n" +"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that might help\n" "you to debug your script.</P>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Geri bildirim ve hata ayıkla:</H3>\n" -"<P>Başlangıç komut dosyaları dışındaki tüm komut dosyaları STDOUT+STDERR " -"çıktılarını açılacak\n" -"bir pencerede gösterebilir. Eğer hata ayıklama modunu açarsanız, bu bildirim " -"pencerelerinde daha\n" -"geniş çıktı alabilir, bu şekilde komut dosyalarındaki hataları daha kolay " -"bulabilirsiniz.</P>\n" +"<P>Başlangıç komut dosyaları dışındaki tüm komut dosyaları STDOUT+STDERR çıktılarını açılacak\n" +"bir pencerede gösterebilir. Eğer hata ayıklama modunu açarsanız, bu bildirim pencerelerinde daha\n" +"geniş çıktı alabilir, bu şekilde komut dosyalarındaki hataları daha kolay bulabilirsiniz.</P>\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:155 msgid "Script Editor" @@ -2484,15 +2400,12 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:474 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the " -"installation for\n" +"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation for\n" "your needs and take control in different stages of the installation.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Otomatik kurulum işlemine komut dosyaları ekleyerek kurulumu " -"ihtiyaçlarınıza\n" -"göre özelleştirebilir ve kurulumun farklı bölümlerinde kontrolü " -"sağlayabilirsiniz.</p>\n" +"Otomatik kurulum işlemine komut dosyaları ekleyerek kurulumu ihtiyaçlarınıza\n" +"göre özelleştirebilir ve kurulumun farklı bölümlerinde kontrolü sağlayabilirsiniz.</p>\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:480 msgid "User Script Management" @@ -2519,12 +2432,8 @@ #. @return [Boolean] true on success #. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:722 -msgid "" -"The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The " -"error message is:\n" -msgstr "" -"XML inceleyicisi autoyast profilini ayrıştırırken bir hata bildirdi. Hata " -"mesajı:\n" +msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n" +msgstr "XML inceleyicisi autoyast profilini ayrıştırırken bir hata bildirdi. Hata mesajı:\n" #. backdoor for merging problems. #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1054 @@ -2604,30 +2513,25 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:450 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to " -"those available\n" -"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the " -"data\n" +"<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" +"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" "entered is collected and exported to the control file that can be used to\n" "install another system using AutoYaST.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Yapılandırmayı oluşturmak için gereken modüllerin çoğu YaST2 Kontrol\n" "Merkezi'ndeki modüllerle aynıdır. Bu sistemi yapılandırmak yerine girilen\n" -"veriler toplanıp bir kontrol dosyasına yazılabilir, bu şekilde başka bir " -"sisteme\n" +"veriler toplanıp bir kontrol dosyasına yazılabilir, bu şekilde başka bir sisteme\n" "AutoYaST ile kurulum yapmak mümkün olur.\n" "</p>\n" #: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457 msgid "" "<p>In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" -"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, " -"including\n" +"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" "partitioning, general options, and software.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Mevcut ve bilinen modüllerin yerine, örneğin, disk bölümlendirme, genel " -"ayarlar\n" +"<p>Mevcut ve bilinen modüllerin yerine, örneğin, disk bölümlendirme, genel ayarlar\n" "ve yazılım seçenekleri için, özel ve geniş yapılandırmalara uygun olan yeni\n" "arayüzler oluşturuldu.</p>\n" @@ -2836,9 +2740,7 @@ #. Install #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:360 -msgid "" -"Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image." -"log" +msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" msgstr "" # @@ -2850,9 +2752,7 @@ msgstr "Kurulu paketlerin listesi okunuyor..." #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:378 -msgid "" -"Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image." -"log" +msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" msgstr "" #. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") ); @@ -2867,8 +2767,7 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:418 msgid "" "You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n" -"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be " -"changed anymore." +"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore." msgstr "" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:432 @@ -2919,8 +2818,7 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:613 msgid "" -"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different " -"AutoYaST XML file.\n" +"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n" "If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created." msgstr "" @@ -2972,16 +2870,12 @@ #. Solve dependencies #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:903 -msgid "" -"The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the " -"autoyast profile." +msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile." msgstr "" #. 1 cyl buffer per partition #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 -msgid "" -"The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard " -"disk. %1MB missing" +msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" msgstr "" #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:922 @@ -3062,9 +2956,7 @@ msgstr "&Tamam" #~ msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sonuç olarak oluşturulan autoyast profili /root/autoinst.xml dosyasında " -#~ "bulunabilir." +#~ msgstr "Sonuç olarak oluşturulan autoyast profili /root/autoinst.xml dosyasında bulunabilir." # menuentries/menuentry_runlevel.ycp:56 #~ msgid "Configure runlevel" @@ -3090,28 +2982,18 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "<P>Enter the partition information according to your\n" -#~ "needs. To reuse an existing partition, enter the partition number of the " -#~ "existing partition to reuse (counting starts with partition number 1) and " -#~ "no size.</P>\n" +#~ "needs. To reuse an existing partition, enter the partition number of the existing partition to reuse (counting starts with partition number 1) and no size.</P>\n" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "For partitions that are part of a volume group (not the logical " -#~ "partitions inside a volume group), set the partition ID to 0x8e then " -#~ "choose the volume group. The volume group must already be set up with " -#~ "AutoYaST.\n" +#~ "For partitions that are part of a volume group (not the logical partitions inside a volume group), set the partition ID to 0x8e then choose the volume group. The volume group must already be set up with AutoYaST.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #~ "<P>For more information, refer to the online documentation.\n" #~ "</P>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "<P>Gereksinimlerinize uygun olarak disk bölüm bilgisini\n" -#~ "girin. Var olan bir disk bölümünü kullanmak için kullanılacak bölümün " -#~ "numarasını girin (bölüm numarası 1'den başlar), ve boyut belirtmeyin.</" -#~ "P>\n" +#~ "girin. Var olan bir disk bölümünü kullanmak için kullanılacak bölümün numarasını girin (bölüm numarası 1'den başlar), ve boyut belirtmeyin.</P>\n" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Bir yığın grubunun parçası olan disk bölümleri için (yığın grubundaki " -#~ "mantıksal bölümler değil), bölüm belirticisini 0x8e olarak girerek daha " -#~ "sonra yığın grubunu seçin. Yığın grubu önceden AutoYaST ile hazırlanmış " -#~ "olmalıdır.\n" +#~ "Bir yığın grubunun parçası olan disk bölümleri için (yığın grubundaki mantıksal bölümler değil), bölüm belirticisini 0x8e olarak girerek daha sonra yığın grubunu seçin. Yığın grubu önceden AutoYaST ile hazırlanmış olmalıdır.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #~ "<P>Daha fazla bilgi için çevrimiçi belgelere başvurun.\n" #~ "</P>\n" @@ -3171,23 +3053,17 @@ #~ msgstr "Bölüm boyutunu ya da bölüm numarasını girin." #~ msgid "To reuse a partition, the partition number is required." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bir disk bölümünü yeniden kullanmak için bölüm numarasını girmelisiniz." +#~ msgstr "Bir disk bölümünü yeniden kullanmak için bölüm numarasını girmelisiniz." #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "<P>\n" -#~ "Create and edit your volume groups here. After that, assign physical " -#~ "partitions to this volume group in the partition dialog of a physical " -#~ "hard disk. Set the partition ID to 0x8e for those partitions.\n" +#~ "Create and edit your volume groups here. After that, assign physical partitions to this volume group in the partition dialog of a physical hard disk. Set the partition ID to 0x8e for those partitions.\n" #~ "</P>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "<P>\n" -#~ "Yığın gruplarını burada oluşturabilir ve düzenleyebilirsiniz. Daha sonra " -#~ "fiziksel sabit diskin bölümlendirme penceresinden bu yığın grubu için " -#~ "fiziksel disk bölümleri atayın. Bu disk bölümlerinin belirticisini 0x8e " -#~ "olarak ayarlayın.\n" +#~ "Yığın gruplarını burada oluşturabilir ve düzenleyebilirsiniz. Daha sonra fiziksel sabit diskin bölümlendirme penceresinden bu yığın grubu için fiziksel disk bölümleri atayın. Bu disk bölümlerinin belirticisini 0x8e olarak ayarlayın.\n" #~ "</P>\n" # include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.ycp:319 @@ -3558,10 +3434,8 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<P>\n" #~ "By default, the system reboots after the initial phase of\n" -#~ "installation is completed. You can prevent the system from booting and " -#~ "continue\n" -#~ "directly into the installed system. This is not recommended and should be " -#~ "used\n" +#~ "installation is completed. You can prevent the system from booting and continue\n" +#~ "directly into the installed system. This is not recommended and should be used\n" #~ "only for debugging purposes.\n" #~ "</P>\n" #~ msgstr "" @@ -3591,8 +3465,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<P>The <b>package repository</b> is where you have copied\n" -#~ "the SuSE CDs. This directory must have a subdirectory called <b>suse</b> " -#~ "that\n" +#~ "the SuSE CDs. This directory must have a subdirectory called <b>suse</b> that\n" #~ "contains all the packages.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><b>Paket deposu</b> SuSE CD'lerini kopyaladığınız yerdir.\n" @@ -3668,21 +3541,15 @@ #~ msgstr "Donanım saati" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To protect copied files, set the owner and the permissions of the " -#~ "files.\n" -#~ "Set the owner using the syntax <i>userid:groupid</i>. Permissions can be " -#~ "a symbolic\n" -#~ "representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the " -#~ "bit pattern for the\n" +#~ "<p>To protect copied files, set the owner and the permissions of the files.\n" +#~ "Set the owner using the syntax <i>userid:groupid</i>. Permissions can be a symbolic\n" +#~ "representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit pattern for the\n" #~ "new permissions.\n" #~ "\t\t\t\t" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Kopyalanmış dosyaların korunması için dosyaların sahibini ve " -#~ "izinlerini ayarlayın.\n" -#~ "Dosya sahibini <i>kullanıcıbelirticisi:grupbelirticisi</i> düzeniyle " -#~ "girin. İzinler yapılacak\n" -#~ "değişiliklerin sembolik bir temsili ya da yeni dosya iznini belirten " -#~ "sekizli sayı tabanında\n" +#~ "<p>Kopyalanmış dosyaların korunması için dosyaların sahibini ve izinlerini ayarlayın.\n" +#~ "Dosya sahibini <i>kullanıcıbelirticisi:grupbelirticisi</i> düzeniyle girin. İzinler yapılacak\n" +#~ "değişiliklerin sembolik bir temsili ya da yeni dosya iznini belirten sekizli sayı tabanında\n" #~ "bir sayı olacaktır.\n" #~ "\t\t\t\t" @@ -3692,10 +3559,8 @@ #~ "physical volumes belonging to this group.\n" #~ " " #~ msgstr "" -#~ "\"%1\" grubundaki mantıksal yığınlar yapılandırılmamış aygıtlar " -#~ "üzerinde.\n" -#~ "Önce eski yığın gruplarını silin ya da bu gruba ait olan fiziksel " -#~ "yığınları içeren\n" +#~ "\"%1\" grubundaki mantıksal yığınlar yapılandırılmamış aygıtlar üzerinde.\n" +#~ "Önce eski yığın gruplarını silin ya da bu gruba ait olan fiziksel yığınları içeren\n" #~ "tüm aygıtları yapılandırın.\n" #~ " " @@ -3725,21 +3590,15 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>Using this feature, import <b>Alice</b> configuration\n" #~ "files.</p>\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Bu özelliği kullanarak dışarıdan bir <b>Alice</b> yapılandırma dosyası " -#~ "alabilirsiniz.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "<p>Bu özelliği kullanarak dışarıdan bir <b>Alice</b> yapılandırma dosyası alabilirsiniz.</p>\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>System configuration in <em>Alice</em> files may vary in their scope " -#~ "from what is offered\n" -#~ "in <b>AutoYaST</b>, so some limitations should be taken into " -#~ "consideration. A standard <em>Alice</em>\n" -#~ "configuration file with no special customization can, however, be " -#~ "imported without any loss of data.</p>\n" +#~ "<p>System configuration in <em>Alice</em> files may vary in their scope from what is offered\n" +#~ "in <b>AutoYaST</b>, so some limitations should be taken into consideration. A standard <em>Alice</em>\n" +#~ "configuration file with no special customization can, however, be imported without any loss of data.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Bir <em>Alice</em> dosyasının kapsamı <b>AutoYaST</b>'ta\n" -#~ "gördüğünüz kadarından fazla veya az olabilir, bu nedenle bazı " -#~ "sınırlamalar gözönüne alınmalıdır.\n" +#~ "gördüğünüz kadarından fazla veya az olabilir, bu nedenle bazı sınırlamalar gözönüne alınmalıdır.\n" #~ "Dağıtıma özel ayarlar içermeyen bir <em>Alice</em> yapılandırma dosyası\n" #~ "yine de fazla kayıp olmadan alınabilir.</p>\n" @@ -3756,10 +3615,8 @@ #~ msgid "Import Data from an Alice Repository" #~ msgstr "Alice deposundaki verileri al" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>The following package is needed for importing ALICE data:<b> %1</b></p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Dışarıdan ALICE dosyası almak için şu paket gereklidir:<b>%1</b></p>" +#~ msgid "<p>The following package is needed for importing ALICE data:<b> %1</b></p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Dışarıdan ALICE dosyası almak için şu paket gereklidir:<b>%1</b></p>" #~ msgid "<p>Do you want to install it now?</p>" #~ msgstr "<p>Şimdi kurulmasını istiyor musunuz?</p>" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/base.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/base.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/base.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -138,8 +138,7 @@ #. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:556 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." -msgstr "" -"'yast2 %1 %2 help' ile mevcut seçeneklerin tam listesini edinebilirsiniz." +msgstr "'yast2 %1 %2 help' ile mevcut seçeneklerin tam listesini edinebilirsiniz." # clients/sound_complex.ycp:244 clients/sound_complex.ycp:338 clients/sound_complex.ycp:354 clients/sound_complex.ycp:441 clients/sound_write.ycp:82 #. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module @@ -238,27 +237,17 @@ #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:880 msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options." -msgstr "" -"'yast2 %1 <komut> help' komutuyla mevcut seçeneklerin bir listesini " -"edinebilirsiniz." +msgstr "'yast2 %1 <komut> help' komutuyla mevcut seçeneklerin bir listesini edinebilirsiniz." #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:944 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use " -"xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." -msgstr "" -"Hedef dosya adı ('xmlfile' seçeneği) eksik. Komut satırı seçeneğini " -"xmlfile=<hedef_XML_dosyası> olarak kullanın." +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "Hedef dosya adı ('xmlfile' seçeneği) eksik. Komut satırı seçeneğini xmlfile=<hedef_XML_dosyası> olarak kullanın." #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:956 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> " -"command line option." -msgstr "" -"Hedef dosya adı ('xmlfile' seçeneği) boş. Komut satırı seçeneğini " -"xmlfile=<hedef_XML_dosyası> olarak kullanın." +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "Hedef dosya adı ('xmlfile' seçeneği) boş. Komut satırı seçeneğini xmlfile=<hedef_XML_dosyası> olarak kullanın." # include/cups/ui.ycp:2577 include/cups/ui.ycp:2598 #. translators: fallback name for a module at command line @@ -520,8 +509,7 @@ "<b>%1</b>. Otherwise set <b>%2</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Hizmet başlangıcı</big></b><br>\n" -"Hizmetin bilgisayarınızın her açılışında başlatılması için <b>%1</b> " -"seçeneğini,\n" +"Hizmetin bilgisayarınızın her açılışında başlatılması için <b>%1</b> seçeneğini,\n" "diğer durumlarda <b>%2</b> seçeneğini işaretleyin.</p>" #. help text for service auto start widget @@ -539,8 +527,7 @@ "Otherwise set <b>%2</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Hizmet başlangıcı</big></b><br>\n" -"Hizmetin bilgisayarınızın her açılışında başlatılması için <b>%1</b> " -"seçeneğini,\n" +"Hizmetin bilgisayarınızın her açılışında başlatılması için <b>%1</b> seçeneğini,\n" "diğer durumlarda <b>%2</b> seçeneğini işaretleyin.</p>" #. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! @@ -1028,20 +1015,13 @@ "Some elements use arrow keys (e.g., to scroll in lists).</p>" msgstr "" "<p>1) <b>Genel</b><br>\n" -"Pencere öğeleri arasında bir sonraki öğeye geçmek için [TAB] tuşunu, bir " -"önceki öğeye geçmek için ise [SHIFT] (ya da [ALT]) + [TAB] tuşlarını " -"kullanın.\n" +"Pencere öğeleri arasında bir sonraki öğeye geçmek için [TAB] tuşunu, bir önceki öğeye geçmek için ise [SHIFT] (ya da [ALT]) + [TAB] tuşlarını kullanın.\n" "Öğeleri seçmek ya da etkinleştirmek için [BOŞLUK] ya da [ENTER]\n" -"tuşlarını kullanın. Bazı öğelerde (örneğin listelerde) ok tuşları da " -"kullanılabilir.</p>" +"tuşlarını kullanın. Bazı öğelerde (örneğin listelerde) ok tuşları da kullanılabilir.</p>" #. NCurses Control Center help 2/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:334 -msgid "" -"<p>Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use " -"[SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of " -"configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog " -"on the right.</p>" +msgid "<p>Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use [SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog on the right.</p>" msgstr "" #. NCurses Control Center help 3/10 @@ -1093,8 +1073,7 @@ #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:363 msgid "" "<p>3) <i>Function Keys</i><br>\n" -"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings " -"for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line.</p>" +"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line.</p>" msgstr "" #. NCurses Control Center help 8/10 @@ -1962,8 +1941,7 @@ #: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:286 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Create a new GPG key</b></big><br>\n" -"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more " -"information.\n" +"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more information.\n" "Press Ctrl+C to cancel.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" @@ -2977,34 +2955,28 @@ #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:582 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal" -"\">disable</a>)" +msgid "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)" msgstr "Firewall <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">açık</a>" #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is disabled (enable)" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:587 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal" -"\">enable</a>)" +msgid "Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)" msgstr "Firewall <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">açık</a>" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:621 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)" +msgid "SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)" msgstr "SSH portu <a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">açık</a>" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:626 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" msgstr "SSH portu <a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">açık</a>" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around @@ -3012,52 +2984,33 @@ #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:646 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), " -"but\n" +"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), but\n" "there are no network interfaces configured" -msgstr "" -"SSH portu <a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">açık</a>, ancak " -"henüz bir ağ arabirimi yapılandırılmamış" +msgstr "SSH portu <a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">açık</a>, ancak henüz bir ağ arabirimi yapılandırılmamış" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over SSH without SSH allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:661 -msgid "" -"You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port " -"on the firewall." -msgstr "" -"SSH üzerinden bir sistem kuruyorsunuz ama firewall'da SSH portunu " -"açmamışsınız." +msgid "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on the firewall." +msgstr "SSH üzerinden bir sistem kuruyorsunuz ama firewall'da SSH portunu açmamışsınız." #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is enabled" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:703 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--" -"disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Uzaktan yönetim (VNC) portları <a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal" -"\">açık</a>" +msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)" +msgstr "Uzaktan yönetim (VNC) portları <a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">açık</a>" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is disabled" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:708 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--" -"enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Uzaktan yönetim (VNC) portları <a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal" -"\">açık</a>" +msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgstr "Uzaktan yönetim (VNC) portları <a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">açık</a>" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over VNC without VNC allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:718 -msgid "" -"You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have " -"not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." -msgstr "" -"Uzaktan yönetim (VNC) yardımıyla bir sistem kuruyorsunuz ama firewall'da VNC " -"portlarını açmamışsınız." +msgid "You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." +msgstr "Uzaktan yönetim (VNC) yardımıyla bir sistem kuruyorsunuz ama firewall'da VNC portlarını açmamışsınız." #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:736 @@ -3075,15 +3028,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation to iSCSI without iSCSI allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:746 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH " -#| "port on the firewall." -msgid "" -"You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the " -"needed ports on the firewall." -msgstr "" -"SSH üzerinden bir sistem kuruyorsunuz ama firewall'da SSH portunu " -"açmamışsınız." +#| msgid "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on the firewall." +msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall." +msgstr "SSH üzerinden bir sistem kuruyorsunuz ama firewall'da SSH portunu açmamışsınız." #. Returns service definition. #. See @services for the format. @@ -3280,18 +3227,15 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:667 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" -"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management " -"module." +"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." msgstr "" #. error report #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:790 msgid "" "<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" -"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has " -"changed. To \n" -"continue using this repository, start <b>Installation Repositories</b> " -"from \n" +"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" +"continue using this repository, start <b>Installation Repositories</b> from \n" "the YaST control center and refresh the repository.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -3831,8 +3775,7 @@ "<p><b><big>License Confirmation</big></b><br>\n" "The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n" "of acceptance of its license.\n" -"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be " -"installed.\n" +"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be installed.\n" "<br>\n" "To accept the license of the package, click <b>I Agree</b>.\n" "To reject the license of the package, click <b>I Disagree</b></p>." @@ -3851,10 +3794,8 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:331 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software " -"to install.\n" -"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in " -"the left\n" +"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n" +"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in the left\n" "\t\t column. To view a description for an item, select it in the list.\n" "\t\t </p>" msgstr "" @@ -3879,8 +3820,7 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:351 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining " -"disk space\n" +"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n" "\t\t after all requested changes will have been performed.\n" "\t\t Hard disk partitions that are full or nearly full can degrade\n" "\t\t system performance and in some cases even cause serious problems.\n" @@ -4011,11 +3951,8 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:669 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed " -"or removed packages.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><B><BIG>Özet</BIG></B><BR>Yedekleme işleminin sonucu gösterilmektedir.</P>" +msgid "<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed or removed packages.</P>" +msgstr "<P><B><BIG>Özet</BIG></B><BR>Yedekleme işleminin sonucu gösterilmektedir.</P>" #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:677 #, fuzzy @@ -4108,8 +4045,7 @@ msgid "" "No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n" "This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n" -"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. " -"Using the file\n" +"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. Using the file\n" "may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n" "\n" "Use it anyway?" @@ -4304,8 +4240,7 @@ msgid "" "<p>A warning dialog opens for every package that\n" "is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n" -"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be " -"used.</p>" +"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be used.</p>" msgstr "" #. popup message - label, part 1, %1 stands for repository name, %2 for its URL @@ -4370,8 +4305,7 @@ "but the expected checksum is not known.\n" "\n" "This means that the origin and integrity of the file\n" -"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at " -"risk.\n" +"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at risk.\n" "\n" "Use it anyway?\n" msgstr "" @@ -4427,11 +4361,7 @@ msgstr "<p>Paketler kuruluyor, lütfen bekleyin.</p>" #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:648 -msgid "" -"<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using " -"the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent " -"or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not " -"installed.</P>" +msgid "<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed.</P>" msgstr "" #. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES @@ -5270,8 +5200,7 @@ "A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\n" "A host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\n" msgstr "" -"Geçerli bir makine adı harflerden, rakamlardan ve tire işaretlerinden " -"oluşur.\n" +"Geçerli bir makine adı harflerden, rakamlardan ve tire işaretlerinden oluşur.\n" "Makine adı tire ile başlayıp bitemez.\n" #. Translators: dot: "." @@ -6146,15 +6075,13 @@ "\n" "A valid reverse IPv4 consists of four integers in the range 0-255\n" "separated by a dot then followed by the string '.in-addr.arpa.'.\n" -"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address " -"'192.168.32.1'.\n" +"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address '192.168.32.1'.\n" msgstr "" "%1 ters IPv4 adresi geçerli değil.\n" "\n" "Geçerli ters IPv4, 0-255 aralığında bulunan 4 tamsayının, noktalarla\n" "ayrılarak, arkasına '.in-addr.arpa.' eklenmesiyle oluşur.\n" -"Örneğin, IPv4 adresi 192.168.21.1 olan bilgisayar için, '1.32.168.192.in-" -"addr.arpa.' yazılır.\n" +"Örneğin, IPv4 adresi 192.168.21.1 olan bilgisayar için, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' yazılır.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, user can't use hostname %1 because it doesn't make #. sense to e relative to zone %2 (%2 is a reverse zone name like '32.200.192.in-addr.arpa') @@ -6201,8 +6128,7 @@ msgstr "" "Geçersiz SOA kaydı.\n" "%1 BIND zamanı şeklinde olmalıdır.\n" -"BIND zaman şekli, numaralar ve W,D,H,M ve S duyarlı harflerinden " -"kurulmuştur.\n" +"BIND zaman şekli, numaralar ve W,D,H,M ve S duyarlı harflerinden kurulmuştur.\n" "Zaman saniye ise, son ek kullanmaya gerek yoktur.\n" "Değerleri 12H15m, 86400 veya 1W30M şeklinde giriniz.\n" @@ -6298,8 +6224,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>3) <b>Fonksiyon tuşları</b><br>\n" #~ "F tuşları ana fonksiyonlara hızlı erişim sağlar.\n" -#~ "F1 tuşuna basarak o anki pencerede kullanılabilecek tuşları " -#~ "görebilirsiniz.</p>" +#~ "F1 tuşuna basarak o anki pencerede kullanılabilecek tuşları görebilirsiniz.</p>" # include/runlevel/ui.ycp:429 #, fuzzy @@ -6605,21 +6530,14 @@ #~ msgid "modem" #~ msgstr "modem" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Firewall is <a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">disabled</a>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Firewall <a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">kapalı</a>" +#~ msgid "Firewall is <a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">disabled</a>" +#~ msgstr "Firewall <a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">kapalı</a>" #~ msgid "SSH port is <a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">blocked</a>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "SSH portu <a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">bloklanmış</a>" +#~ msgstr "SSH portu <a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">bloklanmış</a>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are <a href=\"firewall--" -#~ "enable_vnc_in_proposal\">blocked</a>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Uzaktan yönetim (VNC) portları <a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal" -#~ "\">bloklanmış</a>" +#~ msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are <a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">blocked</a>" +#~ msgstr "Uzaktan yönetim (VNC) portları <a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">bloklanmış</a>" # include/nfs/ui.ycp:327 #~ msgid "" @@ -6693,8 +6611,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><big><b>Creating a New TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n" -#~ "To create a new TSIG key, set the <b>File Name</b> of the file in which " -#~ "to\n" +#~ "To create a new TSIG key, set the <b>File Name</b> of the file in which to\n" #~ "create the key and the <b>Key ID</b> to identify the key then click\n" #~ "<b>Generate</b>.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" @@ -6750,8 +6667,7 @@ #~ msgid "<li>SSH: %1</li>\n" #~ msgstr "<li>Alanlar: %1</li>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You are about to upgrade a 64-bit installation with a 32-bit distribution." +#~ msgid "You are about to upgrade a 64-bit installation with a 32-bit distribution." #~ msgstr "32-bit'lik dağıtımla 64-bit'lik kurulumu güncellemek üzeresiniz." #~ msgid "This is not supported. Proceed at your own risk." @@ -6764,8 +6680,7 @@ #~ "64-bit'lik dağıtım ile güncelleme yapmak için sistemi DVD'nin diğer\n" #~ "\t yüzünden açın." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You are about to upgrade a 32-bit installation with a 64-bit distribution." +#~ msgid "You are about to upgrade a 32-bit installation with a 64-bit distribution." #~ msgstr "64-bit'lik dağıtımla 32-bit'lik bir kurulumu güncelleyeceksiniz." #~ msgid "" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/bootloader.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/bootloader.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/bootloader.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -134,17 +134,12 @@ #. warning text in the summary richtext #: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116 -msgid "" -"No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be " -"bootable." -msgstr "" -"Kurulmak üzere herhangi bir açılış yükleyicisi seçilmemiş. Sisteminiz " -"açılmayabilir." +msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." +msgstr "Kurulmak üzere herhangi bir açılış yükleyicisi seçilmemiş. Sisteminiz açılmayabilir." #. error in the proposal #: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126 -msgid "" -"Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" +msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" msgstr "" #. proposal part - bootloader label @@ -209,10 +204,8 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "<p><b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b><br>\n" -"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR " -"code will then\n" -"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active " -"even\n" +"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" +"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" "if the boot loader is installed in the MBR.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -234,8 +227,7 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:23 msgid "" "<p><b>Timeout in Seconds</b><br>\n" -"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is " -"loaded.</p>\n" +"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:33 @@ -258,53 +250,44 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:41 msgid "" -"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of " -"your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" +"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" "boots the active partition).</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:44 msgid "" -"<p><b>Boot from Boot Partition</b> is one of the recommended options, the " -"other is\n" +"<p><b>Boot from Boot Partition</b> is one of the recommended options, the other is\n" "<b>Boot from Root Partition</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47 msgid "" -"<p><b>Use Trusted Grub</b> means install trusted grub and use it. Option " -"<i>Graphical Menu File</i> will be ignored.\n" +"<p><b>Use Trusted Grub</b> means install trusted grub and use it. Option <i>Graphical Menu File</i> will be ignored.\n" "It is recommended to install grub to MBR</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50 msgid "" -"<p><b>Boot from Master Boot Record</b> is not recommended if you have " -"another operating system\n" +"<p><b>Boot from Master Boot Record</b> is not recommended if you have another operating system\n" "installed on your computer</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:53 msgid "" -"<p><b>Boot from Root Partition</b> is the recommended option whenever there " -"is a suitable\n" -"partition. Either select <b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot " -"Partition</b> and <b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b>\n" -"in <b>Boot Loader Options</b> to update the master boot record if that is " -"needed or configure your other boot manager\n" +"<p><b>Boot from Root Partition</b> is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" +"partition. Either select <b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b> and <b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b>\n" +"in <b>Boot Loader Options</b> to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start this section.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"<p><b>Boot from Extended Partition</b> should be selected if your root " -"partition is on \n" +"<p><b>Boot from Extended Partition</b> should be selected if your root partition is on \n" "logical partition and the /boot partition is missing</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot from.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot from.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 @@ -316,26 +299,21 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<p><b>Use Serial Console</b> lets you define the parameters to use\n" -"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</" -"code>) for details.</p>" +"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n" -"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a " -"serial console),\n" -"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</" -"code> to the\n" -"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which " -"you\n" +"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" +"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" +"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 msgid "" -"<p><b>Fallback Sections if default Fails</b> contains a list of section " -"numbers\n" +"<p><b>Fallback Sections if default Fails</b> contains a list of section numbers\n" "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -344,9 +322,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Graphical Menu File</b> defines the file to use for the graphical boot " -"menu.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Graphical Menu File</b> defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87 @@ -356,8 +332,7 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n" -"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will " -"only accept the password if you repeat\n" +"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n" "it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -644,23 +619,17 @@ #. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $ #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:33 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional " -"parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:30 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Vga Mode</b> defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the " -"<i>console</i> to when booting.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Vga Mode</b> defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the <i>console</i> to when booting.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p><b>Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define failsafe " -"parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>Ek grup üyelikleri:</b>\n" @@ -668,22 +637,15 @@ "</p>\n" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other " -"foreign distribution </p>" +msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only " -"on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not " -"touch if you are not sure.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Distributor</b> specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create " -"boot entry name. </p>" +msgid "<p><b>Distributor</b> specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. </p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 @@ -1185,10 +1147,8 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<P>From <B>Other</B>,\n" -"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the " -"current \n" -"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or " -"reread\n" +"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n" +"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n" "the configuration saved on your disk. %1</P>" msgstr "" "<P><B>Sıfırla<B> düğmesi ile mevcut\n" @@ -1276,8 +1236,7 @@ "- In the <b>Boot Sector</b> of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n" "partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" "partition. Either set <b>Activate Boot Loader Partition</b> and\n" -"<b>Replace MBR with Generic Code</b> in <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</" -"b>\n" +"<b>Replace MBR with Generic Code</b> in <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b>\n" "to update the master boot record\n" "if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start &product;.</p>" @@ -1328,8 +1287,7 @@ "mapping), click <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Başlangıç ayarları</big></b><br>\n" -"Burada başlangıç seçenekleri içeren ek başlangıç menüsü ayarları " -"ekleyebilirsiniz.\n" +"Burada başlangıç seçenekleri içeren ek başlangıç menüsü ayarları ekleyebilirsiniz.\n" "</p>\n" #. help text 1/1 @@ -1341,8 +1299,7 @@ "use <b>Boot Loader</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Başlangıç ayarları</big></b><br>\n" -"Burada başlangıç seçenekleri içeren ek başlangıç menüsü ayarları " -"ekleyebilirsiniz.\n" +"Burada başlangıç seçenekleri içeren ek başlangıç menüsü ayarları ekleyebilirsiniz.\n" "</p>\n" #. help text 1/1 @@ -1354,8 +1311,7 @@ "<b>Boot Loader Options</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Başlangıç ayarları</big></b><br>\n" -"Burada başlangıç seçenekleri içeren ek başlangıç menüsü ayarları " -"ekleyebilirsiniz.\n" +"Burada başlangıç seçenekleri içeren ek başlangıç menüsü ayarları ekleyebilirsiniz.\n" "</p>\n" #. help text 1/1 @@ -1375,8 +1331,7 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:244 msgid "" "<p><b>Section Name</b><br>\n" -"Use <b>Section Name</b> to specify the boot loader section name. The " -"section\n" +"Use <b>Section Name</b> to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n" "name must be unique.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -1423,8 +1378,7 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:278 msgid "" "<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a section that \n" -"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the " -"disk. This is used for\n" +"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" "booting other operating systems.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -1667,61 +1621,45 @@ msgstr "<p><b>Gelişmiş ayarlar</b></p>" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:24 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Kernel Image</b> defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name " -"directly or choose via <b>Browse</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Kernel Image</b> defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name directly or choose via <b>Browse</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:27 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p><b>Root Device</b> sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device.</" -"p>" +msgid "<p><b>Root Device</b> sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device.</p>" msgstr "<P>Buradan yerel Bluetooth aygıtının sınıfını seçebilirsiniz.</P>" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:36 msgid "" -"<p><b>Initial RAM Disk</b>, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to " -"use. Either enter the path and file name\n" +"<p><b>Initial RAM Disk</b>, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n" "directly or choose by using <b>Browse</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:39 -msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Chainloader Section</b> if you want to define a section for " -"booting an OS other than Linux.</p>" +msgid "<p>Select <b>Chainloader Section</b> if you want to define a section for booting an OS other than Linux.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:42 -msgid "" -"<p>Setting <b>Use Password Protection</p> will require a password to select " -"this section.</p>" +msgid "<p>Setting <b>Use Password Protection</p> will require a password to select this section.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:45 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Other System</b> lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems " -"found on your computer.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Other System</b> lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems found on your computer.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:48 -msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Activate this Partition when selected for Boot</b> if your BIOS " -"needs this flag set in order to boot it</p>" +msgid "<p>Select <b>Activate this Partition when selected for Boot</b> if your BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:51 msgid "" -"<p><b>Block Offset for Chainloading</b> lets you specify the list of blocks " -"to boot. In most cases you want\n" -"to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the " -"grub documentation.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Block Offset for Chainloading</b> lets you specify the list of blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n" +"to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:54 msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other " -"image \n" +"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other image \n" "and start it in a Xen environment.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1731,9 +1669,7 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:60 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p><b>Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters</b> lets you define additional " -"parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>Ek grup üyelikleri:</b>\n" @@ -1753,21 +1689,16 @@ msgstr "Disk bölümü sisteme bağlı" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:65 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Menu Description File</b> specifies path on root device from which is " -"loaded menu file.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Menu Description File</b> specifies path on root device from which is loaded menu file.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:68 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map</b> Windows usually need " -"to be on the first disk.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map</b> Windows usually need to be on the first disk.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:71 msgid "" -"<p><b>Measures</b> includes measured files with PCR. Change table is " -"possible via buttons: <b>Add</b> , \n" +"<p><b>Measures</b> includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible via buttons: <b>Add</b> , \n" "<b>Edit</b> and <b>Delete</b></p>" msgstr "" @@ -1798,8 +1729,7 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:88 msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Enable SELinux</b> to add the needed kernel boot parameters to " -"enable the SELinux security framework. \n" +"<p>Select <b>Enable SELinux</b> to add the needed kernel boot parameters to enable the SELinux security framework. \n" "Please note that this will also disable AppArmor.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -2001,8 +1931,7 @@ #. error report #: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36 -msgid "" -"Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." +msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." msgstr "" #. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal @@ -2010,39 +1939,29 @@ #. #. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" +msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" +msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" msgstr "" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206 -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not " -"install</a>)" +msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210 -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot" -"\">install</a>)" +msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" msgstr "" #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216 -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not " -"install</a>)" +msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220 -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root" -"\">install</a>)" +msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals @@ -2113,9 +2032,7 @@ #. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 -msgid "" -"Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you " -"are doing please select above location." +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." msgstr "" #: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:102 @@ -2141,11 +2058,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:153 -msgid "" -"Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk " -"label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub " -"partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install " -"stage 1 to MBR." +msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." msgstr "" #. check if boot device is on raid0 @@ -2156,17 +2069,12 @@ #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:201 -msgid "" -"The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. " -"Master Boot Record" +msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" msgstr "" #. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106) #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:256 -msgid "" -"YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device " -"map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader " -"Installation Details\"" +msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" msgstr "" #. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) @@ -2324,12 +2232,8 @@ #~ msgstr "%1 bölge tipi desteklenmemektedir." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The selected boot path will not be activated for your installation. Your " -#~ "system may not be bootable." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Kurulmak üzere herhangi bir açılış yükleyicisi seçilmemiş. Sisteminiz " -#~ "açılmayabilir." +#~ msgid "The selected boot path will not be activated for your installation. Your system may not be bootable." +#~ msgstr "Kurulmak üzere herhangi bir açılış yükleyicisi seçilmemiş. Sisteminiz açılmayabilir." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Convert Settings and Install &GRUB" @@ -2674,19 +2578,16 @@ #~ "Replace it with an entry to boot from the hard disk?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Açılış yükleyicisini diskete kurmayı seçtiniz.\n" -#~ "Açılış yükleyicisinin menüsü disketten açılış yapmak için bir girdi " -#~ "içeriyor.\n" +#~ "Açılış yükleyicisinin menüsü disketten açılış yapmak için bir girdi içeriyor.\n" #~ "Bu girdi sabit diskten açılış yapacak bir girdi ile değiştirilsin mi?" #~ msgid "" #~ "You chose to install the boot loader to the hard disk.\n" -#~ "The menu of the boot loader contains an entry to boot from the hard " -#~ "disk.\n" +#~ "The menu of the boot loader contains an entry to boot from the hard disk.\n" #~ "Replace it with an entry to boot from the floppy?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Açılış yükleyicisini sabit diske kurmayı seçtiniz.\n" -#~ "Açılış yükleyicisinin menüsü sabit diskten açılış yapmak için bir girdi " -#~ "içeriyor.\n" +#~ "Açılış yükleyicisinin menüsü sabit diskten açılış yapmak için bir girdi içeriyor.\n" #~ "Bu girdi disketten açılış yapacak bir girdi ile değiştirilsin mi?" #~ msgid "other" @@ -2709,9 +2610,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Açılış yükleyicisi ayarlarını sıfırla" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The /boot directory is on an ext4 filesystem. Create separate /boot " -#~ "partition with ext2 filesytem" +#~ msgid "The /boot directory is on an ext4 filesystem. Create separate /boot partition with ext2 filesytem" #~ msgstr "Hedef dizini geçersiz ya da / ile başlamıyor." #~ msgid "Add a new section" @@ -3063,8 +2962,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>Depending on the modules needed, select the\n" -#~ "appropriate floppy from the list of module floppies then click <b>Next</" -#~ "b>\n" +#~ "appropriate floppy from the list of module floppies then click <b>Next</b>\n" #~ "to continue.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Modül disketleri listesinden gereken modüllere\n" @@ -3084,8 +2982,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b>Boot Floppies</b><br>\n" -#~ "These boot floppies can be used to boot your installed system or a rescue " -#~ "system\n" +#~ "These boot floppies can be used to boot your installed system or a rescue system\n" #~ "(from the first CD-ROM or the rescue floppy).</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B>Açılış disketi:</B><BR>\n" @@ -3095,8 +2992,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b>Rescue Floppy:</b><br>\n" #~ "To start the rescue system, boot from the boot floppy or the SuSE CD-ROM\n" -#~ "and select <i>Manual installation</i> -> <i>Start installation / system</" -#~ "i>\n" +#~ "and select <i>Manual installation</i> -> <i>Start installation / system</i>\n" #~ "-> <i>Rescue system</i>. You will be prompted for the rescue floppy.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B>Kurtarma disketi:</B><BR>\n" @@ -3109,30 +3005,24 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b>Module Floppies</b><br>\n" #~ "All SuSE kernels are modularized. This means that most drivers\n" -#~ "are loaded as kernel modules on demand. Because the space on one single " -#~ "floppy\n" +#~ "are loaded as kernel modules on demand. Because the space on one single floppy\n" #~ "is not sufficient for all kernel modules, consider creating one\n" #~ "of the <b>module floppies</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Modül disketleri</b><br>\n" -#~ "Tüm SuSE çekirdekleri modüller haline getirilmiştir. Bunun anlamı, bir " -#~ "çok\n" -#~ "sürücü gerektiği anda çekirdek modülü olarak yüklenir. Tek bir disket " -#~ "üzerinde tüm\n" -#~ "çekirdek modülleri için gerekli alan olmadığından <b>modül " -#~ "disketlerinden</b>\n" +#~ "Tüm SuSE çekirdekleri modüller haline getirilmiştir. Bunun anlamı, bir çok\n" +#~ "sürücü gerektiği anda çekirdek modülü olarak yüklenir. Tek bir disket üzerinde tüm\n" +#~ "çekirdek modülleri için gerekli alan olmadığından <b>modül disketlerinden</b>\n" #~ "bir tane oluşturmalısınız.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b>Custom Floppy</b><br>\n" -#~ "To create a floppy from another image, select <b>Custom Floppy</b>. You " -#~ "will\n" +#~ "To create a floppy from another image, select <b>Custom Floppy</b>. You will\n" #~ "be prompted for the file containing the floppy image.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Özel disket</b><br>\n" -#~ "Başka bir görüntü dosyasından disket oluşturmak için <b>Özel disket</b> " -#~ "seçeneğini\n" +#~ "Başka bir görüntü dosyasından disket oluşturmak için <b>Özel disket</b> seçeneğini\n" #~ "işaretleyin. Disket görüntüsünü içeren dosya yeri size sorulacaktır.</p>\n" #, fuzzy @@ -3143,8 +3033,7 @@ #~ "of the floppy image.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Özel disket</b><br>\n" -#~ "Başka bir görüntü dosyasından disket oluşturmak için <b>Özel disket</b> " -#~ "seçeneğini\n" +#~ "Başka bir görüntü dosyasından disket oluşturmak için <b>Özel disket</b> seçeneğini\n" #~ "işaretleyin. Disket görüntüsünü içeren dosya yeri size sorulacaktır.</p>\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -3160,12 +3049,10 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b><big>Floppy Device:</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "If your computer has multiple floppy drives, select the correct device.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "If your computer has multiple floppy drives, select the correct device.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Disket sürücüsü:</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Eğer bilgisayarınızda birden çok disket sürücüsü varsa doğru sürücüyü " -#~ "seçin.</p>\n" +#~ "Eğer bilgisayarınızda birden çok disket sürücüsü varsa doğru sürücüyü seçin.</p>\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b><big>Format Floppy Disk:</big></b><br>\n" @@ -3202,13 +3089,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b><big>Select Floppy Image:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Enter the URL from which to download the floppy image.\n" -#~ "If necessary, also specify the user name and password for authentication." -#~ "</p>\n" +#~ "If necessary, also specify the user name and password for authentication.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Disket görüntü dosyası seç:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Oluşturulacak disketin içereceği görüntü dosyasının adresini girin.\n" -#~ "Gerekliyse kimlik doğrulaması için kullanıcı adı ve parola da " -#~ "girebilirsiniz.</p>\n" +#~ "Gerekliyse kimlik doğrulaması için kullanıcı adı ve parola da girebilirsiniz.</p>\n" #~ msgid "&USB (modules disk 1)" #~ msgstr "&USB (modül disketi 1)" @@ -3378,15 +3263,10 @@ #~ msgstr "MILO açılış yöneticisini kur" #~ msgid "Boot configuration on new PowerMacs is not yet implemented." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Yeni PowerMac'ler için açılış yapılandırılması henüz geliştirilmedi." +#~ msgstr "Yeni PowerMac'ler için açılış yapılandırılması henüz geliştirilmedi." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Configure the BootX App in classic MacOS to boot the file 'vmlinuz-" -#~ "oldworld'" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "'vmlinux-oldworld' dosyandan açılış için klasik MacOS'ta BootX programını " -#~ "yapılandırın." +#~ msgid "Configure the BootX App in classic MacOS to boot the file 'vmlinuz-oldworld'" +#~ msgstr "'vmlinux-oldworld' dosyandan açılış için klasik MacOS'ta BootX programını yapılandırın." # clients/rc_config_step1.ycp:119 #~ msgid "Boot configuration for this board is not yet implemented." @@ -3396,34 +3276,21 @@ #~ msgstr "Tahta türü: %1" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "There is no 41 PReP boot nor a FAT16 partition. You cannot boot from the " -#~ "hard disk." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Mevcut bir 41 PReP açılış bölümü yok. Bu sabit diskten açılış " -#~ "yapamazsınız." +#~ msgid "There is no 41 PReP boot nor a FAT16 partition. You cannot boot from the hard disk." +#~ msgstr "Mevcut bir 41 PReP açılış bölümü yok. Bu sabit diskten açılış yapamazsınız." #~ msgid "No boot configuration. Configure booting manually." #~ msgstr "Açılış yapılandırması yok. Açılışı el ile yapılandırın." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "yaboot will be written to %1. A correct boot path will be prepended to " -#~ "boot-device variable." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "yaboot %1 dosyasına yazılacak. Bu sürücüden açılış yapmak için SMS " -#~ "Multiboot'u kullanın." +#~ msgid "yaboot will be written to %1. A correct boot path will be prepended to boot-device variable." +#~ msgstr "yaboot %1 dosyasına yazılacak. Bu sürücüden açılış yapmak için SMS Multiboot'u kullanın." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "A stream file will be written to %1. Copy this file to OS400 side and " -#~ "boot with *STMF." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "%1 dosyasına yazılacak. Bu dosyayı OS400 tarafına kopyalayıp *STMF ile " -#~ "açılış yapın." +#~ msgid "A stream file will be written to %1. Copy this file to OS400 side and boot with *STMF." +#~ msgstr "%1 dosyasına yazılacak. Bu dosyayı OS400 tarafına kopyalayıp *STMF ile açılış yapın." #~ msgid "The kernel will be written to %1. Use *NWSSTG on OS400 side." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Çekirdek %1 dosyasına yazılacak. OS400 tarafında *NWSSTG'yi kullanın." +#~ msgstr "Çekirdek %1 dosyasına yazılacak. OS400 tarafında *NWSSTG'yi kullanın." #~ msgid "The kernel will be written to slot B." #~ msgstr "Çekirdek B slotuna yazılacak." @@ -3440,17 +3307,11 @@ #~ msgid "Unknown" #~ msgstr "Bilinmiyor" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "There is no 41 PReP boot partition. You cannot boot from the hard disk." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Mevcut bir 41 PReP açılış bölümü yok. Bu sabit diskten açılış " -#~ "yapamazsınız." +#~ msgid "There is no 41 PReP boot partition. You cannot boot from the hard disk." +#~ msgstr "Mevcut bir 41 PReP açılış bölümü yok. Bu sabit diskten açılış yapamazsınız." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The zImage.prep from CD1/boot must be written to a 41 PReP boot partition." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "CD1/boot dizinindeki zImage.prep dosyası 41 PReP açılış bölümüne " -#~ "yazılmalıdır." +#~ msgid "The zImage.prep from CD1/boot must be written to a 41 PReP boot partition." +#~ msgstr "CD1/boot dizinindeki zImage.prep dosyası 41 PReP açılış bölümüne yazılmalıdır." #~ msgid "Stream File for *STMF Booting" #~ msgstr "*STFM açılışı için strea dosyası" @@ -3656,14 +3517,11 @@ #~ "ya da <B>Geçerli bölüm</B> seçeneklerini kullanın.</P>\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "By checking Enable Boot Loader Password Protection and setting a " -#~ "password,\n" +#~ "By checking Enable Boot Loader Password Protection and setting a password,\n" #~ "protect the computer from being booted by an unauthorized person.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Açılış yükleyicisi parola koruması seçeneğini işaretleyip bir parola " -#~ "koyarak\n" -#~ "bilgisayarınızın izinsiz kişiler tarafından açılmasına engel " -#~ "olabilirsiniz.\n" +#~ "Açılış yükleyicisi parola koruması seçeneğini işaretleyip bir parola koyarak\n" +#~ "bilgisayarınızın izinsiz kişiler tarafından açılmasına engel olabilirsiniz.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Forcing saving everything also forces \n" @@ -3682,11 +3540,8 @@ #~ "Diskleri BIOS'un gördüğü şekildeki sıraya göre dizin.\n" #~ "Ne yaptığınıza emin değilseniz bir değişiklik yapmayın.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "yaboot will be written to %1. Use SMS Multiboot to boot from this drive." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "yaboot %1 dosyasına yazılacak. Bu sürücüden açılış yapmak için SMS " -#~ "Multiboot'u kullanın." +#~ msgid "yaboot will be written to %1. Use SMS Multiboot to boot from this drive." +#~ msgstr "yaboot %1 dosyasına yazılacak. Bu sürücüden açılış yapmak için SMS Multiboot'u kullanın." #~ msgid "MBRs of Disks %1" #~ msgstr "%1 disklerinin ana açılış kaydı (MBR)" @@ -3835,8 +3690,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b>Boot Floppy:</b><br>\n" -#~ "This boot floppy can be used to boot your installed system or a rescue " -#~ "system\n" +#~ "This boot floppy can be used to boot your installed system or a rescue system\n" #~ "(from the first CD-ROM or the rescue floppy).</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B>Açılış disketi:</B><BR>\n" @@ -3846,29 +3700,23 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b>Module Floppies</b><br>\n" #~ "All SuSE kernels are modularized. This means that most drivers\n" -#~ "are loaded as kernel modules on demand. Because the space on one single " -#~ "floppy\n" +#~ "are loaded as kernel modules on demand. Because the space on one single floppy\n" #~ "is not sufficient for all kernel modules, consider creating one\n" #~ "of the <b>module floppies</b>.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Modül disketleri</b><br>\n" -#~ "Tüm SuSE çekirdekleri modüller haline getirilmiştir. Bunun anlamı, bir " -#~ "çok\n" -#~ "sürücü gerektiği anda çekirdek modülü olarak yüklenir. Tek bir disket " -#~ "üzerinde tüm\n" -#~ "çekirdek modülleri için gerekli alan olmadığından <b>modül " -#~ "disketlerinden</b>\n" +#~ "Tüm SuSE çekirdekleri modüller haline getirilmiştir. Bunun anlamı, bir çok\n" +#~ "sürücü gerektiği anda çekirdek modülü olarak yüklenir. Tek bir disket üzerinde tüm\n" +#~ "çekirdek modülleri için gerekli alan olmadığından <b>modül disketlerinden</b>\n" #~ "bir tane oluşturmalısınız.</p>\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b>Custom Floppy</b><br>\n" -#~ "To create a floppy from another image, select <b>Custom Floppy</b>. You " -#~ "will\n" +#~ "To create a floppy from another image, select <b>Custom Floppy</b>. You will\n" #~ "be prompted for the file containing the floppy image.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Özel disket</b><br>\n" -#~ "Başka bir görüntü dosyasından disket oluşturmak için <b>Özel disket</b> " -#~ "seçeneğini\n" +#~ "Başka bir görüntü dosyasından disket oluşturmak için <b>Özel disket</b> seçeneğini\n" #~ "işaretleyin. Disket görüntüsünü içeren dosya yeri size sorulacaktır.</p>\n" # clients/bootfloppy.ycp:408 Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/ca-management.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/ca-management.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/ca-management.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -112,8 +112,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:100 -msgid "" -"P12 password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" +msgid "P12 password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:112 @@ -131,11 +130,9 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:172 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and " -"certificate\n" +"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and certificate\n" "is used for communicating with the Apache server.\n" -"Here, change the settings of this CA and certificate or import a CA and " -"certificate from a file.\n" +"Here, change the settings of this CA and certificate or import a CA and certificate from a file.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -416,9 +413,7 @@ #. #. Proposal function dispatcher for CA Management #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:107 -msgid "" -"Cannot evaluate the name of the local machine. Change the values of Server " -"Name and E-Mail." +msgid "Cannot evaluate the name of the local machine. Change the values of Server Name and E-Mail." msgstr "" #. new handling of force reset because of (#238754) @@ -442,15 +437,13 @@ msgstr "Ayarları yaz" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:296 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:338 -msgid "" -"Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set a CA password to continue." +msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set a CA password to continue." msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:325 msgid "" "The password is too short to use for the certificates. \n" -"Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate " -"creation.\n" +"Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n" msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:351 @@ -519,10 +512,8 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:406 msgid "" -"The root password is too short for use as the password for the " -"certificates.\n" -" Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate " -"creation.\n" +"The root password is too short for use as the password for the certificates.\n" +" Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n" msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:413 @@ -535,9 +526,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:427 -msgid "" -"<p>Is the default hostname <b>linux</b> really unique? The certificate is " -"only valid if the hostname is correct.</p>" +msgid "<p>Is the default hostname <b>linux</b> really unique? The certificate is only valid if the hostname is correct.</p>" msgstr "" #. menu title @@ -580,8 +569,7 @@ #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:103 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"In this frame, select the desired installation method for <b>CAs</b> and " -"<b>certificates</b>\n" +"In this frame, select the desired installation method for <b>CAs</b> and <b>certificates</b>\n" "while completing the installation.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -589,8 +577,7 @@ #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:112 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"You also have the possibility of creating the default CA and certificate in " -"the installed system \n" +"You also have the possibility of creating the default CA and certificate in the installed system \n" "if you do not want to create or import it now.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -691,8 +678,7 @@ #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:388 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"YaST generates a <b>default CA and certificate</b> automatically. This CA " -"and certificate\n" +"YaST generates a <b>default CA and certificate</b> automatically. This CA and certificate\n" "is used for communicating with the <b>Apache server</b>.\n" "Here, change these <b>default settings</b>.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -721,51 +707,37 @@ #. help text 1/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:77 -msgid "" -"<p>A Server Certificate is used by services which provide SSL/TLS encrypted " -"network connections.</p>" +msgid "<p>A Server Certificate is used by services which provide SSL/TLS encrypted network connections.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text 2/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:84 -msgid "" -"<p>The purpose of the <b>Common Server Certificate</b> is, to provide a " -"certificate for several services running on this host. " +msgid "<p>The purpose of the <b>Common Server Certificate</b> is, to provide a certificate for several services running on this host. " msgstr "" #. help text 3/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:92 -msgid "" -"Some YaST modules provide the capability to use this certificate during " -"configuration of such a service.</p>" +msgid "Some YaST modules provide the capability to use this certificate during configuration of such a service.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text 4/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:100 -msgid "" -"<p>With the <b>Import/Replace</b> button you can add a new server " -"certificate or replace the current one.</p>" +msgid "<p>With the <b>Import/Replace</b> button you can add a new server certificate or replace the current one.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text 5/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:108 -msgid "" -"<p>You can remove the Certificates by clicking the <b>Remove</b> button. But " -"make sure, that it is not used anymore by other services.</p>" +msgid "<p>You can remove the Certificates by clicking the <b>Remove</b> button. But make sure, that it is not used anymore by other services.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text 6/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:116 -msgid "" -"<p>Certificates can be written to a file using <b>Export to File</b> in " -"section <b>Certificate</b> in the <b>CA Management</b> module.</p>" +msgid "<p>Certificates can be written to a file using <b>Export to File</b> in section <b>Certificate</b> in the <b>CA Management</b> module.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text 7/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:124 -msgid "" -"<p>Certificates to import from disk must have been written in <b>PKCS12 " -"format with CA chain</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>Certificates to import from disk must have been written in <b>PKCS12 format with CA chain</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text 8/8 @@ -839,9 +811,7 @@ #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:70 -msgid "" -"<p>Special information about the current CA is provided by <b>Certificates</" -"b>, <b>CRL</b>, and <b>Advanced</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>Special information about the current CA is provided by <b>Certificates</b>, <b>CRL</b>, and <b>Advanced</b>.</p>" msgstr "" # clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:2210 @@ -970,9 +940,7 @@ #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:51 -msgid "" -"<p>When creating a new subCA or certificate, the system suggests some " -"default values.</p>" +msgid "<p>When creating a new subCA or certificate, the system suggests some default values.</p>" msgstr "" # clients/ui_helps.ycp:44 @@ -986,16 +954,12 @@ #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:62 #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:153 -msgid "" -"<p>However, the modified settings will be used for <b>new</B> entries only.</" -"p>" +msgid "<p>However, the modified settings will be used for <b>new</B> entries only.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text 4/4 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:69 -msgid "" -"<p>You can edit the default settings for <b>subCAs</b>, <b>client " -"certificates</b>, and <b>server certificates</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>You can edit the default settings for <b>subCAs</b>, <b>client certificates</b>, and <b>server certificates</b>.</p>" msgstr "" # include/tv/ui.ycp:398 @@ -1021,17 +985,14 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:136 -msgid "" -"<p>This frame gives an overview of all default settings before they are " -"saved.</p>" +msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all default settings before they are saved.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:142 #, fuzzy msgid "<p>Click <b>Save</b> to finish the input.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>İleri</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırmayı sonlandırabilirsiniz.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>İleri</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırmayı sonlandırabilirsiniz.</p>" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:145 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:731 @@ -1150,10 +1111,7 @@ #. help text 1/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:46 -msgid "" -"<p>First, see a list view with all available certificates from this CA. The " -"columns are the DN of the certificates including the e-mail address and the " -"state of the certificate (such as valid or revoked).</p>" +msgid "<p>First, see a list view with all available certificates from this CA. The columns are the DN of the certificates including the e-mail address and the state of the certificate (such as valid or revoked).</p>" msgstr "" #. help text 2/6 @@ -1164,16 +1122,12 @@ #. help text 3/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:57 -msgid "" -"<p><b>View</b> opens a window with a text representation of the complete " -"certificate.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>View</b> opens a window with a text representation of the complete certificate.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text 4/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:64 -msgid "" -"<p>Furthermore, you can <b>Revoke</b>, <b>Delete</b>, or <b>Export</b> a " -"certificate.</p>" +msgid "<p>Furthermore, you can <b>Revoke</b>, <b>Delete</b>, or <b>Export</b> a certificate.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text 5/6 @@ -1184,9 +1138,7 @@ #. help text 6/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:78 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>In the area below, see the most important values of the selected " -"certificate.</p>" +msgid "<p>In the area below, see the most important values of the selected certificate.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Burada, DSL bağlantısı için gerken en\n" "önemli ayarları yapabilirsiniz.</p>" @@ -1466,8 +1418,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:64 #, fuzzy msgid "<p><b>View</b> shows a complete description.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>İleri</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırmayı sonlandırabilirsiniz.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>İleri</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırmayı sonlandırabilirsiniz.</p>" #. help text 4/4 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:69 @@ -1532,8 +1483,7 @@ #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:142 -msgid "" -"<p>When creating a new CRL, the system suggests some default values.</p>" +msgid "<p>When creating a new CRL, the system suggests some default values.</p>" msgstr "" # clients/ui_helps.ycp:44 @@ -1578,11 +1528,7 @@ #. Translators: long help text - security information #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:111 -msgid "" -"Warning!<br>Activating the automatic creation and export of a CRL will write " -"the CA password to a configuration file on disk. The password will be stored " -"there in plain text as it is needed to create a CRL. The file will only be " -"readable for the root user." +msgid "Warning!<br>Activating the automatic creation and export of a CRL will write the CA password to a configuration file on disk. The password will be stored there in plain text as it is needed to create a CRL. The file will only be readable for the root user." msgstr "" # clients/online_update_start.ycp:172 @@ -1600,19 +1546,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:384 -msgid "" -"<p>To set up a repeated recreation of the CRL, select <b>Repeated recreation " -"and export</b>. In this case, set the interval for the recreation in " -"<b>Periodic interval</b>. If you set the interval to 24 hours, you can " -"additionally select the hour for the export. Make sure you read and " -"understand the <b>Security Information</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>To set up a repeated recreation of the CRL, select <b>Repeated recreation and export</b>. In this case, set the interval for the recreation in <b>Periodic interval</b>. If you set the interval to 24 hours, you can additionally select the hour for the export. Make sure you read and understand the <b>Security Information</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:387 -msgid "" -"<p>You can activate an export of the CRL to a local file or to an LDAP " -"server or both. Set up the respective parameters in <b>Export to local file</" -"b> and <b>Export to LDAP</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>You can activate an export of the CRL to a local file or to an LDAP server or both. Set up the respective parameters in <b>Export to local file</b> and <b>Export to LDAP</b>.</p>" msgstr "" # clients/online_update_start.ycp:172 @@ -1822,9 +1760,7 @@ #. help text 5/7 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:117 -msgid "" -"<p><b>CA Name</b> is the name of a CA certificate. Use only the characters, " -"\"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", and \"_\".</p>" +msgid "<p><b>CA Name</b> is the name of a CA certificate. Use only the characters, \"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", and \"_\".</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:123 @@ -1833,17 +1769,14 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:129 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p><b>Common Name</b> is the name of the user for whom to create the " -"certificate.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Common Name</b> is the name of the user for whom to create the certificate.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>FTP proxy adresi</b> dosya transfer hizmetine (FTP) erişimi sağlayan\n" "proxy sunucusunun adıdır.</p>" #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:136 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p><b>Common Name</b> is the fully qualified domain name of the server.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Common Name</b> is the fully qualified domain name of the server.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Birincil kaynak</b> birincil ad sunucusunun tam alan adını\n" "içermelidir.</p>" @@ -1851,16 +1784,12 @@ #. help text 6/7 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:145 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p><b>E-Mail Addresses</b> are valid e-mail addresses of the user or server " -"administrator.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>E-Mail Addresses</b> are valid e-mail addresses of the user or server administrator.</p>" msgstr "Sunucu yöneticisinin e-posta adresi" #. help text 7/7 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:152 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Organization</b>, <b>Organizational Unit</b>, <b>Locality</b>, and " -"<b>State</b> are often optional.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Organization</b>, <b>Organizational Unit</b>, <b>Locality</b>, and <b>State</b> are often optional.</p>" msgstr "" # menuentries/menuentry_runlevel.ycp:44 @@ -1896,24 +1825,17 @@ #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:469 -msgid "" -"<p>The private key of the CA needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum length " -"of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field.</" -"p>" +msgid "<p>The private key of the CA needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text 2/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:476 -msgid "" -"<p>Each CA has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that use " -"certificates need special key lengths.</p>" +msgid "<p>Each CA has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:484 -msgid "" -"<p>The CA is valid for only specific period (<b>Valid Period</b>). Enter the " -"time frame in days.</p>" +msgid "<p>The CA is valid for only specific period (<b>Valid Period</b>). Enter the time frame in days.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text 4/4 @@ -1922,47 +1844,32 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:492 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:521 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:543 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Advanced Options</b> are very special options. If you change these " -"options, SUSE cannot guarantee that the generated certificate will work " -"correctly.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Advanced Options</b> are very special options. If you change these options, SUSE cannot guarantee that the generated certificate will work correctly.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:498 -msgid "" -"<p>The private key of the certificate needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum " -"length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next " -"field.</p>" +msgid "<p>The private key of the certificate needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text 2/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:505 -msgid "" -"<p>Each certificate has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that " -"use certificates need special key lengths.</p>" +msgid "<p>Each certificate has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:513 -msgid "" -"<p>The certificate is valid for only specific period (<b>Valid Period</b>). " -"Enter the time frame in days.</p>" +msgid "<p>The certificate is valid for only specific period (<b>Valid Period</b>). Enter the time frame in days.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:528 -msgid "" -"<p>The private key of the request needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum " -"length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next " -"field.</p>" +msgid "<p>The private key of the request needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:535 -msgid "" -"<p>Each request has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that use " -"certificates need special key lengths.</p>" +msgid "<p>Each request has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths.</p>" msgstr "" # @@ -2007,9 +1914,7 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:700 -msgid "" -"<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the CA that will be " -"created.</p>" +msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the CA that will be created.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 @@ -2023,23 +1928,18 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:710 -msgid "" -"<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the certificate that " -"will be created.</p>" +msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the certificate that will be created.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:716 #, fuzzy msgid "<p>Click <b>Create</b> to generate the certificate.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>İleri</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırmayı sonlandırabilirsiniz.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>İleri</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırmayı sonlandırabilirsiniz.</p>" #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:721 -msgid "" -"<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be " -"created.</p>" +msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be created.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 @@ -2174,11 +2074,7 @@ #. #. Creating a new CA/Certificate #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:55 -msgid "" -"<P>This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that " -"can be set. If you are not familiar with these extensions, refer to the " -"file /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc).</" -"P>" +msgid "<P>This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that can be set. If you are not familiar with these extensions, refer to the file /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc).</P>" msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:61 @@ -2250,9 +2146,7 @@ #. help text 1/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:47 -msgid "" -"<p>First, see a list view with all available requests of this CA. The " -"columns are the DN of the request including the e-mail address.</p>" +msgid "<p>First, see a list view with all available requests of this CA. The columns are the DN of the request including the e-mail address.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text 2/6 @@ -2263,31 +2157,24 @@ #. help text 3/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:58 -msgid "" -"<p><b>View</b> opens a window with a text representation of the complete " -"request.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>View</b> opens a window with a text representation of the complete request.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text 4/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:65 -msgid "" -"<p>You can also <b>Sign</b>, <b>Delete</b>, or <b>Export</b> a request.</p>" +msgid "<p>You can also <b>Sign</b>, <b>Delete</b>, or <b>Export</b> a request.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text 5/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:72 -msgid "" -"<p>With <b>Import</b>, read a new request. With <b>Add</b>, generate a new " -"request.</p>" +msgid "<p>With <b>Import</b>, read a new request. With <b>Add</b>, generate a new request.</p>" msgstr "" # clients/inst_environment.ycp:412 #. help text 6/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:79 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>In the area below, see the most important values of the selected request." -"</p>" +msgid "<p>In the area below, see the most important values of the selected request.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Emin değilseniz, seçili öntanımlı değerleri kullanın.\n" @@ -2393,16 +2280,14 @@ #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708 -msgid "" -"<p>The request has special request extensions, which you can accept.</p>" +msgid "<p>The request has special request extensions, which you can accept.</p>" msgstr "" # clients/inst_environment.ycp:412 #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead.</p>" +msgid "<p>If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Emin değilseniz, seçili öntanımlı değerleri kullanın.\n" @@ -2420,9 +2305,7 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777 -msgid "" -"<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be " -"signed.</p>" +msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 @@ -2492,14 +2375,12 @@ #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:149 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Create Root CA</b> generates a new root certificate authority.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Create Root CA</b> generates a new root certificate authority.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:156 -msgid "" -"<p>For more information about CA Management, please read the manual.</p>" +msgid "<p>For more information about CA Management, please read the manual.</p>" msgstr "" #. To translators: pushbutton label @@ -2757,15 +2638,12 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1216 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Importing Common Server Certificate (PKCS12 + CA Chain Format)\n" -" from Disk:</big></b> Select one file name and press <b>Next</b> to continue." -"</p>\n" +" from Disk:</big></b> Select one file name and press <b>Next</b> to continue.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1222 -msgid "" -"Import a server certificate and corresponding CA and copy them to a place " -"where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate." +msgid "Import a server certificate and corresponding CA and copy them to a place where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate." msgstr "" #. help text 3/3 @@ -2805,8 +2683,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1369 msgid "" "The hostname of this server (command: hostname --long) have to match \n" -"either the common name of the certificate (CN) or on of the values in " -"subject alternative names." +"either the common name of the certificate (CN) or on of the values in subject alternative names." msgstr "" #. popup window header @@ -2887,8 +2764,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1658 msgid "" "Key Password is required. \n" -"It must be the password for the encrypted key or a new one in case of a not " -"encrypted key." +"It must be the password for the encrypted key or a new one in case of a not encrypted key." msgstr "" # clients/online_update_load.ycp:923 @@ -3638,12 +3514,9 @@ # include/nfs/ui.ycp:175 #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "<p>For a list of <b>Options</b> please read the manpage mount(8).</p>" +#~| msgid "<p>For a list of <b>Options</b> please read the manpage mount(8).</p>" #~ msgid "<p>For more informations, please read the manual.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Seçenekler</b> istesi için mount(8) komutunun manual (man) " -#~ "sayfasına bakınız.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>Seçenekler</b> istesi için mount(8) komutunun manual (man) sayfasına bakınız.</p>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Export to file failed" @@ -3663,10 +3536,8 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<P>For further information about fstab please type <B>man fstab</B>\n" #~| "in a terminal.</P>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>For more informations about CA Management, please read the manual.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Daha fazla bilgi için <B>man fstab</B> yardım sayfasına bakın.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p>For more informations about CA Management, please read the manual.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Daha fazla bilgi için <B>man fstab</B> yardım sayfasına bakın.</p>\n" # include/nfs/routines.ycp:188 #, fuzzy Added: trunk/yast/tr/po/cio.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/cio.tr.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/cio.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -0,0 +1,118 @@ +# Turkish message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Görkem Çetin <gorkem@gelecek.com.tr>, 1999, 2000. +# Mehmet Mıdık <mmidik@setra.net.tr>, 2000. +# Metin Oral <moral@suse.de>, 2001. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-10-18 10:13+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Görkem Çetin <gorkem@gelecek.com.tr>\n" +"Language-Team: turkish <i18n@suse.de>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +# clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:790 +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:125 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Available Interfaces" +msgid "Available Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "Mevcut arayüzler" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "Aygıt" + +# clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:758 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Used" +msgstr "Kullanılan" + +# clients/inst_sw_update.ycp:438 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "no" +msgstr "hayır" + +# clients/inst_sw_update.ycp:434 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "evet" + +# classnames.ycp:108 +#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Fiber channel" +msgid "Filter channels" +msgstr "Fiber kanal" + +# include/sound/ui.ycp:241 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Select all" +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "&Tümünü seç" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File selection" +msgid "&Clear selection" +msgstr "Dosyaa seçimi" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:164 +msgid "&Blacklist Selected Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:165 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "R&ead Channel" +msgid "&Unban Channels" +msgstr "&Okuma kanalı" + +# include/nis_server/ui.ycp:56 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:170 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Exit" +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "Çık" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80 +msgid "Specified range is invalid. Wrong value is inside snippet '%s'" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "Unban Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106 +msgid "" +"List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\n" +"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range specified with dash.\n" +"Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110 +msgid "Ranges to Unban." +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/cluster.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/cluster.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/cluster.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -193,15 +193,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737 -msgid "" -"For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/" -"authkey." +msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:742 -msgid "" -"To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other " -"nodes manually." +msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." msgstr "" # clients/sound_complex.ycp:163 @@ -369,8 +365,7 @@ #. SaveCsync2(); #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1380 msgid "" -"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between " -"cluster nodes.\n" +"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" @@ -394,116 +389,47 @@ #. All helps are here #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:35 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Bind Network Address</big></b><br>This specifies the address " -"which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in " -"zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set " -"bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0.<br>This may also be an IPV6 address, in which " -"case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be " -"specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface " -"within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the " -"nodeid field must be specified.<br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>This is the multicast address used " -"by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but " -"the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address " -"to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address." -"<br>This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 " -"networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must " -"be specified.</p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>This specifies the UDP port number. It is " -"possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais " -"services configured for different UDP ports.<br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in " -"the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu <br></" -"p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional " -"when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value " -"specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. " -"If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from " -"the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring " -"identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should " -"not be used.<br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring, " -"which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers " -"slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network " -"environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly " -"double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become " -"cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network " -"interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one " -"interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple " -"interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen." -"<br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting " -"quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is " -"present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section.<br></" -"p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Auto Generate Node ID</big></b><br>Nodeid is required when using " -"IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Bind Network Address</big></b><br>This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0.<br>This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address.<br>This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>This specifies the UDP port number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais services configured for different UDP ports.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu <br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Auto Generate Node ID</big></b><br>Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically.<br></p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" -"<p><b><big>Threads</big></b><br>This directive controls how many threads are " -"used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the " -"protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this " -"directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to " -"encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates " -"that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for " -"non-SMP systems. The default is 0. <br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 " -"authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further " -"specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 " -"encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this " -"option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces " -"total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles " -"in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks " -"with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible " -"with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A " -"throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option " -"is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame " -"transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is " -"enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this " -"option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The default is on. <br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Threads</big></b><br>This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. <br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The default i s on. <br></p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting corosync service during boot " -"or not</p>\n" -"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>Enable the port when " -"Firewall is enabled</p>\n" +"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting corosync service during boot or not</p>\n" +"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>Enable the port when Firewall is enabled</p>\n" "\t\t\t" msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync Host</big></b><br>The hostnames used here must be the " -"local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the " -"same string as printed out by the hostname command.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync File</big></b><br>The full absolute filename to be " -"synced.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big></b><br>Authentication is performed " -"using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is " -"generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup " -"should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.</" -"p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync Host</big></b><br>The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync File</big></b><br>The full absolute filename to be synced.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big></b><br>Authentication is performed using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Dedicated Interface</big></b><br>A dedicated network " -"interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for " -"using. You may have to have it pre-configured. </p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated " -"network interface. This is detected automatically.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>The multicast address to be " -"used for syncing.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Group Number</big></b><br>A numeric ID indicate the group for " -"syncing.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Dedicated Interface</big></b><br>A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. </p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated network interface. This is detected automatically.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>The multicast address to be used for syncing.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Group Number</big></b><br>A numeric ID indicate the group for syncing.</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" @@ -527,8 +453,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<P><B><BIG>Başlatma işlemini kesme:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -"<b>Kes</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde " -"kesebilirsiniz.</p>\n" +"<b>Kes</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde kesebilirsiniz.</p>\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:80 Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/control-center.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/control-center.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/control-center.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -169,9 +169,7 @@ #~ "Modülü başlatma işlemi bir kaç saniye sürebilir, lütfen bekleyiniz.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You can also search for keywords (e.g. modem) by clicking on the \"Search" -#~ "\" button" +#~ msgid "You can also search for keywords (e.g. modem) by clicking on the \"Search\" button" #~ msgstr "\"Ara\" düğmesine basarak anahtar kelime aratabilirsiniz" #~ msgid "Nothing found" @@ -204,10 +202,8 @@ #~ "if the latter is the case, try to run the Control Center as root. \n" #~ "Also make sure that you do not run out of disk space. " #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Eğer ilk olarak değinilen soruna sahipseniz tüm YaST2 birimlerini yeniden " -#~ "kurun;\n" -#~ "Eğer sorununuz ikincisi ise Kontrol Merkezi'ni root (Yönetici) olarak " -#~ "çalıştırın.\n" +#~ "Eğer ilk olarak değinilen soruna sahipseniz tüm YaST2 birimlerini yeniden kurun;\n" +#~ "Eğer sorununuz ikincisi ise Kontrol Merkezi'ni root (Yönetici) olarak çalıştırın.\n" #~ "Ayrıca yeterli oranda disk alanının olduğuna da emin olun." #~ msgid "Directory %1 does not exist." Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/control.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/control.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/control.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -398,8 +398,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Sanal makine (Xen gibi yarı-sanallaştırılmış ortamlar için)" #~ msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Xen Sanallaştırması (Yerel X11 Standart Ayarlara Göre Yapılandırılmadı)" +#~ msgstr "Xen Sanallaştırması (Yerel X11 Standart Ayarlara Göre Yapılandırılmadı)" #~ msgid "Server Scenario" #~ msgstr "Sunucu Senaryosu" @@ -411,8 +410,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" #~ msgid "KVM Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Xen Sanallaştırması (Yerel X11 Standart Ayarlara Göre Yapılandırılmadı)" +#~ msgstr "Xen Sanallaştırması (Yerel X11 Standart Ayarlara Göre Yapılandırılmadı)" # clients/inst_choose_desktop.ycp:162 clients/inst_choose_desktop.ycp:430 clients/inst_sunfb.ycp:309 #~ msgid "Desktop Selection" @@ -456,14 +454,11 @@ #~ "oyunlar, ve bilgisayarınızı yönetmeye yardımcı araçlar\n" #~ "için bir uygulama takımıdır.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "OpenSUSE istediğiniz bir masaüstü ortamını seçmenizi sağlar.En yaygın " -#~ "olarak \n" -#~ "kullanılan masaüstü ortamları GNOME ve KDE'dir ve bunlar openSUSE altında " -#~ "eşit olarak\n" +#~ "OpenSUSE istediğiniz bir masaüstü ortamını seçmenizi sağlar.En yaygın olarak \n" +#~ "kullanılan masaüstü ortamları GNOME ve KDE'dir ve bunlar openSUSE altında eşit olarak\n" #~ "desteklenirler.Her iki masaüstü ortamı da kullanımı kolay, tamamen \n" #~ "bütünleşmiş ve çekici bir yapıya sahip. Her masaüstünün farklı\n" -#~ "bir tarzı vardır bu nedenle kişisel zevkinize göre hangisi en uygun " -#~ "masaüstüyse\n" +#~ "bir tarzı vardır bu nedenle kişisel zevkinize göre hangisi en uygun masaüstüyse\n" #~ "seçebilirsiniz." #~ msgid "GNOME Desktop" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/country.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/country.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/country.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -59,11 +59,8 @@ #. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' #: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." -msgstr "" -"'%1' Klavye düzeni geçersizdir. 'list' komutu ile mümkün olan değerleri " -"görebilirsiniz." +msgid "Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." +msgstr "'%1' Klavye düzeni geçersizdir. 'list' komutu ile mümkün olan değerleri görebilirsiniz." # clients/inst_environment.ycp:203 #. summary item @@ -98,9 +95,7 @@ #. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. #: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 -msgid "" -"<p>Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the " -"keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.</p>\n" +msgid "<p>Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. heading text @@ -184,16 +179,14 @@ "Choose the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to use for\n" "installation and in the installed system. \n" "Test the layout in <b>Test</b>.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert " -"Settings</b>.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert Settings</b>.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Kurulum sırasında ve kurulacak sistemde\n" "kullanılacak <b>klavye düzeni</b>ni seçin.\n" "<b>Dene</b> bölümünde seçtiğiniz düzeni deneyebilirsiniz.\n" -"Tekrar hızı ve bekleme süresi gibi bazı ayarları <b>Uzman Ayarları</b> " -"bölümünden yapabilirsiniz.\n" +"Tekrar hızı ve bekleme süresi gibi bazı ayarları <b>Uzman Ayarları</b> bölümünden yapabilirsiniz.\n" "</p>\n" # clients/inst_environment.ycp:412 @@ -217,23 +210,19 @@ #| "Choose the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to use for\n" #| "installation and in the installed system. \n" #| "Test the layout in <b>Test</b>.\n" -#| "For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert " -#| "Settings</b>.\n" +#| "For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert Settings</b>.\n" #| "</p>\n" msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to use in the system.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert " -"Settings</b>.</p>\n" -"<p>Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of " -"your desktop environment.</p>\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert Settings</b>.</p>\n" +"<p>Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of your desktop environment.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Kurulum sırasında ve kurulacak sistemde\n" "kullanılacak <b>klavye düzeni</b>ni seçin.\n" "<b>Dene</b> bölümünde seçtiğiniz düzeni deneyebilirsiniz.\n" -"Tekrar hızı ve bekleme süresi gibi bazı ayarları <b>Uzman Ayarları</b> " -"bölümünden yapabilirsiniz.\n" +"Tekrar hızı ve bekleme süresi gibi bazı ayarları <b>Uzman Ayarları</b> bölümünden yapabilirsiniz.\n" "</p>\n" # clients/inst_environment.ycp:417 @@ -381,11 +370,8 @@ #. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' #: language/src/clients/language.rb:303 -msgid "" -"%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." -msgstr "" -"%1 geçerli bir dil değil. 'list' komutu ile mümkün olan değerleri " -"görebilirsiniz." +msgid "%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." +msgstr "%1 geçerli bir dil değil. 'list' komutu ile mümkün olan değerleri görebilirsiniz." # menuentries/menuentry_language.ycp:13 #. label text @@ -434,13 +420,11 @@ #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary " -"languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" +"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Seçilen birincil ve ikincil diller için ek paketler kurulacak, ve gerekli " -"olmayan paketler de kaldırılacak.\n" +"Seçilen birincil ve ikincil diller için ek paketler kurulacak, ve gerekli olmayan paketler de kaldırılacak.\n" "</p>" # clients/inst_language.ycp:130 @@ -499,8 +483,7 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b>Kurulumu Durdur</b> düğmesi ile istediğiniz anda kurulumdan " -"çıkabilirsiniz.\n" +"<b>Kurulumu Durdur</b> düğmesi ile istediğiniz anda kurulumdan çıkabilirsiniz.\n" "</p>\n" # clients/inst_language.ycp:162 @@ -533,18 +516,13 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Check <b>Adapt Keyboard Layout</b> to change the keyboard layout to the " -"primary language.\n" -"Check <b>Adapt Time Zone</b> to change the current time zone according to " -"the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted " -"to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" +"Check <b>Adapt Keyboard Layout</b> to change the keyboard layout to the primary language.\n" +"Check <b>Adapt Time Zone</b> to change the current time zone according to the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b>Klavye düzenini uyarla</b> seçeneği ile klavye düzenini ana dile göre " -"ayarlayabilirsiniz.\n" -"<b>Saat dilimini uyarla</b> seçeneği ile de saat dilimini ana dile göre " -"ayarlayabilirsiniz.\n" +"<b>Klavye düzenini uyarla</b> seçeneği ile klavye düzenini ana dile göre ayarlayabilirsiniz.\n" +"<b>Saat dilimini uyarla</b> seçeneği ile de saat dilimini ana dile göre ayarlayabilirsiniz.\n" "</p>\n" #. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2 @@ -600,37 +578,27 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>root kullanıcısı için yerel ayarlar</b>\n" -"yerelleştirme değişkenlerin (LC_*) root kullanıcısı için nasıl " -"ayarlanacağını belirler.</p>" +"yerelleştirme değişkenlerin (LC_*) root kullanıcısı için nasıl ayarlanacağını belirler.</p>" #. help text for langauge expert screen #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 msgid "" -"<p><b>ctype Only</b>: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other " -"values\n" +"<p><b>ctype Only</b>: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other values\n" "are unset.<br>\n" "<b>Yes</b>: root has the same locale settings as normal user.<br>\n" "<b>No</b>: root has all locale variables unset.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<b>Sadece ctype</b>: Root kullanıcısının sadece LC_CTYPE değeri normal " -"kullanıcılarla aynı\n" +"<b>Sadece ctype</b>: Root kullanıcısının sadece LC_CTYPE değeri normal kullanıcılarla aynı\n" "olur. Diğer değerler boş bırakılır.<br>\n" -"<b>Evet:</b> Root kullanıcısının tüm ortam değerleri normal kullanıcılarla " -"aynı olur.<br>\n" +"<b>Evet:</b> Root kullanıcısının tüm ortam değerleri normal kullanıcılarla aynı olur.<br>\n" "<b>Hayır:</b> Root kullanıcısının tüm yerel ayarları boş bırakılır.\n" "</p>\n" #. help text for langauge expert screen #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 -msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Detailed Locale Setting</b> to set a locale for the primary " -"language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may " -"not be available for the selected locale.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Detaylı yerelleştirme ayarları</b> ana pencerede sunulmayan bir dil " -"için yerelleştirme ayarları yapmayı sağlar. Seçili yer için mevcut tercüme " -"bulunmayabilir.</p>" +msgid "<p>Use <b>Detailed Locale Setting</b> to set a locale for the primary language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may not be available for the selected locale.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Detaylı yerelleştirme ayarları</b> ana pencerede sunulmayan bir dil için yerelleştirme ayarları yapmayı sağlar. Seçili yer için mevcut tercüme bulunmayabilir.</p>" #. heading text #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634 @@ -703,13 +671,11 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n" -"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the " -"appropriate support\n" +"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the appropriate support\n" "for this language.\n" msgstr "" "Seçili dil için kaynakta az destek sağlanmıştır.\n" -"Bu dilde daha iyi destek almak için Dil Eklenti CD'sini kurulum " -"kaynaklarına\n" +"Bu dilde daha iyi destek almak için Dil Eklenti CD'sini kurulum kaynaklarına\n" "ekleyin." #. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) @@ -808,28 +774,21 @@ #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in <b>Hardware " -"Clock Set To</b>.\n" -"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as " -"Microsoft\n" +"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in <b>Hardware Clock Set To</b>.\n" +"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as Microsoft\n" "Windows) use local time.\n" "Machines that have only Linux installed are usually\n" "set to Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n" -"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard " -"time\n" +"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard time\n" "to daylight saving time and back automatically.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Bilgisayarınızın saatinin yerel saate mi yoksa UTC'ye (Evrensel Saat " -"Koordinatına) mı ayarlanacağını\n" -"<b>Donanım Saati Ayarı</b> bölümünden seçin. Başka bir işletim sistemi " -"kurulu\n" +"Bilgisayarınızın saatinin yerel saate mi yoksa UTC'ye (Evrensel Saat Koordinatına) mı ayarlanacağını\n" +"<b>Donanım Saati Ayarı</b> bölümünden seçin. Başka bir işletim sistemi kurulu\n" "(Microsoft Windows gibi) çoğu PC için yerel saat seçilmelidir.\n" -"Sadece Linux kurulu makineler genelde Evrensel saat koordinatı'na (UTC) göre " -"ayarlanır.\n" -"Eğer donanım saati UTC'ye ayarlanmışsa sistem standart saat ile gün " -"ışığından faydalanma\n" +"Sadece Linux kurulu makineler genelde Evrensel saat koordinatı'na (UTC) göre ayarlanır.\n" +"Eğer donanım saati UTC'ye ayarlanmışsa sistem standart saat ile gün ışığından faydalanma\n" "saati arasında otomatik geçiş yapabilir.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -848,14 +807,11 @@ #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 msgid "" "\n" -"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your " -"system.\n" +"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your system.\n" "In such case, it is strongly recommended to use UTC, and to click Cancel.\n" "\n" -"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the " -"year\n" -"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, " -"backups may fail,\n" +"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the year\n" +"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, backups may fail,\n" "your mail system may drop mail messages, etc.\n" "\n" "If you use UTC, Linux will adjust the time automatically.\n" @@ -866,21 +822,16 @@ #. help text for set time dialog #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them " -"to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP).</p>" +msgid "<p>The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP).</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Şu anki sistem saati ve tarihi gösterilmektedir. Bu değerleri düzgün " -"olarak ayarlayın ve\n" +"<p>Şu anki sistem saati ve tarihi gösterilmektedir. Bu değerleri düzgün olarak ayarlayın ve\n" "<b>Uygula</b> düğmesine basın.</p>\n" #. help text, cont. #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191 #, fuzzy msgid "<p>Press <b>Accept</b> to save your changes.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Sına</b> düğmesine basarak kızılötesi kontrol aygıtını " -"sınayabilirsiniz.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Sına</b> düğmesine basarak kızılötesi kontrol aygıtını sınayabilirsiniz.</p>" #. label text, do not change "DD-MM-YYYY" #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:262 @@ -1013,8 +964,7 @@ #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:814 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</" -"b>.\n" +"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</b>.\n" "In <b>Time Zone</b>, then select the appropriate time zone, country, or \n" "region from those available.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -1349,24 +1299,16 @@ msgid "US International" msgstr "Dahili bölge" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the " -#~ "keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool, such as SaX." -#~ "</p>\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Burada yapılan ayarlar sadece konsol klavyesini etkiler. Grafik " -#~ "arayüzün klavye ayarlarını SaX gibi bir araçla yapabilirsiniz.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool, such as SaX.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "<p>Burada yapılan ayarlar sadece konsol klavyesini etkiler. Grafik arayüzün klavye ayarlarını SaX gibi bir araçla yapabilirsiniz.</p>\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "For <b>Devices for Lock</b>, enter a space-separated list of devices to " -#~ "which to apply the Scroll Lock, Num Lock, and Caps Lock settings.\n" +#~ "For <b>Devices for Lock</b>, enter a space-separated list of devices to which to apply the Scroll Lock, Num Lock, and Caps Lock settings.\n" #~ "</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "<b>Kilitlenecek aygıtlar</b> için Scroll lock, Num lock ve Caps lock " -#~ "ayarlarının uygulanacağı aygıtları aralarında boşluk bırakarak " -#~ "girebilirsiniz.\n" +#~ "<b>Kilitlenecek aygıtlar</b> için Scroll lock, Num lock ve Caps lock ayarlarının uygulanacağı aygıtları aralarında boşluk bırakarak girebilirsiniz.\n" #~ "</p>" #~ msgid "Ca&ps Lock On" @@ -1402,14 +1344,9 @@ #~ msgstr "Saat ve Tarih" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>The current system time and date are displayed. Change them to the " -#~ "correct values manually, or select a NTP server to adapt your time " -#~ "automatically. Use <b>Configure</b> to run the NTP client configuration.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ msgid "<p>The current system time and date are displayed. Change them to the correct values manually, or select a NTP server to adapt your time automatically. Use <b>Configure</b> to run the NTP client configuration.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Şu anki sistem saati ve tarihi gösterilmektedir. Bu değerleri düzgün " -#~ "olarak ayarlayın ve\n" +#~ "<p>Şu anki sistem saati ve tarihi gösterilmektedir. Bu değerleri düzgün olarak ayarlayın ve\n" #~ "<b>Uygula</b> düğmesine basın.</p>\n" #~ msgid "United Arab Emirates" @@ -1855,10 +1792,8 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "<b>LANG Environment Settings for User root:</b>\n" -#~ "This determines how the locale variables (LC_*) are set for the root user." -#~ "</p>\n" -#~ "<p><b>ctype only:</b> root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other " -#~ "values\n" +#~ "This determines how the locale variables (LC_*) are set for the root user.</p>\n" +#~ "<p><b>ctype only:</b> root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other values\n" #~ "are unset.<br>\n" #~ "<b>yes:</b> root has the same locale settings as normal user.<br>\n" #~ "<b>no:</b> root has all locale variables unset.\n" @@ -1866,13 +1801,10 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "<b>root kullanıcısı için LANG ortam ayarları:</b>\n" -#~ "Bu seçenek root kullanıcısı için yerel ayarların (LC_*) nasıl " -#~ "ayarlanacağını belirtir.</p>\n" -#~ "<b>ctype:</b> Root kullanıcısının sadece LC_CTYPE değeri normal " -#~ "kullanıcılarla aynı\n" +#~ "Bu seçenek root kullanıcısı için yerel ayarların (LC_*) nasıl ayarlanacağını belirtir.</p>\n" +#~ "<b>ctype:</b> Root kullanıcısının sadece LC_CTYPE değeri normal kullanıcılarla aynı\n" #~ "olur. Diğer değerler boş bırakılır.<br>\n" -#~ "<b>evet:</b> Root kullanıcısının tüm ortam değerleri normal " -#~ "kullanıcılarla aynı olur.<br>\n" +#~ "<b>evet:</b> Root kullanıcısının tüm ortam değerleri normal kullanıcılarla aynı olur.<br>\n" #~ "<b>hayır:</b> Root kullanıcısının tüm yerel ayarları boş bırakılır.\n" #~ "</p>\n" @@ -1954,8 +1886,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "<b>Secondary Languages</b><br>\n" -#~ "In the selection box, specify additional languages you want to use on " -#~ "your system.\n" +#~ "In the selection box, specify additional languages you want to use on your system.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" @@ -1973,11 +1904,8 @@ #~ msgstr "Ek dosya" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "'%1' is not a valid language. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "ID ya da TV kartı modeli. 'cards' komutu ile geçerli değerleri " -#~ "görebilirsiniz." +#~ msgid "'%1' is not a valid language. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." +#~ msgstr "ID ya da TV kartı modeli. 'cards' komutu ile geçerli değerleri görebilirsiniz." # clients/inst_mouse.ycp:123 #, fuzzy Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/dhcp-server.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/dhcp-server.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/dhcp-server.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -637,8 +637,7 @@ #. at least minimal configuration #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616 msgid "" -"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP " -"address \n" +"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" "and netmask)." msgstr "" @@ -872,8 +871,7 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617 msgid "" -"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP " -"server.\n" +"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." msgstr "" @@ -1048,8 +1046,7 @@ msgid "" "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" "\n" -"YaST does not supported this. The DHCP server module can only read and " -"write\n" +"YaST does not supported this. The DHCP server module can only read and write\n" "/etc/dhcpd.conf. The new configuration from %1 will not be imported. All\n" "changes will be saved to the default configuration file.\n" " \n" @@ -1071,8 +1068,7 @@ "<p><b><big>Adding a New Range of DNS Records</big></b><br />\n" "<b>First IP Address</b> defines\n" "the starting address of the range and <b>Last IP Address</b> defines\n" -"the last one. <b>Hostname Base</b> is a string that determines how " -"hostnames\n" +"the last one. <b>Hostname Base</b> is a string that determines how hostnames\n" "are created (such as <tt>dhcp-%i</tt> or <tt>e25-%i-a</tt>).\n" "<tt>%i</tt> is replaced with the number of the host in the range.\n" "If no <tt>%i</tt> is defined, the number is added at the end of the\n" @@ -1096,8 +1092,7 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:42 msgid "" "<p><b>New Zone Name</b> or <b>Reverse Zone Name</b>\n" -"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be " -"changed.</p>\n" +"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be changed.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 3) @@ -1132,8 +1127,7 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:67 msgid "" "<p>To add a <b>New Name Server</b>, click <b>Add</b>, complete the form,\n" -"then click <b>Ok</b>. If the new name server name is included in the " -"current\n" +"then click <b>Ok</b>. If the new name server name is included in the current\n" "DNS zone, also enter its IP address. This is mandatory because it is used\n" "during the zone creation.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1158,8 +1152,7 @@ "<p><b><big>DNS Records</big></b><br />\n" "Define DNS hostnames for all DHCP clients. You do not need to define\n" "all hostnames one by one. Set simple rules for how\n" -"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to " -"use\n" +"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to use\n" "and the string from which hostnames are generated for a range.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1230,13 +1223,10 @@ "<p>\n" " To create or remove a single DNS record,\n" "click <b>Add</b> or <b>Delete</b>.\n" -"To synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the " -"corresponding\n" +"To synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the corresponding\n" "reverse zone, select <b>Synchronize with Reverse Zone</b>.\n" "Use <b>Remove DNS Records Matching Range</b> \n" -"from <b>Special Tasks</b> to delete any information relating to this range " -"of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, " -"select\n" +"from <b>Special Tasks</b> to delete any information relating to this range of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, select\n" "<b>Add New Range of DNS Records</b> from <b>Special Tasks</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1528,8 +1518,7 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:234 msgid "" "No IP address has been provided for a name server in the current DNS zone.\n" -"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server " -"defined. \n" +"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server defined. \n" "Really use the current settings?\n" msgstr "" @@ -1890,10 +1879,8 @@ "To delete a declaration, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Yapılandırılmış ifadeler</big></b><br>\n" -"Mevuct bir ifadeyi değiştirmek için seçimi yapın ve <b>Düzenle</b> " -"düğmesine\n" -"basın. Yeni bir ifade eklemek için yeni oluşacak ifadeyi içerecek ifadeyi " -"seçerek\n" +"Mevuct bir ifadeyi değiştirmek için seçimi yapın ve <b>Düzenle</b> düğmesine\n" +"basın. Yeni bir ifade eklemek için yeni oluşacak ifadeyi içerecek ifadeyi seçerek\n" "<b>Ekle</b> düğmesine basın.\n" "Bir ifadeyi silmek için seçimi yaparak <b>Sil</b> düğmesine basın.</p>" @@ -1909,8 +1896,7 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Gelişmiş özellikler</big></b><br>\n" "DHCP sunucusunun kayıt dosyasını değiştirmek,\n" -"sunucunun dinlediği ağ arayüzlerini değiştirmek ya da Dinamik DNS " -"güncellemelerinde\n" +"sunucunun dinlediği ağ arayüzlerini değiştirmek ya da Dinamik DNS güncellemelerinde\n" "kimlik doğrulama için kullanılan TSIG anahtarlarını yönetmek için\n" "<b>Gelişmiş</b> düğmesini kullanın.</p>" @@ -2034,10 +2020,8 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>TSIG anahtarı</big></b><br>\n" "Dinamik DNS güncellemeleri yapmak için kimlik doğrulama anahtarı ayarlanmış\n" -"olmalıdır. Bu işlem için gerekli anahtarı <b>TSIG anahtarı</b> ile " -"yapabilirsiniz.\n" -"Bu anahtar DHCP ve DNS sunucuları için aynı olmalıdır. İleri ve geri " -"bölgeler için \n" +"olmalıdır. Bu işlem için gerekli anahtarı <b>TSIG anahtarı</b> ile yapabilirsiniz.\n" +"Bu anahtar DHCP ve DNS sunucuları için aynı olmalıdır. İleri ve geri bölgeler için \n" "anahtarı belirtin.</p>" #. help text 3/4 @@ -2058,13 +2042,11 @@ msgid "" "<p><b><big>Zones to Update</big></b><br>\n" "Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n" -"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the " -"DHCP\n" +"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the DHCP\n" "server, you can leave the fields empty.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Güncellenecek bölgeler</big></b><br>\n" -"Güncellenecek ileri ve geri bölgelerini seçin. Her ikisi için de birincil " -"isim\n" +"Güncellenecek ileri ve geri bölgelerini seçin. Her ikisi için de birincil isim\n" "sunucusunu da belirleyin. Eğer isim sunucusu DHCP sunucusu ile aynı\n" "makine üzerine çalışıyorsa bu alanları boş bırakabilirsiniz.</p>" @@ -2072,10 +2054,8 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "<p><b><big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big></b><br>\n" -"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started " -"with \n" -"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible " -"options,\n" +"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n" +"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible options,\n" "consult dhcpd manual page. If left blank, default values will be used.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -2084,8 +2064,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b><big>Network Card Selection</big></b><br>\n" -"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</" -"p>\n" +"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Ağ kartı seçimi</big></b><br>\n" "Üzerinde DHCP sunucusu çalıştırılacak ağ kartını seçin.</p>" @@ -2151,10 +2130,8 @@ #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:189 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Print Server</b> offers this server as the default print server.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Baskı sunucusu</b> ile öntanımlı baskı sunucusu ayarlanabilir.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Print Server</b> offers this server as the default print server.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Baskı sunucusu</b> ile öntanımlı baskı sunucusu ayarlanabilir.</p>" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:193 @@ -2168,12 +2145,10 @@ #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:197 msgid "" -"<p><b>Default Lease Time</b> sets the time after which the leased IP " -"expires\n" +"<p><b>Default Lease Time</b> sets the time after which the leased IP expires\n" "and the client must ask for an IP again.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Öntanımlı hat süresi</b> değeri ile verilen IP'nin ne kadar süre " -"sonra\n" +"<p><b>Öntanımlı hat süresi</b> değeri ile verilen IP'nin ne kadar süre sonra\n" "eskiyip istemcinin yeni IP istemesinin sağlanması ayarlanır.</p>" #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4 @@ -2191,16 +2166,14 @@ msgid "" "<p><b><big>IP Address Range</big></b><br>\n" "Set the <b>First IP Address</b> and the <b>Last IP Address</b>\n" -"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the " -"same netmask.\n" +"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the same netmask.\n" "For instance, <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> and <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>. Check the <b>\n" "Allow Dynamic BOOTP</b> flag if the specified range may be dynamically\n" "assigned to BOOTP clients as well as DHCP clients</p>.\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>IP adres aralığı</big></b><br>\n" "Burada istemcilere hat olarak verilecek <b>İlk IP adresi</b> ve\n" -"<b>Son IP adresi</b> değerlerini girin.<br>Bu adresler aynı ağ maskesine " -"uymalıdır.\n" +"<b>Son IP adresi</b> değerlerini girin.<br>Bu adresler aynı ağ maskesine uymalıdır.\n" "Örneğin, 192.168.1.1 ve 192.168.1.64</p>" #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4 @@ -2223,8 +2196,7 @@ "for which this IP is blocked for the client on the DHCP server.</p>" msgstr "" "<b>En yüksek hat süresi</b> (isteğe bağlı) seçeneği ile bir IP'nin DHCP\n" -"sunucusunda bir istemci için bloke edileceği en yüksek süre ayarlanabilir.</" -"p>" +"sunucusunda bir istemci için bloke edileceği en yüksek süre ayarlanabilir.</p>" #. Help text #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227 @@ -2903,8 +2875,7 @@ #~ "offer these name servers to the DHCP clients.\n" #~ "These values must be IP addresses." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Birincil ad sunucusu IP'si</b> ve <b>İkincil ad sunucusu IP'si</b " -#~ ">\n" +#~ "<p><b>Birincil ad sunucusu IP'si</b> ve <b>İkincil ad sunucusu IP'si</b >\n" #~ "DHCP istemcileri için ad sunucularını belirtir.\n" #~ "Değerler IP adresleri olmalıdır.</p>" @@ -2992,8 +2963,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b><big>Group Name</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Set the name of the group of declarations. It is just for your " -#~ "identification.\n" +#~ "Set the name of the group of declarations. It is just for your identification.\n" #~ "The name does not affect behavior of the DHCP server.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Grup adı</big></b><br>\n" @@ -3022,8 +2992,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b><big>Dynamic DNS</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "To adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use <b>Dynamic DNS</b>.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ "To adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use <b>Dynamic DNS</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Dinamik DNS</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Bu subnet'teki makineler için dinamik DNS ayarlayacaksanız\n" @@ -3046,14 +3015,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b><big>IP Address Range</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Here, set the <b>First IP Address</b> and the <b>Last IP Address</b>\n" -#~ "that should leased to the clients.<br>These addresses must match the same " -#~ "netmask.\n" +#~ "that should leased to the clients.<br>These addresses must match the same netmask.\n" #~ "For instance, 192.168.1.1 and 192.168.1.64</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>IP adres aralığı</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Burada istemcilere hat olarak verilecek <b>İlk IP adresi</b> ve\n" -#~ "<b>Son IP adresi</b> değerlerini girin.<br>Bu adresler aynı ağ maskesine " -#~ "uymalıdır.\n" +#~ "<b>Son IP adresi</b> değerlerini girin.<br>Bu adresler aynı ağ maskesine uymalıdır.\n" #~ "Örneğin, 192.168.1.1 ve 192.168.1.64</p>" #~ msgid "" @@ -3146,8 +3113,7 @@ #~ "for which this IP is blocked for the client on the DHCP server.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<b>En yüksek hat süresi</b> (isteğe bağlı) seçeneği ile bir IP'nin DHCP\n" -#~ "sunucusunda bir istemci için bloke edileceği en yüksek süre ayarlanabilir." -#~ "</p>" +#~ "sunucusunda bir istemci için bloke edileceği en yüksek süre ayarlanabilir.</p>" #~ msgid "Time Server" #~ msgstr "Zaman sunucusu" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/dns-server.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/dns-server.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/dns-server.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -586,19 +586,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1180 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:294 -msgid "" -"Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" -msgstr "" -"Ad sunucusu (dolaylı, ya da bir noktayla biten ve alan adını içeren tam isim)" +msgid "Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" +msgstr "Ad sunucusu (dolaylı, ya da bir noktayla biten ve alan adını içeren tam isim)" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1187 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:301 -msgid "" -"Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" -msgstr "" -"E-Posta sunucusu (dolaylı, ya da bir noktayla biten ve alan adıyla birlikte " -"tam isim)" +msgid "Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" +msgstr "E-Posta sunucusu (dolaylı, ya da bir noktayla biten ve alan adıyla birlikte tam isim)" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command @@ -638,8 +633,7 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "An interval after which zone records are no longer authoritative" msgid "Interval after which zone records are no longer authoritative" -msgstr "" -"Daha fazla yönetilemeyecek bölge kayıtları sonrasında geçmesi gerek süre" +msgstr "Daha fazla yönetilemeyecek bölge kayıtları sonrasında geçmesi gerek süre" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, TTL is DNS-Specific (Time to Live), shouldn't be translated #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, TTL is DNS-Specific (Time to Live), shouldn't be translated @@ -662,10 +656,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1257 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:371 -msgid "" -"DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record" -msgstr "" -"DNS kaynağı kayıt değeri, 'example.org' un A kaydı için '192.0.34.166' gibi" +msgid "DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record" +msgstr "DNS kaynağı kayıt değeri, 'example.org' un A kaydı için '192.0.34.166' gibi" # include/nfs/ui.ycp:83 #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command @@ -1612,8 +1604,7 @@ #. %{type} replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1916 msgid "" -"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII " -"characters excluding '='\n" +"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII characters excluding '='\n" "and must be at least one character long." msgstr "" @@ -1710,8 +1701,7 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2612 msgid "" "Current zone records are automatically generated from %1 zone.\n" -"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From " -"feature." +"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From feature." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Text entry @@ -1808,8 +1798,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Başlama işleminden çıkılyor</big></b><br>\n" -"<b>Çıkış</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde " -"kesebilirsiniz.</p>" +"<b>Çıkış</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde kesebilirsiniz.</p>" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:28 @@ -1870,8 +1859,7 @@ "DNS bölge ayarlarını düzenlemek için tablodan ilgili girdiyi\n" "seçin ve <B>Düzenle</B> düğmesine basın.\n" "Yeni bir DNS bölgesi eklemek için <B>Ekle</B> düğmesine,\n" -"yapılandırılmış bir DNS bölgesini kaldırmak için <B>Sil</B> düğmesine basın." -"</P>" +"yapılandırılmış bir DNS bölgesini kaldırmak için <B>Sil</B> düğmesine basın.</P>" #. help 4/4 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:60 @@ -1914,8 +1902,7 @@ "<p><b><big>Dinamik DNS bölge güncellemeleri</big></b><br>\n" "Bölgeler DHCP sunucusu tarafından yeni atanan IP adresleri sayesinde\n" "otomatik olarak güncellenebilir. DDNS güncellemelerini etkinleştirmek\n" -"için <b>Dinamik güncellemelere izin ver</b> seçeneği ile <b>TSIG anahtarı</" -"b>'nı\n" +"için <b>Dinamik güncellemelere izin ver</b> seçeneği ile <b>TSIG anahtarı</b>'nı\n" "ayarlayın. Bu anahtar DHCP ve DNS sunucuları için aynı olmalıdır.</p>" #. help 3/5, only for alt. 1 @@ -1953,10 +1940,8 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Master Servers</big></b><br>\n" -"Set the IP addresses of the master name servers for this zone. Use <b>Add</" -"b>\n" -"to add a new master name server. Select an existing one then click " -"<b>Delete</b>\n" +"Set the IP addresses of the master name servers for this zone. Use <b>Add</b>\n" +"to add a new master name server. Select an existing one then click <b>Delete</b>\n" "to remove an existing one.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Ana sunucular</big></b><br>\n" @@ -1969,33 +1954,28 @@ msgid "" "<p><b><big>Zone Type</big></b><br>\n" "To make this name server the primary source of the data of the zone,\n" -"select <b>Master</b>. To make it the secondary name server, select <b>Slave</" -"b>\n" +"select <b>Master</b>. To make it the secondary name server, select <b>Slave</b>\n" "or <b>Stub</b>, so the data of the zone will be mirrored from the master\n" "server.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Alan türü</big></b><br>\n" "Bu ad sunucusunu bu bölge dahilinde ana veri kaynağı olarak atamak için\n" "<b>Ana sunucu</b> seçeneğini, bağımlı ad sunucusu olarak atamak için\n" -"<b>Bağımlı</b> seçeneğini kullanın. Ana sunucudan alınan verileri aynen " -"iletecek\n" -"bir sunucu aynalaması için <b>Ayna sunucusu</b> seçeneğini seçebilirsiniz.</" -"p>" +"<b>Bağımlı</b> seçeneğini kullanın. Ana sunucudan alınan verileri aynen iletecek\n" +"bir sunucu aynalaması için <b>Ayna sunucusu</b> seçeneğini seçebilirsiniz.</p>" #. help 2/2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:114 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<p><b><big>Zone Direction</big></b><br>\n" -#| "DNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and " -#| "back.\n" +#| "DNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and back.\n" #| "Select if this zone will be used to translate from domain names to IP\n" #| "addresses (select <b>Forward</b>) or from IP addresses to domain names\n" #| "(select <b>Reverse</b>).</p>" msgid "" "<p><b><big>Zone Direction</big></b><br>\n" -"DNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and " -"back.\n" +"DNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and back.\n" "Select if this zone will be used to translate from domain names to IP\n" "addresses (<b>Forward</b>) or from IP addresses to domain names\n" "(<b>Reverse</b>).</p>\n" @@ -2012,8 +1992,7 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<p><b><big>Interface Classes</big></b><br>\n" -#| "Select through which interface classes access to the DNS server should " -#| "be\n" +#| "Select through which interface classes access to the DNS server should be\n" #| "allowed. The interface classes are defined in the\n" #| "firewall configuration component.</p>" msgid "" @@ -2071,8 +2050,7 @@ "<p><b>Primary Source</b> must contain the fully qualified domain name\n" "of the primary name server.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Birincil kaynak</b> birincil ad sunucusunun alan adıyla birlikte tam " -"adını\n" +"<p><b>Birincil kaynak</b> birincil ad sunucusunun alan adıyla birlikte tam adını\n" "içermelidir.</p>" #. help text 4/9 - Administrator's mail @@ -2092,14 +2070,12 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:153 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "<p><b>Serial</b> number is used for determining if the zone has changed " -#| "on\n" +#| "<p><b>Serial</b> number is used for determining if the zone has changed on\n" #| "master servers (so slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n" #| "entire zone).</p>" msgid "" "<p><b>Serial</b> number is used for determining if the zone has changed on\n" -"the master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize " -"the\n" +"the master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n" "entire zone).</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Seri</b> numara bir bölgenin ana sunucu üzerinde değiştirilip\n" @@ -2124,8 +2100,7 @@ "the zone from the master server if synchronization fails.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Yineleme sayısı</b> ayarı ile bağımlı sunucuların ana sunucudan\n" -"yaptığı senkronizasyon işlemi başarısız olursa bu işlemin kaç kez " -"yinelenmesi\n" +"yaptığı senkronizasyon işlemi başarısız olursa bu işlemin kaç kez yinelenmesi\n" "gerektiğini belirlenir.</p>" #. help text 8/9 - Expiry @@ -2135,10 +2110,8 @@ "servers and slave servers stop answering replies until it is synchronized.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Eskime süresi</b> bağımlı sunuculardaki bölgelerin tekrar senkronize " -"edilene\n" -"kadar isteklere cevap vermeyecek durumda kalması için geçecek süreye denir.</" -"p>" +"<p><b>Eskime süresi</b> bağımlı sunuculardaki bölgelerin tekrar senkronize edilene\n" +"kadar isteklere cevap vermeyecek durumda kalması için geçecek süreye denir.</p>" #. help text 9/9 - Minimum #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 7/7 @@ -2148,8 +2121,7 @@ "negative answers (name resolution failed).</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>En az</b> süresi bağımlı sunucuların negatif cevapları ne kadar\n" -"süre boyunca önbellekte tutacakları belirlenir (başarısız ad çözümlemeleri)." -"</p>" +"süre boyunca önbellekte tutacakları belirlenir (başarısız ad çözümlemeleri).</p>" #. ddns keys dialog #. help text 1/1 @@ -2158,18 +2130,15 @@ "<p><b><big>TSIG Key Management</big></b><br>\n" "Define TSIG keys used for dynamic zone updates.\n" "To add a new TSIG key, use the \n" -"<b>File Name</b> text field or the <b>Browse</b> button then click <b>Add</" -"b>.\n" -"To delete an existing TSIG key, select it in the list and click <b>Delete</" -"b>.\n" +"<b>File Name</b> text field or the <b>Browse</b> button then click <b>Add</b>.\n" +"To delete an existing TSIG key, select it in the list and click <b>Delete</b>.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>TSIG anahtar yönetimi</big></b><br>\n" "Dinamik bölge güncellemeleri için kullanılacak TSIG\n" "anahtarlarını belirleyin. Yeni bir TSIG anahtarı eklemek\n" "için <b>Dosya adı</b> bölümünü ya da düGöz at</b>ğmesi ni\n" -"kullanın ve <b>Ekle</b> düğmesine basın. Mevcut bir TSIG anahtarını silmek " -"için\n" +"kullanın ve <b>Ekle</b> düğmesine basın. Mevcut bir TSIG anahtarını silmek için\n" "listeden seçin ve <b>Sil</b> düğmesine basın.\n" "</p> <b>" @@ -2233,10 +2202,8 @@ "<p>To add a new forwarder, set its <b>IP Address</b> and click <b>Add</b>.\n" "To delete a configured forwarder, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Yeni bir yönlendirici eklemek için <b>IP adresini</b> girip <b>Ekle</b> " -"düğmesine\n" -"basın. Yapılandırılmış bir yönlendiriciyi silmek için de seçip <b>Sil</b> " -"düğmesine basın.</p>" +"<p>Yeni bir yönlendirici eklemek için <b>IP adresini</b> girip <b>Ekle</b> düğmesine\n" +"basın. Yapılandırılmış bir yönlendiriciyi silmek için de seçip <b>Sil</b> düğmesine basın.</p>" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 1/2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:225 @@ -2278,26 +2245,20 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:242 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Select <b>Log to System Log</b> to save DNS server log messages to the " -"system log. \n" +"Select <b>Log to System Log</b> to save DNS server log messages to the system log. \n" "To save the DNS server log messages to a separate file, select \n" -"<b>Log to File</b> and set the <b>Filename</b> to which to save the log " -"and \n" +"<b>Log to File</b> and set the <b>Filename</b> to which to save the log and \n" "the <b>Maximum Size</b> of the log file.\n" -"The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use <b>Maximum Versions</" -"b>\n" +"The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use <b>Maximum Versions</b>\n" "to specify how many log files should be saved.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b>Sistem kaydında tut</b> seçeneği ile DNS sunucu kayıt mesajlarının sistem " -"kaydında\n" -"tutulmasını sağlayabilirsiniz. DNS sunucu kaydının ayrı bir dosyada " -"tutulması için\n" +"<b>Sistem kaydında tut</b> seçeneği ile DNS sunucu kayıt mesajlarının sistem kaydında\n" +"tutulmasını sağlayabilirsiniz. DNS sunucu kaydının ayrı bir dosyada tutulması için\n" "<b>Dosyaya kayıt tut</b> seçeneğini seçip\n" "<b>Dosya adı</b> ve <b>En yüksek boyut</b> bilgilerini girin.\n" "DNS sunucusu eski kayıt dosyalarının otomatik olarak üzerine yazacaktır.\n" -"<b>En fazla sürüm sayısı</b> seçeneği ile en fazla kaç dosya " -"kaydedilebileceğini\n" +"<b>En fazla sürüm sayısı</b> seçeneği ile en fazla kaç dosya kaydedilebileceğini\n" "belirtebilirsiniz.</p>\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 3/3 @@ -2305,13 +2266,10 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<p>In <b>Additional Logging</b>,\n" -#| "set which loggable actions should be logged. Common actions are always " -#| "logged.\n" -#| "<b>Log All DNS Queries</b> logs all queries from clients to the DNS " -#| "server.\n" +#| "set which loggable actions should be logged. Common actions are always logged.\n" +#| "<b>Log All DNS Queries</b> logs all queries from clients to the DNS server.\n" #| "<b>Log Zone Updates</b> logs when DNS has been updated.\n" -#| "<b>Log Zone Transfers</b> logs when zone is completely transferred to " -#| "the \n" +#| "<b>Log Zone Transfers</b> logs when zone is completely transferred to the \n" #| "secondary\n" #| "name server.</p>\n" msgid "" @@ -2324,14 +2282,10 @@ "name server.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Ek kayıt tut</b> bölümünde\n" -"kaydı tutulacak diğer işleri seçebilirsiniz. Normal durumların kaydı her " -"zaman tutulur.\n" -"<b>Tüm DNS sorgulamalarını kaydet</b> ile istemcilerden DNS sunucusuna " -"yapılan\n" -"tüm sorguların, <b>Tüm bölge güncellemelerini kaydet</b> ile DNS " -"güncellemelerinin, \n" -"<b>Bölge aktarımlarını kaydet</b> ile de bölgenin bir bütün olarak bağımlı " -"ad sunucusuna\n" +"kaydı tutulacak diğer işleri seçebilirsiniz. Normal durumların kaydı her zaman tutulur.\n" +"<b>Tüm DNS sorgulamalarını kaydet</b> ile istemcilerden DNS sunucusuna yapılan\n" +"tüm sorguların, <b>Tüm bölge güncellemelerini kaydet</b> ile DNS güncellemelerinin, \n" +"<b>Bölge aktarımlarını kaydet</b> ile de bölgenin bir bütün olarak bağımlı ad sunucusuna\n" "taşınmasının kaydını tutabilirsiniz.</p>\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - ACLs 1/2 @@ -2358,8 +2312,7 @@ "ACL entry, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Yeni bir ACL girdisi için <b>Ad</b> ve <b>Değer</b> girip <b>Ekle</b>\n" -"düğmesine basın. Mevcut bir ACL girdisini silmek için girdiyi seçip <b>Sil</" -"b>\n" +"düğmesine basın. Mevcut bir ACL girdisini silmek için girdiyi seçip <b>Sil</b>\n" "düğmsine basın.</p>\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 1/3 @@ -2381,8 +2334,7 @@ "<p>To add an already created key, set the <b>Filename</b>\n" "(or use the <b>Browse</b> button to select it) and click <b>Add</b>.\n" "To generate a new key, enter the <b>Filename</b> and the <b>Key ID</b>\n" -"then click <b>Generate</b>. The new key will be generated and also added.</" -"p>\n" +"then click <b>Generate</b>. The new key will be generated and also added.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Daha önceden oluşturulmuş bir anahtar eklemek için <b>Dosya adını</b>\n" "girip (ya da <b>Bak</b> düğmesi ile seçip) <b>Ekle</b> düğmesine basın.<br>\n" @@ -2411,8 +2363,7 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:298 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p>To add a new zone, enter its <b>Zone Name</b>, select the <b>Zone Type</" -"b>,\n" +"<p>To add a new zone, enter its <b>Zone Name</b>, select the <b>Zone Type</b>,\n" "and click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Yeni bir ACL girdisi için <b>Ad</b> ve <b>Değer</b> girip <b>Ekle</b>\n" @@ -2422,19 +2373,15 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:302 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p>To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address " -"followed by\n" +"<p>To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address followed by\n" "<tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> as its <b>Zone Name</b> (for example, zone name\n" -"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for network <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), " -"select\n" +"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for network <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), select\n" "the <b>Zone Type</b>, and click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Yeni bir bölge eklemek için <b>Bölge adı</b> ve <b>Bölge türü</b>\n" "değerlerini girip <b>Ekle</b> düğmesine basın.<br>\n" -"Tersine bir bölge eklemek için <b>Bölge Adı</b> için tersine IP adresinin " -"bir bölümünden\n" -"sonra <i>.in-addr.arpa</i> girin. (örneğin, <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> ağı " -"için\n" +"Tersine bir bölge eklemek için <b>Bölge Adı</b> için tersine IP adresinin bir bölümünden\n" +"sonra <i>.in-addr.arpa</i> girin. (örneğin, <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> ağı için\n" " <tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> girip <b>Ekle</b> düğmesine basın.)</p>\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #4 @@ -2442,10 +2389,8 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:311 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p>To add a new IPv6 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv6 address " -"followed by\n" -"<tt>%1</tt> as its <b>Zone Name</b>. Several formats for entering the zone " -"name are\n" +"<p>To add a new IPv6 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv6 address followed by\n" +"<tt>%1</tt> as its <b>Zone Name</b>. Several formats for entering the zone name are\n" "supported: Standard form: <tt>%2</tt>;\n" "Forward form: <tt>%3</tt>;\n" "Forward form without netmask bits: <tt>%4</tt>\n" @@ -2453,10 +2398,8 @@ msgstr "" "<p>Yeni bir bölge eklemek için <b>Bölge adı</b> ve <b>Bölge türü</b>\n" "değerlerini girip <b>Ekle</b> düğmesine basın.<br>\n" -"Tersine bir bölge eklemek için <b>Bölge Adı</b> için tersine IP adresinin " -"bir bölümünden\n" -"sonra <i>.in-addr.arpa</i> girin. (örneğin, <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> ağı " -"için\n" +"Tersine bir bölge eklemek için <b>Bölge Adı</b> için tersine IP adresinin bir bölümünden\n" +"sonra <i>.in-addr.arpa</i> girin. (örneğin, <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> ağı için\n" " <tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> girip <b>Ekle</b> düğmesine basın.)</p>\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #5 @@ -2467,18 +2410,15 @@ "mail servers, select it, and click <b>Edit</b>.\n" "To remove a configured zone, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Bölge aktarımı, ad ya da posta sunucuları gibi bölge ayarlarını " -"değiştirmek için\n" +"<p>Bölge aktarımı, ad ya da posta sunucuları gibi bölge ayarlarını değiştirmek için\n" "bölgeyi seçip <b>Bölgeyi düzenle</b> düğmesine basın.\n" -"Yapılandırılmış bir bölgeyi silmek için de seçip <b>Bölgeyi sil</b> " -"düğmesine basın.</p>\n" +"Yapılandırılmış bir bölgeyi silmek için de seçip <b>Bölgeyi sil</b> düğmesine basın.</p>\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 1/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:334 msgid "" "<p><b><big>DDNS and Zone Transport</big></b><br>\n" -"Use this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control " -"access\n" +"Use this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control access\n" "to the zone.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>DDNS ve bölge aktarımı</big></b><br>\n" @@ -2494,10 +2434,8 @@ "before the zone can be updated dynamically.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Bölgenin dinamik olarak güncellenmesi için <b>Dinamik güncellemelere izin " -"ver</b>\n" -"seçeneğini işaretleyip <b>TSIG anahtarını</b> seçin. Bölgenin dinamik " -"olarak\n" +"Bölgenin dinamik olarak güncellenmesi için <b>Dinamik güncellemelere izin ver</b>\n" +"seçeneğini işaretleyip <b>TSIG anahtarını</b> seçin. Bölgenin dinamik olarak\n" "güncellenmesi için en azından bir TSIG anahtarı belirtilmelidir.</p>\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 3/3 @@ -2512,8 +2450,7 @@ "<p>\n" "Bölgenin aktarımına izin vermek için <b>Bölge aktarımına izin ver</b>\n" "seçeneğini işaretleyip aktarım sırasında uzak makinenin kontrol edeceği\n" -"<b>ACL'leri</b> seçin. Bölge aktarımı için en azından bir ACL " -"belirtilmelidir.</p>" +"<b>ACL'leri</b> seçin. Bölge aktarımı için en azından bir ACL belirtilmelidir.</p>" #. Zone Editor - Help #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:358 @@ -2536,15 +2473,13 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:371 msgid "" "<p><b><big>NS Records</big></b><br>\n" -"To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click <b>Add</" -"b>.\n" +"To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click <b>Add</b>.\n" "To remove one of the listed name servers, select it and click\n" "<b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>NS kayıtları</big></b><br>\n" "Yeni bir ad sunucusu eklemek için ad sunucusunun adresini girip <b>Ekle</b>\n" -"düğmesine basın. Listelenmiş sunuculardan birini silmek için de sunucuyu " -"seçip\n" +"düğmesine basın. Listelenmiş sunuculardan birini silmek için de sunucuyu seçip\n" "<b>Sil</b> düğmesine basın.</p>\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Mail Servers @@ -2573,8 +2508,7 @@ msgid "" "<p><b>Serial</b> is the number used for determining if the zone has \n" "changed on\n" -"the master servers (then slave servers do not always need to synchronize " -"the\n" +"the master servers (then slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n" "entire zone).</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Seri</b> numara bir bölgenin ana sunucu üzerinde değiştirilip\n" @@ -2597,10 +2531,8 @@ "servers and slave servers stop answering replies until it is synchronized.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Eskime süresi</b> bağımlı sunuculardaki bölgelerin tekrar senkronize " -"edilene\n" -"kadar isteklere cevap vermeyecek durumda kalması için geçecek süreye denir.</" -"p>" +"<p><b>Eskime süresi</b> bağımlı sunuculardaki bölgelerin tekrar senkronize edilene\n" +"kadar isteklere cevap vermeyecek durumda kalması için geçecek süreye denir.</p>" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 1/7 or 1/5 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:419 @@ -2633,8 +2565,7 @@ "Each type of record has its own syntax defined in the RFC.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Her tür kayıt için RFC dökümanlarında özel yazım kuralları belirlenmiştir.</" -"p>\n" +"Her tür kayıt için RFC dökümanlarında özel yazım kuralları belirlenmiştir.</p>\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/7 (alt. 1) #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:436 @@ -2663,27 +2594,22 @@ "<b>Kayıt anahtarı</b> bölge içinde alan adı içermeyen bir makine adı\n" "ya da nokta ile biten -alan adıyla birlikte tam- bir makine adıdır.\n" "<p>Değer<b>, bölge içinde alan adı içermeyen bir makine adı\n" -"ya da nokta ile biten tam bir makine adıdır. Bir A kaydı tarafından temsil " -"edilmelidir.</p>\n" +"ya da nokta ile biten tam bir makine adıdır. Bir A kaydı tarafından temsil edilmelidir.</p>\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 6/7 (alt. 1) #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 5/5 (alt. 2) #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:452 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "" "<p><b>NS: Name Server</b>:\n" -"<b>Record Key</b> is a zone name relative to the current zone or an " -"absolute\n" +"<b>Record Key</b> is a zone name relative to the current zone or an absolute\n" "domain name followed by a dot.\n" "<b>Value</b> is a hostname relative to the current zone or fully qualified\n" "hostname followed by a dot. It must be represented by an A record.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>NS: Ad sunucusu</b>:\n" -"<b>Kayıt anahtarı</b> şu anki bölgeye göre dolaylı bir bölge adı ya da nokta " -"ile\n" -"biten bir alan adıdır. <p>Değer<b> bölge içinde alan adı içermeyen bir " -"makine adı\n" -"ya da nokta ile biten makine adıdır. Bir A kaydı tarafından temsil " -"edilmelidir.</p>\n" +"<b>Kayıt anahtarı</b> şu anki bölgeye göre dolaylı bir bölge adı ya da nokta ile\n" +"biten bir alan adıdır. <p>Değer<b> bölge içinde alan adı içermeyen bir makine adı\n" +"ya da nokta ile biten makine adıdır. Bir A kaydı tarafından temsil edilmelidir.</p>\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 7/7 (alt. 1) #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:460 @@ -2698,8 +2624,7 @@ "<b>Kayıt anahtarı</b> bölgeye bağlı bir makine veya bölge adı, ya da\n" "nokta ile biten tam bir alan veya makine adıdır.\n" "<p>Değer<b> bölge içinde alan adı içermeyen bir makine adı\n" -"ya da nokta ile biten tam bir makine adıdır. Bir A kaydı tarafından temsil " -"edilmelidir.</p>\n" +"ya da nokta ile biten tam bir makine adıdır. Bir A kaydı tarafından temsil edilmelidir.</p>\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/5 (alt. 2) #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:468 @@ -2707,8 +2632,7 @@ "<p><b>PTR: Reverse Translation</b>:\n" "<b>Record Key</b> is a full reverse zone name (derived from the IP address)\n" "followed by a dot\n" -"(such as <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</" -"tt>)\n" +"(such as <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt>)\n" " or a part of reverse zone name relative to the current zone\n" "(such as <tt>1</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> in zone\n" "<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt>).\n" @@ -2716,14 +2640,11 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b>PTR: Tersine tercüme</b>:\n" "<b>Kayıt anahtarı</b>, bir nokta ile biten (IP adresinden oluşturulmuş)\n" -"tam bir tersine bölge adı (örneğin <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> için <tt>1.0.168.192." -"in-addr.arpa.</tt>)\n" +"tam bir tersine bölge adı (örneğin <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> için <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt>)\n" "ya da şu anki bölgeye göre göreceli bir tersine bölge adı\n" -"(örneğin <tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> bölgesindeki <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> " -"IP adresi\n" +"(örneğin <tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> bölgesindeki <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> IP adresi\n" "için <tt>1</tt>) olabilir.\n" -"<b>Değer</b>, nokta ile biten ve alan alan adını içeren tam bir makine " -"adıdır.</p>\n" +"<b>Değer</b>, nokta ile biten ve alan alan adını içeren tam bir makine adıdır.</p>\n" #. Final step of the installation wizard - 1/5 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:487 @@ -2805,8 +2726,7 @@ "<p><big><b>Bölge aktarımı</b></big><br>\n" "Bölgenin aktarımına izin vermek için <b>Bölge aktarımına izin ver</b>\n" "seçeneğini işaretleyip aktarım sırasında uzak makinenin kontrol edeceği\n" -"<b>ACL'leri</b> seçin. Bölge aktarımı için en azından bir ACL " -"belirtilmelidir.</p>" +"<b>ACL'leri</b> seçin. Bölge aktarımı için en azından bir ACL belirtilmelidir.</p>" #. forward zone help text 1/2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:529 @@ -3293,20 +3213,15 @@ #~ "it cannot answer.\n" #~ "For a dial-up connection, it can be useful\n" #~ "to allow the PPP daemon to update the forwarders after the connection\n" -#~ "is established. For this, select <b>PPP Daemon Sets Forwarders</b>. To " -#~ "update forwarders\n" +#~ "is established. For this, select <b>PPP Daemon Sets Forwarders</b>. To update forwarders\n" #~ "only manually, select <b>Set Forwarders Manually</b>.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Yönlendiriciler</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Yönlendiriciler kendi DNS sunucunuzun cevap veremediği sorguları " -#~ "yönlendireceği\n" +#~ "Yönlendiriciler kendi DNS sunucunuzun cevap veremediği sorguları yönlendireceği\n" #~ "DNS sunucularıdır.\n" -#~ "Çevirmeli ağ bağlantıları için, bağlantı kurulduktan sonra PPP " -#~ "daemon'unun yönlendiricileri\n" -#~ "güncellemesi için <b>Yönlendiricileri PPP daemon'u belirlesin</b> " -#~ "seçeneğini işaretlemeniz\n" -#~ "faydalı olabilir. Yönlendiricileri sadece el ile güncellemek için " -#~ "<b>Yönlendiricileri el ile ata</b>\n" +#~ "Çevirmeli ağ bağlantıları için, bağlantı kurulduktan sonra PPP daemon'unun yönlendiricileri\n" +#~ "güncellemesi için <b>Yönlendiricileri PPP daemon'u belirlesin</b> seçeneğini işaretlemeniz\n" +#~ "faydalı olabilir. Yönlendiricileri sadece el ile güncellemek için <b>Yönlendiricileri el ile ata</b>\n" #~ "seçeneğini işaretleyin.</p>\n" #~ msgid "%1 is not a valid IPv4 address." @@ -3378,15 +3293,13 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "A valid reverse IPv4 consists of four integers in the range 0-255\n" #~ "separated by a dot then followed by the string '.in-addr.arpa.'.\n" -#~ "For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address " -#~ "'192.168.32.1'.\n" +#~ "For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address '192.168.32.1'.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "%1 ters IPv4 adresi geçerli değil.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Geçerli ters IPv4, 0-255 aralığında bulunan 4 tamsayının, noktalarla\n" #~ "ayrılarak, arkasına '.in-addr.arpa.' eklenmesiyle oluşur.\n" -#~ "Örneğin, IPv4 adresi 192.168.21.1 olan bilgisayar için, '1.32.168.192.in-" -#~ "addr.arpa.' yazılır.\n" +#~ "Örneğin, IPv4 adresi 192.168.21.1 olan bilgisayar için, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' yazılır.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "The relative hostname %1 cannot be used with zone %2.\n" @@ -3394,8 +3307,7 @@ #~ "such as 'host.example.org.'.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Dolaylı bilgisayar adı %1 , %2 bölgesiyle kullanılamıyor.\n" -#~ "Nokta ile tamamlanan ve alan adını da içeren tam bir bilgisayar adı " -#~ "girin, \n" +#~ "Nokta ile tamamlanan ve alan adını da içeren tam bir bilgisayar adı girin, \n" #~ "örneğin 'host.example.org.' gibi.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -3416,14 +3328,12 @@ #~ "Invalid SOA record.\n" #~ "%1 must be a BIND time type.\n" #~ "A BIND time type consists of numbers and the case-insensitive\n" -#~ "suffixes W, D, H, M, and S. Time in seconds is allowed without the " -#~ "suffix.\n" +#~ "suffixes W, D, H, M, and S. Time in seconds is allowed without the suffix.\n" #~ "Enter values such as 12H15m, 86400, or 1W30M.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Geçersiz SOA kaydı.\n" #~ "%1 BIND zamanı şeklinde olmalıdır.\n" -#~ "BIND zaman şekli, numaralar ve W,D,H,M ve S duyarlı harflerinden " -#~ "kurulmuştur.\n" +#~ "BIND zaman şekli, numaralar ve W,D,H,M ve S duyarlı harflerinden kurulmuştur.\n" #~ "Zaman saniye ise, son ek kullanmaya gerek yoktur.\n" #~ "Değerleri 12H15m, 86400 veya 1W30M şeklinde giriniz.\n" @@ -3485,14 +3395,11 @@ #~ msgstr "Firewall ayarlarını &uyarla" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To add a new zone, enter its <b>Zone Name</b>, select the <b>Zone " -#~ "Type</b>,\n" +#~ "<p>To add a new zone, enter its <b>Zone Name</b>, select the <b>Zone Type</b>,\n" #~ "and click <b>Add</b>.\n" -#~ "To add a new reverse zone, enter a part of reverse IP address followed " -#~ "by\n" +#~ "To add a new reverse zone, enter a part of reverse IP address followed by\n" #~ "<tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> as its <b>Zone Name</b> (for example, zone name\n" -#~ "<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for network <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), " -#~ "select\n" +#~ "<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for network <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), select\n" #~ "the <b>Zone Type</b>, and click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n" #~ "<p>To modify settings for a zone, such as zone transport and name and\n" #~ "mail servers, select it then click <b>Edit Zone</b>.\n" @@ -3500,17 +3407,12 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Yeni bir bölge eklemek için <b>Bölge adı</b> ve <b>Bölge türü</b>\n" #~ "değerlerini girip <b>Ekle</b> düğmesine basın.<br>\n" -#~ "Tersine bir bölge eklemek için <b>bölge adı</b> için tersine IP adresinin " -#~ "bir bölümünden\n" -#~ "sonra <tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> girin (örneğin, <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> ağı " -#~ "için\n" -#~ " <tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt>), <b>Bölge türü</b>'nü seçin ve <b>Ekle</" -#~ "b> düğmesine basın.</p>\n" -#~ "Bir bölgenin aktarım, ad ve e-posta sunucuları gibi ayarlarını " -#~ "değiştirmek için bölgeyi seçip\n" +#~ "Tersine bir bölge eklemek için <b>bölge adı</b> için tersine IP adresinin bir bölümünden\n" +#~ "sonra <tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> girin (örneğin, <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> ağı için\n" +#~ " <tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt>), <b>Bölge türü</b>'nü seçin ve <b>Ekle</b> düğmesine basın.</p>\n" +#~ "Bir bölgenin aktarım, ad ve e-posta sunucuları gibi ayarlarını değiştirmek için bölgeyi seçip\n" #~ "<b>Bölgeyi düzenle</b> düğmesini kullanın.\n" -#~ "<p>Yapılandırılmış bir bölgeyi silmek için bölgeyi seçip <b>Bölgeyi sil</" -#~ "b> düğmesine basın.<br>\n" +#~ "<p>Yapılandırılmış bir bölgeyi silmek için bölgeyi seçip <b>Bölgeyi sil</b> düğmesine basın.<br>\n" # clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1225 clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1283 #~ msgid "" @@ -3618,24 +3520,17 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b><big>Additional Logging</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Set which loggable actions should be logged. Common actions are always " -#~ "logged.<br>\n" -#~ "<b>Log Named Queries</b> logs all queries from clients to the DNS server." -#~ "<br>\n" +#~ "Set which loggable actions should be logged. Common actions are always logged.<br>\n" +#~ "<b>Log Named Queries</b> logs all queries from clients to the DNS server.<br>\n" #~ "<b>Log Zone Updates</b> logs when the DNS has been updated.<br>\n" -#~ "<b>Log Zone Transfers</b> logs when zone is completely transferred to " -#~ "secondary\n" +#~ "<b>Log Zone Transfers</b> logs when zone is completely transferred to secondary\n" #~ "name server.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Ek kayıt tut</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Kaydı tutulabilecek diğer durumları seçebilirsiniz. Normal durumların " -#~ "kaydı her zaman\n" +#~ "Kaydı tutulabilecek diğer durumları seçebilirsiniz. Normal durumların kaydı her zaman\n" #~ "tutulur.<br>\n" -#~ "<b>Adlandırılmış sorgular</b> ile istemcilerden DNS sunucusuna yapılan " -#~ "sorguların,<br> <b>Bölge güncellemeleri</b> ile DNS güncellemelerinin," -#~ "<br>\n" -#~ "<b>Bölge aktarımları</b> ile de bölge bir bütün olarak başka bir ad " -#~ "sunucusuna taşınmasının\n" +#~ "<b>Adlandırılmış sorgular</b> ile istemcilerden DNS sunucusuna yapılan sorguların,<br> <b>Bölge güncellemeleri</b> ile DNS güncellemelerinin,<br>\n" +#~ "<b>Bölge aktarımları</b> ile de bölge bir bütün olarak başka bir ad sunucusuna taşınmasının\n" #~ "kaydını tutabilirsiniz.</p>\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -3652,10 +3547,8 @@ #~ "before allowing the zone to be updated dynamically.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><big><b>Dinamik DNS</b></big><br>\n" -#~ "Bölgenin dinamik olarak güncellenmesi için <b>Dinamik güncellemelere izin " -#~ "ver</b>\n" -#~ "seçeneğini işaretleyip <b>TSIG anahtarını</b> seçin. Bölgenin dinamik " -#~ "olarak\n" +#~ "Bölgenin dinamik olarak güncellenmesi için <b>Dinamik güncellemelere izin ver</b>\n" +#~ "seçeneğini işaretleyip <b>TSIG anahtarını</b> seçin. Bölgenin dinamik olarak\n" #~ "güncellenmesi için en azından bir TSIG anahtarı belirtilmelidir.</p>\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -3668,22 +3561,18 @@ #~ "<p><big><b>Bölge aktarımı</b></big><br>\n" #~ "Bölgenin aktarımına izin vermek için <b>Bölge aktarımına izin ver</b>\n" #~ "seçeneğini işaretleyip aktarım sırasında uzak makinenin kontrol edeceği\n" -#~ "<b>ACL'leri</b> seçin. Bölge aktarımı için en azından bir ACL " -#~ "belirtilmelidir.</p>" +#~ "<b>ACL'leri</b> seçin. Bölge aktarımı için en azından bir ACL belirtilmelidir.</p>" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b><big>NS Records</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click <b>Add</" -#~ "b>.<br>\n" +#~ "To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click <b>Add</b>.<br>\n" #~ "To remove one of the listed name servers, select it and click\n" #~ "<b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>NS kayıtları</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Yeni bir ad sunucusu eklemek için ad sunucusunun adresini girip <b>Ekle</" -#~ "b> düğmesine\n" +#~ "Yeni bir ad sunucusu eklemek için ad sunucusunun adresini girip <b>Ekle</b> düğmesine\n" #~ "basın.<br>\n" -#~ "Listelenmiş sunuculardan birini silmek için de seçip <b>Sil</b> düğmesine " -#~ "basın.</p>\n" +#~ "Listelenmiş sunuculardan birini silmek için de seçip <b>Sil</b> düğmesine basın.</p>\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b><big>MX Records</big></b><br>\n" @@ -3695,8 +3584,7 @@ #~ "<p><b><big>MX kayıtları</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Yeni bir e-posta sunucusu eklemek için e-posta sunucu adresini ve\n" #~ "önceliğini girip <b>Ekle</b> düğmesine basın.<br>\n" -#~ "Listelenmiş sunuculardan birini silmek için seçip <b>Sil</b> düğmesine " -#~ "basın.</p>\n" +#~ "Listelenmiş sunuculardan birini silmek için seçip <b>Sil</b> düğmesine basın.</p>\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b>CNAME -- Alias for Domain Name</b><br>\n" @@ -3710,43 +3598,36 @@ #~ "<b>Kayıt anahtarı</b> bölge içinde alan adı içermeyen bir makine adı\n" #~ "ya da nokta ile biten makine adıdır.\n" #~ "<p>Değer<b> bölge içinde alan adı içermeyen bir makine adı\n" -#~ "ya da nokta ile biten makine adıdır. Bir A kaydı tarafından temsil " -#~ "edilmelidir.</p>\n" +#~ "ya da nokta ile biten makine adıdır. Bir A kaydı tarafından temsil edilmelidir.</p>\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b>MX -- Mail Relay</b><br>\n" #~ "<b>Record Key</b> is a host or zone name relative to the current zone\n" #~ "or an absolute host or zone name followed by a dot.\n" -#~ "<b>Value</b> is a host name relative to the current zone or fully " -#~ "qualified\n" +#~ "<b>Value</b> is a host name relative to the current zone or fully qualified\n" #~ "host name followed by a dot. It must be represented by an A record.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>MX -- E-posta relay</b><br>\n" #~ "<b>Kayıt anahtarı</b> bölge içinde bir makine veya bölge adı ya da\n" #~ "nokta ile biten bir alan veya makine adıdır.\n" #~ "<p>Değer<b> bölge içinde alan adı içermeyen bir makine adı\n" -#~ "ya da nokta ile biten makine adıdır. Bir A kaydı tarafından temsil " -#~ "edilmelidir.</p>\n" +#~ "ya da nokta ile biten makine adıdır. Bir A kaydı tarafından temsil edilmelidir.</p>\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b>PTR -- Reverse Translation</b><br>\n" #~ "<b>Record Key</b> is a full reverse zone name (derived from IP address)\n" #~ "followed by a dot\n" -#~ "(e.g., <i>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</i> for IP address <i>192.168.0.1</" -#~ "i>)\n" +#~ "(e.g., <i>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</i> for IP address <i>192.168.0.1</i>)\n" #~ " or a part of reverse zone name relative to the current zone\n" #~ "(e.g., <i>1</i> for IP address <i>192.168.0.1</i> in zone\n" #~ "<i>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</i>).\n" #~ "<b>Value</b> is a fully qualified host name followed by a dot.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>PTR -- Tersine tercüme</b><br>\n" -#~ "<b>Kayıt anahtarı</b> tam bir tersine bölge adı ve (IP adresinden " -#~ "oluşturulup) bir\n" -#~ "nokta ile biten (örneğin <i>192.168.0.1</i> için <i>1.0.168.192.in-addr." -#~ "arpa.</i>)\n" +#~ "<b>Kayıt anahtarı</b> tam bir tersine bölge adı ve (IP adresinden oluşturulup) bir\n" +#~ "nokta ile biten (örneğin <i>192.168.0.1</i> için <i>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</i>)\n" #~ "ya da şu anki bölgeye göre göreceli bir tersine bölge adı\n" -#~ "(örneğin <i>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</i> bölgesinde <i>192.168.0.1</i> IP " -#~ "adresi\n" +#~ "(örneğin <i>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</i> bölgesinde <i>192.168.0.1</i> IP adresi\n" #~ "için <i>1</i>) olabilir.\n" #~ "<b>Değer</b> nokta ile biten bir makine adıdır.</p>\n" @@ -3817,8 +3698,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b><big>Chroot Jail</big></b><br>\n" #~ "To run the DNS server in chroot jail, set\n" -#~ "<b>Run DNS Server in Chroot Jail</b>. Starting any daemon in a chroot " -#~ "jail\n" +#~ "<b>Run DNS Server in Chroot Jail</b>. Starting any daemon in a chroot jail\n" #~ "is more secure and strongly recommended." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Chroot Jail</big></b><br>\n" @@ -3828,37 +3708,28 @@ #~ "önerilir." #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To add a new forwarder, set its <b>IP Address</b> and click <b>Add</" -#~ "b>.\n" +#~ "<p>To add a new forwarder, set its <b>IP Address</b> and click <b>Add</b>.\n" #~ "To delete a configured forwarder, select it and click <b>Delete</b>." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Yeni bir yönlendirici eklemek için <b>IP adresini</b> girip <b>Ekle</" -#~ "b> düğmesine\n" -#~ "basın. Yapılandırılmış bir yönlendiriciyi silmek için de seçip <b>Sil</b> " -#~ "düğmesine basın." +#~ "<p>Yeni bir yönlendirici eklemek için <b>IP adresini</b> girip <b>Ekle</b> düğmesine\n" +#~ "basın. Yapılandırılmış bir yönlendiriciyi silmek için de seçip <b>Sil</b> düğmesine basın." #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b><big>Log Type</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Select <b>Log to System Log</b> to save DNS server log messages to system " -#~ "log.\n" +#~ "Select <b>Log to System Log</b> to save DNS server log messages to system log.\n" #~ "<br>\n" -#~ "To save the DNS server log messages to a separate file, select <b>Log to " -#~ "File</b> and specify the <b>File Name</b> to which to save the log and \n" +#~ "To save the DNS server log messages to a separate file, select <b>Log to File</b> and specify the <b>File Name</b> to which to save the log and \n" #~ "the <b>Maximum Size</b> of the log file.\n" -#~ "The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use <b>Maximum " -#~ "Versions</b>\n" +#~ "The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use <b>Maximum Versions</b>\n" #~ "to specify how many files with the log should be saved.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Kayıt türü</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "<b>Sistem kaydında tut</b> seçeneği ile DNS sunucu kayıt mesajlarının " -#~ "sistem kaydında\n" +#~ "<b>Sistem kaydında tut</b> seçeneği ile DNS sunucu kayıt mesajlarının sistem kaydında\n" #~ "tutulmasını sağlayabilirsiniz.\n" #~ "<br>\n" -#~ "DNS sunucu kaydının ayrı bir dosyada tutulması için <b>Dosyaya kayıt tut</" -#~ "b> seçip\n" +#~ "DNS sunucu kaydının ayrı bir dosyada tutulması için <b>Dosyaya kayıt tut</b> seçip\n" #~ "<b>Dosya adı</b> ve <b>En yüksek boyut</b> bilgilerini girin.\n" -#~ "DNS sunucusu kayıt dosyalarını otomatik olarak çevirecektir. <b>En yüksek " -#~ "sürüm</b>\n" +#~ "DNS sunucusu kayıt dosyalarını otomatik olarak çevirecektir. <b>En yüksek sürüm</b>\n" #~ "seçeneği ile kayıt ile kaç dosya kaydedileceğini belirtebilirsiniz.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -3866,8 +3737,7 @@ #~ "Each <b>Type</b> of record has its own syntax defined in the RFC.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Kayıt ayarları</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Her <b>Tür</b> kayıt için RFC dökümanlarında özel yazım kuralları " -#~ "belirlenmiştir.</p>" +#~ "Her <b>Tür</b> kayıt için RFC dökümanlarında özel yazım kuralları belirlenmiştir.</p>" #~ msgid "Starting the DNS daemon failed." #~ msgstr "DNS daemon'u başlatılamadı." Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/drbd.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/drbd.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/drbd.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -179,8 +179,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<P><B><BIG>Başlatma işlemini kesme:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -"<b>Kes</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde " -"kesebilirsiniz.</p>\n" +"<b>Kes</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde kesebilirsiniz.</p>\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:44 @@ -228,30 +227,19 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 msgid "" -"<p>Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a " -"resource</p>\n" +"<p>Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource</p>\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) " -"of one of the nodes</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which " -"is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach " -"the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to " -"the node's partner device.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being " -"described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and " -"you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk " -"parameter,following its minor number.\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number.\n" "\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd_r0 minor 0'</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve " -"the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</" -"p>\n" -"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the " -"backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" @@ -259,47 +247,25 @@ msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<p><b>Protocol</b></p>\n" -"\t\t<p>Protocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached " -"local disk and local TCP send buffer.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>Protocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached " -"local disk and remote buffer cache.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>Protocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both " -"local and remote disk.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>Protocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>Protocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>Protocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.</p>\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" "\t\t<p><b>wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b>degr-wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout, if this node " -"was a degraded cluster</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>degr-wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster</p>\n" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b>on-io-error</b>: What to do when the lower level device reports io-" -"error to the upper layers</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>on-io-error</b>: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers</p>\n" "\t\t<p><b>sndbuf-size</b>: The size of the TCP socket send buffer</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b>max-buffers</b>: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by " -"DRBD</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>max-buffers</b>: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD</p>\n" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b>timeout</b>: If the partner node fails to send an expected " -"response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is " -"considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must " -"be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, " -"the unit 0.1 seconds.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b>connect-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-" -"alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time " -"period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default " -"unit is 100ms</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b>ping-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive " -"packet</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>timeout</b>: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>connect-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>ping-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet</p>\n" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b>max-epoch-size</b>: The highest number of data blocks between two " -"write barriers</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b>ko-count</b>: the secondary node fails to complete a single write " -"request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The " -"default value is 0, which disables this feature.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b>rate</b>: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top " -"of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by " -"background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is " -"KB/sec.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b>al-extents</b>: parameter you control how big the hot area (= " -"active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, " -"Maximum: 3843)</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>max-epoch-size</b>: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>ko-count</b>: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>rate</b>: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>al-extents</b>: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)</p>\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" @@ -309,20 +275,16 @@ msgstr "<p><b><big>Bağlantı yapılandırması</big></b></p>" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 -msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's " -"sanity check</p>" +msgid "<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:118 msgid "" -"<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it " -"waited so\n" +"<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" " of your server connected to a serial terminal server with\n" " limited logging capacity.\n" -" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' " -"seconds,\n" +" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' seconds,\n" " set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. </p>" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/fcoe-client.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/fcoe-client.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/fcoe-client.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -50,15 +50,17 @@ msgid "&FcoeClient" msgstr "NFS istemcisi" +# clients/inst_sw_update.ycp:434 #. setting of config value is 'yes' #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48 msgid "yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "evet" +# clients/inst_sw_update.ycp:438 #. setting of config value is 'no' #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:50 msgid "no" -msgstr "" +msgstr "hayır" #. text of an error popup #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:102 @@ -225,7 +227,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "Yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Evet" #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118 @@ -233,7 +235,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "No" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hayır" # clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1542 clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1573 clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1695 clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1883 #. combo box label: require DCB (yes/no) @@ -309,7 +311,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:188 msgid "Driver" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sürücü" #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Flag FCoE" @@ -387,8 +389,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<P><B><BIG>Başlatma işlemini kesme:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -"<b>Kes</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde " -"kesebilirsiniz.</p>\n" +"<b>Kes</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde kesebilirsiniz.</p>\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:43 @@ -435,8 +436,7 @@ #| msgid "" #| "<p><b><big>Adding a Modem:</big></b><br>\n" #| "Choose a modem from the list of detected modems. If your modem was not\n" -#| "autodetected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>. Then press <b>Configure</" -#| "b>.\n" +#| "autodetected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>. Then press <b>Configure</b>.\n" #| "</p>" msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding a fcoe-client:</big></b><br>\n" @@ -473,9 +473,7 @@ #| "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" #| "Select the connection to edit or delete from the list.\n" #| "Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\n" -msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Starting of services</big><br></b><br>Enable or disable the start " -"of the services <b>fcoe</b> and <b>lldpad</b> at boot time.</p>" +msgid "<p><b><big>Starting of services</big><br></b><br>Enable or disable the start of the services <b>fcoe</b> and <b>lldpad</b> at boot time.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Düzenleme ya da silme</big></b><br>\n" "Değiştirmek ya da silmek istediğiniz bağlantıyı seçip\n" @@ -483,18 +481,12 @@ #. Services dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:76 -msgid "" -"<p>Starting the service <b>fcoe</b> means starting the <i>Fibre Channel over " -"Ethernet</i> service daemon <i>fcoemon</i> which controls the FCoE " -"interfaces and establishes a connection with the daemon <i>lldpad</i>.</p>" +msgid "<p>Starting the service <b>fcoe</b> means starting the <i>Fibre Channel over Ethernet</i> service daemon <i>fcoemon</i> which controls the FCoE interfaces and establishes a connection with the daemon <i>lldpad</i>.</p>" msgstr "" #. Services dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:82 -msgid "" -"<p>The <b>lldpad</b> service provides the <i>Link Layer Discovery Protocol</" -"i> agent daemon <i>lldpad</i>, which informs <i>fcoemon</i> about DCB (Data " -"Center Bridging) features and configuration of the interfaces.</p>" +msgid "<p>The <b>lldpad</b> service provides the <i>Link Layer Discovery Protocol</i> agent daemon <i>lldpad</i>, which informs <i>fcoemon</i> about DCB (Data Center Bridging) features and configuration of the interfaces.</p>" msgstr "" #. Interfaces dialog help 1/5 @@ -510,30 +502,17 @@ #. Interfaces dialog help 2/5 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:92 -msgid "" -"<p>The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status of " -"VLAN and FCoE configuration.<br>FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface is " -"configured for FCoE on the switch.<br>For every netcard (network interface), " -"this is shown in column <i>FCoE VLAN Interface</i>.</p>" +msgid "<p>The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status of VLAN and FCoE configuration.<br>FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface is configured for FCoE on the switch.<br>For every netcard (network interface), this is shown in column <i>FCoE VLAN Interface</i>.</p>" msgstr "" #. Interfaces dialog help 3/5 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:99 -msgid "" -"<p>It's possible to retry the check for FCoE services by using <b>Retry " -"Detection</b>(might be required for interfaces needing some time to get up)." -"</p>" +msgid "<p>It's possible to retry the check for FCoE services by using <b>Retry Detection</b>(might be required for interfaces needing some time to get up).</p>" msgstr "" #. Interfaces dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:103 -msgid "" -"<p>The values for <i>FCoE VLAN Interface</i> in detail:<br><b>not available</" -"b>: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is not possible (must be enabled on the " -"switch first).<br><b>not configured</b>: FCoE is possible but not yet " -"activated.<br>Press <b>Create FCoE VLAN Interface</b> to activate.<br>If the " -"FCoE VLAN interface has already been created, the name is shown in the " -"column, e.g. eth3.200.</p>" +msgid "<p>The values for <i>FCoE VLAN Interface</i> in detail:<br><b>not available</b>: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is not possible (must be enabled on the switch first).<br><b>not configured</b>: FCoE is possible but not yet activated.<br>Press <b>Create FCoE VLAN Interface</b> to activate.<br>If the FCoE VLAN interface has already been created, the name is shown in the column, e.g. eth3.200.</p>" msgstr "" # clients/sound.ycp:138 @@ -545,9 +524,7 @@ #| "To change the configuration of a card, select the card.\n" #| "Then press <B>Edit</B>.\n" #| "</P>\n" -msgid "" -"<p>To change the configuration of a FCoE VLAN interface, click on <b>Change " -"Settings</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>To change the configuration of a FCoE VLAN interface, click on <b>Change Settings</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<P>\n" "Bir kartın yapılandırmasını değiştirmek için, kartı seçin.\n" @@ -569,9 +546,7 @@ #| "Here, fine-tune settings for the language handling.\n" #| "These settings are written into the file <b>/etc/sysconfig/language</b>.\n" #| "</p>\n" -msgid "" -"<p>Configure the general settings for the FCoE system service. The settings " -"are written to '/etc/fcoe/config'.</p>" +msgid "<p>Configure the general settings for the FCoE system service. The settings are written to '/etc/fcoe/config'.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Burada dil modülünün ince ayarlarını yapabilirsiniz.\n" @@ -582,10 +557,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:125 msgid "" "<p>The values are:<br>\n" -"<b>Debug</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>This is used to enable or disable " -"debugging messages from the fcoe service script and <i>fcoemon</i>." -"<br><b>Use syslog</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>Messages are sent to the " -"system log if set to <i>yes</i> (data are logged to /var/log/messages).</p>" +"<b>Debug</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>This is used to enable or disable debugging messages from the fcoe service script and <i>fcoemon</i>.<br><b>Use syslog</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>Messages are sent to the system log if set to <i>yes</i> (data are logged to /var/log/messages).</p>" msgstr "" #. edit dialog help 1/3 @@ -595,20 +567,12 @@ #. Edit dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:137 -msgid "" -"<p>The daemon <i>fcoemon</i> reads these configuration files on " -"initialization.<br>There is a file for every interface and the values " -"indicate whether FCoE instances should be created and if DCB is required.</p>" +msgid "<p>The daemon <i>fcoemon</i> reads these configuration files on initialization.<br>There is a file for every interface and the values indicate whether FCoE instances should be created and if DCB is required.</p>" msgstr "" #. Edit dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:143 -msgid "" -"<p>The values are:<br><b>FCoE Enable</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>Enable " -"or disable the creation of FCoE instances.<br><b>DCB Required</b>: <i>yes</" -"i> or <i>no</i><br>The default is <i>yes</i>, DCB is usually required." -"<br><b>AUTO VLAN</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>If set to <i>yes</i> " -"'fcoemon' will create the VLAN interfaces automatically.</p>" +msgid "<p>The values are:<br><b>FCoE Enable</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>Enable or disable the creation of FCoE instances.<br><b>DCB Required</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>The default is <i>yes</i>, DCB is usually required.<br><b>AUTO VLAN</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>If set to <i>yes</i> 'fcoemon' will create the VLAN interfaces automatically.</p>" msgstr "" #. Header of tab in tab widget @@ -667,15 +631,9 @@ #. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile #: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:413 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<p>To configure the Samba client, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed." -#| "</p>" -msgid "" -"<p>To continue the FCoE configuration, the <b>%1</b> package must be " -"installed.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Samba istemcisini yapılandırmak için <b>%1</b> paketinin kurulu olması " -"gerekir.</p>" +#| msgid "<p>To configure the Samba client, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" +msgid "<p>To continue the FCoE configuration, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Samba istemcisini yapılandırmak için <b>%1</b> paketinin kurulu olması gerekir.</p>" #: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:416 #, fuzzy Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/firewall-services.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/firewall-services.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/firewall-services.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -27,8 +27,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: avahi, RPM: avahi), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:40 -msgid "" -"Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast DNS (mDNS) ports for Service Discovery (DNS-SD)" +msgid "Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast DNS (mDNS) ports for Service Discovery (DNS-SD)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: cyrus-imapd, RPM: cyrus-imapd), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... @@ -136,9 +135,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: nfs-client, RPM: nfs-client), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:106 -msgid "" -"Firewall configuration for NFS client. Open ports for NFS client to allow " -"connection to an NFS server." +msgid "Firewall configuration for NFS client. Open ports for NFS client to allow connection to an NFS server." msgstr "" # include/nfs_server/ui.ycp:181 menuentries/menuentry_nfs_server.ycp:23 @@ -150,9 +147,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: nfs-kernel-server, RPM: nfs-kernel-server), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:114 -msgid "" -"Firewall configuration for NFS kernel server. Open ports for NFS to allow " -"other hosts to connect." +msgid "Firewall configuration for NFS kernel server. Open ports for NFS to allow other hosts to connect." msgstr "" # include/nfs_server/ui.ycp:181 menuentries/menuentry_nfs_server.ycp:23 Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/firewall.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/firewall.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/firewall.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -258,8 +258,7 @@ "\n" "<p><b>Custom</b>'i kullanarak <tt>any</tt> gibi özel dizgeler girin.\n" "Ayrıca, burada henüz yapılandırılmamış olan arayüzler de girebilirsiniz.\n" -"Eğer maskelemeye ihtiyaç duyarsanız, <tt>any</tt> dizgesine izin verilmez.</" -"p>\n" +"Eğer maskelemeye ihtiyaç duyarsanız, <tt>any</tt> dizgesine izin verilmez.</p>\n" "\n" "<p>Her ağ aygıtı bir güvenlik duvarı bölgesine atanmalıdır.\n" "Atanmamış arayüzler üzerinden trafik engellenir.</p>\n" @@ -285,17 +284,14 @@ "\n" "<p>To allow a service, select the <b>Zone</b> and the\n" "<b>Service to Allow</b> then press <b>Add</b>.\n" -"To remove an allowed service, select the <b>Zone</b> and the <b>Allowed " -"Service</b> then press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" +"To remove an allowed service, select the <b>Zone</b> and the <b>Allowed Service</b> then press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" "\n" "<p>By deselecting <b>Protect Firewall from Internal Zone</b>, you remove\n" -"protection from the zone. All services and ports in your internal network " -"will\n" +"protection from the zone. All services and ports in your internal network will\n" "be unprotected.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>İzin Verilen Hizmetler</big></b>\n" -"<br>Burada, ağdan ulaşılabilir olması gereken hizmetleri ya da geçitleri " -"belirtin.\n" +"<br>Burada, ağdan ulaşılabilir olması gereken hizmetleri ya da geçitleri belirtin.\n" "Ağlar, güvenlik duvarı bölgelerine ayrılır.</p>\n" "\n" "<p>Bir hizmete izin vermek için, <b>Bölge</b>'yi ve \n" @@ -303,34 +299,27 @@ "İzin verilen bir hizmeti kaldırmak için, <b>Bölge</b>'yi ve \n" "<b>İzin Verilen Hizmet</b>'i seçin sonra da <b>Kaldır</b>'a basın.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p><b>Güvenlik Duvarını Dahili Bölgeden Koru</b>'nun seçimini iptal ederek, " -"bölgeden \n" -"korumayı kaldırın. Bu bölgeden tüm hizmetler ve geçitler korumasız olacaktır." -"</p>\n" +"<p><b>Güvenlik Duvarını Dahili Bölgeden Koru</b>'nun seçimini iptal ederek, bölgeden \n" +"korumayı kaldırın. Bu bölgeden tüm hizmetler ve geçitler korumasız olacaktır.</p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Allowed services dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "<p>Additional settings can be configured using <b>Advanced</b>.\n" -"Entries must be separated by a space. There you can allow TCP, UDP, and RPC " -"ports and\n" +"Entries must be separated by a space. There you can allow TCP, UDP, and RPC ports and\n" "IP protocols.</p>\n" "<p>TCP and UDP ports can be entered as port names (<tt>ftp-data</tt>),\n" "port numbers (<tt>3128</tt>), and port ranges (<tt>8000:8520</tt>).\n" -"RPC ports must be entered as service names (<tt>portmap</tt> or " -"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n" +"RPC ports must be entered as service names (<tt>portmap</tt> or <tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n" "Enter IP protocols as the protocol name (<tt>esp</tt>).\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Ek ayarlar <b>Gelişmiş</b> kullanılarak yapılabilir.\n" -"Girdiler bir boşlukla ayrılmalıdır. Burada TCP, UDP, ve RPC geçitlerine ve " -"IP iletişim\n" +"Girdiler bir boşlukla ayrılmalıdır. Burada TCP, UDP, ve RPC geçitlerine ve IP iletişim\n" "kurallarına izin verebilirsiniz.</p>\n" "<p>TCP ve UDP geçitleri geçit adları (<tt>ftp-data</tt>),\n" -"geçit numaraları (<tt>3128</tt>) ve geçit aralıklarıyla (<tt>8000:8520</tt>) " -"girilebilir.\n" -"RPC geçitleri hizmet adlarıyla girilmelidir (<tt>portmap</tt> ya da " -"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n" +"geçit numaraları (<tt>3128</tt>) ve geçit aralıklarıyla (<tt>8000:8520</tt>) girilebilir.\n" +"RPC geçitleri hizmet adlarıyla girilmelidir (<tt>portmap</tt> ya da <tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n" "IP iletişim kurallarını iletişim kuralı adıyla girin (<tt>esp</tt>).\n" "</p>\n" @@ -338,17 +327,14 @@ #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:100 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Masquerading</big></b>\n" -"<br>Masquerading is a function that hides your internal network behind your " -"firewall and allows\n" -"your internal network to access the external network, such as the Internet, " -"transparently. Requests\n" +"<br>Masquerading is a function that hides your internal network behind your firewall and allows\n" +"your internal network to access the external network, such as the Internet, transparently. Requests\n" "from the external network to the internal one are blocked.\n" "Select <b>Masquerade Networks</b> to masquerade your networks\n" "to the external network.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Maskeleme</big></b>\n" -"<br>Maskeleme, dahili ağınızı güvenlik duvarınızın arkasına saklayan ve " -"dahili ağınızın\n" +"<br>Maskeleme, dahili ağınızı güvenlik duvarınızın arkasına saklayan ve dahili ağınızın\n" "harici ağa, internet gibi, bağlanmasına izin veren bir işlevdir.\n" "Harici ağdan dahili ağa yapılan istekler engellenir.\n" "Ağlarınızı harici ağdan saklamak için <b>Ağları Maskele</b>'yi\n" @@ -359,80 +345,55 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Although requests from the external network cannot reach your internal " -"network, it is possible to\n" -"transparently redirect any requested ports on your firewall to any internal " -"IP. \n" -"To add a new redirect rule, press <b>Add</b> and complete the redirect form." -"</p>\n" +"Although requests from the external network cannot reach your internal network, it is possible to\n" +"transparently redirect any requested ports on your firewall to any internal IP. \n" +"To add a new redirect rule, press <b>Add</b> and complete the redirect form.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press <b>Delete</" -"b>.</p>\n" +"<p>To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Harici ağdan yapılan isteklerin dahili ağınıza ulaşamamasına rağmen, " -"güvenlik duvarınız\n" -"üzerinden istenen her hangi bir geçidi şeffaf olarak herhangi bir dahili " -"IP'ye yönlendirebilirsiniz.\n" -"Yeni bir yönlendirme kuralı eklemek için, <b>Ekle</b>'ye basın ve " -"yönlendirme formunu tamamlayın.</p>\n" +"Harici ağdan yapılan isteklerin dahili ağınıza ulaşamamasına rağmen, güvenlik duvarınız\n" +"üzerinden istenen her hangi bir geçidi şeffaf olarak herhangi bir dahili IP'ye yönlendirebilirsiniz.\n" +"Yeni bir yönlendirme kuralı eklemek için, <b>Ekle</b>'ye basın ve yönlendirme formunu tamamlayın.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>Herhangi bir yönlendirme kuralını kaldırmak için, tablodan seçin ve " -"<b>Kaldır</b>'a basın.</p>\n" +"<p>Herhangi bir yönlendirme kuralını kaldırmak için, tablodan seçin ve <b>Kaldır</b>'a basın.</p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Simple broadcast configuration dialog help #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Broadcast Configuration</big></b>\n" -"<br>Broadcast packets are special UDP packets sent to the whole network to " -"find \n" +"<br>Broadcast packets are special UDP packets sent to the whole network to find \n" "neighboring computers or send information to each computer in the network.\n" -"For example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing queues " -"using broadcast packets.</p>\n" +"For example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing queues using broadcast packets.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>SuSEfirewall2 services selected in allowed interfaces automatically add " -"needed broadcast\n" -"ports here. To remove any or add any others, edit lists of space-separated " -"ports for\n" +"<p>SuSEfirewall2 services selected in allowed interfaces automatically add needed broadcast\n" +"ports here. To remove any or add any others, edit lists of space-separated ports for\n" "particular zones.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>Other dropped broadcast packets are logged. It could be quite a lot of " -"packets in wider networks.\n" -"To suppress logging of these packets, deselect <b>Log Not Accepted Broadcast " -"Packets</b>\n" +"<p>Other dropped broadcast packets are logged. It could be quite a lot of packets in wider networks.\n" +"To suppress logging of these packets, deselect <b>Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets</b>\n" "for the desired zones.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Yayım Yapılandırması</big></b>\n" -"<br>Yayım paketleri, komşu bilgisayarları bulmak ya da ağdaki her " -"bilgisayara bilgi göndermek için yollanan\n" +"<br>Yayım paketleri, komşu bilgisayarları bulmak ya da ağdaki her bilgisayara bilgi göndermek için yollanan\n" "özel UDP paketleridir.\n" -"Mesela, CUPS sunucuları, yayım paketlerini kullanarak yazdırma kuyruğu " -"hakkında bilgi sağlarlar.</p>\n" +"Mesela, CUPS sunucuları, yayım paketlerini kullanarak yazdırma kuyruğu hakkında bilgi sağlarlar.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>İzin verilen arayüzlerde seçilen SuSEfirewall2 hizmetleri, gerekli yayım " -"geçitlerini buraya\n" -"otomatik olarak eklerler. Herhangi birini kaldırmak ya da başka bir tane " -"eklemek için, o bölgeye ait boşluk tuşuyla ayrılmış geçitlerin listesini " -"düzenleyin.</p>\n" +"<p>İzin verilen arayüzlerde seçilen SuSEfirewall2 hizmetleri, gerekli yayım geçitlerini buraya\n" +"otomatik olarak eklerler. Herhangi birini kaldırmak ya da başka bir tane eklemek için, o bölgeye ait boşluk tuşuyla ayrılmış geçitlerin listesini düzenleyin.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>Bırakılan diğer yayım paketleri günlüklenir. Daha geniş ağlarda çok daha " -"fazla paket olabilirdi.\n" -"Bu paketlerin günlüklemesini engellemek için <b>Kabul Edilmeyen Paketleri " -"Günlükle</b>\n" +"<p>Bırakılan diğer yayım paketleri günlüklenir. Daha geniş ağlarda çok daha fazla paket olabilirdi.\n" +"Bu paketlerin günlüklemesini engellemek için <b>Kabul Edilmeyen Paketleri Günlükle</b>\n" "seçneği istenilen bölgeler için kaldırılmalıdır</p>\n" #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:132 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Broadcast Reply</big></b><br>\n" -"Firewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as their " -"reply\n" -"to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP " -"browsing.</p>\n" +"Firewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as their reply\n" +"to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP browsing.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the " -"firewall. Use <b>Add</b>\n" -"button to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and also " -"choose from\n" +"<p>Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the firewall. Use <b>Add</b>\n" +"button to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and also choose from\n" "some already defined services or set your rule completely manually.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -440,103 +401,75 @@ #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:142 msgid "" "<p><b><big>IPsec Support</big></b>\n" -"<br>IPsec is an encrypted communication between trusted hosts or networks " -"through untrusted networks, such as\n" +"<br>IPsec is an encrypted communication between trusted hosts or networks through untrusted networks, such as\n" "the Internet. This dialog opens IPsec for an external zone using\n" "<b>Enabled</b>.</p>\n" "\n" "<p><b>Details</b> configures how to handle successfully decrypted\n" -"IPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from the " -"internal zone.</p>\n" +"IPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from the internal zone.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>IPsec Desteği</big></b>\n" -"<br>IPsec, güvenilmeyen ağlar aracılığıyla, internet gibi, güvenilen " -"makineler arasında şifrelenmiş\n" -"bir haberleşmedir. Bu konuşma penceresi, <b>Açık</b>'ı kullanarak dahili bir " -"bölge için\n" +"<br>IPsec, güvenilmeyen ağlar aracılığıyla, internet gibi, güvenilen makineler arasında şifrelenmiş\n" +"bir haberleşmedir. Bu konuşma penceresi, <b>Açık</b>'ı kullanarak dahili bir bölge için\n" "IPsec'i açar.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p><b>Ayrıntılar</b>, şifresi çözülmüş IPsec paketlerini nası lbaşarıyla " -"kullanacağınızı\n" +"<p><b>Ayrıntılar</b>, şifresi çözülmüş IPsec paketlerini nası lbaşarıyla kullanacağınızı\n" "ayarlar. Mesela, iç bölgedenmiş gibi değerlendirilebilirler.</p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Base Logging configuration dialog help #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Logging Level</big></b>\n" -"<br>This is a base configuration dialog for IP packet logging settings. " -"Here,\n" -"configure logging for incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not " -"logged at all.</p>\n" +"<br>This is a base configuration dialog for IP packet logging settings. Here,\n" +"configure logging for incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not logged at all.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>There are two groups of logged IP packets: <b>Accepted Packets</b> and " -"<b>Not Accepted Packets</b>.\n" -"You can choose from three levels of logging for each group: <b>Log All</b> " -"for logging every\n" -"packet, <b>Log Only Critical</b> for logging only interesting ones, or <b>Do " -"Not Log Any</b>\n" +"<p>There are two groups of logged IP packets: <b>Accepted Packets</b> and <b>Not Accepted Packets</b>.\n" +"You can choose from three levels of logging for each group: <b>Log All</b> for logging every\n" +"packet, <b>Log Only Critical</b> for logging only interesting ones, or <b>Do Not Log Any</b>\n" "for no logging. You should log at least critical accepted packets.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Günlükleme Düzeyi</big></b>\n" -"<br>Bu, IP paket günlükleme ayarları için bir temel yapılandırma " -"penceresidir. Burada,\n" -"gelen bağlantı paketleri için günlüklemeyi yapılandırın. Dışarı gidenler hiç " -"günlüklenmez.</p>\n" +"<br>Bu, IP paket günlükleme ayarları için bir temel yapılandırma penceresidir. Burada,\n" +"gelen bağlantı paketleri için günlüklemeyi yapılandırın. Dışarı gidenler hiç günlüklenmez.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>Günlüklenen iki grup IP paketi vardır: <b>Kabul Edilen Paketler</b> ve " -"<b>Kabul Edilmeyen Paketler</b>.\n" -"Her grubun günlüklemesinin 3 düzeyinden birini seçebilirsiniz: <b>Tümünü " -"Günlükle</b> her paketi\n" -"günlükler, <b>Sadece Kritik Olanı Günlükle</b> sadece ilginç olanları " -"günlükler, ya da <b>Hiç Günlükleme</b>\n" -"hiç bir şeyi günlüklemez. En azından kabul edilen kritik paketleri " -"günlüklemeniz önerilir.</p>\n" +"<p>Günlüklenen iki grup IP paketi vardır: <b>Kabul Edilen Paketler</b> ve <b>Kabul Edilmeyen Paketler</b>.\n" +"Her grubun günlüklemesinin 3 düzeyinden birini seçebilirsiniz: <b>Tümünü Günlükle</b> her paketi\n" +"günlükler, <b>Sadece Kritik Olanı Günlükle</b> sadece ilginç olanları günlükler, ya da <b>Hiç Günlükleme</b>\n" +"hiç bir şeyi günlüklemez. En azından kabul edilen kritik paketleri günlüklemeniz önerilir.</p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Base Summary dialog help #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:163 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Summary</big></b>\n" "<br>Here, find a summary of your configuration settings.\n" -"This summary is divided into general configuration and parts for each " -"firewall zone.\n" +"This summary is divided into general configuration and parts for each firewall zone.\n" "Every existing zone is summarized here.</p>\n" "\n" "<p><b>Firewall Starting</b> shows whether the firewall is started in the\n" "<b>boot process</b> or only <b>manually</b>.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>Firewall zones must have a network interface assigned to list the " -"following items in the summary:</p>\n" +"<p>Firewall zones must have a network interface assigned to list the following items in the summary:</p>\n" "\n" -"<p><b>Interfaces</b>: All interfaces are listed using their configuration " -"name and device name.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Interfaces</b>: All interfaces are listed using their configuration name and device name.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p><b>Open Services, Ports, and Protocols</b>: This lists all allowed " -"network services, additional\n" -"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), and RPC " -"(Remote Procedure Call)\n" +"<p><b>Open Services, Ports, and Protocols</b>: This lists all allowed network services, additional\n" +"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), and RPC (Remote Procedure Call)\n" "ports, and IP (Internet Protocol) protocols.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Özet</big></b>\n" "<br>Burada, yapılandırma ayarlarınızın bir özetini bulabilirsiniz.\n" -"Bu özet, genel yapılandırma ve her güvenlik duvarı bölgesi için farklı " -"bölümlere ayrılır.\n" +"Bu özet, genel yapılandırma ve her güvenlik duvarı bölgesi için farklı bölümlere ayrılır.\n" "Varolan her bölge burada özetlenir.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p><b>Güvenlik Duvarı Başlıyor</b> güvenlik duvarının <b>başlangıçta</b> mı " -"yoksa sadece <b>elle</b> mi başlatıldığını gösterir..</p>\n" +"<p><b>Güvenlik Duvarı Başlıyor</b> güvenlik duvarının <b>başlangıçta</b> mı yoksa sadece <b>elle</b> mi başlatıldığını gösterir..</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>Güvenlik duvarı bölgelerinin aşağıdaki ögeleri özetlerinde göstermek için " -"atanmış bir ağ arayüzünün olması gerekir:</p>\n" +"<p>Güvenlik duvarı bölgelerinin aşağıdaki ögeleri özetlerinde göstermek için atanmış bir ağ arayüzünün olması gerekir:</p>\n" "\n" -"<p><b>Arayüzler</b>: Tüm arayüzler, yapılandırma adı ve aygıt adı ile " -"listelenir.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Arayüzler</b>: Tüm arayüzler, yapılandırma adı ve aygıt adı ile listelenir.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p><b>Hizmetleri, Geçitleri ve İletişim Kurallarını Aç</b>: Bu, izin verilen " -"tüm ağ hizmetlerini,\n" -"ek TCP (Aktarım Kontrolü İletişim Kuralı), UDP (Kullanıcı Verilem İletişim " -"Kuralı), ve RPC (Uzaktan\n" -"Yordam Çağrısı) geçitlerini ve IP (Internet İletişim Kuralı) iletişim " -"kurallarını listeler.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Hizmetleri, Geçitleri ve İletişim Kurallarını Aç</b>: Bu, izin verilen tüm ağ hizmetlerini,\n" +"ek TCP (Aktarım Kontrolü İletişim Kuralı), UDP (Kullanıcı Verilem İletişim Kuralı), ve RPC (Uzaktan\n" +"Yordam Çağrısı) geçitlerini ve IP (Internet İletişim Kuralı) iletişim kurallarını listeler.</p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 1/6 #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:181 @@ -556,8 +489,7 @@ "such as <tt>22</tt>, <tt>http</tt>, or <tt>137:139</tt>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>TCP Geçitleri</b> ve <b>UDP Geçitleri</b> geçit numaralarının,\n" -"geçit adlarının ya da geçit aralıklarının boşluklarla ayrılmış listesi " -"olarak girilebilir.\n" +"geçit adlarının ya da geçit aralıklarının boşluklarla ayrılmış listesi olarak girilebilir.\n" "örn: <tt>22</tt>, <tt>http</tt> ya da <tt>137:139</tt>.</p>" #. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 3/6 @@ -565,12 +497,10 @@ #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "<p><b>RPC Ports</b> is a list of RPC services, such as\n" -"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, or <tt>portmap</tt>, separated by spaces." -"</p>" +"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, or <tt>portmap</tt>, separated by spaces.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>RPC Geçitleri</b> RPC hizmetlerinin bir listesidir, örn.,\n" -"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt> ya da <tt>portmap</tt> (boşluklarla " -"ayrılmış olarak).</p>" +"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt> ya da <tt>portmap</tt> (boşluklarla ayrılmış olarak).</p>" #. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 4/6 #. please, do not modify examples @@ -582,19 +512,16 @@ "http://www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbers.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>IP İletişim Kuralları</b> bir iletişim kuralları listesidir.\n" -"örn: <tt>esp</tt>, <tt>smp</tt> ya da <tt>chaos</tt> (boşluklarla " -"ayrılmış).\n" +"örn: <tt>esp</tt>, <tt>smp</tt> ya da <tt>chaos</tt> (boşluklarla ayrılmış).\n" "Şu anki iletişim kurallarının bir listesini\n" -"http://www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbers konumunda bulabilirsiniz.</" -"p>" +"http://www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbers konumunda bulabilirsiniz.</p>" #. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 5/6 #. please, do not modify examples #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:206 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p>The <b>Port Range</b> consists of two colon-separated numbers that " -"represent\n" +"<p>The <b>Port Range</b> consists of two colon-separated numbers that represent\n" "all numbers inside the range including the numbers themselves.\n" "The first port number must be lower than the second one,\n" "for example, <tt>200:215</tt>.</p>" @@ -612,17 +539,14 @@ "the assignment currently in use in the <tt>/etc/services</tt> file.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Geçit adı</b> geçit numarasına IANA organizasyonu tarafından atanmış\n" -"bir addır. Bir geçit numarasına atanmış birden fazla geçit adı olabilir. Şu " -"anda\n" -"kullanımda olan atamaları <tt>/etc/services</tt> file dosyasında " -"bulabilirsiniz.</p>" +"bir addır. Bir geçit numarasına atanmış birden fazla geçit adı olabilir. Şu anda\n" +"kullanımda olan atamaları <tt>/etc/services</tt> file dosyasında bulabilirsiniz.</p>" #. TRANSLATORS: help for Installation Proposal Dialog #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Firewall</big></b><br />\n" -"A firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network " -"attacks.</p>\n" +"A firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 1/5 @@ -1230,9 +1154,7 @@ msgstr "Kontrol dosyası tanımlanmamış" #: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:486 -msgid "" -"Network: <i>%1</i>, Protocol: <i>%2</i>, Destination port: <i>%3</i>, Source " -"port: <i>%4</i>, Options: <i>%5</i>" +msgid "Network: <i>%1</i>, Protocol: <i>%2</i>, Destination port: <i>%3</i>, Source port: <i>%4</i>, Options: <i>%5</i>" msgstr "" # clients/sound_manual.ycp:41 @@ -1276,8 +1198,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item #: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:622 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Firewall <b>will be stopped</b> after the configuration has been written" +msgid "Firewall <b>will be stopped</b> after the configuration has been written" msgstr "Yapılandırma yazıldıktan sonra güvenlik duvarı durdurulacak" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item @@ -1398,8 +1319,7 @@ msgstr "" "%1\n" "ek hizmet ayarlarınız\n" -"yanlış gibi görünüyor. Girdiler virgül yerine boşluk karekterleriyle " -"ayrılmalıdır\n" +"yanlış gibi görünüyor. Girdiler virgül yerine boşluk karekterleriyle ayrılmalıdır\n" "virgüllere izin verilmez.\n" "\n" "Şu anki ayarları kullanmak istediğinizden emin misiniz?" @@ -1410,8 +1330,7 @@ #. (!IsThisExpertConfiguration() ? #. TRANSLATORS: informative label #: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1035 -msgid "" -"Masquerading needs at least one external interface and one other interface." +msgid "Masquerading needs at least one external interface and one other interface." msgstr "Maskeleme, en az bir dahili arayüz ve bir başka arayüze ihtiyaç duyar." #. TRANSLATORS: popup message @@ -1669,8 +1588,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:222 msgid "Port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" -msgstr "" -"Geçit (port) adı ya da numarası; virgülle ayrılmış birden fazla geçit (port)" +msgstr "Geçit (port) adı ya da numarası; virgülle ayrılmış birden fazla geçit (port)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:229 @@ -2152,9 +2070,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Yapılandırma yazıldıktan sonra güvenlik duvarı çalışıyor olacak" #~ msgid "Firewall will not be running after the configuration gets written" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Yapılandırma yazıldıktan sonra güvenlik duvarı güvenlik duvarı çalışmıyor " -#~ "olacak" +#~ msgstr "Yapılandırma yazıldıktan sonra güvenlik duvarı güvenlik duvarı çalışmıyor olacak" #~ msgid "&When Booting" #~ msgstr "Açılışta" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/firstboot.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/firstboot.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/firstboot.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -48,10 +48,8 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:89 msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Enable Firstboot Sequence</b> to start YaST firstboot utility on " -"the first boot after configuration.</p>\n" -"<p>Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further information." -"</p>\n" +"<p>Check <b>Enable Firstboot Sequence</b> to start YaST firstboot utility on the first boot after configuration.</p>\n" +"<p>Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further information.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -233,10 +231,8 @@ #: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:128 msgid "" "<p>If desired, experts can use the full range of SuSE's configuration\n" -"modules at this time. Check <b>Start YaST Control Center</b> and it will " -"start\n" -"after <b>Finish</b>. Note: The Control Center does not have a back button " -"to\n" +"modules at this time. Check <b>Start YaST Control Center</b> and it will start\n" +"after <b>Finish</b>. Note: The Control Center does not have a back button to\n" "return to this installation sequence.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Uzman kullanıcılar şu anda tüm SuSE yapılandırma modüllerini\n" @@ -319,8 +315,7 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b>Kurulumu Durdur</b> düğmesi ile istediğiniz anda kurulumdan " -"çıkabilirsiniz.\n" +"<b>Kurulumu Durdur</b> düğmesi ile istediğiniz anda kurulumdan çıkabilirsiniz.\n" "</p>\n" #. error message @@ -500,6 +495,5 @@ #~ "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n" #~ "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Seçilen dil yazı modunda kullanılamaz. Kurulum için İngilizce " -#~ "kullanılacak,\n" +#~ "Seçilen dil yazı modunda kullanılamaz. Kurulum için İngilizce kullanılacak,\n" #~ "seçilen dil yeni sistemde etkinleştirilecektir." Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/ftp-server.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/ftp-server.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/ftp-server.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -96,8 +96,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:142 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The maximum data transfer rate permitted for local authenticated users (KB/s)" +msgid "The maximum data transfer rate permitted for local authenticated users (KB/s)" msgstr "&Kimlik doğrulama ve kullanıcı kaynakları" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -121,9 +120,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:181 -msgid "" -"Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server " -"(vsftpd only)." +msgid "Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server (vsftpd only)." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -133,16 +130,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:199 -msgid "" -"If enabled, this option will permit SSL v2 protocol connections (vsftpd " -"only)." +msgid "If enabled, this option will permit SSL v2 protocol connections (vsftpd only)." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:208 -msgid "" -"If enabled, this option will permit SSL v3 protocol connections (vsftpd " -"only)." +msgid "If enabled, this option will permit SSL v3 protocol connections (vsftpd only)." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -152,9 +145,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:226 -msgid "" -"Disallow downloading of files that were uploaded but not validated by a " -"local admin (pure-ftpd only)." +msgid "Disallow downloading of files that were uploaded but not validated by a local admin (pure-ftpd only)." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -266,8 +257,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:362 -msgid "" -"Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server." +msgid "Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -1489,8 +1479,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<P><B><BIG>Başlatma işlemini kesme:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -"<b>Kes</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde " -"kesebilirsiniz.</p>\n" +"<b>Kes</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde kesebilirsiniz.</p>\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:25 @@ -1521,8 +1510,7 @@ #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<p><b>Selected Service</b><br>\n" -" The frame shows which daemon is currently configured: <b>vsftpd, pure-" -"ftpd, \n" +" The frame shows which daemon is currently configured: <b>vsftpd, pure-ftpd, \n" " </b>. If you have installed both daemons you can switch between them.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1581,8 +1569,7 @@ #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "<p><b>Umask for Authenticated Users:</b><br>\n" -"The value to which the umask for file creation is set for authenticated " -"users. \n" +"The value to which the umask for file creation is set for authenticated users. \n" "If you want to specify octal values, remember the \"0\" prefix, otherwise \n" "the value will be treated as a base 10 integer.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -1657,10 +1644,8 @@ msgid "" "<p><b>Enable/Disable Anonymous and Local Users</b><br>\n" "<b>Anonymous Only</b>: If enabled, only anonymous logins are permitted.\n" -"<b>Authenticated Users Only</b>: If enabled, only authenticated users are " -"permitted.\n" -"<b>Both</b> If enabled, authenticated users and anonymous users are " -"permitted.\n" +"<b>Authenticated Users Only</b>: If enabled, only authenticated users are permitted.\n" +"<b>Both</b> If enabled, authenticated users and anonymous users are permitted.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1679,8 +1664,7 @@ "<p><b>Anonymous Can Upload</b><br>\n" "If enabled anonymous users will be permitted to upload.\n" "<i>vsftpd only: </i>If you want to allow anonymous users to upload, you \n" -"need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after " -"login.\n" +"need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after login.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1689,10 +1673,8 @@ msgid "" "<p><b>Anonymous Can Create Dirs</b><br>\n" "If enabled, anonymous users can create directories.\n" -"<i>vsftpd only:</i> If you want to allow anonymous users to create " -"directories,\n" -"you need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory " -"after login.</p>\n" +"<i>vsftpd only:</i> If you want to allow anonymous users to create directories,\n" +"you need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after login.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. -----------================= EXPERT SETTINGS SCREEN =============---------- @@ -1782,8 +1764,7 @@ "<p><b>Security Settings</b><br>\n" "<i>Disable SSL/TLS</i> Disable SSL/TLS encryption layer.\n" "<i>Accept SSL and TLS</i> Accept both, traditional and encrypted sessions.\n" -"<i>Refuse Connections Without SSL/TLS</i> Refuse connections that do not use " -"SSL/TLS security mechanisms, including anonymous sessions.\n" +"<i>Refuse Connections Without SSL/TLS</i> Refuse connections that do not use SSL/TLS security mechanisms, including anonymous sessions.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" @@ -1987,15 +1968,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1223 -msgid "" -"For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should " -"have no write access.\n" +msgid "For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should have no write access.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1310 -msgid "" -"For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should " -"have no write access." +msgid "For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should have no write access." msgstr "" #. Valid function of "Max Port for Pas. Mode" @@ -2021,9 +1998,7 @@ #. Valid function of "Security Settings" #. check of existing certificate #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1718 -msgid "" -"The <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> certificate for the SSL " -"connection is missing." +msgid "The <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> certificate for the SSL connection is missing." msgstr "" #. 0 => anonymous only, 1 => authenticated only, 2=> both @@ -2055,9 +2030,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:916 -msgid "" -"You have installed both daemons. Therefore you have to run the configuration " -"in interactive mode." +msgid "You have installed both daemons. Therefore you have to run the configuration in interactive mode." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 @@ -2234,8 +2207,7 @@ #~ "FTP Directory is directory which is used for FTP users.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>İskelet dizini</b><br>\n" -#~ "Bu dizinin içeriği yeni bir kullanıcı eklendiğinde o kullanıcının kendi " -#~ "ev dizinine kopyalanır.</p>\n" +#~ "Bu dizinin içeriği yeni bir kullanıcı eklendiğinde o kullanıcının kendi ev dizinine kopyalanır.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -2252,8 +2224,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "<b>Kimlik doğrulama</b><br>\n" -#~ "Buradan sisteminizdeki kullanıcıların kimlik doğrulama yöntemlerini " -#~ "seçebilirsiniz\n" +#~ "Buradan sisteminizdeki kullanıcıların kimlik doğrulama yöntemlerini seçebilirsiniz\n" #~ "</p>" #, fuzzy Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/geo-cluster.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/geo-cluster.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/geo-cluster.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -94,17 +94,18 @@ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:79 #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:653 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ekle" +# include/ui/wizard_hw.ycp:123 #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:80 #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Düzenle" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81 #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:655 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Silinecek" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178 @@ -116,7 +117,7 @@ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:120 #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TAMAM" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:99 #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:121 @@ -288,14 +289,15 @@ msgid "GeoCluster Configurations" msgstr "" +# menuentries/menuentry_sendmail.ycp:33 #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 msgid "Firewall Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Güvenlik Duvarı Yapılandırması" #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Başlatılıyor..." #. Not necessary to use remove_list_quote? #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:224 @@ -325,7 +327,7 @@ #. Progress stage 2/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 msgid "Read the previous settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Önceki ayarları oku" #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:289 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" @@ -335,13 +337,14 @@ #. Progress step 2/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:288 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Önceki ayarlar okunuyor..." +# clients/lan_inetd.ycp:54 clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:792 clients/lan_inetd_start.ycp:146 clients/lan_inetd_start.ycp:158 #. Progress finished #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:290 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:358 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sonlandı" #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. GeoCluster write dialog caption @@ -354,7 +357,7 @@ #. Progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:348 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ayarları yaz" #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:350 @@ -364,7 +367,7 @@ #. Progress step 1/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:354 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ayarlar yazılıyor..." #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:356 @@ -375,7 +378,7 @@ #. Error message #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:379 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ayarlar yazılamıyor." #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast @@ -386,45 +389,49 @@ #. Progress stage 1/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:141 msgid "Read the database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Veri tabanını oku" #. Progress stage 3/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:145 msgid "Detect the devices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aygıtları algıla" #. Progress step 1/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:148 msgid "Reading the database..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Veri tabanı okunuyor..." #. Progress step 3/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:152 msgid "Detecting the devices..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aygıtlar algılanıyor..." +# +# clients/cups.ycp:147 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:164 msgid "Cannot read the database1." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Veritabanı okunamıyor." +# +# clients/cups.ycp:147 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:173 msgid "Cannot read the database2." -msgstr "" +msgstr "database2 okunamadı." #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:191 msgid "Cannot detect devices." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aygıtlar algılanamadı." #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:225 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SuSEconfig'i çalıştır" #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:230 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "SuSEconfig çalıştırılıyor..." #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:295 msgid "Configuration summary ..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Yapılandırma özeti ..." Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/gtk.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/gtk.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/gtk.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -215,13 +215,17 @@ msgid "Exit" msgstr "Çık" +# include/ui/wizard_dialog.ycp:44 +# include/ui/common_messages.ycp:51 #: src/YGUtils.cc:643 msgid "Back" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Geri" +# include/ui/wizard_dialog.ycp:52 include/ui/wizard_dialog.ycp:130 +# include/ui/common_messages.ycp:47 #: src/YGUtils.cc:644 msgid "Next" -msgstr "" +msgstr "İleri" #: src/ygtksteps.c:75 #, fuzzy @@ -632,13 +636,8 @@ #~ msgstr "&Dışarıya ver" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the " -#~ "dependencies resolver." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Bağımlılık çözücüsündeki hataları incelemek için bununla geniş günlük " -#~ "dosyaları oluşturabilirsiniz. Bu günlük dosyaları <br><tt>%1</tt> " -#~ "dizininde saklanacaktır.</p>" +#~ msgid "Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the dependencies resolver." +#~ msgstr "<p>Bağımlılık çözücüsündeki hataları incelemek için bununla geniş günlük dosyaları oluşturabilirsiniz. Bu günlük dosyaları <br><tt>%1</tt> dizininde saklanacaktır.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case" @@ -655,19 +654,13 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Also create a <tt>y2logs.tgz</tt> tar archive to attach to bugzilla?" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Bağımlılık çözücü test durumu <br><tt>%1</tt> dosyasına yazıldı.</" -#~ "p><p>Bugzilla'ya gönderilmek için <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> dosyası " -#~ "oluşturulsun mu?</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Bağımlılık çözücü test durumu <br><tt>%1</tt> dosyasına yazıldı.</p><p>Bugzilla'ya gönderilmek için <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> dosyası oluşturulsun mu?</p>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "Failed to create dependencies resolver testcase.\n" #~ "Please check disk space and permissions for:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Bağımlılık çözücü test durumu oluşturulurken bir <b>hata</b> meydana " -#~ "geldi</p><p>Lütfen disk alanını ve <tt>%1</tt> için izinleri kontrol " -#~ "edin</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Bağımlılık çözücü test durumu oluşturulurken bir <b>hata</b> meydana geldi</p><p>Lütfen disk alanını ve <tt>%1</tt> için izinleri kontrol edin</p>" #~ msgid "&Import..." #~ msgstr "&Dışarıdan al..." @@ -1442,15 +1435,11 @@ #~ msgstr "Paket kategorileri" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "(As this package is an extension to an already installed package, it is " -#~ "<b>recommended</b> it be installed.)" +#~ msgid "(As this package is an extension to an already installed package, it is <b>recommended</b> it be installed.)" #~ msgstr "Bu paket kurulu değildir ve kurulmayacaktır." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "(As this package complements some installed packages, it is <b>suggested</" -#~ "b> it be installed.)" +#~ msgid "(As this package complements some installed packages, it is <b>suggested</b> it be installed.)" #~ msgstr "Bu paket kurulu değildir ve kurulmayacaktır." #, fuzzy Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/http-server.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/http-server.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/http-server.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -370,8 +370,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<P><B><BIG>Başlatma işlemini kesme:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -"<b>Kes</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde " -"kesebilirsiniz.</p>\n" +"<b>Kes</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde kesebilirsiniz.</p>\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:28 @@ -396,30 +395,22 @@ #. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:38 -msgid "" -"<p>The <b>Port</b> value defines the port on which Apache2 listens. The " -"default is 80.</p>" +msgid "<p>The <b>Port</b> value defines the port on which Apache2 listens. The default is 80.</p>" msgstr "" #. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:42 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Listen on Interfaces</b> contains the list of all IP addresses " -"configured for this host. Checked IP addresses are those on which Apache2 " -"listens. If you are unsure, check all.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Listen on Interfaces</b> contains the list of all IP addresses configured for this host. Checked IP addresses are those on which Apache2 listens. If you are unsure, check all.</p>" msgstr "" #. translators: Wizard dialog 2/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:46 -msgid "" -"<p>Here, enable the script languages the Apache2 server should support.</p>" +msgid "<p>Here, enable the script languages the Apache2 server should support.</p>" msgstr "" #. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:50 -msgid "" -"<p>The summary displays the settings that will be written to the Apache2 " -"configuration when you press <b>Finish</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>The summary displays the settings that will be written to the Apache2 configuration when you press <b>Finish</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5 @@ -427,8 +418,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>Press <b>HTTP Server Expert Configuration</b> \n" -"\t\tto create a more detailed configuration before writing the configuration." -"</p>" +"\t\tto create a more detailed configuration before writing the configuration.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Yapılandırmayı sonlandır</big></b>\n" "Yapılandırmayı bitirmeden önce yapılan ayarları kontrol edin.</p>\n" @@ -440,8 +430,7 @@ "The table contains a list of all available Apache2 modules.\n" "The first column contains the name of the module. \n" "The second column shows whether the module should be\n" -"loaded by the server. Enabled modules will be loaded. The last column " -"displays a short description\n" +"loaded by the server. Enabled modules will be loaded. The last column displays a short description\n" "of the module.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>HTTP sunucu modüllerinin düzenlenmesi</big></b><br>\n" @@ -454,8 +443,7 @@ #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "<p>To change the status of a module, \n" -"choose the appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Toggle Status</b>.</" -"p>\n" +"choose the appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Toggle Status</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Bir modülün durumunu değiştirmek için\n" "tablodan ilgili girdiyi seçip <b>Durum aç/kapa</b> düğmesine basın.</p>\n" @@ -474,13 +462,11 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<p><b><big>HTTP Server Settings</big></b><br>\n" -#| "Activate the HTTP server by choosing <b>Enabled</b>. To deactive it, " -#| "choose\n" +#| "Activate the HTTP server by choosing <b>Enabled</b>. To deactive it, choose\n" #| "<b>Disabled</b>.</p>\n" msgid "" "<p><b><big>HTTP Server Settings</big></b><br>\n" -"Activate the HTTP server by choosing <b>Enabled</b>. To deactivate it, " -"choose\n" +"Activate the HTTP server by choosing <b>Enabled</b>. To deactivate it, choose\n" "<b>Disabled</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>HTTP sunucu ayarları</big></b><br>\n" @@ -496,10 +482,8 @@ "The interfaces of the firewall are not added or deleted. \n" "This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Firewall'da seçili portları aç</b> seçeneğini etkinleştirmeniz " -"halinde\n" -"YaST2'ye Apache2'nin dinlediği portları firewall için ayarlaması " -"gerektiğini\n" +"<p><b>Firewall'da seçili portları aç</b> seçeneğini etkinleştirmeniz halinde\n" +"YaST2'ye Apache2'nin dinlediği portları firewall için ayarlaması gerektiğini\n" "belirtirsiniz. Firewall'un arabirimlerinde bir değişiklik yapılmayacaktır.\n" "Bu seçenek sadece firewall etkinse mevcuttur.</p>\n" @@ -533,28 +517,21 @@ #. server configuration overview help 2/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:102 -msgid "" -"<p>Choose an appropriate entry from the table and click <b>Edit</b> to " -"change settings.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Ayarları değiştirmek için tablodan ilgili girdiyi seçip <b>Düzenle</b> " -"düğmesine basın.</p>" +msgid "<p>Choose an appropriate entry from the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change settings.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Ayarları değiştirmek için tablodan ilgili girdiyi seçip <b>Düzenle</b> düğmesine basın.</p>" #. help of menu button for server configuration 1/1 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:106 #, fuzzy msgid "<p><b>Log Files</b> displays server log files.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Kayıt dosyaları</b> sunucu kayıt dosyalarının gösterilmesini sağlar.</" -"p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Kayıt dosyaları</b> sunucu kayıt dosyalarının gösterilmesini sağlar.</p>" #. hosts list help 1/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configured Hosts</big></b><br>\n" "This is a list of already configured hosts. One of the hosts is \n" -"marked as default (the asterisk next to the server name). A default host is " -"used if no other host\n" +"marked as default (the asterisk next to the server name). A default host is used if no other host\n" "matches for an incoming request. To set a host as default,\n" "press <b>Set as Default</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -568,48 +545,37 @@ #. hosts list help 2/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:116 msgid "" -"<p>Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change " -"the host.\n" -"To add a host, click <b>Add</b>. To remove a host, select it and click " -"<b>Delete</b>.</p>" +"<p>Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change the host.\n" +"To add a host, click <b>Add</b>. To remove a host, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Bir makineyi değiştirmek için tablodan ilgili girdiyi seçin ve " -"<b>Düzenle</b> düğmesine basın.\n" -"Yeni bir makine eklemek için <b>Ekle</b> düğmesini, bir makineyi silmek için " -"de <b>Sil</b> düğmesini kullanın.</p>" +"<p>Bir makineyi değiştirmek için tablodan ilgili girdiyi seçin ve <b>Düzenle</b> düğmesine basın.\n" +"Yeni bir makine eklemek için <b>Ekle</b> düğmesini, bir makineyi silmek için de <b>Sil</b> düğmesini kullanın.</p>" #. host editing help 1/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:120 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Host Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"To edit the host settings, choose the appropriate entry of the table then " -"click <b>Edit</b>.\n" -"To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an option, select it and " -"click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +"To edit the host settings, choose the appropriate entry of the table then click <b>Edit</b>.\n" +"To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Makine yapılandırması</big></b><br>\n" -"Makine ayarlarını düzenlemek için listeden ilgili girdiyi seçin ve " -"<b>Düzenle</b> düğmesine basın.\n" -"Yeni bir seçenek eklemek için <b>Ekle</b> düğmesini, bir seçeneği silmek " -"için de <b>Sil</b> düğmesini kullanın.</p>" +"Makine ayarlarını düzenlemek için listeden ilgili girdiyi seçin ve <b>Düzenle</b> düğmesine basın.\n" +"Yeni bir seçenek eklemek için <b>Ekle</b> düğmesini, bir seçeneği silmek için de <b>Sil</b> düğmesini kullanın.</p>" #. host editing help 2/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<p>The <b>Server Resolution</b> options set the resolution when using\n" -"\tvirtual hosts. However, when you choose <b>Resolution via HTTP Headers</" -"b>,\n" +"\tvirtual hosts. However, when you choose <b>Resolution via HTTP Headers</b>,\n" "\tthe default server will never be served requests to the IP address of\n" -"\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL based vhost, use " -"<b>Resolution via IP address</b></p>" +"\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL based vhost, use <b>Resolution via IP address</b></p>" msgstr "" #. listen dialog editor help 1/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "<p><b><big><i>Listen</i> Settings for a Host</big></b><br>\n" -"The <i>Listen</i> directive allows selection of ports and network " -"interfaces\n" +"The <i>Listen</i> directive allows selection of ports and network interfaces\n" "where the HTTP server should listen for incoming requests.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Host için <i>dinleme</i> ayarları</big></b><br>\n" @@ -619,15 +585,11 @@ #. listen dialog editor help 2/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"<p>Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change " -"the entry.\n" -"To add a new entry, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an entry, select it and " -"click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +"<p>Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change the entry.\n" +"To add a new entry, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an entry, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Bir girdiyi düzenlemek için listeden ilgili girdiyi seçin ve <b>Düzenle</" -"b> düğmesine basın.\n" -"Yeni bir girdi eklemek için <b>Ekle</b> düğmesini, bir girdiyi silmek için " -"de <b>Sil</b> düğmesini kullanın.</p>" +"<p>Bir girdiyi düzenlemek için listeden ilgili girdiyi seçin ve <b>Düzenle</b> düğmesine basın.\n" +"Yeni bir girdi eklemek için <b>Ekle</b> düğmesini, bir girdiyi silmek için de <b>Sil</b> düğmesini kullanın.</p>" #. ssl options dialog help 1/4 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:143 @@ -646,30 +608,24 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>General behavior is determined by the SSL option. The host can\n" -"not support SSL at all (<tt>No SSL</tt>), allow both non-SSL and SSL access " -"(<tt>Allowed</tt>),\n" +"not support SSL at all (<tt>No SSL</tt>), allow both non-SSL and SSL access (<tt>Allowed</tt>),\n" "or accept only connections encrypted via SSL (<tt>Required</tt>).\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Genel davranış <i>SSL</i> seçeneği ile belirlenir. Makine ya hiç SSL\n" "desteğine sahip olmaz (<i>SSL desteği yok</i>), ya hem SSL hem de normal\n" -"bağlantıları kabul eder (<i>SSL mevcut</i>), ya da sadece SSL " -"bağlantılarını\n" +"bağlantıları kabul eder (<i>SSL mevcut</i>), ya da sadece SSL bağlantılarını\n" "kabul eder (<i>SSL gerekli</i>).\n" "</p>\n" #. ssl options dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:157 msgid "" -"<p>Choose an appropriate option of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change " -"the option.\n" -"To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an option, select it and " -"click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +"<p>Choose an appropriate option of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change the option.\n" +"To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Bir seçeneği değiştirmek için tablodan ilgili girdiyi seçin ve " -"<b>Düzenle</b> düğmesine basın.\n" -"Yeni bir seçenek eklemek için <b>Ekle</b> düğmesini, bir seçeneği silmek " -"için de <b>Sil</b> düğmesini kullanın.</p>" +"<p>Bir seçeneği değiştirmek için tablodan ilgili girdiyi seçin ve <b>Düzenle</b> düğmesine basın.\n" +"Yeni bir seçenek eklemek için <b>Ekle</b> düğmesini, bir seçeneği silmek için de <b>Sil</b> düğmesini kullanın.</p>" #. ssl options dialog help 3/4 (empty in simple mode) #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:162 @@ -693,16 +649,14 @@ "<p><b>Note:</b> If you enable use of SSL for a host, the <tt>mod_ssl</tt> \n" "module should be loaded by the server.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Not:</b> Eğer bir makine için SSL'i etkinleştirirseniz <i>mod_ssl</i> " -"modülü\n" +"<p><b>Not:</b> Eğer bir makine için SSL'i etkinleştirirseniz <i>mod_ssl</i> modülü\n" "sunucu tarafından yüklenmelidir.</p>\n" #. new host dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:175 msgid "" "<p><b><big>New Host</big></b><br>\n" -"This dialog allows you to enter a basic information about a new virtual host." -"</p>" +"This dialog allows you to enter a basic information about a new virtual host.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Yeni makine</big></b><br>\n" "Burada yeni sanal makine için temel bilgileri girebilirsiniz.<p>" @@ -712,8 +666,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Server Identification</b> specifies the content and\n" -"the presentation of the the new virtual host. <b>Server Name</b> is the DNS " -"name returned as a part\n" +"the presentation of the the new virtual host. <b>Server Name</b> is the DNS name returned as a part\n" "of the HTTP headers of the server response. <b>Server Contents Root</b>\n" "is an absolute path to a directory containing all documents provided by\n" "this virtual host. <b>Administrator E-Mail</b> allows setup of an e-mail\n" @@ -734,20 +687,16 @@ "settings it should use to create a response for an HTTP request. \n" "There are two basic approaches. If using HTTP headers\n" "from the incoming request, the server looks up the host name specified by\n" -"the HTTP request headers. The other possibility is to determine the virtual " -"host\n" +"the HTTP request headers. The other possibility is to determine the virtual host\n" "by the IP address used by the client when connecting to the server.\n" -"If you plan to configure SSL-based vhost, use <b>Resolution via IP address</" -"b>\n" +"If you plan to configure SSL-based vhost, use <b>Resolution via IP address</b>\n" "Consult the Apache2 manual for further details.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Sunucu çözümlemesi</b></big><br>\n" "Apache 2 bir HTTP isteği için hangi sanal makine ayarlarını kullanacağını\n" "belirlemelidir. Prensipte iki temel yaklaşım vardır. Eğer gelen istekteki\n" -"<i>HTTP başlıkları</i> kullanılırsa sunucu başlıkta belirtilen makine adını " -"arar.\n" -"Diğer yöntem ise sunucuya bağlanan istemcinin <i>IP adresini</i> " -"belirlemektir.\n" +"<i>HTTP başlıkları</i> kullanılırsa sunucu başlıkta belirtilen makine adını arar.\n" +"Diğer yöntem ise sunucuya bağlanan istemcinin <i>IP adresini</i> belirlemektir.\n" "Ayrıntılar için Apache 2 dökümanlarına bakabilirsiniz.</p>\n" #. advanced new host dialog 1/5 @@ -755,8 +704,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b><big>Details for New Host</big></b><br>\n" -"This dialog allows you to specify additional information about a new virtual " -"host.</p>" +"This dialog allows you to specify additional information about a new virtual host.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Yeni makine</big></b><br>\n" "Burada yeni sanal makine için temel bilgileri girebilirsiniz.<p>" @@ -765,8 +713,7 @@ #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "<p>Select <b>Enable CGI Support</b>\n" -"to run CGI scripts in the path in <b>CGI Directory Path</b> using the alias " -"<tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>.</p>" +"to run CGI scripts in the path in <b>CGI Directory Path</b> using the alias <tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced new host dialog 3/5 @@ -780,10 +727,7 @@ #. advanced new host dialog 4/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:215 -msgid "" -"<p>In <b>Directory Index</b>, enter a space-separated list of files that " -"Apache should look for and provide when a URL for a directory (one that ends " -"in <tt>/</tt>) is requested. The first matching file found is provided.</p>" +msgid "<p>In <b>Directory Index</b>, enter a space-separated list of files that Apache should look for and provide when a URL for a directory (one that ends in <tt>/</tt>) is requested. The first matching file found is provided.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced new host dialog 5/5 @@ -917,12 +861,8 @@ #. notification about package needed 1/2 #: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:170 -msgid "" -"<p>To configure the HTTP server, the <b>%1</b> packages must be installed.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>HTTP sunucusunu yapılandırmak için <b>%1</b> paketinin kurulu olması " -"gerekir.</p>" +msgid "<p>To configure the HTTP server, the <b>%1</b> packages must be installed.</p>" +msgstr "<p>HTTP sunucusunu yapılandırmak için <b>%1</b> paketinin kurulu olması gerekir.</p>" #. notification about package needed 2/2 #: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:174 @@ -1017,8 +957,7 @@ #. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. #: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:541 msgid "Unknown change of a module for autoinstallation: %1" -msgstr "" -"Otomatik kurulum için bir modül bilinmeyen bir şekilde değiştirilmiş: %1" +msgstr "Otomatik kurulum için bir modül bilinmeyen bir şekilde değiştirilmiş: %1" #. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. #: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:560 @@ -1693,12 +1632,8 @@ msgstr "Medya türü ve isteme metoduna göre CGI komut dosyalarını çalıştırır." #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:32 -msgid "" -"Mapping different parts of the host file system in the document tree and for " -"URL redirection" -msgstr "" -"Döküman ağacı ve adres yönlendirmesi için ana makinenin dosya sisteminin " -"farklı bölümlerini birleştirir." +msgid "Mapping different parts of the host file system in the document tree and for URL redirection" +msgstr "Döküman ağacı ve adres yönlendirmesi için ana makinenin dosya sisteminin farklı bölümlerini birleştirir." #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:47 #, fuzzy @@ -1725,8 +1660,7 @@ msgstr "Yazı dosyaları yardımıyla kimlik doğrulaması sağlar" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:96 -msgid "" -"Generates directory indices, automatically, similar to the Unix ls command" +msgid "Generates directory indices, automatically, similar to the Unix ls command" msgstr "Unix'in ls komutuna benzer şekilde dizin listeleri oluşturur" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:117 @@ -1736,9 +1670,7 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:127 #, fuzzy msgid "Provides for trailing slash redirects and serving directory index files" -msgstr "" -"\"Bölü işareti ile sonlanan\" adreslerin yönlendirmesini ve dizin katalog " -"dosyalarının sunumunu sağlar" +msgstr "\"Bölü işareti ile sonlanan\" adreslerin yönlendirmesini ve dizin katalog dosyalarının sunumunu sağlar" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:136 msgid "Modifies the environment passed to CGI scripts and SSI pages" @@ -1746,8 +1678,7 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:146 msgid "Generation of Expires HTTP headers according to user-specified criteria" -msgstr "" -"Kullanıcı tarafından belirlenen şekilde HTTP eskime başlıklarını oluşturur" +msgstr "Kullanıcı tarafından belirlenen şekilde HTTP eskime başlıklarını oluşturur" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:161 msgid "Server-parsed HTML documents (Server Side Includes)" @@ -1758,24 +1689,16 @@ msgstr "Sunucuya yapılan isteklerin kaydını tutar" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:187 -msgid "" -"Associates the requested file name's extensions with the file's behavior and " -"content" -msgstr "" -"Dosyanın davranış ve içeriğine göre dosya uzantılarının ilişkilendirilmesini " -"sağlar" +msgid "Associates the requested file name's extensions with the file's behavior and content" +msgstr "Dosyanın davranış ve içeriğine göre dosya uzantılarının ilişkilendirilmesini sağlar" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:212 msgid "Provides for content negotiation" msgstr "İçerik anlaşmalarını sağlar" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:222 -msgid "" -"Allows the setting of environment variables based on characteristics of the " -"request" -msgstr "" -"Yapılan isteğin karakteristiğine göre ortam değişkenlerinin ayarlanmasını " -"sağlar" +msgid "Allows the setting of environment variables based on characteristics of the request" +msgstr "Yapılan isteğin karakteristiğine göre ortam değişkenlerinin ayarlanmasını sağlar" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:233 msgid "Provides information about server activity and performance" @@ -1783,8 +1706,7 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:241 msgid "Allows CGI scripts to run as a specified user and group" -msgstr "" -"CGI komut dosyalarının belli kullanıcı ve gruplar olarak çalışmasını sağlar" +msgstr "CGI komut dosyalarının belli kullanıcı ve gruplar olarak çalışmasını sağlar" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:252 msgid "User-specific directories" @@ -1803,12 +1725,8 @@ msgstr "MD5 kullanıcı kimliği doğrulama sistemi" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:302 -msgid "" -"Allows an LDAP directory to be used to store the database for HTTP Basic " -"authentication" -msgstr "" -"HTTP temel kimlik doğrulama veritabanının bir LDAP dizininde saklanmasını " -"sağlar" +msgid "Allows an LDAP directory to be used to store the database for HTTP Basic authentication" +msgstr "HTTP temel kimlik doğrulama veritabanının bir LDAP dizininde saklanmasını sağlar" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:320 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:495 msgid "Content cache keyed to URIs" @@ -1839,12 +1757,8 @@ msgstr "Protokol modüllerini tanımlamak için basit bir echo sunucusu" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:413 -msgid "" -"Pass the response body through an external program before delivery to the " -"client" -msgstr "" -"İsteğe verilecek cevabı istemciye ulaştırmadan önce harici bir uygulamadan " -"geçirir" +msgid "Pass the response body through an external program before delivery to the client" +msgstr "İsteğe verilecek cevabı istemciye ulaştırmadan önce harici bir uygulamadan geçirir" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:426 msgid "Caches a static list of files in memory" @@ -1863,22 +1777,16 @@ msgstr "Sunucu yapılandırmasına kapsamlı bir bakış sağlar" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:469 -msgid "" -"LDAP connection pooling and result caching services for use by other LDAP " -"modules" -msgstr "" -"Diğer LDAP modülleri için LDAP bağlantı havuzu ve sonuç saklama servisleri" +msgid "LDAP connection pooling and result caching services for use by other LDAP modules" +msgstr "Diğer LDAP modülleri için LDAP bağlantı havuzu ve sonuç saklama servisleri" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:489 msgid "Logging of input and output bytes per request" msgstr "Her istekte giren ve çıkan byte sayısının kaydını tutar" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:509 -msgid "" -"Determines the MIME type of a file by looking at a few bytes of its contents" -msgstr "" -"Bir dosyanın içeriğindeki bir kaç byte'a bakarak o dosyanın MIME türünü " -"belirler" +msgid "Determines the MIME type of a file by looking at a few bytes of its contents" +msgstr "Bir dosyanın içeriğindeki bir kaç byte'a bakarak o dosyanın MIME türünü belirler" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:518 msgid "HTTP/1.1 proxy/gateway server" @@ -1902,27 +1810,20 @@ msgstr "mod_proxy için HTTP destek modülü" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:592 -msgid "" -"Provides a rule-based rewriting engine to rewrite requested URLs on the fly" -msgstr "" -"İstenen URL'lerin o anda yazılması için kural tabanlı yeniden yazma motoru " -"sağlar" +msgid "Provides a rule-based rewriting engine to rewrite requested URLs on the fly" +msgstr "İstenen URL'lerin o anda yazılması için kural tabanlı yeniden yazma motoru sağlar" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:619 msgid "Attempts to correct mistaken URLs that users might have entered" msgstr "Kullanıcıların yanlış yazmış olabileceği URL'leri düzeltmeyi dener" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:628 -msgid "" -"Strong cryptography using the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer " -"Security (TLS) protocols" +msgid "Strong cryptography using the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocols" msgstr "SSL ve TSL protokollerini kullanarak güçlü şifreleme sağlar" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:668 -msgid "" -"Provides an environment variable with a unique identifier for each request" -msgstr "" -"Her istek için kendine özgü bir belirtece sahip bir ortam değişkeni oluşturur" +msgid "Provides an environment variable with a unique identifier for each request" +msgstr "Her istek için kendine özgü bir belirtece sahip bir ortam değişkeni oluşturur" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:674 #, fuzzy @@ -2030,8 +1931,7 @@ #~ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Başlatma işlemini kesme:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "<b>Kes</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde " -#~ "kesebilirsiniz.</p>\n" +#~ "<b>Kes</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde kesebilirsiniz.</p>\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>The list of options presents\n" @@ -2062,8 +1962,7 @@ #~ "<p><b>Note:</b> If you enable use of SSL for a host, the <i>mod_ssl</i> \n" #~ "module should be loaded by the server.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Not:</b> Eğer bir makine için SSL'i etkinleştirirseniz <i>mod_ssl</" -#~ "i> modülü\n" +#~ "<p><b>Not:</b> Eğer bir makine için SSL'i etkinleştirirseniz <i>mod_ssl</i> modülü\n" #~ "sunucu tarafından yüklenmelidir.</p>\n" #, fuzzy @@ -2096,12 +1995,8 @@ #~ msgid "Only \"defaulthost\" can be specified as the host to configure" #~ msgstr "Yapılandırılacak host olarak sadece \"defaulthost\" seçilebilir" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Name of the host to configure. Only \"defaulthost\" is valid at the " -#~ "moment." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Yapılandırılacak host'un adı. Şu anda sadece \"defaulthost\" mevcut " -#~ "durumda." +#~ msgid "Name of the host to configure. Only \"defaulthost\" is valid at the moment." +#~ msgstr "Yapılandırılacak host'un adı. Şu anda sadece \"defaulthost\" mevcut durumda." #~ msgid "Run SuSEconfig" #~ msgstr "SuSEconfig'i çalıştır" @@ -2117,8 +2012,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><i>Server Identification</i> specifies the content and\n" -#~ "the presentation of the the new virtual host. <b>Server Name</b> is the " -#~ "DNS name returned as a part\n" +#~ "the presentation of the the new virtual host. <b>Server Name</b> is the DNS name returned as a part\n" #~ "of the HTTP headers of the server response. <b>Server Contents Root</b>\n" #~ "is an absolute path to a directory containing all documents provided by\n" #~ "this virtual host. <b>Administrator E-Mail</b> allows setup of an e-mail\n" @@ -2147,17 +2041,13 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>By enabling <b>Open Firewall on Selected Ports</b>, \n" -#~ "instruct YaST2 to adapt the firewall according the ports where Apache2 " -#~ "listens. \n" +#~ "instruct YaST2 to adapt the firewall according the ports where Apache2 listens. \n" #~ "The interfaces of the firewall are not added or deleted. \n" #~ "This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Firewall'da seçili portları aç</b> seçeneğini etkinleştirmeniz " -#~ "halinde\n" -#~ "YaST2'ye Apache2'nin dinlediği portları firewall için ayarlaması " -#~ "gerektiğini\n" -#~ "belirtirsiniz. Firewall'un arabirimlerinde bir değişiklik " -#~ "yapılmayacaktır.\n" +#~ "<p><b>Firewall'da seçili portları aç</b> seçeneğini etkinleştirmeniz halinde\n" +#~ "YaST2'ye Apache2'nin dinlediği portları firewall için ayarlaması gerektiğini\n" +#~ "belirtirsiniz. Firewall'un arabirimlerinde bir değişiklik yapılmayacaktır.\n" #~ "Bu seçenek sadece firewall etkinse mevcuttur.</p>\n" #~ msgid "" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/inetd.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/inetd.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/inetd.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -440,8 +440,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<P><B><BIG>Başlatma işleminin durdurulması:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -"<B>Durdur</B> düğmesine basarak başlatma işlemini şu anda güvenli bir " -"şekilde kesebilirsiniz.</p>\n" +"<B>Durdur</B> düğmesine basarak başlatma işlemini şu anda güvenli bir şekilde kesebilirsiniz.</p>\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:54 @@ -492,8 +491,7 @@ "<p><b><big>Services Status:</big></b><br>\n" "All services marked with <b>---</b> are inactive (locked).\n" "All services marked with <b>On</b> are active (unlocked).\n" -"All services marked with <b>NI</b> are not installed and cannot be " -"configured.</p>" +"All services marked with <b>NI</b> are not installed and cannot be configured.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Hizmet durumu:</big></b><br>\n" "<b>---</b> ile işaretli hizmetler kapalı (kilitli) durumdadır.\n" @@ -503,12 +501,10 @@ #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Changing Service Status:</big></b><br>\n" -"Select the service to enable or disable and press <b>Toggle Status (On or " -"Off)</b>.</p>\n" +"Select the service to enable or disable and press <b>Toggle Status (On or Off)</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Hizmet durumunu değiştirme:</big></b><br>\n" -"Açmak ya da kapamak istediğiniz hizmeti seçin ve <b>Durum değiştir(Aç/kapat)" -"</b> düğmesine basın.</p>\n" +"Açmak ya da kapamak istediğiniz hizmeti seçin ve <b>Durum değiştir(Aç/kapat)</b> düğmesine basın.</p>\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:84 msgid "" @@ -539,13 +535,11 @@ msgid "" "<p><b><big>Canceling Configuration:</big></b>\n" "Leave the configuration untouched by pressing the <b>Cancel</b> button.\n" -"If you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original configuration " -"will remain.</p>\n" +"If you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original configuration will remain.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Yapılandırmanın durdurulması:</big></b>\n" "<b>Durdur</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırmayı durdurabilirsiniz.\n" -"Bu durumda yaptığınız değişiklikler değerlendirilmeyecek ve orijinal " -"yapılandırmaya dönülecektir.</p>\n" +"Bu durumda yaptığınız değişiklikler değerlendirilmeyecek ve orijinal yapılandırmaya dönülecektir.</p>\n" # clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:100 #. Help for the EditOrCreateServiceDlg () dialog. @@ -589,12 +583,8 @@ # clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:113 #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:122 -msgid "" -"<p>This is a short description. For details, see <b>info xinetd.conf</b>.</" -"p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Burada kısa tanımlar vardır, ayrıntılar için <b>info xinetd.conf</b> " -"dosyasına bakın.</p>\n" +msgid "<p>This is a short description. For details, see <b>info xinetd.conf</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>Burada kısa tanımlar vardır, ayrıntılar için <b>info xinetd.conf</b> dosyasına bakın.</p>\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:125 msgid "" @@ -614,21 +604,17 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b>Soket türü</b>, hizmetin stream tabanlı olmasına, datagram tabanlı\n" "olmasına, IP'ye direk erişim gerektirmesine ya da güvenilir sıralı datagram\n" -"iletimi gerektirmesine göre stream, dgram, raw ya da seqpacket olabilir.</" -"p>\n" +"iletimi gerektirmesine göre stream, dgram, raw ya da seqpacket olabilir.</p>\n" # clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:124 #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:134 msgid "" -"<p>The <b>protocol</b> must be a valid protocol as specified in /etc/" -"protocols.\n" +"<p>The <b>protocol</b> must be a valid protocol as specified in /etc/protocols.\n" "Examples include <i>tcp</i>,<i>udp</i>,<i>rpc/tcp</i>, and <i>rpc/udp</i>.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Protokol</b>, /etc/protocols dosyasında belirtilen geçerli bir " -"protokol\n" -"olmalıdır. Örnek olarak <i>tcp</i>,<i>udp</i>,<i>rpc/tcp</i> ya da <i>rpc/" -"udp</i> verilebilir.\n" +"<p><b>Protokol</b>, /etc/protocols dosyasında belirtilen geçerli bir protokol\n" +"olmalıdır. Örnek olarak <i>tcp</i>,<i>udp</i>,<i>rpc/tcp</i> ya da <i>rpc/udp</i> verilebilir.\n" "</p>\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:139 @@ -648,8 +634,7 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b>Bekle/bekleme</b> girdisi ile hizmetin tek bir iş biriminden\n" "(thread) mi yoksa çoklu iş birimlerinden mi oluşacağını, ve bağlantıyı\n" -"xinetd'nin mi yoksa sunucu programın mı kabul edeceğini " -"belirleyebilirsiniz.\n" +"xinetd'nin mi yoksa sunucu programın mı kabul edeceğini belirleyebilirsiniz.\n" "Eğer değer <b>evet</b> ise hizmet tek iş biriminden oluşacaktır. Bu da,\n" # clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:134 @@ -674,8 +659,7 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Sunucu programı</b> bölümüne sokete bir istek geldiğinde\n" -"süpersunucu tarafından çalıştırılacak programı girin. Bu " -"programaerilebilecek parametreleri <b>Sunucu parametreleri</b> bölümüne\n" +"süpersunucu tarafından çalıştırılacak programı girin. Bu programaerilebilecek parametreleri <b>Sunucu parametreleri</b> bölümüne\n" "girebilirsiniz.\n" "\n" "</p>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/installation.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/installation.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/installation.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -41,14 +41,10 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39 msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST " -"profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " -"interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this " -"option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst." -"xml</tt>.</p>" +"<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" +"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" +"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" +"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>" msgstr "" #. this is a heading @@ -66,9 +62,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:98 -msgid "" -"The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=" -"\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." +msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview @@ -123,9 +117,7 @@ msgstr "Kurum kaynağı" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:119 -msgid "" -"Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM " -"installation." +msgid "Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM installation." msgstr "" # clients/online_update_start.ycp:171 @@ -141,9 +133,7 @@ msgstr "Kurum kaynağı" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:153 -msgid "" -"Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation " -"source" +msgid "Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation source" msgstr "" #. Image name, Image location @@ -152,15 +142,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:163 -msgid "" -"You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an " -"image here" +msgid "You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an image here" msgstr "" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:174 -msgid "" -"Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during " -"installation)" +msgid "Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during installation)" msgstr "" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:181 @@ -187,20 +173,16 @@ msgid "" "<p><b>Installation from Images</b> is used to speed the installation up.\n" "Images contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching your\n" -"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in " -"the\n" +"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in the\n" "images will be installed from packages the standard way.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:233 msgid "" "<p><b>Creating own Images</b> is used if you\n" -"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will " -"dump an\n" -"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured " -"already.\n" -"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-" -"installation.</p>" +"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will dump an\n" +"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured already.\n" +"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-installation.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:336 src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:347 @@ -210,10 +192,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76 msgid "" -"<p>Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages " -"originating from the images will\n" -"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created.</" -"p>" +"<p>Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages originating from the images will\n" +"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created.</p>" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text @@ -408,8 +388,7 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n" -"Use <b>License Translations...</b> to show the license in all available " -"translations.\n" +"Use <b>License Translations...</b> to show the license in all available translations.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -450,8 +429,7 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b>Kurulumu Durdur</b> düğmesi ile istediğiniz anda kurulumdan " -"çıkabilirsiniz.\n" +"<b>Kurulumu Durdur</b> düğmesi ile istediğiniz anda kurulumdan çıkabilirsiniz.\n" "</p>\n" #. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660) @@ -559,12 +537,9 @@ #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:214 msgid "" "<p>Use <b>Clone</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " -"interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this " -"option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst." -"xml</tt>.</p>" +"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" +"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" +"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>" msgstr "" #. Dialog busy message @@ -579,12 +554,9 @@ #. Load Add-On products configured in the fist stage #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:308 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<p>To access the X11 system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" -msgid "" -"<p>To clone the current system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>X11 sistemine erişim için <b>%1</b> paketinin kurulu olması gerekir.</p>" +#| msgid "<p>To access the X11 system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" +msgid "<p>To clone the current system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" +msgstr "<p>X11 sistemine erişim için <b>%1</b> paketinin kurulu olması gerekir.</p>" #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:311 #, fuzzy @@ -631,8 +603,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199 msgid "" "Debugging has been turned on.\n" -"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of " -"packages." +"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages." msgstr "" # clients/online_update_load.ycp:380 @@ -675,9 +646,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93 -msgid "" -"Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk " -"will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." +msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." msgstr "" #: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100 @@ -929,16 +898,13 @@ #: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:208 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, " -"select\n" +"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" "<b>Include Add-on Products from Separate Media</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. help text: additional help for installation #: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:211 -msgid "" -"<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>http://" -"drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>" +msgid "<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>" msgstr "" #. Error message @@ -995,8 +961,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:145 msgid "" "<p>A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\n" -"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the " -"configuration.</p>\n" +"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. error popup @@ -1015,22 +980,17 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1 #: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57 msgid "" -"<p>At Linux <b>choice</b> is a top priority. <i>openSUSE</i> offers a " -"number \n" -"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major " -"ones \n" +"<p>At Linux <b>choice</b> is a top priority. <i>openSUSE</i> offers a number \n" +"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \n" "<b>GNOME</b> and <b>KDE</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 3 #: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63 msgid "" -"<p>You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal " -"installation patterns)\n" -"that could fit your needs better using the <b>Other</b> option . Later in " -"the software \n" -"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add " -"additional desktop \n" +"<p>You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal installation patterns)\n" +"that could fit your needs better using the <b>Other</b> option . Later in the software \n" +"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add additional desktop \n" "environments. This screen allows you to set the default.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -1187,21 +1147,15 @@ #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. #: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1069 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." +#| msgid "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." -msgstr "" -"Değişiklik yapmak için başlıklara tıklayın ya da \"Değiştir...\" menüsünü " -"kullanın." +msgstr "Değişiklik yapmak için başlıklara tıklayın ya da \"Değiştir...\" menüsünü kullanın." #: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1073 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." +#| msgid "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgid "Click a headline to make changes." -msgstr "" -"Değişiklik yapmak için başlıklara tıklayın ya da \"Değiştir...\" menüsünü " -"kullanın." +msgstr "Değişiklik yapmak için başlıklara tıklayın ya da \"Değiştir...\" menüsünü kullanın." #. menu button item #: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1170 @@ -1227,13 +1181,11 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values " -"displayed.\n" +"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Görüntülenen değerlerle yeni bir kurulum yapmak için <b>Kabul et</b> " -"düğmesini kullanın.\n" +"Görüntülenen değerlerle yeni bir kurulum yapmak için <b>Kabul et</b> düğmesini kullanın.\n" "</p>\n" #. kicking out, bug #203811 @@ -1261,8 +1213,7 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<p>\n" -#| "Your hard disk has not been modified in any way, so you can still safely " -#| "abort.\n" +#| "Your hard disk has not been modified in any way, so you can still safely abort.\n" #| "</p>\n" msgid "" "<p>\n" @@ -1270,8 +1221,7 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Sabit diskinizde herhangi bir değişiklik yapılmadı, güvenli bir şekilde " -"iptal edebilirsiniz.\n" +"Sabit diskinizde herhangi bir değişiklik yapılmadı, güvenli bir şekilde iptal edebilirsiniz.\n" "</p>\n" #. Help text for update proposal @@ -1284,8 +1234,7 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Görüntülenen değerlerle güncelleme yapmak için <b>Kabul et</b> düğmesini " -"kullanın.\n" +"Görüntülenen değerlerle güncelleme yapmak için <b>Kabul et</b> düğmesini kullanın.\n" "</p>\n" #. Help text for network configuration proposal @@ -1361,8 +1310,7 @@ "locked proposal needs to be changed, ask your system administrator.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Bazı öneriler sistem yöneticisi\n" -"tarafından kilitlenmiş olup değiştirilemez. Kilitli bir öneriyi değiştirmek " -"istiyorsanız\n" +"tarafından kilitlenmiş olup değiştirilemez. Kilitli bir öneriyi değiştirmek istiyorsanız\n" "sistem yöneticisine başvurun.</p>" # clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1623 @@ -1404,14 +1352,11 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<p>Here are the <b>release notes</b> for the installed\n" -#| "Linux system. They provide a brief summary of new features and changes.</" -#| "p>" +#| "Linux system. They provide a brief summary of new features and changes.</p>" msgid "" "<p>The <b>release notes</b> for the installed Linux system provide a brief\n" "summary of new features and changes.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"Burada kurulu Linux sisteminin <b>sürüm notları</b> yer almaktadır.Bu notlar " -"değişikliklerin ve yeni özelliklerin bir özetini sunar. p/b>" +msgstr "Burada kurulu Linux sisteminin <b>sürüm notları</b> yer almaktadır.Bu notlar değişikliklerin ve yeni özelliklerin bir özetini sunar. p/b>" # clients/online_update_load.ycp:923 #. informative message in RichText widget @@ -1547,8 +1492,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:241 msgid "" "\n" -"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for " -"installation." +"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." msgstr "" #. pop-up error report @@ -1646,8 +1590,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:245 msgid "" "<p>Here you see all software repositories found\n" -"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the " -"upgrade process.</p>" +"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process.</p>" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3 @@ -2217,9 +2160,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:78 -msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Blacklist devices</b> if you want to create blacklist channels to " -"such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint.</p>" +msgid "<p>Use <b>Blacklist devices</b> if you want to create blacklist channels to such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint.</p>" msgstr "" #. progress step title @@ -2404,8 +2345,7 @@ #~ "Otherwise, click <b>Cancel</b>.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Mevcut bir kullanıcıyı düzenlemek ya da silmek için listeden bir " -#~ "kullanıcı\n" +#~ "Mevcut bir kullanıcıyı düzenlemek ya da silmek için listeden bir kullanıcı\n" #~ "seçip <b>Düzenle</b> ya da <b>Sil</b> düğmesine basın.\n" #~ "</p>\n" @@ -2564,9 +2504,7 @@ # clients/scanner.ycp:294 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Please, wait while network configuration is being written and tested..." -#~ "</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Please, wait while network configuration is being written and tested...</p>" #~ msgstr "Lütfen yapılandırma dosyası güncellenirken bekleyiniz..." #, fuzzy @@ -2626,22 +2564,19 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>\n" -#~| "Select <b>New Installation</b> if there is no existing Linux system on " -#~| "your\n" +#~| "Select <b>New Installation</b> if there is no existing Linux system on your\n" #~| "machine or if you want to replace an existing Linux system completely,\n" #~| "abandoning all its configuration data.\n" #~| "</p>\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Select <b>New Installation</b> if there is no existing Linux system on " -#~ "your\n" +#~ "Select <b>New Installation</b> if there is no existing Linux system on your\n" #~ "machine or if you want to replace an existing Linux system completely,\n" #~ "discarding all its configuration data.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "<b>Yeni kurulum</b> seçeneğini makinenizde bir Linux sistemi mevcut " -#~ "değilse\n" +#~ "<b>Yeni kurulum</b> seçeneğini makinenizde bir Linux sistemi mevcut değilse\n" #~ "ya da mevcut Linux sistemini ve tüm yapılandırma bilgilerini tamamen\n" #~ "yenilemek istiyorsanız seçin.\n" #~ "</p>\n" @@ -2783,11 +2718,8 @@ #~ "Internet'e bağlanma işlemi başarısız\n" #~ "oldu. Ayrıntılar için kayıt dosyasına bakın.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To access the X11 system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>X11 sistemine erişim için <b>%1</b> paketinin kurulu olması gerekir.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ msgid "<p>To access the X11 system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>X11 sistemine erişim için <b>%1</b> paketinin kurulu olması gerekir.</p>" #~ msgid "<p>Do you want to install it now?</p>" #~ msgstr "<p>Şimdi kurulmasını istiyor musunuz?</p>" @@ -2800,8 +2732,7 @@ #~ "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" #~ "Please check your hardware!\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for " -#~ "installation.\n" +#~ "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Sistemde bir sabit disk bulunamadı.\n" #~ "Donanımınızı kontrol edin.\n" @@ -2816,8 +2747,7 @@ #~ "found for the installation.\n" #~ "Check your hardware.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for " -#~ "installation.\n" +#~ "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Sistemde bir sabit disk ve bir sabit disk\n" #~ "yöneticisi bulunamadı.\n" @@ -2846,8 +2776,7 @@ #~ msgstr "SuSEconfig bitiriliyor." #~ msgid "SuSEconfig disabled in /etc/sysconfig/suseconfig" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "/etc/sysconfig/suseconfig dosyasında SuSEconfig devre dışı bırakılmış" +#~ msgstr "/etc/sysconfig/suseconfig dosyasında SuSEconfig devre dışı bırakılmış" #~ msgid "Done." #~ msgstr "Sonlandı." @@ -2866,15 +2795,13 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Select <b>New Installation</b> if there is no existing Linux system on " -#~ "your\n" +#~ "Select <b>New Installation</b> if there is no existing Linux system on your\n" #~ "machine or if you want to replace an existing Linux system completely,\n" #~ "abandoning all its configuration data.\n" #~ "</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "<b>Yeni kurulum</b> seçeneğini makinenizde bir Linux sistemi mevcut " -#~ "değilse\n" +#~ "<b>Yeni kurulum</b> seçeneğini makinenizde bir Linux sistemi mevcut değilse\n" #~ "ya da mevcut Linux sistemini ve tüm yapılandırma bilgilerini tamamen\n" #~ "yenilemek istiyorsanız seçin.\n" #~ "</p>\n" @@ -2915,8 +2842,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Select <b>Repair Installed System</b> if you have a damaged Linux " -#~ "system on\n" +#~ "<p>Select <b>Repair Installed System</b> if you have a damaged Linux system on\n" #~ "your hard disk. This option can try to fix problems automatically.\n" #~ "</p>" #~ msgstr "" @@ -2930,8 +2856,7 @@ #~ "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n" #~ "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Seçilen dil yazı modunda kullanılamaz. Kurulum için İngilizce " -#~ "kullanılacak,\n" +#~ "Seçilen dil yazı modunda kullanılamaz. Kurulum için İngilizce kullanılacak,\n" #~ "seçilen dil yeni sistemde etkinleştirilecektir." #~ msgid "" @@ -3118,8 +3043,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Select <b>Repair Installed System</b> if you have a damaged Linux system " -#~ "on\n" +#~ "Select <b>Repair Installed System</b> if you have a damaged Linux system on\n" #~ "your hard disk. With this option, try to fix problems automatically.\n" #~ "</p>" #~ msgstr "" @@ -3132,15 +3056,13 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Select <b>Boot Installed System</b> if you have a Linux system on your " -#~ "hard\n" +#~ "Select <b>Boot Installed System</b> if you have a Linux system on your hard\n" #~ "disk that will not boot. With this option, try to fix problems manually.\n" #~ "</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "<b>Kurulu sistemi aç</b> seçeneğini sabit diskte kurulu ancak açılmayan\n" -#~ "bir Linux sistemi varsa kullanın. Bu seçenek ile sorunları elle " -#~ "gidermeyi\n" +#~ "bir Linux sistemi varsa kullanın. Bu seçenek ile sorunları elle gidermeyi\n" #~ "deneyebilirsiniz.\n" #~ "</p>\n" @@ -3159,8 +3081,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>Select <b>Other Options</b> then\n" -#~ "select <b>Repair Installed System</b> if you have a damaged Linux system " -#~ "on\n" +#~ "select <b>Repair Installed System</b> if you have a damaged Linux system on\n" #~ "your hard disk. This option can try to fix problems automatically.\n" #~ "</p>" #~ msgstr "" @@ -3173,15 +3094,13 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>Select <b>Other Options</b> then\n" -#~ "select <b>Boot Installed System</b> if you have a Linux system on your " -#~ "hard\n" +#~ "select <b>Boot Installed System</b> if you have a Linux system on your hard\n" #~ "disk that will not boot. With this option, try to fix problems manually.\n" #~ "</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "<b>Kurulu sistemi aç</b> seçeneğini sabit diskte kurulu ancak açılmayan\n" -#~ "bir Linux sistemi varsa kullanın. Bu seçenek ile sorunları elle " -#~ "gidermeyi\n" +#~ "bir Linux sistemi varsa kullanın. Bu seçenek ile sorunları elle gidermeyi\n" #~ "deneyebilirsiniz.\n" #~ "</p>\n" @@ -3221,8 +3140,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "<p>FIXME: help will be added later...</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Tüm değişiklikler sistem yeniden başlatılınca etkinleşecektir.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Tüm değişiklikler sistem yeniden başlatılınca etkinleşecektir.</p>" # clients/online_update_start.ycp:171 #, fuzzy @@ -3367,11 +3285,9 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b><big>License Confirmation</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit " -#~ "confirmation\n" +#~ "The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n" #~ "of acceptance of its license.\n" -#~ "If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be " -#~ "installed.\n" +#~ "If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be installed.\n" #~ "<br>\n" #~ "To accept the license of the package, click <b>I Agree</b>.\n" #~ "To reject the license of the package, click <b>I Disagree</b>.\n" @@ -3400,8 +3316,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Seçili paketler kurulacaktır." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Select language extensions to be installed and click <b>Accept</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Select language extensions to be installed and click <b>Accept</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "<p>Bir seçeneği silmek için seçip <b>Sil</b> düğmesine basın.</p>" #~ msgid "Probing floppy disk devices" @@ -3584,10 +3499,8 @@ #~ "select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Makine yapılandırması</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Makine ayarlarını düzenlemek için listeden ilgili girdiyi seçin ve " -#~ "<b>Düzenle</b> düğmesine basın.\n" -#~ "Yeni bir seçenek eklemek için <b>Ekle</b> düğmesini, bir seçeneği silmek " -#~ "için de <b>Sil</b> düğmesini kullanın.</p>" +#~ "Makine ayarlarını düzenlemek için listeden ilgili girdiyi seçin ve <b>Düzenle</b> düğmesine basın.\n" +#~ "Yeni bir seçenek eklemek için <b>Ekle</b> düğmesini, bir seçeneği silmek için de <b>Sil</b> düğmesini kullanın.</p>" #~ msgid "Media" #~ msgstr "Medya" @@ -3609,8 +3522,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" -#~ "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license " -#~ "agreement,\n" +#~ "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" #~ "the configuration will be aborted.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Lisans anlaşmasını dikkatle okuyun ve mevcut seçeneklerden\n" @@ -3639,8 +3551,7 @@ #~ "</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Yeni bir kurulum yapmak yerine mevcut &product; kurulumunu güncellemek " -#~ "için\n" +#~ "Yeni bir kurulum yapmak yerine mevcut &product; kurulumunu güncellemek için\n" #~ "<b>Mod</b> başlığına tıklayın veya <b>Değiştir...</b> menüsünden\n" #~ "<b>Mod</b> seçeneğini kullanın.\n" #~ "</p>\n" @@ -3800,8 +3711,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Hizmetler başlatılıyor..." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Please wait, while the installation inicialization is in progress.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Please wait, while the installation inicialization is in progress.</p>" #~ msgstr "<p>Lütfen sistem yapılandırılırken bekleyin.</p>" #~ msgid "&Other..." @@ -3878,10 +3788,8 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>If desired, experts can use the full range of SUSE's configuration\n" -#~ "modules at this time. Check <b>Start YaST Control Center</b> and it " -#~ "starts\n" -#~ "after <b>Finish</b> is pressed. Note: The Control Center does not have a " -#~ "back button to\n" +#~ "modules at this time. Check <b>Start YaST Control Center</b> and it starts\n" +#~ "after <b>Finish</b> is pressed. Note: The Control Center does not have a back button to\n" #~ "return to this installation sequence.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Uzman kullanıcılar şu anda tüm SuSE yapılandırma modüllerini\n" @@ -3972,8 +3880,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Select <b>Repair Installed System</b> if you have a damaged Linux system " -#~ "on\n" +#~ "Select <b>Repair Installed System</b> if you have a damaged Linux system on\n" #~ "your hard disk. With this option, try to fix problems automatically.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" @@ -3988,11 +3895,9 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b><big>License Confirmation</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit " -#~ "confirmation\n" +#~ "The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n" #~ "of accepting its license.\n" -#~ "If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be " -#~ "installed.\n" +#~ "If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be installed.\n" #~ "<br>\n" #~ "To accept the license of the package, click <b>I Agree</b>.\n" #~ "To reject the licence of the package, click <b>I Disagree</b>.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/instserver.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/instserver.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/instserver.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -403,16 +403,14 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "<p>If you need to restrict access to the exported directories to certain \n" -"hosts, add a more restrictive wild card mask. For example, use " -"<em>192.168.1.0/24</em>\n" +"hosts, add a more restrictive wild card mask. For example, use <em>192.168.1.0/24</em>\n" "to restrict access to the <em>192.168.1.0</em> subnet.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:45 msgid "" -"<p>Additionally, set the export options. For more details about the " -"available\n" +"<p>Additionally, set the export options. For more details about the available\n" "options, see the manual page for <em>exports</em> (man exports(5))\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -449,8 +447,7 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:66 msgid "" -"<p>The installation server will be available to clients using the following " -"URL:\n" +"<p>The installation server will be available to clients using the following URL:\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -479,8 +476,7 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<p>Select a short and easy to remember alias. For example, if you select\n" -"<em>SUSE</em> as the alias, the repositories will be available as shown " -"below:</p>\n" +"<em>SUSE</em> as the alias, the repositories will be available as shown below:</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:81 @@ -498,8 +494,7 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:85 msgid "" -"<p>The repository name is used to create a directory under which all " -"product\n" +"<p>The repository name is used to create a directory under which all product\n" "CDs are copied and managed. The repository is accessed using the\n" "configured protocol (NFS, FTP, or HTTP).</p> \n" msgstr "" @@ -511,24 +506,20 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:91 msgid "" -"<p>SLP (Service Location Protocol) facilitates finding an installation " -"server. \n" +"<p>SLP (Service Location Protocol) facilitates finding an installation server. \n" "If checked, the repository will be announced on the network using SLP.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:95 msgid "" -"<p>Select a source drive from the list, insert the first medium of a base " -"product, and press\n" +"<p>Select a source drive from the list, insert the first medium of a base product, and press\n" "<b>Next</b> to copy the content into the local repository.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:98 msgid "" -"<p>When the base media are copied to the local repository, you can add " -"additional\n" -"CDs to the repository (for example, Service Pack CDs or any add-on CDs).</" -"p>\n" +"<p>When the base media are copied to the local repository, you can add additional\n" +"CDs to the repository (for example, Service Pack CDs or any add-on CDs).</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:101 @@ -538,8 +529,7 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:102 msgid "" -"<p>ISO images can be used instead of CD or DVD media. If you press <b>Next</" -"b>, you can\n" +"<p>ISO images can be used instead of CD or DVD media. If you press <b>Next</b>, you can\n" "select ISO image files.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -559,8 +549,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<P><B><BIG>Başlatma işlemini kesme:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -"<b>Kes</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde " -"kesebilirsiniz.</p>\n" +"<b>Kes</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde kesebilirsiniz.</p>\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:114 @@ -599,11 +588,9 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "<p><b>Adding a Repository:</b><br>\n" -"Unconfigured directories are detected in the repository directory and then " -"made \n" +"Unconfigured directories are detected in the repository directory and then made \n" "available for configuration.\n" -"To add a repository, select it from the list of unconfigured repositories " -"and press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n" +"To add a repository, select it from the list of unconfigured repositories and press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 @@ -627,8 +614,7 @@ "configuration if necessary.<br></p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>CD yazma yapılandırması genel görünümü</big></b><br>\n" -"Mevcut yapılandırmalar hakkında bilgi alabilir ve ek olarak " -"buyapılandırmaları düzenleyebilirsiniz.<br></p>\n" +"Mevcut yapılandırmalar hakkında bilgi alabilir ve ek olarak buyapılandırmaları düzenleyebilirsiniz.<br></p>\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:148 @@ -655,8 +641,7 @@ #. Read service data using _auto #: src/modules/Instserver.rb:308 msgid "" -"The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd " -"package\n" +"The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd package\n" "will now be installed.\n" msgstr "" @@ -669,8 +654,7 @@ #: src/modules/Instserver.rb:458 msgid "" -"The HTTP installation server requires an HTTP server package. The apache2 " -"package\n" +"The HTTP installation server requires an HTTP server package. The apache2 package\n" "will now be installed." msgstr "" @@ -798,8 +782,7 @@ #~ "Press <b>Add</b> to configure an installation source.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Sağlayıcı ekleme:</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Elle yeni bir sağlayıcı yapılandırmak için <b>Ekle</b> düğmesine basın.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ "Elle yeni bir sağlayıcı yapılandırmak için <b>Ekle</b> düğmesine basın.</p>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/iplb.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/iplb.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/iplb.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ #. Main file for iplb configuration. Uses all other files. #: src/include/iplb/common.rb:44 msgid "Global Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Genel yapılandırma" #: src/include/iplb/common.rb:45 msgid "Virtual Servers Configuration" @@ -91,14 +91,16 @@ msgid "Second part of configuration of IPLB" msgstr "" +# clients/inst_sw_update.ycp:434 #. ids of widget of global dialog #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 msgid "yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "evet" +# clients/inst_sw_update.ycp:438 #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 msgid "no" -msgstr "" +msgstr "hayır" #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226 msgid "&Global Configuration" @@ -132,9 +134,10 @@ msgid "Callback" msgstr "" +# include/package_utils.ycp:639 #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:87 msgid "Execute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Çalıştır" #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:91 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:186 msgid "Email Alert" @@ -177,151 +180,88 @@ "</p><p>Default: 10 seconds\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>check timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the " -"timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. " -"negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-" -"virtual setting.\n" -"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "</p><p>Default: 5 seconds\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>failure count</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by " -"a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 " -"will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A " -"successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: 1\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>negotiate timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" "</p><p>Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout " -"is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" -"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "</p><p>Default: 30 seconds\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|" -"sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n" -"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers " -"are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n" +"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>log file</big> = \"</b><i>/path/to/logfile</i><b>\"</b>|" -"syslog_facility\n" -"</p><p>An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the " -"logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <b><a href=\"/" -"man/3/syslog\">syslog</a></b>(3) facility name.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>log file</big> = \"</b><i>/path/to/logfile</i><b>\"</b>|syslog_facility\n" +"</p><p>An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <b><a href=\"/man/3/syslog\">syslog</a></b>(3) facility name.\n" "</p><p>Default: log directly to the file <i>/var/log/ldirectord.log</i>.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>email alert</big> = \"</b><i>emailaddress</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection " -"status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option " -"requires perl\n" -"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using " -"any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on " -"methods.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n" +"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>email alert freq</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real " -"server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero " -"seconds will\n" -"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is " -"dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval " -"configuration\n" +"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n" +"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n" "option.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: 0\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</" -"b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n" -"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be " -"sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n" -"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If " -"<b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise " -"options are ORed\n" +"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n" +"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n" +"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: all\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>callback</big> = \"</b><i>/path/to/callback</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>If this directive is defined, <b>ldirectord</b> automatically calls " -"the executable <i>/path/to/callback</i> after the configuration file has " -"changed on\n" -"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through <b>scp</b> on " -"the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name " -"of the\n" +"</p><p>If this directive is defined, <b>ldirectord</b> automatically calls the executable <i>/path/to/callback</i> after the configuration file has changed on\n" +"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through <b>scp</b> on the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name of the\n" "configuration.\n" -"</p><p>This directive might also be used to restart <b>ldirectord</b> " -"automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if " -"<b>autoreload</b> is\n" +"</p><p>This directive might also be used to restart <b>ldirectord</b> automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if <b>autoreload</b> is\n" "set to yes, the configuration is reloaded anyway.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>execute</big> = \"</b><i>configuration</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named " -"<i>configuration</i>.\n" +"</p><p>Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named <i>configuration</i>.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>auto reload</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" -"</p><p>Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the " -"configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the " -"configuration file changed\n" -"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous " -"version, the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n" +"</p><p>Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the configuration file changed\n" +"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous version, the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n" "</p><p>Default: no\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>quiescent</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" -"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to " -"be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> " -"table.\n" -"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will " -"be accepted.\n" -"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent " -"connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be " -"routed to the\n" -"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more " -"information on persistant connections.\n" +"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table.\n" +"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n" +"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n" +"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n" "</p><p>This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" "</p><p>echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel " -"doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the " -"kernel is too\n" -"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS</" -"small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n" -"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from " -"the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n" +"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS</small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n" +"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: <i>yes</i>\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>fork</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" -"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every " -"virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will " -"increase\n" -"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many " -"virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate " -"instances\n" +"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will increase\n" +"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate instances\n" "of ldirectord. Child processes will be automaticly restarted if they die.\n" "</p><p>Default: <i>no</i>\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>supervised</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" -"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All " -"log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful " -"to run\n" -"<b>ldirectord</b> supervised from daemontools. See <a href=\"http://" -"untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</" -"a> or <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/" -"daemontools.html</a> for details.\n" +"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful to run\n" +"<b>ldirectord</b> supervised from daemontools. See <a href=\"http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> or <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a> for details.\n" "</p><p>Default: <i>no</i>\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -329,87 +269,42 @@ #: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:127 msgid "" "\n" -"<p><b><big>virtual server</big> =</b> <i>(ip_address|hostname:portnumber|" -"servicename)|firewall-mark</i>\n" -"</p><p>Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or " -"servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than " -"zero. The\n" -"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> " -"option to <b>ipchains</b>(8). All real services and flags for a virtual " -"service\n" +"<p><b><big>virtual server</big> =</b> <i>(ip_address|hostname:portnumber|servicename)|firewall-mark</i>\n" +"</p><p>Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than zero. The\n" +"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> option to <b>ipchains</b>(8). All real services and flags for a virtual service\n" "must follow this line immediately and be indented.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>real servers</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[->" -"ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename</i>]\n" -"<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b> [<i>weight</i>] [<b>\"</b><i>request</" -"i><b>\", \"</b><i>receive</i><b>\"</b>]\n" -"</p><p>Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or " -"servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended " -"primarily for\n" -"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a " -"range of <small>IP</small> addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in " -"which case\n" -"each <small>IP</small> address in the range will be treated as a real server " -"using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, " -"must be\n" -"<b>gate</b>, <b>ipip</b> or <b>masq</b>. The thrid argument is optional and " -"defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will " -"be\n" -"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-" -"receive pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the " -"request-receive\n" -"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the " -"request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n" -"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server " -"is used.\n" -"</p><p>For <small>TCP</small> and <small>UDP</small> (non fwmark) virtual " -"services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the <small>IP</small> " -"address of a\n" -"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running " -"ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its " -"virtual\n" -"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is " -"another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way " -"that the\n" +"</p><p><b><big>real servers</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[->ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename</i>]\n" +"<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b> [<i>weight</i>] [<b>\"</b><i>request</i><b>\", \"</b><i>receive</i><b>\"</b>]\n" +"</p><p>Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended primarily for\n" +"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a range of <small>IP</small> addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in which case\n" +"each <small>IP</small> address in the range will be treated as a real server using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, must be\n" +"<b>gate</b>, <b>ipip</b> or <b>masq</b>. The thrid argument is optional and defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will be\n" +"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-receive pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the request-receive\n" +"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n" +"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server is used.\n" +"</p><p>For <small>TCP</small> and <small>UDP</small> (non fwmark) virtual services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the <small>IP</small> address of a\n" +"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its virtual\n" +"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way that the\n" "underlying <small>LVS</small> code in the kernel functions.\n" -"</p><p>More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The " -"checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, " -"emailalertfreq and\n" -"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in " -"which case the global setting is overridden.\n" +"</p><p>More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, emailalertfreq and\n" +"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in which case the global setting is overridden.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>check type</big> = connect</b>|<b>external</b>|<b>negotiate</" -"b>|<b>off</b>|<b>on</b>|<b>ping</b>|<b>checktimeout</b><i>N</i>\n" -"</p><p>Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a " -"receive string. Connect only attemts to make a <small>TCP/IP</small> " -"connection, thus the\n" -"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then " -"negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one " -"negotiate\n" -"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and " -"in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n" -"<small>ICMP</small> ping will be used to test the availability of real " -"servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for <small>UDP</small> " -"services. Off\n" -"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be " -"activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always " -"be\n" +"</p><p><b><big>check type</big> = connect</b>|<b>external</b>|<b>negotiate</b>|<b>off</b>|<b>on</b>|<b>ping</b>|<b>checktimeout</b><i>N</i>\n" +"</p><p>Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a receive string. Connect only attemts to make a <small>TCP/IP</small> connection, thus the\n" +"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one negotiate\n" +"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n" +"<small>ICMP</small> ping will be used to test the availability of real servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for <small>UDP</small> services. Off\n" +"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always be\n" "activated. Default is <i>negotiate</i>.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>service</big> = dns</b>|<b>ftp</b>|<b>http</b>|<b>https</b>|" -"<b>imap</b>|<b>imaps</b>|<b>ldap</b>|<b>mysql</b>|<b>nntp</b>|<b>none</b>|" -"<b>oracle</b>|<b>pgsql</b>|<b>pop</b>|<b>pops</b>|<b>radius</b>|" -"<b>simpletcp</b>|<b>sip</b>|<b>smtp</b>\n" -"</p><p>The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None " -"denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n" -"</p><p>simpletcp sends the <b>request</b> string to the server and tests it " -"against the <b>receive</b> regexp. The other types of checks connect to the " -"server\n" -"using the specified protocol. Please see the <b>request</b> and <b>receive</" -"b> sections for protocol specific information.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>service</big> = dns</b>|<b>ftp</b>|<b>http</b>|<b>https</b>|<b>imap</b>|<b>imaps</b>|<b>ldap</b>|<b>mysql</b>|<b>nntp</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>oracle</b>|<b>pgsql</b>|<b>pop</b>|<b>pops</b>|<b>radius</b>|<b>simpletcp</b>|<b>sip</b>|<b>smtp</b>\n" +"</p><p>The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n" +"</p><p>simpletcp sends the <b>request</b> string to the server and tests it against the <b>receive</b> regexp. The other types of checks connect to the server\n" +"using the specified protocol. Please see the <b>request</b> and <b>receive</b> sections for protocol specific information.\n" "</p><p>Default:\n" "</p><dl compact=\"compact\">\n" "<dt>* Virtual server port is 21: ftp\n" @@ -432,9 +327,7 @@ "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><b><big>check command</big> = \"</b><i>path to script</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"<p>This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be " -"run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if " -"everything\n" +"<p>This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if everything\n" "is ok, or non-zero otherwise.\n" "</p><p>Four parameters are passed to the script:\n" "</p></dt><dt>* virtual server ip/firewall mark\n" @@ -445,105 +338,68 @@ "\n" "\n" "<p><b><big>check port</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service " -"port.\n" +"</p><p>Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service port.\n" "</p><p>Default: port specified for each real server\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>request</big> = \"</b><i>uri to requested object</i><b>\"</" -"b>\n" -"</p><p>This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real " -"server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be " -"overridden by\n" +"</p><p><b><big>request</big> = \"</b><i>uri to requested object</i><b>\"</b>\n" +"</p><p>This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be overridden by\n" "an optional per real-server based request-string.\n" -"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should the name of an A record, " -"or the address of a <small>PTR</small> record to look up.\n" -"</p><p>For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an <small>SQL</" -"small> query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one " -"or more\n" +"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should the name of an A record, or the address of a <small>PTR</small> record to look up.\n" +"</p><p>For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an <small>SQL</small> query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one or more\n" "rows. This is a required setting.\n" -"</p><p>For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any " -"occurances of \n" +"</p><p>For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any occurances of \n" " are replaced with a new line character.\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>receive</big> = \"</b><i>regexp to compare</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>If the requested result contains this <i>regexp to compare</i>, the " -"real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in " -"mind that\n" -"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special " -"characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be " -"overridden by an\n" +"</p><p>If the requested result contains this <i>regexp to compare</i>, the real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in mind that\n" +"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be overridden by an\n" "optional per real-server based receive regexp.\n" -"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should be any one the A record's " -"addresses or any one of the <small>PTR</small> record's names.\n" +"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should be any one the A record's addresses or any one of the <small>PTR</small> record's names.\n" "</p><p>For a MySQL check, the receive setting is not used.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>http method</big> = <small>GET</small></b> | <b><small>HEAD</" -"small></b>\n" -"</p><p>Sets the <small>HTTP</small> method which should be used to fetch the " -"<small>URI</small> specified in the request-string. <small>GET</small> is " -"the\n" -"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If <small>HEAD</small> " -"is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>http method</big> = <small>GET</small></b> | <b><small>HEAD</small></b>\n" +"</p><p>Sets the <small>HTTP</small> method which should be used to fetch the <small>URI</small> specified in the request-string. <small>GET</small> is the\n" +"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If <small>HEAD</small> is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n" "</p><p>Default: <small>GET</small>\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>virtual host</big> = \"</b><i>hostname</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>Used when using a negotiate check with <small>HTTP</small> or " -"<small>HTTPS</small> . Sets the host header used in the <small>HTTP</small> " -"request. In the\n" -"case of <small>HTTPS</small> this generally needs to match the common name " -"of the <small>SSL</small> certificate. If not set then the host header will " -"be\n" -"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last " -"resort the <small>IP</small> address of the real server will be used.\n" +"</p><p>Used when using a negotiate check with <small>HTTP</small> or <small>HTTPS</small> . Sets the host header used in the <small>HTTP</small> request. In the\n" +"case of <small>HTTPS</small> this generally needs to match the common name of the <small>SSL</small> certificate. If not set then the host header will be\n" +"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last resort the <small>IP</small> address of the real server will be used.\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>login</big> = \"</b><i>username</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>For <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , <small>LDAP</small> , " -"MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> and PostgreSQL, the username used to log " -"in.\n" +"</p><p>For <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , <small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> and PostgreSQL, the username used to log in.\n" "</p><p>For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Name.\n" -"</p><p>For <small>SIP</small> , the username is used as both the to and from " -"address for an <small>OPTIONS</small> query.\n" +"</p><p>For <small>SIP</small> , the username is used as both the to and from address for an <small>OPTIONS</small> query.\n" "</p><p>Default:\n" "</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> Anonymous\n" -"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the " -"configuration\n" -"</dt><dt>* <small>SIP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is " -"derived as per the passwd option below.\n" -"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication " -"will not be attempted.\n" +"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the configuration\n" +"</dt><dt>* <small>SIP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is derived as per the passwd option below.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication will not be attempted.\n" "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><b><big>password</big> = \"</b><i>password</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"<p>Password to use to login to <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , " -"<small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> , PostgreSQL and\n" +"<p>Password to use to login to <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , <small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> , PostgreSQL and\n" "<small>SIP</small> servers.\n" "</p><p>For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Password.\n" "</p><p>Default:\n" -"</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, where " -"hostname is the environment variable <small>HOSTNAME</small> evaluated at " -"run time, or sourced\n" +"</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, where hostname is the environment variable <small>HOSTNAME</small> evaluated at run time, or sourced\n" "from uname if unset.\n" -"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of <small>LDAP</small> , " -"MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be " -"performed.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of <small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be performed.\n" "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><b><big>database name</big> = \"</b><i>databasename</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"<p>Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the " -"database that the query (set by <b>receive</b> above) will be performed " -"against. This\n" +"<p>Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the database that the query (set by <b>receive</b> above) will be performed against. This\n" "is a required setting.\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>radius secret</big> = \"</b><i>radiussecret</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform " -"an Access-Request with the username (set by <b>login</b> above) and passwd " -"(set by\n" +"</p><p>Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform an Access-Request with the username (set by <b>login</b> above) and passwd (set by\n" "<b>passwd</b> above).\n" "</p><p>Default: empty string\n" "\n" @@ -557,120 +413,73 @@ "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>scheduler</big> =</b> <i>scheduler_name</i>\n" -"</p><p>Scheduler to be used by <small>LVS</small> for loadbalancing. For an " -"information on the available sehedulers please see the <b><a href=\"ipvsadm" -"\">ipvsadm</a></b>(8) man page.\n" +"</p><p>Scheduler to be used by <small>LVS</small> for loadbalancing. For an information on the available sehedulers please see the <b><a href=\"ipvsadm\">ipvsadm</a></b>(8) man page.\n" "</p><p>Default: \"wrr\"\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>protocol</big> = tcp</b>|<b>udp</b>|<b>fwm</b>\n" -"</p><p>Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an <small>IP</" -"small> address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall " -"mark then the\n" +"</p><p>Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an <small>IP</small> address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall mark then the\n" "protocol must be fwm.\n" "</p><p>Default:\n" -"</p></dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the " -"port is not 53: tcp\n" -"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the port is " -"53: udp\n" +"</p></dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the port is not 53: tcp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the port is 53: udp\n" "</dt><dt>* Virtual is a firewall mark: fwm\n" "</dt></dl>\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>check timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the " -"timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. " -"negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-" -"virtual setting.\n" -"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "</p><p>Default: 5 seconds\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>negotiate timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" "</p><p>Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout " -"is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" -"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "</p><p>Default: 30 seconds\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>failure count</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by " -"a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 " -"will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A " -"successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: 1\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>email alert</big> = \"</b><i>emailaddress</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection " -"status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option " -"requires perl\n" -"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using " -"any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on " -"methods.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n" +"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>email alert freq</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real " -"server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero " -"seconds will\n" -"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is " -"dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval " -"configuration\n" +"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n" +"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n" "option.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: 0\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</" -"b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n" -"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be " -"sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n" -"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If " -"<b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise " -"options are ORed\n" +"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n" +"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n" +"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: all\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|" -"sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n" -"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers " -"are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n" +"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>quiescent</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" -"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to " -"be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> " -"table.\n" -"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will " -"be accepted.\n" -"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent " -"connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be " -"routed to the\n" -"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more " -"information on persistant connections.\n" +"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table.\n" +"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n" +"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n" +"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n" "</p><p>This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" "</p><p>echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel " -"doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the " -"kernel is too\n" -"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS</" -"small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n" -"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from " -"the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n" +"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS</small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n" +"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: <i>yes</i>\n" "\n" "\n" @@ -686,9 +495,10 @@ msgid "Check Port" msgstr "" +# clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:750 #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:151 msgid "Service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hizmet" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:152 msgid "Check Command" @@ -710,13 +520,14 @@ msgid "Virtual Host" msgstr "" +# include/security/ui.ycp:695 #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:177 msgid "Login" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kullanıcı girişi" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:178 msgid "Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Parola" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:180 msgid "Database Name" @@ -732,7 +543,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:200 msgid "Netmask" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ağ maskesi" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:202 msgid "Scheduler" @@ -740,7 +551,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:211 msgid "Protocol" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Protokol" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:231 msgid "Virtual Servers" @@ -748,15 +559,16 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:234 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:301 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ekle" +# include/ui/wizard_hw.ycp:123 #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:235 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:303 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Düzenle" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:236 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:302 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Silinecek" #. disable the delete & edit button if vserver box is empty #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:296 @@ -782,7 +594,7 @@ #. return `cacel or a string #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:342 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:427 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TAMAM" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:343 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:428 msgid "Cancel" @@ -824,7 +636,7 @@ #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Başlatılıyor..." #. Read all iplb settings #. @return true on success @@ -849,9 +661,10 @@ msgid "Reading the virtual host settings..." msgstr "" +# clients/lan_inetd.ycp:54 clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:792 clients/lan_inetd_start.ycp:146 clients/lan_inetd_start.ycp:158 #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:225 src/modules/Iplb.rb:330 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sonlandı" #. Write all iplb settings #. @return true on success @@ -861,19 +674,19 @@ #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ayarları yaz" #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SuSEconfig'i çalıştır" #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:328 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ayarlar yazılıyor..." #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:329 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "SuSEconfig çalıştırılıyor..." #. write global conf #. check for ipv6 address to decide whether to add "6=" or "=" @@ -883,7 +696,7 @@ #. to check whether it is an ipv6 address; #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:355 src/modules/Iplb.rb:392 src/modules/Iplb.rb:405 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ayarlar yazılamıyor." #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/iscsi-client.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/iscsi-client.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/iscsi-client.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -279,8 +279,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<P><B><BIG>Başlatma işlemini kesme:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -"<b>Kes</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde " -"kesebilirsiniz.</p>\n" +"<b>Kes</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde kesebilirsiniz.</p>\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:46 @@ -326,8 +325,7 @@ "Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<P><B><BIG>DSL aygıtı ekleme:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -"Algılanan DSL aygıtları listesinden bir DSL aygıtı seçin. Eğer DSL aygıtınız " -"otomatik\n" +"Algılanan DSL aygıtları listesinden bir DSL aygıtı seçin. Eğer DSL aygıtınız otomatik\n" "olarak algılanmadıysa <B>Diğer (algılanmamış)</B> seçeneğini kullanıp\n" "<B>Yapılandır</B> düğmesine basın.</P>" @@ -352,8 +350,7 @@ "edit their configurations.<br></p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>CD yazma yapılandırması genel görünümü</big></b><br>\n" -"Mevcut yapılandırmalar hakkında bilgi alabilir ve ek olarak " -"buyapılandırmaları düzenleyebilirsiniz.<br></p>\n" +"Mevcut yapılandırmalar hakkında bilgi alabilir ve ek olarak buyapılandırmaları düzenleyebilirsiniz.<br></p>\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:80 @@ -381,8 +378,7 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press <b>Add</" -"b>.\n" +"List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press <b>Add</b>.\n" "To remove it, press <b>Log Out</b>.\n" "To change the start-up status, press <b>Toggle</b>.\n" msgstr "" @@ -399,46 +395,34 @@ msgstr "Uyarı" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:97 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:115 -msgid "" -"<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that " -"this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data " -"corruption.</p>\n" +msgid "<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 msgid "" -"<p><b>InitiatorName</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</" -"tt>. \n" -"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only " -"able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>" +"<p><b>InitiatorName</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n" +"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103 msgid "" -"If you want to use <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) for " -"discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" -"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should " -"be 3205.\n" +"If you want to use <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) for discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" +"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should be 3205.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the discovered server.\n" -"Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b> " -"and <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n" +"Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n" "select <b>No Authentication</b>.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122 -msgid "" -"List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click " -"<b>Connect</b>. " +msgid "List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click <b>Connect</b>. " msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129 -msgid "" -"Select the type of authentication and enter the <b>Username</b> and " -"<b>Password</b>." +msgid "Select the type of authentication and enter the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>." msgstr "" # include/ui/common_messages.ycp:91 @@ -451,19 +435,15 @@ msgid "" "<p><b>manual</b> is for iSCSI targets which are not to be connected by\n" "default, the user needs to connect them manually</p>\n" -"<p><b>onboot</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. " -"when\n" +"<p><b>onboot</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. when\n" "root is on iSCSI. As such it will be evaluated by the initrd.</p>\n" -"<p><b>automatic</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI " -"service\n" +"<p><b>automatic</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI service\n" "starts up.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. list of discovered targets #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142 -msgid "" -"List of discovered targets. Start a new <b>Discovery</b> or <b>Connect</b> " -"to any target." +msgid "List of discovered targets. Start a new <b>Discovery</b> or <b>Connect</b> to any target." msgstr "" # include/ui/common_messages.ycp:91 @@ -578,9 +558,7 @@ #. check if not already connected #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771 #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891 -msgid "" -"The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that " -"multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." +msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." msgstr "" # clients/online_update.ycp:45 @@ -617,12 +595,8 @@ #. skip it during second stage or when create AY profile #: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:96 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>To configure the iSCSI initiator, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed." -"</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Samba istemcisini yapılandırmak için <b>%1</b> paketinin kurulu olması " -"gerekir.</p>" +msgid "<p>To configure the iSCSI initiator, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Samba istemcisini yapılandırmak için <b>%1</b> paketinin kurulu olması gerekir.</p>" #: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:99 #, fuzzy @@ -697,7 +671,7 @@ #: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:73 msgid "all" -msgstr "" +msgstr "tümü" #. } #: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694 @@ -833,8 +807,7 @@ #~ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Başlatma işlemini kesme:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "<b>Kes</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde " -#~ "kesebilirsiniz.</p>\n" +#~ "<b>Kes</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde kesebilirsiniz.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/iscsi-lio-server.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/iscsi-lio-server.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/iscsi-lio-server.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -321,8 +321,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<P><B><BIG>Başlatma işlemini kesme:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -"<b>Kes</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde " -"kesebilirsiniz.</p>\n" +"<b>Kes</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde kesebilirsiniz.</p>\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:47 @@ -375,8 +374,7 @@ #| msgid "" #| "<p><b><big>Adding a Modem:</big></b><br>\n" #| "Choose a modem from the list of detected modems. If your modem was not\n" -#| "autodetected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>. Then press <b>Configure</" -#| "b>.\n" +#| "autodetected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>. Then press <b>Configure</b>.\n" #| "</p>" msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Target</big></b><br>\n" @@ -503,44 +501,27 @@ #. discovery authentication #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:119 -msgid "" -"Select the type of authentication. Use <b>No Authentication</b> or one of " -"<b>Incoming</b> and <b>Outgoing</b> (can be both together). Then insert " -"<b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>." +msgid "Select the type of authentication. Use <b>No Authentication</b> or one of <b>Incoming</b> and <b>Outgoing</b> (can be both together). Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>." msgstr "" #. target client setup. #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124 -msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give a client access for a LUN imported from target " -"portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is " -"<i>InitiatorName</i> in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi " -"initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the client access to the LUN.</p>" +msgid "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give a client access for a LUN imported from target portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is <i>InitiatorName</i> in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the client access to the LUN.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130 -msgid "" -"<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN " -"target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the " -"type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both " -"together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. If <b>Use " -"Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is " -"disabled here.</p>" +msgid "<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional client access to " -"the LUN.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional client access to the LUN.</p>" msgstr "" #. target dialog #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:138 msgid "" -"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by " -"clicking <b>Add</b>.\n" -"To delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</" -"b>." +"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking <b>Add</b>.\n" +"To delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>." msgstr "" #. edit target @@ -552,11 +533,9 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:146 msgid "" -"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a " -"<b>LUN</b>.\n" +"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a <b>LUN</b>.\n" "You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n" -"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN</" -"b>. \n" +"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN</b>. \n" "The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n" "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" @@ -564,8 +543,7 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172 msgid "" -"<p>Under <b>Ip Address</b> and <b>Port Number</b> you specify under which " -"address\n" +"<p>Under <b>Ip Address</b> and <b>Port Number</b> you specify under which address\n" "and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n" "Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible." msgstr "" @@ -576,27 +554,21 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" -"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a " -"lun.\n" +"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n" "You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n" -"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN</" -"b>. \n" +"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN</b>. \n" "The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n" "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179 -msgid "" -"It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all additional " -"configuration options." +msgid "It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all additional configuration options." msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184 msgid "" -"Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing " -"purposes).\n" -"If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and " -"<b>Sectors</b> are optional." +"Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing purposes).\n" +"If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and <b>Sectors</b> are optional." msgstr "" #. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target @@ -938,7 +910,7 @@ #. Progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:296 msgid "Write firewall settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Firewall ayarlarını yaz" #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:298 @@ -948,7 +920,7 @@ #. Progress step 1/2 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:302 msgid "Writing the firewall settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Firewall ayarları yazılıyor..." #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:304 Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/iscsi-server.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/iscsi-server.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/iscsi-server.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -234,8 +234,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<P><B><BIG>Başlatma işlemini kesme:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -"<b>Kes</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde " -"kesebilirsiniz.</p>\n" +"<b>Kes</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde kesebilirsiniz.</p>\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:46 @@ -375,25 +374,19 @@ #. discovery authentication #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:117 msgid "" -"Select the type of authentication. Use <b>No Authentication</b> or one of " -"<b>Incoming</b> and <b>Outgoing</b> (can be both together). Then insert " -"<b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>.\n" -"For incoming authentication, it is possible to <b>Add</b> more pairs or " -"<b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> them." +"Select the type of authentication. Use <b>No Authentication</b> or one of <b>Incoming</b> and <b>Outgoing</b> (can be both together). Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>.\n" +"For incoming authentication, it is possible to <b>Add</b> more pairs or <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> them." msgstr "" #. target dialog #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:121 msgid "" "List of offered targets. Create a new target by clicking <b>Add</b>. \n" -"To delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Modify</b> or <b>Delete</" -"b>." +"To delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Modify</b> or <b>Delete</b>." msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:126 -msgid "" -"It is possible to change the <b>Path</b> to block devices, regular files, " -"LVM, or RAID.\n" +msgid "It is possible to change the <b>Path</b> to block devices, regular files, LVM, or RAID.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:131 @@ -410,17 +403,13 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:141 -msgid "" -"It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all additional " -"configuration options." +msgid "It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all additional configuration options." msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:146 msgid "" -"Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing " -"purposes). \n" -"If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and " -"<b>Sectors</b> are optional." +"Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing purposes). \n" +"If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and <b>Sectors</b> are optional." msgstr "" #. extract ScsiId @@ -614,12 +603,8 @@ #~ msgstr "&İptal et" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To configure the iSCSI target, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed." -#~ "</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>HTTP sunucusunu yapılandırmak için <b>%1</b> paketinin kurulu olması " -#~ "gerekir.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>To configure the iSCSI target, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>HTTP sunucusunu yapılandırmak için <b>%1</b> paketinin kurulu olması gerekir.</p>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>" @@ -666,8 +651,7 @@ #~ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Başlatma işlemini kesme:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "<b>Kes</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde " -#~ "kesebilirsiniz.</p>\n" +#~ "<b>Kes</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde kesebilirsiniz.</p>\n" #~ msgid "<p>Do you want to install it now?</p>" #~ msgstr "<p>Şimdi kurulmasını istiyor musunuz?</p>" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/isns.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/isns.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/isns.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -188,8 +188,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<P><B><BIG>Başlatma işlemini kesme:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -"<b>Kes</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde " -"kesebilirsiniz.</p>\n" +"<b>Kes</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde kesebilirsiniz.</p>\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:25 @@ -225,55 +224,29 @@ "<br>CASA'yı buradan yapılandırın.<br></p>\n" #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:39 -msgid "" -"<b><big>iSNS Server location</big></b><br>The DNS name or the IP address of " -"the iSNS service can be entered as the iSNS address.\n" +msgid "<b><big>iSNS Server location</big></b><br>The DNS name or the IP address of the iSNS service can be entered as the iSNS address.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:42 -msgid "" -"<p>The list of all available iSCSI nodes registered with the iSNS service " -"are displayed.</p> <p>Nodes are registered by iSCSI initiators and iSCSI " -"targets.</p> <p> It is only possible to <b>delete</b> them. Deleting a node " -"removes it from the iSNS database.</p>" +msgid "<p>The list of all available iSCSI nodes registered with the iSNS service are displayed.</p> <p>Nodes are registered by iSCSI initiators and iSCSI targets.</p> <p> It is only possible to <b>delete</b> them. Deleting a node removes it from the iSNS database.</p>" msgstr "" #. discovery domains #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:46 -msgid "" -"A list of all discovery domains is displayed. It is possible to <b>Create</" -"b> a discovery domain or <b>Delete</b> one. <p>Deleting a domain removes the " -"members from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node members.</p>" +msgid "A list of all discovery domains is displayed. It is possible to <b>Create</b> a discovery domain or <b>Delete</b> one. <p>Deleting a domain removes the members from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node members.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:49 -msgid "" -"A list of all iSCSI nodes are displayed by discovery domain. Selecting " -"another discovery domain refreshes the list with members from that discovery " -"domain. It is possible to <b>Add</b> an iSCSI node to a discovery domain or " -"<b>Delete</b> the node. <p>Deleting a node removes it from the domain but " -"does not delete the iSCSI node</p> <p>Creating an iSCSI node allows a not " -"yet registered node to be added as a member of the discovery domain. When " -"the initiator or target registers this node then it becomes part of this " -"domain</p> <p>When an iSCSI initiator does a discovery request, the iSNS " -"service returns all iSCSI node targets that are members of the same " -"Discovery Domains.</p> " +msgid "A list of all iSCSI nodes are displayed by discovery domain. Selecting another discovery domain refreshes the list with members from that discovery domain. It is possible to <b>Add</b> an iSCSI node to a discovery domain or <b>Delete</b> the node. <p>Deleting a node removes it from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node</p> <p>Creating an iSCSI node allows a not yet registered node to be added as a member of the discovery domain. When the initiator or target registers this node then it becomes part of this domain</p> <p>When an iSCSI initiator does a discovery request, the iSNS service returns all iSCSI node targets that are members of the same Discovery Domains.</p> " msgstr "" #. dds table dialog #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:53 -msgid "" -"At the top a list of all Discovery Domain Sets are displayed. Discovery " -"Domains belong to Discovery Domain Sets. <p>A Discovery Domain must be a " -"member of a Discovery Domain Set in order to be active. </p><p>In an iSNS " -"database, a Discovery Domain Set contains Discovery Domains and Discovery " -"Domains contain iSCSI Node members.</p>" +msgid "At the top a list of all Discovery Domain Sets are displayed. Discovery Domains belong to Discovery Domain Sets. <p>A Discovery Domain must be a member of a Discovery Domain Set in order to be active. </p><p>In an iSNS database, a Discovery Domain Set contains Discovery Domains and Discovery Domains contain iSCSI Node members.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:56 -msgid "" -"<p>The discovery domain set members list is refreshed whenever a different " -"discovery domain set is selected.</p>" +msgid "<p>The discovery domain set members list is refreshed whenever a different discovery domain set is selected.</p>" msgstr "" #. **************** global funcions and variables ***** @@ -362,12 +335,8 @@ #. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed #: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:172 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>To configure the isns service, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>HTTP sunucusunu yapılandırmak için <b>%1</b> paketinin kurulu olması " -"gerekir.</p>" +msgid "<p>To configure the isns service, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" +msgstr "<p>HTTP sunucusunu yapılandırmak için <b>%1</b> paketinin kurulu olması gerekir.</p>" #: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:175 #, fuzzy Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/kdump.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/kdump.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/kdump.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -55,23 +55,17 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:116 -msgid "" -"The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only " -"\"kernel_string\"." +msgid "The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only \"kernel_string\"." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:127 -msgid "" -"The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the " -"kdump kernel." +msgid "The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the kdump kernel." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:138 -msgid "" -"Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command " -"line string." +msgid "Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command line string." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -102,9 +96,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:189 -msgid "" -"SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes " -"password (plain text file)." +msgid "SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes password (plain text file)." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -150,9 +142,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:254 -msgid "" -"Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, " -"nfs, cifs" +msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -201,9 +191,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:302 -msgid "" -"The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means " -"only \"kernel_string\"." +msgid "The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means only \"kernel_string\"." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -214,9 +202,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:316 -msgid "" -"Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 " -"or s are allowed" +msgid "Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 or s are allowed" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -469,8 +455,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:809 -msgid "" -"Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." +msgid "Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message @@ -834,8 +819,7 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b>Enable/Disable Kdump</b><br>\n" -" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/" -"removed. \n" +" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/removed. \n" " To apply changes, a reboot is necessary.<br></p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -854,12 +838,7 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "<p><b>Firmware-Assisted Dump</b><br>\n" -" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take " -"place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-" -"assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which " -"allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the " -"previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has " -"more than 1.5 GB of memory.</p>" +" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has more than 1.5 GB of memory.</p>" msgstr "" #. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 @@ -877,10 +856,8 @@ "<p><b>Dump Format</b><br>\n" " <i>No Dump</i> - Only save the kernel log.<br>\n" " <i>ELF Format</i> - Create dump file in the ELF format.<br>\n" -" <i>Compressed Format</i> - Compress dump data by each page with gzip." -"<br>\n" -" <i>LZO Compressed Format</i> - Slightly bigger files but much faster." -"<br>\n" +" <i>Compressed Format</i> - Compress dump data by each page with gzip.<br>\n" +" <i>LZO Compressed Format</i> - Slightly bigger files but much faster.<br>\n" "</p>" msgstr "" @@ -888,8 +865,7 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<p><b>Saving Target for Kdump Image</b><br>\n" -" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving " -"dumps.<br></p>" +" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving dumps.<br></p>" msgstr "" #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/6 @@ -897,8 +873,7 @@ msgid "" "<p><b>Local Filestem</b> - Save kdump image in the local filesystem.\n" " <i>Directory for Saving Dumps</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n" -" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing " -"<i>Browse</i>\n" +" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing <i>Browse</i>\n" " <br></p>" msgstr "" @@ -910,8 +885,7 @@ " <i>Port</i> - The port number for connection.\n" " <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n" " <i>Enable Anonymous FTP</i> enables anonymous connection to server.\n" -" <i>User Name</i> for ftp connection. <i>Password</i> for ftp connection." -"<br></p>" +" <i>User Name</i> for ftp connection. <i>Password</i> for ftp connection.<br></p>" msgstr "" #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/6 @@ -980,8 +954,7 @@ msgid "" "<p><b>Enable Delete Old Dump Images</b> - \n" " Enable Delete Old Dump Images. If the number of dump files in \n" -" <i>Number of Old Dumps</i> exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." -"<br></p>" +" <i>Number of Old Dumps</i> exceeds this number, older dumps are removed.<br></p>" msgstr "" #. Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory - CheckBox 1/1 @@ -996,48 +969,39 @@ #. SMTP Server #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151 -msgid "" -"<p><b>SMTP Server</b> used for sending a notification email after a dump.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>SMTP Server</b> used for sending a notification email after a dump.</p>" msgstr "" #. SMTP User Name #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "<p><b>User Name</b> for SMTP authetication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is\n" -" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, " -"plain SMTP will be used.</p>\n" +" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. SMTP Password #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:159 msgid "" -"<p><b>Password</b> for SMTP authetication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is set. " -"This\n" -" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP " -"will be used.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Password</b> for SMTP authetication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is set. This\n" +" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Notification To (email addresses) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:163 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Notification To</b> Specify the email address to which a notification " -"email will be sent when a dump has been saved.</p>\n" +msgid "<p><b>Notification To</b> Specify the email address to which a notification email will be sent when a dump has been saved.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Notification CC (email addresses) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:167 msgid "" -"<p><b>Notification CC</b> Specify a list of space-separated email addresses " -"to\n" -" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</" -"p>\n" +"<p><b>Notification CC</b> Specify a list of space-separated email addresses to\n" +" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Number of Old Dumps (number) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:171 msgid "" -"<p><b>Number of Old Dumps</b> specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the " -"number of dump files \n" +"<p><b>Number of Old Dumps</b> specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the number of dump files \n" "exceeds this number, older dumps are removed.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -1058,8 +1022,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<P><B><BIG>Başlatma işlemini kesme:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -"<b>Kes</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde " -"kesebilirsiniz.</p>\n" +"<b>Kes</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde kesebilirsiniz.</p>\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:183 Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/kerberos-server.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/kerberos-server.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/kerberos-server.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -602,8 +602,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<P><B><BIG>Başlatma işlemini kesme:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -"<b>Kes</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde " -"kesebilirsiniz.</p>\n" +"<b>Kes</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde kesebilirsiniz.</p>\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:44 @@ -636,16 +635,13 @@ #. Help text: ask for database backend 2/4 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:59 -msgid "" -"<p><big>Local Database</big> will create a local database for storing the " -"credentials.</p>" +msgid "<p><big>Local Database</big> will create a local database for storing the credentials.</p>" msgstr "" #. Help text: ask for database backend 3/4 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:63 msgid "" -"<p><big>Set Up New LDAP Server as Database Back-End</big> will set up a new " -"LDAP server\n" +"<p><big>Set Up New LDAP Server as Database Back-End</big> will set up a new LDAP server\n" "on this machine and use it as database back-end.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -662,18 +658,14 @@ #| msgid "" #| "<p>Enter the <b>User Name</b> and the\n" #| "<b>Password</b> to use as the login (ask your provider if unsure).</p>" -msgid "" -"<p>Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your " -"Kerberos server.</p>" +msgid "<p>Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Kullanıcı girişi için kullanılan <b>Kullanıcı adını</b> ve\n" "<b>Parolayı</b> girin (emin değilseniz servis sağlayıcınıza danışın).</p>" #. Help text: basic settings 2/2 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:75 -msgid "" -"<p>Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is " -"to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.</p>\n" +msgid "<p>Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.</p>\n" msgstr "" # clients/ui_helps.ycp:65 @@ -694,32 +686,27 @@ #. Help text: New LDAP server 2/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:87 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:107 -msgid "" -"<p>With <big>LDAP Base DN</big> you can change the base DN of the LDAP " -"server.</p>" +msgid "<p>With <big>LDAP Base DN</big> you can change the base DN of the LDAP server.</p>" msgstr "" #. Help text: Use existing LDAP server 4/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:91 msgid "" -"<p>The <big>Kerberos Container DN</big> specifies the container where the " -"Kerberos server should create \n" +"<p>The <big>Kerberos Container DN</big> specifies the container where the Kerberos server should create \n" "the principals and other informational data by default.</p>" msgstr "" #. Help text: Use existing LDAP server 5/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:95 msgid "" -"<p><big>KDC Bind DN</big> is the DN that KDC uses to authenticate to the " -"LDAP server.\n" +"<p><big>KDC Bind DN</big> is the DN that KDC uses to authenticate to the LDAP server.\n" "Only read access is required for this account.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Help text: Use existing LDAP server 6/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "" -"<p><big>Kadmin Bind DN</big> is the DN that Kadmind uses to authenticate to " -"the LDAP server.\n" +"<p><big>Kadmin Bind DN</big> is the DN that Kadmind uses to authenticate to the LDAP server.\n" "This account also needs write access.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -733,8 +720,7 @@ #. Help text: New LDAP server 3/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:111 msgid "" -"<p>The <big>Kerberos Container DN</big> specifies the container where the " -"Kerberos server should create \n" +"<p>The <big>Kerberos Container DN</big> specifies the container where the Kerberos server should create \n" "the principals and other informational data by default.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -746,22 +732,18 @@ #. Help text: New LDAP server 5/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:117 msgid "" -"<p>If you select the checkbox <big>Use Previously Entered Password</big>, " -"the password you entered\n" +"<p>If you select the checkbox <big>Use Previously Entered Password</big>, the password you entered\n" "as the KDC Master password is also used for the LDAP administrator. \n" msgstr "" #. Help text: New LDAP server 6/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:121 -msgid "" -"When the checkbox is not set, you can enter a different password for the " -"LDAP administrator.</p>" +msgid "When the checkbox is not set, you can enter a different password for the LDAP administrator.</p>" msgstr "" #. Help text: Summary 1/3 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:125 -msgid "" -"<p>This is a short summary about your Kerberos server configuration.</p>" +msgid "<p>This is a short summary about your Kerberos server configuration.</p>" msgstr "" #. Help text: Summary 2/3 @@ -771,46 +753,33 @@ #. Help text: Summary 3/3 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:133 -msgid "" -"<p>You can change some values of your configuration by clicking the <b>Edit</" -"b> button.</p>" +msgid "<p>You can change some values of your configuration by clicking the <b>Edit</b> button.</p>" msgstr "" #. ============================================================================== #. advanced item help: database_name #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:139 -msgid "" -"<p>This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this " -"realm.</p>" +msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help: acl_file #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:143 -msgid "" -"<p>This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file " -"that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database.</" -"p>" +msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help: admin_keytab #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:147 -msgid "" -"<p>This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to " -"authenticate to the database.</p>" +msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:151 -msgid "" -"<p>This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals " -"created in this realm.</p>" +msgid "<p>This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:155 -msgid "" -"<p>These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in " -"this realm.</p>" +msgid "<p>These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:158 @@ -858,9 +827,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:178 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another " -"user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." +msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." msgstr "" # clients/hwinfo.ycp:54 @@ -871,12 +838,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:183 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to " -"preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this " -"flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will " -"only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket " -"set." +msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." msgstr "" # clients/hwinfo.ycp:54 @@ -887,9 +849,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:188 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using " -"a hardware device before receiving any tickets." +msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets." msgstr "" #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:191 @@ -899,9 +859,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:193 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this " -"principal." +msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." msgstr "" #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:196 @@ -910,10 +868,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:198 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-" -"granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was " -"used to obtain the TGT." +msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT." msgstr "" #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:201 @@ -923,10 +878,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:203 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this " -"principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within " -"this realm." +msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm." msgstr "" #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:206 @@ -947,50 +899,34 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:211 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change " -"service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a " -"user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that " -"principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password " -"authentication." +msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : dict_file #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:215 -msgid "" -"<p>The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are " -"not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy " -"assigned to the principal, no check will be done.</p>" +msgid "<p>The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kadmind_port #. advanced item help : kpasswd_port #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:219 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:223 -msgid "" -"<p>This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens " -"for this realm.</p>" +msgid "<p>This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : key_stash_file #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:227 -msgid "" -"<p>This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored " -"with kdb5_stash.</p>" +msgid "<p>This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_ports #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:231 -msgid "" -"<p>This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this " -"realm.</p>" +msgid "<p>This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_name #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:235 -msgid "" -"<p>This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the " -"master key. The default value is K/M.</p>" +msgid "<p>This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_type @@ -1000,69 +936,47 @@ #. advanced item help : max_life #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:243 -msgid "" -"<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be " -"valid for in this realm.</p>" +msgid "<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : max_renew_life #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:247 -msgid "" -"<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be " -"renewed for in this realm.</p>" +msgid "<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : supported_enctypes #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:251 -msgid "" -"<p>A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt " -"combinations of principals for this realm.</p>" +msgid "<p>A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:255 -msgid "" -"<p>Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this " -"realm.</p>" +msgid "<p>Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:259 -msgid "" -"<p>Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm " -"tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm " -"names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file</p>" +msgid "<p>Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:263 -msgid "" -"<p>This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be " -"maintained via the LDAP server.</p>" +msgid "<p>This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:267 -msgid "" -"<p>This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed " -"passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers.</p>" +msgid "<p>This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:271 -msgid "" -"<p>Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The " -"list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).</" -"p><p>The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under " -"the subtree.</p>" +msgid "<p>Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).</p><p>The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_containerref #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:275 -msgid "" -"<p>Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a " -"realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a " -"realm, the principals will be created in the realm container.</p>" +msgid "<p>Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife @@ -1072,9 +986,7 @@ #. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:283 -msgid "" -"<p>Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." -"</p>" +msgid "<p>Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm.</p>" msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog contents Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/kerberos.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/kerberos.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/kerberos.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -220,20 +220,12 @@ #. help text (do not transl. values "m","h", "d") #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:61 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>By default, the time unit of <b>Default Lifetime</b>, <b>Default " -"Renewable Lifetime</b>, and <b>Clock Skew</b> is set to seconds. " -"Alternatively, specify the time unit (<tt>m</tt> for minutes, <tt>h</tt> for " -"hours, or <tt>d</tt> for days) and use it as a value suffix, as in <tt>1d</" -"tt> or <tt>24h</tt> for one day.</p>" +msgid "<p>By default, the time unit of <b>Default Lifetime</b>, <b>Default Renewable Lifetime</b>, and <b>Clock Skew</b> is set to seconds. Alternatively, specify the time unit (<tt>m</tt> for minutes, <tt>h</tt> for hours, or <tt>d</tt> for days) and use it as a value suffix, as in <tt>1d</tt> or <tt>24h</tt> for one day.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Bilet ömrü</b>, <b>Yenilenebilir ömür</b> ve <b>Saat toleransı</b>\n" -"değerleri saniye cinsindendir. Alternatif olarak süre birimini " -"belirleyebilir\n" -"(dakika için <i>m</i>, saat için <i>h</i> ya da gün için <i>d</i>) ve " -"bunları\n" -"gireceğiniz değere sonek olarak kullanabilirsiniz (örneğin bir gün için " -"<i>1d</i>\n" +"değerleri saniye cinsindendir. Alternatif olarak süre birimini belirleyebilir\n" +"(dakika için <i>m</i>, saat için <i>h</i> ya da gün için <i>d</i>) ve bunları\n" +"gireceğiniz değere sonek olarak kullanabilirsiniz (örneğin bir gün için <i>1d</i>\n" "ya da <i>24h</i>)</p>\n" #. textentry label @@ -252,16 +244,10 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:115 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p><b>Forwardable</b> lets you transfer your complete identity (TGT) to " -"another machine. <b>Proxiable</b> only lets you transfer particular tickets. " -"Select wheter the options should be applied to all PAM services, none of " -"them or enter a list of services separated by spaces.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Forwardable</b> lets you transfer your complete identity (TGT) to another machine. <b>Proxiable</b> only lets you transfer particular tickets. Select wheter the options should be applied to all PAM services, none of them or enter a list of services separated by spaces.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>İletilebilir biletler</b> sizin tam kimliğinizin (TGT) başka bir " -"makineye\n" -"nakledilmesini sağlar. <b>Proxy'lenebilir biletler</b> ise sadece belli " -"bazı\n" +"<p><b>İletilebilir biletler</b> sizin tam kimliğinizin (TGT) başka bir makineye\n" +"nakledilmesini sağlar. <b>Proxy'lenebilir biletler</b> ise sadece belli bazı\n" "biletlerin nakline izin verir.</p>\n" #. checkbox label @@ -279,9 +265,7 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:144 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>If <b>Retained</b> is enabled, a PAM module keeps the tickets after " -"closing the session.</p>" +msgid "<p>If <b>Retained</b> is enabled, a PAM module keeps the tickets after closing the session.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Biletleri koru</b> etkinleştirilirse PAM modülü biletleri oturum\n" "kapatıldıktan sonra da saklar ve korur.</p>\n" @@ -289,10 +273,7 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:159 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>To enable Kerberos support for your OpenSSH client, select <b>Kerberos " -"Support for OpenSSH Client</b>. In this case, Kerberos tickets are used for " -"user authentication on the SSH server.</p>" +msgid "<p>To enable Kerberos support for your OpenSSH client, select <b>Kerberos Support for OpenSSH Client</b>. In this case, Kerberos tickets are used for user authentication on the SSH server.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>openssh istemcisi</b> için Kerberos desteğini etkinleştirmek için\n" "ilgili kutuyu işaretleyin. Böyle bir durumda Kerberos biletleri ssh\n" @@ -300,9 +281,7 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:174 -msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Ignore Unknown Users</b> to have Kerberos ignore authentication " -"attempts by users it does not know.</p>" +msgid "<p>Check <b>Ignore Unknown Users</b> to have Kerberos ignore authentication attempts by users it does not know.</p>" msgstr "" # clients/ui_widgets.ycp:182 clients/ui_widgets.ycp:210 @@ -314,16 +293,11 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:190 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>When the <b>Minimum UID</b> is greater than 0, authentication attempts by " -"users with UIDs below the specified number are ignored. This is useful for " -"disabling Kerberos authentication for the system administrator root.</p>" +msgid "<p>When the <b>Minimum UID</b> is greater than 0, authentication attempts by users with UIDs below the specified number are ignored. This is useful for disabling Kerberos authentication for the system administrator root.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Eğer <b>Minimum UID</b> değeri 0'dan büyükse UID'leri bu numaradan küçük\n" -"olan kullanıcıların kimlik doğrulama talepleri reddedilir. Bu işlem Kerberos " -"kimlik\n" -"doğrulamasını sistem yöneticisi (<i>root</i>) için kapatmakta kullanılabilir." -"</p>\n" +"olan kullanıcıların kimlik doğrulama talepleri reddedilir. Bu işlem Kerberos kimlik\n" +"doğrulamasını sistem yöneticisi (<i>root</i>) için kapatmakta kullanılabilir.</p>\n" #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:203 @@ -334,13 +308,10 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:205 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>The <b>Clock Skew</b> is the tolerance for time stamps not exactly " -"matching the host's system clock. The value is in seconds.</p>" +msgid "<p>The <b>Clock Skew</b> is the tolerance for time stamps not exactly matching the host's system clock. The value is in seconds.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b>Saat toleransı</b> değeri makinenin sistem saatine tam uymayan saat " -"damgalarında gösterilecek toleranstır.</p>" +"<b>Saat toleransı</b> değeri makinenin sistem saatine tam uymayan saat damgalarında gösterilecek toleranstır.</p>" #. push button label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:230 @@ -367,9 +338,7 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:247 -msgid "" -"<p>To configure the source of user accounts, select the appropriate " -"configuration module in <b>Configure User Data</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>To configure the source of user accounts, select the appropriate configuration module in <b>Configure User Data</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #. menu item @@ -392,9 +361,7 @@ #. help text for "Credential Cac&he Directory" #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:267 -msgid "" -"<p>Specify the directory where to place credential cache files as " -"<b>Credential Cache Directory</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>Specify the directory where to place credential cache files as <b>Credential Cache Directory</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #. push button label @@ -409,9 +376,7 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:292 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Credential Cache Template</b> specifies the location in which to place " -"the user's session-specific credential cache.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Credential Cache Template</b> specifies the location in which to place the user's session-specific credential cache.</p>" msgstr "" #. textentry label @@ -422,9 +387,7 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:308 -msgid "" -"<p>Specify the location of the file with the keys of principals in <b>Keytab " -"File Location</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>Specify the location of the file with the keys of principals in <b>Keytab File Location</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #. push button label @@ -439,9 +402,7 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:333 -msgid "" -"<p>With <b>Mappings</b>, specify how the PAM module should derive the " -"principal's name from the system user name.</p>" +msgid "<p>With <b>Mappings</b>, specify how the PAM module should derive the principal's name from the system user name.</p>" msgstr "" # menuentries/menuentry_scanner.ycp:36 @@ -453,16 +414,12 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:348 -msgid "" -"<p>The value of <b>Banner</b> is a text that should be shown before a " -"password questions.</p>" +msgid "<p>The value of <b>Banner</b> is a text that should be shown before a password questions.</p>" msgstr "" #. generic help for Services tab #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:362 -msgid "" -"<p>All settings in this dialog can be applied for all PAM services, no " -"service or a specific list of services separated by commas.</p>" +msgid "<p>All settings in this dialog can be applied for all PAM services, no service or a specific list of services separated by commas.</p>" msgstr "" #. textentry label @@ -472,9 +429,7 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:372 -msgid "" -"<p>When <b>Addressless Initial Tickets</b> is set, initial tickets (TGT) " -"with no address information are requested.</p>" +msgid "<p>When <b>Addressless Initial Tickets</b> is set, initial tickets (TGT) with no address information are requested.</p>" msgstr "" #. textentry label @@ -484,9 +439,7 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:388 -msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Debug</b> to turn on debugging for selected services via syslog." -"</p>" +msgid "<p>Check <b>Debug</b> to turn on debugging for selected services via syslog.</p>" msgstr "" #. textentry label @@ -497,9 +450,7 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:404 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Sensitive Debug</b> turns on debugging of sensitive information.</" -"p>" +msgid "<p><b>Sensitive Debug</b> turns on debugging of sensitive information.</p>" msgstr "" #. textentry label @@ -510,10 +461,7 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:420 -msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Accept Existing Ticket</b> to tell PAM module to accept the " -"presence of pre-existing Kerberos credentials as sufficient to authenticate " -"the user.</p>" +msgid "<p>Check <b>Accept Existing Ticket</b> to tell PAM module to accept the presence of pre-existing Kerberos credentials as sufficient to authenticate the user.</p>" msgstr "" # classnames.ycp:12 @@ -525,9 +473,7 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:437 -msgid "" -"<p>List the services allowed to provide credentials in <b>External " -"Credentials</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>List the services allowed to provide credentials in <b>External Credentials</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #. textentry label @@ -538,9 +484,7 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:454 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Use Shared Memory</b> describes the services for which the shared " -"memory is used during authentication.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Use Shared Memory</b> describes the services for which the shared memory is used during authentication.</p>" msgstr "" #. textentry label @@ -550,9 +494,7 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:471 -msgid "" -"<p>Select the services for which TGT should be validated by changing the " -"value of <b>Validate Initial Ticket</b>." +msgid "<p>Select the services for which TGT should be validated by changing the value of <b>Validate Initial Ticket</b>." msgstr "" #. textentry label @@ -563,9 +505,7 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:488 -msgid "" -"<p>With <b>Initial Prompt</b> checked, the PAM module asks for a password " -"before the authentication attempt.</p>" +msgid "<p>With <b>Initial Prompt</b> checked, the PAM module asks for a password before the authentication attempt.</p>" msgstr "" #. textentry label @@ -575,10 +515,7 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:504 -msgid "" -"<p>If <b>Subsequent Prompt</b> is enabled, the PAM module may ask the user " -"for a password, in case the previously-entered password was somehow " -"insufficient for authentication.</p>" +msgid "<p>If <b>Subsequent Prompt</b> is enabled, the PAM module may ask the user for a password, in case the previously-entered password was somehow insufficient for authentication.</p>" msgstr "" #. directory location popup label @@ -623,15 +560,12 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Authentication with Kerberos</big></b><br>\n" -"The Kerberos client configuration updates your PAM settings to enable " -"Kerberos authentication. Your system needs access to a Kerberos server in " -"the network for this to work.\n" +"The Kerberos client configuration updates your PAM settings to enable Kerberos authentication. Your system needs access to a Kerberos server in the network for this to work.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>Kerberos ile kimlik doğrulama</b><br>\n" -"Kullanıcılar için Kerberos kimlik doğrulamasını etkinleştirmeki için PAM " -"ayarlarını güncelleyebilirsiniz.\n" +"Kullanıcılar için Kerberos kimlik doğrulamasını etkinleştirmeki için PAM ayarlarını güncelleyebilirsiniz.\n" "</p>\n" #. help text 2/5 @@ -640,42 +574,31 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Basic Client Settings</b>:\n" -"Enter your <b>Default Domain</b>, <b>Default Realm</b>, and the hostname or " -"address of your Key Distribution Center (<b>KDC Server Address</b>). To " -"specify more values for KDC, separate them by spaces.</p>" +"Enter your <b>Default Domain</b>, <b>Default Realm</b>, and the hostname or address of your Key Distribution Center (<b>KDC Server Address</b>). To specify more values for KDC, separate them by spaces.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>Temel istemci ayarları</b><br>\n" -"Anahtar dağıtma merkezinizin (KDC) <b>Alan</b>, <b>öntanımlı realm</b> ve " -"<b>host adı</b> ya da <b>adresi</b> bilgilerini girin.</p>\n" +"Anahtar dağıtma merkezinizin (KDC) <b>Alan</b>, <b>öntanımlı realm</b> ve <b>host adı</b> ya da <b>adresi</b> bilgilerini girin.</p>\n" #. help text 3/5 #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:719 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"It is common practice to use the domain name in uppercase as your default " -"realm name, but you can select freely. If the realm is not available on the " -"server, you cannot log in. Ask your server administrator if you need more " -"information.</p>\n" +"It is common practice to use the domain name in uppercase as your default realm name, but you can select freely. If the realm is not available on the server, you cannot log in. Ask your server administrator if you need more information.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Alan adı için genelde büyük harflerle öntanımlı realm adı kullanılır. Bunu " -"siz istediğiniz gibi de seçebilirsiniz.</p>\n" +"Alan adı için genelde büyük harflerle öntanımlı realm adı kullanılır. Bunu siz istediğiniz gibi de seçebilirsiniz.</p>\n" #. help text for Use DNS to acquire the configuration data at runtime #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:723 -msgid "" -"Check <b>Use DNS to Acquire the Configuration Data at Runtime</b> to let " -"your client use the Kerberos authentication data provided by DNS. This " -"option cannot be selected if the DNS server does not provide such data.</p>" +msgid "Check <b>Use DNS to Acquire the Configuration Data at Runtime</b> to let your client use the Kerberos authentication data provided by DNS. This option cannot be selected if the DNS server does not provide such data.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text 5/5 #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:727 msgid "<p>To configure more settings, click <b>Advanced Settings</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Daha fazla ayar için <b>Gelişmiş ayarlar</b> düğmesini kullanın.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Daha fazla ayar için <b>Gelişmiş ayarlar</b> düğmesini kullanın.</p>" #. radio button label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:752 @@ -945,43 +868,30 @@ #~ "AFS etkinleştirilmeyecek." #~ msgid "" -#~ "The AFS client is currently running, but must be restarted to activate " -#~ "changes.\n" +#~ "The AFS client is currently running, but must be restarted to activate changes.\n" #~ "Restart it now?\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Warning: Restarting the AFS client stops all processes using AFS. If your " -#~ "home directory is exported via AFS, entire X sessions could be killed.\n" -#~ "You can restart the AFS client later using the 'rcafs-client restart' " -#~ "command.\n" +#~ "Warning: Restarting the AFS client stops all processes using AFS. If your home directory is exported via AFS, entire X sessions could be killed.\n" +#~ "You can restart the AFS client later using the 'rcafs-client restart' command.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "AFS istemcisi şu anda çalışmakta, ancak değişikliklerin etkinleştirilmesi " -#~ "için yeniden başlatılması gerekiyor.\n" +#~ "AFS istemcisi şu anda çalışmakta, ancak değişikliklerin etkinleştirilmesi için yeniden başlatılması gerekiyor.\n" #~ "Yeniden başlatılsın mı?\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Uyarı: AFS istemcisinin yeniden başlatılması AFS'yi kullanan tüm " -#~ "programları durduracaktır. Eğer '/home' dizini AFS ile dışarı " -#~ "aktarılmışsa tüm X oturumları kapatılabilir.\n" -#~ "AFS istemcisini daha sonra 'rcafs-client restart' komutuyla yeniden " -#~ "başlatabilirsiniz.\n" +#~ "Uyarı: AFS istemcisinin yeniden başlatılması AFS'yi kullanan tüm programları durduracaktır. Eğer '/home' dizini AFS ile dışarı aktarılmışsa tüm X oturumları kapatılabilir.\n" +#~ "AFS istemcisini daha sonra 'rcafs-client restart' komutuyla yeniden başlatabilirsiniz.\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "The AFS client is currently running, but you have chosen to stop it.\n" #~ "Stop it now?\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Warning: Stopping the AFS client will stop all processes using AFS. If " -#~ "your home directory is exported via AFS, entire X sessions could be " -#~ "killed.\n" +#~ "Warning: Stopping the AFS client will stop all processes using AFS. If your home directory is exported via AFS, entire X sessions could be killed.\n" #~ "You can stop the AFS client later using the 'rcafs-client stop' command.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "AFS istemcisi şu anda çalışıyor, ve siz bu istemciyi durdurmayı seçtiniz. " -#~ "İstemci durdurulsun mı?\n" +#~ "AFS istemcisi şu anda çalışıyor, ve siz bu istemciyi durdurmayı seçtiniz. İstemci durdurulsun mı?\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Uyarı: AFS istemcisinin durdurulması AFS'yi kullanan tüm programları da " -#~ "durduracaktır. Eğer '/home' dizini AFS ile dışarı aktarılmışsa tüm X " -#~ "oturumları kapatılabilir.\n" -#~ "AFS istemcisini daha sonra 'rcafs-client stop' komutuyla " -#~ "durdurabilirsiniz.\n" +#~ "Uyarı: AFS istemcisinin durdurulması AFS'yi kullanan tüm programları da durduracaktır. Eğer '/home' dizini AFS ile dışarı aktarılmışsa tüm X oturumları kapatılabilir.\n" +#~ "AFS istemcisini daha sonra 'rcafs-client stop' komutuyla durdurabilirsiniz.\n" #~ msgid "AFS Settings Changed" #~ msgstr "AFS ayarları değiştirildi" @@ -1041,19 +951,13 @@ #~ "The AFS client is currently running, but you have chosen to stop it.\n" #~ "Stop it now?\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Warning: Stopping the AFS client will stop all processes using AFS. If " -#~ "the '/home' directory is exported via AFS, entire X sessions could be " -#~ "killed.\n" +#~ "Warning: Stopping the AFS client will stop all processes using AFS. If the '/home' directory is exported via AFS, entire X sessions could be killed.\n" #~ "You can stop the AFS client later using the 'rcafs-client stop' command.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "AFS istemcisi şu anda çalışıyor, ve siz bu istemciyi durdurmayı seçtiniz. " -#~ "İstemci durdurulsun mı?\n" +#~ "AFS istemcisi şu anda çalışıyor, ve siz bu istemciyi durdurmayı seçtiniz. İstemci durdurulsun mı?\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Uyarı: AFS istemcisinin durdurulması AFS'yi kullanan tüm programları da " -#~ "durduracaktır. Eğer '/home' dizini AFS ile dışarı aktarılmışsa tüm X " -#~ "oturumları kapatılabilir.\n" -#~ "AFS istemcisini daha sonra 'rcafs-client stop' komutuyla " -#~ "durdurabilirsiniz.\n" +#~ "Uyarı: AFS istemcisinin durdurulması AFS'yi kullanan tüm programları da durduracaktır. Eğer '/home' dizini AFS ile dışarı aktarılmışsa tüm X oturumları kapatılabilir.\n" +#~ "AFS istemcisini daha sonra 'rcafs-client stop' komutuyla durdurabilirsiniz.\n" # clients/cups.ycp:158 #~ msgid "Writing Kerberos Client Settings" @@ -1062,22 +966,18 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "<b>Basic Client Settings</b><br>\n" -#~ "Enter your <b>domain</b>, <b>default realm</b>, and the <b>host name</b> " -#~ "or <b>address</b> of your Key Distribution Center (KDC).</p>\n" +#~ "Enter your <b>domain</b>, <b>default realm</b>, and the <b>host name</b> or <b>address</b> of your Key Distribution Center (KDC).</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "<b>Temel istemci ayarları</b><br>\n" -#~ "Anahtar dağıtma merkezinizin (KDC) <b>Alan</b>, <b>öntanımlı realm</b> ve " -#~ "<b>host adı</b> ya da <b>adresi</b> bilgilerini girin.</p>\n" +#~ "Anahtar dağıtma merkezinizin (KDC) <b>Alan</b>, <b>öntanımlı realm</b> ve <b>host adı</b> ya da <b>adresi</b> bilgilerini girin.</p>\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "It is common practice to use the domain name in uppercase as your default " -#~ "realm name. You can select freely, however.</p>\n" +#~ "It is common practice to use the domain name in uppercase as your default realm name. You can select freely, however.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Alan adı için genelde büyük harflerle öntanımlı realm adı kullanılır. " -#~ "Bunu siz istediğiniz gibi de seçebilirsiniz.</p>\n" +#~ "Alan adı için genelde büyük harflerle öntanımlı realm adı kullanılır. Bunu siz istediğiniz gibi de seçebilirsiniz.</p>\n" #~ msgid "Kerberos Support for &AFS" #~ msgstr "&AFS için Kerberos desteği" @@ -1094,10 +994,8 @@ #~ "(TGT) to another machine. <b>Proxiable tickets</b> only let you transfer\n" #~ "particular tickets.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>İletilebilir biletler</b> sizin tam kimliğinizin (TGT) başka bir " -#~ "makineye\n" -#~ "nakledilmesini sağlar. <b>Proxy'lenebilir biletler</b> ise sadece belli " -#~ "bazı\n" +#~ "<p><b>İletilebilir biletler</b> sizin tam kimliğinizin (TGT) başka bir makineye\n" +#~ "nakledilmesini sağlar. <b>Proxy'lenebilir biletler</b> ise sadece belli bazı\n" #~ "biletlerin nakline izin verir.</p>\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -1109,8 +1007,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>To enable Kerberos support for your <b>openssh client</b>, check the\n" -#~ "appropriate check box. In such a case, Kerberos tickets are used for " -#~ "user\n" +#~ "appropriate check box. In such a case, Kerberos tickets are used for user\n" #~ "authentication on the ssh server.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>openssh istemcisi</b> için Kerberos desteğini etkinleştirmek için\n" @@ -1119,26 +1016,19 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>When <b>Minimum UID</b> is greater than 0, authentication attempts by\n" -#~ "users with UIDs below the specified number are ignored. This is useful " -#~ "for\n" -#~ "disabling Kerberos authentication for the system administrator (<i>root</" -#~ "i>).</p>\n" +#~ "users with UIDs below the specified number are ignored. This is useful for\n" +#~ "disabling Kerberos authentication for the system administrator (<i>root</i>).</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Eğer <b>Minimum UID</b> değeri 0'dan büyükse UID'leri bu numaradan " -#~ "küçük\n" -#~ "olan kullanıcıların kimlik doğrulama talepleri reddedilir. Bu işlem " -#~ "Kerberos kimlik\n" -#~ "doğrulamasını sistem yöneticisi (<i>root</i>) için kapatmakta " -#~ "kullanılabilir.</p>\n" +#~ "<p>Eğer <b>Minimum UID</b> değeri 0'dan büyükse UID'leri bu numaradan küçük\n" +#~ "olan kullanıcıların kimlik doğrulama talepleri reddedilir. Bu işlem Kerberos kimlik\n" +#~ "doğrulamasını sistem yöneticisi (<i>root</i>) için kapatmakta kullanılabilir.</p>\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "The <b>Clock Skew</b> is the tolerance for the time stamps not exactly " -#~ "matching the host's system clock. The value is in seconds.</p>" +#~ "The <b>Clock Skew</b> is the tolerance for the time stamps not exactly matching the host's system clock. The value is in seconds.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "<b>Saat toleransı</b> değeri makinenin sistem saatine tam uymayan saat " -#~ "damgalarında gösterilecek toleranstır.</p>" +#~ "<b>Saat toleransı</b> değeri makinenin sistem saatine tam uymayan saat damgalarında gösterilecek toleranstır.</p>" #~ msgid "Tickets are For&wardable" #~ msgstr "Biletler &iletilebilir" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/ldap-client.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/ldap-client.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/ldap-client.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -273,9 +273,7 @@ #. help text 2/9 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:535 -msgid "" -"<p>To authenticate your users with an OpenLDAP server, select <b>Use LDAP</" -"b>. NSS and PAM will be configured accordingly.</p>" +msgid "<p>To authenticate your users with an OpenLDAP server, select <b>Use LDAP</b>. NSS and PAM will be configured accordingly.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text 3/9 @@ -283,48 +281,36 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>To deactivate LDAP services, click <b>Do Not Use LDAP</b>.\n" -"If you deactivate LDAP, the current LDAP entry for passwd in /etc/nsswitch." -"conf\n" +"If you deactivate LDAP, the current LDAP entry for passwd in /etc/nsswitch.conf\n" "will be removed. The PAM configuration will be modified and the LDAP entry\n" "removed.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Eğer LDAP'ı durdurduysanız /etc/nsswitch.conf\n" -"içindeki LDAP parola girdileri kaldırılacak ve <i>compat</i> ile " -"değiştirilecektir\n" +"içindeki LDAP parola girdileri kaldırılacak ve <i>compat</i> ile değiştirilecektir\n" "PAM yapılandırması değiştirilecek ve LDAP\n" "girdileri kaldırılacak.</p>" #. help text 3.5/9 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:546 -msgid "" -"<p>To activate LDAP but forbid users from logging in to this machine, select " -"<b>Enable LDAP Users but Disable Logins</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>To activate LDAP but forbid users from logging in to this machine, select <b>Enable LDAP Users but Disable Logins</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:550 -msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Use System Security Services Daemon</b> if you want the system " -"to use SSSD instead of nss_ldap.</p>" +msgid "<p>Check <b>Use System Security Services Daemon</b> if you want the system to use SSSD instead of nss_ldap.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text 4/9 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:554 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p>Enter the LDAP server's address (such as ldap.example.com or 10.20.0.2) " -"in <b>Addresses</b> and the distinguished name of the search base (<b>Base " -"DN</b>, such as dc=example,dc=com). Specify multiple servers\n" -"by separating their addresses with spaces. It must be possible to resolve " -"the\n" -"addresses without using LDAP. You can also specify the port on which the " -"server is running using the syntax \"server:port\", for example, <tt>ldap." -"example.com:379</tt>.\n" +"<p>Enter the LDAP server's address (such as ldap.example.com or 10.20.0.2) in <b>Addresses</b> and the distinguished name of the search base (<b>Base DN</b>, such as dc=example,dc=com). Specify multiple servers\n" +"by separating their addresses with spaces. It must be possible to resolve the\n" +"addresses without using LDAP. You can also specify the port on which the server is running using the syntax \"server:port\", for example, <tt>ldap.example.com:379</tt>.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Burada kullanıcılarınızı bir OpenLDAP sunucu ile\n" -"onaylamak için makinanızı bir <b>LDAP istemci</b> olarak " -"ayarlayabilirsiniz.\n" +"onaylamak için makinanızı bir <b>LDAP istemci</b> olarak ayarlayabilirsiniz.\n" "Arama tabanı adını (taban DN, dc=benimalanim,dc=com gibi) ve LDAP\n" "sunucu adrsini giriniz.(ldap.ornek.com veya 10.20.0.2 gibi). Boşluk vererek\n" "birden çok sunucu tanımlayabilirsiniz.\n" @@ -332,10 +318,7 @@ #. help text 5/9 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:561 -msgid "" -"<p>With <b>Find</b>, select the LDAP server from the list provided by the " -"service location protocol (SLP). Using <b>Fetch DN</b>, read the base DN " -"from server.</p>" +msgid "<p>With <b>Find</b>, select the LDAP server from the list provided by the service location protocol (SLP). Using <b>Fetch DN</b>, read the base DN from server.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text 6/9 @@ -343,8 +326,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>Some LDAP servers support StartTLS (RFC2830).\n" -"If your server supports it and it is configured, activate <b>LDAP TLS/SSL</" -"b>\n" +"If your server supports it and it is configured, activate <b>LDAP TLS/SSL</b>\n" "to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download a CA\n" "certificate file in PEM format from a given URL.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -355,28 +337,19 @@ #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:571 msgid "" -"<p>A TLS session may require special client configuration. One of the " -"config\n" -" options is TLS_REQCERT which specifies what checks to perform on " -"server certificates.\n" -" The value is the <b>level</b> that can be specified with keywords " -"<i>never</i>, <i>allow</i>,\n" -" <i>try</i> and <i>demand</i>. In the <b>SSL/TLS Configuration</b> " -"dialog there is\n" -" the option <b>Request server certificate</b> which will set the " -"TLS_REQCERT\n" -" configuration option to <i>demand</i> if it's enabled or to " -"<i>allow</i> if it's disabled.</p>\n" +"<p>A TLS session may require special client configuration. One of the config\n" +" options is TLS_REQCERT which specifies what checks to perform on server certificates.\n" +" The value is the <b>level</b> that can be specified with keywords <i>never</i>, <i>allow</i>,\n" +" <i>try</i> and <i>demand</i>. In the <b>SSL/TLS Configuration</b> dialog there is\n" +" the option <b>Request server certificate</b> which will set the TLS_REQCERT\n" +" configuration option to <i>demand</i> if it's enabled or to <i>allow</i> if it's disabled.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:579 msgid "" -"<p>In addition to LDAP URLs and TLS/SSL encryption, LDAP supports LDAPS " -"URLs.\n" -" LDAPS URLs use SSL connections instead of plain connections. They " -"have a syntax\n" -" similar to LDAP URLs except the schemes are different and the " -"default port for LDAPS URLs\n" +"<p>In addition to LDAP URLs and TLS/SSL encryption, LDAP supports LDAPS URLs.\n" +" LDAPS URLs use SSL connections instead of plain connections. They have a syntax\n" +" similar to LDAP URLs except the schemes are different and the default port for LDAPS URLs\n" " is 636 instead of 389.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -389,8 +362,7 @@ "<b>Advanced Configuration</b>.</p>\n" "<p>To configure security settings, click\n" "<b>SSL/TLS Configuration</b>.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Daha fazla ayar için <b>Gelişmiş ayarlar</b> düğmesini kullanın.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Daha fazla ayar için <b>Gelişmiş ayarlar</b> düğmesini kullanın.</p>" #. help text 9/9 (additional) #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:591 @@ -401,16 +373,14 @@ #| "It is assumed that its configuration files (auto.*) already exist,\n" #| "either locally or over NIS.</p>" msgid "" -"<p><b>Automounter</b> is a daemon that automatically mounts directories, " -"such\n" +"<p><b>Automounter</b> is a daemon that automatically mounts directories, such\n" "as users' home directories. Its configuration files (auto.*) should already\n" "exist locally or over LDAP. If the automounter is not installed yet but you\n" "want to use it, it will be installed automatically.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Automounter kullanıcıların ev dizinleri gibi dizinleri otomatik olarak\n" "sisteme bağlayan bir daemon'dur.\n" -"Yapılandırma dosyalarının (auto.*) mevcut ve yerel olarak ya da NIS " -"üzerinden\n" +"Yapılandırma dosyalarının (auto.*) mevcut ve yerel olarak ya da NIS üzerinden\n" "erişilebilir durumda olduğu sayılmaktadır.</p>" # menuentries/menuentry_disk.ycp:27 @@ -564,8 +534,7 @@ #. yes/no question #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:970 msgid "" -"The security connection is enabled, but server certificate verification is " -"disabled.\n" +"The security connection is enabled, but server certificate verification is disabled.\n" "Enable certificate checks now?" msgstr "" @@ -579,21 +548,16 @@ #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1017 msgid "" -"<p>If Kerberos authentication should be used, specify the <b>realm</b> and " -"<b>KDC Address</b>.\n" -"Determine if user credentials should be cached locally by checking <b>SSSD " -"Offline Authentication</b>.\n" -"For more info about SSSD settings, check the man page of <tt>sssd.conf</tt>." -"</p>\n" +"<p>If Kerberos authentication should be used, specify the <b>realm</b> and <b>KDC Address</b>.\n" +"Determine if user credentials should be cached locally by checking <b>SSSD Offline Authentication</b>.\n" +"For more info about SSSD settings, check the man page of <tt>sssd.conf</tt>.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1023 msgid "" -"<p><b>Password Change Protocol</b> refers to the pam_password attribute of " -"the\n" -"<tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for an explanation " -"of its values.</p>" +"<p><b>Password Change Protocol</b> refers to the pam_password attribute of the\n" +"<tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for an explanation of its values.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name @@ -606,8 +570,7 @@ #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1034 msgid "" "<p>If secure connection requires certificate checking, specify where your\n" -"certificate file is located. Enter either a directory containing " -"certificates\n" +"certificate file is located. Enter either a directory containing certificates\n" "or the explicit path to one certificate file.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -630,36 +593,30 @@ msgid "" "<p>To access the data stored on the server, enter the\n" "<b>Administrator DN</b>.\n" -"You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) " -"or \n" -"the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is " -"appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.</p>\n" +"You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) or \n" +"the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1057 msgid "" "<p>To create the default configuration objects for LDAP users and groups,\n" -"check <b>Create Default Configuration Objects</b>. The objects are only " -"created when they do not already exist.</p>\n" +"check <b>Create Default Configuration Objects</b>. The objects are only created when they do not already exist.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. help text 4/4 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1061 msgid "" "<p>Press <b>Configure</b> to configure settings stored on the\n" -"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet " -"or\n" +"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n" "have changed your configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. help text 1/1 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1068 msgid "" -"<p>Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users or groups) if " -"they are different from the base DN. These values are\n" -"set to the ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base and " -"ldap_autofs_search_base attributes in /etc/sssd/sssd.conf file.</p>\n" +"<p>Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users or groups) if they are different from the base DN. These values are\n" +"set to the ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base and ldap_autofs_search_base attributes in /etc/sssd/sssd.conf file.</p>\n" msgstr "" # clients/ui_helps.ycp:78 include/security/ui.ycp:622 @@ -913,9 +870,7 @@ #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1886 #, fuzzy msgid "<p>Manage the configuration stored in the LDAP directory.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Burada powertweak yapılandırmasını düzenleyebilirsiniz. /etc/powertweak/" -"tweaks altında saklanır.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Burada powertweak yapılandırmasını düzenleyebilirsiniz. /etc/powertweak/tweaks altında saklanır.</p>" #. helptext 2/4 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1890 @@ -930,8 +885,7 @@ #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1897 msgid "" "<p>Edit the values of attributes in the table with <b>Edit</b>.\n" -"Some values have special meanings, for example, changing the <b>cn</b> value " -"renames the\n" +"Some values have special meanings, for example, changing the <b>cn</b> value renames the\n" "current module.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1318,10 +1272,8 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>Some LDAP servers support StartTLS (RFC2830).\n" -#~ "If your server supports it and it is configured, activate <b>LDAP TLS/" -#~ "SSL</b>\n" -#~ "to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download CA " -#~ "certificate file in PEM format from given URL.</p>\n" +#~ "If your server supports it and it is configured, activate <b>LDAP TLS/SSL</b>\n" +#~ "to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download CA certificate file in PEM format from given URL.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Bazı LDAP sunucular StartTLS [RFC2830]'u\n" #~ "destekler. Eğer sunucunuz destekliyor ve yapılandırılmışsa,\n" @@ -1350,8 +1302,7 @@ #~ "<b>LDAP Version 2</b>.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Normalde LDAP sürüm 3 protokolü\n" -#~ "kullanılacaktır. Eğer protokol 2'yi kullanan bir sunucunuz varsa " -#~ "(örneğin\n" +#~ "kullanılacaktır. Eğer protokol 2'yi kullanan bir sunucunuz varsa (örneğin\n" #~ "OpenLDAP v1) <b>LDAP Sürüm 2</b>'yi aktif etmelisiniz.</p>" #, fuzzy @@ -1400,9 +1351,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "<p>Here, manage the configuration stored in LDAP directory.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Burada powertweak yapılandırmasını düzenleyebilirsiniz. /etc/" -#~ "powertweak/tweaks altında saklanır.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Burada powertweak yapılandırmasını düzenleyebilirsiniz. /etc/powertweak/tweaks altında saklanır.</p>" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "Basic IrDA Settings" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/ldap-server.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/ldap-server.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/ldap-server.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -119,9 +119,7 @@ #. error popup #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:58 #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:228 -msgid "" -"The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings " -"later in the installed system." +msgid "The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings later in the installed system." msgstr "" #. y2error( "sysconfig var is '%1'", SCR::Read( .sysconfig.openldap.OPENLDAP_REGISTER_SLP ) ); @@ -136,9 +134,7 @@ msgstr "El ile" #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:106 -msgid "" -"Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to " -"continue." +msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to continue." msgstr "" # clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:156 @@ -253,9 +249,7 @@ "yapılandırma işlemine devam edemez." #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:309 -msgid "" -"OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has " -"finished." +msgid "OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has finished." msgstr "" #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:344 @@ -279,10 +273,8 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/complex.rb:105 msgid "" -"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not " -"running.\n" -"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do " -"you \n" +"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not running.\n" +"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do you \n" "want to create a new configuration from scratch?" msgstr "" @@ -370,9 +362,7 @@ msgstr "DNS sunucusu kapalı." #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:198 -msgid "" -"Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want " -"to create a new configuration from scratch?" +msgid "Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want to create a new configuration from scratch?" msgstr "" #. get helps page @@ -576,9 +566,7 @@ #. Doing these checks during installation will #. most probably fail #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:972 -msgid "" -"Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider " -"server.\n" +msgid "Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider server.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:975 @@ -620,15 +608,12 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:1078 -msgid "" -"Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." +msgid "Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." msgstr "" #. 2. Verify that the binddn/credential combination acutally works #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:1105 -msgid "" -"Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication " -"configuration on the provider server failed.\n" +msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:1108 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971 @@ -657,8 +642,7 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:1220 msgid "" "\n" -"(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to " -"encrypted\n" +"(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to encrypted\n" "LDAP Connections.)\n" msgstr "" @@ -697,10 +681,8 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:21 msgid "" "<p>Select <b>Yes</b> if the LDAP server should be started automatically as \n" -"part of the boot process. Select <b>No</b> if the LDAP server should not be " -"started. Note:\n" -"After selecting <b>No</b>, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.</" -"p>\n" +"part of the boot process. Select <b>No</b> if the LDAP server should not be started. Note:\n" +"After selecting <b>No</b>, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:26 @@ -714,18 +696,14 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:30 msgid "" -"<p><b>LDAP</b> is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured " -"communication\n" -"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate " -"configured.</p>" +"<p><b>LDAP</b> is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured communication\n" +"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate configured.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:33 msgid "" -"<p><b>LDAPS</b> enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL " -"protected\n" -"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate " -"configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" +"<p><b>LDAPS</b> enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL protected\n" +"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:36 @@ -754,10 +732,8 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" -"<p>Choose the <b>Database</b> from <b>hdb</b> and <b>bdb</b>. <b>Hdb</b> is " -"a\n" -"variant of the <b>bdb</b> backend that uses a hierarchical database layout " -"and\n" +"<p>Choose the <b>Database</b> from <b>hdb</b> and <b>bdb</b>. <b>Hdb</b> is a\n" +"variant of the <b>bdb</b> backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" "supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to <b>bdb</b>. A\n" "<b>hdb</b>-Database needs a larger <b>idlcachesize</b> than a\n" "<b>bdb</b>-Database for a good search performance.</p>\n" @@ -774,24 +750,18 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"<p>The <b>Administrator DN</b> along with a <b>LDAP Administrator Password</" -"b> \n" -"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and " -"other \n" -"administrative limit restrictions. Checking <b>Append Base DN</b> appends " -"the \n" -"<b>Base DN</b> entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example," -"dc=com</tt>\n" -"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective " -"Administrator DN\n" +"<p>The <b>Administrator DN</b> along with a <b>LDAP Administrator Password</b> \n" +"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n" +"administrative limit restrictions. Checking <b>Append Base DN</b> appends the \n" +"<b>Base DN</b> entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt>\n" +"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective Administrator DN\n" "of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>.</p> " msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "<p>If this wizard was started during installation, the \n" -"<b>LDAP Administrator Password</b> is initially set to the system's root " -"password\n" +"<b>LDAP Administrator Password</b> is initially set to the system's root password\n" "entered earlier in the installation process.</p> " msgstr "" @@ -825,8 +795,7 @@ "click <b>Change Password</b>. \n" "A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the \n" "<b>Password Encryption</b>. \n" -"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already " -"been \n" +"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been \n" "set in the configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -843,35 +812,25 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "" -"<p>Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN " -"automatically\n" +"<p>Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" "with <b>Append Base DN</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:102 msgid "" -"<p>To change the password for the administrator account, click <b>Change " -"Password</b>.\n" -"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the <b>Password " -"Encryption</b>.\n" -"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been " -"set in the configuration.</p>\n" +"<p>To change the password for the administrator account, click <b>Change Password</b>.\n" +"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the <b>Password Encryption</b>.\n" +"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:107 msgid "" -"<p>With the <b>Entry Cache</b> and <b>Index Cache (IDL cache)</b> you can " -"adjust\n" -"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The <b>Entry Cache</b> defines the " -"number of entries\n" -"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough " -"RAM) this number\n" -"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The <b>Index " -"Cache (IDL cache)</b> \n" -"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially " -"HDB-Databases require a\n" -"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the " -"entry cache as a rule of\n" +"<p>With the <b>Entry Cache</b> and <b>Index Cache (IDL cache)</b> you can adjust\n" +"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The <b>Entry Cache</b> defines the number of entries\n" +"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough RAM) this number\n" +"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The <b>Index Cache (IDL cache)</b> \n" +"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially HDB-Databases require a\n" +"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the entry cache as a rule of\n" "thumbs).</p>" msgstr "" @@ -889,14 +848,10 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:120 msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Hash Clear Text Passwords</b> to specify that the OpenLDAP " -"server\n" -"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests " -"before storing them\n" -"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, " -"but may be\n" -"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify " -"extended operation \n" +"<p>Check <b>Hash Clear Text Passwords</b> to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n" +"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n" +"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, but may be\n" +"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify extended operation \n" "to manage passwords.</p> " msgstr "" @@ -910,15 +865,12 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:134 -msgid "" -"<p>Enter the name of the default policy object in <b>Default Policy Object " -"DN</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>Enter the name of the default policy object in <b>Default Policy Object DN</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:137 msgid "" -"<p>Create or change the default policy by clicking <b>Edit Policy</b>. You " -"may\n" +"<p>Create or change the default policy by clicking <b>Edit Policy</b>. You may\n" "be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n" "Policy Object being read from the server.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -937,33 +889,28 @@ "değiştirilmesini sağlar.</p>\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:144 -msgid "" -"<p>The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index " -"defined.</p>" +msgid "<p>The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "<p>Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n" "types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n" -"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different " -"types\n" +"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different types\n" "of indexes.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:153 msgid "" "<p><b>Presence</b>: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n" -"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be " -"configured\n" +"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n" "for attributes that occur rarely in the database.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:158 msgid "" "<p><b>Equality</b>: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n" -"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An <b>Equality</b> " -"index\n" +"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An <b>Equality</b> index\n" "should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -986,11 +933,9 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:171 msgid "" -"<p>Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly " -"added\n" +"<p>Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n" "indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n" -"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the " -"indexing\n" +"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the indexing\n" "information for the database.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1008,8 +953,7 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:183 msgid "" -"<p>For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a " -"more\n" +"<p>For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n" "detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n" "click <b>Edit</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1020,18 +964,14 @@ "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to create new access control rules and <b>Delete</b> to\n" "delete an access control rule.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Ekle</b> düğmesi ile yeni bir yapılandırma seçeneği ekleyebilir, " -"<b>Düzenle</b>\n" -"ile mevcut bir seçeneği değiştirebilir ya da <b>Sil</b> ile bir seçeneği " -"silebilirsiniz.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Ekle</b> düğmesi ile yeni bir yapılandırma seçeneği ekleyebilir, <b>Düzenle</b>\n" +"ile mevcut bir seçeneği değiştirebilir ya da <b>Sil</b> ile bir seçeneği silebilirsiniz.</p>\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:191 msgid "" -"<p>OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose " -"target\n" +"<p>OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n" "definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n" -"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, " -"using\n" +"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, using\n" "the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1043,8 +983,7 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:200 msgid "" -"<p>Select the \"<b>Enable ldapsync provider for this database</b>\" " -"checkbox, if you want to \n" +"<p>Select the \"<b>Enable ldapsync provider for this database</b>\" checkbox, if you want to \n" "be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -1056,16 +995,11 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:204 msgid "" -"<p>Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator " -"(stored\n" -"in the \"<i>contextCSN</i>\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is " -"synced\n" -"to the database after the number of write \"<i>Operations</i>\" you specify " -"or\n" -"after more than the specified \"<i>Minutes</i>\" have passed since the " -"indicator\n" -"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator " -"is\n" +"<p>Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n" +"in the \"<i>contextCSN</i>\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n" +"to the database after the number of write \"<i>Operations</i>\" you specify or\n" +"after more than the specified \"<i>Minutes</i>\" have passed since the indicator\n" +"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator is\n" "only written after a clean shutdown. Writing it more often can result in\n" "a faster startup time after an unclean shutdown but might result in a small\n" "performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.</p>\n" @@ -1078,14 +1012,10 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:215 msgid "" -"<p>Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write " -"operations\n" -"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in " -"the session log. \n" -"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"<i>refreshOnly</i>\" " -"replication. In \n" -"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master " -"server.</p>" +"<p>Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n" +"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n" +"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"<i>refreshOnly</i>\" replication. In \n" +"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:221 @@ -1095,8 +1025,7 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:224 msgid "" -"<p>Select \"<b>This database is a Replication Consumer</b>\" if you want " -"the\n" +"<p>Select \"<b>This database is a Replication Consumer</b>\" if you want the\n" "database to be a replica of a database on another server.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1112,8 +1041,7 @@ "server here. Select the protocol to use (<b>ldap</b> or <b>ldaps</b>) and\n" "enter the fully qualified hostname of the master server. It is important to\n" "use the fully qualified hostname to verify the master server's TLS/SSL\n" -"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-" -"standard\n" +"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-standard\n" "ldap ports.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1148,10 +1076,8 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:250 msgid "" -"<p>Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to " -"authenticate against the master.\n" -"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated " -"database on the master.</p>\n" +"<p>Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" +"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.</p>\n" msgstr "" # clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:156 @@ -1164,10 +1090,8 @@ msgid "" "<p>As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n" "operations with an LDAP referral. \n" -"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can " -"configure a different update referral here.\n" -"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for " -"the\n" +"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can configure a different update referral here.\n" +"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for the\n" "slave server is as slave server too. </p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1185,8 +1109,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" msgstr "" "<P><B><BIG>Başlama işlemini kesme:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -"<b>Kes</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde " -"kesebilirsiniz.</p>" +"<b>Kes</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde kesebilirsiniz.</p>" #. Write dialog help #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:269 @@ -1226,19 +1149,14 @@ #. Configuration Wizard Step 1 #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:287 -msgid "" -"<p>With <b>Start LDAP Server Yes or No</b>, start or stop the LDAP server.</" -"p> " +msgid "<p>With <b>Start LDAP Server Yes or No</b>, start or stop the LDAP server.</p> " msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:290 #, fuzzy #| msgid "<p>Clicking <b>Next</b> completes the configuration.</p>" -msgid "" -"<p>If you select <b>Yes</b>, click <b>Next</b> to start the configuration " -"wizard.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>İleri</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırmayı sonlandırabilirsiniz.</p>" +msgid "<p>If you select <b>Yes</b>, click <b>Next</b> to start the configuration wizard.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>İleri</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırmayı sonlandırabilirsiniz.</p>" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:293 msgid "" @@ -1248,15 +1166,12 @@ #. Configuration Wizard Step 2 #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:297 -msgid "" -"<p>Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios " -"are available:</p>" +msgid "<p>Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:300 msgid "" -"<p><b>Stand-alone server</b>: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server " -"with\n" +"<p><b>Stand-alone server</b>: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n" "no preparations for replication.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1268,8 +1183,7 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:306 msgid "" -"<p><b>Replica slave server</b>: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that " -"replicates all its data,\n" +"<p><b>Replica slave server</b>: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n" "including configuration, from a master server.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -1293,18 +1207,15 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:319 msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface</b>, to enable the " -"server\n" +"<p>Check <b>Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface</b>, to enable the server\n" "to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n" -"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.</" -"p>\n" +"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:324 msgid "" "<p>If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n" -"corresponding YaST Module, check <b>Use common Server Certificate</b> so " -"that\n" +"corresponding YaST Module, check <b>Use common Server Certificate</b> so that\n" "the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1316,10 +1227,8 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:330 msgid "" "<p>If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n" -"different certificate, enter the file names of the <b>CA Certificate File</" -"b>,\n" -"<b>Certificate File</b> and <b>Certificate Key File</b> into the " -"corresponding\n" +"different certificate, enter the file names of the <b>CA Certificate File</b>,\n" +"<b>Certificate File</b> and <b>Certificate Key File</b> into the corresponding\n" "textfields.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1337,26 +1246,21 @@ #. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:344 msgid "" -"<p>Add schema files in this dialog. Press <b>Add</b> to open a file dialog " -"in which to choose\n" -"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not " -"support the removal of \n" +"<p>Add schema files in this dialog. Press <b>Add</b> to open a file dialog in which to choose\n" +"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n" "Schema Data</p>" msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:350 msgid "" -"<p>Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and " -"statistics\n" +"<p>Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n" "to syslog.</p>" msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:354 -msgid "" -"<p>Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or " -"disallow:</p>" +msgid "<p>Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:357 @@ -1366,17 +1270,14 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:358 msgid "" -"<p><b>LDAPv2 Bind Requests</b>: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind " -"requests.\n" +"<p><b>LDAPv2 Bind Requests</b>: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n" "Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:361 msgid "" -"<p><b>Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty</b>: To allow anonymous bind " -"when \n" -"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not " -"present) </p>" +"<p><b>Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty</b>: To allow anonymous bind when \n" +"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) </p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:364 @@ -1387,8 +1288,7 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:367 msgid "" -"<p><b>Unauthenticated Update Operations to process</b>: To allow " -"unauthenticated\n" +"<p><b>Unauthenticated Update Operations to process</b>: To allow unauthenticated\n" "(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n" "access controls and other administrative limits.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1407,16 +1307,14 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:378 msgid "" -"<p><b>Disable Simple Bind authentication</b>: Completely disable Simple " -"Bind\n" +"<p><b>Disable Simple Bind authentication</b>: Completely disable Simple Bind\n" "authentication</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:381 msgid "" "<p><b>Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n" -"receipt</b>: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection " -"back\n" +"receipt</b>: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n" "to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1431,12 +1329,9 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:392 msgid "" "<p>This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n" -"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The " -"\"Frontend\"\n" -"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and " -"overlays\n" -"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration " -"of\n" +"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n" +"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and overlays\n" +"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration of\n" "the LDAP server itself.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1450,32 +1345,26 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:401 msgid "" -"<p>To delete a database, select a database from the list and press <b>Delete " -"Database...</b>.\n" +"<p>To delete a database, select a database from the list and press <b>Delete Database...</b>.\n" "You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:404 msgid "" -"<p>Enter a password for the configuration database (\"<i>cn=config</i>\") " -"here. This is required to make\n" +"<p>Enter a password for the configuration database (\"<i>cn=config</i>\") here. This is required to make\n" "the configuration database accessible remotely.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:407 msgid "" -"<p>If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select " -"the \"<b>Prepare for MirrorMode replication</b>\"\n" -"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as " -"needed for MirrorMode replication.</p>\n" +"<p>If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"<b>Prepare for MirrorMode replication</b>\"\n" +"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:410 msgid "" -"<p>To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master " -"server. Please enter the master\n" -"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"<i>ldap</i>\" or " -"\"<i>ldaps</i>\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" +"<p>To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n" +"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"<i>ldap</i>\" or \"<i>ldaps</i>\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" "for the master's configuration database (\"<i>cn=config</i>\").</p>" msgstr "" @@ -1505,9 +1394,7 @@ msgstr "Sunucu adresi: " #: src/include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:50 -msgid "" -"This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the " -"standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." +msgid "This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:85 @@ -1516,8 +1403,7 @@ msgstr "LDAP sunucusu" #: src/include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:127 -msgid "" -"Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" +msgid "Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:130 @@ -1879,9 +1765,7 @@ msgstr "&Tümünü seç" #: src/include/ldap-server/widgets.rb:175 -msgid "" -"Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous " -"directory access)" +msgid "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous directory access)" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/widgets.rb:179 @@ -1890,8 +1774,7 @@ msgstr "&Kimlik doğrulamasını etkinleştir" #: src/include/ldap-server/widgets.rb:182 -msgid "" -"Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" +msgid "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/widgets.rb:188 @@ -2518,8 +2401,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995 -msgid "" -"Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" +msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094 @@ -2705,9 +2587,7 @@ msgstr "&Açılış yükleyicisi parola korumasını etkinleştir" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:883 -msgid "" -"Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take " -"some minutes)" +msgid "Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take some minutes)" msgstr "" # clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:156 @@ -2738,9 +2618,7 @@ #| msgid "" #| "An error occurred while creating the database\n" #| "of printers." -msgid "" -"An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to " -"finish.\n" +msgid "An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to finish.\n" msgstr "" "Yazıcı veritabanı oluşturulurken\n" "bir hata oluştu." @@ -2879,9 +2757,7 @@ msgstr "Makine adı belirlenemedi:" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1874 -msgid "" -"A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its " -"own fully qualified hostname." +msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname." msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:2510 src/modules/LdapServer.pm:2520 @@ -2899,9 +2775,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:2565 -msgid "" -"The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-" -"letter code." +msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." msgstr "" #. parameter check failed @@ -2943,8 +2817,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:3414 -msgid "" -"Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" +msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:3415 @@ -3214,8 +3087,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>. An additional dialog " -#~ "informs whether it\n" +#~ "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>. An additional dialog informs whether it\n" #~ "is safe to do so. </p> " #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Kayıt işleminin durdurulması:</BIG></B><BR>\n" @@ -3301,8 +3173,7 @@ #~ "Press <b>Add</b> to configure an LDAP server.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Sağlayıcı ekleme:</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Elle yeni bir sağlayıcı yapılandırmak için <b>Ekle</b> düğmesine basın.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ "Elle yeni bir sağlayıcı yapılandırmak için <b>Ekle</b> düğmesine basın.</p>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -3343,8 +3214,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Select a schema file in the list and press <b>Delete</b> to remove it " -#~ "from the\n" +#~ "<p>Select a schema file in the list and press <b>Delete</b> to remove it from the\n" #~ "configuration file.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Sil</b> düğmesine basarak seçili girdiyi IPsec yapılandırmasından\n" @@ -3355,9 +3225,7 @@ #~ msgstr "<p>Ağ kartının gelişmiş ayarlarını buradan yapabilirsiniz.</p>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>With <b>Select Certificate...</b>, configure new certificates for this " -#~ "service.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>With <b>Select Certificate...</b>, configure new certificates for this service.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Sertifika:</big></b>Bu bağlantı için kullanılacak sertifikayı\n" #~ "seçin.</p>" @@ -3365,8 +3233,7 @@ # clients/ui_helps.ycp:130 #, fuzzy #~ msgid "<p>In this dialog, edit some parameters of this database.<p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Bu pencerede, kullanıcı ekleme ile ilgili ayarları yapabilirsiniz.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Bu pencerede, kullanıcı ekleme ile ilgili ayarları yapabilirsiniz.</p>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Proxy Cache" @@ -3397,13 +3264,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b><big>Adding an LDAP Server:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Choose an LDAP server from the list of detected LDAP servers.\n" -#~ "If your LDAP server was not autodetected, use <b>Other (not detected)</" -#~ "b>.\n" +#~ "If your LDAP server was not autodetected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\n" #~ "Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>DSL aygıtı ekleme:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "Algılanan DSL aygıtları listesinden bir DSL aygıtı seçin. Eğer DSL " -#~ "aygıtınız otomatik\n" +#~ "Algılanan DSL aygıtları listesinden bir DSL aygıtı seçin. Eğer DSL aygıtınız otomatik\n" #~ "olarak algılanmadıysa <B>Diğer (algılanmamış)</B> seçeneğini kullanıp\n" #~ "<B>Yapılandır</B> düğmesine basın.</P>" @@ -3657,12 +3522,8 @@ #~ msgstr "mevcut değil" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To configure the LDAP server, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed." -#~ "</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>HTTP sunucusunu yapılandırmak için <b>%1</b> paketinin kurulu olması " -#~ "gerekir.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>To configure the LDAP server, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>HTTP sunucusunu yapılandırmak için <b>%1</b> paketinin kurulu olması gerekir.</p>" #~ msgid "<p>Do you want to install it now?</p>" #~ msgstr "<p>Şimdi kurulmasını istiyor musunuz?</p>" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/ldap.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/ldap.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/ldap.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -16,8 +16,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" -"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #. hint to error message #: src/Ldap.rb:252 @@ -28,8 +27,7 @@ #: src/Ldap.rb:256 msgid "" "Failed to establish TLS encryption.\n" -"Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server " -"Certificate is valid." +"Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server Certificate is valid." msgstr "" #. hint to error message @@ -114,7 +112,7 @@ #. checkbox label #: src/Ldap.rb:604 src/Ldap.rb:791 src/Ldap.rb:857 msgid "&Show Details" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ayrıntıları &göster" #. error message #. error message @@ -179,7 +177,7 @@ #. button label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:75 src/ldap_browser.rb:547 msgid "&Open" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Aç" #. help text 1/3 #: src/LdapPopup.rb:262 @@ -229,9 +227,10 @@ msgid "&Empty Entry" msgstr "" +# include/nfs/ui.ycp:93 #: src/LdapPopup.rb:351 msgid "Bro&wse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Göz at" #. error popup #: src/LdapPopup.rb:439 @@ -276,8 +275,7 @@ #: src/LdapPopup.rb:555 msgid "" "<p>Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n" -"to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults " -"when\n" +"to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n" "the new object is created.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -290,8 +288,7 @@ #: src/LdapPopup.rb:567 msgid "" "<p>You can use special syntax to create attribute\n" -"values from existing ones. The expression <i>%attr_name</i> will be " -"replaced\n" +"values from existing ones. The expression <i>%attr_name</i> will be replaced\n" "with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid\"\n" "as a value of \"homeDirectory\").</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -313,10 +310,7 @@ #. help text for LDAP browser #: src/ldap_browser.rb:64 -msgid "" -"<p>Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the object " -"data. Use <b>Edit</b> to change the value of the selected attribute. Use " -"<b>Save</b> to save your changes to LDAP.</p>" +msgid "<p>Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the object data. Use <b>Edit</b> to change the value of the selected attribute. Use <b>Save</b> to save your changes to LDAP.</p>" msgstr "" #. popup question (Continue/Cancel follows) @@ -345,7 +339,7 @@ #. textentry label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:146 msgid "LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP sunucusu" #. textentry label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:152 @@ -382,9 +376,9 @@ #. table header 1/2 #: src/ldap_browser.rb:691 msgid "Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Özellik" #. table header 2/2 #: src/ldap_browser.rb:693 msgid "Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Değer" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/live-installer.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/live-installer.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/live-installer.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -154,12 +154,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Use <b>Accept</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.</" -"p>" +"Use <b>Accept</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Görüntülenen değerlerle yeni bir kurulum yapmak için <b>Kabul et</b> " -"düğmesini kullanın.\n" +"Görüntülenen değerlerle yeni bir kurulum yapmak için <b>Kabul et</b> düğmesini kullanın.\n" "</p>\n" #. help text 2/3 @@ -184,8 +182,7 @@ "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Sabit diskinizde herhangi bir değişiklik yapılmadı, güvenli bir şekilde " -"iptal edebilirsiniz.\n" +"Sabit diskinizde herhangi bir değişiklik yapılmadı, güvenli bir şekilde iptal edebilirsiniz.\n" "</p>\n" #. help text 1/1 Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/lxc.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/lxc.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/lxc.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -331,20 +331,15 @@ #: src/include/lxc/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<p><b><big>LXC Overview</big></b><br>\n" -"Here, see the list of configured Linux Containers (LXC) with their current " -"status.\n" -"<p>Use <b>Create</b> to create new container. Delete existing one with " -"<b>Destroy</b>.\n" +"Here, see the list of configured Linux Containers (LXC) with their current status.\n" +"<p>Use <b>Create</b> to create new container. Delete existing one with <b>Destroy</b>.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" #. Overview dialog help, part 2 #: src/include/lxc/helps.rb:47 msgid "" -"<p>You can start selected container with <b>Start</b>. The container is " -"started in background. You can connect to it using <b>Connect</b> button or " -"manually using <tt>lxc-console</tt> command. Once in console, you can close " -"it from within or using the <b>Disconnect</b> button.</p>\n" +"<p>You can start selected container with <b>Start</b>. The container is started in background. You can connect to it using <b>Connect</b> button or manually using <tt>lxc-console</tt> command. Once in console, you can close it from within or using the <b>Disconnect</b> button.</p>\n" "<p>Note that <b>Connect</b> option is not available in text mode.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -357,25 +352,17 @@ #. Create dialog help, part 2 #: src/include/lxc/helps.rb:55 -msgid "" -"<p>Choose a <b>Name</b> for your container, select a base <b>Template</b>, " -"and enter desired network settings.</p>" +msgid "<p>Choose a <b>Name</b> for your container, select a base <b>Template</b>, and enter desired network settings.</p>" msgstr "" #. Create dialog help, part 3 #: src/include/lxc/helps.rb:59 -msgid "" -"<p>Use the value <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> as <b>IP Address</b> to have dynamic " -"address assigned by DHCP. If there's no bridge device configured yet, use " -"the <b>Configure Network</b> button and create one.</p>" +msgid "<p>Use the value <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> as <b>IP Address</b> to have dynamic address assigned by DHCP. If there's no bridge device configured yet, use the <b>Configure Network</b> button and create one.</p>" msgstr "" #. Create dialog help, part 4 #: src/include/lxc/helps.rb:63 -msgid "" -"<p>Select a password to use for a system administrator ('root') in the " -"container. If no password is entered, the default value <tt>root</tt> will " -"be used.</p>" +msgid "<p>Select a password to use for a system administrator ('root') in the container. If no password is entered, the default value <tt>root</tt> will be used.</p>" msgstr "" #. Create dialog help, part 5 @@ -383,8 +370,7 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "<p>Press <b>Next</b> to start creating the ISO file.</p>" msgid "<p>Use <b>Create</b> to start the creation process.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>ISO dosyasını oluşturmayı başlatmak için <b>İleri</b> düğmesine basın.</p>" +msgstr "<p>ISO dosyasını oluşturmayı başlatmak için <b>İleri</b> düğmesine basın.</p>" #. info label (try to keep the text short) #: src/modules/Lxc.rb:226 @@ -392,9 +378,7 @@ #| msgid "" #| "Samba client configuration module.\n" #| "See Samba documentation for details." -msgid "" -"Some problems with LXC configuration were found. Check the documentation for " -"details." +msgid "Some problems with LXC configuration were found. Check the documentation for details." msgstr "" "Samba istemci yapılandırma modülü.\n" "Ayrıntılar için Samba dökümanlarına göz atın." Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/mail.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/mail.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/mail.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -78,8 +78,7 @@ msgstr "" "<P><B><BIG>Kayıt işleminin kesilmesi:</BIG></B><BR>\n" "<B>Kes</B> düğmesine basarak kayıt işlemini kesebilirsiniz.\n" -"Açılacak ek bir pencere kesme işleminin güvenli olup olmayacağını " -"bildirilecektir.\n" +"Açılacak ek bir pencere kesme işleminin güvenli olup olmayacağını bildirilecektir.\n" "</P>\n" #. Translators: mailer (MTA) selection dialog help, part 1 of 1 @@ -88,8 +87,7 @@ msgid "" "<p>Select the mail system (Mail Transfer Agent, MTA)\n" "to install.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Kurulacak e-posta sistemini (e-posta iletim yöneticisi, MTA) seçin.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Kurulacak e-posta sistemini (e-posta iletim yöneticisi, MTA) seçin.</p>" #. Translators: connection type dialog help, part 1 of 2 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:73 @@ -107,8 +105,7 @@ #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "<p>If choosing <b>No Connection</b>, the mail server will be started.\n" -"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the " -"localhost.</p>\n" +"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the localhost.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Translators: masquerading dialog help, part 1 of 1 @@ -118,23 +115,19 @@ "<p>Specify the rewriting of the sender's address here for each user.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p>Her kullanıcı için e-postayı gönderenin adresinin tekrar yazılmasını " -"belirtin.</p>\n" +"<p>Her kullanıcı için e-postayı gönderenin adresinin tekrar yazılmasını belirtin.</p>\n" #. Translators: authentication dialog help 1/4 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:96 msgid "" "\n" "<p>Some servers require authentication for sending mails. Here you can\n" -"enter information for this option. If you do not want to use " -"authentication,\n" +"enter information for this option. If you do not want to use authentication,\n" "simply leave these fields empty.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p>Bazı sunucular e-postaların gönderimi için kullanıcı kimliği " -"doğrulanmasını\n" -"gerektirir. Burada bu özellik için bilgileri girebilirsiniz. Eğer kimlik " -"doğrulanması\n" +"<p>Bazı sunucular e-postaların gönderimi için kullanıcı kimliği doğrulanmasını\n" +"gerektirir. Burada bu özellik için bilgileri girebilirsiniz. Eğer kimlik doğrulanması\n" "kullanmayacaksanız burayı boş bırakabilirsiniz.</p>\n" #. Translators: authentication dialog help 2/4 @@ -142,8 +135,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<p>The outgoing mail server is generally intended for dial-up connections.\n" -"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as <b>smtp.provider." -"com</b>.</p>\n" +"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as <b>smtp.provider.com</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p>E-posta gönderme sunucuları genelde çevirmeli bağlantılara yöneliktir.\n" @@ -154,12 +146,10 @@ #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" -"<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, enter the user name assigned by from your " -"provider.</p>\n" +"<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, enter the user name assigned by from your provider.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p><b>Kullanıcı adı</b> bölümüne servis sağlayıcınızdan edindiğiniz " -"kullanıcı adını girin.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Kullanıcı adı</b> bölümüne servis sağlayıcınızdan edindiğiniz kullanıcı adını girin.</p>\n" #. Translators: authentication dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:113 @@ -180,8 +170,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<p>Not: Yapılandırma dosyanızda birden çok sunucu belirtilmiş olsa da,\n" -" kolaylık sağlamak amacıyla bu pencerede sadece bir sunucu " -"gösterilmektedir.\n" +" kolaylık sağlamak amacıyla bu pencerede sadece bir sunucu gösterilmektedir.\n" "Bu sunucular silinmeyecektir.</p>\n" #. Translators: downloading dialog help, part 1 of 1 @@ -201,13 +190,11 @@ "\n" "<p>This table redirects mail delivered locally.\n" "Redirect it to another local user (useful for system accounts,\n" -"especially for <b>root</b>), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses." -"</p>\n" +"especially for <b>root</b>), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p>Bu tabloda yerel olarak yollanan e-postaları yönlendirebilirsiniz.\n" -"Diğer bir yerel kullanıcıya (özellikle <b>root</b> gibi sistem hesapları " -"için\n" +"Diğer bir yerel kullanıcıya (özellikle <b>root</b> gibi sistem hesapları için\n" "kullanışlıdır), başka bir uzak e-posta adresine ya da adres listesine\n" "yönlendirme yapabilirsiniz.</p>\n" @@ -278,9 +265,7 @@ msgid "" "YaST can only configure Postfix and Sendmail,\n" "but neither of them is installed." -msgstr "" -"YaST sadece Postfix ve Sendmail programlarını yapılandırabilir, ancak iki " -"program da yüklü değil." +msgstr "YaST sadece Postfix ve Sendmail programlarını yapılandırabilir, ancak iki program da yüklü değil." #. not to be displayed, #37554. #. but ProbePackages still has to be called. @@ -716,8 +701,7 @@ #| "with AMaViS.</p>\n" msgid "" "\n" -"<p><b>Enabling virus scanning (AMaViS)</b> checks incoming and outgoing " -"mail\n" +"<p><b>Enabling virus scanning (AMaViS)</b> checks incoming and outgoing mail\n" "with AMaViS.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -769,13 +753,10 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<p>Enabling DKIM for outgoing emails requires additional actions. A SSL key\n" -"will be generated for the 'mydomain' value defined in Postfix. A new " -"service\n" -"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can " -"send\n" +"will be generated for the 'mydomain' value defined in Postfix. A new service\n" +"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can send\n" "email with this service 'submission' from 'mynetworks' with enabled SASL\n" -"authentication. Only the emails sent by this new service will be signed " -"with\n" +"authentication. Only the emails sent by this new service will be signed with\n" "the domain key.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -787,16 +768,14 @@ "Service. The public key will be saved as a DNS TXT record\n" "in <b>/var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt</b> and needs to be deployed to an\n" "according Domain Name Service. If there is a name service\n" -"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, " -"the\n" +"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, the\n" "public key will be added as a TXT record to that domain zone\n" "automatically.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:215 -msgid "" -"If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too." +msgid "If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too." msgstr "" #. Translators: text entry label @@ -843,13 +822,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:306 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>The <b>delivery mode</b> is usually <b>Directly</b>, unless you do not " -"forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Root kullanıcısının e-postalarını yönlendirecekseniz ya da e-" -"postalarınıza IMAP ile ulaşmayacaksanız <b>iletim tipi</b> seçeneği normalde " -"<b>procmail</b> olarak kullanılır.</p>" +msgid "<p>The <b>delivery mode</b> is usually <b>Directly</b>, unless you do not forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Root kullanıcısının e-postalarını yönlendirecekseniz ya da e-postalarınıza IMAP ile ulaşmayacaksanız <b>iletim tipi</b> seçeneği normalde <b>procmail</b> olarak kullanılır.</p>" #. LogView label. take a string from users? #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:345 @@ -892,9 +866,7 @@ #. Validation #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:839 msgid "Cannot use procmail when root's mail is not forwarded." -msgstr "" -"Root kullanıcısının e-postaları yönlendirilmeyecekse procmail'i " -"kullanamazsınız." +msgstr "Root kullanıcısının e-postaları yönlendirilmeyecekse procmail'i kullanamazsınız." #. combo box choice: #. deliver mail normally @@ -994,8 +966,7 @@ "%2" msgstr "" "%1 dosyası okunamıyor. Bu dosyanın YaST tarafından okunabilmesi\n" -"için sabit bir biçime sahip olması gerekmektedir. Ayrıntılar için şu dosyaya " -"bakın:\n" +"için sabit bir biçime sahip olması gerekmektedir. Ayrıntılar için şu dosyaya bakın:\n" "%2" #. Translators: error message @@ -1639,8 +1610,7 @@ #~ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Başlatma işlemini kesme:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "<b>Kes</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde " -#~ "kesebilirsiniz.</p>\n" +#~ "<b>Kes</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde kesebilirsiniz.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -1916,11 +1886,8 @@ #~ msgstr "Geçersiz yedek yolu." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>In this dialog You can configure the mail settings of an user .</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Bu pencerede TV kartınızın kızılötesi kontrol aygıtını " -#~ "yapılandırabilirsiniz.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>In this dialog You can configure the mail settings of an user .</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Bu pencerede TV kartınızın kızılötesi kontrol aygıtını yapılandırabilirsiniz.</p>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Enable IMAP Quota" @@ -1994,8 +1961,7 @@ #~ "%2" #~ msgstr "" #~ "%1 dosyası okunamıyor. Bu dosyanın YaST tarafından okunabilmesi\n" -#~ "için sabit bir biçime sahip olması gerekmektedir. Ayrıntılar için şu " -#~ "dosyaya bakın:\n" +#~ "için sabit bir biçime sahip olması gerekmektedir. Ayrıntılar için şu dosyaya bakın:\n" #~ "%2" #, fuzzy @@ -2017,17 +1983,10 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "YaST2 can only configure Postfix and Sendmail,\n" #~ "but neither of them is installed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "YaST sadece Postfix ve Sendmail programlarını yapılandırabilir, ancak iki " -#~ "program da yüklü değil." +#~ msgstr "YaST sadece Postfix ve Sendmail programlarını yapılandırabilir, ancak iki program da yüklü değil." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>The <b>delivery mode</b> is usually <b>procmail</b>, unless you do not " -#~ "forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Root kullanıcısının e-postalarını yönlendirecekseniz ya da e-" -#~ "postalarınıza IMAP ile ulaşmayacaksanız <b>iletim tipi</b> seçeneği " -#~ "normalde <b>procmail</b> olarak kullanılır.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>The <b>delivery mode</b> is usually <b>procmail</b>, unless you do not forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Root kullanıcısının e-postalarını yönlendirecekseniz ya da e-postalarınıza IMAP ile ulaşmayacaksanız <b>iletim tipi</b> seçeneği normalde <b>procmail</b> olarak kullanılır.</p>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "This will corrupt your actual configuration." Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/multipath.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/multipath.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/multipath.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -270,42 +270,29 @@ "\t\t\tStart or stop multipathd, check the multipath information.<br><br>\n" "\n" "\t\t\t<b><big>Stop/Start Multipathd</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Use Multipath\"</b> to start multipathd. Click <b>\"Do not " -"use Multipath\"</b> to stop multipathd.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tMultipath status information can still be displayed when multipathd " -"stopped.<br><br>\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Use Multipath\"</b> to start multipathd. Click <b>\"Do not use Multipath\"</b> to stop multipathd.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tMultipath status information can still be displayed when multipathd stopped.<br><br>\n" "\n" "\t\t\t<b><big>Configure Multipath</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tClick <b>Configure</b> Tab to make the multipath configurations.<br></" -"p>\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>Configure</b> Tab to make the multipath configurations.<br></p>\n" msgstr "" #. dialog help for Configure tab #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tAll the content of /etc/multipath.conf can be configured here. There " -"are four sections in the configuration file:\n" -"\t\t\t<b>multipaths</b>, <b>defaults</b>, <b>blacklist</b>, " -"<b>blacklist_exception</b>, <b>devices.</b><br><br>\n" +"\t\t\tAll the content of /etc/multipath.conf can be configured here. There are four sections in the configuration file:\n" +"\t\t\t<b>multipaths</b>, <b>defaults</b>, <b>blacklist</b>, <b>blacklist_exception</b>, <b>devices.</b><br><br>\n" "\t\t\t<b>Multipaths:</b> list of multipaths finest-grained settings.<br>\n" "\t\t\t<b>Defaults:</b> multipath-tools default settings.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Defaults\"</b> button to configure defaults " -"settings.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist:</b> list of device names to be discard as not multipath " -"candidates.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Blacklist\"</b> button to configure blacklist " -"settings.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist Exceptions:</b> list of device names to be excluded from " -"blacklist.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Blacklist Exceptions\"</b> button to configure " -"blacklist_exceptions settings.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>Devices:</b> list of per storage controller settings. Overrides " -"default settings, overridden by per multipath settings.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure devices\"</b> button to configure devices " -"settings.<br><br>\n" -"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Finish\"</b> button to save and update the configurations." -"<br><br></p>\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Defaults\"</b> button to configure defaults settings.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist:</b> list of device names to be discard as not multipath candidates.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Blacklist\"</b> button to configure blacklist settings.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist Exceptions:</b> list of device names to be excluded from blacklist.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Blacklist Exceptions\"</b> button to configure blacklist_exceptions settings.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>Devices:</b> list of per storage controller settings. Overrides default settings, overridden by per multipath settings.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure devices\"</b> button to configure devices settings.<br><br>\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Finish\"</b> button to save and update the configurations.<br><br></p>\n" msgstr "" #. dialog help for defaults section configure tab 1/3 @@ -313,27 +300,19 @@ msgid "" "<p><b><big>Defaults Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "\t\t\tGlobal default settings can be configured and cleared here.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tAny default setting here will take effect in all multipath " -"configurations, unless a corresponding local setting overwrites it.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tIf a default setting here is cleared, multipath will take its own " -"value as default setting.<br></p>\n" +"\t\t\tAny default setting here will take effect in all multipath configurations, unless a corresponding local setting overwrites it.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tIf a default setting here is cleared, multipath will take its own value as default setting.<br></p>\n" msgstr "" #. dialog help for blacklist section configure tab 1/3 #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Blacklist Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tDevice names listed here can be discarded as not multipath candidates." -"<br>\n" -"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: <b>wwid</b>, " -"<b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: The world wide ID identifying the device in blacklist." -"<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regular expression can be used here to identify device " -"names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are " -"cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Used to identify a specific storage controller in " -"blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tDevice names listed here can be discarded as not multipath candidates.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: <b>wwid</b>, <b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: The world wide ID identifying the device in blacklist.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regular expression can be used here to identify device names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Used to identify a specific storage controller in blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name.<br>\n" "</p>" msgstr "" @@ -342,15 +321,10 @@ msgid "" "<p><b><big>Blacklist Exceptions Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "\t\t\tDevice names listed here are excluded from blacklist.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: <b>wwid</b>, " -"<b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: The world wide ID identifying the device excepted from " -"blacklist.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regular expression can be used here to identify device " -"names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are " -"cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Used to identify a specific storage controller excepted " -"from blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: <b>wwid</b>, <b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: The world wide ID identifying the device excepted from blacklist.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regular expression can be used here to identify device names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Used to identify a specific storage controller excepted from blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name.<br>\n" "</p>" msgstr "" @@ -358,10 +332,8 @@ #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Devices Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tPer storage controller settings are listed here, they override the " -"default settings and are overridden by per multipath settings.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tEach device is identified by <b>vendor</b> and <b>product</b> name." -"<br></p>\n" +"\t\t\tPer storage controller settings are listed here, they override the default settings and are overridden by per multipath settings.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tEach device is identified by <b>vendor</b> and <b>product</b> name.<br></p>\n" msgstr "" #. add quotes to configuration value, no matter how many words. Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/ncurses-pkg.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/ncurses-pkg.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/ncurses-pkg.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -64,8 +64,7 @@ msgstr "paketler bağımlılıkları çözmek için değiştirilmiştir:" #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1297 -msgid "" -"You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." +msgid "You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." msgstr "" # include/ui/common_messages.ycp:23 @@ -138,29 +137,19 @@ msgstr "Y&eni yamalar" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:203 -msgid "" -"This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if " -"recommeded by a newly installed package. To get packages recommeded by " -"already installed packages the option <b>Install Recommended Packages for " -"Already Installed Packages</b> from <b>Dependencies</b> menu has to be set." +msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package. To get packages recommeded by already installed packages the option <b>Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages</b> from <b>Dependencies</b> menu has to be set." msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:207 -msgid "" -"It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already " -"installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." +msgid "It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:211 -msgid "" -"The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. " -"updates aren't possible." +msgid "The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. updates aren't possible." msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:215 -msgid "" -"These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any " -"longer." +msgid "These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any longer." msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:65 @@ -197,9 +186,7 @@ #. Translators: %s is a locale code, e.g. en_GB #: src/NCPkgFilterLocale.cc:178 #, c-format -msgid "" -"Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for <b>%s</b> " -"locale" +msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for <b>%s</b> locale" msgstr "" # /usr/lib/YaST2/timezone_raw.ycp:482 @@ -784,67 +771,33 @@ #. part1 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:121 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Welcome to the package selector</b></p><p>This tool will help you to " -"manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single " -"packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or " -"languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when " -"installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package " -"selector consists of three main parts: <b>filters</b>, <b>package table</b> " -"and <b>menu</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Welcome to the package selector</b></p><p>This tool will help you to manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package selector consists of three main parts: <b>filters</b>, <b>package table</b> and <b>menu</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #. part of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:129 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Filter</b> on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large " -"amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain " -"repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ " -"Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on " -"filters can be found in <i>How to use filters</i>.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Filter</b> on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on filters can be found in <i>How to use filters</i>.</p>" msgstr "" #. additional help text for post installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:136 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Package table</b> is the main component of the package selector. You " -"will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the " -"selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has " -"several columns:</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Package table</b> is the main component of the package selector. You will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has several columns:</p>" msgstr "" #. part2 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:143 -msgid "" -"<ol><li>Package status (for more information see <i>Package Status and " -"Symbols</i>)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available " -"version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed version" -"(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" +msgid "<ol><li>Package status (for more information see <i>Package Status and Symbols</i>)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" msgstr "" #. part3 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:151 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>The <b>Actions</b> menu below the table allows you to change the status " -"of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete " -"a package or select an additional package for installation. The status " -"change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu " -"item (for detailed information about the package status, see <i>Package " -"Status and Symbols</i>).</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Hareketler:</b> Seçili paketin (ya da listedeki tüm paketlerin) " -"silinmesi ya da kurulması gibi işlemleri sağlar, .Değişiklikler menüde " -"belirtildiği üzere ilgili tuşlara basarak doğrudan da yapılabilir (Ayrıntılı " -"bilgi için 'Paket durumu yardımı' bölümüne bakınız).</p>" +msgid "<p>The <b>Actions</b> menu below the table allows you to change the status of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete a package or select an additional package for installation. The status change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu item (for detailed information about the package status, see <i>Package Status and Symbols</i>).</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Hareketler:</b> Seçili paketin (ya da listedeki tüm paketlerin) silinmesi ya da kurulması gibi işlemleri sağlar, .Değişiklikler menüde belirtildiği üzere ilgili tuşlara basarak doğrudan da yapılabilir (Ayrıntılı bilgi için 'Paket durumu yardımı' bölümüne bakınız).</p>" #. part4 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:158 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Menu</b> provides functions related to the handling of package " -"dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions " -"like opening the repository editor. For more information, see <i>Useful " -"Functions in Menu</i>.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Menu</b> provides functions related to the handling of package dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions like opening the repository editor. For more information, see <i>Useful Functions in Menu</i>.</p>" msgstr "" #. the headline of the help window @@ -855,28 +808,14 @@ #. part 1 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:172 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>The package status can be changed using the <i>Actions</i> menu or the " -"keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an " -"additional package.</p><p>The \"Taboo\" status means the package should " -"never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the " -"installed version of a package should always be kept.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Paket durumu, <i>Hareketler</i> menüsünden ya da menüde belirtilen " -"tuşlarla değiştirilebilir. Örneğin, '+' tuşu ile ek bir paket " -"yükleyebilirsiniz. \"Tabu\" durumu paketin kurulumunun kaldırılmaması " -"gerektiğini ve kurulu sürümün korunması gerektiğini belirtir.</p>" +msgid "<p>The package status can be changed using the <i>Actions</i> menu or the keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an additional package.</p><p>The \"Taboo\" status means the package should never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the installed version of a package should always be kept.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Paket durumu, <i>Hareketler</i> menüsünden ya da menüde belirtilen tuşlarla değiştirilebilir. Örneğin, '+' tuşu ile ek bir paket yükleyebilirsiniz. \"Tabu\" durumu paketin kurulumunun kaldırılmaması gerektiğini ve kurulu sürümün korunması gerektiğini belirtir.</p>" #. part 2 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:179 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>You can also use <b>RET</b> or <b>SPACE</b> to toggle the package status. " -"The <i>Actions</i> menu also allows you to change the status for all " -"packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages').</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><i>Hareketler</i> menüsü ayrıca listelenmiş tüm paketlerin durumunu " -"değiştirebilmeyi sağlar. ('Tüm listelenmiş paketler' seçeneğini kullanın)" +msgid "<p>You can also use <b>RET</b> or <b>SPACE</b> to toggle the package status. The <i>Actions</i> menu also allows you to change the status for all packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages').</p>" +msgstr "<p><i>Hareketler</i> menüsü ayrıca listelenmiş tüm paketlerin durumunu değiştirebilmeyi sağlar. ('Tüm listelenmiş paketler' seçeneğini kullanın)" #. part 3 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:185 @@ -888,29 +827,14 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:192 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p><b> + </b>: package will be installed</p><p><b>a+ </b>: package will be " -"installed automatically</p><p><b> > </b>: package will be updated</" -"p><p><b>a> </b>: package will be automatically updated</p><p><b> i </b>: " -"package is installed</p><p><b> - </b>: package will be deleted</p><p><b>---" -"</b>: never install this package (taboo)</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b> + </b>: paket kurulum için seçilmiş</p><p><b>a+ </b>: paket kurulum " -"için otomatikman seçilmiş</p><p><b> > </b>: paketi güncelle</p><p><b>a> </" -"b>: paketi otomatik olarak güncelle</p><p><b> i </b>: paket kurulu durumda</" -"p><p><b> - </b>: paket silinecek</p><p><b>---</b>: paketi hiç bir zaman " -"kurma</p>" +msgid "<p><b> + </b>: package will be installed</p><p><b>a+ </b>: package will be installed automatically</p><p><b> > </b>: package will be updated</p><p><b>a> </b>: package will be automatically updated</p><p><b> i </b>: package is installed</p><p><b> - </b>: package will be deleted</p><p><b>---</b>: never install this package (taboo)</p>" +msgstr "<p><b> + </b>: paket kurulum için seçilmiş</p><p><b>a+ </b>: paket kurulum için otomatikman seçilmiş</p><p><b> > </b>: paketi güncelle</p><p><b>a> </b>: paketi otomatik olarak güncelle</p><p><b> i </b>: paket kurulu durumda</p><p><b> - </b>: paket silinecek</p><p><b>---</b>: paketi hiç bir zaman kurma</p>" #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:199 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p><b>-i-</b>: keep the installed version and never update or delete it " -"( package locked )</p><p>Status information for pattern and languages:</" -"p><p><b> i </b>: All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>-i-</b>: paket \"korunuyor\" -- kurulu paketi saklayın ve hiç bir " -"zaman güncellemeyin ya da silmeyin.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>-i-</b>: keep the installed version and never update or delete it ( package locked )</p><p>Status information for pattern and languages:</p><p><b> i </b>: All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>-i-</b>: paket \"korunuyor\" -- kurulu paketi saklayın ve hiç bir zaman güncellemeyin ya da silmeyin.</p>" # include/tv/ui.ycp:493 #. label for an error popup @@ -921,61 +845,29 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:213 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Filter</b> allow you to filter all available packages according to the " -"selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties " -"(repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), " -"package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the " -"drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Filter</b> allow you to filter all available packages according to the selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties (repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:220 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Patterns</b> describe the features and functions a system should have " -"(for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of " -"packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may " -"have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the " -"solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly.</" -"p>" +msgid "<p><b>Patterns</b> describe the features and functions a system should have (for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:227 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Languages</b> are package containers very much like patterns. They " -"contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific " -"files for a selected language. <b>RPM Groups</b> are not package containers " -"that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a " -"property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. " -"The <b>Repositories</b> filter displays packages available from a specific " -"repository. </p>" +msgid "<p><b>Languages</b> are package containers very much like patterns. They contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific files for a selected language. <b>RPM Groups</b> are not package containers that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. The <b>Repositories</b> filter displays packages available from a specific repository. </p>" msgstr "" # clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:632 #. help text package search #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:234 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>To use the <b>Search</b> filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for " -"the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the " -"expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides " -"or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button." -"</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Paket aratmak için anahtar kelime girin. Paket adının bir kısmı ile arama " -"yapabilirsiniz, örneğin tüm 3D paketlerini aramak için \"3d\" girin. " -"<br>Paket tanımlarında da arama yapmak istiyorsanız ilgili seçeneği " -"işaretleyin. 'Enter' tuşuyla aramayı başlatabilirsiniz.</p>br>" +msgid "<p>To use the <b>Search</b> filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Paket aratmak için anahtar kelime girin. Paket adının bir kısmı ile arama yapabilirsiniz, örneğin tüm 3D paketlerini aramak için \"3d\" girin. <br>Paket tanımlarında da arama yapmak istiyorsanız ilgili seçeneği işaretleyin. 'Enter' tuşuyla aramayı başlatabilirsiniz.</p>br>" #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:241 -msgid "" -"<p>The <b>Installation summary</b> presents an overview of packages whose " -"status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or " -"removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter " -"<b>Package Classification</b> provides information about <i>Recommended</i>, " -"<i>Suggested</i>, <i>Orphaned</i> and <i>Unneeded</i> packages.</p>" +msgid "<p>The <b>Installation summary</b> presents an overview of packages whose status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter <b>Package Classification</b> provides information about <i>Recommended</i>, <i>Suggested</i>, <i>Orphaned</i> and <i>Unneeded</i> packages.</p>" msgstr "" #. label for an error popup @@ -985,83 +877,31 @@ #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:254 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p><b>Dependencies:</b><br> This menu offers various actions related to the " -"handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are " -"checked with every status change. You will be informed about package " -"conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve " -"the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try " -"Again'.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Öntanımlı olarak, her durum değişikliği yapıldığında paket bağımlılıkları " -"kontrol edilir. Her paket çakışması ve ek paket gereksinimleri hakkında " -"bilgilendirileceksiniz. (<i>Etc</i> menüsündeki <i>Bağımlılılar</i> seçeneği " -"değişik ayarlar sunar)</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Dependencies:</b><br> This menu offers various actions related to the handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are checked with every status change. You will be informed about package conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try Again'.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Öntanımlı olarak, her durum değişikliği yapıldığında paket bağımlılıkları kontrol edilir. Her paket çakışması ve ek paket gereksinimleri hakkında bilgilendirileceksiniz. (<i>Etc</i> menüsündeki <i>Bağımlılılar</i> seçeneği değişik ayarlar sunar)</p>" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:260 -msgid "" -"<p>To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle " -"<i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> OFF. You can check dependencies manually " -"by selecting <i>Check Dependencies Now</i>. The <i>Verify system</i> entry " -"will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve " -"conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic " -"installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use <i>Generate " -"Dependency Solver Testcase</i>. It will dump package dependencies data into " -"the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what " -"you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla.</p>" +msgid "<p>To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle <i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> OFF. You can check dependencies manually by selecting <i>Check Dependencies Now</i>. The <i>Verify system</i> entry will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use <i>Generate Dependency Solver Testcase</i>. It will dump package dependencies data into the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:266 -msgid "" -"<p>Available options for dependency checking are:<br><i>Automatic Dependency " -"Check</i> (see above), <i>Install Recommended for Already Installed " -"Packages</i>: if ON, also recommended packages of already installed package " -"will be installed, <i>System Verification Mode</i>: repair dependencies of " -"installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the " -"system with <i>Verify System Now</i> the option <i>System Verification Mode</" -"i> is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the " -"YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>.</p>" +msgid "<p>Available options for dependency checking are:<br><i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> (see above), <i>Install Recommended for Already Installed Packages</i>: if ON, also recommended packages of already installed package will be installed, <i>System Verification Mode</i>: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with <i>Verify System Now</i> the option <i>System Verification Mode</i> is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:272 -msgid "" -"<p>Advanced options:<br> <i>Cleanup when deleting packages</i>: remove " -"dependent unused packages. <i>Allow vendor change</i>: package vendor may " -"differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, " -"they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/" -"etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>.</p>" +msgid "<p>Advanced options:<br> <i>Cleanup when deleting packages</i>: remove dependent unused packages. <i>Allow vendor change</i>: package vendor may differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:278 -msgid "" -"<p><b>View:</b><br>Choose which information about the selected package will " -"be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: " -"package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package " -"versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and " -"dependencies (provides, requires etc.).</p>" +msgid "<p><b>View:</b><br>Choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.).</p>" msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:284 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Configuration:</b><br>This menu integrates package selector with the " -"rest of package management utils. From here, you can <b>Launch Repository " -"Manager</b> and edit configured repositories or register to update " -"repository and configure periodic download of available updates (<b>Launch " -"Online Update Configuration</b>). Also, you can pick one of the three " -"possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in <b>Action after Package " -"Installation</b> menu.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Configuration:</b><br>This menu integrates package selector with the rest of package management utils. From here, you can <b>Launch Repository Manager</b> and edit configured repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available updates (<b>Launch Online Update Configuration</b>). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in <b>Action after Package Installation</b> menu.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:289 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Extras:</b><br>Miscellaneous functions reside here. <i>Export Package " -"List to File</i> will dump data on installed packages, patterns and " -"languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by <i>Import " -"Package List from File</i> option e.g. on different computer. It will bring " -"the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described " -"in provided XML file. <i>Show Available Disk Space</i> will show a popup " -"table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted " -"partition.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Extras:</b><br>Miscellaneous functions reside here. <i>Export Package List to File</i> will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by <i>Import Package List from File</i> option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in provided XML file. <i>Show Available Disk Space</i> will show a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition.</p>" msgstr "" #. label of a frame with search settings @@ -1282,63 +1122,29 @@ #. help text online udpate #. Do NOT translate 'recommended' and 'security'! because the patch kind is always shown as english text. #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:611 -msgid "" -"<p>General information about patches:</p><p>The patches of kind <b>security</" -"b> are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You " -"should also install <b>recommended</b> patches, they usually contain " -"important bug-fixes. Install <b>feature</b> patches if you are interested in " -"the feature.</p>" +msgid "<p>General information about patches:</p><p>The patches of kind <b>security</b> are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You should also install <b>recommended</b> patches, they usually contain important bug-fixes. Install <b>feature</b> patches if you are interested in the feature.</p>" msgstr "" # clients/online_update_select.ycp:134 #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) " -"will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second " -"run.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>\"recommended\" modundaki yamaları kurmalısınız. \"security\" " -"modundakiler güvenlik yamalarıdır ve bu yamaların kurulumu şiddetle " -"önerilir. İlk önce her zaman \"YaST\" yamaları kurulacaktır. Diğer yamalar " -"ikinci bir çalıştırma sırasında kurulmalıdır.</p>" +msgid "<p>Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second run.</p>" +msgstr "<p>\"recommended\" modundaki yamaları kurmalısınız. \"security\" modundakiler güvenlik yamalarıdır ve bu yamaların kurulumu şiddetle önerilir. İlk önce her zaman \"YaST\" yamaları kurulacaktır. Diğer yamalar ikinci bir çalıştırma sırasında kurulmalıdır.</p>" #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625 -msgid "" -"<p>Meaning of the status flags:</p><p><b>a+ </b>: Patches concerning your " -"installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your " -"system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'.</p><p><b> " -"i </b>: All requirements of this patch are satisfied.</p><p><b> + </b>: You " -"have selected this patch for installation.</p>" +msgid "<p>Meaning of the status flags:</p><p><b>a+ </b>: Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'.</p><p><b> i </b>: All requirements of this patch are satisfied.</p><p><b> + </b>: You have selected this patch for installation.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632 -msgid "" -"<p>More details about the status:<br>If there are several patches for a " -"package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all " -"got preselected and have status <b>a+</b>. If one of these patches is " -"deselected with '-' it might show the status <b>i</b> afterwards. This is " -"because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still " -"selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with " -"it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the " -"patches are not wanted.</p>" +msgid "<p>More details about the status:<br>If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status <b>a+</b>. If one of these patches is deselected with '-' it might show the status <b>i</b> afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the patches are not wanted.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639 -msgid "" -"<p>The menus:</p><p>The <b>Filter</b> menu allows to filter the patches, e." -"g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to " -"search for patches.<br>Use the <b>Actions</b> menu to change the status of a " -"patch.<br>The <b>View</b> menu offers the possibility to see which packages " -"are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the " -"package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are " -"concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system." -"<br>The <b>Dependencies</b> menu contains dependencies checks and the " -"'Generate Solver Testcase' entry.</p>" +msgid "<p>The menus:</p><p>The <b>Filter</b> menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches.<br>Use the <b>Actions</b> menu to change the status of a patch.<br>The <b>View</b> menu offers the possibility to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system.<br>The <b>Dependencies</b> menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry.</p>" msgstr "" #. label for a warning popup @@ -1383,12 +1189,8 @@ #. text for a Notify popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:714 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost." -"<br>Really exit?</p>" -msgstr "" -"İptal ile çıkmanız durumunda yaptığınız seçimler kaybolacaktır.<p>Çıkmak " -"istediğinize emin misiniz?<br>" +msgid "<p>All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost.<br>Really exit?</p>" +msgstr "İptal ile çıkmanız durumunda yaptığınız seçimler kaybolacaktır.<p>Çıkmak istediğinize emin misiniz?<br>" # clients/inst_language.ycp:116 #. the label of language table @@ -1443,20 +1245,8 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783 -msgid "" -"<b>Update Problem List</b><br><p>The packages in the list cannot be updated " -"automatically.</p><p>Possible reasons:</p><p>They are obsoleted by other " -"packages.</p><p>There is no newer version to which to update on any " -"installation media.</p><p>They are third-party packages</p><p>Manually " -"select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"<b>Güncelleme sorun listesi</b><br><p>Bu listedeki paketler otomatik olarak " -"güncellenemez.</p><p>Olası nedenler:</p><p>Bu paketler başka paketler " -"tarafından eskileştirilmiş.</p><p>Kurulum medyalarında güncellenecek yeni " -"bir sürüm mevcut değil.</p><p>Bu paketler üçüncü kişi paketleridir</p><p>Bu " -"paketlerle ne yapılacağını elle seçin. Yapılacak en güvenli hareket " -"paketleri silmektir.</p>" +msgid "<b>Update Problem List</b><br><p>The packages in the list cannot be updated automatically.</p><p>Possible reasons:</p><p>They are obsoleted by other packages.</p><p>There is no newer version to which to update on any installation media.</p><p>They are third-party packages</p><p>Manually select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them.</p>" +msgstr "<b>Güncelleme sorun listesi</b><br><p>Bu listedeki paketler otomatik olarak güncellenemez.</p><p>Olası nedenler:</p><p>Bu paketler başka paketler tarafından eskileştirilmiş.</p><p>Kurulum medyalarında güncellenecek yeni bir sürüm mevcut değil.</p><p>Bu paketler üçüncü kişi paketleridir</p><p>Bu paketlerle ne yapılacağını elle seçin. Yapılacak en güvenli hareket paketleri silmektir.</p>" #. column header source RPM installation (keep it short!) #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790 @@ -1484,28 +1274,13 @@ # clients/online_update_select.ycp:140 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Meaning of the status flags:</p><p><b>a+ </b>: Patches concerning your " -#~ "installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on " -#~ "your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'.</" -#~ "p><p><b> i </b>: All requirements of this patch are satisfied.</p><p><b>+ " -#~ "</b>: You have selected this patch for installation.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Durum işaretlerinin anlamı:</p><p><b>+</b>: Kurulumunuza göre " -#~ "belirlenip seçilmiş yamalar. Bu yamalar indirilip sisteminize " -#~ "kurulacaktır. Eğer bir yamanın kurulumunu istemiyorsanız '-' ile seçimini " -#~ "kaldırın.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Meaning of the status flags:</p><p><b>a+ </b>: Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'.</p><p><b> i </b>: All requirements of this patch are satisfied.</p><p><b>+ </b>: You have selected this patch for installation.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Durum işaretlerinin anlamı:</p><p><b>+</b>: Kurulumunuza göre belirlenip seçilmiş yamalar. Bu yamalar indirilip sisteminize kurulacaktır. Eğer bir yamanın kurulumunu istemiyorsanız '-' ile seçimini kaldırın.</p>" # clients/online_update_select.ycp:134 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Kind \"recommended\" means you should install the patch. \"security\" " -#~ "is a security patch and we highly recommend to install it.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>\"recommended\" modundaki yamaları kurmalısınız. \"security\" " -#~ "modundakiler güvenlik yamalarıdır ve bu yamaların kurulumu şiddetle " -#~ "önerilir. İlk önce her zaman \"YaST\" yamaları kurulacaktır. Diğer " -#~ "yamalar ikinci bir çalıştırma sırasında kurulmalıdır.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Kind \"recommended\" means you should install the patch. \"security\" is a security patch and we highly recommend to install it.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>\"recommended\" modundaki yamaları kurmalısınız. \"security\" modundakiler güvenlik yamalarıdır ve bu yamaların kurulumu şiddetle önerilir. İlk önce her zaman \"YaST\" yamaları kurulacaktır. Diğer yamalar ikinci bir çalıştırma sırasında kurulmalıdır.</p>" # clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:647 #, fuzzy @@ -1625,12 +1400,8 @@ #~ msgid "Technical data" #~ msgstr "&Teknik bilgi" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>i</b>: This patch is already installed.</p><p><b>></b>: The patch " -#~ "will be reinstalled.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>i</b>: Bu yama kurulu durumda.</p><p><b>></b>: Bu yama yeniden " -#~ "kurulacak.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>i</b>: This patch is already installed.</p><p><b>></b>: The patch will be reinstalled.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>i</b>: Bu yama kurulu durumda.</p><p><b>></b>: Bu yama yeniden kurulacak.</p>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Toggle [SPACE]" @@ -1888,76 +1659,29 @@ #~ msgid "S&elections" #~ msgstr "Seçimler" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>The package installation dialog offers the features to customize your " -#~ "SuSE Linux installation. You have the opportunity to make your own " -#~ "decision about the installation or removal of particular packages. For " -#~ "example, select additional categories for installation (see menu " -#~ "<i>Filter</i>) or deselect unwanted packages.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Paket kurulum penceresi SuSE Linux kurulumunu kendinize göre " -#~ "ayarlamanızı sağlar. Paketlerin kurulumu ya da kaldırımı hakkında kendi " -#~ "seçiminizi yapabilirsiniz. Örneğin kurulum için ilave paketler seçebilir " -#~ "ya da istenmeyen paketleri kaldırabilirsiniz (<i>Filtre</i> menüsüne " -#~ "bakınız.)</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>The package installation dialog offers the features to customize your SuSE Linux installation. You have the opportunity to make your own decision about the installation or removal of particular packages. For example, select additional categories for installation (see menu <i>Filter</i>) or deselect unwanted packages.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Paket kurulum penceresi SuSE Linux kurulumunu kendinize göre ayarlamanızı sağlar. Paketlerin kurulumu ya da kaldırımı hakkında kendi seçiminizi yapabilirsiniz. Örneğin kurulum için ilave paketler seçebilir ya da istenmeyen paketleri kaldırabilirsiniz (<i>Filtre</i> menüsüne bakınız.)</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>The list shows all packages belonging to the current filter with " -#~ "status information in the first column. To change the package status, see " -#~ "<i>Actions</i>.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Liste filtreye bağlı olan paketleri gösterir. İlk kolonda durum " -#~ "bilgisi mevcuttur. Paket durumunu değiştirmek için <i>Hareketler</i> " -#~ "menüsüne bakınız.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>The list shows all packages belonging to the current filter with status information in the first column. To change the package status, see <i>Actions</i>.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Liste filtreye bağlı olan paketleri gösterir. İlk kolonda durum bilgisi mevcuttur. Paket durumunu değiştirmek için <i>Hareketler</i> menüsüne bakınız.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Be careful when deleting packages and always pay attention to " -#~ "<i>Warning</i> pop-ups.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Lütfen paket silerken dikkat ediniz ve <i>Uyarı<i> pencerelerine önem " -#~ "gösteriniz.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Be careful when deleting packages and always pay attention to <i>Warning</i> pop-ups.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Lütfen paket silerken dikkat ediniz ve <i>Uyarı<i> pencerelerine önem gösteriniz.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Description of the menus:<br><p><b>Filter:</b> the packages shown in the " -#~ "package list match the selected filter, such as an RPM group, a keyword, " -#~ "or a category of packages (like Development or Games).</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Menülerin tanımı:<br><p><b>Filtre:</b>Paket listesinde gösterilen " -#~ "paketler seçili filtreye uyar. Örneğin; RPM grubu, anahtar kelime ya da " -#~ "paket kategorisi (Geliştirme, oyunlar gibi).</p>" +#~ msgid "Description of the menus:<br><p><b>Filter:</b> the packages shown in the package list match the selected filter, such as an RPM group, a keyword, or a category of packages (like Development or Games).</p>" +#~ msgstr "Menülerin tanımı:<br><p><b>Filtre:</b>Paket listesinde gösterilen paketler seçili filtreye uyar. Örneğin; RPM grubu, anahtar kelime ya da paket kategorisi (Geliştirme, oyunlar gibi).</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Information:</b> you have the possibility to view different " -#~ "information about the selected package in the window on the bottom of the " -#~ "dialog, such as the long description, all available versions of the " -#~ "package, or the file list.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Bilgi:</b> Pencerenin altındaki kutudan seçilen paketin uzun " -#~ "tanımı, varolan sürümler ya da dosya listesi gibi bilgileri " -#~ "edinebilirsiniz.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Information:</b> you have the possibility to view different information about the selected package in the window on the bottom of the dialog, such as the long description, all available versions of the package, or the file list.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>Bilgi:</b> Pencerenin altındaki kutudan seçilen paketin uzun tanımı, varolan sürümler ya da dosya listesi gibi bilgileri edinebilirsiniz.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Etc.:</b> The menu item 'Dependencies' offers different settings " -#~ "for the dependency checking. Automatic dependency check means check after " -#~ "every change of the package status whether all requirements are fulfilled " -#~ "or whether conflicts occurred.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Diğer:</b> 'Bağımlılıklar' menüsü bağımlılık kontrolü için değişik " -#~ "seçenekler sunar. Otomatik bağımlılık kontrolü, her paket değişiminden " -#~ "sonra tüm gereksinimlerin sağlandığını ya da paket çakışması olmadığını " -#~ "onaylama işlemine denir.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Etc.:</b> The menu item 'Dependencies' offers different settings for the dependency checking. Automatic dependency check means check after every change of the package status whether all requirements are fulfilled or whether conflicts occurred.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>Diğer:</b> 'Bağımlılıklar' menüsü bağımlılık kontrolü için değişik seçenekler sunar. Otomatik bağımlılık kontrolü, her paket değişiminden sonra tüm gereksinimlerin sağlandığını ya da paket çakışması olmadığını onaylama işlemine denir.</p>" #~ msgid "<p>To save or load a package selection, choose 'Selections'.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Paket seçimi yüklemek ya da kaydetmek için 'Seçimler' seçeneğini " -#~ "kullanın.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Paket seçimi yüklemek ya da kaydetmek için 'Seçimler' seçeneğini kullanın.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>You can also use <b>RET</b> or <b>SPACE</b> to toggle the package " -#~ "status." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Ayrıca <b>ENTER</b> ve <b>BOŞLUK</b> tuşları ile paket durumunu " -#~ "değiştirebilirsiniz." +#~ msgid "<p>You can also use <b>RET</b> or <b>SPACE</b> to toggle the package status." +#~ msgstr "<p>Ayrıca <b>ENTER</b> ve <b>BOŞLUK</b> tuşları ile paket durumunu değiştirebilirsiniz." # clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1461 clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1485 #~ msgid "Package/Library" @@ -1973,84 +1697,35 @@ #~ msgid "Additional Information" #~ msgstr "Ek bilgi" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Special keys:<br>Function keys provide a quick access to the main " -#~ "functions (frequently used buttons) of this dialog. See the listing below " -#~ "to get the bindings.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Özel tuşlar:<br> Fonksiyon tuşları penceredeki ana görevlere (sık " -#~ "kullanılan düğmelere) hızlı erişim sağlar. Bu tuşların görevleri için " -#~ "aşağıdaki listeye bakınız.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Special keys:<br>Function keys provide a quick access to the main functions (frequently used buttons) of this dialog. See the listing below to get the bindings.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Özel tuşlar:<br> Fonksiyon tuşları penceredeki ana görevlere (sık kullanılan düğmelere) hızlı erişim sağlar. Bu tuşların görevleri için aşağıdaki listeye bakınız.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Shortcuts are used to perform the desired action by pressing the " -#~ "<b>Alt</b> key followed by the key marked in the corresponding button, " -#~ "check box, radio button, or other item.</p>If the <b>Alt</b> key " -#~ "combinations are captured by the X server, use <b>ESC</b> instead." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Kısayollar <b>Alt</b> tuşu ile birlikte istenilen düğmenin, seçim " -#~ "düğmelerinin ya da diğer öğelerin adındaki işaretlenmiş harflere basarak " -#~ "istenilen görevi yerine getirmek için kullanılır. </p>Eğer <b>Alt</b> ile " -#~ "yapılan tuş kombinasyonları X sunucusu tarafından kullanılıyorsa <b>ESC</" -#~ "b> tuşunu da kullanabilirsiniz.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Shortcuts are used to perform the desired action by pressing the <b>Alt</b> key followed by the key marked in the corresponding button, check box, radio button, or other item.</p>If the <b>Alt</b> key combinations are captured by the X server, use <b>ESC</b> instead." +#~ msgstr "<p>Kısayollar <b>Alt</b> tuşu ile birlikte istenilen düğmenin, seçim düğmelerinin ya da diğer öğelerin adındaki işaretlenmiş harflere basarak istenilen görevi yerine getirmek için kullanılır. </p>Eğer <b>Alt</b> ile yapılan tuş kombinasyonları X sunucusu tarafından kullanılıyorsa <b>ESC</b> tuşunu da kullanabilirsiniz.</p>" #~ msgid "<p>General keyboard navigation:</p>" #~ msgstr "<p>Genel klavye dolaşımı:</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To move inside a dialog, use <b>Tab</b> to go forward and <b>Alt</b> " -#~ "or <b>Shift</b> + <b>Tab</b> to go back.<br> If the <b>Alt</b> and " -#~ "<b>Shift</b> key combinations are occupied by the window manager or the " -#~ "terminal, <b>Ctrl</b> + <b>F</b> (forward) and <b>Ctrl</b> + <b>B</b> " -#~ "(back) can be used instead.</p>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Bu pencerede <b>Tab</b> tuşu ileriye, <b>Alt</b> ya da <b>Shift</b> " -#~ "ile <b>Tab</b> tuşu ise geriye hareket etmek için kullanılır. <br>Eğer " -#~ "<b>Alt</b> ve <b>Shift</b> tuş kombinasyonları pencere yöneticisi ya da " -#~ "terminal tarafından kullanılıyosa <b>Ctrl</b> <b>F</b> (ileri) ve " -#~ "<b>Ctrl</b> <b>B</b> (geri) tuşları kullanılabilir.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>To move inside a dialog, use <b>Tab</b> to go forward and <b>Alt</b> or <b>Shift</b> + <b>Tab</b> to go back.<br> If the <b>Alt</b> and <b>Shift</b> key combinations are occupied by the window manager or the terminal, <b>Ctrl</b> + <b>F</b> (forward) and <b>Ctrl</b> + <b>B</b> (back) can be used instead.</p>." +#~ msgstr "<p>Bu pencerede <b>Tab</b> tuşu ileriye, <b>Alt</b> ya da <b>Shift</b> ile <b>Tab</b> tuşu ise geriye hareket etmek için kullanılır. <br>Eğer <b>Alt</b> ve <b>Shift</b> tuş kombinasyonları pencere yöneticisi ya da terminal tarafından kullanılıyosa <b>Ctrl</b> <b>F</b> (ileri) ve <b>Ctrl</b> <b>B</b> (geri) tuşları kullanılabilir.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>The command specified on an activated button (e.g., Next, Add) is " -#~ "executed if the <b>Enter</b> key is pressed.</p> <p>Radio buttons or " -#~ "check boxes are switched on or off with <b>Enter</b> or <b>Space</b>. " -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Seçili düğmeye ait komutu (İleri, Ekle gibi) çalıştırmak için " -#~ "<b>Enter</b> düğmesini kullanın. Seçim düğmelerini açma kapama işlerini " -#~ "ise </p>Enter<p> ya da <b>Boşluk</b> tuşlarıyla yapabilirsiniz.<b>" +#~ msgid "<p>The command specified on an activated button (e.g., Next, Add) is executed if the <b>Enter</b> key is pressed.</p> <p>Radio buttons or check boxes are switched on or off with <b>Enter</b> or <b>Space</b>. " +#~ msgstr "<p>Seçili düğmeye ait komutu (İleri, Ekle gibi) çalıştırmak için <b>Enter</b> düğmesini kullanın. Seçim düğmelerini açma kapama işlerini ise </p>Enter<p> ya da <b>Boşluk</b> tuşlarıyla yapabilirsiniz.<b>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Scroll in lists or text (e.g., the help text) with the <b>arrow</b> " -#~ "keys.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Liste ya da yazılarda (yardım yazıları gibi) kaydırma işlemini <b>ok</" -#~ "b> tuşlarıyla gerçekleştirebilirsiniz.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Scroll in lists or text (e.g., the help text) with the <b>arrow</b> keys.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Liste ya da yazılarda (yardım yazıları gibi) kaydırma işlemini <b>ok</b> tuşlarıyla gerçekleştirebilirsiniz.</p>" #~ msgid "Save Package List" #~ msgstr "Paket listesini kaydet" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>The current package selection can be saved on a floppy (insert a " -#~ "formatted floppy) or on the hard disk.<br>Select the medium and specify " -#~ "the file name in the input field below.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Şu anki paket seçimi bir diskete (biçimlendirilmiş bir disket takın) " -#~ "ya da sabit diske kaydedilebilir.<br>Aşağıdaki alandan kullanacağınız " -#~ "medyayı ve dosya ismini belirtin.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>The current package selection can be saved on a floppy (insert a formatted floppy) or on the hard disk.<br>Select the medium and specify the file name in the input field below.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Şu anki paket seçimi bir diskete (biçimlendirilmiş bir disket takın) ya da sabit diske kaydedilebilir.<br>Aşağıdaki alandan kullanacağınız medyayı ve dosya ismini belirtin.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Could not find a formatted floppy. Check that a formatted and verified " -#~ "floppy is inserted in the drive.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Biçimlendirilmiş bir disket bulunamıyor. Biçimlendirilmiş ve kontrol " -#~ "edilmiş bir disket taktığınızı kontrol edin.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Could not find a formatted floppy. Check that a formatted and verified floppy is inserted in the drive.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Biçimlendirilmiş bir disket bulunamıyor. Biçimlendirilmiş ve kontrol edilmiş bir disket taktığınızı kontrol edin.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Could not write to file.<br>Check that the path name is correct and " -#~ "the directory is accessible.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Dosyaya yazılamıyor.<br>Yol ismini ve dizinin erişilebilir olup " -#~ "oldmadığını kontrol edin.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Could not write to file.<br>Check that the path name is correct and the directory is accessible.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Dosyaya yazılamıyor.<br>Yol ismini ve dizinin erişilebilir olup oldmadığını kontrol edin.</p>" #~ msgid "<p>Your settings have been saved to the floppy disk.</p>" #~ msgstr "<p>Ayarlarınız diskete kaydedildi.</p>" @@ -2064,27 +1739,14 @@ #~ msgid "<p>Really overwrite your package selection?</p>" #~ msgstr "<p>Paket seçiminin gerçekten üstüne yazmak istiyor musunuz?</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Specify the medium and the name of the file containing the user-" -#~ "defined package selection to install.<br>If required, insert the floppy.</" -#~ "p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Özel paket seçimini kaydettiğiniz medyayı ve dosya ismini belirtin." -#~ "<br>Gerekiyorsa disketi de takın.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Specify the medium and the name of the file containing the user-defined package selection to install.<br>If required, insert the floppy.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Özel paket seçimini kaydettiğiniz medyayı ve dosya ismini belirtin.<br>Gerekiyorsa disketi de takın.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Could not mount the floppy. Check that the floppy is inserted in the " -#~ "drive.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Disket sürücü sisteme bağlanılamıyor. Disketin sürücüye takılı olup " -#~ "olmadığını kontrol ediniz.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Could not mount the floppy. Check that the floppy is inserted in the drive.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Disket sürücü sisteme bağlanılamıyor. Disketin sürücüye takılı olup olmadığını kontrol ediniz.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Could not load the settings.<br>Check that the path name is correct " -#~ "and the floppy disk, if required, is inserted correctly.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Ayarlar okunamıyor. <br>Yolun doğru olduğuna ve gerekli durumdaysa, " -#~ "doğru disketi taktığınıza emin olun.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Could not load the settings.<br>Check that the path name is correct and the floppy disk, if required, is inserted correctly.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Ayarlar okunamıyor. <br>Yolun doğru olduğuna ve gerekli durumdaysa, doğru disketi taktığınıza emin olun.</p>" # clients/inst_rpmupdate.ycp:1079 #~ msgid "<p>The package selection is loaded succesfully.</p>" @@ -2139,16 +1801,11 @@ #~ msgid "Filter:" #~ msgstr "Filtre:" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Press <b>F1</b> again to get further help or <b>ESC</b> to close this " -#~ "dialog.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>F1</b> tuşuna basarak daha geniş yardım alabilir ya da <b>ESC</b> " -#~ "tuşu ile bu pencereyi kapatabilirsiniz.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Press <b>F1</b> again to get further help or <b>ESC</b> to close this dialog.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>F1</b> tuşuna basarak daha geniş yardım alabilir ya da <b>ESC</b> tuşu ile bu pencereyi kapatabilirsiniz.</p>" #~ msgid "<p>Press <b>F1</b> or <b>ESC</b> to close this dialog.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>F1</b> ya da <b>ESC</b> tuşları ile pencereyi kapatabilirsiniz.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>F1</b> ya da <b>ESC</b> tuşları ile pencereyi kapatabilirsiniz.</p>" #~ msgid "Text Mode Navigation" #~ msgstr "Metin modunda dolaşım" @@ -2269,12 +1926,8 @@ #~ msgid "are not installed." #~ msgstr "kurulu değil." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Could not load the settings.<br>Check that the path name is correct " -#~ "and the floppy disk, if required, is inserted correctly./p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Ayarlar okunamıyor. <br>Yolun doğru olduğuna ve gerekli durumdaysa, " -#~ "doğru disketi taktığınıza emin olun.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Could not load the settings.<br>Check that the path name is correct and the floppy disk, if required, is inserted correctly./p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Ayarlar okunamıyor. <br>Yolun doğru olduğuna ve gerekli durumdaysa, doğru disketi taktığınıza emin olun.</p>" #~ msgid "&Toggle [RET]" #~ msgstr "&Değiştir [ENT]" @@ -2298,11 +1951,5 @@ # clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1999 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>X</b> : this package is selected for installation</p><p><b>_</b> : " -#~ "the package will not be installed</p><p><b>a</b> : automatically selected " -#~ "package (another selected package depends on it)</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>X</b> : bu paket kurulmak için seçilmiştir</p><p><b>_</b> : paket " -#~ "kurulmayacaktır</p><p><b>a</b> : otomatik olarak seçilmiştir (başka bir " -#~ "paketin seçilmesine bağlı olarak)</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>X</b> : this package is selected for installation</p><p><b>_</b> : the package will not be installed</p><p><b>a</b> : automatically selected package (another selected package depends on it)</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>X</b> : bu paket kurulmak için seçilmiştir</p><p><b>_</b> : paket kurulmayacaktır</p><p><b>a</b> : otomatik olarak seçilmiştir (başka bir paketin seçilmesine bağlı olarak)</p>" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/ncurses.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/ncurses.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/ncurses.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -98,16 +98,11 @@ #~ msgid "Press F1 for Help" #~ msgstr "Yardım için F1 tuşuna basın" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Press <b>F1</b> again to get further help or <b>ESC</b> to close this " -#~ "dialog.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>F1</b> tuşuna basarak daha geniş yardım alabilir ya da <b>ESC</b> " -#~ "tuşu ile bu pencereyi kapatabilirsiniz.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Press <b>F1</b> again to get further help or <b>ESC</b> to close this dialog.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>F1</b> tuşuna basarak daha geniş yardım alabilir ya da <b>ESC</b> tuşu ile bu pencereyi kapatabilirsiniz.</p>" #~ msgid "<p>Press <b>F1</b> or <b>ESC</b> to close this dialog.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>F1</b> ya da <b>ESC</b> tuşları ile pencereyi kapatabilirsiniz.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>F1</b> ya da <b>ESC</b> tuşları ile pencereyi kapatabilirsiniz.</p>" #~ msgid "Text Mode Navigation" #~ msgstr "Metin modunda dolaşım" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/network.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/network.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/network.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -171,26 +171,21 @@ #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:199 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Firewall and SSH</big></b><br>\n" -"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network " -"attacks.\n" -"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via " -"dedicated\n" +"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" +"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via dedicated\n" "SSH client</p>" msgstr "" #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:205 msgid "" -"<p>Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled " -"after\n" +"<p>Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n" "the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:208 msgid "" -"<p>With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for " -"SSH\n" -"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH " -"service (i.e. it\n" +"<p>With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" +"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" "will be started on computer boot).</p>" msgstr "" @@ -388,8 +383,7 @@ #. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist #: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:892 -msgid "" -"No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." +msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." msgstr "" #. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes @@ -399,10 +393,8 @@ "Download of latest release notes failed due to server-side error. \n" "This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n" "\n" -"Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any " -"steps\n" -"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network " -"configuration,\n" +"Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any steps\n" +"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network configuration,\n" "click 'Cancel'.\n" msgstr "" @@ -823,9 +815,7 @@ msgstr "En azından bir adres belirtilmelidir." #: src/clients/routing.rb:354 -msgid "" -"At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) " -"must be specified" +msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified" msgstr "" #: src/clients/routing.rb:376 @@ -1145,8 +1135,7 @@ #. Label text #: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:301 msgid "Download and install them via the YaST Online Update?" -msgstr "" -"Bu güncellemeler YaST çevrimiçi güncelleme aracı ile indirilip kurulsun mu?" +msgstr "Bu güncellemeler YaST çevrimiçi güncelleme aracı ile indirilip kurulsun mu?" #. Heading #: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:347 @@ -1502,12 +1491,9 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1414 msgid "" "<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n" -"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with " -"IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" -" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is <b>On " -"Cable Connection</b>\n" -" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have " -"to\n" +"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" +" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is <b>On Cable Connection</b>\n" +" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have to\n" " set the priority of each interface. </p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1706,12 +1692,8 @@ msgstr "Aygıtı belirlemek için \"id\" seçeneğini kullanın." #: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:101 -msgid "" -"Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of " -"\"id\"." -msgstr "" -"\"id\" değeri sınırın dışında. \"list\" seçeneği ile \"id\" seçeneğinin " -"alabileceği en yüksek değeri görebilirsiniz." +msgid "Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of \"id\"." +msgstr "\"id\" değeri sınırın dışında. \"list\" seçeneği ile \"id\" seçeneğinin alabileceği en yüksek değeri görebilirsiniz." #. Handler for action "add" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options @@ -1795,8 +1777,7 @@ "See %1 for details." msgstr "" "Bir Xen ağ köprüsü algılandı.\n" -"Köprü komut dosyası tarafından ağ arabirimlerinin isimleri " -"değiştirildiğinden\n" +"Köprü komut dosyası tarafından ağ arabirimlerinin isimleri değiştirildiğinden\n" "arabirimlerin yapılandırılmaması ve yeniden başlatılmaması gerekiyor.\n" "Ayrıntılar için %1 dosyasına bakın." @@ -1810,11 +1791,9 @@ "First add the add-on CD to your YaST software repositories then return \n" "to this configuration dialog.\n" msgstr "" -"Bu aygıtın çalışması için dahili yazılım (firmware) dosyasına ihtiyaç " -"vardır. Bu dosya\n" +"Bu aygıtın çalışması için dahili yazılım (firmware) dosyasına ihtiyaç vardır. Bu dosya\n" "%1 eklenti CD'sinden kurulabilir.\n" -"Bu yazılımı kurmak için eklenti CD'sini YaST kurulum kaynaklarına ekleyin ve " -"bu\n" +"Bu yazılımı kurmak için eklenti CD'sini YaST kurulum kaynaklarına ekleyin ve bu\n" "yapılandırma penceresine geri dönün." #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:214 @@ -1837,9 +1816,7 @@ msgstr "Ürün Bilgisi kuruluyor..." #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:234 -msgid "" -"For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script " -"needs to be executed. Execute it now?" +msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?" msgstr "" # clients/sound_volume.ycp:135 @@ -1928,17 +1905,14 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:98 msgid "" "<p><b>Udev Rules</b> are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" -"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name " -"(for\n" +"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" "example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:104 msgid "" -"<p><b>Show visible port identification</b> allows you to physically identify " -"now configured NIC. \n" -"Set appropriate time, click <b>Blink</b> and LED diodes on you NIC will " -"start blinking for selected time.\n" +"<p><b>Show visible port identification</b> allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" +"Set appropriate time, click <b>Blink</b> and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" @@ -1946,10 +1920,8 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:117 msgid "" "<p><b>Kernel Module</b>. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" -"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if " -"there is more than one driver available for\n" -"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the " -"list, but usually the default value works.</p>\n" +"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" +"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the list, but usually the default value works.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 @@ -1957,21 +1929,16 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>Additionally, specify <b>Options</b> for the kernel module. Use this\n" -"format: <i>option</i>=<i>value</i>. Each entry should be space-separated, " -"for example: <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Note:</b> If two cards are \n" -"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while " -"saving.</p>\n" +"format: <i>option</i>=<i>value</i>. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Note:</b> If two cards are \n" +"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Modül için seçenekler şu formatta girilmelidir:\n" "<i>seçenek</i>=<i>değer</i>. Her girdi arasında boşluk olmalıdır,\n" "örneğin, <i>io=220 irq=5</i>. <b>Not:</b> Eğer aynı modül adıyla\n" -"iki kart yapılandırıldıysa, seçenekler kaydetme sırasında birleştirilecektir." -"</p>" +"iki kart yapılandırıldıysa, seçenekler kaydetme sırasında birleştirilecektir.</p>" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:130 -msgid "" -"<p>If you specify options via <b>Ethtool options</b>, ifup will call ethtool " -"with these options.</p>\n" +msgid "<p>If you specify options via <b>Ethtool options</b>, ifup will call ethtool with these options.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 @@ -1991,8 +1958,7 @@ "written to <i>/etc/modprobe.conf</i> or <i>/etc/chandev.conf</i>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Burada ağ aygıtını ayarlayabilirsiniz. Değerler\n" -"<i>/etc/modprobe.conf</i> ya da <i>/etc/chandev.conf</i> dosyalarına " -"yazılacaktır.</p>\n" +"<i>/etc/modprobe.conf</i> ya da <i>/etc/chandev.conf</i> dosyalarına yazılacaktır.</p>\n" #. Manual dialog help 6/4 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:152 @@ -2000,8 +1966,7 @@ "<p>Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n" "in the <b>IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands</b> manual.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Modüller için seçenekler <b>IBM aygıt sürücüleri ve kurulum komutları</" -"b>\n" +"<p>Modüller için seçenekler <b>IBM aygıt sürücüleri ve kurulum komutları</b>\n" "kitapçığındaki düzenle girilmelidir.</p>" #. Manual dialog caption @@ -2180,41 +2145,24 @@ #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:962 msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Port Name</b> for this interface (case-sensitive).</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Bu arayüz için <b>Port adı</b> seçin (büyük-küçük harf duyarlı).</p>" +msgstr "<p>Bu arayüz için <b>Port adı</b> seçin (büyük-küçük harf duyarlı).</p>" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966 -msgid "" -"<p>Enter any additional <b>Options</b> for this interface (separated by " -"spaces).</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Bu arayüz için ek <b>seçenekleri</b> girin (boşluk ile ayrılacak şekilde)." -"</p>" +msgid "<p>Enter any additional <b>Options</b> for this interface (separated by spaces).</p>" +msgstr "<p>Bu arayüz için ek <b>seçenekleri</b> girin (boşluk ile ayrılacak şekilde).</p>" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969 -msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Enable IPA Takeover</b> if IP address takeover should be " -"enabled for this interface.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Bu arabirim için IP adresi ele geçirme kullanılacaksa <b>IPA ele " -"geçirmeyi etkinleştir</b> seçeneğini işaretleyin.</p>" +msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable IPA Takeover</b> if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Bu arabirim için IP adresi ele geçirme kullanılacaksa <b>IPA ele geçirmeyi etkinleştir</b> seçeneğini işaretleyin.</p>" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 -msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Enable Layer 2 Support</b> if this card has been configured " -"with layer 2 support.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Bu kart layer 2 desteği ile yapılandırılmışsa <b>Layer 2 desteğini " -"etkinleştir</b> seçeneğini işaretleyin.</p>" +msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable Layer 2 Support</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Bu kart layer 2 desteği ile yapılandırılmışsa <b>Layer 2 desteğini etkinleştir</b> seçeneğini işaretleyin.</p>" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 -msgid "" -"<p>Enter the <b>Layer 2 MAC Address</b> if this card has been configured " -"with layer 2 support.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Bu kart layer 2 desteği ile yapılandırılmışsa <b>Layer 2 MAC adresi</b> " -"bölümünü doldurun.</p>" +msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Layer 2 MAC Address</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Bu kart layer 2 desteği ile yapılandırılmışsa <b>Layer 2 MAC adresi</b> bölümünü doldurun.</p>" #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 @@ -2374,8 +2322,7 @@ "Press <b>Add</b> to configure a new network card manually.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Yeni ağ kartı ekleme:</big></b><br>\n" -"<b>Ekle</b> düğmesine basarak el ile yeni bir ağ kartı ekleyebilirsiniz.</" -"p>\n" +"<b>Ekle</b> düğmesine basarak el ile yeni bir ağ kartı ekleyebilirsiniz.</p>\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71 #, fuzzy @@ -2395,8 +2342,7 @@ "<p>Check <b>Enable IPv6</b> to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n" "It is possible to use IPv6 together with IPv4. This is the default option.\n" "To disable IPv6, uncheck this option. This will blacklist the kernel \n" -"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the " -"response \n" +"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the response \n" "time can be faster.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -2414,20 +2360,16 @@ "to enable you to say \"and everything else should go here.\"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Yönlendirme ayarları bu pencerede yapılabilir.\n" -"<b>Varsayılan ağ geçidi</b> erişilebilir tüm hedeflerle zayıf bir şekilde " -"eşleştirir.\n" -"Eğer istenen adrese uyan başka bir girdi bulunursa varsayılan rota yerine " -"bulunan o rota\n" -"kullanılacaktır. Varsayılan rotanın mantığı size kolayca, \"diğer herşey " -"buraya gitsin\"\n" +"<b>Varsayılan ağ geçidi</b> erişilebilir tüm hedeflerle zayıf bir şekilde eşleştirir.\n" +"Eğer istenen adrese uyan başka bir girdi bulunursa varsayılan rota yerine bulunan o rota\n" +"kullanılacaktır. Varsayılan rotanın mantığı size kolayca, \"diğer herşey buraya gitsin\"\n" "dedirtebilmektir.</p>\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:96 msgid "" "<p>For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n" -"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed." -"\"-\" is an alias for any interface.</p>\n" +"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Routing dialog help 2/2 @@ -2447,8 +2389,7 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:112 msgid "" -"<p><b>Important:</b> if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone " -"is not enough. \n" +"<p><b>Important:</b> if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n" "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -2457,30 +2398,23 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n" -"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the " -"DHCP client.\n" -"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical " -"desktop. \n" -"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that " -"assign \n" +"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n" +"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical desktop. \n" +"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that assign \n" "different hostnames.</p> " msgstr "" "<p>Eğer IP adresi almak için DHCP kullanıyorsanız, makina adının\n" "DHCP ile alınmasını sağlayabilirsiniz.\n" "Eğer her biri bir makine adı atayan birden fazla ağa bağlanacaksanız bunu\n" -"kullanmayın, çünkü çalışma sırasında makine adı değişikliği grafik " -"arayüzünün\n" +"kullanmayın, çünkü çalışma sırasında makine adı değişikliği grafik arayüzünün\n" "düzgün çalışmamasına yol açacaktır.</p>\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:124 msgid "" "<p><b>Assign Hostname to Loopback IP</b> associates your hostname with \n" -"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is " -"a \n" -"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, " -"even \n" -"without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, " -"especially \n" +"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n" +"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, even \n" +"without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, especially \n" "if this computer provides some network services.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -2500,8 +2434,7 @@ "(for example, 192.168.0.42), not as a hostname.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Ad sunucusu makine adlarını IP adreslerine çeviren bir bilgisayardır.\n" -"Bu değer bir makine adı olarak değil, bir <b>IP adresi</b> olarak " -"girilmelidir\n" +"Bu değer bir makine adı olarak değil, bir <b>IP adresi</b> olarak girilmelidir\n" "(192.168.0.42 gibi).</p>\n" #. resolver dialog help @@ -2509,36 +2442,29 @@ msgid "" "<p>Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n" "The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n" -"your computer (for example, suse.de). There may be additional search " -"domains\n" +"your computer (for example, suse.de). There may be additional search domains\n" "(such as suse.com). Separate the domains with commas or white space.</p>\n" msgstr "" "</p>Arama alanı makine adlarının aranmaya başlandığı\n" -"alan adıdır. Birincil arama alanı genellikle bilgisayarınızın <b>alan adı</" -"b> ile\n" +"alan adıdır. Birincil arama alanı genellikle bilgisayarınızın <b>alan adı</b> ile\n" "aynıdır (örneğin: suse.de). Bunun yanı sıra ek arama alanları da olabilir\n" "(örneğin: suse.com). Alanları virgülle ya da boşlukla ayırın.</p>\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147 msgid "" -"<p>Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. <i>mymachine</i>) and the " -"DNS domain\n" -"(e.g. <i>example.com</i>) that it belongs to. The domain is especially " -"important if this \n" -"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using " -"the <i>hostname</i> \n" +"<p>Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. <i>mymachine</i>) and the DNS domain\n" +"(e.g. <i>example.com</i>) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n" +"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using the <i>hostname</i> \n" "command.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153 msgid "" "<p>Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n" -"search list, the content of <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>). Normally, it is " -"handled\n" +"search list, the content of <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>). Normally, it is handled\n" "by the <i>netconfig</i> script, which merges statically defined data with\n" "dynamically obtained data (e.g. from the DHCP client, NetworkManager,\n" -"etc.). This is the default. <b>Use Default Policy</b> is sufficient for " -"most\n" +"etc.). This is the default. <b>Use Default Policy</b> is sufficient for most\n" "configurations.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -2559,15 +2485,12 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:174 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Address Setup</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>Select <b>No Address Setup</b> if you do not want to assign an IP address " -"to this device.\n" +"<p>Select <b>No Address Setup</b> if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n" "This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179 -msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>iBFT</b> if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS." -"</p>\n" +msgid "<p>Check <b>iBFT</b> if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 2/8 @@ -2595,18 +2518,15 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:193 msgid "" "<p>To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n" -"<b>Zeroconf</b>. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select <b>DHCP + " -"Zeroconf\n" -"</b>. Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned <b>Statically</b>.</" -"p>\n" +"<b>Zeroconf</b>. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select <b>DHCP + Zeroconf\n" +"</b>. Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned <b>Statically</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:199 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p>Enter the <b>IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for " -"your computer, and the \n" +"<p>Enter the <b>IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n" " <b>Remote IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" "for your peer.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -2618,12 +2538,9 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:205 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p>For <b>Static Address Setup</b> enter the static IP address for your " -"computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" -"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix " -"<tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" -"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written " -"to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>\n" +"<p>For <b>Static Address Setup</b> enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" +"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" +"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Bilgisayarınızın IP adresini (örneğin: 192.168.100.99),\n" "ağ maskesini (genelde 255.255.255.0) ve gerekiyorsa ana\n" @@ -2664,12 +2581,8 @@ "firewall kullanan arabirim yoksa firewall kapatılacaktır.</p>" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Mandatory Interface</b> specifies whether the network service reports " -"failure if the interface fails to start at boot time.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Zorunlu arabirim</b>, sistem açılışında arabirim başlatılamazsa ağ " -"hizmetinin hata verip vermeyeceğini belirler.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Mandatory Interface</b> specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Zorunlu arabirim</b>, sistem açılışında arabirim başlatılamazsa ağ hizmetinin hata verip vermeyeceğini belirler.</p>" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:229 msgid "" @@ -2677,16 +2590,14 @@ "<p>Maximum transfer unit (<b>MTU</b>) is the maximum size of the packet,\n" "transferred over the network in one frame. Usually, you do not need to\n" "set a MTU, but using lower MTU values may improve the network performance,\n" -"especially on slow dial-up connections. Either select one of the " -"recommended\n" +"especially on slow dial-up connections. Either select one of the recommended\n" "values or define another one.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:237 msgid "" "<p>Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n" -"Only devices with the device activation set to <b>Never</b> and with <b>No " -"Address Setup</b> are available.</p>" +"Only devices with the device activation set to <b>Never</b> and with <b>No Address Setup</b> are available.</p>" msgstr "" #. DHCP dialog help 1/7 @@ -2699,8 +2610,7 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244 msgid "" "<p>The <b>DHCP Client Identifier</b>, if left empty, defaults to\n" -"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for " -"each\n" +"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n" "DHCP client on a single network. Therefore, specify a unique free-form\n" "identifier here if you have several (virtual) machines using the same\n" "network interface and thus the same hardware address.</p>" @@ -2715,15 +2625,12 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:252 msgid "" "<p>The <b>Hostname to Send</b> specifies a string used for the\n" -"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP " -"server. Some \n" +"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n" "DHCP servers update name server zones (forward and reverse records) \n" "according to this hostname (dynamic DNS).</p>\n" "Some DHCP servers require the <b>Hostname to Send</b> option field to\n" -"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave <b>AUTO</" -"b>\n" -"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/" -"HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" +"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave <b>AUTO</b>\n" +"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" "If you do not want to send a hostname, leave the field empty.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -2744,22 +2651,16 @@ #. Aliases dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:272 msgid "" -"<p><b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and " -"legacy. The total\n" -" length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) " -"is\n" -" limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility " -"truncates it after 9 characters.</p>" +"<p><b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n" +" length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" +" limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters.</p>" msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278 -msgid "" -"<p>Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter " -"<b>foo</b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter <b>foo</b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Takma ad bölümünde arabirim adını eklemeyin. Örneğin, <b>eth0:foo</b> " -"yerine <b>foo</b>\n" +"<p>Takma ad bölümünde arabirim adını eklemeyin. Örneğin, <b>eth0:foo</b> yerine <b>foo</b>\n" "girmelisiniz.</p>" #. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup @@ -2784,10 +2685,8 @@ "<p>Üç adet <b>Anahtar giriş türü</b> arasından seçim yapın.\n" "<br><b>Parola</b> ile anahtar girilen parola cümlesinden oluşturulur.\n" "<br><b>ASCII</b> modunda anahtar girilen karakterlerin ASCII değerlerinden\n" -"oluşturulur. 64-bit anahtarlar için 5 karakter, 128-bit anahtarlar için en " -"fazla 13\n" -"karakter, 156-bit anahtarlar için en fazla 16 karakter ve 256-bit anahtarlar " -"için en fazla\n" +"oluşturulur. 64-bit anahtarlar için 5 karakter, 128-bit anahtarlar için en fazla 13\n" +"karakter, 156-bit anahtarlar için en fazla 16 karakter ve 256-bit anahtarlar için en fazla\n" "29 karakter girilmelidir.\n" "<br><b>Onaltılık kod</b> ile anahtarı direk olarak onaltılık kodlar halinde\n" "girebilirsiniz. 64-bit anahtarlar için 10 basamak, 128-bit anahtarlar için\n" @@ -2826,8 +2725,7 @@ "<p>Set the <b>Network Name (ESSID)</b> used to identify\n" "cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n" "wireless LAN need the same ESSID to communicate with each other. If\n" -"you choose the operation mode <b>Managed</b> and no <b>WPA</b> " -"authentication mode,\n" +"you choose the operation mode <b>Managed</b> and no <b>WPA</b> authentication mode,\n" "you can leave this field empty or set it to <tt>any</tt>. In this\n" "case, your WLAN card associates with the access point with the best\n" "signal strength.</p>\n" @@ -2837,8 +2735,7 @@ "istasyonlar birbiriyle iletişim kurmak için aynı ESSID'yi kullanmalıdır.\n" "Eğer çalışma modunu <b>Yönetilmiş</b> seçer ve <b>WPA</b> kimlik\n" "doğrulama modunu seçmezseniz bu seçeneği boş bırakabilir ya da <tt>any</tt>\n" -"olarak doldurabilirsiniz. Bu durumda, kablosuz ağ kartı sinyal gücü en " -"yüksek\n" +"olarak doldurabilirsiniz. Bu durumda, kablosuz ağ kartı sinyal gücü en yüksek\n" "olan erişim noktasına bağlanacaktır.</p>\n" #. Wireless dialog help @@ -2856,8 +2753,7 @@ "NOTE: Shared key authentication makes it easier for a\n" "potential attacker to break into your network. Unless you have\n" "specific needs for shared key authentication, use the <b>Open</b>\n" -"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, <b>WPA</b> (Wi-Fi Protected " -"Access)\n" +"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, <b>WPA</b> (Wi-Fi Protected Access)\n" "was defined to close its security holes, but not all hardware supports\n" "WPA. If you want to use WPA, select <b>WPA-PSK</b> or <b>WPA-EAP</b> as the\n" "authentication mode. This is only possible in the operation mode\n" @@ -2870,12 +2766,10 @@ "WEP kullanılan bir çok durumda <b>Açık</b> mod (kimlik doğrulama\n" "olmadan) kullanılır. Bu WEP şifreleme kullanılmadığı anlamına gelmez.\n" "Bazı ağlarda WEP <b>Paylaşılmış anahtar</b> kimlik doğrulaması\n" -"kullanılabilir. NOT: Paylaşılmış anahtar yönteminde potansiyel " -"saldırganların\n" +"kullanılabilir. NOT: Paylaşılmış anahtar yönteminde potansiyel saldırganların\n" "ağa girmesi daha kolay olacaktır. Özel olarak paylaşılmış anahtar yöntemini\n" "kullanmanız gerekmiyorsa <b>Açık</b> yöntemini kullanın. WEP'in güvensiz\n" -"olması nedeniyle <b>WPA</b> (Wi-Fi Protected Access) geliştirilmiştir, " -"ancak\n" +"olması nedeniyle <b>WPA</b> (Wi-Fi Protected Access) geliştirilmiştir, ancak\n" "tüm donanımlar bu yöntemi desteklememektedir. Eğer WPA kullanacaksanız\n" "kimlik doğrulama türü olarak <b>WPA-PSK</b> ya da <b>WPA-EAP</b> seçin.\n" "Bu sadece<b>Yönetilen</b> modunda kullanılabilir.</p>\n" @@ -2893,8 +2787,7 @@ "anahtarını girin. 64, 128, 156 ya da 256 bit'ten oluşan bir\n" "anahtar boyutu seçebilirsiniz, ancak tüm aygıtlar tüm anahtar boyutlarını\n" "desteklememektedir. Bu anahtarların 24 bitlik bölümü dinamik olarak\n" -"oluşturulur, bu yüzden sadece 40 - 232 bitlik bölümünün girilmesi gerekir.</" -"p>\n" +"oluşturulur, bu yüzden sadece 40 - 232 bitlik bölümünün girilmesi gerekir.</p>\n" #. Wireless dialog help #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:348 @@ -2926,8 +2819,7 @@ msgid "" "<p>These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n" "'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n" -"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for " -"all\n" +"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for all\n" "available options.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Bu değerler '/etc/sysconfig/network' altındaki 'ifcfg-*' arabirim\n" @@ -3024,8 +2916,7 @@ "<p>For TTLS and PEAP, enter your <b>Identity</b>\n" "and <b>Password</b> as configured on the server.\n" "If you have special requirements to set the username used as\n" -"<b>Anonymous Identity</b>, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.</" -"p>\n" +"<b>Anonymous Identity</b>, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>TTLS ve PEAP için sunucuda yapılandırılmış <b>Kimlik</b>\n" "ve <b>Parola</b> değerlerini girmelisiniz. Eğer kullanıcıyı\n" @@ -3051,18 +2942,15 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:128 msgid "" "<p>TLS uses a <b>Client Certificate</b> instead of a username and\n" -"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key " -"pair\n" +"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key pair\n" "to encrypt negotiation communication, therefore you will additionally need\n" "a <b>Client Key</b> file that contains your private key and\n" "the appropriate <b>Client Key Password</b> for that file.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>TLS, bir kullanıcı adı ve parola kombinasyonu yerine bir <b>İstemci\n" -"sertifikası</b> gerektirmektedir. İletişim için açık ve gizli bir anahtar " -"çifti\n" +"sertifikası</b> gerektirmektedir. İletişim için açık ve gizli bir anahtar çifti\n" "kullanılır, bu yüzden özel anahtarınızı içeren bir <b>İstemci anahtarı</b>\n" -"ve onun <b>İstemci anahtar şifresi</b> bilgilerine ihtiyacınız olacaktır.</" -"p>\n" +"ve onun <b>İstemci anahtar şifresi</b> bilgilerine ihtiyacınız olacaktır.</p>\n" #. text entry label #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:144 @@ -3118,10 +3006,8 @@ "authentication, choose your inner authentication method.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Burada dahili kimlik doğrulama metodunu (2. evre olarak da bilinir)\n" -"yapılandırabilirsiniz. Varsayılan olarak tüm yöntemlere izin verilir. Eğer " -"izin\n" -"verilecek yöntemleri sınırlamak istiyorsanız, ya da kimlik doğrulama " -"konusunda\n" +"yapılandırabilirsiniz. Varsayılan olarak tüm yöntemlere izin verilir. Eğer izin\n" +"verilecek yöntemleri sınırlamak istiyorsanız, ya da kimlik doğrulama konusunda\n" "sorunlar yaşıyorsanız dahili kimlik doğrulama yöntemini seçin.</p>\n" #. radio button group label @@ -3134,8 +3020,7 @@ "<p>If you are using PEAP, you can also force the use of a specific PEAP\n" "implementation (version 0 or 1). Normally this should not be necessary.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Eğer PEAP kullanıyorsanız belirli bir PEAP sürümünün kullanılmasını " -"zorlayabilirsiniz\n" +"<p>Eğer PEAP kullanıyorsanız belirli bir PEAP sürümünün kullanılmasını zorlayabilirsiniz\n" "(sürüm 0 ya da 1). Normalde bunu seçmenize gerek yoktur.</p>\n" # clients/lvm_config.ycp:311 @@ -3249,8 +3134,7 @@ #. Error popup #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:600 msgid "The passphrase must have between 8 and 63 characters (inclusively)." -msgstr "" -"Parolanın uzunluğu 8 ve 63 karakter arası olmalıdır (8 ve 63 dahildir)." +msgstr "Parolanın uzunluğu 8 ve 63 karakter arası olmalıdır (8 ve 63 dahildir)." #. Error popup #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:611 @@ -3301,14 +3185,12 @@ msgid "" "<p>To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n" "set the <b>Channel</b> the card should use here. This is not needed\n" -"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for " -"access\n" +"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for access\n" "points in that case.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Eğer kablosuz ağ kartını Ana ya da Ad-hoc modunda çalıştıracaksanız\n" "kartın kullanacağı <b>kanalı</b> burada belirleyin. Bu işlem yönetilen\n" -"modunda gerekli değildir, ağ kartı erişim noktalarını ararken farklı " -"kanallar arasında\n" +"modunda gerekli değildir, ağ kartı erişim noktalarını ararken farklı kanallar arasında\n" "dolaşacaktır.</p>\n" #. Wireless expert dialog help 3/5 @@ -3336,10 +3218,8 @@ "This is generally a good idea, especially if you are a laptop user and may\n" "be disconnected from AC power.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Güç koruma mekanizmalarını kullanmak için <b>Güç koruma yönetimi kullan</" -"b>\n" -"seçeneğini kullanabilirsiniz. Gücünü şebeke elektriğinden almayan bir " -"dizüstü bilgisayara\n" +"<p>Güç koruma mekanizmalarını kullanmak için <b>Güç koruma yönetimi kullan</b>\n" +"seçeneğini kullanabilirsiniz. Gücünü şebeke elektriğinden almayan bir dizüstü bilgisayara\n" "sahipseniz bu seçeneği kullanmak faydalı olabilir.</p>\n" #. Wireless expert dialog help 2b/5 @@ -3418,18 +3298,15 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1001 msgid "" "<p>In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n" -"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four " -"keys,\n" +"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\n" "although only one key is used to encrypt the data. This is the default key.\n" "The other keys can be used to decrypt data. Usually you have only\n" "one key.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Bu pencerede veriler yollanmadan önce şifrelemede kullanılacak\n" -"WEP anahtarını belirleyebilirsiniz. Sadece biri veri şifrelemesinde " -"kullanılmak\n" +"WEP anahtarını belirleyebilirsiniz. Sadece biri veri şifrelemesinde kullanılmak\n" "üzere dört adet anahtar ayarlayabilirsiniz. Bu anahtar öntanımlı olandır.\n" -"Diğer anahtarlar veri şifrelemesini çözmekte kullanılabilir. Normalde " -"sadece\n" +"Diğer anahtarlar veri şifrelemesini çözmekte kullanılabilir. Normalde sadece\n" "bir anahtar kullanmak yetecektir.</p>" #. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3 @@ -3485,8 +3362,7 @@ #. validated in ValidateWpaEap #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1281 msgid "" -"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in " -"connections\n" +"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n" "to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?" msgstr "" @@ -3573,17 +3449,14 @@ "<p>If this feature is enabled, you can\n" "administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n" "client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n" -"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</" -"tt>).\n" +"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n" "This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Bu özellik etkinleştirilirse bu makineyi uzaktaki başka bir\n" "makineyle yönetme şansına sahip olursunuz. krdc gibi bir VNC istemcisiyle\n" "(<i><hostname>:%1</i> adresine bağlanarak) ya da Java destekli\n" -"bir web tarayıcıyla (<i>http://<hostname>:%2/</i> adresine " -"bağlanarak)\n" -"uzaktan yönetim işlemini yapabilirsiniz. Bu tür uzaktan yönetim, SSH " -"kullanmaktan\n" +"bir web tarayıcıyla (<i>http://<hostname>:%2/</i> adresine bağlanarak)\n" +"uzaktan yönetim işlemini yapabilirsiniz. Bu tür uzaktan yönetim, SSH kullanmaktan\n" "daha az güvenlidir.</p>\n" #. Dialog frame title @@ -3828,9 +3701,7 @@ #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled #. @return whether valid #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:502 -msgid "" -"It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use " -"it at your own risk?" +msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?" msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text @@ -4020,8 +3891,7 @@ #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:58 msgid "" "<p>When <b>Dial Prefix Regular Expression</b> is set, users can\n" -"change the dial prefix in KInternet provided that it matches the " -"expression.\n" +"change the dial prefix in KInternet provided that it matches the expression.\n" "A recommended value is <tt>[09]?</tt>, allowing <tt>0</tt>, <tt>9</tt>,\n" "and the empty prefix. If the expression is empty, users are not allowed\n" "to change the prefix.</p>\n" @@ -4142,27 +4012,22 @@ #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:152 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this " -"startmode will never\n" -"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still " -"available.\n" +"Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this startmode will never\n" +"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still available.\n" "Use this if you have an NFS or iSCSI root filesystem.\n" msgstr "" -"<b>NFSroot ile</b> seçeneği 'otomatik' gibi çalışır. Ancak bu başlangıç " -"modundaki arayüzler\n" +"<b>NFSroot ile</b> seçeneği 'otomatik' gibi çalışır. Ancak bu başlangıç modundaki arayüzler\n" "'rcnetwork stop' ile kapatılamaz. 'ifdown <arayüz>' komutu hala çalışır.\n" "Bir nfs ya da iscsi ana dosya sistemi varsa bu seçeneği kullanın.\n" #. help text for Device Activation #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:162 msgid "" -"Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this " -"startmode will never\n" +"Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this startmode will never\n" "be shut down via 'rcnetwork stop'. 'ifdown <iface>' still works.\n" "Use this when you have a nfs or iscsi root filesystem.\n" msgstr "" -"<b>NFSroot ile</b> seçeneği 'otomatik' gibi çalışır. Ancak bu başlangıç " -"modundaki arayüzler\n" +"<b>NFSroot ile</b> seçeneği 'otomatik' gibi çalışır. Ancak bu başlangıç modundaki arayüzler\n" "'rcnetwork stop' ile kapatılamaz. 'ifdown <arayüz>' komutu hala çalışır.\n" "Bir nfs ya da iscsi ana dosya sistemi varsa bu seçeneği kullanın.\n" @@ -4177,15 +4042,12 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b><big>Device Activation</big></b></p> \n" -"<p>Choose when to bring up the network interface. <b>At Boot Time</b> " -"activates it during system boot, \n" +"<p>Choose when to bring up the network interface. <b>At Boot Time</b> activates it during system boot, \n" "<b>Never</b> does not start the device.\n" "%1</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Aygıt etkinleştirmesi</b> ile ağ arabiriminin ne zaman\n" -"kurulacağını seçebilirsiniz. <b>Sistem açılışında</b> ile sistem açılırken " -"arabirimi başlatmayı, <b>Hiç bir zaman</b> ile de arabirimin " -"başlatılmamasını sağlayabilirsiniz.\n" +"kurulacağını seçebilirsiniz. <b>Sistem açılışında</b> ile sistem açılırken arabirimi başlatmayı, <b>Hiç bir zaman</b> ile de arabirimin başlatılmamasını sağlayabilirsiniz.\n" "%1</p>\n" #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:247 @@ -4318,9 +4180,7 @@ msgstr "Ağ kartlarını &yapılandır" #: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:26 -msgid "" -"Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply " -"the settings." +msgid "Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply the settings." msgstr "" #. Opens dialog for editing NIC name @@ -4662,9 +4522,7 @@ #. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported #. @return true on success #: src/modules/Lan.rb:706 -msgid "" -"AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked " -"will be used." +msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used." msgstr "" #. Create a textual summary for the general network settings @@ -4814,10 +4672,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 -msgid "" -"Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) " -"is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan " -"devices). See dmesg output for details." +msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." msgstr "" #: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 @@ -4827,8 +4682,7 @@ "to configure.\n" msgstr "" "<P>Eğer ses kartı henüz yapılandırılmadıysa, ses kartı \n" -"yapılandırma modülünü başlatmak için <b>Ses Kartlarını Yapılandır</b>'a " -"basın.\n" +"yapılandırma modülünü başlatmak için <b>Ses Kartlarını Yapılandır</b>'a basın.\n" "</P>" #: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 @@ -5004,24 +4858,18 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Firewall <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">açık</a>" +#~ msgstr "Firewall <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">açık</a>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Firewall <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">açık</a>" +#~ msgstr "Firewall <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">açık</a>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href=" -#~ "\"%1\">disable and close</a>)" +#~ msgid "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%1\">disable and close</a>)" #~ msgstr "SSH portu <a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">açık</a>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "SSH service will be disabled, SSH port will be blocked (<a href=" -#~ "\"%1\">enable and open</a>)" +#~ msgid "SSH service will be disabled, SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%1\">enable and open</a>)" #~ msgstr "SSH portu <a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">açık</a>" #, fuzzy @@ -5061,37 +4909,28 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>The <b>Hostname to Send</b> specifies a string used for the\n" -#~ "hostname option field when dhcpcd sends messages to the DHCP server. " -#~ "Some \n" +#~ "hostname option field when dhcpcd sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n" #~ "DHCP servers update name server zones (forward and reverse records) \n" #~ "according to this hostname (dynamic DNS).</p>\n" #~ "Some DHCP servers require the <b>Hostname to Send</b> option field to\n" -#~ "contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave " -#~ "<b>AUTO</b>\n" -#~ "to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/" -#~ "HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" +#~ "contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave <b>AUTO</b>\n" +#~ "to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" #~ "If you do not want to send a hostname, leave the field empty.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Yollanacak makine adı</b> bölümü dhcpd DHCP mesajlarını yollarken\n" -#~ "kullanacağı makine adı seçeneğini belirtir. Bazı DHCP sunucuları bu " -#~ "makine adına\n" +#~ "kullanacağı makine adı seçeneğini belirtir. Bazı DHCP sunucuları bu makine adına\n" #~ "göre sunucu girdilerini günceller (dinamik DNS).\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Ayrıca bazı DHCP sunucuları istemcilerden alınan DHCP mesajlarında " -#~ "belirli bir\n" -#~ "yazı bulunması için <b>Yollanacak makine adı</b> bölümüne ihtiyaç " -#~ "duyarlar.\n" -#~ "Şu anki makine adının yollanması için <i>OTOMATİK</i> seçeneğini " -#~ "kullanın.\n" +#~ "Ayrıca bazı DHCP sunucuları istemcilerden alınan DHCP mesajlarında belirli bir\n" +#~ "yazı bulunması için <b>Yollanacak makine adı</b> bölümüne ihtiyaç duyarlar.\n" +#~ "Şu anki makine adının yollanması için <i>OTOMATİK</i> seçeneğini kullanın.\n" #~ "Bir makine adı yollanmaması için bu alanı boş bırakın.</p>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b><big>Additional Addresses</big></b></p>\n" -#~ "<p>Configure additional addresses of an interface (its aliases) in this " -#~ "table.</p>\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Bir arayüzün ek adreslerini (takma adlarını) burada girebilirsiniz.</p>" +#~ "<p>Configure additional addresses of an interface (its aliases) in this table.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "<p>Bir arayüzün ek adreslerini (takma adlarını) burada girebilirsiniz.</p>" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>Enter an <b>Alias Name</b>, an <b>IP Address</b>, and\n" @@ -5190,8 +5029,7 @@ #~ "<B>Abort</B> now.</P>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Hazırlama işleminin durdurması\n" -#~ "</BIG></B><BR>Şu anda <B>Kes</B> düğmesine basarak yapılandırmayı " -#~ "güvenli\n" +#~ "</BIG></B><BR>Şu anda <B>Kes</B> düğmesine basarak yapılandırmayı güvenli\n" #~ "bir şekilde durdurabilirsiniz.</P>\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -5208,8 +5046,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Kayıt işleminin durdurulması</BIG></B><BR>\n" #~ "<B>Durdur</B> düğmesine basarak kayıt işlemini durdurabilirsiniz.\n" -#~ "Bir pencerede size durdurma işleminin güvenli olup olmadığı hakkında " -#~ "bilgi verilecektir.</P>\n" +#~ "Bir pencerede size durdurma işleminin güvenli olup olmadığı hakkında bilgi verilecektir.</P>\n" #~ msgid "The provider %1 is in use." #~ msgstr "%1 sağlayıcısı kullanımda." @@ -5234,8 +5071,7 @@ #~ "If you press <B>Add</B>, you can manually configure a DSL device.</P>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>DSL aygıtı ekleme:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "<B>Ekle</B> düğmesine basarak el ile bir DSL aygıtı yapılandırabilirsiniz." -#~ "</P>" +#~ "<B>Ekle</B> düğmesine basarak el ile bir DSL aygıtı yapılandırabilirsiniz.</P>" #~ msgid "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Editing or Deleting:</BIG></B><BR>\n" @@ -5270,17 +5106,14 @@ #~ "<p>First, choose your <b>PPP mode</b>. This is either\n" #~ "<i>PPP over Ethernet</i> (PPPoE), <i>PPP over ATM</i> (PPPoATM),\n" #~ "<i>CAPI for ADSL</i> or <i>Point to Point Tunneling Protocol</i> (PPTP).\n" -#~ "Use <i>PPP over Ethernet</i> if your DSL modem is connected via ethernet " -#~ "to your computer.\n" -#~ "Use <i>Point to Point Tunneling Protocol</i> if you want to connect to a " -#~ "VPN server.\n" +#~ "Use <i>PPP over Ethernet</i> if your DSL modem is connected via ethernet to your computer.\n" +#~ "Use <i>Point to Point Tunneling Protocol</i> if you want to connect to a VPN server.\n" #~ "If you are not sure which mode to use, ask your provider. </p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>İlk önce, <b>PPP modunu</b> seçiniz. Bu ya\n" #~ "<i>Ethernet üzerinden PPP</i> (PPPoE) ya da <i>ATM üzerinden PPP</i>\n" #~ "(PPPoATM) seçeneği olacaktır. Eğer DSL modeminiz makinenize ethernet ile\n" -#~ "bağlıysa kuEthernet üzerinden PPP<i> seçeneğini lanı<i>n. Emin " -#~ "değilseniz\n" +#~ "bağlıysa kuEthernet üzerinden PPP<i> seçeneğini lanı<i>n. Emin değilseniz\n" #~ "servis sağlayıcınıza danışın.</p>" #~ msgid "" @@ -5291,19 +5124,14 @@ #~ "kartınızı yapılandırın.</p>" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>The <b>PPP Mode-Dependent Settings</b> are settings required to set " -#~ "up\n" -#~ "your DSL connection. <b>VPI/VCI</b> makes sense only for <i>PPP over ATM</" -#~ "i>\n" +#~ "<p>The <b>PPP Mode-Dependent Settings</b> are settings required to set up\n" +#~ "your DSL connection. <b>VPI/VCI</b> makes sense only for <i>PPP over ATM</i>\n" #~ "connections, <b>Ethernet Card</b> is needed for <i>PPP over Ethernet</i>\n" #~ "connections.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>PPP moduna bağlı ayarlar</b>, DSL bağlantısının kurulması için " -#~ "gereklidir.\n" -#~ "<b>VPI/VPC</b> sadece <i>ATM üzerinden PPP</i> kullanılıyorsa, " -#~ "<b>Ethernet\n" -#~ "kartı</b> ise sadece <i>Ethernet üzerinden PPP</i> kullanılıyorsa " -#~ "geçerlidir.</p>\n" +#~ "<p><b>PPP moduna bağlı ayarlar</b>, DSL bağlantısının kurulması için gereklidir.\n" +#~ "<b>VPI/VPC</b> sadece <i>ATM üzerinden PPP</i> kullanılıyorsa, <b>Ethernet\n" +#~ "kartı</b> ise sadece <i>Ethernet üzerinden PPP</i> kullanılıyorsa geçerlidir.</p>\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b>For PPPoATM, enter your VPI/VCI pair, for example, <i>0.38</i>\n" @@ -5317,10 +5145,8 @@ #~ "modem is connected. If you did not set up your ethernet card yet, do\n" #~ "so by pressing <b>Configure Network Cards</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>PPPoE için DSL modeminizin bağlı olduğu ethernet kartının aygıtını " -#~ "girin.\n" -#~ "Eğer bir ethernet kartı kurmadıysanız <b>Ağ kartlarını yapılandır</b> " -#~ "düğmesine\n" +#~ "<p>PPPoE için DSL modeminizin bağlı olduğu ethernet kartının aygıtını girin.\n" +#~ "Eğer bir ethernet kartı kurmadıysanız <b>Ağ kartlarını yapılandır</b> düğmesine\n" #~ "basarak önce bu işlemi yürütün.</p>" #, fuzzy @@ -5399,8 +5225,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Kayıt işleminin durdurulması:</BIG></B><BR>\n" #~ "<B>Durdur</B> düğmesine basarak kayıt işlemini durdurabilirsiniz.\n" -#~ "Bir pencerede size durdurma işleminin güvenli olup olmadığı hakkında " -#~ "bilgi verilecek.</P>\n" +#~ "Bir pencerede size durdurma işleminin güvenli olup olmadığı hakkında bilgi verilecek.</P>\n" #~ msgid "Select the item to edit." #~ msgstr "Düzenlenecek seçeneği işaretleyin." @@ -5436,8 +5261,7 @@ #~ "Additionally you can edit their configurations.<BR></P>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>ISDN kartları genel görünümü</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "Burada, kurulu ISDN kartlarını ve bağlantı ayarlarını görebilir, ve buna " -#~ "ek\n" +#~ "Burada, kurulu ISDN kartlarını ve bağlantı ayarlarını görebilir, ve buna ek\n" #~ "olarak yapılandırmaları düzenleyebilirsiniz.<BR></P>\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -5445,8 +5269,7 @@ #~ "Press <B>Add</B> to configure an ISDN card manually.</P>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Bir ISDN kartı ekleme:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "<B>Ekle</B> düğmesine basarak ISDN kartınızı elle yapılandırabilirsiniz.</" -#~ "P>\n" +#~ "<B>Ekle</B> düğmesine basarak ISDN kartınızı elle yapılandırabilirsiniz.</P>\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Test an ISDN Card Setup:</BIG></B><BR>\n" @@ -5459,12 +5282,10 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Adding an ISDN Connection:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "If you press <B>Add</B>, you can configure an ISDN dial-up connection.</" -#~ "P>\n" +#~ "If you press <B>Add</B>, you can configure an ISDN dial-up connection.</P>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Bir ISDN bağlantısı ekleme:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "<B>Ekle</B> düğmesine basarak bir ISDN çevirmeli bağlantısı " -#~ "yapılandırabilirsiniz.</P>\n" +#~ "<B>Ekle</B> düğmesine basarak bir ISDN çevirmeli bağlantısı yapılandırabilirsiniz.</P>\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Editing or Deleting:</BIG></B><BR>\n" @@ -5488,12 +5309,10 @@ #~ msgstr "ISDN ayrıntılı ayarları" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>The <b>Remote Phone Number List</b> controls which remote machines " -#~ "are\n" +#~ "<p>The <b>Remote Phone Number List</b> controls which remote machines are\n" #~ "allowed to connect to this interface.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p> <b>Uzak telefon numarası listesi</b> bu arabirime bağlanmasına izin " -#~ "verilen\n" +#~ "<p> <b>Uzak telefon numarası listesi</b> bu arabirime bağlanmasına izin verilen\n" #~ "uzak makinaları kontrol eder.</p>\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -5504,43 +5323,33 @@ #~ "numaralara izin ver</b> seçeneğini kaldırın.</p>\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>If the callback mode is <b>off</b>, calls are handled normally " -#~ "without special \n" +#~ "<p>If the callback mode is <b>off</b>, calls are handled normally without special \n" #~ "processing.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Eğer <b>geri arama modu</b> <b>kapalıysa</b>, çağrılar özel işlem " -#~ "görmeden\n" +#~ "<p>Eğer <b>geri arama modu</b> <b>kapalıysa</b>, çağrılar özel işlem görmeden\n" #~ "alınacaktır.</p>\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>If the callback mode is <b>server</b>, after getting an incoming call, " -#~ "a callback \n" +#~ "<p>If the callback mode is <b>server</b>, after getting an incoming call, a callback \n" #~ "is triggered.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Eğer <b>geri arama modu</b> <b>sunucu</b> ise, gelen çağrılar " -#~ "alındıktan sonra\n" +#~ "<p>Eğer <b>geri arama modu</b> <b>sunucu</b> ise, gelen çağrılar alındıktan sonra\n" #~ "geri arama tetiklenecektir.</p>\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>If the callback mode is <b>client</b>, the local system does the " -#~ "initial call then \n" +#~ "<p>If the callback mode is <b>client</b>, the local system does the initial call then \n" #~ "waits for callback from the remote machine.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Eğer <b>geri arama modu</b> <b>istemci</b> ise, yerel sistem ilk " -#~ "çağrıyı yapacak ve\n" +#~ "<p>Eğer <b>geri arama modu</b> <b>istemci</b> ise, yerel sistem ilk çağrıyı yapacak ve\n" #~ "uzak makinanın geri arama yapması için bekleyecek.</p>\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Callback Delay</b> is the number of seconds between the initial " -#~ "call and the\n" -#~ "callback (server) or the hang-up (client). It should be greater on the " -#~ "server than on\n" +#~ "<p><b>Callback Delay</b> is the number of seconds between the initial call and the\n" +#~ "callback (server) or the hang-up (client). It should be greater on the server than on\n" #~ "the client.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Geri arama aralığı</b> ilk arama ile geri aramanın (sunucu) ya da " -#~ "telefonu\n" -#~ "kapamanın (istemci) arasındaki saniye sayısıdır. Bu değer sunucuda " -#~ "istemcidekinden\n" +#~ "<p><b>Geri arama aralığı</b> ilk arama ile geri aramanın (sunucu) ya da telefonu\n" +#~ "kapamanın (istemci) arasındaki saniye sayısıdır. Bu değer sunucuda istemcidekinden\n" #~ "daha büyük olmalıdır.</p>\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -5578,15 +5387,12 @@ #~ msgstr "ISDN hizmet seçimi" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>If you have a combined ISDN and DSL CAPI controller, configure your " -#~ "DSL\n" +#~ "<p>If you have a combined ISDN and DSL CAPI controller, configure your DSL\n" #~ "connection via <b>Add DSL CAPI Interface</b>. You can also do this later\n" #~ "in the DSL configuration dialog.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Eğer birleşik bir ISDN ve DSL CAPI kontrol kartınız varsa DSL " -#~ "bağlantınızı\n" -#~ "<b>DSL CAPI arabirimi ekle</b> ile yapılandırın. Bu işlemi daha sonra " -#~ "DSL\n" +#~ "<p>Eğer birleşik bir ISDN ve DSL CAPI kontrol kartınız varsa DSL bağlantınızı\n" +#~ "<b>DSL CAPI arabirimi ekle</b> ile yapılandırın. Bu işlemi daha sonra DSL\n" #~ "yapılandırma penceresinden de yapabilirsiniz.</p>\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -5596,18 +5402,15 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>ISDN üzerinden ağ erişimi için iki arabirime ihtiyaç vardır:\n" #~ "<b>RawIP</b> ve <b>SyncPPP</b>. Bir çok durumda SyncPPP\n" -#~ "arabirimi kullanılacaktır. Tüm yaygın servis sağlayıcılarda bu kullanılır." -#~ "</p>\n" +#~ "arabirimi kullanılacaktır. Tüm yaygın servis sağlayıcılarda bu kullanılır.</p>\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>To switch between various Internet providers, an\n" -#~ "interface for each provider is not required. Simply add multiple " -#~ "providers to the\n" +#~ "interface for each provider is not required. Simply add multiple providers to the\n" #~ "same interface.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Değişik internet sağlayıcıları arasında geçiş yapmak için\n" -#~ "her sağlayıcı için ayrı bir arabirime gerek yoktur. Aynı arabirime birden " -#~ "çok\n" +#~ "her sağlayıcı için ayrı bir arabirime gerek yoktur. Aynı arabirime birden çok\n" #~ "sağlayıcı ekleyebilirsiniz.</p>\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -5622,10 +5425,8 @@ #~ "connection via <b>Add DSL CAPI Interface</b>. You can also do this later\n" #~ "in the DSL configuration dialog.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Eğer birleşik bir ISDN/DSL CAPI kontrol kartınız varsa DSL " -#~ "bağlantınızı\n" -#~ "<b>DSL CAPI arabirimi ekle</b> ile yapılandırın. Bu işlemi daha sonra " -#~ "DSL\n" +#~ "<p>Eğer birleşik bir ISDN/DSL CAPI kontrol kartınız varsa DSL bağlantınızı\n" +#~ "<b>DSL CAPI arabirimi ekle</b> ile yapılandırın. Bu işlemi daha sonra DSL\n" #~ "yapılandırma penceresinden de yapabilirsiniz.</p>" #~ msgid "Add &DSL CAPI Interface" @@ -5654,24 +5455,16 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>My phone number -- As your own telephone number (MSN), put in your \n" -#~ "telephone number (without area code) if your ISDN card is connected " -#~ "directly\n" -#~ "to the phone company-provided socket. If it is connected to a PBX, put in " -#~ "the\n" -#~ "MSN stored in the PBX (e.g., your phone extension or the last digit or " -#~ "digits\n" -#~ "of your phone extension) . If this fails, try using 0, which normally " -#~ "means\n" +#~ "telephone number (without area code) if your ISDN card is connected directly\n" +#~ "to the phone company-provided socket. If it is connected to a PBX, put in the\n" +#~ "MSN stored in the PBX (e.g., your phone extension or the last digit or digits\n" +#~ "of your phone extension) . If this fails, try using 0, which normally means\n" #~ "the default MSN is actually used.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Telefon numaram -- ISDN kartınız direk olarak şirket tarafından " -#~ "sağlanan\n" -#~ "sokete bağlıysa kendi telefon numaranızı (MSN) alan kodu olmadan girin. " -#~ "Kart\n" -#~ "bir PBX'e bağlıysa PBX'in MSN'ini (telefon eklentisi ya da eklentinin son " -#~ "hanesini\n" -#~ "ya da hanelerini) girin. BU başarısız olursa 0 kullanmayı deneyin, bu şu " -#~ "anda\n" +#~ "<p>Telefon numaram -- ISDN kartınız direk olarak şirket tarafından sağlanan\n" +#~ "sokete bağlıysa kendi telefon numaranızı (MSN) alan kodu olmadan girin. Kart\n" +#~ "bir PBX'e bağlıysa PBX'in MSN'ini (telefon eklentisi ya da eklentinin son hanesini\n" +#~ "ya da hanelerini) girin. BU başarısız olursa 0 kullanmayı deneyin, bu şu anda\n" #~ "kullanılan MSN manasına gelir.</p>" #~ msgid "" @@ -5684,8 +5477,7 @@ #~ "</tt>\n" #~ "Note: ippp0 is an example</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Eğer el ile seçeneğini seçerseniz hizmeti aşağıdaki komutları " -#~ "kullanarak\n" +#~ "<p>Eğer el ile seçeneğini seçerseniz hizmeti aşağıdaki komutları kullanarak\n" #~ "el ile başlatmalı/durdurmalısınız (sisteme 'root' olarak girmişken):\n" #~ "<tt>\n" #~ " <br> <b>başlat: </b>ifup ippp0\n" @@ -5696,35 +5488,28 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>Selecting <b>channel bundling</b> sets up a 128-kBit connection\n" -#~ "also known as Multilink PPP. To activate or deactivate the second " -#~ "channel,\n" +#~ "also known as Multilink PPP. To activate or deactivate the second channel,\n" #~ "use the following commands:\n" #~ "<tt>\n" #~ " <br> isdnctrl addlink ippp0\n" #~ " <br> isdnctrl removelink ippp0\n" #~ " <br>\n" #~ "</tt>\n" -#~ "You can also install the package <b>xibod</b> to have this happen " -#~ "automatically. If\n" -#~ "there is a demand for more bandwidth, it adds a channel. If the traffic " -#~ "goes down, it \n" +#~ "You can also install the package <b>xibod</b> to have this happen automatically. If\n" +#~ "there is a demand for more bandwidth, it adds a channel. If the traffic goes down, it \n" #~ "removes a channel.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Kanal birleştirme</b> ile Multilink PPP olarak bilinen 128 " -#~ "kBit'lik\n" -#~ "bir bağlantı kurabilirsiniz. İkinci kanalı etkinleştirmek ya da kapamak " -#~ "için\n" +#~ "<p><b>Kanal birleştirme</b> ile Multilink PPP olarak bilinen 128 kBit'lik\n" +#~ "bir bağlantı kurabilirsiniz. İkinci kanalı etkinleştirmek ya da kapamak için\n" #~ "şu komutları kullanın:\n" #~ "<tt>\n" #~ " <br> isdnctrl addlink ippp0\n" #~ " <br> isdnctrl removelink ippp0\n" #~ " <br>\n" #~ "</tt>\n" -#~ "Buna ek olarak <b>xibod</b> paketini kurarsanız bu işlemin otomatik " -#~ "olarak yapılmasını\n" -#~ "sağlayabilirsiniz. Bu şekilde, eğer daha fazla bant genişliğine gerek " -#~ "duyulursa bir kanal\n" +#~ "Buna ek olarak <b>xibod</b> paketini kurarsanız bu işlemin otomatik olarak yapılmasını\n" +#~ "sağlayabilirsiniz. Bu şekilde, eğer daha fazla bant genişliğine gerek duyulursa bir kanal\n" #~ "eklenir, ve trafik azalırsa bir kanal kaldırılır.\n" #~ "</p>\n" @@ -5732,8 +5517,7 @@ #~ "<p>Selecting\n" #~ "<b>External Firewall Interface</b> activates the firewall\n" #~ "and sets this interface as external.\n" -#~ "<b>Restart Firewall</b> restarts the firewall if a connection is " -#~ "established.\n" +#~ "<b>Restart Firewall</b> restarts the firewall if a connection is established.\n" #~ "</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Harici firewall arayüzü</b> seçeneği ile firewall\n" @@ -5864,8 +5648,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>If you have an old legacy ISA card, you can enter values for\n" #~ "IO port or memory addresses and the used interrupt.\n" -#~ "For the correct values, check with your technical manual or contact your " -#~ "salesman.</p>\n" +#~ "For the correct values, check with your technical manual or contact your salesman.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Eğer eski ISA kartlardan birine sahipseniz, IO port bellek adresi ve\n" #~ "IRQ değerlerini girebilirsiniz.\n" @@ -5890,10 +5673,8 @@ #~ "<p>Bazı ISDN katları için birden fazla sürücü mevcuttur.\n" #~ "Lütfen listeden birini seçin.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>ISDN Protocol: </b>In most cases, the protocol is Euro-ISDN.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>ISDN protokolü: </b>Genel durumlarda protokol Euro ISDN'dir.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>ISDN Protocol: </b>In most cases, the protocol is Euro-ISDN.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>ISDN protokolü: </b>Genel durumlarda protokol Euro ISDN'dir.</p>" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b>Area Code: </b> Enter your local area code for the ISDN\n" @@ -5904,20 +5685,15 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b>Dial Prefix: </b> If you need a prefix to get an public line, \n" -#~ "enter it here. This is only used on a internal S0 bus and the most common " -#~ "one is \"0\".</p>\n" +#~ "enter it here. This is only used on a internal S0 bus and the most common one is \"0\".</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Arama ön eki: </b> Hat almak için bir arama ön ekine\n" -#~ "ihtiyaç duyuyorsanız bu eki buraya girebilirsiniz. Bu sadece dahili S0 " -#~ "yolunda kullanılır ve en çok\n" +#~ "ihtiyaç duyuyorsanız bu eki buraya girebilirsiniz. Bu sadece dahili S0 yolunda kullanılır ve en çok\n" #~ "\"0\" değerine rastlanır.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>If you do not want to log all your ISDN traffic, uncheck <b>Start ISDN " -#~ "Log</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>If you do not want to log all your ISDN traffic, uncheck <b>Start ISDN Log</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Tüm ISDN trafiğinin kaydını tutmak istemiyorsanız <b>ISDN kaydını " -#~ "başlat</b>\n" +#~ "<p>Tüm ISDN trafiğinin kaydını tutmak istemiyorsanız <b>ISDN kaydını başlat</b>\n" #~ "seçeneğinin kapatın.</p>" #~ msgid "ISDN Protocol" @@ -6141,16 +5917,12 @@ #~ msgstr "<p>Tüm modem yapılandırma değerlerini girin.</p>" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Modem Device</b> specifies to which port your modem is connected. " -#~ "ttyS0,\n" -#~ "ttyS1, etc., refer to serial ports and usually correspond to COM1, COM2, " -#~ "etc.,\n" +#~ "<p><b>Modem Device</b> specifies to which port your modem is connected. ttyS0,\n" +#~ "ttyS1, etc., refer to serial ports and usually correspond to COM1, COM2, etc.,\n" #~ "in DOS/Windows. ttyACM0 and ttyACM1 refer to USB ports.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Aygıt</b> modeminizin bağlı olduğu portu belirtir. ttyS0, ttyS1 " -#~ "değerleri\n" -#~ "DOS/Windows'daki COM1, COM2 portlarına karşılık gelir. ttyACM0 ve " -#~ "ttyACM1\n" +#~ "<p><b>Aygıt</b> modeminizin bağlı olduğu portu belirtir. ttyS0, ttyS1 değerleri\n" +#~ "DOS/Windows'daki COM1, COM2 portlarına karşılık gelir. ttyACM0 ve ttyACM1\n" #~ "USB portlarını temsil eder.</p>" #~ msgid "" @@ -6162,19 +5934,14 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>Choose <b>Dial Mode</b> according to your phone link. Most telephone\n" -#~ "companies use <i>Tone Dial</i> as the <b>Dial Mode</b>. Check the " -#~ "additional\n" -#~ "check boxes to turn on your modem speaker (<i>Speaker On</i>) or for " -#~ "your\n" -#~ "modem to wait until it detects a dial tone (<i>Detect Dial Tone</i>).</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "companies use <i>Tone Dial</i> as the <b>Dial Mode</b>. Check the additional\n" +#~ "check boxes to turn on your modem speaker (<i>Speaker On</i>) or for your\n" +#~ "modem to wait until it detects a dial tone (<i>Detect Dial Tone</i>).</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Telefon hattına bağlı olarak <b>Arama modunu</b> seçin. Çoğu\n" #~ "telefon şirketi <b>Arama modu</b> olarak <i>Tonlu aramayı</i> kullanır.\n" -#~ "Modeminizin sesini açmak için <i>Hopalör açık</i> seçeneğini " -#~ "işaretleyin.\n" -#~ "Modemin çevir sesini algılayana kadar beklemesi için <i>Çevir sesini " -#~ "algıla</i>\n" +#~ "Modeminizin sesini açmak için <i>Hopalör açık</i> seçeneğini işaretleyin.\n" +#~ "Modemin çevir sesini algılayana kadar beklemesi için <i>Çevir sesini algıla</i>\n" #~ "seçeneğini işaretleyin.</p>\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -6218,8 +5985,7 @@ #~ "<p><b>Baud Rate</b> is a transmission speed that tells\n" #~ "how many bits per second your computer communicates with your modem.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Baud hızı</b> değeri bilgisayarın modemle saniyede kaç bitlik bir " -#~ "hızla\n" +#~ "<p><b>Baud hızı</b> değeri bilgisayarın modemle saniyede kaç bitlik bir hızla\n" #~ "iletişim kuracağını belirler.</p>\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -6270,12 +6036,9 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b>Dial on Demand</b> means that the Internet\n" -#~ "connection will be established automatically when data from the Internet " -#~ "is\n" -#~ "requested. To use this feature, specify at least one <i>name server</i>. " -#~ "Use\n" -#~ "this feature only if your Internet connection is inexpensive, because " -#~ "there are\n" +#~ "connection will be established automatically when data from the Internet is\n" +#~ "requested. To use this feature, specify at least one <i>name server</i>. Use\n" +#~ "this feature only if your Internet connection is inexpensive, because there are\n" #~ "programs that periodically request data from the Internet.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Gerektiği zaman ara</b> seçeneği Internet'ten veri istendiği\n" @@ -6288,8 +6051,7 @@ #~ "<p>When <b>Modify DNS</b> is enabled, the <i>name server</i> will be\n" #~ "changed automatically when connected to the Internet.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>DNS değiştirilmesi</b> seçeneği etkinleştirildiğinde <i>ad " -#~ "sunucusu</i> \n" +#~ "<p><b>DNS değiştirilmesi</b> seçeneği etkinleştirildiğinde <i>ad sunucusu</i> \n" #~ "Internet'e bağlandığınızda otomatik olarak değiştirilecektir.</p>" #~ msgid "" @@ -6303,29 +6065,23 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b>Name Servers</b> are required to convert hostnames\n" -#~ "(such as www.suse.com) to IP addresses (for example, 213.95.15.200). You " -#~ "only\n" +#~ "(such as www.suse.com) to IP addresses (for example, 213.95.15.200). You only\n" #~ "need to specify the name servers if you enable dial on demand or\n" #~ "disable <b>DNS Modification</b> when connected.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Ad sunucuları</b> makine adlarını (örneğin, www.suse.com) IP\n" -#~ "adreslerine (213.95.15.200 gibi) çevirme işleminde kullanılır. Ad " -#~ "sunucularını\n" +#~ "adreslerine (213.95.15.200 gibi) çevirme işleminde kullanılır. Ad sunucularını\n" #~ "sadece gerektiği zaman ara seçeneği seçilirse ya da\n" #~ "<b>DNS değiştirilmesi</b> seçeneği kapatılırsa girmek gerekir.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Ignore Prompts</b> disables the detection of any prompts from the " -#~ "dial-up\n" -#~ "server. If the connection build-up is slow or does not work at all, try " -#~ "this\n" +#~ "<p><b>Ignore Prompts</b> disables the detection of any prompts from the dial-up\n" +#~ "server. If the connection build-up is slow or does not work at all, try this\n" #~ "option.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Budala mod</b> çevirmeli bağlantı sunucusundan gelebilecek bilgi " -#~ "istemlerinin\n" -#~ "algılanmasını kapatır. Bağlantı kurma işlemi yavaş çalışıyor ya da hiç " -#~ "çalışmıyorsa bu\n" +#~ "<p><b>Budala mod</b> çevirmeli bağlantı sunucusundan gelebilecek bilgi istemlerinin\n" +#~ "algılanmasını kapatır. Bağlantı kurma işlemi yavaş çalışıyor ya da hiç çalışmıyorsa bu\n" #~ "seçeneği kullanmayı deneyin.</p>\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -6341,12 +6097,10 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>The <b>Idle Time-Out</b> specifies the time after which an idle\n" -#~ "connection will be shut down (0 means the connection will not time-out).</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "connection will be shut down (0 means the connection will not time-out).</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p> <b>Boş durma zaman aşımı</b> ayarı ile boş duran bir bağlantının\n" -#~ "ne kadar süre sonra kapatılacağı belirlenir (0 değeri ile zaman aşımı " -#~ "gerçekleşmez).</p>\n" +#~ "ne kadar süre sonra kapatılacağı belirlenir (0 değeri ile zaman aşımı gerçekleşmez).</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "min" @@ -6408,10 +6162,8 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>Check <b>Dynamic IP Address</b>\n" -#~ "if your provider assigns one temporary address per connection. In this " -#~ "case,\n" -#~ "the outgoing address is unknown until the moment the link is " -#~ "established.\n" +#~ "if your provider assigns one temporary address per connection. In this case,\n" +#~ "the outgoing address is unknown until the moment the link is established.\n" #~ "This is the default with most providers.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Her bağlantıda sağlayıcı size geçici bir IP adresi atıyorsa\n" @@ -6421,32 +6173,24 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>Check <b>Use Peer DNS</b> to change\n" -#~ "your domain name servers after the connection is made. This replaces your " -#~ "static\n" -#~ "DNS configuration with the obtained DNS server IP addresses. Today, " -#~ "almost all\n" +#~ "your domain name servers after the connection is made. This replaces your static\n" +#~ "DNS configuration with the obtained DNS server IP addresses. Today, almost all\n" #~ "providers support <b>Use Peer DNS</b>.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Bağlantı kurulduktan sonra alan adı sunucularını değiştirmek " -#~ "isterseniz\n" -#~ "<b>Eş DNS kullan</b> seçeneğini işaretleyin. Bu işlem statik DNS " -#~ "yapılandırmasını\n" -#~ "bağlantı ile edinilen DNS sunucusunun IP adresi ile değiştirecektir. " -#~ "Günümüzde\n" -#~ "hemen hemen her servis sağlayıcı <b>eş DNS kullanımını</b> " -#~ "desteklemektedir.<p>\n" +#~ "<p>Bağlantı kurulduktan sonra alan adı sunucularını değiştirmek isterseniz\n" +#~ "<b>Eş DNS kullan</b> seçeneğini işaretleyin. Bu işlem statik DNS yapılandırmasını\n" +#~ "bağlantı ile edinilen DNS sunucusunun IP adresi ile değiştirecektir. Günümüzde\n" +#~ "hemen hemen her servis sağlayıcı <b>eş DNS kullanımını</b> desteklemektedir.<p>\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>If callback mode is off, calls are handled normally without " -#~ "special \n" +#~ "<p>If callback mode is off, calls are handled normally without special \n" #~ "processing.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Eğer geri arama modu kapalıysa, çağrılar özel işlem görmeden,\n" #~ "normal olarak alınacaktır.</p>" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>If callback mode is server, after getting an incoming call, a " -#~ "callback \n" +#~ "<p>If callback mode is server, after getting an incoming call, a callback \n" #~ "is triggered.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Eğer geri arama modu sunucu ise, gelen çağrılar alındıktan sonra\n" @@ -6461,13 +6205,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>Check <b>Default Route</b> to set the default\n" -#~ "route for this provider. This is most likely correct unless you want to " -#~ "reach\n" +#~ "route for this provider. This is most likely correct unless you want to reach\n" #~ "single machines or subnetworks through this provider.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Varsayılan rota</b> seçeneği ile bu sağlayıcı için\n" -#~ "varsayılan rotayı seçebilirsiniz. Bu sağlayıcı ile tek makinelere ya da " -#~ "alt ağlara\n" +#~ "varsayılan rotayı seçebilirsiniz. Bu sağlayıcı ile tek makinelere ya da alt ağlara\n" #~ "erişmeyecekseniz bu seçenek doğru olacaktır.</p>" #~ msgid "Select Internet Service Provider (ISP)" @@ -6549,8 +6291,7 @@ #~ "Press <b>Add</b> to configure a new provider manually.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Sağlayıcı ekleme:</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Elle yeni bir sağlayıcı yapılandırmak için <b>Ekle</b> düğmesine basın.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "Elle yeni bir sağlayıcı yapılandırmak için <b>Ekle</b> düğmesine basın.</p>\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" @@ -6572,9 +6313,7 @@ #~ "sonra listeden servis sağlayıcıyı seçin.</p>" #~ msgid "<p>Use <b>New</b> to add a provider not in the list.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Listede olmayan bir sağlayıcıyı eklemek için <b>Yeni</b> düğmesine " -#~ "basın.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Listede olmayan bir sağlayıcıyı eklemek için <b>Yeni</b> düğmesine basın.</p>" #~ msgid "<p>Choose one of the available provider types.</p>" #~ msgstr "<p>Mevcut sağlayıcı türlerinden birini seçin.</p>" @@ -6590,8 +6329,7 @@ #~ "dialing number, connect to the home page <b>%2</b> or call the hot line\n" #~ "<b>%3</b>.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>%1</b> için kayıt olmak ve en iyi telefon numarasını bumak için, <b>" -#~ "%2</b>\n" +#~ "<p><b>%1</b> için kayıt olmak ve en iyi telefon numarasını bumak için, <b>%2</b>\n" #~ "sayfasına bağlanın ya da <b>%3</b> yardım hattını arayın.</p>\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -6599,8 +6337,7 @@ #~ "dialing number, connect to the home page <b>%2</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "<b>%1</b> için kayıt olmak ve en iyi telefon numarasını bumak için, <b>" -#~ "%2</b>\n" +#~ "<b>%1</b> için kayıt olmak ve en iyi telefon numarasını bumak için, <b>%2</b>\n" #~ "sayfasına bağlanın.\n" #~ "</p>" @@ -6625,18 +6362,15 @@ #~ msgstr "<p>Servis sağlayıcı için <b>Sağlayıcı adı</b> girin.</p>" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Enter a <b>Provider Name</b> for the provider and a <b>Phone Number</" -#~ "b>\n" +#~ "<p>Enter a <b>Provider Name</b> for the provider and a <b>Phone Number</b>\n" #~ "to access your provider.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Servis sağlayıcı için <b>Ad</b> ve erişim için <b>Telefon numarası</b> " -#~ "girin.\n" +#~ "<p>Servis sağlayıcı için <b>Ad</b> ve erişim için <b>Telefon numarası</b> girin.\n" #~ "</p>" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>Select the type of packet encapsulation.\n" -#~ "<b>RawIP</b> means that MAC headers are stripped. <b>SyncPPP</b> stands " -#~ "for\n" +#~ "<b>RawIP</b> means that MAC headers are stripped. <b>SyncPPP</b> stands for\n" #~ "Synchronous PPP.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Paket sarma tipini seçin.\n" @@ -6664,29 +6398,24 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>The <b>User Name</b> will be extended\n" -#~ "with the <i>t-online-com/</i> at the start and with <i>@t-online-com.de</" -#~ "i>\n" +#~ "with the <i>t-online-com/</i> at the start and with <i>@t-online-com.de</i>\n" #~ "at the end.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Kullanıcı adının</b> başına <i>t-online-com/</i>, sonunda da\n" #~ "<i>@t-online-com.de</i> eklenecektir.</p>" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Check <b>Always Ask for Password</b> to be asked for the password " -#~ "every time.\n" +#~ "<p>Check <b>Always Ask for Password</b> to be asked for the password every time.\n" #~ "Your\n" #~ "Internet service provider might not allow passwords to be saved on\n" #~ "disk. If you enter the password here, it is saved in clear text on disk\n" #~ "(readable by root only).\n" #~ "</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Parolanın her gerektiğinde sorulması için <b>Parolayı her seferinde " -#~ "sor</b>\n" +#~ "<p>Parolanın her gerektiğinde sorulması için <b>Parolayı her seferinde sor</b>\n" #~ "seçeneğini işaretleyin.\n" -#~ "İnternet servis sağlayıcınız parolaların diskte kaydedilmesine izin " -#~ "vermeyebilir.\n" -#~ "Parolayı buraya yazarsanız (sadece root tarafından okunabilecek şekilde) " -#~ "diske\n" +#~ "İnternet servis sağlayıcınız parolaların diskte kaydedilmesine izin vermeyebilir.\n" +#~ "Parolayı buraya yazarsanız (sadece root tarafından okunabilecek şekilde) diske\n" #~ "şifrelenmeden yazılacaktır.\n" #~ "</p>\n" @@ -6755,8 +6484,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Kullanıcı adını girin." #~ msgid "" -#~ "You have entered some characters that are not numbers in the phone " -#~ "field.\n" +#~ "You have entered some characters that are not numbers in the phone field.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Continue?" #~ msgstr "" @@ -6770,12 +6498,10 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, replace the blank space\n" #~ "(after the <b>/</b>) with your Kamp login. Then enter your password\n" -#~ "and click <b>Next</b>. Contact your provider if you have difficulties.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "and click <b>Next</b>. Contact your provider if you have difficulties.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Kullanıcı adı</b> bölümüne boş karakteri (<b>/</b> karakterinden\n" -#~ "sonraki) Kamp kullanıcı adınızla değiştirin. Parolanızı da girip " -#~ "<b>İleri</b>\n" +#~ "sonraki) Kamp kullanıcı adınızla değiştirin. Parolanızı da girip <b>İleri</b>\n" #~ "düğmesine basın. (Zorluk çekerseniz servis sağlayıcınıza başvurun).</p>\n" #~ msgid "<p>Access AOL-DSL.</p>" @@ -6783,19 +6509,14 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, replace the blank space (before\n" -#~ "the <b>@</b>) with your AOL login. Then enter your password and click " -#~ "<b>Next</b>.\n" -#~ "If you are a new AOL customer and want to dial up for the first time, you " -#~ "need\n" -#~ "to enter your AOL PIN number once. If you have a Windows system, you can " -#~ "enter\n" -#~ "the PIN in the AOL dial-up software. If not, call the AOL hot line and " -#~ "request\n" +#~ "the <b>@</b>) with your AOL login. Then enter your password and click <b>Next</b>.\n" +#~ "If you are a new AOL customer and want to dial up for the first time, you need\n" +#~ "to enter your AOL PIN number once. If you have a Windows system, you can enter\n" +#~ "the PIN in the AOL dial-up software. If not, call the AOL hot line and request\n" #~ "the AOL staff to enter the PIN number for you.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Kullanıcı adı</b> bölümündeki boşluğu (<b>@</b> karakterinden\n" -#~ "önceki) AOL kullanıcı adınızla değiştirin. Parolanızı da girip <b>İleri</" -#~ "b>\n" +#~ "önceki) AOL kullanıcı adınızla değiştirin. Parolanızı da girip <b>İleri</b>\n" #~ "düğmesine basın. Eğer yeni bir AOL müşterisiyseniz ve ilk defa arama\n" #~ "yapacaksanız AOL PIN numaranızı girmelisiniz. Eğer Windows sisteminiz\n" #~ "varsa bu PIN kodunu AOL bağlantı programına girin, yoksa AOL destek\n" @@ -6806,13 +6527,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, replace the blank space (after\n" -#~ "the <b>/</b>) with your 1&1 login. Then enter your password and click " -#~ "<b>Next</b>.\n" +#~ "the <b>/</b>) with your 1&1 login. Then enter your password and click <b>Next</b>.\n" #~ "Contact your provider if you have difficulties.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Kullanıcı adı</b> bölümüne boş karakteri (<b>/</b> karakterinden\n" -#~ "sonraki) 1&1 kullanıcı adınızla değiştirin. Parolanızı da girip <b>İleri</" -#~ "b>\n" +#~ "sonraki) 1&1 kullanıcı adınızla değiştirin. Parolanızı da girip <b>İleri</b>\n" #~ "düğmesine basın. (Zorluk çekerseniz servis sağlayıcınıza başvurun).</p>\n" #~ msgid "<p>Access to Kamp Eggenet DSL.</p>" @@ -6830,13 +6549,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, replace the blank space (after\n" -#~ "the <b>/</b>) with your T-Online Business login. Then enter your password " -#~ "and\n" +#~ "the <b>/</b>) with your T-Online Business login. Then enter your password and\n" #~ "click <b>Next</b>. Contact your provider if you have difficulties.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Kullanıcı adı</b> bölümüne boş karakteri (<b>/</b> karakterinden\n" -#~ "sonraki) T-Online Business kullanıcı adınızla değiştirin. Parolanızı da " -#~ "girip <b>İleri</b>\n" +#~ "sonraki) T-Online Business kullanıcı adınızla değiştirin. Parolanızı da girip <b>İleri</b>\n" #~ "düğmesine basın. (Zorluk çekerseniz servis sağlayıcınıza başvurun).</p>\n" #~ msgid "Provider Configuration" @@ -6846,15 +6563,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b><big>Device Control</big></b></p>\n" #~ "<p>Usually, only the system administrator is allowed to activate and\n" -#~ "deactivate a network interface. With <b>Enable Device Control for Non-" -#~ "root User\n" -#~ "Via QInternet</b>, any user may control the interface via QInternet.This " -#~ "will require\n" +#~ "deactivate a network interface. With <b>Enable Device Control for Non-root User\n" +#~ "Via QInternet</b>, any user may control the interface via QInternet.This will require\n" #~ "<b>smpppd</b> installed and running.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Normalde bir ağ arabirimini sadece sistem yöneticisinin açmaya ve\n" -#~ "kapamaya izni vardır. <b>Kullanıcı kontollü</b> ile normal bir kullanıcı " -#~ "da\n" +#~ "kapamaya izni vardır. <b>Kullanıcı kontollü</b> ile normal bir kullanıcı da\n" #~ "arabirimi KInternet ile kontrol edebilir.</p>\n" #~ msgid "Initializing DSL Configuration" @@ -7215,8 +6929,7 @@ #~ "proxy sunucusunun adıdır.</p>\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>HTTPS Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your " -#~ "secured access\n" +#~ "<p><b>HTTPS Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your secured access\n" #~ "to the World Wide Web (WWW).</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>HTTPS proxy adresi</b> web'e (WWW) güvenli erişim için kullanılan\n" @@ -7229,8 +6942,7 @@ #~ "<p><b>FTP Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your access\n" #~ "to the file transfer services (FTP).</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>FTP proxy adresi</b> dosya transfer hizmetine (FTP) erişimi " -#~ "sağlayan\n" +#~ "<p><b>FTP proxy adresi</b> dosya transfer hizmetine (FTP) erişimi sağlayan\n" #~ "proxy sunucusunun adıdır.</p>" #, fuzzy @@ -7239,10 +6951,8 @@ #~ "enough to fill in the HTTP proxy URL. It will be used for all protocols\n" #~ "(HTTP, HTTPS and FTP).\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Tüm Protokoller İçin Aynı Proxy'yi Kullan</b> seçeneği seçili " -#~ "durumdaysa\n" -#~ "sadece HTTP proxy adresini girmeniz yeterli olacaktır, bu proxy tüm " -#~ "protokoller\n" +#~ "<p><b>Tüm Protokoller İçin Aynı Proxy'yi Kullan</b> seçeneği seçili durumdaysa\n" +#~ "sadece HTTP proxy adresini girmeniz yeterli olacaktır, bu proxy tüm protokoller\n" #~ "için (HTTP, HTTPS ve FTP) kullanılacaktır." #~ msgid "" @@ -7250,23 +6960,18 @@ #~ "for which the requests should be made directly without caching,\n" #~ "for example, <i>%1</i>.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Proxy dışı alanlar</b> isteklerin önbellek kullanımı olmadan " -#~ "doğrudan\n" -#~ "yapılacağı alanların virgül ile ayrılmış listesidir, örneğin <i>%1</i> " -#~ "gibi.</p>\n" +#~ "<p><b>Proxy dışı alanlar</b> isteklerin önbellek kullanımı olmadan doğrudan\n" +#~ "yapılacağı alanların virgül ile ayrılmış listesidir, örneğin <i>%1</i> gibi.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>If you are using a proxy server with authorization, enter\n" #~ "the <b>Proxy User Name</b> and <b>Proxy Password</b>. A valid username\n" -#~ "consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks)." -#~ "</p>\n" +#~ "consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Kimlik doğrulama gerektiren bir proxy sunucusu kullanıyorsanız\n" -#~ "<b>Proxy kullanıcı adı</b> ve <b>Proxy parolası</b> bölümlerini doldurun. " -#~ "Geçerli\n" -#~ "bir kullanıcı adı noktalama işaretleri dışındaki yazdırılabilir ASCII " -#~ "karakterlerinden oluşur.</p>\n" +#~ "<b>Proxy kullanıcı adı</b> ve <b>Proxy parolası</b> bölümlerini doldurun. Geçerli\n" +#~ "bir kullanıcı adı noktalama işaretleri dışındaki yazdırılabilir ASCII karakterlerinden oluşur.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -7346,8 +7051,7 @@ #~ "<p>If <b>Automatically Reconnect</b> is enabled, the connection will\n" #~ "be reestablished automatically after failure.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>DNS değiştirilmesi</b> seçeneği etkinleştirildiğinde <i>ad " -#~ "sunucusu</i> \n" +#~ "<p><b>DNS değiştirilmesi</b> seçeneği etkinleştirildiğinde <i>ad sunucusu</i> \n" #~ "Internet'e bağlandığınızda otomatik olarak değiştirilecektir.</p>" # clients/online_update_start.ycp:151 @@ -7359,29 +7063,21 @@ #~ msgstr "&Ağ maskesi" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Enable <b>IP Forwarding</b> if the system is a router. This will apply " -#~ "on both IPv4 and IPv6.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Sistem bir yönlendirici ise <b>IP yönlendirmesini</b> etkinleştirin.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Enable <b>IP Forwarding</b> if the system is a router. This will apply on both IPv4 and IPv6.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Sistem bir yönlendirici ise <b>IP yönlendirmesini</b> etkinleştirin.</p>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>Your hostname will be written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt> and will be \n" -#~ "resolvable as <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> IP address. To disable this " -#~ "modification, \n" +#~ "resolvable as <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> IP address. To disable this modification, \n" #~ "uncheck <b>Write Hostname to /etc/hosts</b> box. In that case your \n" #~ "hostname will not be resolvable without an active network.\n" #~ "</p> \n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Eğer IP adresini DHCP ile alıyorsanız makine adınız /etc/hosts " -#~ "dosyasına\n" +#~ "<p>Eğer IP adresini DHCP ile alıyorsanız makine adınız /etc/hosts dosyasına\n" #~ "yazılacak ve 127.0.0.2 IP adresinden çözümlenebilir olacaktır.\n" -#~ "Bu varsayılan davranıştır. Bunu kapatmak istiyorsanız bu kutunun " -#~ "seçimini\n" -#~ "kaldırın, ancak bu durumda aktif ağ olmadan makine adınız " -#~ "çözümlenemeyecektir.\n" +#~ "Bu varsayılan davranıştır. Bunu kapatmak istiyorsanız bu kutunun seçimini\n" +#~ "kaldırın, ancak bu durumda aktif ağ olmadan makine adınız çözümlenemeyecektir.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #~ msgid "&Write Hostname to /etc/hosts" @@ -7398,10 +7094,8 @@ #~ "networks.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Cevap yayını iste</b> seçeneği ile DHCP istemcisinin sunucuya\n" -#~ "cevaplarının yayınlanmasını istemesini sağlayabilirsiniz. Bu seçenek " -#~ "makineniz,\n" -#~ "örneğin, farklı ağlar arasında hareket eden mobil bir istemciyse " -#~ "gerekebilir.</p>" +#~ "cevaplarının yayınlanmasını istemesini sağlayabilirsiniz. Bu seçenek makineniz,\n" +#~ "örneğin, farklı ağlar arasında hareket eden mobil bir istemciyse gerekebilir.</p>" #~ msgid "Request Broad&cast Response" #~ msgstr "&Yayın cevabı iste" @@ -7440,20 +7134,15 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>If you plan to use a dial-up Internet connection and have set up your\n" -#~ "connection to use dynamic DNS assignment, these values will be " -#~ "temporarily\n" +#~ "connection to use dynamic DNS assignment, these values will be temporarily\n" #~ "disabled during the connection.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Eğer çevirmeli Internet bağlantısını kullanmayı düşünüyorsanız " -#~ "bağlantı\n" -#~ "ayarlarını yaparken dinamik DNS atamasını kullanın, bu değerler bağlantı " -#~ "sırasında\n" +#~ "<p>Eğer çevirmeli Internet bağlantısını kullanmayı düşünüyorsanız bağlantı\n" +#~ "ayarlarını yaparken dinamik DNS atamasını kullanın, bu değerler bağlantı sırasında\n" #~ "geçici olarak iptal edilecektir.</p>" #~ msgid "<p>Optionally enter the name server list and domain search list.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Ad sunucu listesini ve alan arama listesini isteğe bağlı olarak " -#~ "girebilirsiniz.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Ad sunucu listesini ve alan arama listesini isteğe bağlı olarak girebilirsiniz.</p>" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>Note that the hostname is global--it applies to all\n" @@ -7472,16 +7161,13 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>Modify the current version of the file.</p>\n" -#~ "<p>Press <b>Accept</b> and continue editing other data. You are able to " -#~ "return to this dialog at a later time, \n" +#~ "<p>Press <b>Accept</b> and continue editing other data. You are able to return to this dialog at a later time, \n" #~ "when the above service has terminated.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<ol>\n" #~ "<li>Dosyanın geçerli (değiştirilmiş) halini değiştirmek için </li>\n" -#~ "<li>'Kabul et' düğmesine basın ve diğer bilgileri düzenlemeye devam " -#~ "edin.\n" -#~ "Yukarıdaki hizmet sonlandırıldığında bu pencereye geri dönebilirsiniz.</" -#~ "li>\n" +#~ "<li>'Kabul et' düğmesine basın ve diğer bilgileri düzenlemeye devam edin.\n" +#~ "Yukarıdaki hizmet sonlandırıldığında bu pencereye geri dönebilirsiniz.</li>\n" #~ "</ol>\n" #~ msgid "Name Servers: Set by DHCP" @@ -7490,17 +7176,11 @@ #~ msgid "Search List: Set by DHCP" #~ msgstr "Arama listesi: DHCP tarafından belirlenir" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Enter the name for this computer and the DNS domain that it belongs to." -#~ "</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Enter the name for this computer and the DNS domain that it belongs to.</p>" #~ msgstr "<p>Bu bilgisayarın adını ve ait olduğu DNS alanını girin</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>The domain is especially important if this computer is a mail server.</" -#~ "p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Bilgisayar e-posta sunucusu olarak kullanılacaksa alan adı özellikle " -#~ "önemlidir.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>The domain is especially important if this computer is a mail server.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Bilgisayar e-posta sunucusu olarak kullanılacaksa alan adı özellikle önemlidir.</p>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "&Change /etc/resolv.conf manually" @@ -7543,12 +7223,8 @@ #~ msgstr "Bölge yok, tüm trafik bloklanmış" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Because Device Control for Non-root User has been enabled, the <b>%1</" -#~ "b> packages must be installed.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>HTTP sunucusunu yapılandırmak için <b>%1</b> paketinin kurulu olması " -#~ "gerekir.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Because Device Control for Non-root User has been enabled, the <b>%1</b> packages must be installed.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>HTTP sunucusunu yapılandırmak için <b>%1</b> paketinin kurulu olması gerekir.</p>" #~ msgid "Modem &IP Address" #~ msgstr "Modem &IP adresi" @@ -7584,8 +7260,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>Enter <b>IP Address</b> (e.g., 192.168.100.99)\n" -#~ "for your computer and the <b>Remote IP Address</b> (e.g., " -#~ "192.168.100.254)\n" +#~ "for your computer and the <b>Remote IP Address</b> (e.g., 192.168.100.254)\n" #~ "of your peer.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Bilgisayarınız için bir IP adresi (örneğin: 192.168.100.99)\n" @@ -7799,8 +7474,7 @@ #~ "The values are written to <i>/etc/sysconfig/hardware/hwcfg-*</i>.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Burada ağ aygıtınızı ayarlayabilirsiniz.\n" -#~ "Değerler <i>/etc/sysconfig/hardware/hwcfg-*</i> dosyasına yazılacaktır.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "Değerler <i>/etc/sysconfig/hardware/hwcfg-*</i> dosyasına yazılacaktır.</p>\n" # clients/hwinfo.ycp:389 menuentries/menuentry_hwinfo.ycp:14 #~ msgid "&Hardware Configuration Name" @@ -7853,8 +7527,7 @@ #~ "%1 - %2 (%3) ile dene" #~ msgid "<p>Clicking <b>Next</b> completes the configuration.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>İleri</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırmayı sonlandırabilirsiniz.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>İleri</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırmayı sonlandırabilirsiniz.</p>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "No Address Setup" @@ -7863,11 +7536,8 @@ #~ msgid "&Without an address" #~ msgstr "&Adres almadan" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "without an IPv4 address, this is useful when the interface is used for " -#~ "pppoe" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "IPv4 adresi olmadan, arabirim pppoe için kullanılıyorsa yararlı olacaktır" +#~ msgid "without an IPv4 address, this is useful when the interface is used for pppoe" +#~ msgstr "IPv4 adresi olmadan, arabirim pppoe için kullanılıyorsa yararlı olacaktır" #~ msgid "<p><b>Default Gateway</b> TODO: the original help is bad</p>" #~ msgstr "" @@ -7894,8 +7564,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "You changed the default device number.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "This possibility is only intended for systems with built-in network " -#~ "cards\n" +#~ "This possibility is only intended for systems with built-in network cards\n" #~ "or cards with multiple interfaces. If you do not have such network card,\n" #~ "this would probably result in a nonfunctional network configuration.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -7925,17 +7594,14 @@ #~ "<p>Böylece ağ adresleri sunucudan <b>otomatik</b>\n" #~ "olarak alınacaktır.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Otherwise, network addresses must be assigned <b>manually</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Otherwise, network addresses must be assigned <b>manually</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "<p>Aksi taktirde ağ adresi <b>el ile</b> girilmelidir.</p>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b><big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big></b></p>\n" #~ "<p>You can set the maximum transfer unit (<b>MTU</b>) of an interface.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Arabirimin maksimum transfer birimini (<b>MTU</b>) buradan " -#~ "ayarlayabilirsiniz.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Arabirimin maksimum transfer birimini (<b>MTU</b>) buradan ayarlayabilirsiniz.</p>" #~ msgid "" #~ "This setting is not available\n" @@ -7972,8 +7638,7 @@ #~ "YaST2 çevrimiçi güncelleme gibi programlar bunları kullanacaktır.\n" #~ "Diğer programlar (lynx, wget gibi) ise bunları yeni kullanıcı girişi\n" #~ "yapıldıktan sonra kullanacaktır. Bazı programlar da kendi\n" -#~ "ayarlama sistemlerine sahip olduklarından bu ayarları " -#~ "desteklememektedir.\n" +#~ "ayarlama sistemlerine sahip olduklarından bu ayarları desteklememektedir.\n" #~ msgid "<p>Here, configure your Internet proxy (caching) settings.</p>" #~ msgstr "<p>Burada Internet proxy (önbellek) ayarlarını yapabilirsiniz.</p>" @@ -8021,20 +7686,15 @@ #~ "<p>Select <b>Enable</b> IPv6 to enable ipv6 module in kernel.\n" #~ "It is possible to use IPv6 together with IPv4. This is default option.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Kernel'de ipv6 modülünü etkinleştirmek için IPv6'yı <b>Etkinleştir</" -#~ "b>\n" -#~ "seçeneğini kullanın. IPv6'yı IPv4 ile birlikte kullanabilirsiniz. Bu " -#~ "varsayılan seçenektir.\n" +#~ "<p>Kernel'de ipv6 modülünü etkinleştirmek için IPv6'yı <b>Etkinleştir</b>\n" +#~ "seçeneğini kullanın. IPv6'yı IPv4 ile birlikte kullanabilirsiniz. Bu varsayılan seçenektir.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Select <b>Disable</b> IPv6 to disable autoload kernel module for " -#~ "ipv6.\n" -#~ "When ipv6 protocol is not used on your network, response time will be " -#~ "faster.\n" +#~ "<p>Select <b>Disable</b> IPv6 to disable autoload kernel module for ipv6.\n" +#~ "When ipv6 protocol is not used on your network, response time will be faster.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Kernel'de ipv6 modülünün otomatik olarak yüklenmemesi için IPv6'yı\n" -#~ "<b>Kapat</b> seçeneğini kullanın. Ağınızda ipv6 protokolü " -#~ "kullanılmıyorsa\n" +#~ "<b>Kapat</b> seçeneğini kullanın. Ağınızda ipv6 protokolü kullanılmıyorsa\n" #~ "yanıt süreleri kısalacaktır.\n" #~ msgid "Network Card Configuration Overview" @@ -8122,15 +7782,11 @@ #~ "<b>Proxy User Name</b> and <b>Proxy Password</b>.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Kimlik doğrulama gerektiren bir proxy sunucusu kullanıyorsanız\n" -#~ "<b>Proxy kullanıcı adı</b> ve <b>Proxy parolası</b> bölümlerini doldurun." -#~ "</p>\n" +#~ "<b>Proxy kullanıcı adı</b> ve <b>Proxy parolası</b> bölümlerini doldurun.</p>\n" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Enter any additional <b>Options</b> for this interface (separated by " -#~ "spacess).</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Bu arayüz için <b>Port adı</b> seçin (büyük-küçük harf duyarlı).</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Enter any additional <b>Options</b> for this interface (separated by spacess).</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Bu arayüz için <b>Port adı</b> seçin (büyük-küçük harf duyarlı).</p>" #~ msgid "Checking for latest updates..." #~ msgstr "Son güncellemeler kontrol ediliyor..." @@ -8217,8 +7873,7 @@ #~ msgstr "%2 sağlayıcısı ile %3 protokolüyle %1 olarak yapılandırıldı." #~ msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2 (remote %3)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "%2 adresiyle (%3 uzak adresiyle) ve %1 protokolü ile yapılandırıldı." +#~ msgstr "%2 adresiyle (%3 uzak adresiyle) ve %1 protokolü ile yapılandırıldı." #~ msgid "Configured as %1 with %2." #~ msgstr "%2 protokolü ile %1 olarak yapılandırıldı." @@ -8232,12 +7887,10 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether to get\n" -#~ "a host name via DHCP or to set name servers and searched domains via DHCP." -#~ "</p>" +#~ "a host name via DHCP or to set name servers and searched domains via DHCP.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Eğer IP adresi almak için DHCP kullanıyorsanız, ana makina adının\n" -#~ "DHCP ile alınmasını sağlayın ya da isim sunucuları ve arama alanlarını " -#~ "DHCP ile ayarlayın.</p>" +#~ "DHCP ile alınmasını sağlayın ya da isim sunucuları ve arama alanlarını DHCP ile ayarlayın.</p>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "&Change Host Name via DHCP" @@ -8259,8 +7912,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>Also select this if you do not have a static\n" -#~ "IP address assigned by the system administrator or your cable or DSL " -#~ "provider.\n" +#~ "IP address assigned by the system administrator or your cable or DSL provider.\n" #~ "</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Sistem yöneticinizden, ya da kablo veya DSL servis sunucunuzdan\n" @@ -8276,8 +7928,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>Enter the IP address (e.g., 192.168.100.99) for\n" -#~ "your computer, the network mask (usually 255.255.255.0), and, optionally, " -#~ "the\n" +#~ "your computer, the network mask (usually 255.255.255.0), and, optionally, the\n" #~ "default gateway IP address.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Bilgisayarınızın IP adresini (örneğin: 192.168.100.99),\n" @@ -8350,21 +8001,18 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b><big>Adding a DSL Device:</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Select a DSL device from the list of detected DSL devices. If your DSL " -#~ "device\n" +#~ "Select a DSL device from the list of detected DSL devices. If your DSL device\n" #~ "was not autodetected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>. Then press\n" #~ "<b>Configure</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>DSL aygıtı ekleme:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "Algılanan DSL aygıtları listesinden bir DSL aygıtı seçin. Eğer DSL " -#~ "aygıtınız otomatik\n" +#~ "Algılanan DSL aygıtları listesinden bir DSL aygıtı seçin. Eğer DSL aygıtınız otomatik\n" #~ "olarak algılanmadıysa <B>Diğer (algılanmamış)</B> seçeneğini kullanıp\n" #~ "<B>Yapılandır</B> düğmesine basın.</P>" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "If you press <b>Change</b>, an additional dialog opens in which to change " -#~ "the\n" +#~ "If you press <b>Change</b>, an additional dialog opens in which to change the\n" #~ "configuration.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Düzenleme ya da silme:</BIG></B><BR>\n" @@ -8409,8 +8057,7 @@ #~ "</P>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>ISDN kartı ekleme:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "Algılanan ISDN kartları listesinden bir ISDN kartı seçin. Eğer ISDN " -#~ "kartınız otomatik\n" +#~ "Algılanan ISDN kartları listesinden bir ISDN kartı seçin. Eğer ISDN kartınız otomatik\n" #~ "olarak algılanmadıysa <B>Diğer (algılanmamış)</B> seçeneğini kullanıp\n" #~ "<B>Yapılandır</B> düğmesine basın.</P>" @@ -8423,8 +8070,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Düzenleme ya da silme:</BIG></B><BR>\n" #~ "<B>Düzenle</B> düğmesine basarsanız yapılandırmayı\n" -#~ "ce çevirmeli bağlantı ayarlarını değiştirebileceğiniz ek bir pencere " -#~ "açılacaktır.\n" +#~ "ce çevirmeli bağlantı ayarlarını değiştirebileceğiniz ek bir pencere açılacaktır.\n" #~ "</P>" #, fuzzy @@ -8443,13 +8089,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b><big>Adding a Network Card:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Choose a network card from the list of detected network cards.\n" -#~ "If your network card was not autodetected, select <b>Other (not detected)" -#~ "</b>\n" +#~ "If your network card was not autodetected, select <b>Other (not detected)</b>\n" #~ "then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Ağ kartı ekleme:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "Algılanan ağ kartları listesinden bir ağ kartı seçin. Eğer ağ kartınız " -#~ "otomatik\n" +#~ "Algılanan ağ kartları listesinden bir ağ kartı seçin. Eğer ağ kartınız otomatik\n" #~ "olarak algılanmadıysa <B>Diğer (algılanmamış)</B> seçeneğini kullanıp\n" #~ "<B>Yapılandır</B> düğmesine basın.</P>" @@ -8476,8 +8120,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b><big>Adding a Modem:</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Choose a modem from the list of detected modems. If your modem was not\n" -#~ "autodetected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>. Then press <b>Configure</" -#~ "b>.\n" +#~ "autodetected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>. Then press <b>Configure</b>.\n" #~ "</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Modem ekleme:</BIG></B><BR>\n" @@ -8512,8 +8155,7 @@ #~ "authentication. NOTE: Shared key authentication makes it easier for a\n" #~ "potential attacker to break into your network. Unless you have\n" #~ "specific needs for shared key authentication, use the <b>Open</b>\n" -#~ "mode. As WEP has been proven insecure, <b>WPA</b> (Wi-Fi Protected " -#~ "Access)\n" +#~ "mode. As WEP has been proven insecure, <b>WPA</b> (Wi-Fi Protected Access)\n" #~ "was defined to close its security holes, but not every hardware supports\n" #~ "WPA. If you want to use WPA, select <b>WPA-PSK</b> as the\n" #~ "authentication mode. This is only possible in operation mode\n" @@ -8527,30 +8169,21 @@ #~ "WEP kullanılan bir çok durumda <b>Açık</b> mod (kimlik doğrulama\n" #~ "olmadan) kullanılır. Bu WEP şifreleme kullanılmadığı anlamına gelmez.\n" #~ "Bazı ağlarda WEP <b>Paylaşılmış anahtar</b> kimlik doğrulaması\n" -#~ "kullanılabilir. NOT: Paylaşılmış anahtar yönteminde potansiyel " -#~ "saldırganların\n" -#~ "ağa girmesi daha kolay olacaktır. Özel olarak paylaşılmış anahtar " -#~ "yöntemini\n" +#~ "kullanılabilir. NOT: Paylaşılmış anahtar yönteminde potansiyel saldırganların\n" +#~ "ağa girmesi daha kolay olacaktır. Özel olarak paylaşılmış anahtar yöntemini\n" #~ "kullanmanız gerekmiyorsa <b>Açık</b> yöntemini kullanın. WEP'in güvensiz\n" -#~ "olması nedeniyle <b>WPA</b> (Wi-Fi Protected Access) geliştirilmiştir, " -#~ "ancak\n" +#~ "olması nedeniyle <b>WPA</b> (Wi-Fi Protected Access) geliştirilmiştir, ancak\n" #~ "tüm donanımlar bu yöntemi desteklememektedir. Eğer WPA kullanacaksanız\n" -#~ "kimlik doğrulama türü olarak <b>WPA-PSK</b> seçin. Bu sadece<b>Yönetilen</" -#~ "b>\n" -#~ "modda kullanılabilir. WPA ile kullanılan başka kimlik doğrulama " -#~ "yöntemleri\n" +#~ "kimlik doğrulama türü olarak <b>WPA-PSK</b> seçin. Bu sadece<b>Yönetilen</b>\n" +#~ "modda kullanılabilir. WPA ile kullanılan başka kimlik doğrulama yöntemleri\n" #~ "de mevcuttur fakat %1 bunlaru desteklememektedir.</p>\n" #~ msgid "&Multiple Keys" #~ msgstr "&Çoklu anahtarlar" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Check <b>Always Ask for Password</b> to be asked for the password " -#~ "every time.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Parolanın her seferinde sorulması için <b>Parolayı daima sor</b> " -#~ "seçeneğini işaretleyin.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Check <b>Always Ask for Password</b> to be asked for the password every time.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Parolanın her seferinde sorulması için <b>Parolayı daima sor</b> seçeneğini işaretleyin.</p>" #~ msgid "Unknown (PPPOE-style) DSL Device Detected" #~ msgstr "Bilinmeyen (PPPOE türü) DSL aygıtı algılandı" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/nfs.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/nfs.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/nfs.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -185,16 +185,14 @@ msgid "" "<p>Each NFS share is identified by remote NFS server address and\n" "exported directory, local directory where the remote directory is mounted, \n" -"NFS type (either plain nfs or nfsv4) and mount options. For further " -"information \n" +"NFS type (either plain nfs or nfsv4) and mount options. For further information \n" "about mounting NFS and mount options, refer to <tt>man nfs.</tt></p>" msgstr "" #. Help, part 3 of 3 #: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:68 msgid "" -"<p>To mount a new NFS share, click <B>Add</B>. To change the configuration " -"of\n" +"<p>To mount a new NFS share, click <B>Add</B>. To change the configuration of\n" "a currently mounted share, click <B>Edit</B>. Remove and unmount a selected\n" "share with <B>Delete</B>.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -202,10 +200,8 @@ #: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:76 msgid "" "<p>If you need to access NFSv4 shares (NFSv4 is a newer version of the NFS\n" -"protocol), check the <b>Enable NFSv4</b> option. In that case, you might " -"need\n" -"to supply specific a <b>NFSv4 Domain Name</b> required for the correct " -"setting\n" +"protocol), check the <b>Enable NFSv4</b> option. In that case, you might need\n" +"to supply specific a <b>NFSv4 Domain Name</b> required for the correct setting\n" "of file/directory access rights.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -340,8 +336,7 @@ #: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:455 msgid "" "<p>\t\t\n" -"For <b>Mount Point</b>, enter the path in the local file system where the " -"directory should be mounted. With\n" +"For <b>Mount Point</b>, enter the path in the local file system where the directory should be mounted. With\n" "<b>Browse</b>, select your mount point\n" "interactively.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -353,9 +348,7 @@ msgid "" "<p>For a list of <b>Options</b>,\n" "read the man page mount(8).</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Seçenekler</b> istesi için mount(8) komutunun manual (man) sayfasına " -"bakınız.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Seçenekler</b> istesi için mount(8) komutunun manual (man) sayfasına bakınız.</p>" # include/nfs/ui.ycp:177 #. popup heading @@ -552,8 +545,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<P>For further information about fstab,\n" #~ "refer to <tt>man fstab</tt>.</P>\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Daha fazla bilgi için <B>man fstab</B> yardım sayfasına bakın.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "<p>Daha fazla bilgi için <B>man fstab</B> yardım sayfasına bakın.</p>\n" # include/nfs/ui.ycp:88 #, fuzzy @@ -646,11 +638,8 @@ #~ "bağlama noktasını seçebilirsiniz</p>" # include/nfs/ui.ycp:175 -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>For a list of <b>Options</b> please read the manpage mount(8).</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Seçenekler</b> istesi için mount(8) komutunun manual (man) " -#~ "sayfasına bakınız.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>For a list of <b>Options</b> please read the manpage mount(8).</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>Seçenekler</b> istesi için mount(8) komutunun manual (man) sayfasına bakınız.</p>" # include/nfs/ui.ycp:204 #~ msgid "" @@ -664,8 +653,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<P>For further information about fstab please type <B>man fstab</B>\n" #~ "in a terminal.</P>\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Daha fazla bilgi için <B>man fstab</B> yardım sayfasına bakın.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "<p>Daha fazla bilgi için <B>man fstab</B> yardım sayfasına bakın.</p>\n" # include/nfs/ui.ycp:240 #~ msgid "Configuration of the NFS client" @@ -674,12 +662,8 @@ #~ msgid "Not implemented yet" #~ msgstr "Bu özellik henüz geliştirilmedi." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To access the Network File System, the <b>%1</b> package must be " -#~ "installed.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Ağ Dosya Sistemine erişim için <b>%1</b> paketinin kurulu olması " -#~ "gerekir.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>To access the Network File System, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Ağ Dosya Sistemine erişim için <b>%1</b> paketinin kurulu olması gerekir.</p>" #~ msgid "<p>Do you want to install it now?</p>" #~ msgstr "<p>Şimdi kurmak istiyormusunuz?</p>" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/nfs_server.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/nfs_server.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/nfs_server.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -78,9 +78,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:113 -msgid "" -"Domain specification for NFSv4 ID mapping, such as 'localdomain' or 'abc." -"com' etc." +msgid "Domain specification for NFSv4 ID mapping, such as 'localdomain' or 'abc.com' etc." msgstr "" #: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:119 @@ -129,14 +127,11 @@ #. @param [Hash] options command options #. @return whether successful #: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319 -msgid "" -"Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." +msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." msgstr "" #: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330 -msgid "" -"Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to " -"get information about available options." +msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options." msgstr "" #. Then no need to check for conflict. @@ -270,9 +265,7 @@ #. Opening NFS server dialog #. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272 -msgid "" -"Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for " -"the domain to 'localdomain'." +msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'." msgstr "" # include/nfs_server/ui.ycp:168 @@ -294,26 +287,21 @@ "<P>If you choose <B>Start NFS Server</B>, clicking <B>Next</B> opens\n" "a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export.</P>" msgstr "" -"<P>Eğer <B>NFS sunucusunu başlat</B> seçeneği seçilirse <B>İleri</B> " -"düğmesi\n" -"ile dışarı aktarılacak dizinlerin seçimini sağlayacak bir pencere " -"açılacaktır.</P>" +"<P>Eğer <B>NFS sunucusunu başlat</B> seçeneği seçilirse <B>İleri</B> düğmesi\n" +"ile dışarı aktarılacak dizinlerin seçimini sağlayacak bir pencere açılacaktır.</P>" #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311 msgid "" "<P>If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check <B>Enable NFSv4</B>\n" -"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. " -"Leave\n" -"it as localdomain or refer to the man page for idmapd and idmapd.conf if you " -"are not sure.</P>\n" +"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n" +"it as localdomain or refer to the man page for idmapd and idmapd.conf if you are not sure.</P>\n" msgstr "" #. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321 msgid "" "<P>If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n" -"<B>Enable GSS Security</B> box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have " -"Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.</P>\n" +"<B>Enable GSS Security</B> box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.</P>\n" msgstr "" # include/nfs_server/ui.ycp:181 menuentries/menuentry_nfs_server.ycp:23 @@ -380,20 +368,17 @@ #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<P><b>Host Wild Card</b> sets which hosts can access the selected " -"directory.\n" +"<P><b>Host Wild Card</b> sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n" "It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n" "IP networks.</P>\n" msgstr "" "<P>Makine genellemeleri hangi makinelerin seçili dizine erişebileceğinin\n" -"seçimini sağlar. Bu <I>tek makine</I>, <I>ağ grupları</I>, <I>genellemeler</" -"I>\n" +"seçimini sağlar. Bu <I>tek makine</I>, <I>ağ grupları</I>, <I>genellemeler</I>\n" "ya da <I>IP ağları</I> olabilir.</P>\n" #. Help, part 3 of 4 #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503 -msgid "" -"<p>Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts.</p>" +msgid "<p>Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts.</p>" msgstr "" # include/nfs_server/ui.ycp:260 @@ -528,9 +513,7 @@ #. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left) #: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266 -msgid "" -"Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup " -"is correct." +msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct." msgstr "" #: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275 @@ -549,8 +532,7 @@ "Your changes will be active after reboot.\n" msgstr "" "NFS sunucusu yeniden başlatılamıyor.\n" -"Yaptığınız değişiklikler sistemi yeniden başlattıktan sonra " -"etkinleşecektir.\n" +"Yaptığınız değişiklikler sistemi yeniden başlattıktan sonra etkinleşecektir.\n" #. summary header; directories exported by NFS #: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322 @@ -631,26 +613,19 @@ # include/nfs_server/ui.ycp:168 #~ msgid "" -#~ "<P>Here you can choose whether you want to start NFS server on your " -#~ "computer\n" +#~ "<P>Here you can choose whether you want to start NFS server on your computer\n" #~ "and export some of your directories to the others.</P>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P>Burada bilgisayarınızda NFS sunucusu başlatılmasına ve bazı " -#~ "dizinlerin\n" -#~ "diğer kişilerin kullanımı için dışarı aktarılmasına karar verebilirsiniz." -#~ "</P>" +#~ "<P>Burada bilgisayarınızda NFS sunucusu başlatılmasına ve bazı dizinlerin\n" +#~ "diğer kişilerin kullanımı için dışarı aktarılmasına karar verebilirsiniz.</P>" # include/nfs_server/ui.ycp:173 #~ msgid "" -#~ "<P>If you choose <B>Start NFS server</B>, the <B>Next</B> button will " -#~ "open\n" -#~ "a configuration dialog where you can specify the directories to export.</" -#~ "P>" +#~ "<P>If you choose <B>Start NFS server</B>, the <B>Next</B> button will open\n" +#~ "a configuration dialog where you can specify the directories to export.</P>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P>Eğer <B>NFS sunucusunu başlat</B> seçeneği seçilirse <B>İleri</B> " -#~ "düğmesi\n" -#~ "ile dışarı aktarılacak dizinlerin seçimini sağlayacak bir pencere " -#~ "açılacaktır.</P>" +#~ "<P>Eğer <B>NFS sunucusunu başlat</B> seçeneği seçilirse <B>İleri</B> düğmesi\n" +#~ "ile dışarı aktarılacak dizinlerin seçimini sağlayacak bir pencere açılacaktır.</P>" # include/nfs_server/ui.ycp:181 menuentries/menuentry_nfs_server.ycp:23 #~ msgid "NFS server" @@ -675,8 +650,7 @@ #~ "<I>IP networks</I>.</P>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P>Makine genellemeleri hangi makinelerin seçili dizine erişebileceğinin\n" -#~ "seçimini sağlar. Bu <I>tek makine</I>, <I>ağ grupları</I>, " -#~ "<I>genellemeler</I>\n" +#~ "seçimini sağlar. Bu <I>tek makine</I>, <I>ağ grupları</I>, <I>genellemeler</I>\n" #~ "ya da <I>IP ağları</I> olabilir.</P>\n" # include/nfs_server/ui.ycp:285 @@ -691,12 +665,8 @@ #~ msgid "Directories to export to the others" #~ msgstr "Diğer makinalara aktarılacak dizinler" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To configure the Network File System, the <b>%1</b> package must be " -#~ "installed.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Ağ dosya sistemini yapılandırmak için <b>%1</b> paketinin kurulu " -#~ "olması gerekir.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>To configure the Network File System, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Ağ dosya sistemini yapılandırmak için <b>%1</b> paketinin kurulu olması gerekir.</p>" #~ msgid "<p>Do you want to install it now?</p>" #~ msgstr "<p>Şimdi kurulmasını istiyor musunuz?</p>" @@ -831,29 +801,24 @@ #~ msgstr "<p>Çekirdek modülü için bazı özel değerleri geçebilirsiniz.</p>" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>IO address, IRQ and MemBase are card hardware attributes which usually " -#~ "should be \n" -#~ "correctly detected for newer card models, if you have an older card model " -#~ "please have a look into your technical manual \n" +#~ "<p>IO address, IRQ and MemBase are card hardware attributes which usually should be \n" +#~ "correctly detected for newer card models, if you have an older card model please have a look into your technical manual \n" #~ "or contact your salesman.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>IO adressi, IRQ ve bellek yeni kartlarda genelde doğru olarak " -#~ "tespitedilir\n" +#~ "<p>IO adressi, IRQ ve bellek yeni kartlarda genelde doğru olarak tespitedilir\n" #~ "kartınız eski ise, kartın elkitabından gereken değerlere bakınız\n" #~ "veya kartı aldığınız yere danışın.</p>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>ISDN protocol: </b>In most cases the protocol is Euro-ISDN " -#~ "especially \n" +#~ "<p><b>ISDN protocol: </b>In most cases the protocol is Euro-ISDN especially \n" #~ " use this if your ISDN-card is connected directly to the NTBA. \n" #~ " 1TR6 is only rarely used (e.g. some ISDN-stations \n" #~ " use it for the internal ISDN connections and if your \n" #~ " ISDN-card is connected to such a ISDN-station you \n" #~ " have to use 1TR6.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<b>ISDN protokolü: </b>Genelde Euro-ISDN özellikle ISDN-kartınız " -#~ "doğrudan\n" +#~ "<b>ISDN protokolü: </b>Genelde Euro-ISDN özellikle ISDN-kartınız doğrudan\n" #~ " NTBA ya bağlı ise bunu kullanın.\n" #~ " 1TR6 çok ender kullanılır ( bazı ISDN-istasyonları\n" #~ " bunu içsel ISDN bağlantıları için kullanır\n" @@ -889,47 +854,32 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>My phone number - As your own telephone number (MSN) you \n" -#~ " put in your telephone number (without area code!), if your ISDN-" -#~ "card is connected \n" +#~ " put in your telephone number (without area code!), if your ISDN-card is connected \n" #~ " directly to the NTBA. If it is connected to an ISDN-station, \n" -#~ " put in the MSN which is stored in the ISDN-station (e.g. your " -#~ "phone extension or \n" -#~ " the last digit or digits of your phone extension) or - if this " -#~ "fails - try \n" -#~ " to use just 0 (which normally causes that the default MSN is " -#~ "actually used).</p>" +#~ " put in the MSN which is stored in the ISDN-station (e.g. your phone extension or \n" +#~ " the last digit or digits of your phone extension) or - if this fails - try \n" +#~ " to use just 0 (which normally causes that the default MSN is actually used).</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Telefon numaram - ISDN kartınız doğrudan NTBA'ya \n" -#~ " bağlı ise kendi Telefon numaranızı (MSN) olduğu gibi yazın " -#~ "(bölge kodu hariç!) \n" +#~ " bağlı ise kendi Telefon numaranızı (MSN) olduğu gibi yazın (bölge kodu hariç!) \n" #~ " Fakat ISDN-istasyonuna bağlı ise, \n" -#~ " ISDN-istasyonunda hafızada olan MSN girin (örn. telefon iç hat " -#~ "yada \n" -#~ " iç hatınızın son rakamını yada rakamlarını) veya - bu başarılı " -#~ "olmaz ise - sadece \n" -#~ " 0 deneyin (bu genelde kullanımda olan MSN ninizi kullanılmasını " -#~ "sağlar).</p>" +#~ " ISDN-istasyonunda hafızada olan MSN girin (örn. telefon iç hat yada \n" +#~ " iç hatınızın son rakamını yada rakamlarını) veya - bu başarılı olmaz ise - sadece \n" +#~ " 0 deneyin (bu genelde kullanımda olan MSN ninizi kullanılmasını sağlar).</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Dial mode - Off</b> means no connections at all are possible.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Dial mode - Off</b> şu an bağlantılar mümkün olmadığını söyler.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Dial mode - Off</b> means no connections at all are possible.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>Dial mode - Off</b> şu an bağlantılar mümkün olmadığını söyler.</p>" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Manual</b> - only outgoing connections made manually are " -#~ "possible. \n" -#~ " Incoming connections can be made. Incoming callback connections " -#~ "are not possible \n" -#~ " If you select <b>Manually</b> in the dial mode, you can build " -#~ "or \n" -#~ " close a connection using the tool <b>kimon</b> or <b>kinternet</" -#~ "b> \n" +#~ "<p><b>Manual</b> - only outgoing connections made manually are possible. \n" +#~ " Incoming connections can be made. Incoming callback connections are not possible \n" +#~ " If you select <b>Manually</b> in the dial mode, you can build or \n" +#~ " close a connection using the tool <b>kimon</b> or <b>kinternet</b> \n" #~ " or (as user root) with the commands: \n" #~ " <br>isdnctrl dial ippp0 <br>isdnctrl hangup ippp0</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Elle</b> - sadece dışarı olan bağlantılar elle yapılır. \n" -#~ " Gelen bağlantılar yapılabilir. Gelen geri ara bağlantıları " -#~ "mümkün değil \n" +#~ " Gelen bağlantılar yapılabilir. Gelen geri ara bağlantıları mümkün değil \n" #~ " <b>Elle</b> arama modunda, bir bağlantıyı <b>kimon</b> veya \n" #~ " <b>kinternet</b> ile bağlantı oluşturup kesebilirsiniz \n" #~ " yada (root olarak)bu emirler ile: \n" @@ -937,36 +887,27 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b>Automatic</b> - when necessary, a connection will be made \n" -#~ "automatically; this is also the only mode where incoming callback calls " -#~ "will succeed \n" -#~ "(i.e. connections that you call back). It will also hangup after the " -#~ "specified hup-timeout</p>" +#~ "automatically; this is also the only mode where incoming callback calls will succeed \n" +#~ "(i.e. connections that you call back). It will also hangup after the specified hup-timeout</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Otomatik</b> - gerekir ise bir bağlantı otomatikmen \n" #~ "yapılacaktır; gelen geriara isteğini başarabilen tek moddur \n" -#~ "(örn. geri çevirmek istediğiniz bağlantılar). Belirlenmiş hup-timeout'dan " -#~ "sonra bağlantıyı kesecektir</p>" +#~ "(örn. geri çevirmek istediğiniz bağlantılar). Belirlenmiş hup-timeout'dan sonra bağlantıyı kesecektir</p>" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>Automatic hang-up -you can set that \n" -#~ " the line will be hang up automatically after 'IDLE timeout'. The " -#~ "checkbox Chargehup tells that the line stays connected \n" -#~ " after 'IDLE timeout', and it will be hung up immediately before the " -#~ "next counting pulse \n" -#~ " (this only works, if your isdn-provider transmits the charge-info " -#~ "during and after the connection)</p>" +#~ " the line will be hang up automatically after 'IDLE timeout'. The checkbox Chargehup tells that the line stays connected \n" +#~ " after 'IDLE timeout', and it will be hung up immediately before the next counting pulse \n" +#~ " (this only works, if your isdn-provider transmits the charge-info during and after the connection)</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Otomatik kapat ayarını kurabilirsiniz \n" -#~ " hat otomatikmen boş zamanaşımından sonra kesilecek. Chargehup onay " -#~ "kutusuboş zamanaşımından sonra hattın bağlı kaldığnı söyler\n" +#~ " hat otomatikmen boş zamanaşımından sonra kesilecek. Chargehup onay kutusuboş zamanaşımından sonra hattın bağlı kaldığnı söyler\n" #~ " ve bir dahaki sayaç atımından hemen önce bağlantıyı keser \n" -#~ " (Bu işlem ancak isdn-sağlayıcınız bağlantı sırasında ve sonrasında " -#~ "yükleme-bilgisi iletirse mümkün.)</p>" +#~ " (Bu işlem ancak isdn-sağlayıcınız bağlantı sırasında ve sonrasında yükleme-bilgisi iletirse mümkün.)</p>" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>If you want to start-up the connection during the \n" -#~ "system boot, please press the appropriate button. If not, you have to use " -#~ "(as user root) the following commands: \n" +#~ "system boot, please press the appropriate button. If not, you have to use (as user root) the following commands: \n" #~ " <br> rci4l_hardware start \n" #~ " <br> rci4l start \n" #~ " <br> rcroute start \n" @@ -1047,15 +988,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>Check the button for <b>dynamic DNS assignment</b> \n" -#~ "if you want to change your domain name servers after the connection is " -#~ "up. (This replace your static DNS \n" -#~ "configuraton with obtain DNS servers IP addreses) Today almost all " -#~ "providers \n" +#~ "if you want to change your domain name servers after the connection is up. (This replace your static DNS \n" +#~ "configuraton with obtain DNS servers IP addreses) Today almost all providers \n" #~ "use <b>Dynamic DNS assignment</b></p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p> <b>Dinamik DNS ataması</b> düğmesini kullanın \n" -#~ "DNS-Sunucularınızı bağlantı kurulduktan sonra değiştirmek istiyorsanız. " -#~ "(Static DNS ayar yerine DNS-Sunucularından\n" +#~ "DNS-Sunucularınızı bağlantı kurulduktan sonra değiştirmek istiyorsanız. (Static DNS ayar yerine DNS-Sunucularından\n" #~ "IP numaraları verilecektir) Sağlayıcıların hemen hepsi \n" #~ "<b>Dinamik DNS ataması</b>kullanıyor.</p>" @@ -1066,25 +1004,14 @@ #~ msgid "ISDN IP address settings" #~ msgstr "ISDN IP adresi ayarları." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>If callback mode is off, calls are handled normally without special " -#~ "processing.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Geri arama modu kapalı ise, aramalar özel işlem görmeden işlenecek.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>If callback mode is off, calls are handled normally without special processing.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Geri arama modu kapalı ise, aramalar özel işlem görmeden işlenecek.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>If callback mode is server, then after getting an incoming call, " -#~ "a callback is triggered.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Geri arama modu sunucu ise, gelen bir aramadan sonra geri arama " -#~ "başlatılacaktır.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>If callback mode is server, then after getting an incoming call, a callback is triggered.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Geri arama modu sunucu ise, gelen bir aramadan sonra geri arama başlatılacaktır.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If callback mode is client, then the local system does the initial call " -#~ "and then waits for callback of the remote machine." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Geri arama modu istemci ise, aramayı yerel sistem yapar ve ondan sonra " -#~ "uzaktaki makinadan geri aramayı bekler" +#~ msgid "If callback mode is client, then the local system does the initial call and then waits for callback of the remote machine." +#~ msgstr "Geri arama modu istemci ise, aramayı yerel sistem yapar ve ondan sonra uzaktaki makinadan geri aramayı bekler" #~ msgid "Callback functions" #~ msgstr "Geri Arama işlevleri" @@ -1101,9 +1028,7 @@ #~ msgid "ISDN callback settings" #~ msgstr "ISDN Geri Arama ayarları" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Can't delete all ISDN card configuration while you have configure some " -#~ "connections." +#~ msgid "Can't delete all ISDN card configuration while you have configure some connections." #~ msgstr "ISDN cart ayarları bağlantı ayarları olduğu sürece silinemez" #~ msgid "Starting ISDN hardware failed." @@ -1125,8 +1050,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Please realize that not all hardware can be detected automatically.\n" -#~ "If your hardware is not shown here, you will still be able to configure " -#~ "it \n" +#~ "If your hardware is not shown here, you will still be able to configure it \n" #~ "manually.\n" #~ "Just press the appropriate configuration button in this dialog.\n" #~ "</p>\n" @@ -1202,19 +1126,11 @@ #~ msgstr "<p>Uygun olan <b>Sağlayıcı</b>yı seçin lütfen.</p>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Choose the country or region where you are located and then choose one " -#~ "of the listed providers.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Bulunduğunuz ülkeyi veya bölgeyi seçin ve ondan sonra listeden " -#~ "sağlayıcıyı seçin.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Choose the country or region where you are located and then choose one of the listed providers.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Bulunduğunuz ülkeyi veya bölgeyi seçin ve ondan sonra listeden sağlayıcıyı seçin.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Use the <b>New</b> button to add provider that cannot be found in the " -#~ "list.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Yeni</b> düğmesini kullanarak listede bulunamayan sağlayıcıyı " -#~ "ekleyin.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Use the <b>New</b> button to add provider that cannot be found in the list.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>Yeni</b> düğmesini kullanarak listede bulunamayan sağlayıcıyı ekleyin.</p>" #~ msgid "Country" #~ msgstr "Ülke" @@ -1245,59 +1161,29 @@ #~ msgid "<p>%1Hotline: %2</p>" #~ msgstr "%1<p>Ana sayfa: %2</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To register for <b>%1</b> and to find the best dialing number please " -#~ "connect to the homepage <b>%2</b> or call the hotline <b>%3</b>.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>%1</b> kayıt yapmak için ve iyi numarayı (arma numarası) bulmak " -#~ "için sayfamıza bakın veya <b>%2</b> veya telefon servisimizi arayın <b>" -#~ "%3</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>To register for <b>%1</b> and to find the best dialing number please connect to the homepage <b>%2</b> or call the hotline <b>%3</b>.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>%1</b> kayıt yapmak için ve iyi numarayı (arma numarası) bulmak için sayfamıza bakın veya <b>%2</b> veya telefon servisimizi arayın <b>%3</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To register for <b>%1</b> and to find the best dialing number please " -#~ "connect to the homepage <b>%2</b>.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>%1</b> kayıt için ve en iyi arama (giriş) numarasını bulmak için " -#~ "sayfamıza bakın <b>%2</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>To register for <b>%1</b> and to find the best dialing number please connect to the homepage <b>%2</b>.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>%1</b> kayıt için ve en iyi arama (giriş) numarasını bulmak için sayfamıza bakın <b>%2</b>.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To register for <b>%1</b> and to find the best dialing number please " -#~ "call the hotline <b>%2</b>.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>%1</b>için kayıt olmak ve en uygun arama numarasını tespit etmek " -#~ "için acil hattı arayın <b>%2</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>To register for <b>%1</b> and to find the best dialing number please call the hotline <b>%2</b>.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>%1</b>için kayıt olmak ve en uygun arama numarasını tespit etmek için acil hattı arayın <b>%2</b>.</p>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Access to your internet provider. If you have selected your provider " -#~ "from the list these values are already pre-filled.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Internet sağlayıcınıza erişin. Sağlayıcınızı listeden seçdiyseniz " -#~ "değerler önceden verilmiştir.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Access to your internet provider. If you have selected your provider from the list these values are already pre-filled.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Internet sağlayıcınıza erişin. Sağlayıcınızı listeden seçdiyseniz değerler önceden verilmiştir.</p>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Please select the type of packet-encapsulation. <b>RawIP</b> means " -#~ "that MAC-headers are stripped off, <b>SyncPPP</b> stands for Synchronous " -#~ "PPP.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Paket-kuşatma türünü seçin lütfen. <b>RawIP</b> MAC-üstbilgileri " -#~ "iletilmiyor, <b>SyncPPP</b> Synchronous PPP nin kısaltılmasıdır.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Please select the type of packet-encapsulation. <b>RawIP</b> means that MAC-headers are stripped off, <b>SyncPPP</b> stands for Synchronous PPP.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Paket-kuşatma türünü seçin lütfen. <b>RawIP</b> MAC-üstbilgileri iletilmiyor, <b>SyncPPP</b> Synchronous PPP nin kısaltılmasıdır.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Please enter a <b>name</b> of the connection and a <b>phone number</" -#~ "b> to access your provider.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Bağlantı için bir <b>isim</b> ve bir <b>telefon numarası</b> girin " -#~ "sağlayıcınıza erişmek için.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Please enter a <b>name</b> of the connection and a <b>phone number</b> to access your provider.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Bağlantı için bir <b>isim</b> ve bir <b>telefon numarası</b> girin sağlayıcınıza erişmek için.</p>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Enter the <b>user name</b> and the <b>password</b> that will be used " -#~ "for logging in (ask your provider if you are not sure).</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Günlük için <b>Kullanıcı adı</b> vede <b>parola</b> girin (emin değil " -#~ "iseniz sğlayıcınıza sorun).</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Enter the <b>user name</b> and the <b>password</b> that will be used for logging in (ask your provider if you are not sure).</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Günlük için <b>Kullanıcı adı</b> vede <b>parola</b> girin (emin değil iseniz sğlayıcınıza sorun).</p>" #~ msgid "ISDN type" #~ msgstr "ISDN türü" @@ -1390,8 +1276,7 @@ #~ " name for your computer. Name server list and domain search list are \n" #~ " optional.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P>Bilgisayarınız için isim ve alan adı tanımlamalarını yapın. Alan adı " -#~ "ve \n" +#~ "<P>Bilgisayarınız için isim ve alan adı tanımlamalarını yapın. Alan adı ve \n" #~ "alan tarama listeleri seçimliktir.</p>" # @@ -1401,8 +1286,7 @@ #~ " entered as an <b>IP address</b> (e.g., 10.10.0.1) not as a host \n" #~ " name.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Alan adı sunucusu makina adından IP adresine dönüşüm yapan " -#~ "bilgisayara \n" +#~ "<p>Alan adı sunucusu makina adından IP adresine dönüşüm yapan bilgisayara \n" #~ "verilen isimdir. Mutlaka <b>IP adresi</b> olarak girilmelidir (örneğin \n" #~ "10.10.0.1 gibi).</p> " @@ -1414,29 +1298,24 @@ #~ " suse.de). There may be additional search domains (e.g., \n" #~ " suse.com).</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P>Arama alanı ise bilgisayarın bağlantı yapacağı zaman aramada " -#~ "bulunacağı \n" +#~ "<P>Arama alanı ise bilgisayarın bağlantı yapacağı zaman aramada bulunacağı \n" #~ "sıralamayı belirler. Birincil arama alanı genellikle bilgisayarın bağlı \n" #~ "olduğu alan adıdır. Birden fazla arama alanı da belirtilebilir. </P>" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>If you are using DHCP to get \n" -#~ " an IP address, you can check whether to get hostname via DHCP or leave " -#~ "it unchanged.</p>" +#~ " an IP address, you can check whether to get hostname via DHCP or leave it unchanged.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>IP adressi için DHCP kullanıyor \n" -#~ " iseniz makine adını ya DHCP ile sağlıyabilirsiniz yada değiştirilmemiş " -#~ "olarak bırakın.</p>" +#~ " iseniz makine adını ya DHCP ile sağlıyabilirsiniz yada değiştirilmemiş olarak bırakın.</p>" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>If you plan to use dialup internet connection \n" -#~ "and have set up your connection to use dynamic DNS assignment these " -#~ "values will be temporally \n" +#~ "and have set up your connection to use dynamic DNS assignment these values will be temporally \n" #~ "disabled during the connection.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Çevirmeli Internet bağlantısı kullanmyı \n" -#~ "düşünüyor ve bağlantınız dinamik DNS ataması olarak ayarlı ise bu " -#~ "değerler bağlantı sırasında \n" +#~ "düşünüyor ve bağlantınız dinamik DNS ataması olarak ayarlı ise bu değerler bağlantı sırasında \n" #~ "işlem dışı kalacak.</p>" # @@ -1509,12 +1388,8 @@ #~ msgid "<p>In this dialog you can modify your hardware settings.</p>" #~ msgstr "<p>Bu pencerede donatım ayarlarını değiştirebilirsiniz.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Use the <b>Edit</b> button to modify existing hardware setting, use " -#~ "the <b>Delete</b> button to remove it.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Donatım ayarlarını değiştirmek için <b>Düzenle</b> düğmesini kullanın," -#~ "kaldırmak için <b>Sil</b> düğmesini kullanın.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Use the <b>Edit</b> button to modify existing hardware setting, use the <b>Delete</b> button to remove it.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Donatım ayarlarını değiştirmek için <b>Düzenle</b> düğmesini kullanın,kaldırmak için <b>Sil</b> düğmesini kullanın.</p>" #~ msgid "Type" #~ msgstr "Tür" @@ -1556,38 +1431,26 @@ #~ msgid "<p>Please enter all modem configuration values.</p>" #~ msgstr "<p>Tüm modem yapılandırma değerlerini girin lütfen</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Modem <b>name</b> is an arbitrary string to identify your modem.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Modem <b>ismi</b> modeminizi tanımak için dilemsel bir dizgidir</p> " +#~ msgid "<p>Modem <b>name</b> is an arbitrary string to identify your modem.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Modem <b>ismi</b> modeminizi tanımak için dilemsel bir dizgidir</p> " -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P>If you are on PBX, you probably have to enter a <B>dial prefix</B>. " -#~ "Often this is <I>9</I>.</P>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P> Eğer santral arkasındysanız, bir <B>arama öneki girmelisiniz</B>." +#~ msgid "<P>If you are on PBX, you probably have to enter a <B>dial prefix</B>. Often this is <I>9</I>.</P>" +#~ msgstr "<P> Eğer santral arkasındysanız, bir <B>arama öneki girmelisiniz</B>." #~ msgid "" -#~ "<P>The field <b>device</b> says to which port your modem is attached " -#~ "(ttyS0, ttyS1, etc refers to serial \n" -#~ "ports and usually correspond to COM1, COM2, etc. in DOS/Windows; ttyACM0, " -#~ "ttyACM1 refers to USB ports)</p>" +#~ "<P>The field <b>device</b> says to which port your modem is attached (ttyS0, ttyS1, etc refers to serial \n" +#~ "ports and usually correspond to COM1, COM2, etc. in DOS/Windows; ttyACM0, ttyACM1 refers to USB ports)</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P><b>Aygıt</b> alanı modemin hangi bağlantı noktasına bağlı oldğunu " -#~ "söyler (ttyS0, ttyS1, etc dizisel bağlantı noktalarına \n" -#~ "başvurur ve genelde COM1, COM2'ye uyar, vs. DOS/Windowsda; ttyACM0, " -#~ "ttyACM1 USB bağlantı noktalarına başvurur)</p>" +#~ "<P><b>Aygıt</b> alanı modemin hangi bağlantı noktasına bağlı oldğunu söyler (ttyS0, ttyS1, etc dizisel bağlantı noktalarına \n" +#~ "başvurur ve genelde COM1, COM2'ye uyar, vs. DOS/Windowsda; ttyACM0, ttyACM1 USB bağlantı noktalarına başvurur)</p>" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>Choose dial mode according to your phone link \n" -#~ "(Most telephone companies use <I>tone dial</I> as the <B>dial method</" -#~ "B>). Check the additional check boxes if you want \n" -#~ "to <i>turn on your modem speaker</i> and if you want your modem to wait " -#~ "until it detects dialtone.</p>" +#~ "(Most telephone companies use <I>tone dial</I> as the <B>dial method</B>). Check the additional check boxes if you want \n" +#~ "to <i>turn on your modem speaker</i> and if you want your modem to wait until it detects dialtone.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Arama modunu telefon bağlantınıza uygun seçin \n" -#~ "(Telefon şirketlerin çoğu <I>ton arama</I>yı <B>arama yöntem</B>).olarak " -#~ "kullanır. Igili yerden <i>modem hoparlörünü kullan</i>\n" +#~ "(Telefon şirketlerin çoğu <I>ton arama</I>yı <B>arama yöntem</B>).olarak kullanır. Igili yerden <i>modem hoparlörünü kullan</i>\n" #~ "ayarını ve modeminizin arama sesi gelene kadar bekle ayarını yapın.</p>" #~ msgid "Modem name" @@ -1630,12 +1493,8 @@ #~ "<p>Veri iletişim hızı bilgisayarınız ve modeminiz saniyede \n" #~ "kaç bit ile iletişim yapdığını bildiren bir öğe dir.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>You should find all the relevant information about <b>init strings</b> " -#~ "in your modem manual.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>init dizgileri</b> ile ilgili gerekli bilgileri modem elkitabında " -#~ "bulablirsiniz.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>You should find all the relevant information about <b>init strings</b> in your modem manual.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>init dizgileri</b> ile ilgili gerekli bilgileri modem elkitabında bulablirsiniz.</p>" #~ msgid "BaudRate" #~ msgstr "Modem Hızı" @@ -1655,20 +1514,14 @@ #~ msgid "Modem parameters details" #~ msgstr "Modem parametrelerin ayrıntıları" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>If you have more than one modem, you can set one as the default for " -#~ "this provider.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Birden fazla modeme sahip iseniz, bunu sağlayıcınız için geçerli olan " -#~ "olarak ayarlıyabilirsiniz.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>If you have more than one modem, you can set one as the default for this provider.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Birden fazla modeme sahip iseniz, bunu sağlayıcınız için geçerli olan olarak ayarlıyabilirsiniz.</p>" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>If you plan to use more than one provider, you can set one as " -#~ "<b>default</b>. \n" +#~ "<p>If you plan to use more than one provider, you can set one as <b>default</b>. \n" #~ "(This one will be used if you won't explicitly use another.)</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Birden fazla sağlayıcının hizmetini kullanmak istiyorsanız, <b>bir " -#~ "tanesini geçerli olan yapın</b>. \n" +#~ "<p>Birden fazla sağlayıcının hizmetini kullanmak istiyorsanız, <b>bir tanesini geçerli olan yapın</b>. \n" #~ "(Bu kullanılacaktır başka bir tanesini belirtmediyniz sürece.)</p>" #~ msgid "" @@ -1712,12 +1565,8 @@ #~ msgid "Connection parameters" #~ msgstr "Bağlantı parametreleri" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Check the buttons for reestablishing connection and modifying DNS " -#~ "according to your wish.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Tekrar bağlanmak için düğmeleri onaylayın ve DNS'i isteyinizeuygun " -#~ "değiştirin.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Check the buttons for reestablishing connection and modifying DNS according to your wish.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Tekrar bağlanmak için düğmeleri onaylayın ve DNS'i isteyinizeuygun değiştirin.</p>" #~ msgid "Other settings" #~ msgstr "Diğer ayarlar" @@ -1801,29 +1650,11 @@ #~ msgid "The default route configuration will now be saved." #~ msgstr "Geçerli yol atayıcı yapılandırması şimdi kaydedilecek" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Sendmail needs a configuration file (/etc/sendmail.cf). You will " -#~ "probably find one of the configurations below suits your needs.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Sendmail için bir yapılandırma dosyası gereklidir (/etc/sendmail.cf)." -#~ "Size uygun bir dosyayı aşşağıda bulabilirsiniz.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Sendmail needs a configuration file (/etc/sendmail.cf). You will probably find one of the configurations below suits your needs.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Sendmail için bir yapılandırma dosyası gereklidir (/etc/sendmail.cf).Size uygun bir dosyayı aşşağıda bulabilirsiniz.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>If you have special requirements that these do not cover, you may " -#~ "create your own. Please have a look at /usr/share/sendmail, one of the " -#~ "pre-existing configurations may well fit your requirements. <b>ATTENTION:" -#~ "</b> If you plan to install your own modified sendmail.cf you should " -#~ "select the last item in the list and install the file yourself. " -#~ "Otherwise, SuSEconfig will copy the selected file to sendmail.cf and your " -#~ "changes will be lost.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Eğer ihtiyacınızı karşılayacak bir dosya bulamadıysanız, kendi " -#~ "dosyanızıkendiniz oluşturabilirsiniz. Lütfen /usr/share/sendmail altına " -#~ "bir göz atınvar olan dosyalardan biri ihtiyacınızı karşılayabilir." -#~ "<b>DIKKAT:</b> Eğerkendi oluşturduğunuz senmail.cf'yi kurmak istiyorsanız," -#~ "listedeki son seçeneğiseçip dosyayı kendiniz kurun. Yoksa SuSEconfig " -#~ "seçili dosyayı sendmail.cf olarak kopyalar ve yaptığınız değişiklikler " -#~ "kaybolur</p>." +#~ msgid "<p>If you have special requirements that these do not cover, you may create your own. Please have a look at /usr/share/sendmail, one of the pre-existing configurations may well fit your requirements. <b>ATTENTION:</b> If you plan to install your own modified sendmail.cf you should select the last item in the list and install the file yourself. Otherwise, SuSEconfig will copy the selected file to sendmail.cf and your changes will be lost.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Eğer ihtiyacınızı karşılayacak bir dosya bulamadıysanız, kendi dosyanızıkendiniz oluşturabilirsiniz. Lütfen /usr/share/sendmail altına bir göz atınvar olan dosyalardan biri ihtiyacınızı karşılayabilir.<b>DIKKAT:</b> Eğerkendi oluşturduğunuz senmail.cf'yi kurmak istiyorsanız,listedeki son seçeneğiseçip dosyayı kendiniz kurun. Yoksa SuSEconfig seçili dosyayı sendmail.cf olarak kopyalar ve yaptığınız değişiklikler kaybolur</p>." #~ msgid "Sendmail Configuration" #~ msgstr "Sendmail yapılandırması" @@ -1849,12 +1680,8 @@ #~ msgid "Configuration of sendmail" #~ msgstr "Sendmail yapılandırması" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>In this dialog you can view and modify all variables in /etc/rc.config " -#~ "which are relevant for sendmail.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Bu pencerede /etc/rc.config içindeki sendmail ile ilgili değişkenleri " -#~ "görebilir ve değiştirebilirsiniz.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>In this dialog you can view and modify all variables in /etc/rc.config which are relevant for sendmail.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Bu pencerede /etc/rc.config içindeki sendmail ile ilgili değişkenleri görebilir ve değiştirebilirsiniz.</p>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "&Domain names for local delivery" @@ -1974,14 +1801,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>Here your machine can be set up as a \n" #~ " <b>NIS client</b>. Just enter your NIS domain (e.g, suse.de) as the \n" -#~ " first entry and the NIS server's IP address (e.g., 10.20.0.2) as the " -#~ "second. To\n" +#~ " first entry and the NIS server's IP address (e.g., 10.20.0.2) as the second. To\n" #~ " deactivate NIS services, select the <b>Do not use NIS</b> button.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Sisteminizi <b>NIS istemci</b> olarak yapılandırabilirsiniz. " -#~ "Sadeceilk \n" -#~ "girdi alanına NIS alanınızı (suse.de gibi) ikincisinede IP adresini" -#~ "(10.20.0.2gibi)\n" +#~ "<p>Sisteminizi <b>NIS istemci</b> olarak yapılandırabilirsiniz. Sadeceilk \n" +#~ "girdi alanına NIS alanınızı (suse.de gibi) ikincisinede IP adresini(10.20.0.2gibi)\n" #~ "NIS hizmetini durdurmak için, NIS hayır düğmesinin işaretini kaldırın.</p>" #~ msgid "" @@ -2080,8 +1904,7 @@ #~ "<p>You can select dynamic address assignment, if you have a <b>DHCP\n" #~ "server</b> running on your local network.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Eğer yerel ağınızda bir <b>DHCP sunucusu</b> varsa dinamik IP " -#~ "atamasını\n" +#~ "<p>Eğer yerel ağınızda bir <b>DHCP sunucusu</b> varsa dinamik IP atamasını\n" #~ "seçebilirsiniz." #, fuzzy @@ -2089,25 +1912,19 @@ #~ "<p>You also should select this if you do not have a static IP address\n" #~ "assigned to you by your cable or DSL provider.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Kablo yada DSL hizmeti aldığınız firma size sabit bir IP adresi " -#~ "atamadıysa\n" +#~ "<p>Kablo yada DSL hizmeti aldığınız firma size sabit bir IP adresi atamadıysa\n" #~ "bu seçeneği seçmelisiniz</p>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Network addresses will then be obtained <b>automatically</b> from the " -#~ "server.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p> Ağ adresiniz sunucudan <b>otamatik</b> olarak alınacaktır.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Network addresses will then be obtained <b>automatically</b> from the server.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p> Ağ adresiniz sunucudan <b>otamatik</b> olarak alınacaktır.</p>\n" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Configuration will be finished by clicking the <b>Next</b> button.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Configuration will be finished by clicking the <b>Next</b> button.</p>" #~ msgstr "Yapılandırma <b>İleri</b> düğmesine basılarak bitirilecektir.</p>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Otherwise, you must assign the network addresses <b>manually</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Otherwise, you must assign the network addresses <b>manually</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "<p>Diğer halde, ağ adresini <b>elle<b/> girmelisiniz." #, fuzzy @@ -2116,8 +1933,7 @@ #~ "network mask (usually 255.255.255.0) and, optionally, the default\n" #~ "gateway IP address.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sisteminiz için bir IP adresi ve ağ maskesi girin (192.168.100.99 gibi) " -#~ "ağ \n" +#~ "Sisteminiz için bir IP adresi ve ağ maskesi girin (192.168.100.99 gibi) ağ \n" #~ "maskesi (genellikle 255.255.255.0) gibidir. Varsa geçit adresinide girin." #, fuzzy @@ -2185,20 +2001,12 @@ #~ msgstr "<p>Yapılandırmak istediğiniz kartı seçin lütfen.</p>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>If the list contains <b>autodetected</b> (and not yet configured) " -#~ "cards, select one and go ahead.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Liste <b>otomatik algılanmış</b> (ve daha yapılanmamış)kartlariçeriyor " -#~ "ise bir tanesini seçin ve devam edin.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>If the list contains <b>autodetected</b> (and not yet configured) cards, select one and go ahead.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Liste <b>otomatik algılanmış</b> (ve daha yapılanmamış)kartlariçeriyor ise bir tanesini seçin ve devam edin.</p>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Choose <b>compiled in the kernel</b> if you know that your network " -#~ "card has support included in your Linux kernel.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<b>Çerkirdekte derlenmiş</b>i seçin Linux çekirdeği ağ kartınıza destek " -#~ "içerdiğini biliyor iseniz." +#~ msgid "<p>Choose <b>compiled in the kernel</b> if you know that your network card has support included in your Linux kernel.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<b>Çerkirdekte derlenmiş</b>i seçin Linux çekirdeği ağ kartınıza destek içerdiğini biliyor iseniz." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "<p>Otherwise use <b>manual selection</b>.</p>" @@ -2212,15 +2020,11 @@ #~ msgstr "&Otomatık algılanmış listesi" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>The base configuration of your network devices is set here. Use " -#~ "<b>Edit</b> button to \n" -#~ "edit the network device address, <b>Delete</b> button to remove the entry." -#~ "</p>" +#~ "<p>The base configuration of your network devices is set here. Use <b>Edit</b> button to \n" +#~ "edit the network device address, <b>Delete</b> button to remove the entry.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Burada Ağ'nızın temel yapılanmaları kayıtlıdır. <b>Düzenle</b> " -#~ "<b>düğmesini işliyerek\n" -#~ "ağ aygıt adressini düzenleyin, <b>Sil</b> düğmesini girdiyi silmek için.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ "<p>Burada Ağ'nızın temel yapılanmaları kayıtlıdır. <b>Düzenle</b> <b>düğmesini işliyerek\n" +#~ "ağ aygıt adressini düzenleyin, <b>Sil</b> düğmesini girdiyi silmek için.</p>" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>Use <b>Add</b> button to configure your hardware and \n" @@ -2271,8 +2075,7 @@ #~ msgid "Name" #~ msgstr "Isim" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Deleting hardware will also erase you interface configuration, proceed?" +#~ msgid "Deleting hardware will also erase you interface configuration, proceed?" #~ msgstr "Donanımın silinmesi arabirim ayarlarınıda silecektir, devam et?" #~ msgid "Unknown provider" @@ -2321,14 +2124,11 @@ #~ " use <b>Back</b> button to go back.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Ağ kartı bulundu.\n" -#~ " Bu ağ kartını yapılandırmak istiyorsanız <b>İleri</b> düğmesini " -#~ "kullanın\n" +#~ " Bu ağ kartını yapılandırmak istiyorsanız <b>İleri</b> düğmesini kullanın\n" #~ " <b>Geri</b> düğmesini geri dönmek için.</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Press <b>Skip</b> button to skip the configuration of this card.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Atla</b> düğmesini bu kartın yapılanmasını atlamak için basın.</p> " +#~ msgid "<p>Press <b>Skip</b> button to skip the configuration of this card.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>Atla</b> düğmesini bu kartın yapılanmasını atlamak için basın.</p> " #~ msgid "The network card\n" #~ msgstr "Ağ kartı\n" @@ -2349,14 +2149,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>The only one card was detected on your system and <b>DHCP</b>\n" -#~ "server is present. If you choose <i>quick automatic setup</i>, this card " -#~ "will be configured with\n" +#~ "server is present. If you choose <i>quick automatic setup</i>, this card will be configured with\n" #~ "<b>DHCP</b> and dynamic address will be assigned to your computer.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Sisteminizde sadece bir tane kart bulundu ve <b>DHCP</b>\n" #~ "sunucu mevcut. Eğer <i>hızlı otamatik ayar</i>ı, seçerseniz bu kart \n" -#~ "<b>DHCP</b> ile yapılandırılacak ve sisteminize dinamik adres atanacaktır." -#~ "</p>" +#~ "<b>DHCP</b> ile yapılandırılacak ve sisteminize dinamik adres atanacaktır.</p>" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>You can still have a full controll over the network card setup if\n" @@ -2383,18 +2181,13 @@ #~ msgid "Autodetected %1 card" #~ msgstr "Otamatik algılana kart %1" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Here you can set-up your networking device. The values will be written " -#~ "into <i>/etc/modules.conf</i>.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Burada ağın aygıtını kurabilirsiniz. Değerleri <i>/etc/modules.conf</" -#~ "i>'a yazılacak.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Here you can set-up your networking device. The values will be written into <i>/etc/modules.conf</i>.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Burada ağın aygıtını kurabilirsiniz. Değerleri <i>/etc/modules.conf</i>'a yazılacak.</p>" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>Options for the module should be written in format \n" #~ "<i>option</i>=<i>value</i> and each entry should be space separated, \n" -#~ "e.g. <i>io=220 irq=5</i>. <b>Note:</b> If you will configure two cards " -#~ "with \n" +#~ "e.g. <i>io=220 irq=5</i>. <b>Note:</b> If you will configure two cards with \n" #~ "the same module name, options will be merged during saving.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Modül seçenekleri şu formatta yazılabilir \n" @@ -2402,12 +2195,8 @@ #~ "<i>io=220 irq=5</i> gibi. <b>Not:</b> Eğer aynı modül adıyla iki kart\n" #~ "yapılandıcaksanız, seçenekler kayıt sırasında karışacaktır.</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>You can get a list of available network cards by pressing the <b>List</" -#~ "b> button.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Mevcut kartların listesini <b>Liste</b> düğmesine basarak " -#~ "görebilirsiniz.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>You can get a list of available network cards by pressing the <b>List</b> button.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Mevcut kartların listesini <b>Liste</b> düğmesine basarak görebilirsiniz.</p>" #~ msgid "Network interface" #~ msgstr "Ağ Arayüzü" @@ -2443,12 +2232,10 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>Please select the network card you want to configure. \n" -#~ "You can search for a particular network card by entering the name in the " -#~ "search entry.</p>" +#~ "You can search for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Yapılandırmak istediğiniz ağ kartını seçin lütfen. \n" -#~ "Özel bir kartı aramak için ismi arama girişine yazarak araya bilirsiniz.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ "Özel bir kartı aramak için ismi arama girişine yazarak araya bilirsiniz.</p>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Sea&rch" @@ -2530,10 +2317,8 @@ #~ msgstr "NFS istemci yapılandırması" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<P>The table contains all the NFS entries which will be written to /etc/" -#~ "fstab.\n" -#~ "For changing the configuration please use the <B>New</B>, <B>Edit</B> " -#~ "and\n" +#~ "<P>The table contains all the NFS entries which will be written to /etc/fstab.\n" +#~ "For changing the configuration please use the <B>New</B>, <B>Edit</B> and\n" #~ "<B>Delete</B> buttons.</P>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P>Tablo /etc/fstab içine yazılacak olan NFS girdilerini içerir.\n" @@ -2541,19 +2326,16 @@ #~ "<B>Yeni</B> <B>Düzenle</B> ve <B>Sil</B> düğmelerini kullanın.</P>\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<P>To confirm the changes, please use the <B>Next</B> button. To dismiss " -#~ "them,\n" +#~ "<P>To confirm the changes, please use the <B>Next</B> button. To dismiss them,\n" #~ "use <B>Back</B>.</P>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P>Değişiklileri onaylamak için, <B>İleri</B> düğmesine basın.Olduğu " -#~ "gibi\n" +#~ "<P>Değişiklileri onaylamak için, <B>İleri</B> düğmesine basın.Olduğu gibi\n" #~ "bırakmak için <B>Geri</B> düğmesini kullanın.</P>\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<P>For further information about fstab please type <B>man fstab</B>\n" #~ "in a terminal.</P>\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Daha fazla bilgi için <B>man fstab</B> yardım sayfasına bakın.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "<p>Daha fazla bilgi için <B>man fstab</B> yardım sayfasına bakın.</p>\n" #~ msgid "Server" #~ msgstr "Sunucu" @@ -2641,11 +2423,8 @@ #~ msgid "network.png" #~ msgstr "network.png" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Launch this module to configure your network device and local network." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bu modülü ağ kartını yapılandırmak ve yerel ağ ayarlarını yapmak için " -#~ "kullanın" +#~ msgid "Launch this module to configure your network device and local network." +#~ msgstr "Bu modülü ağ kartını yapılandırmak ve yerel ağ ayarlarını yapmak için kullanın" #~ msgid "Configure your network device and local network" #~ msgstr "Ağ aygıtını ve yerel ağı yapılandır" @@ -2765,14 +2544,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<P>A double-click on a row of the table will copy the information to the\n" -#~ "<B>Fstab entry</B> field. <B>Delete</B> button can delete the selected " -#~ "row\n" -#~ "in the table. So if you just want to edit an entry, double-click on it, " -#~ "press\n" +#~ "<B>Fstab entry</B> field. <B>Delete</B> button can delete the selected row\n" +#~ "in the table. So if you just want to edit an entry, double-click on it, press\n" #~ "<B>Delete</B>, edit the entry and click <B>Add</B>.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P>Tablo satırına çift tıklayarak bilgiyi\"<B>Fstab girdileri</B> " -#~ "alanına\n" +#~ "<P>Tablo satırına çift tıklayarak bilgiyi\"<B>Fstab girdileri</B> alanına\n" #~ "kopyalaybilirsiniz.<B>Sil</B> düğmesiyle tablodaki seçili satırı\n" #~ "silebilirsiniz. Eğer girdiyi değiştirmek istiyorsanız silip yeniden\n" #~ "giriş yapınız.\n" @@ -2789,8 +2565,7 @@ # #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "One or more previously configured devices (such as a second network card " -#~ "or ISDN\n" +#~ "One or more previously configured devices (such as a second network card or ISDN\n" #~ " adapter) were found in your system. Some of them have been assigned a\n" #~ " network address range (IP address/network mask) which <b>conflicts</b>\n" #~ " with your new configuration. It is <b>not possible</b> to use multiple\n" @@ -2799,22 +2574,19 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Sistemde daha önce tanımlanmış ve IP adresi verilmiş aygıtlar bulundu. \n" -#~ "Bu aygıtların bazılarına şimdiki sistemle çakışan IP aralıkları " -#~ "verilmiş. \n" +#~ "Bu aygıtların bazılarına şimdiki sistemle çakışan IP aralıkları verilmiş. \n" #~ "Sistemde aynı IP'lere sahip iki ağ aygıtı kullanılamaz.\n" #~ "</p>" # #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "This dialog displays a list of all incorrectly configured devices. A " -#~ "checked line in \n" +#~ "This dialog displays a list of all incorrectly configured devices. A checked line in \n" #~ "the list means that device is <b>active</b>.\n" #~ "<p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Bu pencerede çakışan tüm aygıtlar görüntüleniyor. Yanında seçili " -#~ "işareti \n" +#~ "Bu pencerede çakışan tüm aygıtlar görüntüleniyor. Yanında seçili işareti \n" #~ "bulunan aygıtlar <b>etkin</b> durumdadır. \n" #~ "</p>" @@ -2880,21 +2652,18 @@ #~ msgid "Looking for network cards on your system..." #~ msgstr "Sistemdeki ağ kartları taranıyor..." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>YaST2 autodetects <b>network cards</b> installed in your system.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>YaST2 autodetects <b>network cards</b> installed in your system.</p>" #~ msgstr "<p>YaST sistemdeki <b>ağ kartlarını</b> otomatik olarak tanır.</p>" # #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "If you have more than one network card, select the one you want to " -#~ "configure.\n" +#~ "If you have more than one network card, select the one you want to configure.\n" #~ "Click <b>next</b> button to continue with network configuration.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Eğer daha fazla ağ kartınız varsa hangisini yapılandıracağınızı seçiniz.\n" -#~ "Ayarlama işlemlerine devam etmek için <b>İleri</b> düğmesine tıklayınız.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ "Ayarlama işlemlerine devam etmek için <b>İleri</b> düğmesine tıklayınız.</p>" # #~ msgid "No built-in network card was detected." @@ -2951,31 +2720,18 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "'kinet' ile Internete bağlanabilirsiniz." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P>You entered invalid characters in field \"%1\".</P><P>You can enter " -#~ "only numbers" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P>\"%1\" alanına geçersiz karakterler girdiniz.</P><P> Sadece rakam " -#~ "girebilirsiniz.</P>" +#~ msgid "<P>You entered invalid characters in field \"%1\".</P><P>You can enter only numbers" +#~ msgstr "<P>\"%1\" alanına geçersiz karakterler girdiniz.</P><P> Sadece rakam girebilirsiniz.</P>" #~ msgid "Invalid characters in field \"%1\"!" #~ msgstr "\"%1\" alanında geçersiz karakterler!" # ycp-format -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P>You entered invalid characters in field \"%1\".</P><P>Valid characters " -#~ "are <B>numbers</B>, <B>*</B>, <B>#</B>, <B>SPACE</B>, <B>-</B> and <B>,</" -#~ "B>.</P>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P>\"%1\" alanına bazı geçersiz karakterler girdiniz. </P><P>Geçerli " -#~ "olankarakterler: <B>rakamlar</B>, <B>*</B>, <B>#</B>, <B>boşluk</B>, <B>-" -#~ "</B> ve <B>,</B>.</P>" +#~ msgid "<P>You entered invalid characters in field \"%1\".</P><P>Valid characters are <B>numbers</B>, <B>*</B>, <B>#</B>, <B>SPACE</B>, <B>-</B> and <B>,</B>.</P>" +#~ msgstr "<P>\"%1\" alanına bazı geçersiz karakterler girdiniz. </P><P>Geçerli olankarakterler: <B>rakamlar</B>, <B>*</B>, <B>#</B>, <B>boşluk</B>, <B>-</B> ve <B>,</B>.</P>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P>Please choose a valid <B>baud rate</B>.</P><P>Possible values are %1.</" -#~ "P>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P>Lütfen geçerli bir <B>modem hızı</B> seçin. Önerilen değerler: %1.</P>" +#~ msgid "<P>Please choose a valid <B>baud rate</B>.</P><P>Possible values are %1.</P>" +#~ msgstr "<P>Lütfen geçerli bir <B>modem hızı</B> seçin. Önerilen değerler: %1.</P>" #~ msgid "Invalid baud rate" #~ msgstr "Geçersiz hız" @@ -2986,10 +2742,8 @@ #~ msgid "Invalid IP address format in field \"%1\"" #~ msgstr "\"%1\" alanında geçersiz IP adres biçimi" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P>The field \"%1\" must not be empty.</P><P>Please enter a value.</P>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P>\"%1\" alanı boş bırakılmamalıdır.</P><P>Lütfen bir değer giriniz.</P>" +#~ msgid "<P>The field \"%1\" must not be empty.</P><P>Please enter a value.</P>" +#~ msgstr "<P>\"%1\" alanı boş bırakılmamalıdır.</P><P>Lütfen bir değer giriniz.</P>" #~ msgid "The field \"%1\" must not be empty" #~ msgstr "\"%1\" alanı boş bırakılmamalıdır" @@ -2997,12 +2751,8 @@ #~ msgid "Input error" #~ msgstr "Giriş hatası" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You need to select the type of your <B>ISDN</B> card and enter the " -#~ "required parameters manually (likely values of the parameters are shown)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Burada <B>ISDN</B> kartınızın tipini seçin ve gerekli parametreleri elle " -#~ "girin (olası parametre değerleri belirtilmiştir)." +#~ msgid "You need to select the type of your <B>ISDN</B> card and enter the required parameters manually (likely values of the parameters are shown)" +#~ msgstr "Burada <B>ISDN</B> kartınızın tipini seçin ve gerekli parametreleri elle girin (olası parametre değerleri belirtilmiştir)." #~ msgid "Manual ISDN selection and configuration" #~ msgstr "Yarı otomatik ISDN seçimi ve yapılandırması" @@ -3022,21 +2772,11 @@ #~ msgid "Internet access - ISDN configuration" #~ msgstr "Internet bağlantısı - ISDN ayarları" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P>You need to enter a local IP address and a remote IP address for your " -#~ "ISP.</P>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P><B>Kendi sisteminiz ve bağlanacağınız ISS için birer IPgirmelisiniz.</" -#~ "P>" +#~ msgid "<P>You need to enter a local IP address and a remote IP address for your ISP.</P>" +#~ msgstr "<P><B>Kendi sisteminiz ve bağlanacağınız ISS için birer IPgirmelisiniz.</P>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P>If your Internet provider supports dynamic DNS assignment, you can " -#~ "choose the appropriate checkbox. All major Internet providers support " -#~ "this feature.</P>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P>Eğer servis sağlayıcınız dinamik DNS tanımına izin veriyorsa buna " -#~ "uygun olan kutucuğa tıklayınız.Bir çok servis sağlayıcı bu imkaanı sunar." -#~ "</P>" +#~ msgid "<P>If your Internet provider supports dynamic DNS assignment, you can choose the appropriate checkbox. All major Internet providers support this feature.</P>" +#~ msgstr "<P>Eğer servis sağlayıcınız dinamik DNS tanımına izin veriyorsa buna uygun olan kutucuğa tıklayınız.Bir çok servis sağlayıcı bu imkaanı sunar.</P>" #~ msgid "Internet access - ISDN network configuration" #~ msgstr "Internet bağlantısı - ISDN ağ yapılandırması" @@ -3048,16 +2788,11 @@ #~ msgstr "Uzak" # ycp-format -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You can't use this <B>IP address (%1)</B>, because it is part of an " -#~ "existing, already configured network. Please choose another address ..." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Verilen IP adresini (%1) kullanamazsınız, çünkü bu adres daha önce " -#~ "tanımlanmış bir ağa aittir. Lütfen başka bir adres seçiniz ..." +#~ msgid "You can't use this <B>IP address (%1)</B>, because it is part of an existing, already configured network. Please choose another address ..." +#~ msgstr "Verilen IP adresini (%1) kullanamazsınız, çünkü bu adres daha önce tanımlanmış bir ağa aittir. Lütfen başka bir adres seçiniz ..." # ycp-format -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The ISDN network parameters you entered conflict with %1 network device" +#~ msgid "The ISDN network parameters you entered conflict with %1 network device" #~ msgstr "Girdiğiniz ISDN ağ parametreleri %1 ağ aygıtıyla çakışıyor" # ycp-format @@ -3073,22 +2808,15 @@ #~ msgid " Often this is <I>9</I>.</P>" #~ msgstr "Bu önek genellikle <I>9</I>dur.</P>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P>Most telephone companies use <I>tone dial</I> as the <B>dial method</" -#~ "B>.</P>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P>Çoğu telefon şirketi <B>çevirme yöntemi</B> olarak <I>tonlu çevirme</" -#~ "I> kullanır.</P>" +#~ msgid "<P>Most telephone companies use <I>tone dial</I> as the <B>dial method</B>.</P>" +#~ msgstr "<P>Çoğu telefon şirketi <B>çevirme yöntemi</B> olarak <I>tonlu çevirme</I> kullanır.</P>" #~ msgid "<P>You can adjust the INIT strings for your device." #~ msgstr "Şimdi aygıtınız için INIT ayarlarını yapabilirsiniz " -#~ msgid "" -#~ " This may be neccessary, if you are using a terminal adapter or a special " -#~ "modems.</P>" +#~ msgid " This may be neccessary, if you are using a terminal adapter or a special modems.</P>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P>Eğer bir terminal bağdaştırıcı ya da özel tip modem kullanıyorsanız " -#~ "modem\n" +#~ "<P>Eğer bir terminal bağdaştırıcı ya da özel tip modem kullanıyorsanız modem\n" #~ "aygıtı için bazı INIT satırları belirtmeniz gerekebilir.</P>" #~ msgid "" @@ -3121,14 +2849,8 @@ #~ msgid "Baud Rate" #~ msgstr "Modem Hızı" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P>An attempt to find external modems and internal modems will be made." -#~ "<P>If you are using an <I>ISA-PnP or PCI-Modem</I>, please refer to the " -#~ "manual.</P><P><B>Please wait...</B></P>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P>Harici modemler ve standart dahili modemler bulunacaktır. <P>Eğer bir " -#~ "<I>ISA-PnP ya da PCI modem</I> kullanıyorsanız kılavuz sayfasına göz " -#~ "atmanızı öneririz. </P><P><B>Lütfen bekleyiniz...</B></P>" +#~ msgid "<P>An attempt to find external modems and internal modems will be made.<P>If you are using an <I>ISA-PnP or PCI-Modem</I>, please refer to the manual.</P><P><B>Please wait...</B></P>" +#~ msgstr "<P>Harici modemler ve standart dahili modemler bulunacaktır. <P>Eğer bir <I>ISA-PnP ya da PCI modem</I> kullanıyorsanız kılavuz sayfasına göz atmanızı öneririz. </P><P><B>Lütfen bekleyiniz...</B></P>" #~ msgid "Modem and ISDN autodetection" #~ msgstr "Modem ve ISDN otomatik tanıma" @@ -3143,9 +2865,7 @@ #~ msgid "<P>Both an <B>ISDN card</B> and a <B>modem</B> were detected.</P>" #~ msgstr "<P>Hem <B>modem</B>, hem de <B>ISDN kart</B> bulundu.</P>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P>Please select the one that will be used for your internet connection.</" -#~ "P>" +#~ msgid "<P>Please select the one that will be used for your internet connection.</P>" #~ msgstr "<P>Lütfen Internet bağlantısı için birini seçiniz.</P>" #~ msgid "Several devices for connecting to the Internet were found." @@ -3160,16 +2880,11 @@ #~ msgid "<P>A <B>modem</B> was detected.</P>" #~ msgstr "<P>Bir <B>modem</B> bulundu.</P>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P>Please continue continue to configure your Internet connection.</P>" +#~ msgid "<P>Please continue continue to configure your Internet connection.</P>" #~ msgstr "<P>Internet bağlantınızı yapılandırmak için devam edin</P>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P>Note: Serial ports in Linux are named differently than in DOS, e.g., /" -#~ "dev/ttyS0 = COM1, /dev/ttyS1 = COM2...</P>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Linuxta seri portları DOS'tan farklı isimlendirilmiştir.(/dev/ttyS0 " -#~ "=COM1,/dev/ttyS1 = COM2 ... gibi).</P>" +#~ msgid "<P>Note: Serial ports in Linux are named differently than in DOS, e.g., /dev/ttyS0 = COM1, /dev/ttyS1 = COM2...</P>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Linuxta seri portları DOS'tan farklı isimlendirilmiştir.(/dev/ttyS0 =COM1,/dev/ttyS1 = COM2 ... gibi).</P>" #~ msgid "Was detected on" #~ msgstr "Algılandı" @@ -3191,22 +2906,18 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "If you are using a <b>PCI-Modem</b> run <i>lspci -v</i> and determine the " -#~ "IRQ and PORT.\n" -#~ "Then execute <i>setserial /dev/modem port PORT irq IRQ</i> and try again." -#~ "</p>\n" +#~ "If you are using a <b>PCI-Modem</b> run <i>lspci -v</i> and determine the IRQ and PORT.\n" +#~ "Then execute <i>setserial /dev/modem port PORT irq IRQ</i> and try again.</p>\n" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "<b>ISA-PnP card</b>: run <i>pnpdump -c > /etc/isapnp.conf</i> and\n" #~ "<i>isapnp /etc/isapnp.conf</i>.<br>\n" -#~ "Determine the IRQ and PORT. Then execute <i>setserial /dev/modem port " -#~ "PORT irq IRQ</i>\n" +#~ "Determine the IRQ and PORT. Then execute <i>setserial /dev/modem port PORT irq IRQ</i>\n" #~ "and try again.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P>\n" #~ "Eğer bir <B>PCI modem</B> kullanıyorsanız <i>lspci -v</i> komutunu \n" #~ "çalıştırarak IRQ ve PORT numarasını öğrenin. Ardından \n" -#~ "<i>setserial /dev/modem port PORT_NUMARASI irq IRQ_NUMARASI</i> " -#~ "komutunu \n" +#~ "<i>setserial /dev/modem port PORT_NUMARASI irq IRQ_NUMARASI</i> komutunu \n" #~ "çalıştırıp tekrar deneyin.</p>\n" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "<b>ISA-PnP kartı</B>: <i>pnpdump -c > /etc/isapnp.conf</i> komutunu, \n" @@ -3218,10 +2929,8 @@ #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Further Information can be found in the manual.</p>\n" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "If you are able to connect to the internet on another machine, have a " -#~ "look at\n" -#~ "the support database 'http://sdb.suse.de/sdb/en/html' and the modem " -#~ "trouble shooting\n" +#~ "If you are able to connect to the internet on another machine, have a look at\n" +#~ "the support database 'http://sdb.suse.de/sdb/en/html' and the modem trouble shooting\n" #~ "tool 'http://sdb.suse.de/sdb/en/html/hoe_wvcheck.html'.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" @@ -3235,16 +2944,8 @@ #~ msgid "&Try again" #~ msgstr "&Tekrar dene" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P>Please choose:<UL><LI> <I>new</I> and enter the <I>tel. no., login</I> " -#~ "and <I>password,</I></LI><LI>or select a predefined Call-by-Call provider " -#~ "from the list for your country,</LI><LI>or edit the current settings.</" -#~ "LI></UL></P>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P>Lütfen<UL><LI><I>Yeni</I> bağlantıyı seçin ve telefon numarası, " -#~ "kullanıcı adı ve parolayı girin, </LI><LI>ya da ön tanımlı listeden " -#~ "ülkenize göre bir ISS seçin.Veya <I>Düzenle</I> düğmesiyle şimdiki " -#~ "ayarları değiştirin.</LI></UL></P>" +#~ msgid "<P>Please choose:<UL><LI> <I>new</I> and enter the <I>tel. no., login</I> and <I>password,</I></LI><LI>or select a predefined Call-by-Call provider from the list for your country,</LI><LI>or edit the current settings.</LI></UL></P>" +#~ msgstr "<P>Lütfen<UL><LI><I>Yeni</I> bağlantıyı seçin ve telefon numarası, kullanıcı adı ve parolayı girin, </LI><LI>ya da ön tanımlı listeden ülkenize göre bir ISS seçin.Veya <I>Düzenle</I> düğmesiyle şimdiki ayarları değiştirin.</LI></UL></P>" #~ msgid "" #~ "<P>Save Password:\n" @@ -3272,9 +2973,5 @@ #~ msgid "Network/Modem+ISDN" #~ msgstr "Ağ/Modem+ISDN" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Choose this item to configure your Internet connection if you are using a " -#~ "modem or ISDN-card." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Modem ya da ISDN kart kullanıyorsanız internet bağlantınızı yapılandırmak " -#~ "için bu seçeneği seçin." +#~ msgid "Choose this item to configure your Internet connection if you are using a modem or ISDN-card." +#~ msgstr "Modem ya da ISDN kart kullanıyorsanız internet bağlantınızı yapılandırmak için bu seçeneği seçin." Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/nis.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/nis.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/nis.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -142,8 +142,7 @@ "<p><b>Firewall Settings</b><br>\n" "To open the firewall to allow accessing the 'ypbind' service\n" "from remote computers, set <b>Open Port in Firewall</b>.\n" -"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click <b>Firewall Details</" -"b>.\n" +"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click <b>Firewall Details</b>.\n" "This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Firewall ayarları</b><br>\n" @@ -159,25 +158,20 @@ " and the NIS server's address, such as nis.example.com or 10.20.1.1.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>NIS alanını (örneğin, example.com)\n" -"ve NIS sunucusunun adresini (örneğin, nis.example.com ya da 10.20.1.1) girin." -"</p>\n" +"ve NIS sunucusunun adresini (örneğin, nis.example.com ya da 10.20.1.1) girin.</p>\n" #. help text for netconfig part #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:244 msgid "" -"<p>Select the way how the NIS configuration will be modified. Normally, it " -"is\n" -"handled by the netconfig script, which merges the data statically defined " -"here\n" +"<p>Select the way how the NIS configuration will be modified. Normally, it is\n" +"handled by the netconfig script, which merges the data statically defined here\n" "with dynamically obtained data (e.g. from DHCP client, NetworkManager\n" "etc.). This is the Default Policy and sufficient for most configurations. \n" -"By choosing Only Manual Changes, netconfig will no longer be allowed to " -"modify\n" +"By choosing Only Manual Changes, netconfig will no longer be allowed to modify\n" "the configuration. You can, however, edit the file manually. By choosing\n" "Custom Policy, you can specify a custom policy string, which consists of a\n" "space-separated list of interface names, including wildcards, with\n" -"STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special values. For more information, " -"see\n" +"STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special values. For more information, see\n" "the netconfig manual page.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -206,16 +200,12 @@ msgstr "" "<p>Automounter kullanıcıların ev dizinleri gibi dizinleri otomatik olarak\n" "sisteme bağlayan bir daemon'dur.\n" -"Yapılandırma dosyalarının (auto.*) mevcut ve yerel olarak ya da NIS " -"üzerinden\n" +"Yapılandırma dosyalarının (auto.*) mevcut ve yerel olarak ya da NIS üzerinden\n" "erişilebilir durumda olduğu sayılmaktadır.</p>" #. help text #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:279 -msgid "" -"<p>NFS Settings which affects how the automounter operates could be set in " -"NFS Client, which can be configured using <b>NFS Configuration</b> button.</" -"p>" +msgid "<p>NFS Settings which affects how the automounter operates could be set in NFS Client, which can be configured using <b>NFS Configuration</b> button.</p>" msgstr "" #. radio button label @@ -359,25 +349,15 @@ #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:674 -msgid "" -"<p>Normally, it is possible for any host to query which server a client is " -"using. Disabling <b>Answer Remote Hosts</b> restricts this only to the local " -"host.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Normalde bir makine bir istemcinin hangi sunucuyu kullandığını " -"sorgulayabilir. <b>Uzak makinelere cevap ver</b> seçeneği yardımıyla bu " -"sorguyu sadece yerel makine için sınırlandırabilirsiniz.</p>" +msgid "<p>Normally, it is possible for any host to query which server a client is using. Disabling <b>Answer Remote Hosts</b> restricts this only to the local host.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Normalde bir makine bir istemcinin hangi sunucuyu kullandığını sorgulayabilir. <b>Uzak makinelere cevap ver</b> seçeneği yardımıyla bu sorguyu sadece yerel makine için sınırlandırabilirsiniz.</p>" #. help text 2/4 #. Check, ie. turn on a check box #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:682 -msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Broken server</b> if answers from servers running on an " -"unprivileged port should be accepted. It is a security risk and it is better " -"to replace such a server.</p>" +msgid "<p>Check <b>Broken server</b> if answers from servers running on an unprivileged port should be accepted. It is a security risk and it is better to replace such a server.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Bozuk sunucu</b> seçilirse yetkisiz bir port üzerinde çalışan " -"sunuculardan gelen cevaplar\n" +"<p><b>Bozuk sunucu</b> seçilirse yetkisiz bir port üzerinde çalışan sunuculardan gelen cevaplar\n" "kabul edilir. Bu bir güvenlik riskidir ve sunucu değiştirilmelidir.</p>" #. help text 3/4 @@ -464,12 +444,9 @@ #. help text #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:985 -msgid "" -"<p>The Service Location Protocol (<b>SLP</b>) can be used to find NIS server." -"</p>" +msgid "<p>The Service Location Protocol (<b>SLP</b>) can be used to find NIS server.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Hizmet konum protokolü (<b>SLP</b> - Service Location Protocol) NIS " -"sunucusunu\n" +"<p>Hizmet konum protokolü (<b>SLP</b> - Service Location Protocol) NIS sunucusunu\n" "bulmakta kullanılabilir.</p>" # clients/online_update_details.ycp:113 @@ -647,15 +624,10 @@ msgid "NIS server not found." msgstr "NIS sunucusu bulunamadı." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>If you are using <b>DHCP</b> and the server provides the NIS domain " -#~ "name or servers, you can enable their use here. DHCP itself can be set up " -#~ "in the network module.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>If you are using <b>DHCP</b> and the server provides the NIS domain name or servers, you can enable their use here. DHCP itself can be set up in the network module.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Eğer <b>DHCP</b> kullanıyorsanız ve sunucu NIS alan adı ya da " -#~ "sunucuları sağlıyorsa\n" -#~ "bunların kullanımını burada açabilirsiniz. DHCP ağ modülünde " -#~ "ayarlanabilir.</p>" +#~ "<p>Eğer <b>DHCP</b> kullanıyorsanız ve sunucu NIS alan adı ya da sunucuları sağlıyorsa\n" +#~ "bunların kullanımını burada açabilirsiniz. DHCP ağ modülünde ayarlanabilir.</p>" # clients/nis_write.ycp:63 #~ msgid "Error while running portmapper." @@ -702,12 +674,8 @@ #~ "Alan değiştirildi.\n" #~ "Değişikliklerin etkinleşmesi için sistemi yeniden başlatın." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To access the Network Information Services, the <b>%1</b> package must " -#~ "be installed.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Ağ Bilgi Hizmetlerine ulaşmak için <b>%1</b> paketi kurulu olmalıdır.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ msgid "<p>To access the Network Information Services, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Ağ Bilgi Hizmetlerine ulaşmak için <b>%1</b> paketi kurulu olmalıdır.</p>" #~ msgid "<p>Do you want to install it now?</p>" #~ msgstr "<p>Şimdi kurulsun mu?</p>" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/nis_server.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/nis_server.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/nis_server.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -182,8 +182,7 @@ #: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:73 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p>Select if your <i>passwd</i> file should be merged with the <i>shadow</" -"i>\n" +"<p>Select if your <i>passwd</i> file should be merged with the <i>shadow</i>\n" "file (only possible if the <i>shadow</i> file exists).</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><i>passwd</i> dosyanız <i>shadow</i> dosyasıyla ve <i>group</i> dosyası\n" @@ -193,8 +192,7 @@ #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:81 msgid "<p>You can also adjust the minimum user and group id.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Ayrıca en düşük kullanıcı ve grup belirticilerini belirleyebilirsiniz.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Ayrıca en düşük kullanıcı ve grup belirticilerini belirleyebilirsiniz.</p>" # clients/ui_widgets.ycp:182 clients/ui_widgets.ycp:210 #. To translators: intfield label @@ -248,12 +246,10 @@ #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:71 msgid "" -"<p>Enter a NIS <b>domain</b>. If this host is also a NIS client using this " -"machine as a server, check\n" +"<p>Enter a NIS <b>domain</b>. If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check\n" "the corresponding option.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Bir NIS <b>alanı</b> girin. Bu makine ayrıca kendini sunucu olarak " -"kullanan bir istemciyse\n" +"<p>Bir NIS <b>alanı</b> girin. Bu makine ayrıca kendini sunucu olarak kullanan bir istemciyse\n" "ilgili seçeneği işaretleyin.</p>\n" #. help text 2/3 @@ -277,10 +273,8 @@ "changing the login shell or GECOS (full name and related information) can\n" "be used to set up these more specific options.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><i>Parolalarda değişikliğe izin ver</i> ile kullanıcıların NIS " -"sunucusunun\n" -"bilinci dahilinde parolalarını değiştirmesine olanak tanıyabilirsiniz. " -"Kullanıcı\n" +"<p><i>Parolalarda değişikliğe izin ver</i> ile kullanıcıların NIS sunucusunun\n" +"bilinci dahilinde parolalarını değiştirmesine olanak tanıyabilirsiniz. Kullanıcı\n" "girişi kabuğu ya da GECOS (tam ad ve diğer bilgiler) ile ilgili düğmeler\n" "ile bu bilgileri de değiştirebilirsiniz.</p>\n" @@ -352,8 +346,7 @@ msgstr "" "Makineniz NIS alan adının DHCP ile değiştirilmesine ayarlanmış.\n" "Bu durum biraz önce girdiğiniz alan adının değişmesine yol açabilir.\n" -"Ayarlarınızı kontrol edip NIS sunucusunda DHCP istemcisi çalıştırmamayı " -"düşünün.\n" +"Ayarlarınızı kontrol edip NIS sunucusunda DHCP istemcisi çalıştırmamayı düşünün.\n" #. firewall openning help #: src/include/nis_server/routines.rb:154 @@ -361,8 +354,7 @@ "<p><b>Firewall Settings</b><br>\n" "To open the firewall to allow accessing the NIS server\n" "from remote computers, set <b>Open Port in Firewall</b>.\n" -"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click <b>Firewall Details</" -"b>.\n" +"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click <b>Firewall Details</b>.\n" "This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Firewall ayarları</b><br>\n" @@ -405,8 +397,7 @@ #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:172 msgid "<p>Please enter which hosts are allowed to query the NIS server.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Hangi makinelerin NIS sunucusuna sorgu yollayabileceğini ayarlayın.<p>" +msgstr "<p>Hangi makinelerin NIS sunucusuna sorgu yollayabileceğini ayarlayın.<p>" # include/nis_server/securenets.ycp:141 #. help text 2/4 @@ -415,10 +406,8 @@ "<p>A host address will be allowed if <b>network</b> is equal\n" "to the bitwise <i>AND</i> of the host's address and the <b>netmask</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Makinenin adresi ve <b>Ağ maskesi</b> değerlerinin bit düzeyinde <i>VE</" -"i>\n" -"işlemine tabi tutulmasında ortaya çıkan değer <b>Ağ</b> değeriyle eşit " -"olursa o\n" +"<p>Makinenin adresi ve <b>Ağ maskesi</b> değerlerinin bit düzeyinde <i>VE</i>\n" +"işlemine tabi tutulmasında ortaya çıkan değer <b>Ağ</b> değeriyle eşit olursa o\n" "makineye erişim sağlanır.</p>" #. help text 3/4 @@ -459,20 +448,13 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62 -msgid "" -"<p>Enter the NIS <b>domain</b> and the IP <b>address</b> or host name of the " -"master NIS server.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Ana NIS sunucusunun NIS <b>alanını</b> ve IP <b>adresini</b> girin.</p>" +msgid "<p>Enter the NIS <b>domain</b> and the IP <b>address</b> or host name of the master NIS server.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Ana NIS sunucusunun NIS <b>alanını</b> ve IP <b>adresini</b> girin.</p>" #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69 -msgid "" -"<p>If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check " -"the corresponding option.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Eğer bu makine kendini sunucu olarak kullanan bir NIS istemcisiyse ilgili " -"seçeneği işaretleyin.</p>" +msgid "<p>If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check the corresponding option.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Eğer bu makine kendini sunucu olarak kullanan bir NIS istemcisiyse ilgili seçeneği işaretleyin.</p>" #. textentry label #: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82 @@ -515,15 +497,10 @@ #. help text 1/1 #: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:175 -msgid "" -"<p>Here, enter the names of hosts to configure as NIS server slaves. Use " -"<i>Add</i> to add a new one, <i>Edit</i> to change an existing entry, and " -"<i>Delete</i> to remove an entry.</p>" +msgid "<p>Here, enter the names of hosts to configure as NIS server slaves. Use <i>Add</i> to add a new one, <i>Edit</i> to change an existing entry, and <i>Delete</i> to remove an entry.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Burada bağımlı NIS sunucuları olarak yapılandırılacak makinelerin " -"adlarını girin. <i>Ekle</i>\n" -"düğmesi ile yeni bir tane ekleyebilir, <i>Düzenle</i> düğmesi ile mevcut " -"girdiyi düzenleyebilir\n" +"<p>Burada bağımlı NIS sunucuları olarak yapılandırılacak makinelerin adlarını girin. <i>Ekle</i>\n" +"düğmesi ile yeni bir tane ekleyebilir, <i>Düzenle</i> düğmesi ile mevcut girdiyi düzenleyebilir\n" "ve <i>Sil</i> düğmesi ile bir girdiyi silebilirsiniz.</p>" # include/nis_server/slaves.ycp:157 include/nis_server/slaves.ycp:183 include/nis_server/slaves.ycp:193 include/nis_server/slaves.ycp:203 @@ -591,10 +568,8 @@ "<p>Select whether to configure the NIS server as a <b>master</b> or a\n" "<b>slave</b> or not to configure a NIS server.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>NIS sunucusunu <b>ana</b> sunucu ya da <b>bağımlı</b> olarak " -"yapılandırmayı\n" -"seçebilir, ya da bir NIS sunucusu olmayacak şekilde yapılandırmayabilirsiniz." -"</p>\n" +"<p>NIS sunucusunu <b>ana</b> sunucu ya da <b>bağımlı</b> olarak yapılandırmayı\n" +"seçebilir, ya da bir NIS sunucusu olmayacak şekilde yapılandırmayabilirsiniz.</p>\n" # include/nis_server/what.ycp:51 #. help text 2/2 @@ -602,8 +577,7 @@ msgid "" "<p>The NIS server package will be <b>installed</b> first if you want to\n" "configure it.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>NIS sunucu paketi ilk yapılandırma sırasında <b>kurulacaktır</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>NIS sunucu paketi ilk yapılandırma sırasında <b>kurulacaktır</b>.</p>" # include/nis_server/what.ycp:55 #. To translators: label in the dialog Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/ntp-client.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/ntp-client.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/ntp-client.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -29,45 +29,22 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:92 -msgid "" -"<p>Press <b>Synchronize Now</b>, to get your system time set correctly using " -"the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable " -"the <b>Save NTP Configuration</b> option</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Seçtiğiniz NTP sunucusunu kullanarak sistem saatşnş ayarlamak için " -"<b>Şimdi Senkronize Et</b>e tıklayın. Eğer NTP yi hemen kullanmak " -"istiyorsanız, <b>NTP Yapılandırmasını Kaydet</b> seçeneğini aktifleştirin.</" -"p>" +msgid "<p>Press <b>Synchronize Now</b>, to get your system time set correctly using the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable the <b>Save NTP Configuration</b> option</p>" +msgstr "<p>Seçtiğiniz NTP sunucusunu kullanarak sistem saatşnş ayarlamak için <b>Şimdi Senkronize Et</b>e tıklayın. Eğer NTP yi hemen kullanmak istiyorsanız, <b>NTP Yapılandırmasını Kaydet</b> seçeneğini aktifleştirin.</p>" #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:98 -msgid "" -"<p>Enabling <b>Run NTP as daemon</b> option, the NTP service will be started " -"as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The " -"default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the " -"<b>yast2 ntp-client module</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>NTP yi deamon olarak çalıştır</b> seçeneğini etkinleştirirseniz, NTP " -"servisi deamon olarak başlatılacak. Aksi taktirde sistem saati belli " -"aralıklarla ayarlanacak. Öntanımlı aralık 15 dakikadır.Bu süreyi yüklemeden " -"sonra <b>yast2 ntp-client module</b> ile değiştirebilirsiniz.</p>" +msgid "<p>Enabling <b>Run NTP as daemon</b> option, the NTP service will be started as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the <b>yast2 ntp-client module</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>NTP yi deamon olarak çalıştır</b> seçeneğini etkinleştirirseniz, NTP servisi deamon olarak başlatılacak. Aksi taktirde sistem saati belli aralıklarla ayarlanacak. Öntanımlı aralık 15 dakikadır.Bu süreyi yüklemeden sonra <b>yast2 ntp-client module</b> ile değiştirebilirsiniz.</p>" #. help text, cont. #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:107 -msgid "" -"<p>Using the <b>Configure</b> button, open the advanced NTP configuration.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Gelişmiş NTP yapılandırmasını açmak için <b>Yapılandır</b> butonunu " -"kullanın.</p>" +msgid "<p>Using the <b>Configure</b> button, open the advanced NTP configuration.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Gelişmiş NTP yapılandırmasını açmak için <b>Yapılandır</b> butonunu kullanın.</p>" #. help text, cont. #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:116 -msgid "" -"<p>Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is " -"configured.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>NTP sunucusuyla senkronizasyon sadece ağ yapılandırıldıktan sonra " -"yapılabilir.</p>" +msgid "<p>Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is configured.</p>" +msgstr "<p>NTP sunucusuyla senkronizasyon sadece ağ yapılandırıldıktan sonra yapılabilir.</p>" #. translators: error popup #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:141 @@ -619,8 +596,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" msgstr "" "<P><B><BIG>Başlama işlemini kesme:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -"<b>Kes</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde " -"kesebilirsiniz.</p>" +"<b>Kes</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde kesebilirsiniz.</p>" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:25 @@ -650,10 +626,8 @@ "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" "The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n" "network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.</p>\n" -"Selecting <b>Synchronize without Daemon</b> the ntp daemon will not be " -"activated. \n" -"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It " -"is 15 minutes by default.\n" +"Selecting <b>Synchronize without Daemon</b> the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n" +"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n" " You can change this when the system was set up." msgstr "" @@ -674,21 +648,14 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Secure NTP Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"By selecting <b>Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only</b>, remote " -"hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" -"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</" -"tt> file and to localhost.<br> \n" -"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This " -"option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.</p>\n" +"By selecting <b>Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only</b>, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" +"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> file and to localhost.<br> \n" +"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Güvenli NTP Yapılandırması</big></b><br>\n" -"<b>Sadece Yapılandırılmış Sunucular için NTP Servisini Sınırla</b> " -"seçeneğini seçerseniz, diğer sunucular bilgisayarınızdaki NTP ayarlarını " -"görüntüleyemeyecek \n" -"ve değiştiremeyecek.NTP servisi <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> dosyasındaki ve " -"bilgisayarınızdaki sunucularla sınırlandırıldı<br> \n" -"Erişim kontrol bayrakları sunucuların genel bakış tablosunda ayarlanabilir. " -"Eğer NTP DHCP ile yapılandırılmışsa bu seçenek geçerli olmaz.</p>\n" +"<b>Sadece Yapılandırılmış Sunucular için NTP Servisini Sınırla</b> seçeneğini seçerseniz, diğer sunucular bilgisayarınızdaki NTP ayarlarını görüntüleyemeyecek \n" +"ve değiştiremeyecek.NTP servisi <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> dosyasındaki ve bilgisayarınızdaki sunucularla sınırlandırıldı<br> \n" +"Erişim kontrol bayrakları sunucuların genel bakış tablosunda ayarlanabilir. Eğer NTP DHCP ile yapılandırılmışsa bu seçenek geçerli olmaz.</p>\n" #. help text 3/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58 @@ -701,8 +668,7 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>DHCP ile yapılandırma</big></b><br>\n" "NTP sunucu bilgilerini el ile girmek yerine ağ sunucusundan DHCP protokolü\n" -"aracılığıyla almak için <b>NTP daemon'unu DHCP ile yapılandır</b> " -"seçeneğini\n" +"aracılığıyla almak için <b>NTP daemon'unu DHCP ile yapılandır</b> seçeneğini\n" "işaretleyin. DHCP sunucusundan NTP sunucu bilgisi gelip gelmediğini sistem\n" "yöneticinizden öğrenebilirsiniz.</p>" @@ -711,18 +677,14 @@ msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configured Servers</big></b><br>\n" "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" -"select the appropriate line and click <b>Edit</b>. To add a new " -"synchronization\n" +"select the appropriate line and click <b>Edit</b>. To add a new synchronization\n" "peer, click <b>Add</b>. To delete an existing synchronization peer,\n" "select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Yapılandırılmış sunucular</big></b><br>\n" -"NTP sunucularını, eşlerini, yerel saatleri ve NTP yayınlarını düzenlemek " -"için\n" -"ilgili satırı seçip <B>Düzenle</B> düğmesine basın. Yeni bir senkronizasyon " -"eşi\n" -"eklemek için <B>Ekle</B> düğmesini kullanın. Mevcut bir senkronizasyon " -"eşini\n" +"NTP sunucularını, eşlerini, yerel saatleri ve NTP yayınlarını düzenlemek için\n" +"ilgili satırı seçip <B>Düzenle</B> düğmesine basın. Yeni bir senkronizasyon eşi\n" +"eklemek için <B>Ekle</B> düğmesini kullanın. Mevcut bir senkronizasyon eşini\n" "kaldırmak için seçimi yapıp <B>Sil</B> düğmesine basın.</P>" #. help text 5/5 @@ -732,15 +694,13 @@ "<p>To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click <b>Display Log</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Kayıtları Görüntüle</big></b><br>\n" -"<p>NTP daemonun kayıtlarını görüntülemek için <b>Kayıtları Görüntüle</b>ye " -"tıklayın.</p>\n" +"<p>NTP daemonun kayıtlarını görüntülemek için <b>Kayıtları Görüntüle</b>ye tıklayın.</p>\n" #. help text to a button #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Advanced configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or " -"against\n" +"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" "a locally connected clock, use <b>Advanced Configuration</b>." msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Gelişmiş Yapılandırma</big></b><br>\n" @@ -771,8 +731,7 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Device</big></b><br>\n" -"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic " -"link to \n" +"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" "the device to which the clock is connected. To do this, check\n" "<b>Create Symlink</b> and set the <b>Device</b>. To browse for the device,\n" "click <b>Browse</b>.\n" @@ -780,8 +739,7 @@ "it must be created manually.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Aygıt</big></b><br>\n" -"Saati çalıştırmak için, saatin bağlı olduğu aygıta özel bir sembolink " -"bağlant \n" +"Saati çalıştırmak için, saatin bağlı olduğu aygıta özel bir sembolink bağlant \n" "ı oluşturmak gerekebilir.Bunu yapmak için <b>Sembolink Oluştur</b>u\n" "kontrol edip, <b>Aygıt</b> ayarlamalısınız.Aygıtı aramak için\n" "<b>Ara</b>ya tıklayın.\n" @@ -807,8 +765,7 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>NTP Sunucu Adresi</big></b><br>\n" "NTP Sunucusunun adresini ayarlamak için, <b>Adres</b> girdisini kullanın.\n" -"Bir NTP sunucusu bulmak için, ağ yöneticinize ya da İnternet Servis " -"Sağlayıcınıza \n" +"Bir NTP sunucusu bulmak için, ağ yöneticinize ya da İnternet Servis Sağlayıcınıza \n" "sorun.</p>" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 @@ -879,8 +836,7 @@ #| "<i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm</i>.</p>" msgid "" "<p><b><big>Options</big></b><br>\n" -"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in " -"the\n" +"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n" "<b>Options</b> text field. For details, see\n" "<i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm</i>.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -893,22 +849,18 @@ msgid "" "<p><b><big>Access Control Options</big></b><br>\n" "Define the access control flags (<b><tt>restrict</tt></b> directive in\n" -"<i>/etc/ntp.conf</i>) for this server, indicating which types of actions the " -"remote\n" +"<i>/etc/ntp.conf</i>) for this server, indicating which types of actions the remote\n" "host can perform on your NTP daemon. By default, it is set to <i>notrap\n" "nomodify noquery</i>. This option is only available if you have checked the\n" "<b>Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only</b> option in\n" "<b>Security Settings</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Erişim Kontrol Ayarları</big></b><br>\n" -"Uzak sunucunun NTP deamonunuzda ne tür değişiklikler yapabileceğini " -"belirlemek için,\n" -" sunucu için kontrol bayraklarını belirleyin (<b><tt>sınırlı</tt></" -"b>yönergeler için\n" +"Uzak sunucunun NTP deamonunuzda ne tür değişiklikler yapabileceğini belirlemek için,\n" +" sunucu için kontrol bayraklarını belirleyin (<b><tt>sınırlı</tt></b>yönergeler için\n" "<i>/etc/ntp.conf</i>) . Bu normalde <i>notrap\n" "nomodify noquery</i> olarak ayarlanır. Bu seçenek sadece eğer\n" -"<b>Güvenlik Ayarları</b>'ndaki <b>Sadece Yapılandırılmış Sunucular için NTP " -"Servisini Sınırla</b>\n" +"<b>Güvenlik Ayarları</b>'ndaki <b>Sadece Yapılandırılmış Sunucular için NTP Servisini Sınırla</b>\n" "seçeneğini seçmişseniz geçerlidir.</p>\n" #. help text 1/6 @@ -944,8 +896,7 @@ "<p>To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n" "select <b>Radio Clock</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Direk olarak bilgisayarınıza bağlı olan yerel saati yapılandırmak " -"istiyorsanız\n" +"<p>Direk olarak bilgisayarınıza bağlı olan yerel saati yapılandırmak istiyorsanız\n" "<b>Radyo Saat</b>'i seçin.</p>" #. help text 5/6 @@ -963,10 +914,8 @@ "<p>To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n" "and use them for setting local time, select <b>Incoming Broadcast<b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>İnternette diğer sunucular tarafından yayınlanmış NTP paketlerini kabul " -"edip,\n" -"onları yerel saati ayarlamak için kullanmak istiyorsanız, <b>İç " -"Yayınlama<b>i seçin.</p>" +"<p>İnternette diğer sunucular tarafından yayınlanmış NTP paketlerini kabul edip,\n" +"onları yerel saati ayarlamak için kullanmak istiyorsanız, <b>İç Yayınlama<b>i seçin.</p>" #. help text 1/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188 @@ -976,8 +925,7 @@ "the NTP server from the list of known NTP servers.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Sunucu Konumu</b></big>\n" -"Yerel ağda NTP sunucusunu aramak istiyorsanız seçin, ya da bilinen NTP " -"sunucuları listesinden NTP sunucusunu seçin.</p>" +"Yerel ağda NTP sunucusunu aramak istiyorsanız seçin, ya da bilinen NTP sunucuları listesinden NTP sunucusunu seçin.</p>" #. help text 2/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:194 @@ -998,15 +946,12 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Selecting a Public NTP Server</b></big><br>\n" -"Select the NTP server to use from the <b>Public NTP Servers</b> list. To " -"display\n" +"Select the NTP server to use from the <b>Public NTP Servers</b> list. To display\n" "NTP servers only for a particular country, select it in <b>Country</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Genel NTP Sunucularını Seçmek</b></big><br>\n" -"Kullanmak için <b>Genel NTP Sunucuları</b> listesinden NTP sunucusunu seçin." -"NTP\n" -"sunucularını sadece belli bir ülkede görüntülemek için ülkeyi <b>Ülke</b>de " -"seçin.</p>" +"Kullanmak için <b>Genel NTP Sunucuları</b> listesinden NTP sunucusunu seçin.NTP\n" +"sunucularını sadece belli bir ülkede görüntülemek için ülkeyi <b>Ülke</b>de seçin.</p>" #. help text 4/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208 @@ -1023,11 +968,9 @@ "<p><big><b>Not</b></big><br>\n" "Listelenmiş NTP sunucuları her ülkeden erişilebilir olmayabilir.\n" "Listedeki herhangi bir NTP sunucusunu kullanmadan önce, sistem yöneticinize\n" -"ya da İnternet servis sağlayıcınıza size yakın bir yerde NTP sunucusu olup " -"olmadığını sorun ve\n" +"ya da İnternet servis sağlayıcınıza size yakın bir yerde NTP sunucusu olup olmadığını sorun ve\n" "o sunucuyu tercih edin.\n" -"Ayrıca size yakın bir NTP sunucusu bulmak için:<i>http://www.eecis.udel.edu/" -"~mills/ntp/servers.html</i>\n" +"Ayrıca size yakın bir NTP sunucusu bulmak için:<i>http://www.eecis.udel.edu/~mills/ntp/servers.html</i>\n" "</p>" #. help text 5/5 @@ -1037,8 +980,7 @@ "To test if the selected server responds properly, click <b>Test</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Sunucu Erişilebilirlik Testi</b></big><br>\n" -"Sunucunun düzgün cevap verip vermediğini test etmek için, <b>Test</b>e " -"tıklayın.</p>" +"Sunucunun düzgün cevap verip vermediğini test etmek için, <b>Test</b>e tıklayın.</p>" #. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" #. rwalter, please, correct it ;) @@ -1046,15 +988,12 @@ msgid "" "<p><big><b>Use Random Servers</b></big><br>\n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" -"three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names " -"are\n" -"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means " -"that\n" +"three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names are\n" +"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means that\n" "your NTP client is synchronized with different servers every hour.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Rastgele bir Sunucu Kullan</b></big><br>\n" -"Bu servis pool.ntp.org tarafından teklif edilmiştir. Eğer bu seçeneği " -"seçerseniz,\n" +"Bu servis pool.ntp.org tarafından teklif edilmiştir. Eğer bu seçeneği seçerseniz,\n" "yapılandırmanıza üç farklı sunucu eklenecek. Sunucu isimleri kalıcıdır,\n" " ama DNS kayıtları (IP) her saat başı değişir. Bu da demektir ki\n" "NTP istemciniz her saat farklı sunucularla senkronize olur.</p>\n" @@ -1063,15 +1002,12 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Clock Driver Calibration</b></big><br>\n" -"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various " -"calibration\n" -"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the " -"particular\n" +"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" +"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the particular\n" "driver. Some drivers do not use all the options.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Saat Sürücüsü Kalibrasyonu</b></big><br>\n" -"Saat sürücüsünün yapılandırılması gerekebilir. Bu diyalogta, bir çok " -"yapılandırma\n" +"Saat sürücüsünün yapılandırılması gerekebilir. Bu diyalogta, bir çok yapılandırma\n" "seçeneği ayarlanabilir. Ayrıntılı ayarlar ayrıntılı sürücüye bağlıdır.\n" "Bazı sürücüler bütün ayarları kullanamaz.</p>" @@ -1084,12 +1020,10 @@ #| "<i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</i></p>" msgid "" "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" -"<i>ntp-doc</i> and see <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</" -"i>.</p>\n" +"<i>ntp-doc</i> and see <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</i>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "Ayarların anlamları hakkında daha fazla bilgi için, <i>ntp-doc</i>\n" -" paketini yükleyin ve <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</" -"i>\n" +" paketini yükleyin ve <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</i>\n" "linkine göz atın.</p> " # include/ui/common_popups.ycp:279 @@ -1581,14 +1515,8 @@ "Paketin %1'ine sahip olmadan, yerel ağda\n" "NTP sunucusu için arama yapamazsınız." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or " -#~ "network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server " -#~ "configuration?" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "'%1' sunucusundaki test sorgusu başarısız oldu. Eğer sunucuya " -#~ "ulaşılamıyorsa ya da ağ yapılandırılmadıysa 'Hayır'a basarak reddedin. " -#~ "NTP sunucu yapılandırmasını tekrar gidilsin mi?" +#~ msgid "'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" +#~ msgstr "'%1' sunucusundaki test sorgusu başarısız oldu. Eğer sunucuya ulaşılamıyorsa ya da ağ yapılandırılmadıysa 'Hayır'a basarak reddedin. NTP sunucu yapılandırmasını tekrar gidilsin mi?" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b><big>Start NTP Daemon</big></b><br>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/oneclickinstall.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/oneclickinstall.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/oneclickinstall.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -41,9 +41,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:44 -msgid "" -"File containing internal representation of <b>One Click Install</b> " -"instructions" +msgid "File containing internal representation of <b>One Click Install</b> instructions" msgstr "" #: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:65 @@ -142,8 +140,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:47 -msgid "" -"See <tt>http://en.opensuse.org/One_Click_Install</tt> for more information." +msgid "See <tt>http://en.opensuse.org/One_Click_Install</tt> for more information." msgstr "" #. <region name="Define the UI components"> * @@ -229,17 +226,13 @@ msgstr "Kurulum kaynakları" #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:56 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while attempting to subscribe to the required " -"repositories. Review the yast2 logs for more information." +msgid "An error occurred while attempting to subscribe to the required repositories. Review the yast2 logs for more information." msgstr "" #. Remove any removals #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:96 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"An error occurred while attempting to remove the specified packages. Review " -"the yast2 logs for more information." +msgid "An error occurred while attempting to remove the specified packages. Review the yast2 logs for more information." msgstr "" "%1 kuyruğu kaydedilirken bir hata oluştu\n" "\n" @@ -247,24 +240,17 @@ #. if that was successful now try and install the patterns #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:113 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while attempting to install the specified patterns. Review " -"the yast2 logs for more information." +msgid "An error occurred while attempting to install the specified patterns. Review the yast2 logs for more information." msgstr "" #. if that was successful now try and install the packages #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:129 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while attempting to install the specified packages. Review " -"the yast2 logs for more information." +msgid "An error occurred while attempting to install the specified packages. Review the yast2 logs for more information." msgstr "" #. If we don't want to remain subscribed, remove the repositories that were added for installation. #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:148 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while attempting to unsubscribe from the repositories that " -"were used to perform the installation. You can remove them manually in YaST " -"> Software Repositories. Review the yast2 logs for more information." +msgid "An error occurred while attempting to unsubscribe from the repositories that were used to perform the installation. You can remove them manually in YaST > Software Repositories. Review the yast2 logs for more information." msgstr "" #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:159 @@ -309,8 +295,7 @@ msgstr "Kurulum-tamamlandı" #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:71 -msgid "" -"The install link or file you opened does not contain instructions for %s." +msgid "The install link or file you opened does not contain instructions for %s." msgstr "" # include/nis_server/what.ycp:77 @@ -343,9 +328,7 @@ msgstr "Bu mesajı tekrar gösterme." #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:348 -msgid "" -"These repositories will only be added during installation. You will not " -"remain subscribed." +msgid "These repositories will only be added during installation. You will not remain subscribed." msgstr "" #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:352 @@ -406,9 +389,7 @@ msgstr "Paket kurulumu başarısız oldu." #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:507 -msgid "" -"The installation has failed. For more information, see the log file at <tt>/" -"var/log/YaST2/y2log</tt>. Failure stage was: " +msgid "The installation has failed. For more information, see the log file at <tt>/var/log/YaST2/y2log</tt>. Failure stage was: " msgstr "" #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:515 @@ -493,9 +474,7 @@ msgstr "bilinmeyen" #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerResponse.rb:13 -msgid "" -"Root privileges are required. Either they were not supplied, or an unknown " -"error occurred." +msgid "Root privileges are required. Either they were not supplied, or an unknown error occurred." msgstr "" #, fuzzy Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/online-update-configuration.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/online-update-configuration.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/online-update-configuration.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -196,22 +196,15 @@ "<b>Sonlandır</b> düğmesine basın.</p>\n" #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:97 -msgid "" -"<p>Select an update interval and specify if interactive patches should be " -"ignored and if licenses should be automatically agreed with.</p>" +msgid "<p>Select an update interval and specify if interactive patches should be ignored and if licenses should be automatically agreed with.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:102 -msgid "" -"<p>All packages that are recommended by an updated package will be installed " -"when <b>%1</b> is enabled.</p>" +msgid "<p>All packages that are recommended by an updated package will be installed when <b>%1</b> is enabled.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:108 -msgid "" -"<p>Category filter for patches can be configured in the section <b>%1</b>. " -"Only patches of the listed categories will be installed. Others will be " -"skipped.</p>" +msgid "<p>Category filter for patches can be configured in the section <b>%1</b>. Only patches of the listed categories will be installed. Others will be skipped.</p>" msgstr "" # clients/hwinfo.ycp:51 Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/online-update.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/online-update.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/online-update.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -65,18 +65,12 @@ #. command line help text for cd_directory option #: src/clients/online_update.rb:85 msgid "Directory for patch data on Patch CD (default value is '%1')" -msgstr "" -"Yama CDsi üstündeki veri yamaları için rehber (varsayılan değer'%1'dir)" +msgstr "Yama CDsi üstündeki veri yamaları için rehber (varsayılan değer'%1'dir)" #. help text for online-update initialization #: src/clients/online_update.rb:130 -msgid "" -"<p>The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. " -"Software repositories can be altered in the <b>Installation Source</b> " -"module.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Sistem kurulum ve güncelleme depoları başlatılıyor.Yazılım depoları " -"<b>Yükleme Kaynağı</b> modülü değişmiş olabilir.</p>" +msgid "<p>The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. Software repositories can be altered in the <b>Installation Source</b> module.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Sistem kurulum ve güncelleme depoları başlatılıyor.Yazılım depoları <b>Yükleme Kaynağı</b> modülü değişmiş olabilir.</p>" #. progress stage label #: src/clients/online_update.rb:137 @@ -169,17 +163,12 @@ msgstr "" "<p>Güncelleme sunucusuna bağlanıldıktan sonra,\n" "YaST tüm seçili yamaları indirmeye başlayacaktır.\n" -"Bu biraz zaman alabilir. İndirme işleminin ayrıntıları giriş penceresinde " -"gösterilecektir.</p>" +"Bu biraz zaman alabilir. İndirme işleminin ayrıntıları giriş penceresinde gösterilecektir.</p>" #. help text for online update #: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:73 -msgid "" -"<p>If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be " -"shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Eğer mevcut yamalar ile ilgili özel mesajlar varsa, yama kurulduğunda " -"ekstra bir iletişimde gösterilecektir.</p>\n" +msgid "<p>If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>Eğer mevcut yamalar ile ilgili özel mesajlar varsa, yama kurulduğunda ekstra bir iletişimde gösterilecektir.</p>\n" # include/ui/wizard_dialog.ycp:210 # include/ui/common_popups.ycp:244 @@ -263,8 +252,7 @@ "At least one of the updates installed requires restart of the session.\n" "Log out and in again as soon as possible.\n" msgstr "" -"Yüklü güncelleştirmelerden en az biri oturumu yeniden başlatmayı " -"gerektirir.\n" +"Yüklü güncelleştirmelerden en az biri oturumu yeniden başlatmayı gerektirir.\n" "Mümkün olduğu en kısa sürede sisteminize yeniden giriş yapın." #. popup message @@ -282,8 +270,7 @@ "At least one of the updates installed requires a system reboot to function\n" "properly. Reboot the system as soon as possible." msgstr "" -"Yüklü güncelleştirmelerden en az biri sistemin düzgün çalışması için baştan " -"başlatmayı gerektirir.\n" +"Yüklü güncelleştirmelerden en az biri sistemin düzgün çalışması için baştan başlatmayı gerektirir.\n" "Sisteminizi mümkün olan en kısa sürede yeniden başlatın." #. popup message @@ -295,8 +282,7 @@ "\n" "Reboot the system as soon as possible." msgstr "" -"Bu güncelleştirmelerin düzgün çalışması için sistemin yeniden başlatılmasını " -"gerektirir:\n" +"Bu güncelleştirmelerin düzgün çalışması için sistemin yeniden başlatılmasını gerektirir:\n" "\n" "%1.\n" "\n" @@ -305,18 +291,15 @@ #. continue/cancel popup text #: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:76 msgid "" -"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of " -"YaST.\n" +"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of YaST.\n" "They should be installed first and all other patches after the restart.\n" "\n" "You selected some other patches to be installed now.\n" "\n" "Continue with installing your selection?" msgstr "" -"Mevcut paket yönetimi için YaST'ın yeniden başlatılmasını gerektiren yamalar " -"var.\n" -"İlk olarak bu yamalar yüklenmelidir ve diğer bütün yamalar yeniden " -"başlattıktan sonra yüklenmelidir.\n" +"Mevcut paket yönetimi için YaST'ın yeniden başlatılmasını gerektiren yamalar var.\n" +"İlk olarak bu yamalar yüklenmelidir ve diğer bütün yamalar yeniden başlattıktan sonra yüklenmelidir.\n" "\n" "Şimdi yüklenmesi için bazı başka uygulamalar seçtiniz.\n" "\n" Added: trunk/yast/tr/po/opensuse_mirror.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/opensuse_mirror.tr.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/opensuse_mirror.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# Turkish message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Görkem Çetin <gorkem@gelecek.com.tr>, 1999, 2000. +# Mehmet Mıdık <mmidik@setra.net.tr>, 2000. +# Metin Oral <moral@suse.de>, 2001. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-10-18 10:13+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Görkem Çetin <gorkem@gelecek.com.tr>\n" +"Language-Team: turkish <i18n@suse.de>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +msgid "Directory" +msgstr "Dizin" + +# include/ui/common_messages.ycp:95 +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "Hata" + +# clients/inst_sw_update.ycp:434 +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "evet" + +# clients/inst_sw_update.ycp:438 +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "no" +msgstr "hayır" + +# include/nis_server/ui.ycp:56 +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:139 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Exit" +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "Çık" + +# include/ui/common_messages.ycp:95 +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:144 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "&Mirror" +msgstr "Hata" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:145 +msgid "&Do not Mirror" +msgstr "" + +# clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1553 +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:146 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select or Deselect &file" +msgid "Select/Deselect &All" +msgstr "Dosya seç/&seçimi kaldır" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/packager.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/packager.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/packager.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -395,16 +395,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation) #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1266 -msgid "" -"<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Next</b>.</" -"p>\n" +msgid "<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Next</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system) #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1270 -msgid "" -"<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Finish</b>.</" -"p>\n" +msgid "<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Finish</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3 @@ -525,9 +521,7 @@ #. Solve dependencies #: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:368 -msgid "" -"The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST " -"profile." +msgid "The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST profile." msgstr "" #. error message - displayed in a scrollable text area @@ -596,9 +590,7 @@ #. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:72 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line " -"interface, use '%1' instead." +msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." msgstr "Bu YaST2 modülü komut satırı arabirimini desteklemiyor." #. pad to 3 characters @@ -790,21 +782,15 @@ msgstr "<p>Bu pencerede çeşitli açılış ayarlarını değiştirebilirsiniz.</p>" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:880 -msgid "" -"<P>A <B>service</B> or <B>Repository Index Service (RIS) </B> is a protocol " -"for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software " -"repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.</" -"P>" +msgid "<P>A <B>service</B> or <B>Repository Index Service (RIS) </B> is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.</P>" msgstr "" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:887 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Adding a new Repository or a Service</b><br>\n" -"To add a new repository, use <b>Add</b> and specify the software repository " -"or service.\n" -"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is " -"available at the entered location.\n" +"To add a new repository, use <b>Add</b> and specify the software repository or service.\n" +"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available at the entered location.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -849,11 +835,8 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service</b><br>\n" -"To change a repository location, use <b>Edit</b>. To remove a repository, " -"use\n" -"<b>Delete</b>. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh " -"status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use " -"the check boxes below.\n" +"To change a repository location, use <b>Edit</b>. To remove a repository, use\n" +"<b>Delete</b>. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the check boxes below.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -861,17 +844,12 @@ #: src/clients/repositories.rb:938 msgid "" "<P><B>Priority of a Repository</B><BR>\n" -"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest " -"priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is " -"available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is " -"used.</P>\n" +"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.</P>\n" msgstr "" #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:946 -msgid "" -"<P>Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in " -"repositories and services.</P>" +msgid "<P>Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services.</P>" msgstr "" #. help text, continued @@ -879,14 +857,11 @@ msgid "" "<P><B>Keep Downloaded Packages</B><BR>Check this option to keep downloaded\n" "packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n" -"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after " -"installation.</P>" +"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation.</P>" msgstr "" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:960 -msgid "" -"<P>The default local cache is located in directory <B>/var/cache/zypp/" -"packages</B>. Change the location in <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B> file.</P>" +msgid "<P>The default local cache is located in directory <B>/var/cache/zypp/packages</B>. Change the location in <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B> file.</P>" msgstr "" #. popup message part 1 @@ -1033,8 +1008,7 @@ #: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:103 #: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:58 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." +msgid "Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." msgstr "" "Tarayıcınız otomatikman algılanamadı.\n" "Elle yapılandırma gerçekleştirmelisiniz." @@ -1053,9 +1027,7 @@ #. Command line help text for the software management module, %1 is "zypper" #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:64 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Software Installation - This module does not support the command line " -"interface, use '%1' instead." +msgid "Software Installation - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." msgstr "Bu YaST2 modülü komut satırı arabirimini desteklemiyor." #. error message (%1 is a package file name) @@ -1206,8 +1178,7 @@ #. wrong MD5 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:126 -msgid "" -"<B>Error</B> -- MD5 sum does not match<BR>This medium should not be used." +msgid "<B>Error</B> -- MD5 sum does not match<BR>This medium should not be used." msgstr "" #. the correct MD5 is unknown @@ -1237,16 +1208,14 @@ #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:304 msgid "" "<P>When you have a problem with\n" -"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you " -"should check\n" +"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you should check\n" "whether the medium is broken.</P>\n" msgstr "" #. help text - media check 3/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:310 msgid "" -"<P>Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press <B>Start Check</" -"B>\n" +"<P>Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press <B>Start Check</B>\n" "or use <B>Check ISO File</B> and select an ISO file.\n" "The check can take several minutes depending on speed of the\n" "drive and size of the medium. The check verifies the MD5 checksum.</P> " @@ -1255,10 +1224,8 @@ #. help text - media check 4/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:317 msgid "" -"<P>If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the " -"installation.\n" -"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.</" -"P>\n" +"<P>If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the installation.\n" +"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.</P>\n" msgstr "" #. help text - media check 5/8 @@ -1271,9 +1238,7 @@ #. help text - media check 6/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:325 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<P><B>Note:</B> You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system." -"</P>" +msgid "<P><B>Note:</B> You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system.</P>" msgstr "" "<P><B><BIG>Ad:</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Toplama sistemi yapılandırmasına erişilirken kullanılacak\n" @@ -1282,9 +1247,7 @@ #. help text - media check 7/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:329 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<P>To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the " -"boot menu.</P>" +msgid "<P>To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the boot menu.</P>" msgstr "" "<P>Tabloda her bölüm açılış menüsündeki bir seçeneği\n" "gösterir.</P>" @@ -1292,10 +1255,8 @@ #. help text - media check 8/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:333 msgid "" -"<P>If you burn the media yourself, use the <B>pad</B> option in your " -"recording\n" -"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.</" -"P>\n" +"<P>If you burn the media yourself, use the <B>pad</B> option in your recording\n" +"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.</P>\n" msgstr "" #. advice check of the media @@ -1661,8 +1622,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information #: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1356 msgid "" -"The installation repository also contains the listed additional " -"repositories.\n" +"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1862,35 +1822,25 @@ #. warning text #: src/modules/Packages.rb:303 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-" -"bit distribution." +msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." msgstr "Ancak bir 32-bit kurulum yapmaya çalışıyorsunuz." #. help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:319 -msgid "" -"<P>The pattern list states which functionality will be available after " -"installing the system.</P>" +msgid "<P>The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system.</P>" msgstr "" #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:331 -msgid "" -"<P>The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to " -"the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and " -"working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed " -"value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) " -"free space before starting the installation.</P>" +msgid "<P>The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation.</P>" msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:336 msgid "" "<P>The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" -"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if " -"the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.</P>\n" +"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.</P>\n" msgstr "" # include/tv/ui.ycp:214 @@ -1939,23 +1889,17 @@ #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically #: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 -msgid "" -"Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation " -"media." +msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." msgstr "" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically #: src/modules/Packages.rb:500 -msgid "" -"Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation " -"media." +msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." msgstr "" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" #: src/modules/Packages.rb:541 -msgid "" -"Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot " -"start installation." +msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." msgstr "" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" @@ -2023,10 +1967,8 @@ msgid "" "<ul><li><b>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</b></li>\n" "<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" -"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or " -"module\n" -"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to " -"the\n" +"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" +"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n" "software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n" "</li></ul></li></ul>" msgstr "" @@ -2040,8 +1982,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes #: src/modules/Packages.rb:1615 msgid "" -"<p><b>The release notes for the initial release are part of the " -"installation\n" +"<p><b>The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" "download updated release notes from the SUSE Linux Web server.</b></p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -2119,9 +2060,7 @@ msgstr "Dosya okunamadı: %1" #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:149 -msgid "" -"To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the " -"root of the live media when building the image." +msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." msgstr "" # clients/support_question.ycp:85 @@ -2507,9 +2446,7 @@ #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:467 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>\n" -"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is " -"empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name." -"</p>\n" +"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.</p>\n" msgstr "" # include/runlevel/ui.ycp:429 @@ -2523,8 +2460,7 @@ #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:489 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>\n" -"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, " -"YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n" +"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. popup message @@ -2569,8 +2505,7 @@ msgid "" "<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>\n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" -"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See " -"<b>man 5 nfs</b>\n" +"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See <b>man 5 nfs</b>\n" "for details and the list of supported options." msgstr "" @@ -2801,8 +2736,7 @@ "To enable authentication, uncheck <b>Anonymous</b> and specify the\n" "<b>User Name</b> and the <b>Password</b>.</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify <b>Share</b> name and <b>Path to " -"Directory\n" +"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify <b>Share</b> name and <b>Path to Directory\n" "or ISO Image</b>. \n" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>\n" @@ -2811,8 +2745,7 @@ #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 msgid "" -"<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS " -"repository.\n" +"<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -2916,8 +2849,7 @@ msgid "" "<p><b>Download Files</b><br>\n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" -"repository. Check <b>Download repository description files</b> to download " -"the\n" +"repository. Check <b>Download repository description files</b> to download the\n" "files when closing this YaST module. If the option is unchecked, YaST will\n" "automatically download the files when it needs them later. </p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -3390,11 +3322,9 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b><big>License Confirmation</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit " -#~ "confirmation\n" +#~ "The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n" #~ "of acceptance of its license.\n" -#~ "If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be " -#~ "installed.\n" +#~ "If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be installed.\n" #~ "<br>\n" #~ "To accept the license of the package, click <b>I Agree</b>.\n" #~ "To reject the license of the package, click <b>I Disagree</b></p>." @@ -3987,21 +3917,17 @@ #~ msgstr "Dizin &seçin" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Choose a directory to which to install. Depending on the software " -#~ "selection, make sure\n" +#~ "<p>Choose a directory to which to install. Depending on the software selection, make sure\n" #~ "enough space is available.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Kurulumun yapılacağı dizini seçin. Yaptığınız yazılım seçimine göre " -#~ "yeterli disk\n" +#~ "<p>Kurulumun yapılacağı dizini seçin. Yaptığınız yazılım seçimine göre yeterli disk\n" #~ "alanının bulunduğuna emin olun.</p>\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Additionally, you can create an archive image of the directory using " -#~ "tar. To create an \n" +#~ "<p>Additionally, you can create an archive image of the directory using tar. To create an \n" #~ "image, specify the name and the location in the respective fields.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Buna ek olarak, tar ile dizinin arşivini oluşturabilirsiniz. Bu " -#~ "şekilde bir arşiv oluşturmak için\n" +#~ "<p>Buna ek olarak, tar ile dizinin arşivini oluşturabilirsiniz. Bu şekilde bir arşiv oluşturmak için\n" #~ "ilgili ad ve yer bölümlerini doldurun.</p>\n" #~ msgid "Select Directory" @@ -4139,8 +4065,7 @@ #~ "</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ " Bunun için &product; ile birlikte gelen tüm CD'leri kullanmak " -#~ "zorunda \n" +#~ " Bunun için &product; ile birlikte gelen tüm CD'leri kullanmak zorunda \n" #~ "değilsiniz. Diğer CD'lerin içinden çıkan programları daha sonra da \n" #~ "kurma imkanınız vardır.\n" #~ "</p>\n" @@ -4158,11 +4083,9 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "<b>Temel</b> sistem sadece &product; çalıştırmak için gerekli olan\n" -#~ "paketleri içerir. Bu seçenekte (X11, KDE, GNOME gibi) <b><i>grafik " -#~ "masaüstü ortamı \n" +#~ "paketleri içerir. Bu seçenekte (X11, KDE, GNOME gibi) <b><i>grafik masaüstü ortamı \n" #~ "yoktur</i></b>. Bu seçeneği kendi seçiminiz için temel alma amacıyla,\n" -#~ "grafiksel arabirim kullanmamak için veya bellek ya da disk alanı " -#~ "yetersiz\n" +#~ "grafiksel arabirim kullanmamak için veya bellek ya da disk alanı yetersiz\n" #~ "sistemler için seçebilirsiniz.\n" #~ "</p>\n" @@ -4348,8 +4271,7 @@ #~ "</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ " Bunun için &product; ile birlikte gelen tüm CD'leri kullanmak " -#~ "zorunda \n" +#~ " Bunun için &product; ile birlikte gelen tüm CD'leri kullanmak zorunda \n" #~ "değilsiniz. Diğer CD'lerin içinden çıkan programları daha sonra da \n" #~ "kurma imkanınız vardır.\n" #~ "</p>\n" @@ -4366,11 +4288,9 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "<b>Temel</b> sistem sadece &product; çalıştırmak için gerekli olan\n" -#~ "paketleri içerir. Bu seçenekte (X11, KDE, GNOME gibi) <b><i>grafik " -#~ "masaüstü ortamı \n" +#~ "paketleri içerir. Bu seçenekte (X11, KDE, GNOME gibi) <b><i>grafik masaüstü ortamı \n" #~ "yoktur</i></b>. Bu seçeneği kendi seçiminiz için temel alma amacıyla,\n" -#~ "grafiksel arabirim kullanmamak için veya bellek ya da disk alanı " -#~ "yetersiz\n" +#~ "grafiksel arabirim kullanmamak için veya bellek ya da disk alanı yetersiz\n" #~ "sistemler için seçebilirsiniz.\n" #~ "</p>\n" @@ -4652,8 +4572,7 @@ #~ msgid "Disk Space Exhausted" #~ msgstr "Disk alanı bitti." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." +#~ msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." #~ msgstr "Yeterli disk alanı yok. Bazı paketleri kaldırın." # clients/inst_sw_details.ycp:267 @@ -4799,11 +4718,9 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "<b>Temel</b> sistem sadece &product; çalıştırmak için gerekli olan\n" -#~ "paketleri içerir. Bu seçenekte (X11, KDE, GNOME gibi) <b><i>grafik " -#~ "masaüstü ortamı \n" +#~ "paketleri içerir. Bu seçenekte (X11, KDE, GNOME gibi) <b><i>grafik masaüstü ortamı \n" #~ "yoktur</i></b>. Bu seçeneği kendi seçiminiz için temel alma amacıyla,\n" -#~ "grafiksel arabirim kullanmamak için veya bellek ya da disk alanı " -#~ "yetersiz\n" +#~ "grafiksel arabirim kullanmamak için veya bellek ya da disk alanı yetersiz\n" #~ "sistemler için seçebilirsiniz.\n" #~ "</p>\n" @@ -4821,8 +4738,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "Cannot read media description for %1.\n" -#~ " Packages from this media cannot " -#~ "be installed." +#~ " Packages from this media cannot be installed." #~ msgstr "" #~ "%1 için medya tanım bilgisi okunamadı.\n" #~ "Bu medyadan paket kurulamaz." Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/pkg-bindings.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/pkg-bindings.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/pkg-bindings.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -26,37 +26,25 @@ #. help text #: src/HelpTexts.h:36 -msgid "" -"<P><BIG><B>Loading Available Packages</B></BIG></P><P>Loading available " -"objects from the configured repositories is in progress. This may take a " -"while...</P>" +msgid "<P><BIG><B>Loading Available Packages</B></BIG></P><P>Loading available objects from the configured repositories is in progress. This may take a while...</P>" msgstr "" #. help text #: src/HelpTexts.h:42 -msgid "" -"<P><BIG><B>Loading Installed Packages</B></BIG></P><P>The package manager is " -"reading installed packages...</P>" +msgid "<P><BIG><B>Loading Installed Packages</B></BIG></P><P>The package manager is reading installed packages...</P>" msgstr "" #. help text #: src/HelpTexts.h:47 -msgid "" -"<P><BIG><B>Registering a New Repository</B></BIG></P><P>A new repository is " -"being registered. The package manager is reading the list of available " -"packages in the repository...</P>" +msgid "<P><BIG><B>Registering a New Repository</B></BIG></P><P>A new repository is being registered. The package manager is reading the list of available packages in the repository...</P>" msgstr "" #: src/HelpTexts.h:52 -msgid "" -"<P><BIG><B>Saving Repositories</B></BIG></P><P>The package manager is " -"updating configured repositories...</P>" +msgid "<P><BIG><B>Saving Repositories</B></BIG></P><P>The package manager is updating configured repositories...</P>" msgstr "" #: src/HelpTexts.h:55 -msgid "" -"<P><BIG><B>Refreshing the Repository</B></BIG></P><P>The package manager is " -"updating the repository content...</P>" +msgid "<P><BIG><B>Refreshing the Repository</B></BIG></P><P>The package manager is updating the repository content...</P>" msgstr "" # clients/online_update_load.ycp:923 Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/printer.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/printer.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/printer.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -76,20 +76,17 @@ #. mandatory to set up local print queues. #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:92 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Cannot configure printing (required package cups-client is not installed)." +msgid "Cannot configure printing (required package cups-client is not installed)." msgstr "Gerekli paketler kurulmadan devam edilemez." #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:102 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Cannot configure local printers (required package cups is not installed)." +msgid "Cannot configure local printers (required package cups is not installed)." msgstr "Gerekli paketler kurulmadan devam edilemez." #. Skip automated queue setup when it is a client-only config: #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:117 -msgid "" -"No local printer accessible (using remote CUPS server '%1' for printing)." +msgid "No local printer accessible (using remote CUPS server '%1' for printing)." msgstr "" #. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd: @@ -205,17 +202,14 @@ #. Header for a dialog section where the user can #. specify if USB printers are configured automatically: #: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:61 -msgid "" -"Specify if automatic USB printer configuration should happen when plug in" +msgid "Specify if automatic USB printer configuration should happen when plug in" msgstr "" #. CheckBox for automatic configuration of USB printers #. by installing or removing the RPM package udev-configure-printer. #. Do not change or translate "udev-configure-printer", it is a RPM package name. #: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:75 -msgid "" -"&Use the package udev-configure-printer for automatic USB printer " -"configuration" +msgid "&Use the package udev-configure-printer for automatic USB printer configuration" msgstr "" #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: @@ -234,9 +228,7 @@ #. PopupYesNoHeadline headline #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:101 -msgid "" -"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with automatic configuration of " -"printers for the local system." +msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with automatic configuration of printers for the local system." msgstr "" #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system @@ -566,9 +558,7 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a wrong queue name was entered: #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:379 -msgid "" -"Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_' are " -"allowed for the queue name." +msgid "Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_' are allowed for the queue name." msgstr "" #. when a queue name is changed to be valid: @@ -592,9 +582,7 @@ #. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown #. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:430 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:821 -msgid "" -"If the next dialog does not show the new printer configuration as expected, " -"wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." +msgid "If the next dialog does not show the new printer configuration as expected, wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." msgstr "" #. Only a simple message because before the RunHpsetup function was called @@ -649,9 +637,7 @@ #. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term when no driver is used. #. Do not change or translate "System V style interface script", it is a technical term. #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:315 -msgid "" -"No driver is used (it is a 'raw' queue or a 'System V style interface " -"script' is used)" +msgid "No driver is used (it is a 'raw' queue or a 'System V style interface script' is used)" msgstr "" #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:323 @@ -713,9 +699,7 @@ #. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown #. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:823 -msgid "" -"If the next dialog does not show the expected modifications, wait some time " -"and use the 'Refresh List' button." +msgid "If the next dialog does not show the expected modifications, wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." msgstr "" # clients/sound_options.ycp:165 @@ -746,8 +730,7 @@ #. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term #. when no driver is used for a print queue. #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:432 -msgid "" -"Keep the model or select a &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up" +msgid "Keep the model or select a &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up" msgstr "" # include/scanner/scanner_notfound.ycp:34 @@ -826,8 +809,7 @@ msgid "" "To access a HP device via the 'hp' backend,\n" "the RPM package hplip must be installed." -msgstr "" -"<p>X11 sistemine erişim için <b>%1</b> paketinin kurulu olması gerekir.</p>" +msgstr "<p>X11 sistemine erişim için <b>%1</b> paketinin kurulu olması gerekir.</p>" #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:644 #, fuzzy @@ -886,11 +868,8 @@ #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1076 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"To access a bluetooth printer, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed." -msgstr "" -"<p>Ağ Dosya Sistemine erişim için <b>%1</b> paketinin kurulu olması gerekir." -"</p>" +msgid "To access a bluetooth printer, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed." +msgstr "<p>Ağ Dosya Sistemine erişim için <b>%1</b> paketinin kurulu olması gerekir.</p>" #. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it #. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason @@ -977,11 +956,8 @@ #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1402 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"<p>X11 sistemine erişim için <b>%1</b> paketinin kurulu olması gerekir.</p>" +msgid "To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed." +msgstr "<p>X11 sistemine erişim için <b>%1</b> paketinin kurulu olması gerekir.</p>" #. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it #. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason @@ -1061,8 +1037,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1792 #, fuzzy msgid "To access an IPX print queue, the RPM package ncpfs must be installed." -msgstr "" -"<p>X11 sistemine erişim için <b>%1</b> paketinin kurulu olması gerekir.</p>" +msgstr "<p>X11 sistemine erişim için <b>%1</b> paketinin kurulu olması gerekir.</p>" #. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it #. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason @@ -1336,8 +1311,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2481 -msgid "" -"The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit." +msgid "The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit." msgstr "" #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2523 @@ -1509,11 +1483,8 @@ #. the rest makes no sense (in particular the ln commands would create nonsense links in $PWD): #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3245 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"<p>X11 sistemine erişim için <b>%1</b> paketinin kurulu olması gerekir.</p>" +msgid "To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be installed." +msgstr "<p>X11 sistemine erişim için <b>%1</b> paketinin kurulu olması gerekir.</p>" #. Show a user notification before it gets disabled: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3285 @@ -1730,8 +1701,7 @@ #. Simply exit this dialog because it does not make sense to proceed here #. and there is nothing else to be done after this: #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:679 -msgid "" -"The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification." +msgid "The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification." msgstr "" #. when a PPD file is not in compliance: @@ -1742,8 +1712,7 @@ #. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline #. when PPD file is not in compliance: #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:699 -msgid "" -"A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures." +msgid "A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures." msgstr "" #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:716 @@ -1795,14 +1764,12 @@ "<b><big>Print Queue Overview</big></b><br>\n" "A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue.<br>\n" "When various applications submit print jobs simultaneously,\n" -"these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the " -"printer\n" +"these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the printer\n" "device.<br>\n" "It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer\n" "device.\n" "For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver for a color device\n" -"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL " -"printer.\n" +"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1899,19 +1866,14 @@ "<b><big>Set Up a New Queue for a Printer Device</big></b><br>\n" "A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue.<br>\n" "When various application programs submit print jobs simultaneously,\n" -"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device." -"<br>\n" -"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer " -"device.\n" -"Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer " -"drivers\n" +"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device.<br>\n" +"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer device.\n" +"Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer drivers\n" "should be used for the same printer device.\n" "For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver\n" "to enforce black-only printout on a color device\n" -"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL " -"printer\n" -"because printing via the PCL driver is usually faster (but with less " -"quality).\n" +"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer\n" +"because printing via the PCL driver is usually faster (but with less quality).\n" "</p>" msgstr "" @@ -1930,8 +1892,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"The <b>connection</b> determines which way data is sent to the printer " -"device.<br>\n" +"The <b>connection</b> determines which way data is sent to the printer device.<br>\n" "If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout.<br>\n" "If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n" @@ -1939,10 +1900,8 @@ "In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n" "and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n" "The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n" -"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything " -"else\n" -"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one " -"device)\n" +"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n" +"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n" "the 'hp:/...' connection must be used.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1954,8 +1913,7 @@ "The <b>driver</b> determines that the right data is produced for the\n" "specific printer model.<br>\n" "If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n" -"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all." -"<br>\n" +"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all.<br>\n" "Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" "with the autodetected model name of the currently selected connection\n" "and those drivers where the driver description matches to the model name\n" @@ -1980,8 +1938,7 @@ "and feel free to play around and modify the settings\n" "to what you know what works best for your printer.<br>\n" "If no driver description matches to the autodetected model name,\n" -"it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the " -"model.\n" +"it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the model.\n" "Often only the model name in the driver descriptions\n" "is different from the autodetected model name.\n" "Therefore you can enter whatever you like as driver search string\n" @@ -2062,8 +2019,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:268 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"The <b>connection</b> determines how data is sent to the printer device." -"<br>\n" +"The <b>connection</b> determines how data is sent to the printer device.<br>\n" "If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout.<br>\n" "If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n" @@ -2071,10 +2027,8 @@ "In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n" "and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n" "The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n" -"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything " -"else\n" -"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one " -"device)\n" +"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n" +"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n" "the 'hp:/...' connection must be used.<br>\n" "When you exchange the currently used connection with another one,\n" "the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" @@ -2111,12 +2065,9 @@ "The <b>driver</b> determines that the right data is produced for the\n" "specific printer model.<br>\n" "If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n" -"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all." -"<br>\n" -"You can either select another driver and modify its driver option settings " -"later\n" -"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now." -"<br>\n" +"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all.<br>\n" +"You can either select another driver and modify its driver option settings later\n" +"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now.<br>\n" "Some driver option settings must match to your particular printer.\n" "For example the default paper size setting of the driver\n" "must match to the paper which is actually loaded in your printer.<br>\n" @@ -2125,8 +2076,7 @@ "should work for the particular driver.\n" "Nevertheless it may happen that your particular printer fails to print\n" "with high resolution. For example when you have a laser printer\n" -"which has insufficient built-in memory to process high resolution pages." -"<br>\n" +"which has insufficient built-in memory to process high resolution pages.<br>\n" "When you exchange the currently used driver by another one,\n" "you must first apply this change to the print queue\n" "so that the new driver is used for the queue\n" @@ -2134,8 +2084,7 @@ "and then in a second step you can adjust all driver options\n" "by using this dialog again.<br>\n" "Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" -"with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was " -"not changed.\n" +"with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was not changed.\n" "This results usually only one single driver which matches\n" "so that you would have to enter a less specific driver search string\n" "to get also other drivers or you use the 'Find More' button.\n" @@ -2150,10 +2099,8 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "In contrast to connection and driver where you must select the right one,\n" -"you are free to enter arbitrary strings for <b>description</b> and " -"<b>location</b>.\n" -"Application programs often show description and location in the print " -"dialog.\n" +"you are free to enter arbitrary strings for <b>description</b> and <b>location</b>.\n" +"Application programs often show description and location in the print dialog.\n" "To make sure that those strings look correct in any language\n" "which a particular user of a particular application program may use,\n" "it is safe when you use only plain ASCII text without\n" @@ -2259,8 +2206,7 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Specify the Connection</big></b><br>\n" -"The <b>connection</b> determines how data is sent to the printer device." -"<br>\n" +"The <b>connection</b> determines how data is sent to the printer device.<br>\n" "If a wrong connection is used, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -2272,24 +2218,19 @@ "<p>\n" "<b><big>Printer Device URI</big></b><br>\n" "A connection is specified as so called <b>device URI</b>.<br>\n" -"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-" -"transfer,\n" +"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-transfer,\n" "for example 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'.<br>\n" "After the scheme there are more or less additional components\n" "which specify the details for this kind of data-transfer.<br>\n" "Space characters are not allowed in an URI.\n" "Therefore a space character in a value of an URI component\n" -"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character)." -"<br>\n" +"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character).<br>\n" "The components of an URI are separated by special reserved characters like\n" -"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign " -"'='.<br>\n" -"Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark " -"'?')\n" +"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign '='.<br>\n" +"Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark '?')\n" "of the form 'option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3' so that\n" "a full device URI could be for example:<br>\n" -"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&" -"waitprinter=false<br>\n" +"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false<br>\n" "Some examples:<br>\n" "A USB printer model 'Fun Printer 1000+' made by 'ACME'\n" "with serial number 'A1B2C3' may have a device URI like:<br>\n" @@ -2407,10 +2348,8 @@ "Example device URIs:<br>\n" "serial:/dev/ttyS9?baud=9600+bits=8+parity=none+flow=soft+stop=1<br>\n" "bluetooth://1A2B3C4D5E6F<br>\n" -"To access a device via bluetooth, the RPM package bluez-cups must be " -"installed.\n" -"The package provides the CUPS backend 'bluetooth' which actually sends the " -"data\n" +"To access a device via bluetooth, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed.\n" +"The package provides the CUPS backend 'bluetooth' which actually sends the data\n" "to a bluetooth printer.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" @@ -2419,8 +2358,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:586 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big></" -"b><br>\n" +"<b><big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big></b><br>\n" "A printserver box is a small device with a network connection\n" "and a USB or parallel port connection to connect the actual printer.\n" "A network printer has such a device built-in.\n" @@ -2468,8 +2406,7 @@ "Ask your network administrator what which print server machine\n" "provides in your particular network:<br>\n" "<b>Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS)</b><br>\n" -"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be " -"installed.\n" +"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed.\n" "The package provides the CUPS backend 'smb' which is a link to\n" "the <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt> program which actually sends the data\n" "to a SMB printer share.<br>\n" @@ -2512,8 +2449,7 @@ "the following device URI to access a 'Fun Printer 1000+' share:<br>\n" "smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B<br>\n" "For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>man smbspool</tt> and<br>\n" -"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)" -"_Share_or_Windows_Share<br>\n" +"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share<br>\n" "'Windows' and 'Active Directory' are registered trademarks\n" "of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.<br>\n" "<b>Traditional UNIX Server (LPR)</b><br>\n" @@ -2581,12 +2517,10 @@ "The last parameter is the original URI, which the queue had before.<br>\n" "Example:<br>\n" "beh:/1/3/5/socket://ip-address:port-number<br>\n" -"The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second " -"delay\n" +"The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second delay\n" "between the attempts. If access still fails, the queue is not disabled\n" "and the print job is lost.<br>\n" -"For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/" -"beh</tt> and<br>\n" +"For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> and<br>\n" "http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler\n" "</p>" msgstr "" @@ -2596,8 +2530,7 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Printing Via Network</big></b><br>\n" -"Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) is used to print via network." -"<br>\n" +"Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) is used to print via network.<br>\n" "By default CUPS uses its so called 'Browsing' mode\n" "to make printers available via network.<br>\n" "In this case remote CUPS servers must publish their printers via network\n" @@ -2653,10 +2586,8 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "If you print only via network and if you use only one single CUPS server,\n" -"there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your " -"host.\n" -"Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly." -"<br>\n" +"there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your host.\n" +"Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly.<br>\n" "A possible drawback is that application programs may be delayed\n" "for some time (until a timeout happens) when they try\n" "to access the CUPS server but it is actually not available\n" @@ -2689,8 +2620,7 @@ "Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) should be set up to use\n" "its so called 'Browsing' mode to make printers available via network.<br>\n" "In this case CUPS servers publish their local print queues via network\n" -"and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must " -"run\n" +"and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must run\n" "which is listening for incoming information about published printers.<br>\n" "CUPS Browsing information is received via UDP port 631.\n" "</p>" @@ -2701,17 +2631,14 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "First of all CUPS client systems must be allowed to access the CUPS server.\n" -"Then specify whether or not printers should be published to the clients." -"<br>\n" +"Then specify whether or not printers should be published to the clients.<br>\n" "In a local network the usual way to set up CUPS Browsing is\n" "to allow remote access for all hosts in the local network\n" "and to publish printers to all those hosts.<br>\n" "It is not required to publish printers in any case.<br>\n" -"If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS " -"Browsing.\n" +"If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS Browsing.\n" "Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server on the client systems\n" -"(via 'Printing Via Network') so that the clients access the server " -"directly.\n" +"(via 'Printing Via Network') so that the clients access the server directly.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" @@ -2804,8 +2731,7 @@ "<br>\n" "The following error policies exist:<br>\n" "Stop the printer and keep the job for future printing.<br>\n" -"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by " -"default).<br>\n" +"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by default).<br>\n" "Abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" @@ -2945,8 +2871,7 @@ #. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own. #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:128 msgid "" -"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not " -"accessible.\n" +"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not accessible.\n" "Check with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd is accessible.\n" "A non-accessible cupsd leads to an endless sequence of further failures.\n" msgstr "" @@ -2993,8 +2918,7 @@ #. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and #. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237 -msgid "" -"A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." +msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." msgstr "" #. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name. @@ -3026,8 +2950,7 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610 -msgid "" -"This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." +msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." msgstr "" #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617 @@ -3037,9 +2960,7 @@ #. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619 -msgid "" -"The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be " -"restored." +msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored." msgstr "" #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: @@ -3104,9 +3025,7 @@ #. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback #. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731 -msgid "" -"There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is " -"printed." +msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed." msgstr "" #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. @@ -3256,8 +3175,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051 -msgid "" -"CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" +msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" msgstr "" #. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty, @@ -3268,9 +3186,7 @@ #. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078 -msgid "" -"When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote " -"system." +msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system." msgstr "" #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: @@ -3285,8 +3201,7 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164 -msgid "" -"This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." +msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." msgstr "" #. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy @@ -3344,9 +3259,7 @@ #. PopupYesNoHeadline headline #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:139 -msgid "" -"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with setting policies for the local " -"system." +msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with setting policies for the local system." msgstr "" #. where %1 will be replaced by the print queue name. @@ -3617,8 +3530,7 @@ #. they are at least informend why there may be still remote queues: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:727 msgid "" -"When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept " -"announcements'\n" +"When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept announcements'\n" "or after 'request printer information from CUPS servers' was disabled\n" "it takes usually 5 minutes until already received information faded away..." msgstr "" @@ -3705,17 +3617,14 @@ #. TextEntry to allow remote access to local print queues #. for hosts and/or networks: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:180 -msgid "" -"Allow access from those IP addresses or &network/netmask (separated by space)" +msgid "Allow access from those IP addresses or &network/netmask (separated by space)" msgstr "" #. TextEntry to publish local print queues #. to IP addresses and/or network broadcast addresses: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:192 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Publish to these IP addresses or network &broadcast addresses (separated by " -"space)" +msgid "Publish to these IP addresses or network &broadcast addresses (separated by space)" msgstr "NIS sunucu adı ya da adresi" #. A CheckBox label to publish local print queues by default @@ -3787,9 +3696,7 @@ #. PopupYesNoHeadline headline #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:643 -msgid "" -"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with sharing local printer " -"configurations." +msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with sharing local printer configurations." msgstr "" # include/cups/ui.ycp:2432 @@ -4234,8 +4141,7 @@ #: src/modules/Printer.rb:2691 msgid "" "Launched hp-setup.\n" -"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer " -"configuration.\n" +"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer configuration.\n" msgstr "" #. from the BasicAdd dialog but the RPM package hplip is not installed: @@ -4252,16 +4158,13 @@ #. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:179 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository " -"available." +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository available." msgstr "Bu paket kurulu değildir ve kurulmayacaktır." #. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name: #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:194 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." msgstr "Bu paket kurulu değildir ve kurulmayacaktır." # clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:647 @@ -4435,8 +4338,7 @@ # include/nfs/nfs_write.ycp:80 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Failed to set 'ConfigureNewPrinters=yes' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" +#~ msgid "Failed to set 'ConfigureNewPrinters=yes' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" #~ msgstr "/etc/fstab dosyasında belirtilen NFS girdileri bağlanamıyor." # include/nfs/nfs_write.ycp:80 @@ -4446,14 +4348,12 @@ # include/nfs/nfs_write.ycp:80 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Failed to set 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=yes' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" +#~ msgid "Failed to set 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=yes' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" #~ msgstr "/etc/fstab dosyasında belirtilen NFS girdileri bağlanamıyor." # include/nfs/nfs_write.ycp:80 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Failed to set 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=no' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" +#~ msgid "Failed to set 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=no' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" #~ msgstr "/etc/fstab dosyasında belirtilen NFS girdileri bağlanamıyor." # include/nfs/nfs_write.ycp:80 @@ -4610,8 +4510,7 @@ # classnames.ycp:12 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Access and printer information from the external network zone is denied" +#~ msgid "Access and printer information from the external network zone is denied" #~ msgstr "&Harici arabirimlerden erişime izin ver" # classnames.ycp:12 @@ -4780,8 +4679,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "'Error Policy' is not yet implemented." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Yeni PowerMac'ler için açılış yapılandırılması henüz geliştirilmedi." +#~ msgstr "Yeni PowerMac'ler için açılış yapılandırılması henüz geliştirilmedi." # clients/rc_config_step1.ycp:119 #, fuzzy @@ -4854,8 +4752,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Bilinmeyen PPD dosya takma adı: %1" #~ msgid "Only one of 'allowusers' and 'denyusers' can be specified." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "'allowusers' ve 'denyusers' seçeneklerinden sadece biri seçilebilir." +#~ msgstr "'allowusers' ve 'denyusers' seçeneklerinden sadece biri seçilebilir." #~ msgid "Detected Printers:" #~ msgstr "Algılanan yazıcılar:" @@ -4910,20 +4807,12 @@ #~ msgstr "Yapılandırılmış kuyruğu düzenle" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Set options that will be writted directly to the PPD file. Options that " -#~ "are not mentioned remain untouched." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "PPD dosyasına doğrudan yazılacak seçenekleri belirleyin. Dİğer seçenekler " -#~ "değiştirilmeden kalacaklardır." +#~ msgid "Set options that will be writted directly to the PPD file. Options that are not mentioned remain untouched." +#~ msgstr "PPD dosyasına doğrudan yazılacak seçenekleri belirleyin. Dİğer seçenekler değiştirilmeden kalacaklardır." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Set options that will be written to /etc/cups/lpoptions. Options that are " -#~ "not mentioned remain untouched." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "/etc/cups/lpoptions dosyasına yazılacak seçenekleri belirleyin. Diğer " -#~ "seçenekler değiştirilmeden kalacaklardır." +#~ msgid "Set options that will be written to /etc/cups/lpoptions. Options that are not mentioned remain untouched." +#~ msgstr "/etc/cups/lpoptions dosyasına yazılacak seçenekleri belirleyin. Diğer seçenekler değiştirilmeden kalacaklardır." #~ msgid "List known manufacturers" #~ msgstr "Bilinen üreticileri listele" @@ -4932,9 +4821,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Bilinen üreticilerin bilinen modellerini listele" #~ msgid "List known nicknames for specified model of specified manufacturers" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bilinen üreticilerin belirtilen bir modelinin bilinen takma adlarını " -#~ "listele" +#~ msgstr "Bilinen üreticilerin belirtilen bir modelinin bilinen takma adlarını listele" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "List options of the PPD file of the specified queue" @@ -5012,12 +4899,8 @@ #~ msgstr "CUPS istemcini kullan" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Specify the default queue. If not set, the default queue of the server " -#~ "will be used" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Öntanımlı kuyruğu seçin. Seçim yapılmazsa sunucudaki öntanımlı kuyruk " -#~ "kullanılacaktır." +#~ msgid "Specify the default queue. If not set, the default queue of the server will be used" +#~ msgstr "Öntanımlı kuyruğu seçin. Seçim yapılmazsa sunucudaki öntanımlı kuyruk kullanılacaktır." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Type of the test page: ascii, graphic, or photo" @@ -5025,9 +4908,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "During the following step, only local printers are detected.\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bİr sonraki adım sırasında YaST2 sadece yerel yazıcıları algılamaya " -#~ "çalışacaktır.\n" +#~ msgstr "Bİr sonraki adım sırasında YaST2 sadece yerel yazıcıları algılamaya çalışacaktır.\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -5038,8 +4919,7 @@ #~ "Detect your printers now?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Yazıcı algılaması şimdi başlatılabilir. Bazı durumlarda algılama işlemi\n" -#~ "sistemin kilitlenmesine yol açabilir. Eğer sistem kilitlenirse, " -#~ "yapılandırma\n" +#~ "sistemin kilitlenmesine yol açabilir. Eğer sistem kilitlenirse, yapılandırma\n" #~ "işlemini yeniden başlattığınızda Algılamayı atla seçeneğini kullanınız.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Algılamayı başlatmayı istiyor musunuz?" @@ -5856,23 +5736,16 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><big><b>I/O Addresses</b></big><br>If you have an uncommon parallel " -#~ "port \n" +#~ "<p><big><b>I/O Addresses</b></big><br>If you have an uncommon parallel port \n" #~ "card, it may not be possible to detect it automatically. In such cases,\n" -#~ "you must specify its I/O addresses. Enter I/O addresses separated by " -#~ "commas \n" -#~ "for all parallel ports here, from the first to the last. For example, " -#~ "<tt>\n" -#~ "0x378,0x2f8</tt>.</p><p>If your parallel port works, leave this field " -#~ "untouched.</p>" +#~ "you must specify its I/O addresses. Enter I/O addresses separated by commas \n" +#~ "for all parallel ports here, from the first to the last. For example, <tt>\n" +#~ "0x378,0x2f8</tt>.</p><p>If your parallel port works, leave this field untouched.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><big><b>Paralel port IO:</b></big><br>Eğer normalden farklı bir " -#~ "paralel portunuz\n" -#~ "varsa bu port otomatik olarak algılanamayabilir. Bu durumda IO adresini " -#~ "belirtmelisiniz.\n" +#~ "<p><big><b>Paralel port IO:</b></big><br>Eğer normalden farklı bir paralel portunuz\n" +#~ "varsa bu port otomatik olarak algılanamayabilir. Bu durumda IO adresini belirtmelisiniz.\n" #~ "IO adreslerini birinciden sonuncuya doğru virgülle ayırarak girin.\n" -#~ "Örneğin: <tt>0x378,0x2f8</tt><br> gibi. Eğer paralel portunuz çalışıyorsa " -#~ "boş bırakınız.</p>\n" +#~ "Örneğin: <tt>0x378,0x2f8</tt><br> gibi. Eğer paralel portunuz çalışıyorsa boş bırakınız.</p>\n" #~ msgid "<p>Changes will be saved immediately after you press OK.</p>" #~ msgstr "<p>Tamam düğmesine bastığınızda değişiklikler kaydedilecektir.</p>" @@ -5888,15 +5761,12 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b>Other Settings:</b>\n" -#~ "You can specify extra settings for your serial port. They may differ " -#~ "depending on your\n" +#~ "You can specify extra settings for your serial port. They may differ depending on your\n" #~ "spooler. Leave it empty to use the defaults. </p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><big><b>Diğer ayarlar:</b></big><br>\n" -#~ "Seri portunuz için fazladan ayarlar yapabilirsiniz. Bu ayarlar " -#~ "toplayıcıya bağlı olarak\n" -#~ "farklılık gösterebilir. Ön tanımlı ayarları kullanmak için boş bırakın.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "Seri portunuz için fazladan ayarlar yapabilirsiniz. Bu ayarlar toplayıcıya bağlı olarak\n" +#~ "farklılık gösterebilir. Ön tanımlı ayarları kullanmak için boş bırakın.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Parallel Printer Connection" @@ -5932,8 +5802,7 @@ #~ "type of the local port to which your printer is connected.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Paralel, USB, Seri, IrDA yazıcısı</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "Yerel olarak bağlı bir yazıcıyı yapılandırmak için yazıcınızın bağlı " -#~ "olduğu\n" +#~ "Yerel olarak bağlı bir yazıcıyı yapılandırmak için yazıcınızın bağlı olduğu\n" #~ "yerel port türünü belirtin.</p>\n" #, fuzzy @@ -5979,8 +5848,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Network Printer</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "To print directly to a network printer or using a print server box, " -#~ "select\n" +#~ "To print directly to a network printer or using a print server box, select\n" #~ "<B>Print Directly to a Network Printer</B>.</P>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Ağ yazıcısı</BIG></B><BR>\n" @@ -5997,10 +5865,8 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Yapılandırımış yazıcı için yeni kuyruk\n" #~ "</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "Yazıcı yeri, üretici ve model adı gibi bilgileri tekrar girmeye gerek " -#~ "kalmadan\n" -#~ "yapılandırılmış bir yazıcıya yeni bir kuyruk ekleyebilirsiniz. Bunun " -#~ "için\n" +#~ "Yazıcı yeri, üretici ve model adı gibi bilgileri tekrar girmeye gerek kalmadan\n" +#~ "yapılandırılmış bir yazıcıya yeni bir kuyruk ekleyebilirsiniz. Bunun için\n" #~ "<B>Mevcut yazıcı için yeni kuyruk oluştur</B> seçeneğini kullanın.</P>\n" #, fuzzy @@ -6009,8 +5875,7 @@ #~ "To set another kind of queue, select <B>Other Setup</B>.</P>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Diğer tür kurulum:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "Başka tür bir kuyruk aygıtı kurmak istiyorsanız, <b>Diğer tür kurulum</b> " -#~ "düğmesine basın.</P>\n" +#~ "Başka tür bir kuyruk aygıtı kurmak istiyorsanız, <b>Diğer tür kurulum</b> düğmesine basın.</P>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -6026,13 +5891,11 @@ #~ "<P><B><BIG>CUPS Client-Only</BIG></B><BR>\n" #~ "All queues of one CUPS server will be available to this computer.\n" #~ "Every new queue added to the server will be accessible on this computer.\n" -#~ "You cannot add any local printers when using the client-only " -#~ "configuration,\n" +#~ "You cannot add any local printers when using the client-only configuration,\n" #~ "because no local CUPS server is running.</P>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>CUPS sadece istemci</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "Bir CUPS sunucusunun tüm kuyrukları bu bilgisayarda kullanılabilir " -#~ "olacaktır.\n" +#~ "Bir CUPS sunucusunun tüm kuyrukları bu bilgisayarda kullanılabilir olacaktır.\n" #~ "Sunucuya eklenecek tüm kuyruklar da kullanılabilecektir. Sadece istemci\n" #~ "modunda çalışırken yerel bir CUPS sunucusu çalışmadığından sisteme yerel\n" #~ "yazıcılar ekleyemezsiniz.</P>\n" @@ -6052,8 +5915,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Remote IPP Queue</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "Only the specified queue of the specified remote CUPS server will be " -#~ "accessible\n" +#~ "Only the specified queue of the specified remote CUPS server will be accessible\n" #~ "on this computer.</P>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Uzak IPP kuyruğu</BIG></B><BR>\n" @@ -6068,8 +5930,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Doğrudan TCP port basımı</BIG></B><BR>\n" #~ "Yazdırma işlemleri doğrudan uzak bilgisayarın TCP soketine gönderilir.\n" -#~ "Çoğu yazdırma sunucu kutuları ve ağ yazıcıları için bu seçeneği " -#~ "kullanabilirsiniz.</P>\n" +#~ "Çoğu yazdırma sunucu kutuları ve ağ yazıcıları için bu seçeneği kullanabilirsiniz.</P>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -6091,12 +5952,10 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<P><B>CUPS Class</B><BR>\n" -#~ "You can group some printers into one class then print to the class. CUPS " -#~ "will divide print jobs between members of the class.</P>" +#~ "You can group some printers into one class then print to the class. CUPS will divide print jobs between members of the class.</P>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>CUPS sınıfı</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "Bazı yazıcıları bir sınıfta toplayıp sınıfa baskı yapabilirsiniz. CUPS " -#~ "baskı işlerini sınıf üyeleri arasında paylaştıracaktır.</P>\n" +#~ "Bazı yazıcıları bir sınıfta toplayıp sınıfa baskı yapabilirsiniz. CUPS baskı işlerini sınıf üyeleri arasında paylaştıracaktır.</P>\n" # include/cups/helps.ycp:410 #, fuzzy @@ -6202,8 +6061,7 @@ #~ "</BIG></B><BR>Set advanced settings of the serial port here.</P>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Seri port ayrıntıları:\n" -#~ "</BIG></B><BR>Seri portun gelişmiş ayarlarını buradan yapabilirsiniz.</" -#~ "P>\n" +#~ "</BIG></B><BR>Seri portun gelişmiş ayarlarını buradan yapabilirsiniz.</P>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -6239,11 +6097,8 @@ #~ "Yazım sunucunuzun makine adını giriniz.</P>\n" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P><B><BIG>Remote Queue</BIG></B><BR>Enter the name of the remote printer." -#~ "</P>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P><B><BIG>Uzak kuyruk:</BIG></B><BR>Uzak yazıcının adını giriniz.</P>" +#~ msgid "<P><B><BIG>Remote Queue</BIG></B><BR>Enter the name of the remote printer.</P>" +#~ msgstr "<P><B><BIG>Uzak kuyruk:</BIG></B><BR>Uzak yazıcının adını giriniz.</P>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -6251,8 +6106,7 @@ #~ "Enter the username and password for accessing the print server.</P>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Kullanıcı, parola:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "Yazım sunucusuna erişim için gereken kullanıcı adı ve parolayı giriniz.</" -#~ "P>\n" +#~ "Yazım sunucusuna erişim için gereken kullanıcı adı ve parolayı giriniz.</P>\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<P>To verify the name,\n" @@ -6264,8 +6118,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Program Name</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "Set the name of the program to execute for each job. The program gets " -#~ "the\n" +#~ "Set the name of the program to execute for each job. The program gets the\n" #~ "job using standard input.</P>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Program adı:</BIG></B><BR>\n" @@ -6275,16 +6128,12 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>URI</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "Set the URI of the printer. This universal queue type for CUPS can be " -#~ "used if you have a new queue type supported by CUPS, but YaST2 support is " -#~ "missing,\n" +#~ "Set the URI of the printer. This universal queue type for CUPS can be used if you have a new queue type supported by CUPS, but YaST2 support is missing,\n" #~ "for example, if you installed a new CUPS back-end.</P>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>URI:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "Yazıcının URI'sini girin. CUPS için olan bu evrensel kuyruk tipi CUPS " -#~ "tarafından desteklenen, ancak YaST tarafından desteklenmeyen\n" -#~ "yeni bir kuyruk tipine sahip olduğunuz zaman kullanılabilir.(örneğin, " -#~ "daha yeni bir CUPS sistemi kurmuşsanız)</P>" +#~ "Yazıcının URI'sini girin. CUPS için olan bu evrensel kuyruk tipi CUPS tarafından desteklenen, ancak YaST tarafından desteklenmeyen\n" +#~ "yeni bir kuyruk tipine sahip olduğunuz zaman kullanılabilir.(örneğin, daha yeni bir CUPS sistemi kurmuşsanız)</P>" # include/cups/helps.ycp:174 #~ msgid "" @@ -6296,33 +6145,24 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<P>You can use classical device names, like <tt>/dev/usb/lp0</tt>, " -#~ "which \n" +#~ "<P>You can use classical device names, like <tt>/dev/usb/lp0</tt>, which \n" #~ "are problematic if you use multiple USB printers and the order in which\n" #~ "they are turned on is not fixed.</P>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P>Standart aygıt adlarını (örneğin, <I>/dev/usb/lp0</I>) " -#~ "kullanabilirsiniz,\n" -#~ "ancak birden fazla USB yazıcısı kullanıyorsanız hangi yazıcının hangi " -#~ "sırada\n" +#~ "<P>Standart aygıt adlarını (örneğin, <I>/dev/usb/lp0</I>) kullanabilirsiniz,\n" +#~ "ancak birden fazla USB yazıcısı kullanıyorsanız hangi yazıcının hangi sırada\n" #~ "açıldığı belli olmadığından sorunlarla karşılaşabilirsiniz.</P>\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<P>The other possibility is to use CUPS-like device names, which " -#~ "contain,\n" -#~ "instead of the real device name, the vendor, model, and serial number of " -#~ "the\n" +#~ "<P>The other possibility is to use CUPS-like device names, which contain,\n" +#~ "instead of the real device name, the vendor, model, and serial number of the\n" #~ "printer.</P>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P>Diğer imkan ise CUPS türü adları, yani yazıcının gerçek adı yerine\n" -#~ "yazıcının üretici, model ve seri numarasını içeren adları kullanmaktır.</" -#~ "P>\n" +#~ "yazıcının üretici, model ve seri numarasını içeren adları kullanmaktır.</P>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P>Note that some USB printers do not report their serial numbers.</P>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P>Bazı USB yazıcıların seri numaralarını rapor etmediğine dikkat edin.</" -#~ "P>" +#~ msgid "<P>Note that some USB printers do not report their serial numbers.</P>" +#~ msgstr "<P>Bazı USB yazıcıların seri numaralarını rapor etmediğine dikkat edin.</P>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -6331,52 +6171,36 @@ #~ "or as a stand-alone printing system. \n" #~ "To use local printers, you cannot use the client-only installation.</P>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P><B><BIG>Toplayıcı</BIG></B><BR> LPRng ve CUPS toplayıcıları arasında " -#~ "geçiş yapabilirsiniz. Cups toplayıcısı ağ yazım sunucusuna istemci " -#~ "olarak\n" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Toplayıcı</BIG></B><BR> LPRng ve CUPS toplayıcıları arasında geçiş yapabilirsiniz. Cups toplayıcısı ağ yazım sunucusuna istemci olarak\n" #~ "ya da tek başına baskı sistemi olarak kurulabilir. \n" -#~ "Yerel yazıcıları kullanmak için, 'sadece istemci kurulumu'nu " -#~ "kullanamazsınız.</P>" +#~ "Yerel yazıcıları kullanmak için, 'sadece istemci kurulumu'nu kullanamazsınız.</P>" # include/cups/helps.ycp:192 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P><B><BIG>Save Method</BIG></B><BR>Select whether to save changed queues " -#~ "only or all queues.</P>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P><B><BIG>Kayıt yöntemi</BIG></B><BR>Sadece değişen kuyrukları ya da tüm " -#~ "kuyrukları kaydetmeyi seçin.</P>" +#~ msgid "<P><B><BIG>Save Method</BIG></B><BR>Select whether to save changed queues only or all queues.</P>" +#~ msgstr "<P><B><BIG>Kayıt yöntemi</BIG></B><BR>Sadece değişen kuyrukları ya da tüm kuyrukları kaydetmeyi seçin.</P>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<P><B><BIG>Reinstalling Printing Packages</BIG></B><BR>Problems " -#~ "configuring printing can be caused by\n" -#~ "old or corrupted packages in your installation. Clicking <B>Reinstall " -#~ "Printing Packages</B> might fix these problems.</P>\n" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Reinstalling Printing Packages</BIG></B><BR>Problems configuring printing can be caused by\n" +#~ "old or corrupted packages in your installation. Clicking <B>Reinstall Printing Packages</B> might fix these problems.</P>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P><B><BIG>Baskı paketlerini yeniden kur</BIG></B><BR> Baskı " -#~ "yapılandırmasında sorunlar yaşıyorsanız bu sorunlar kurulumunuzdaki\n" -#~ "eski ya da bozulmuş paketler tarafından ortaya çıkıyor olabilir. <B>Baskı " -#~ "paketlerini yeniden kur</B> düğmesine basarak bu sorunları çözebilirsiniz." -#~ "</P>\n" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Baskı paketlerini yeniden kur</BIG></B><BR> Baskı yapılandırmasında sorunlar yaşıyorsanız bu sorunlar kurulumunuzdaki\n" +#~ "eski ya da bozulmuş paketler tarafından ortaya çıkıyor olabilir. <B>Baskı paketlerini yeniden kur</B> düğmesine basarak bu sorunları çözebilirsiniz.</P>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<P><B><BIG>Clearing Current Configuration</BIG></B><BR>To uninstall all " -#~ "currently configured queues,\n" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Clearing Current Configuration</BIG></B><BR>To uninstall all currently configured queues,\n" #~ "select <B>Clear Current Configuration</B>.</P>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P><B><BIG>Mevcut yapılandırmanın temizlenmesi</BIG></" -#~ "B><BR>Yapılandırılmış tüm kuyrukları silmek için\n" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Mevcut yapılandırmanın temizlenmesi</BIG></B><BR>Yapılandırılmış tüm kuyrukları silmek için\n" #~ "<B>Mevcut yapılandırmayı temizle</B> düğmesini kullanın.</P>\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<P><B><BIG>Advanced CUPS Server Settings</BIG></B><BR>To change advanced " -#~ "CUPS server settings, like broadcasting and permissions, select\n" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Advanced CUPS Server Settings</BIG></B><BR>To change advanced CUPS server settings, like broadcasting and permissions, select\n" #~ "<B>CUPS Server Settings</B>.</P>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P><B><BIG>Gelişmiş CUPS sunucusu ayarları</BIG></B><BR>Yayın yapma ya da " -#~ "izinler gibi gelişmiş CUPS sunucusu ayarlarını değiştirmek için\n" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Gelişmiş CUPS sunucusu ayarları</BIG></B><BR>Yayın yapma ya da izinler gibi gelişmiş CUPS sunucusu ayarlarını değiştirmek için\n" #~ "<B>CUPS sunucusu ayarlar</B> düğmesini kullanın.</P>\n" # include/cups/helps.ycp:174 @@ -6393,62 +6217,43 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Allow Browsing</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "If you allow browsing, other computers in your network can see your " -#~ "queues the same way as their local ones.\n" -#~ "<B>Browse Addresses</B> shows IP addresses (like <I>192.168.0.1</I>) of " -#~ "computers to which to send information about your queues. Use <B>Add</B>, " -#~ "<B>Edit</B>,\n" -#~ "and <B>Delete</B> to modify the list of addresses. For the entire " -#~ "network, use the broadcast address of your network (such as " -#~ "<I>192.168.0.255</I>).\n" +#~ "If you allow browsing, other computers in your network can see your queues the same way as their local ones.\n" +#~ "<B>Browse Addresses</B> shows IP addresses (like <I>192.168.0.1</I>) of computers to which to send information about your queues. Use <B>Add</B>, <B>Edit</B>,\n" +#~ "and <B>Delete</B> to modify the list of addresses. For the entire network, use the broadcast address of your network (such as <I>192.168.0.255</I>).\n" #~ "To have browsing settings suggested based on your network setup,\n" #~ "click <b>Propose</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Göstermeye izin ver</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "Eğer göstermeye izin verirseniz, ağdaki diğer bilgisayarlar kendi yerel " -#~ "kuyruklarını gördükleri gibi sizin kuyruklarınızı da görebilecektir.\n" -#~ "<B>Gösterilecek adresler</B> ile kuyruklarınız hakkında bilgi " -#~ "gönderilecek olan bilgisayarların IP adreslerini (<I>192.168.0.1</I> " -#~ "gibi) görebilirsiniz. Adresleri değiştirmek için <B>Ekle</B>,\n" -#~ "<B>Düzenle</B> ve <Sil> düğmelerini kullanabilirsiniz. Tüm ağa izin " -#~ "vermek için ağınızın yayın adresini kullanın. (<I>192.168.0.255</I> " -#~ "gibi)\n" -#~ "Ağ kurulumunuzu temel alan bir ayar oluşturmak için <b>Öner</b> düğmesine " -#~ "basın.</P>" +#~ "Eğer göstermeye izin verirseniz, ağdaki diğer bilgisayarlar kendi yerel kuyruklarını gördükleri gibi sizin kuyruklarınızı da görebilecektir.\n" +#~ "<B>Gösterilecek adresler</B> ile kuyruklarınız hakkında bilgi gönderilecek olan bilgisayarların IP adreslerini (<I>192.168.0.1</I> gibi) görebilirsiniz. Adresleri değiştirmek için <B>Ekle</B>,\n" +#~ "<B>Düzenle</B> ve <Sil> düğmelerini kullanabilirsiniz. Tüm ağa izin vermek için ağınızın yayın adresini kullanın. (<I>192.168.0.255</I> gibi)\n" +#~ "Ağ kurulumunuzu temel alan bir ayar oluşturmak için <b>Öner</b> düğmesine basın.</P>" #~ msgid "" #~ "<P>After enabling browsing, the permission for / should be set\n" #~ "accordingly so other computers can print.\n" -#~ "For example, when <I>192.168.0.255</I> is used as the browse address, " -#~ "the\n" +#~ "For example, when <I>192.168.0.255</I> is used as the browse address, the\n" #~ "permission for / must be set to <I>192.168.0.*</I> to allow all \n" #~ "hosts on your network to print.</P>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P>Gösterme izinini aktifleştirdikten sonra diğer bilgisayarların\n" #~ "baskı işlemi yapabilmesi için / için izin verilmesi gerekir.\n" -#~ "Örneğin gösterilecek adres <I>192.168.0.255</I> olarak ayarlandıktan " -#~ "sonra\n" +#~ "Örneğin gösterilecek adres <I>192.168.0.255</I> olarak ayarlandıktan sonra\n" #~ "ağdaki diğer bilgisayarların baskı yapabilmesi amacıyla / için\n" #~ "izin <I>192.168.0.*</I> olarak ayarlanmalıdır.</P>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Access Settings</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "You can adjust the permissions other computers in your network have to " -#~ "use your CUPS server.\n" -#~ "Permissions can be set for the entire server, administration of your " -#~ "server, and, optionally,\n" -#~ "to your printers and classes. Select the desired area and press <B>Change " -#~ "Permissions</B>\n" +#~ "You can adjust the permissions other computers in your network have to use your CUPS server.\n" +#~ "Permissions can be set for the entire server, administration of your server, and, optionally,\n" +#~ "to your printers and classes. Select the desired area and press <B>Change Permissions</B>\n" #~ " to view or change the permission settings.</P>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Erişim ayarları</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "Ağınızdaki CUPS sunucusunu kullanacak diğer bilgisayarlara verilecek " -#~ "izinlerini ayarlayabilirsiniz.\n" -#~ "Bu izinler tüm sunucu için, sunucunun yönetimi için ve seçime bağlı " -#~ "olarak yazıcı ve sınıflara göre\n" -#~ "ayarlanabilir. İstediğiniz alanı seçip <B>İzinleri değiştir</B> düğmesine " -#~ "basarak ilgili izinleri\n" +#~ "Ağınızdaki CUPS sunucusunu kullanacak diğer bilgisayarlara verilecek izinlerini ayarlayabilirsiniz.\n" +#~ "Bu izinler tüm sunucu için, sunucunun yönetimi için ve seçime bağlı olarak yazıcı ve sınıflara göre\n" +#~ "ayarlanabilir. İstediğiniz alanı seçip <B>İzinleri değiştir</B> düğmesine basarak ilgili izinleri\n" #~ "görebilir ya da değiştirebilirsiniz.</P>" #, fuzzy @@ -6481,8 +6286,7 @@ #~ "or denied. Addresses can be normal IP addresses (<tt>192.168.0.1</tt>), \n" #~ "address blocks using * as a wild card (<tt>192.168.0.*</tt>),\n" #~ "addresses with mask (<tt>192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0</tt>\n" -#~ "or <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), full domain names (<tt>print.example.com</" -#~ "tt>),\n" +#~ "or <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), full domain names (<tt>print.example.com</tt>),\n" #~ "partial domain names (<tt>*.example.com</tt> or <tt>.example.com</tt>),\n" #~ "interface specifications (<tt>@IF(eth0)</tt>),\n" #~ "or the special words <tt>All</tt>, <tt>None</tt>, and <tt>@LOCAL</tt>.\n" @@ -6490,13 +6294,11 @@ #~ "ethernet, but not modem.</P>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>İzinler</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "IP adreslerinin listesini ve izinlerini düzenleyebilirsiniz. Her satır " -#~ "bir adres\n" +#~ "IP adreslerinin listesini ve izinlerini düzenleyebilirsiniz. Her satır bir adres\n" #~ "ve adres sahibinin erişim izni olup olmadığı bilgisini içerir.\n" #~ "Adresler normal IP adresleri (<I>192.168.0.1</I> gibi),\n" #~ "* ile yapılan adres blokları (<I>192.168.0.*</I> gibi),\n" -#~ "ağ maskeleri (<I>192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0</I> ya da <I>192.168.0.0/24</" -#~ "I> gibi),\n" +#~ "ağ maskeleri (<I>192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0</I> ya da <I>192.168.0.0/24</I> gibi),\n" #~ "tam alan adları (<I>yazıcı.ornek.com</I> gibi),\n" #~ "kısmi alan adları (<I>*.ornek.com</I> or <I>.ornek.com</I>) ya da\n" #~ "<I>Hepsi</I> ve <I>Hiçbiri</I> gibi özel kelimeler olabilir.</P>\n" @@ -6512,11 +6314,8 @@ #~ "<B>Kalıtsal izinleri kullan</B> seçeneğini seçiniz.</P>\n" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P><B><BIG>Manufacturer</BIG></B><BR>Select the manufacturer of your " -#~ "printer.</P>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P><B><BIG>Üretici:</BIG></B><BR>Yazıcınızın üreticisini seçiniz.</P>" +#~ msgid "<P><B><BIG>Manufacturer</BIG></B><BR>Select the manufacturer of your printer.</P>" +#~ msgstr "<P><B><BIG>Üretici:</BIG></B><BR>Yazıcınızın üreticisini seçiniz.</P>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -6545,15 +6344,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Adding PPD Files to the Database</BIG></B><BR>\n" #~ "If your printer manufacturer provides PPD files, you can add them to the\n" -#~ "database. PPD files can be downloaded from FTP or HTTP servers or copied " -#~ "from\n" +#~ "database. PPD files can be downloaded from FTP or HTTP servers or copied from\n" #~ "a hard disk or removable media.</P>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>PPD dosyalarını veritabanına ekle:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "Eğer yazıcı üreticiniz PPD dosyaları sağlıyorsa, bu dosyaları " -#~ "veritabanına\n" -#~ "ekleyebilirsiniz. PPD dosyaları FTP ya da HTTP sunucularından " -#~ "indirilebilir ya da\n" +#~ "Eğer yazıcı üreticiniz PPD dosyaları sağlıyorsa, bu dosyaları veritabanına\n" +#~ "ekleyebilirsiniz. PPD dosyaları FTP ya da HTTP sunucularından indirilebilir ya da\n" #~ "sabit disk ya da çıkarılabilir disketlerden kopyalanabilir.</P>\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -6568,13 +6364,11 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Printers</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "Select an already installed printer. New queues will be added to this " -#~ "printer\n" +#~ "Select an already installed printer. New queues will be added to this printer\n" #~ "and you will not need to select vendor, model, and connection again.</P>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Yazıcılar:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "Kurulu yazıcılardan birini seçin. Bu yazıcıya üretici, model ve bağlantı " -#~ "özelliklerini\n" +#~ "Kurulu yazıcılardan birini seçin. Bu yazıcıya üretici, model ve bağlantı özelliklerini\n" #~ "yeniden seçmenize gerek kalmadan yeni kuyruklar eklenecektir.</P>\n" #, fuzzy @@ -6583,8 +6377,7 @@ #~ "To print with this configuration, use this name as the queue name.</P>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Baskı için ad:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "Bu yapılandırmayla yazdırmak için, kuyruk adı olarak bu adı kullanın.</" -#~ "P>\n" +#~ "Bu yapılandırmayla yazdırmak için, kuyruk adı olarak bu adı kullanın.</P>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -6633,8 +6426,7 @@ #~ "filtreleme yapılıp yapılmayacağını seçebilirsiniz. Filtreleme yapan\n" #~ "bir baskı sunucusu (IPP ve LPD gibi) kullanıyorsanız önerilmez,\n" #~ "ancak yerel yazıcılar ve filtreleme yapmayan sunucular için (SMB\n" -#~ "ve IPX sunucuları, ağ yazıcıları ve baskı sunucu kutuları gibi) " -#~ "gereklidir.</p>\n" +#~ "ve IPX sunucuları, ağ yazıcıları ve baskı sunucu kutuları gibi) gereklidir.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -6676,13 +6468,11 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Values</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "If you select options in the upper box, a list of values appears in the " -#~ "lower box.\n" +#~ "If you select options in the upper box, a list of values appears in the lower box.\n" #~ " Select a new value by clicking it.</P>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Değerler:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "Yukarıdaki kutuda bir seçenek seçerseniz değerler listesi aşağıdaki " -#~ "kutuda görünür.\n" +#~ "Yukarıdaki kutuda bir seçenek seçerseniz değerler listesi aşağıdaki kutuda görünür.\n" #~ " Üzerine tıklayarak yeni bir değer seçebilirsiniz.</P>\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -6751,8 +6541,7 @@ #~ "To try your printer with another driver, choose it here.</P>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Model:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "Yazıcınızı başka bir sürücü ile denemek istiyorsanız, bu sürücüyü buradan " -#~ "seçebilirsiniz.</P>\n" +#~ "Yazıcınızı başka bir sürücü ile denemek istiyorsanız, bu sürücüyü buradan seçebilirsiniz.</P>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -6781,22 +6570,16 @@ #~ "ve parolayı değiştirebilirsiniz.</P>\n" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P><B><BIG>Connection</BIG></B><BR>You can change the connection for this " -#~ "printer.</P>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P><B><BIG>Bağlantı:</BIG></B><BR>Bu yazıcı için bağlantıyı " -#~ "değiştirebilirsiniz.</P>" +#~ msgid "<P><B><BIG>Connection</BIG></B><BR>You can change the connection for this printer.</P>" +#~ msgstr "<P><B><BIG>Bağlantı:</BIG></B><BR>Bu yazıcı için bağlantıyı değiştirebilirsiniz.</P>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Print Filter Settings</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "Edit filter options here. These options differ for various printer models." -#~ "</P>\n" +#~ "Edit filter options here. These options differ for various printer models.</P>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Baskı filtre ayarları:</B><BR>\n" -#~ "Filtre seçeneklerini buradan düzenleyin. Bu seçenekler değişik yazıcı " -#~ "modellerinde farklılık gösterir.</P>\n" +#~ "Filtre seçeneklerini buradan düzenleyin. Bu seçenekler değişik yazıcı modellerinde farklılık gösterir.</P>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -6813,19 +6596,16 @@ #~ "Adjust users who are allowed to print using this queue.</P>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Sınırlama ayarları:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "Bu kuyruğu kullanarak baskı yapma izni verilmiş kullanıcıları düzenleyin." -#~ "</P>\n" +#~ "Bu kuyruğu kullanarak baskı yapma izni verilmiş kullanıcıları düzenleyin.</P>\n" # include/cups/helps.ycp:291 #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>State and Banner Settings</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "Set state and banners printed before and after each job for this queue.</" -#~ "P>\n" +#~ "Set state and banners printed before and after each job for this queue.</P>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Durum ve ön-son sayfa ayarları:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "Bu kuyruktaki her işten önce ve sonra durum sayfasının ve ön-son " -#~ "sayfaların basılmasını ayarlayabilirsiniz.</P>\n" +#~ "Bu kuyruktaki her işten önce ve sonra durum sayfasının ve ön-son sayfaların basılmasını ayarlayabilirsiniz.</P>\n" # include/cups/helps.ycp:410 #, fuzzy @@ -6845,12 +6625,8 @@ #~ "Bu sınıfın üyesi olacak kuyrukları seçin.</P>\n" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P><B><BIG>Class Settings</BIG></B><BR>You can change some settings for " -#~ "this class.</P>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P><B><BIG>Sınıf ayarları:</BIG></B><BR>Bu sınıf için bazı ayarları " -#~ "değiştirebilirsiniz.</P>" +#~ msgid "<P><B><BIG>Class Settings</BIG></B><BR>You can change some settings for this class.</P>" +#~ msgstr "<P><B><BIG>Sınıf ayarları:</BIG></B><BR>Bu sınıf için bazı ayarları değiştirebilirsiniz.</P>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -6865,14 +6641,12 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>New Printer</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "The printer model could not be detected or is not in the printer " -#~ "database.\n" +#~ "The printer model could not be detected or is not in the printer database.\n" #~ "Use <B>Advanced Setup</B> to configure it.</P>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Yeni Yazıcı:</BIG></B><BR>\n" #~ "Yazıcı modeli, yazıcı veritabanı kullanılarak algılanamadı.\n" -#~ "Yazıcıyı yapılandırmak için <B>Gelişmiş kurulum</B> seçeneğini " -#~ "kullanmalısınız.</P>\n" +#~ "Yazıcıyı yapılandırmak için <B>Gelişmiş kurulum</B> seçeneğini kullanmalısınız.</P>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -6880,18 +6654,15 @@ #~ "This printer is configured using default settings.</P>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Hızlı otomatik kurulum:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "Bu yazıcı için baskı yapılandırması öntanımlı değerler kullanılarak " -#~ "yapılacaktır.</P>\n" +#~ "Bu yazıcı için baskı yapılandırması öntanımlı değerler kullanılarak yapılacaktır.</P>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Normal Setup</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "The detected model information will be used. Choose the name and options " -#~ "for the configuration.</P>\n" +#~ "The detected model information will be used. Choose the name and options for the configuration.</P>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Normal kurulum:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "Algılanan model bilgisi kullanılacaktır. Oluşturulan yapılandırma için " -#~ "isim ve ayarları seçebilirsiniz.</P>\n" +#~ "Algılanan model bilgisi kullanılacaktır. Oluşturulan yapılandırma için isim ve ayarları seçebilirsiniz.</P>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -6899,8 +6670,7 @@ #~ "Choose a printer model or try a generic driver.</P>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Gelişmiş kurulum:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "Başka bir yazıcı modelini ya da genel bir sürücü kullanmanızı sağlar.</" -#~ "P>\n" +#~ "Başka bir yazıcı modelini ya da genel bir sürücü kullanmanızı sağlar.</P>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -6954,12 +6724,8 @@ #~ "düğmesine basınız.</P>\n" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P><B><BIG>Printers</BIG></B><BR>In this dialog, manage printers on your " -#~ "system.</P>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P><B><BIG>Yazıcılar:</BIG></B><BR>Bu pencerede sisteminizdeki " -#~ "yazıcılıarı yönetebilirsiniz.</P>" +#~ msgid "<P><B><BIG>Printers</BIG></B><BR>In this dialog, manage printers on your system.</P>" +#~ msgstr "<P><B><BIG>Yazıcılar:</BIG></B><BR>Bu pencerede sisteminizdeki yazıcılıarı yönetebilirsiniz.</P>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -6977,12 +6743,10 @@ #~ " You can only edit configurations created with YaST. A change of\n" #~ " default printer will take effect after the next login.</P>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P><B><BIG>Silme, düzenleme ve bir yapılandırmayı varsayılan yapma:</" -#~ "BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Silme, düzenleme ve bir yapılandırmayı varsayılan yapma:</BIG></B><BR>\n" #~ "Tablodan yazıcı seçip ilgili düğmeye basın.\n" #~ "Sadece YaST ile oluşturulmuş yapılandırmaları düzenleyebilirsiniz.\n" -#~ "Varsayılan yazıcıyı değiştirme işlemi sisteme bir sonraki girişinizde " -#~ "etkin olacaktır.</P>\n" +#~ "Varsayılan yazıcıyı değiştirme işlemi sisteme bir sonraki girişinizde etkin olacaktır.</P>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -7039,10 +6803,8 @@ #~ "<b>Apply</b>. To display all PPD files, click <b>Clear</b>.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>PPD dosyalarının filtrelenmesi</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Gösterilen PPD dosyalarını filtrelemek için <b>Filtre</b> girip " -#~ "<b>Kullan</b>\n" -#~ "düğmesine basın. Tüm PPD dosyalarını görmek için <b>Filtreyi sil</b> " -#~ "düğmesine\n" +#~ "Gösterilen PPD dosyalarını filtrelemek için <b>Filtre</b> girip <b>Kullan</b>\n" +#~ "düğmesine basın. Tüm PPD dosyalarını görmek için <b>Filtreyi sil</b> düğmesine\n" #~ "basın.</p>\n" #, fuzzy @@ -7062,8 +6824,7 @@ #~ "Set users that may or may not use this printer or class.</P>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Sınırlamalar:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "Bu yazıcıyı ya da sınıfı kullandırmak istediğiniz ya da istemediğiniz " -#~ "kullanıcıları belirleyebilirsiniz.</P>\n" +#~ "Bu yazıcıyı ya da sınıfı kullandırmak istediğiniz ya da istemediğiniz kullanıcıları belirleyebilirsiniz.</P>\n" # include/cups/helps.ycp:279 #~ msgid "" @@ -7100,8 +6861,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Sınıf üyeleri:</BIG></B><BR>\n" #~ "Bir sınıfa bağlı yazıcıların listesidir.\n" -#~ "Bir sınıfa yazdırma işi yollarsanız, bu iş sınıf üyesi yazıcılardan " -#~ "birine gönderilir.</P>\n" +#~ "Bir sınıfa yazdırma işi yollarsanız, bu iş sınıf üyesi yazıcılardan birine gönderilir.</P>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -7137,8 +6897,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<P><b><big>Downloading a PPD File</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Enter the URL from which to download a PPD file.\n" -#~ "If necessary, also specify the username and password for authentication.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "If necessary, also specify the username and password for authentication.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><b><big>PPD dosyası indirme</big></b><br>\n" #~ "PPD dosyasının indirileceği adresi girin. Eğer gerekliyse, kimlik\n" @@ -7585,8 +7344,7 @@ #~ "Sıradaki adımda YaST sadece yerel yazıcıları algılamaya çalışacaktır.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Yazıcı algılaması şimdi başlatılabilir. Bazı durumlarda algılama işlemi\n" -#~ "sistemin kilitlenmesine yol açabilir. Eğer sistem kilitlenirse, " -#~ "yapılandırma\n" +#~ "sistemin kilitlenmesine yol açabilir. Eğer sistem kilitlenirse, yapılandırma\n" #~ "işlemini yeniden başlattığınızda Algılamayı atla seçeneğini kullanınız.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Algılamayı başlatmayı istiyor musunuz?" @@ -7722,20 +7480,15 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Listening to CUPS servers to provide access to remote queues %1" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<LI>Uzak kuyruklara rahat erişim için uzak CUPS sunucularını dinle.</LI>" +#~ msgstr "<LI>Uzak kuyruklara rahat erişim için uzak CUPS sunucularını dinle.</LI>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Port for listening to remote CUPS servers is closed by firewall %1" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<li>Uzak CUPS sunucularını dinlemek için kullanılan port firewall " -#~ "tarafından kapalı.</li>" +#~ msgstr "<li>Uzak CUPS sunucularını dinlemek için kullanılan port firewall tarafından kapalı.</li>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Port for listening to remote CUPS servers is open on %1 %2" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<li>Uzak CUPS sunucularını dinlemek için kullanılan port %1 üzerinde açık." -#~ "</li>" +#~ msgstr "<li>Uzak CUPS sunucularını dinlemek için kullanılan port %1 üzerinde açık.</li>" # include/cups/ui.ycp:1911 #, fuzzy @@ -7753,9 +7506,7 @@ #~ msgstr "ISO-8859-9: Bu Türkçe bir deneme yazısıdır." #~ msgid "!!! COMMON EXPLANATION !!!" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Asagidaki satirlar farkli dil kodlamalarinda yazilar icerir.Secimin dogru " -#~ "olup olmadigini kontrol edin." +#~ msgstr "Asagidaki satirlar farkli dil kodlamalarinda yazilar icerir.Secimin dogru olup olmadigini kontrol edin." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -7849,19 +7600,13 @@ #~ msgstr "Seçenekler:" #~ msgid "The border lines start and end at the edges of the imageable area." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Kenar çizgileri resim çizilebilen alanin köselerinde baslar ve biter" +#~ msgstr "Kenar çizgileri resim çizilebilen alanin köselerinde baslar ve biter" #~ msgid "They have 1 inch or 2 cm to the edges of the imageable area." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Resim çizilebilen alanin köselerine 1 inch ya da 2 cm uzakliktalardir." +#~ msgstr "Resim çizilebilen alanin köselerine 1 inch ya da 2 cm uzakliktalardir." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The actual imageable area depends on the printer model and Ghostscript " -#~ "driver." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Resim çizilebilen alanin boyutu yazicinin modeline ve Ghostscript " -#~ "sürücüsüne baglidir." +#~ msgid "The actual imageable area depends on the printer model and Ghostscript driver." +#~ msgstr "Resim çizilebilen alanin boyutu yazicinin modeline ve Ghostscript sürücüsüne baglidir." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Here it begins on the bottom left at" @@ -8286,15 +8031,13 @@ #~ "<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>\n" #~ "To open the firewall to accept IPP broadcast packets\n" #~ "from remote computers, set <b>Open Port in Firewall</b>.\n" -#~ "To select interfaces on which to open the port, click <b>Firewall " -#~ "Details</b>.\n" +#~ "To select interfaces on which to open the port, click <b>Firewall Details</b>.\n" #~ "This option is available only if the firewall is enabled.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Firewall ayarları</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Firewall'u uzak bilgisayarlardan IPP yayın paketlerini kabul edecek\n" #~ "şekilde ayarlamak için <b>Firewall'da port aç</b> seçeneğini kullanın.\n" -#~ "Portun açılacağı arayüzleri seçmek için <b>Firewall ayarları</b> " -#~ "düğmesine\n" +#~ "Portun açılacağı arayüzleri seçmek için <b>Firewall ayarları</b> düğmesine\n" #~ "basın. Bu seçenek sadece firewall etkin ise mevcuttur.</p>" #, fuzzy @@ -8418,8 +8161,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Proposing Multiple Queues</BIG></B><BR>\n" #~ "To have multiple queues for various configurations of the\n" -#~ "printer suggested for you, check <B>Automatically Propose Multiple " -#~ "Queues</B>.</P>\n" +#~ "printer suggested for you, check <B>Automatically Propose Multiple Queues</B>.</P>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Çoklu kuyruk önerimi:</BIG></B><BR>\n" #~ "YaST'nin yazıcının farklı yapılandırmaları için çoklu kuyruk önermesi\n" @@ -8427,15 +8169,11 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<P><B><BIG>Advanced Settings</BIG></B><BR>Press <B>Advanced</B> to " -#~ "modify\n" -#~ "advanced spooler settings or switch between the CUPS and LPRng spoolers.</" -#~ "P>\n" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Advanced Settings</BIG></B><BR>Press <B>Advanced</B> to modify\n" +#~ "advanced spooler settings or switch between the CUPS and LPRng spoolers.</P>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P><B><BIG>Gelişmiş ayarlar:</BIG></B><BR>Gelişmiş toplayıcı ayarlarını " -#~ "değiştirmek\n" -#~ "ve CUPS ile LPRng toplayıcıları arasında geçiş yapmak için <B>Gelişmiş</" -#~ "B> düğmesine basın.</P>\n" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Gelişmiş ayarlar:</BIG></B><BR>Gelişmiş toplayıcı ayarlarını değiştirmek\n" +#~ "ve CUPS ile LPRng toplayıcıları arasında geçiş yapmak için <B>Gelişmiş</B> düğmesine basın.</P>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Attempting to save unnamed printer. Skipping %1." @@ -8534,8 +8272,7 @@ #~ "Detect your printers?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Yazıcı algılaması şimdi başlatılabilir. Bazı durumlarda algılama işlemi\n" -#~ "sistemin kilitlenmesine yol açabilir. Eğer sistem kilitlenirse, " -#~ "yapılandırma\n" +#~ "sistemin kilitlenmesine yol açabilir. Eğer sistem kilitlenirse, yapılandırma\n" #~ "işlemini yeniden başlattığınızda Algılamayı atla seçeneğini kullanınız.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Algılamayı başlatmayı istiyor musunuz?" @@ -8805,35 +8542,26 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><big><b>Parallel port IO:</b></big><br>If you have an uncommon " -#~ "parallel port \n" +#~ "<p><big><b>Parallel port IO:</b></big><br>If you have an uncommon parallel port \n" #~ "card, it may not be possible to automatically detect it. In such cases,\n" -#~ "you must specify its IO addresses. Enter IO addresses separated by " -#~ "commas \n" +#~ "you must specify its IO addresses. Enter IO addresses separated by commas \n" #~ "for all parallel ports here, from the first to the last. Example: <tt>\n" -#~ "0x378,0x2f8</tt><br>If your parallel port works, leave this field " -#~ "untouched.</p>" +#~ "0x378,0x2f8</tt><br>If your parallel port works, leave this field untouched.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><big><b>Paralel port IO:</b></big><br>Eğer normalden farklı bir " -#~ "paralel portunuz\n" -#~ "varsa bu port otomatik olarak algılanamayabilir. Bu durumda IO adresini " -#~ "belirtmelisiniz.\n" +#~ "<p><big><b>Paralel port IO:</b></big><br>Eğer normalden farklı bir paralel portunuz\n" +#~ "varsa bu port otomatik olarak algılanamayabilir. Bu durumda IO adresini belirtmelisiniz.\n" #~ "IO adreslerini birinciden sonuncuya doğru virgülle ayırarak girin.\n" -#~ "Örneğin: <tt>0x378,0x2f8</tt><br> gibi. Eğer paralel portunuz çalışıyorsa " -#~ "boş bırakınız.</p>\n" +#~ "Örneğin: <tt>0x378,0x2f8</tt><br> gibi. Eğer paralel portunuz çalışıyorsa boş bırakınız.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><big><b>Other settings:</b></big><br>\n" -#~ "You can specify extra settings for your serial port. They may differ " -#~ "depending on your\n" +#~ "You can specify extra settings for your serial port. They may differ depending on your\n" #~ "spooler. Leave it empty for defaults. </p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><big><b>Diğer ayarlar:</b></big><br>\n" -#~ "Seri portunuz için fazladan ayarlar yapabilirsiniz. Bu ayarlar " -#~ "toplayıcıya bağlı olarak\n" -#~ "farklılık gösterebilir. Ön tanımlı ayarları kullanmak için boş bırakın.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "Seri portunuz için fazladan ayarlar yapabilirsiniz. Bu ayarlar toplayıcıya bağlı olarak\n" +#~ "farklılık gösterebilir. Ön tanımlı ayarları kullanmak için boş bırakın.</p>\n" #~ msgid "USB printer connection" #~ msgstr "USB yazıcı bağlantısı" @@ -8897,8 +8625,7 @@ #~ "</BIG></B><BR>Set advanced settings of the serial port here.</P>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Seri port ayrıntıları:\n" -#~ "</BIG></B><BR>Seri portun gelişmiş ayarlarını buradan yapabilirsiniz.</" -#~ "P>\n" +#~ "</BIG></B><BR>Seri portun gelişmiş ayarlarını buradan yapabilirsiniz.</P>\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Workgroup:</BIG></B><BR>\n" @@ -8918,53 +8645,35 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>URI:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "Set the URI of the printer. This universal queue type for CUPS can be " -#~ "used if you have a new queue type supported by CUPS, but YaST2 support is " -#~ "missing\n" +#~ "Set the URI of the printer. This universal queue type for CUPS can be used if you have a new queue type supported by CUPS, but YaST2 support is missing\n" #~ "(for example, if you installed a new CUPS back-end).</P>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>URI:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "Yazıcının URI'sini girin. CUPS için olan bu evrensel kuyruk tipi CUPS " -#~ "tarafından desteklenen, ancak YaST tarafından desteklenmeyen\n" -#~ "yeni bir kuyruk tipine sahip olduğunuz zaman kullanılabilir.(örneğin, " -#~ "daha yeni bir CUPS sistemi kurmuşsanız)</P>" +#~ "Yazıcının URI'sini girin. CUPS için olan bu evrensel kuyruk tipi CUPS tarafından desteklenen, ancak YaST tarafından desteklenmeyen\n" +#~ "yeni bir kuyruk tipine sahip olduğunuz zaman kullanılabilir.(örneğin, daha yeni bir CUPS sistemi kurmuşsanız)</P>" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<P>You can use classical device names (e.g., <I>/dev/usb/lp0</I>), " -#~ "which \n" +#~ "<P>You can use classical device names (e.g., <I>/dev/usb/lp0</I>), which \n" #~ "are problematic if you use multiple USB printers and the order in which\n" #~ "they are turned on is not fixed.</P>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P>Standart aygıt adlarını (örneğin, <I>/dev/usb/lp0</I>) " -#~ "kullanabilirsiniz,\n" -#~ "ancak birden fazla USB yazıcısı kullanıyorsanız hangi yazıcının hangi " -#~ "sırada\n" +#~ "<P>Standart aygıt adlarını (örneğin, <I>/dev/usb/lp0</I>) kullanabilirsiniz,\n" +#~ "ancak birden fazla USB yazıcısı kullanıyorsanız hangi yazıcının hangi sırada\n" #~ "açıldığı belli olmadığından sorunlarla karşılaşabilirsiniz.</P>\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Allow Browsing</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "If you allow browsing, other computers in your network can see your " -#~ "queues the same way as their local ones.\n" -#~ "<B>Browse Addresses</B> shows IP addresses (like <I>192.168.0.1</I>) of " -#~ "computers to which to send information about your queues. Use <B>Add</B>, " -#~ "<B>Edit</B>,\n" -#~ "and <B>Delete</B> to modify the list of addresses. For the entire " -#~ "network, use the broadcast address of your network (such as " -#~ "<I>192.168.0.255</I>).\n" +#~ "If you allow browsing, other computers in your network can see your queues the same way as their local ones.\n" +#~ "<B>Browse Addresses</B> shows IP addresses (like <I>192.168.0.1</I>) of computers to which to send information about your queues. Use <B>Add</B>, <B>Edit</B>,\n" +#~ "and <B>Delete</B> to modify the list of addresses. For the entire network, use the broadcast address of your network (such as <I>192.168.0.255</I>).\n" #~ "To be suggested browsing settings based on your network setup,\n" #~ "click <b>Propose</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Göstermeye izin ver</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "Eğer göstermeye izin verirseniz, ağdaki diğer bilgisayarlar kendi yerel " -#~ "kuyruklarını gördükleri gibi sizin kuyruklarınızı da görebilecektir.\n" -#~ "<B>Gösterilecek adresler</B> ile kuyruklarınız hakkında bilgi " -#~ "gönderilecek olan bilgisayarların IP adreslerini (<I>192.168.0.1</I> " -#~ "gibi) görebilirsiniz. Adresleri değiştirmek için <B>Ekle</B>,\n" -#~ "<B>Düzenle</B> ve <Sil> düğmelerini kullanabilirsiniz. Tüm ağa izin " -#~ "vermek için ağınızın yayın adresini kullanın. (<I>192.168.0.255</I> " -#~ "gibi)\n" -#~ "Ağ kurulumunuzu temel alan bir ayar oluşturmak için <b>Öner</b> düğmesine " -#~ "basın.</P>" +#~ "Eğer göstermeye izin verirseniz, ağdaki diğer bilgisayarlar kendi yerel kuyruklarını gördükleri gibi sizin kuyruklarınızı da görebilecektir.\n" +#~ "<B>Gösterilecek adresler</B> ile kuyruklarınız hakkında bilgi gönderilecek olan bilgisayarların IP adreslerini (<I>192.168.0.1</I> gibi) görebilirsiniz. Adresleri değiştirmek için <B>Ekle</B>,\n" +#~ "<B>Düzenle</B> ve <Sil> düğmelerini kullanabilirsiniz. Tüm ağa izin vermek için ağınızın yayın adresini kullanın. (<I>192.168.0.255</I> gibi)\n" +#~ "Ağ kurulumunuzu temel alan bir ayar oluşturmak için <b>Öner</b> düğmesine basın.</P>" #~ msgid "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Order of application</BIG></B><BR>\n" @@ -8999,26 +8708,21 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Adding PPD Files to Database:</BIG></B><BR>\n" #~ "If your printer manufacturer provides PPD files, you can add them to the\n" -#~ "database. PPD files can be downloaded from FTP or HTTP servers or copied " -#~ "from hard\n" +#~ "database. PPD files can be downloaded from FTP or HTTP servers or copied from hard\n" #~ "disk or removable media.</P>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>PPD dosyalarını veritabanına ekle:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "Eğer yazıcı üreticiniz PPD dosyaları sağlıyorsa, bu dosyaları " -#~ "veritabanına\n" -#~ "ekleyebilirsiniz. PPD dosyaları FTP ya da HTTP sunucularından " -#~ "indirilebilir ya da\n" +#~ "Eğer yazıcı üreticiniz PPD dosyaları sağlıyorsa, bu dosyaları veritabanına\n" +#~ "ekleyebilirsiniz. PPD dosyaları FTP ya da HTTP sunucularından indirilebilir ya da\n" #~ "sabit disk ya da çıkarılabilir disketlerden kopyalanabilir.</P>\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Printers:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "Select an already installed printer. New queues will be added to this " -#~ "printer\n" +#~ "Select an already installed printer. New queues will be added to this printer\n" #~ "and you will not need to select vendor, model, and connection again.</P>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Yazıcılar:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "Kurulu yazıcılardan birini seçin. Bu yazıcıya üretici, model ve bağlantı " -#~ "özelliklerini\n" +#~ "Kurulu yazıcılardan birini seçin. Bu yazıcıya üretici, model ve bağlantı özelliklerini\n" #~ "yeniden seçmenize gerek kalmadan yeni kuyruklar eklenecektir.</P>\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -9026,8 +8730,7 @@ #~ "To print with this configuration, use this name as the queue name.</P>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Baskı için ad:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "Bu yapılandırmayla yazdırmak için, kuyruk adı olarak bu adı kullanın.</" -#~ "P>\n" +#~ "Bu yapılandırmayla yazdırmak için, kuyruk adı olarak bu adı kullanın.</P>\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b><big>Description of Class:</big></b><br>\n" @@ -9057,8 +8760,7 @@ #~ "filtreleme yapılıp yapılmayacağını seçebilirsiniz. Filtreleme yapan\n" #~ "bir baskı sunucusu (IPP ve LPD gibi) kullanıyorsanız önerilmez,\n" #~ "ancak yerel yazıcılar ve filtreleme yapmayan sunucular için (SMB\n" -#~ "ve IPX sunucuları, ağ yazıcıları ve baskı sunucu kutuları gibi) " -#~ "gereklidir.</p>\n" +#~ "ve IPX sunucuları, ağ yazıcıları ve baskı sunucu kutuları gibi) gereklidir.</p>\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b><big>Print Form Feed between Jobs:\n" @@ -9108,12 +8810,8 @@ #~ "<P><B><BIG>Bağlantı:</BIG></B><BR>\n" #~ "Bu uzak yazıcı için bir uzak makina adı ve kuyruk seçin.</P>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P><B><BIG>Connection:</BIG></B><BR>You can change the connection for " -#~ "this printer.</P>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P><B><BIG>Bağlantı:</BIG></B><BR>Bu yazıcı için bağlantıyı " -#~ "değiştirebilirsiniz.</P>" +#~ msgid "<P><B><BIG>Connection:</BIG></B><BR>You can change the connection for this printer.</P>" +#~ msgstr "<P><B><BIG>Bağlantı:</BIG></B><BR>Bu yazıcı için bağlantıyı değiştirebilirsiniz.</P>" # include/cups/helps.ycp:267 #~ msgid "" @@ -9121,8 +8819,7 @@ #~ "Adjust users who are allowed to print using this queue.</P>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Sınırlama ayarları:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "Bu kuyruğu kullanarak baskı yapma izni verilmiş kullanıcıları düzenleyin." -#~ "</P>\n" +#~ "Bu kuyruğu kullanarak baskı yapma izni verilmiş kullanıcıları düzenleyin.</P>\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Class members:</BIG></B><BR>\n" @@ -9133,12 +8830,10 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Normal setup:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "The detected model information will be used. Choose the name and options " -#~ "for the created configuration.</P>\n" +#~ "The detected model information will be used. Choose the name and options for the created configuration.</P>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Normal kurulum:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "Algılanan model bilgisi kullanılacaktır. Oluşturulan yapılandırma için " -#~ "isim ve ayarları seçebilirsiniz.</P>\n" +#~ "Algılanan model bilgisi kullanılacaktır. Oluşturulan yapılandırma için isim ve ayarları seçebilirsiniz.</P>\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<P>To try printing with\n" @@ -9158,19 +8853,11 @@ #~ "<B>Diğer</B> seçeneğini işaretleyip <B>Yapılandır</B>\n" #~ "düğmesine basarak yazıcınızı elle yapılandırabilirsiniz.</P>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P><B><BIG>Printers:</BIG></B><BR>In this dialog, manage printers on your " -#~ "system.</P>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P><B><BIG>Yazıcılar:</BIG></B><BR>Bu pencerede sisteminizdeki " -#~ "yazıcılıarı yönetebilirsiniz.</P>" +#~ msgid "<P><B><BIG>Printers:</BIG></B><BR>In this dialog, manage printers on your system.</P>" +#~ msgstr "<P><B><BIG>Yazıcılar:</BIG></B><BR>Bu pencerede sisteminizdeki yazıcılıarı yönetebilirsiniz.</P>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P><B><BIG>Saving changes:</BIG></B><BR>Press <b>Finish</b> to save " -#~ "changes.</P>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P><B><BIG>Değişiklikleri kaydetme:</BIG></B><BR>Değişiklikleri kaydetmek " -#~ "için <b>Bitir</b> düğmesine basınız.</P>" +#~ msgid "<P><B><BIG>Saving changes:</BIG></B><BR>Press <b>Finish</b> to save changes.</P>" +#~ msgstr "<P><B><BIG>Değişiklikleri kaydetme:</BIG></B><BR>Değişiklikleri kaydetmek için <b>Bitir</b> düğmesine basınız.</P>" #~ msgid "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Saving:</BIG></B><BR>\n" @@ -9198,8 +8885,7 @@ #~ "You can specify users that may or may not use this printer or class.</P>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Sınırlamalar:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "Bu yazıcıyı ya da sınıfı kullandırmak istediğiniz ya da istemediğiniz " -#~ "kullanıcıları belirleyebilirsiniz.</P>\n" +#~ "Bu yazıcıyı ya da sınıfı kullandırmak istediğiniz ya da istemediğiniz kullanıcıları belirleyebilirsiniz.</P>\n" # include/cups/helps.ycp:291 #~ msgid "" @@ -9225,14 +8911,12 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Sınıf üyeleri:</BIG></B><BR>\n" #~ "Bir sınıfa bağlı yazıcıların listesidir.\n" -#~ "Bir sınıfa yazdırma işi yollarsanız, bu iş sınıf üyesi yazıcılardan " -#~ "birine gönderilir.</P>\n" +#~ "Bir sınıfa yazdırma işi yollarsanız, bu iş sınıf üyesi yazıcılardan birine gönderilir.</P>\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<P><b><big>Downloading a PPD File</big></b><br>\n" #~ "Enter the URL from which to download a PPD file.\n" -#~ "If necessary, also specify the user name and password for the " -#~ "authentication.</p>\n" +#~ "If necessary, also specify the user name and password for the authentication.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><b><big>PPD dosyası indirme</big></b><br>\n" #~ "PPD dosyasının indirileceği adresi girin. Eğer gerekliyse, kimlik\n" @@ -9508,12 +9192,8 @@ #~ msgid "CUPS daemon died during initialization" #~ msgstr "CUPS deamon'u başlatılma sırasında kapandı" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><a href=\"printer_conf\">Test</a> your printer configuration before " -#~ "proceeding.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Devam etmeden önce yazıcı yapılandırmasını <a href=\"printer_conf" -#~ "\">deneyiniz.</a></p>" +#~ msgid "<p><a href=\"printer_conf\">Test</a> your printer configuration before proceeding.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Devam etmeden önce yazıcı yapılandırmasını <a href=\"printer_conf\">deneyiniz.</a></p>" # clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:647 #~ msgid "Failed to install required packages." @@ -9539,8 +9219,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Network Printer</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "To print directly to a network printer or using a print server box, " -#~ "select\n" +#~ "To print directly to a network printer or using a print server box, select\n" #~ "<B>Print Directly to a Network Printer</B>.</P>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Ağ yazıcısı</BIG></B><BR>\n" @@ -9556,10 +9235,8 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Yapılandırımış yazıcı için yeni kuyruk\n" #~ "</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "Yazıcı yeri, üretici ve model adı gibi bilgileri tekrar girmeye gerek " -#~ "kalmadan\n" -#~ "yapılandırılmış bir yazıcıya yeni bir kuyruk ekleyebilirsiniz. Bunun " -#~ "için\n" +#~ "Yazıcı yeri, üretici ve model adı gibi bilgileri tekrar girmeye gerek kalmadan\n" +#~ "yapılandırılmış bir yazıcıya yeni bir kuyruk ekleyebilirsiniz. Bunun için\n" #~ "<B>Mevcut yazıcı için yeni kuyruk oluştur</B> seçeneğini kullanın.</P>\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -9567,8 +9244,7 @@ #~ "To set another kind of queue, select <B>Other Kind of Setup</B>.</P>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Diğer tür kurulum:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "Başka tür bir kuyruk aygıtı kurmak istiyorsanız, <b>Diğer tür kurulum</b> " -#~ "düğmesine basın.</P>\n" +#~ "Başka tür bir kuyruk aygıtı kurmak istiyorsanız, <b>Diğer tür kurulum</b> düğmesine basın.</P>\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Parallel, USB, Serial, IrDA Port:</BIG></B><BR>\n" @@ -9605,6 +9281,4 @@ #~ msgstr "%1 yazılamıyor." #~ msgid "<li>Port for listening to remote CUPS servers is open on %1.</li>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<li>Uzak CUPS sunucularını dinlemek için kullanılan port %1 üzerinde açık." -#~ "</li>" +#~ msgstr "<li>Uzak CUPS sunucularını dinlemek için kullanılan port %1 üzerinde açık.</li>" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/product-creator.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/product-creator.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/product-creator.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -375,8 +375,7 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<P>\n" -#| " Please wait while the directory structure for the new ISO " -#| "image is created.\n" +#| " Please wait while the directory structure for the new ISO image is created.\n" #| " </P>\n" #| " \n" msgid "" @@ -384,15 +383,13 @@ " \n" msgstr "" "<P>\n" -" Yeni ISO imaj dosyasının dizin yapısı oluşturuluyor. Lütfen " -"bekleyin.\n" +" Yeni ISO imaj dosyasının dizin yapısı oluşturuluyor. Lütfen bekleyin.\n" " </P>\n" " \n" #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:332 msgid "<p>Press <b>Next</b> to start creating the ISO file.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>ISO dosyasını oluşturmayı başlatmak için <b>İleri</b> düğmesine basın.</p>" +msgstr "<p>ISO dosyasını oluşturmayı başlatmak için <b>İleri</b> düğmesine basın.</p>" #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:338 msgid "Create skeleton with common files" @@ -608,31 +605,20 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:785 #, fuzzy msgid "<p>Start creating a new image configuration with <b>Add</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Kendi yapılandırmanızı oluşturmak için <b>Özel yapılandırma</b> " -"seçeneğini kullanın.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Kendi yapılandırmanızı oluşturmak için <b>Özel yapılandırma</b> seçeneğini kullanın.</p>" #. help text #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:787 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Edit</b> to change selected image configuration or create the " -"image.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>İleri</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırmayı sonlandırabilirsiniz.</p>" +msgid "<p>Use <b>Edit</b> to change selected image configuration or create the image.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>İleri</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırmayı sonlandırabilirsiniz.</p>" #. help text #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:791 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<p>Start the detailed configuration of particular plug-in by selecting " -#| "<b>Launch</b>.</p>" -msgid "" -"<p>Delete the directory with the selected configuration by selecting " -"<b>Delete</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Başlat</b> düğmesine basarak bir eklentinin yapılandırmasını " -"başlatabilirsiniz.</p>" +#| msgid "<p>Start the detailed configuration of particular plug-in by selecting <b>Launch</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>Delete the directory with the selected configuration by selecting <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Başlat</b> düğmesine basarak bir eklentinin yapılandırmasını başlatabilirsiniz.</p>" #. help text, %1 is directory #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:796 @@ -949,14 +935,12 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1512 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> " -"to add\n" +"Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> to add\n" "more <b>add-on</b> selections and packages.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Aşağıdaki <b>temel</b> seçeneklerden birini seçin ve <i>Ayrıntılar<i> " -"düğmesi\n" +"Aşağıdaki <b>temel</b> seçeneklerden birini seçin ve <i>Ayrıntılar<i> düğmesi\n" "ile <b>ek</b> seçenekler ve paketler ekleyin.\n" "</p>" @@ -987,8 +971,7 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1830 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Sign</b></big><br>\n" -"To make it possible for users to verify your product, sign it with a GPG " -"key. \n" +"To make it possible for users to verify your product, sign it with a GPG key. \n" "This key is checked when the product is added as a repository.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -996,11 +979,8 @@ #. (if the page exists in that language, you have to check that!) #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1837 msgid "" -"<P>If the product is not signed, Yast automatically adds the option " -"'Insecure:\n" -"1' to the linuxrc configuration file, otherwise linuxrc would deny loading " -"an unsigned installation system at boot. See http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc " -"for more information.</P>" +"<P>If the product is not signed, Yast automatically adds the option 'Insecure:\n" +"1' to the linuxrc configuration file, otherwise linuxrc would deny loading an unsigned installation system at boot. See http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc for more information.</P>" msgstr "" #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1846 @@ -1073,22 +1053,18 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Başlangıç ayarları</big></b><br>\n" -"Burada başlangıç seçenekleri içeren ek başlangıç menüsü ayarları " -"ekleyebilirsiniz.\n" +"Burada başlangıç seçenekleri içeren ek başlangıç menüsü ayarları ekleyebilirsiniz.\n" "</p>\n" #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<p>For example, \n" "configure the CD for automatic installations and specify the installation\n" -"source location. If you are not sure, leave the file untouched and the " -"original is used.</p>\n" +"source location. If you are not sure, leave the file untouched and the original is used.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Örneğin, \n" -"CD'yi otomatik kurulumlar için yapılandırın ve kurulum kaynak yerini " -"belirtin.\n" -"Emin değilseniz, dosyayı olduğu gibi bırakarak orijinal halini kullanın.</" -"p>\n" +"CD'yi otomatik kurulumlar için yapılandırın ve kurulum kaynak yerini belirtin.\n" +"Emin değilseniz, dosyayı olduğu gibi bırakarak orijinal halini kullanın.</p>\n" #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:46 @@ -1104,8 +1080,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<P><B><BIG>Başlatma işlemini kesme:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -"<b>Kes</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde " -"kesebilirsiniz.</p>\n" +"<b>Kes</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde kesebilirsiniz.</p>\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:54 @@ -1136,8 +1111,7 @@ "edit those configurations.<br></p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>CD yazma yapılandırması genel görünümü</big></b><br>\n" -"Mevcut yapılandırmalar hakkında bilgi alabilir ve ek olarak " -"buyapılandırmaları düzenleyebilirsiniz.<br></p>\n" +"Mevcut yapılandırmalar hakkında bilgi alabilir ve ek olarak buyapılandırmaları düzenleyebilirsiniz.<br></p>\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:71 @@ -1174,10 +1148,8 @@ #. overview dialog help part 5 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:85 msgid "" -"<p>Press <b>Create Image with KIWI</b> for additional configuration of " -"various\n" -"types of images, such as Live media or Xen images, with the KIWI image " -"system.</p>" +"<p>Press <b>Create Image with KIWI</b> for additional configuration of various\n" +"types of images, such as Live media or Xen images, with the KIWI image system.</p>" msgstr "" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/4 @@ -1208,10 +1180,8 @@ #| msgid "" #| "<b>Package Manager</b><p>\n" #| "Use the package manager without any preselected packages. All\n" -#| "packages that would be automatically selected during installation must " -#| "be\n" -#| "selected manually based on the hardware and architecture for which you " -#| "are\n" +#| "packages that would be automatically selected during installation must be\n" +#| "selected manually based on the hardware and architecture for which you are\n" #| "creating this CD.\n" #| "</p>\n" msgid "" @@ -1223,8 +1193,7 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<b>Paket yöneticisi</b><p>\n" -"Paket yöneticisini önceden seçimleri yapılmamış paketlerle kullanın. Bu " -"CD'yi\n" +"Paket yöneticisini önceden seçimleri yapılmamış paketlerle kullanın. Bu CD'yi\n" "oluştururken seçilen tüm paketlerin hedef donanım ve yapı ayarlarına göre\n" "seçilmesi gerekmektedir.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -1243,14 +1212,11 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:114 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Target Architecture</big></b><br>\n" -"It is possible to create a product for a different architecture than that " -"of\n" +"It is possible to create a product for a different architecture than that of\n" "the machine you are currently working on.\n" "All selected repositories must support the target architecture.<br>\n" -"<b>Note:</b> KIWI does not support different architectures yet, do not " -"change\n" -"the architecture if you intend to create a KIWI image from the current " -"configuration.</p>\n" +"<b>Note:</b> KIWI does not support different architectures yet, do not change\n" +"the architecture if you intend to create a KIWI image from the current configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 @@ -1303,25 +1269,20 @@ #. help text - the base selection dialog 2/4 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:147 msgid "" -"<p>One of the used repositories must be marked as the base product. The " -"base\n" -"product repository should be bootable to ensure the newly created product is " -"also\n" +"<p>One of the used repositories must be marked as the base product. The base\n" +"product repository should be bootable to ensure the newly created product is also\n" "bootable.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. help text - the base selection dialog 3/4 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:153 -msgid "" -"<p>The other repositories will be used as add-ons for the base repository.</" -"p>" +msgid "<p>The other repositories will be used as add-ons for the base repository.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text - the base selection dialog 4/4 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:157 msgid "" -"<p>The product creator solves dependencies of the selected products and " -"proposes\n" +"<p>The product creator solves dependencies of the selected products and proposes\n" "the base product. If the proposed value is wrong, select the right base\n" "repository from the list.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1528,16 +1489,12 @@ #. popup text #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1513 msgid "" -"<p>Packages from section '%1' are not available with selected repositories:</" -"p>\n" +"<p>Packages from section '%1' are not available with selected repositories:</p>\n" "<p>%2.</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"Either remove the packages from the section, check the detailed package " -"selection or ignore the situation.</p>\n" +"Either remove the packages from the section, check the detailed package selection or ignore the situation.</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"Going to detailed package selection and accepting the view without any " -"further changes results in removal of problematic packages from the " -"section.\n" +"Going to detailed package selection and accepting the view without any further changes results in removal of problematic packages from the section.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1671,9 +1628,7 @@ #. informative label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2277 -msgid "" -"Editing of following files is disabled for configurations imported from " -"Studio." +msgid "Editing of following files is disabled for configurations imported from Studio." msgstr "" # clients/inst_do_resize.ycp:170 @@ -1694,8 +1649,7 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2367 msgid "" "<p>Select the value for image <b>Compression</b>. This will modify the\n" -"<i>flags</i> value of the image type. Check the kiwi manual for an " -"explanation of available values.</p>" +"<i>flags</i> value of the image type. Check the kiwi manual for an explanation of available values.</p>" msgstr "" # clients/inst_sw_select.ycp:137 @@ -1717,9 +1671,7 @@ #. help text for "&Ignored software" #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2424 -msgid "" -"<p>For <b>ignored software</b>, enter each entry (like 'smtp_daemon') on a " -"new line.</p>" +msgid "<p>For <b>ignored software</b>, enter each entry (like 'smtp_daemon') on a new line.</p>" msgstr "" #. label @@ -1730,9 +1682,7 @@ #. help text for "&Ignored software" #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2436 -msgid "" -"<p>Each entry of <b>Packages to Delete</b> is one package name to be " -"uninstalled from the target image.</p>" +msgid "<p>Each entry of <b>Packages to Delete</b> is one package name to be uninstalled from the target image.</p>" msgstr "" # clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1461 @@ -1745,9 +1695,7 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2444 #, fuzzy msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Version</b> of your image configuration.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Kendi yapılandırmanızı oluşturmak için <b>Özel yapılandırma</b> " -"seçeneğini kullanın.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Kendi yapılandırmanızı oluşturmak için <b>Özel yapılandırma</b> seçeneğini kullanın.</p>" #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2459 @@ -1758,8 +1706,7 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2461 msgid "" "<p>Set the image <b>Size</b> in the specified <b>Unit</b>.\n" -"If <b>Additive</b> is checked, the meaning of <b>Size</b> is different: it " -"is the minimal free space available on the image.</p>" +"If <b>Additive</b> is checked, the meaning of <b>Size</b> is different: it is the minimal free space available on the image.</p>" msgstr "" # clients/online_update_load.ycp:380 @@ -1783,9 +1730,7 @@ #. help text #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2489 -msgid "" -"<p>To create an encrypted file system, check <b>Encrypt Image with LUKS</b> " -"and enter the password.</p>" +msgid "<p>To create an encrypted file system, check <b>Encrypt Image with LUKS</b> and enter the password.</p>" msgstr "" # @@ -1820,10 +1765,7 @@ #. help text #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2531 -msgid "" -"<p>Define the path to the <b>Directory with System Configuration</b> (the " -"<tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of " -"the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>.</p>" +msgid "<p>Define the path to the <b>Directory with System Configuration</b> (the <tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>.</p>" msgstr "" #. label (above table) @@ -1840,10 +1782,7 @@ #. help for table with users #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2561 -msgid "" -"<p>Configure the <b>Directory with System Configuration</b> (the <tt>root</" -"tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image " -"tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>.</p>" +msgid "<p>Configure the <b>Directory with System Configuration</b> (the <tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>.</p>" msgstr "" # include/nfs_server/ui.ycp:45 @@ -1861,10 +1800,7 @@ #. help for table with users #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2598 -msgid "" -"<p>Configure the <b>Directory with Scripts</b> (the <tt>config</tt> " -"directory). It contains scripts that are run after the installation of all " -"the image packages.</p>" +msgid "<p>Configure the <b>Directory with Scripts</b> (the <tt>config</tt> directory). It contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image packages.</p>" msgstr "" #. textentry label @@ -1886,10 +1822,7 @@ msgstr "Yapılandırma dosyası: " #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2646 -msgid "" -"<p>Edit your <b>Image Configuration Script</b>, called <tt>config.sh</tt>. " -"This script is run at the end of the installation but before the package " -"scripts have run.</p>" +msgid "<p>Edit your <b>Image Configuration Script</b>, called <tt>config.sh</tt>. This script is run at the end of the installation but before the package scripts have run.</p>" msgstr "" #. textentry label @@ -1898,10 +1831,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2667 -msgid "" -"<p>The optional <b>Directory with Scripts</b> (<tt>config</tt> directory) " -"contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image " -"packages.</p>" +msgid "<p>The optional <b>Directory with Scripts</b> (<tt>config</tt> directory) contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image packages.</p>" msgstr "" #. push button label @@ -1917,9 +1847,7 @@ msgstr "Bitiş öncesi &script'i" #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2688 -msgid "" -"<p>Edit your <b>Cleanup Script</b> (<tt>images.sh</tt>). This script is run " -"at the beginning of the image creation process.</p>" +msgid "<p>Edit your <b>Cleanup Script</b> (<tt>images.sh</tt>). This script is run at the beginning of the image creation process.</p>" msgstr "" #. textentry label @@ -1937,9 +1865,7 @@ #. help text for Author, Contact and Specification widgets #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2711 -msgid "" -"<p>Set the values for <b>Author</b> of the image, <b>Contact Information</" -"b>, and the image <b>Specification</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>Set the values for <b>Author</b> of the image, <b>Contact Information</b>, and the image <b>Specification</b>.</p>" msgstr "" # include/ui/common_messages.ycp:23 @@ -1970,9 +1896,7 @@ #. help text for locale #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2762 -msgid "" -"<p>The value of <b>Locale</b> (e.g. <tt>en_US</tt>) defines the contents of " -"the RC_LANG variable in <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.</p>" +msgid "<p>The value of <b>Locale</b> (e.g. <tt>en_US</tt>) defines the contents of the RC_LANG variable in <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.</p>" msgstr "" # clients/inst_environment.ycp:203 @@ -1983,9 +1907,7 @@ #. help text for keytable #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2778 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Keyboard Layout</b> specifies the name of the console keymap to use. " -"The value corresponds to a map file in <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Keyboard Layout</b> specifies the name of the console keymap to use. The value corresponds to a map file in <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>.</p>" msgstr "" #. textentry label @@ -1995,9 +1917,7 @@ #. help text for timezone #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2795 -msgid "" -"<p>It is possible to set a specific <b>Time zone</b>. Available time zones " -"are located in the <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt> directory.</p>" +msgid "<p>It is possible to set a specific <b>Time zone</b>. Available time zones are located in the <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt> directory.</p>" msgstr "" # clients/inst_mouse.ycp:97 @@ -2046,8 +1966,7 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2828 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p>For each user, specify the <b>Name</b>, <b>Password</b>, <b>Home " -"Directory</b> and group\n" +"<p>For each user, specify the <b>Name</b>, <b>Password</b>, <b>Home Directory</b> and group\n" "to which the users belongs.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Bir <b>Takma ad</b>, <b>IP adresi</b> ve <b>Ağ maskesi</b>\n" @@ -2087,16 +2006,12 @@ #. help text for kiwi UI preparation #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2973 -msgid "" -"<p>Enter the name of your image configuration. Base new configuration on " -"template from the list or on the directory with the existing configuration.</" -"p>" +msgid "<p>Enter the name of your image configuration. Base new configuration on template from the list or on the directory with the existing configuration.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text for kiwi UI preparation #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2980 -msgid "" -"<p>Place custom configuration templates under <tt>%1</tt> directory.</p>" +msgid "<p>Place custom configuration templates under <tt>%1</tt> directory.</p>" msgstr "" # clients/inst_mouse.ycp:97 @@ -2113,18 +2028,14 @@ #. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2994 -msgid "" -"<p>Modify the list of <b>Package Repositories</b> that will be used for " -"creating the image. Use <b>Add From System</b> to add one of the current " -"system repositories.</p>" +msgid "<p>Modify the list of <b>Package Repositories</b> that will be used for creating the image. Use <b>Add From System</b> to add one of the current system repositories.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2999 #, fuzzy msgid "<p>Click <b>Next</b> to continue with the configuration.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>İleri</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırmayı sonlandırabilirsiniz.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>İleri</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırmayı sonlandırabilirsiniz.</p>" #. combo box item #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3020 @@ -2140,9 +2051,7 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3123 -msgid "" -"Selected directory does not contain valid description of system " -"configuration." +msgid "Selected directory does not contain valid description of system configuration." msgstr "" #. busy popup Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/proxy.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/proxy.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/proxy.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -212,10 +212,8 @@ #: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:454 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:404 msgid "" "<p>Configure your Internet proxy (caching) settings here.</p>\n" -"<p><b>Note:</b> It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to " -"take effect, \n" -"however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. " -"Please check \n" +"<p><b>Note:</b> It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to take effect, \n" +"however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. Please check \n" "what your application (web browser, ftp client,...) supports. </p>" msgstr "" @@ -233,8 +231,7 @@ #. Proxy dialog help 3/8 #: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:465 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:415 msgid "" -"<p><b>HTTPS Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your secured " -"access\n" +"<p><b>HTTPS Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your secured access\n" "to the World Wide Web (WWW).</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>HTTPS proxy adresi</b> web'e (WWW) güvenli erişim için kullanılan\n" @@ -261,20 +258,16 @@ #: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:475 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:425 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "<p>With <b>Use the Same Proxy for All Protocols</b> option checked, it " -#| "is\n" -#| "enough to fill in HTTP proxy URL, which will then be used for all " -#| "protocols\n" +#| "<p>With <b>Use the Same Proxy for All Protocols</b> option checked, it is\n" +#| "enough to fill in HTTP proxy URL, which will then be used for all protocols\n" #| "(HTTP, HTTPS and FTP)." msgid "" "<p>If you check <b>Use the Same Proxy for All Protocols</b>, it is\n" "enough to fill in the HTTP proxy URL. It will be used for all protocols\n" "(HTTP, HTTPS and FTP).\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Tüm Protokoller İçin Aynı Proxy'yi Kullan</b> seçeneği seçili " -"durumdaysa\n" -"sadece HTTP proxy adresini girmeniz yeterli olacaktır, bu proxy tüm " -"protokoller\n" +"<p><b>Tüm Protokoller İçin Aynı Proxy'yi Kullan</b> seçeneği seçili durumdaysa\n" +"sadece HTTP proxy adresini girmeniz yeterli olacaktır, bu proxy tüm protokoller\n" "için (HTTP, HTTPS ve FTP) kullanılacaktır." #. Proxy dialog help 6/8 @@ -286,8 +279,7 @@ "for example, <i>%1</i>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Proxy dışı alanlar</b> isteklerin önbellek kullanımı olmadan doğrudan\n" -"yapılacağı alanların virgül ile ayrılmış listesidir, örneğin <i>%1</i> gibi." -"</p>\n" +"yapılacağı alanların virgül ile ayrılmış listesidir, örneğin <i>%1</i> gibi.</p>\n" #. Proxy dialog help 7/8 #. Proxy dialog help 7/8 @@ -296,19 +288,15 @@ #| msgid "" #| "<p>If you are using a proxy server with authorization, enter\n" #| "<b>Proxy User Name</b> and <b>Proxy Password</b>. A valid username\n" -#| "consists of printable ASCII characters (except for quotation marks) only." -#| "</p>\n" +#| "consists of printable ASCII characters (except for quotation marks) only.</p>\n" msgid "" "<p>If you are using a proxy server with authorization, enter\n" "the <b>Proxy User Name</b> and <b>Proxy Password</b>. A valid username\n" -"consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).</" -"p>\n" +"consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Kimlik doğrulama gerektiren bir proxy sunucusu kullanıyorsanız\n" -"<b>Proxy kullanıcı adı</b> ve <b>Proxy parolası</b> bölümlerini doldurun. " -"Geçerli\n" -"bir kullanıcı adı noktalama işaretleri dışındaki yazdırılabilir ASCII " -"karakterlerinden oluşur.</p>\n" +"<b>Proxy kullanıcı adı</b> ve <b>Proxy parolası</b> bölümlerini doldurun. Geçerli\n" +"bir kullanıcı adı noktalama işaretleri dışındaki yazdırılabilir ASCII karakterlerinden oluşur.</p>\n" #. Proxy dialog help 8/8 #. Proxy dialog help 8/8 Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/qt-pkg.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/qt-pkg.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/qt-pkg.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -361,15 +361,11 @@ msgstr "&İptal et" #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1455 -msgid "" -"<p><small><a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system " -"packages to versions in repository %2</small></p>" +msgid "<p><small><a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2</small></p>" msgstr "" #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1474 -msgid "" -"<p><a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the " -"versions in this repository (%2)</p>" +msgid "<p><a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)</p>" msgstr "" # clients/inst_sw_update.ycp:460 @@ -405,16 +401,8 @@ msgstr "Hata: Yetersiz disk alanı!" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:186 -msgid "" -"<p>You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but you " -"risk getting a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you are not " -"absolutely sure how to handle such a case, press <b>Cancel</b> now and " -"deselect some packages.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Ne yaptığınızı biliyorsanız bu şekilde yüklemeye devam edebilirsiniz, " -"ancak bu şekilde el ile tamir gerektirebilecek bozuk bir sistem elde etme " -"ihtimali oluşacaktır . Böyle bir durumda ne yapacağınızı tam bilmiyorsanız " -"<b>İptal et</b> düğmesine basın ve bazı paketlerin seçimini kaldırın.</p>" +msgid "<p>You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but you risk getting a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you are not absolutely sure how to handle such a case, press <b>Cancel</b> now and deselect some packages.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Ne yaptığınızı biliyorsanız bu şekilde yüklemeye devam edebilirsiniz, ancak bu şekilde el ile tamir gerektirebilecek bozuk bir sistem elde etme ihtimali oluşacaktır . Böyle bir durumda ne yapacağınızı tam bilmiyorsanız <b>İptal et</b> düğmesine basın ve bazı paketlerin seçimini kaldırın.</p>" # include/ui/common_messages.ycp:23 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 @@ -440,12 +428,8 @@ msgstr "Otomatik değişiklikler" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:301 -msgid "" -"In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been " -"changed to resolve dependencies:" -msgstr "" -"El ile yaptığınız paket seçimine ek olarak aşağıdaki paketler bağımlılıkları " -"çözmek için yeniden düzenlendi:" +msgid "In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been changed to resolve dependencies:" +msgstr "El ile yaptığınız paket seçimine ek olarak aşağıdaki paketler bağımlılıkları çözmek için yeniden düzenlendi:" # include/ui/common_messages.ycp:23 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 @@ -461,9 +445,7 @@ msgstr "Onaylanmamış paketler" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:322 -msgid "" -"Please realize that the following selected software is either unsupported or " -"requires an additional customer contract for support." +msgid "Please realize that the following selected software is either unsupported or requires an additional customer contract for support." msgstr "" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:421 @@ -478,12 +460,8 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:65 -msgid "" -"<b>Note:</b> This is a just a short overview. Refer to the manual for " -"details." -msgstr "" -"<b>Not:</b> Bu sadece kısa bir genel görünümdür. Ayrıntılar için el kitabına " -"bakın." +msgid "<b>Note:</b> This is a just a short overview. Refer to the manual for details." +msgstr "<b>Not:</b> Bu sadece kısa bir genel görünümdür. Ayrıntılar için el kitabına bakın." #. Help specific to online update mode #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:72 @@ -491,194 +469,92 @@ msgstr "Bu pencerede indirilecek ve kurulacak yamalarını seçin." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:73 -msgid "" -"The list on the left side contains available patches along with the " -"respective patch kind (security, recommended, or optional) and the " -"(estimated) download size." -msgstr "" -"Sol taraftaki liste yama türü (güvenlik, önerilen ya da isteğe bağlı) ve " -"(tahmini) indirme süreleriyle birlikte mevcut yamaları içerir." +msgid "The list on the left side contains available patches along with the respective patch kind (security, recommended, or optional) and the (estimated) download size." +msgstr "Sol taraftaki liste yama türü (güvenlik, önerilen ya da isteğe bağlı) ve (tahmini) indirme süreleriyle birlikte mevcut yamaları içerir." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:76 -msgid "" -"This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on " -"your system yet. You can change that with the <b>Include Installed Patches</" -"b> check box below the list." -msgstr "" -"Bu liste normalde sadece sisteminizde kurulu olmayan yamaları gösterir. Bu " -"özelliği listenin altındaki <b>Kurulu yamaları dahil et</b> seçeneği ile " -"değiştirebilirsiniz." +msgid "This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on your system yet. You can change that with the <b>Include Installed Patches</b> check box below the list." +msgstr "Bu liste normalde sadece sisteminizde kurulu olmayan yamaları gösterir. Bu özelliği listenin altındaki <b>Kurulu yamaları dahil et</b> seçeneği ile değiştirebilirsiniz." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:78 -msgid "" -"The <b>Patch Description</b> field contains a longer explanation of the " -"currently selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its description " -"here." -msgstr "" -"<b>Yama tanımı</b> alanı seçili olan yama hakkında geniş bir açıklama sunar. " -"Listeden tanımını görmek istediğiniz yamayı seçin." +msgid "The <b>Patch Description</b> field contains a longer explanation of the currently selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its description here." +msgstr "<b>Yama tanımı</b> alanı seçili olan yama hakkında geniş bir açıklama sunar. Listeden tanımını görmek istediğiniz yamayı seçin." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:80 -msgid "" -"The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently " -"selected patch, i.e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or delete " -"individual packages from a patch, only the patch as a whole. This is " -"intentional to avoid system inconsistencies." -msgstr "" -"Soldaki paket listesi seçili yamanın içeriğini, içerdiği paketleri, " -"gösterir. Bir yamanın içerdiği paketleri tek tek kuramaz ya da " -"kaldıramazsınız, bu durum sistem tutarlığını sağlamak içindir." +msgid "The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently selected patch, i.e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or delete individual packages from a patch, only the patch as a whole. This is intentional to avoid system inconsistencies." +msgstr "Soldaki paket listesi seçili yamanın içeriğini, içerdiği paketleri, gösterir. Bir yamanın içerdiği paketleri tek tek kuramaz ya da kaldıramazsınız, bu durum sistem tutarlığını sağlamak içindir." #. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that #. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" ( below the package list ) #. that show details about the ( one ) currently selected package in the package list. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:88 -msgid "" -"In addition to <b>Patches</b>, you can also select one of the other filter " -"views from <b>Filter</b> at the upper left:" -msgstr "" -"<b>Yamalara</b> ek olarak sol üstteki <b>Filtre</b> bölümünden farklı liste " -"filtreleme seçeneklerini kullanabilirsiniz:" +msgid "In addition to <b>Patches</b>, you can also select one of the other filter views from <b>Filter</b> at the upper left:" +msgstr "<b>Yamalara</b> ek olarak sol üstteki <b>Filtre</b> bölümünden farklı liste filtreleme seçeneklerini kullanabilirsiniz:" #. Help specific to normal (non-online-update) mode #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:96 -msgid "" -"In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You can " -"select individual packages or entire package \"selections\"." -msgstr "" -"Bu pencerede kurulacak, güncellenecek ya da kaldırılacak paketleri seçin. " -"Paketleri tek tek seçebilir ya da genel paket \"seçimlerini\" " -"kullanabilirsiniz." +msgid "In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You can select individual packages or entire package \"selections\"." +msgstr "Bu pencerede kurulacak, güncellenecek ya da kaldırılacak paketleri seçin. Paketleri tek tek seçebilir ya da genel paket \"seçimlerini\" kullanabilirsiniz." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:98 -msgid "" -"Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or " -"right-click it to open a context menu." -msgstr "" -"Bir paketin durumunu değiştirmek için paketin durum ikonuna tıklayın, ya da " -"sağ tıklayarak seçenekleri içeren menüyü açın." +msgid "Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or right-click it to open a context menu." +msgstr "Bir paketin durumunu değiştirmek için paketin durum ikonuna tıklayın, ya da sağ tıklayarak seçenekleri içeren menüyü açın." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:100 -msgid "" -"Use the <b>Check Dependencies</b> button to resolve package dependencies. " -"Some packages require other packages to be installed. Some packages can only " -"be installed if certain other packages are not installed, too. This check " -"will automatically mark required packages for installation and it will warn " -"you if there are dependency conflicts." -msgstr "" -"<b>Bağımlılıkları kontrol et</b> düğmesi ile paket bağımlılıklarını " -"çözebilirsiniz. Bazı paketler başka paketlerin kurulmasını gerektirir, bazı " -"paketler ise sadece bazı belli paketler kurulu değilse kurulabilir. Bu " -"kontrol gerekli paketleri otomatik olarak seçer ve bağımlılık çakışmaları " -"varsa bunları bildirir." +msgid "Use the <b>Check Dependencies</b> button to resolve package dependencies. Some packages require other packages to be installed. Some packages can only be installed if certain other packages are not installed, too. This check will automatically mark required packages for installation and it will warn you if there are dependency conflicts." +msgstr "<b>Bağımlılıkları kontrol et</b> düğmesi ile paket bağımlılıklarını çözebilirsiniz. Bazı paketler başka paketlerin kurulmasını gerektirir, bazı paketler ise sadece bazı belli paketler kurulu değilse kurulabilir. Bu kontrol gerekli paketleri otomatik olarak seçer ve bağımlılık çakışmaları varsa bunları bildirir." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:105 -msgid "" -"When you leave this dialog with <b>Accept</b>, this check will automatically " -"be performed." -msgstr "" -"Bu pencereyi <b>Kabul et</b> ile geçtiğinizde bu kontrol otomatik olarak " -"yapılacaktır." +msgid "When you leave this dialog with <b>Accept</b>, this check will automatically be performed." +msgstr "Bu pencereyi <b>Kabul et</b> ile geçtiğinizde bu kontrol otomatik olarak yapılacaktır." #. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that #. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" (below the package list) #. that show details about the (one) currently selected package in the package list. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:111 -msgid "" -"Select one of the available filter views with the <b>Filter</b> combo-box at " -"the upper left:" -msgstr "" -"Sol üstteki <b>Filtre</b> bölümünden farklı liste filtreleme seçeneklerini " -"kullanabilirsiniz." +msgid "Select one of the available filter views with the <b>Filter</b> combo-box at the upper left:" +msgstr "Sol üstteki <b>Filtre</b> bölümünden farklı liste filtreleme seçeneklerini kullanabilirsiniz." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:115 -msgid "" -"<b>Selections</b> shows some predefined sets of packages that logically " -"belong together." -msgstr "" -"<b>Seçimler</b> mantıksal olarak birlikte olan bazı paket setlerini gösterir." +msgid "<b>Selections</b> shows some predefined sets of packages that logically belong together." +msgstr "<b>Seçimler</b> mantıksal olarak birlikte olan bazı paket setlerini gösterir." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:116 -msgid "" -"Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can " -"also select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right." -msgstr "" -"Seçimin yanındaki işaretleme düğmesi ile seçimin tümünü seçebilirsiniz. " -"Ayrıca sağ taraftaki listeden paketleri tek tek seçebilirsiniz." +msgid "Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can also select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right." +msgstr "Seçimin yanındaki işaretleme düğmesi ile seçimin tümünü seçebilirsiniz. Ayrıca sağ taraftaki listeden paketleri tek tek seçebilirsiniz." #. Help common to all modes: Description of the various filter views #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:124 -msgid "" -"<b>Package Groups</b> shows packages by category. You can expand and " -"collapse tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category " -"to display the packages in that category in the package list on the right " -"side." -msgstr "" -"<b>Paket grupları</b> paketleri kategoriler halinde gösterir. Kategori ve " -"alt kategorilerin listesini açabilirsiniz. Bir kategoriye basarak o " -"kategoriye dahil olan paketleri sağ taraftaki listede görebilirsiniz." +msgid "<b>Package Groups</b> shows packages by category. You can expand and collapse tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category to display the packages in that category in the package list on the right side." +msgstr "<b>Paket grupları</b> paketleri kategoriler halinde gösterir. Kategori ve alt kategorilerin listesini açabilirsiniz. Bir kategoriye basarak o kategoriye dahil olan paketleri sağ taraftaki listede görebilirsiniz." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:127 -msgid "" -" <b>Hint:</b> There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list that " -"will show all packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines." -msgstr "" -"<b>Bilgi:</b> En alttaki \"zzz Tümü\" seçeneğinden tüm paketleri " -"görebilirsiniz. Bu işlem yavaş makinelerde biraz sürebilir." +msgid " <b>Hint:</b> There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list that will show all packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines." +msgstr "<b>Bilgi:</b> En alttaki \"zzz Tümü\" seçeneğinden tüm paketleri görebilirsiniz. Bu işlem yavaş makinelerde biraz sürebilir." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:130 -msgid "" -"<b>Search</b> allows you to search for packages that meet various criteria. " -"This is usually the easiest way to find a package if you know its name." -msgstr "" -"<b>Ara</b> seçeneği ile gireceğiniz kriterlere göre paket araması " -"yapabilirsiniz. Bu işlem, adını bildiğiniz bir paketi bulmanın en kolay " -"yoludur." +msgid "<b>Search</b> allows you to search for packages that meet various criteria. This is usually the easiest way to find a package if you know its name." +msgstr "<b>Ara</b> seçeneği ile gireceğiniz kriterlere göre paket araması yapabilirsiniz. Bu işlem, adını bildiğiniz bir paketi bulmanın en kolay yoludur." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:132 -msgid "" -"<b>Hint:</b> You can also use this to find out what package contains a " -"certain library. Search in the <b>Provides</b> RPM field." -msgstr "" -"<b>Bilgi:</b> Bu şekilde bir kütüphaneyi hangi paketin içerdiğini " -"bulabilirsiniz. Bunun için <b>Sağlananlar</b> alanından arama yapın." +msgid "<b>Hint:</b> You can also use this to find out what package contains a certain library. Search in the <b>Provides</b> RPM field." +msgstr "<b>Bilgi:</b> Bu şekilde bir kütüphaneyi hangi paketin içerdiğini bulabilirsiniz. Bunun için <b>Sağlananlar</b> alanından arama yapın." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:135 -msgid "" -"<b>Installation Summary</b> by default shows the changes to your system -- " -"what packages will be installed, deleted, or updated." -msgstr "" -"<b>Kurulum özeti</b> normalde sisteminizde yapılan değişiklikleri gösterir " -"-- hangi paketlerin kurulacağı, kaldırılacağı ya da güncelleneceği gibi." +msgid "<b>Installation Summary</b> by default shows the changes to your system -- what packages will be installed, deleted, or updated." +msgstr "<b>Kurulum özeti</b> normalde sisteminizde yapılan değişiklikleri gösterir -- hangi paketlerin kurulacağı, kaldırılacağı ya da güncelleneceği gibi." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:137 -msgid "" -"It is generally a good idea to use <b>Check Dependencies</b> then switch to " -"<b>Installation Summary</b> before clicking <b>Accept</b>. This way you can " -"see all changes that will be made to your system." -msgstr "" -"İlk önce <b>Bağımlılıkları kontrol et</b> özelliğini kullanıp <b>Kabul et</" -"b> düğmesini seçmeden önce <b>Kurulum özeti</b> seçeneğini kullanmanız " -"önerilir. Bu şekilde sisteminizde yapılacak tüm değişiklikleri " -"görebilirsiniz." +msgid "It is generally a good idea to use <b>Check Dependencies</b> then switch to <b>Installation Summary</b> before clicking <b>Accept</b>. This way you can see all changes that will be made to your system." +msgstr "İlk önce <b>Bağımlılıkları kontrol et</b> özelliğini kullanıp <b>Kabul et</b> düğmesini seçmeden önce <b>Kurulum özeti</b> seçeneğini kullanmanız önerilir. Bu şekilde sisteminizde yapılacak tüm değişiklikleri görebilirsiniz." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:140 -msgid "" -"You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see here; " -"use the check boxes at the left side." -msgstr "" -"Ayrıca hangi paketlerin hangi durumla görüneceklerini seçebilirsiniz. Bunun " -"için soldaki seçim kutularını kullanın." +msgid "You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see here; use the check boxes at the left side." +msgstr "Ayrıca hangi paketlerin hangi durumla görüneceklerini seçebilirsiniz. Bunun için soldaki seçim kutularını kullanın." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:142 -msgid "" -"<b>Hint:</b> You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see " -"what packages remain the same on your system. Simply check <b>Keep</b> and " -"uncheck everything else." -msgstr "" -"<b>Bilgi:</b> Bu filtrenin etkisini tersine çevirebilirsiniz. Sisteminizde " -"hangi paketlerin aynı kalacağını görebilirsiniz. Bunun için <b>Koru</b> " -"seçeneğini seçin ve diğer her şeyin seçimini kaldırın." +msgid "<b>Hint:</b> You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see what packages remain the same on your system. Simply check <b>Keep</b> and uncheck everything else." +msgstr "<b>Bilgi:</b> Bu filtrenin etkisini tersine çevirebilirsiniz. Sisteminizde hangi paketlerin aynı kalacağını görebilirsiniz. Bunun için <b>Koru</b> seçeneğini seçin ve diğer her şeyin seçimini kaldırın." # clients/support_send.ycp:18 #. Make sure all images used here are specified in @@ -731,12 +607,8 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:186 -msgid "" -"This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the " -"versions are the same)." -msgstr "" -"Bu paket kuruludur, paket güncellenir ya da yeniden kurulur (sürümler " -"aynıysa)." +msgid "This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the versions are the same)." +msgstr "Bu paket kuruludur, paket güncellenir ya da yeniden kurulur (sürümler aynıysa)." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:191 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:277 @@ -758,21 +630,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:199 -msgid "" -"This package is not installed and should not be installed under any " -"circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other " -"packages might have or get." -msgstr "" -"Bu paket kurulu değildir ve hiçbir şekilde kurulmamalıdır (özellikle diğer " -"paketlerin yaratabileceği çözülmemiş bağımlılıklar yüzünden)." +msgid "This package is not installed and should not be installed under any circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." +msgstr "Bu paket kurulu değildir ve hiçbir şekilde kurulmamalıdır (özellikle diğer paketlerin yaratabileceği çözülmemiş bağımlılıklar yüzünden)." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:203 src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:316 -msgid "" -"Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any " -"installation media." -msgstr "" -"\"Tabu\" olarak belirlenmiş paketlere sanki kurulum medyasında değillermiş " -"gibi davranılacaktır." +msgid "Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any installation media." +msgstr "\"Tabu\" olarak belirlenmiş paketlere sanki kurulum medyasında değillermiş gibi davranılacaktır." # include/sound/ui.ycp:280 #. Translators: Package status short (!) description @@ -782,20 +645,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:209 -msgid "" -"This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not " -"because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." -msgstr "" -"Bu paket kurulu durumdadır ve değiştirilmemelidir (özellikle diğer " -"paketlerin yaratabileceği çözülmemiş bağımlılıklar yüzünden)." +msgid "This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." +msgstr "Bu paket kurulu durumdadır ve değiştirilmemelidir (özellikle diğer paketlerin yaratabileceği çözülmemiş bağımlılıklar yüzünden)." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:213 -msgid "" -"Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by " -"newer versions that may come with the distribution." -msgstr "" -"Bu seçeneği dağıtım ile gelebilecek yeni bir sürüm ile değiştirlmesini " -"istemediğiniz üçüncü şahıs paketler için kullanabilirsiniz" +msgid "Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution." +msgstr "Bu seçeneği dağıtım ile gelebilecek yeni bir sürüm ile değiştirlmesini istemediğiniz üçüncü şahıs paketler için kullanabilirsiniz" #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:218 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:275 @@ -805,19 +660,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:220 -msgid "" -"This package will be installed automatically because some other package " -"needs it." -msgstr "" -"Bu pakete diğer bazı paketler tarafından ihtiyaç duyulduğundan bu paket " -"otomatikman kurulacaktır." +msgid "This package will be installed automatically because some other package needs it." +msgstr "Bu pakete diğer bazı paketler tarafından ihtiyaç duyulduğundan bu paket otomatikman kurulacaktır." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:222 -msgid "" -"<b>Hint:</b> You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package." -msgstr "" -"<b>Bilgi:</b> Böyle bir paketten kurtulmak için \"tabu\" seçeneğini " -"kullanabilirsiniz." +msgid "<b>Hint:</b> You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package." +msgstr "<b>Bilgi:</b> Böyle bir paketten kurtulmak için \"tabu\" seçeneğini kullanabilirsiniz." # clients/online_update_start.ycp:151 #. Translators: Package status short (!) description @@ -828,12 +676,8 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:228 -msgid "" -"This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer " -"version, so it will automatically be updated." -msgstr "" -"Bu paket kurulu durumda, ancak diğer bazı paketler bu paketin yeni bir " -"sürümüne ihtiyaç duyuyor. Bu yüzden güncelleme yapılacaktır." +msgid "This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer version, so it will automatically be updated." +msgstr "Bu paket kurulu durumda, ancak diğer bazı paketler bu paketin yeni bir sürümüne ihtiyaç duyuyor. Bu yüzden güncelleme yapılacaktır." # include/sound/ui.ycp:280 #. Translators: Package status short (!) description @@ -844,17 +688,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:235 -msgid "" -"This package is already installed, but package dependencies require that it " -"is deleted." -msgstr "" -"Bu paket kurulu durumda, ancak paket bağımlılıkları yüzünden silinecektir." +msgid "This package is already installed, but package dependencies require that it is deleted." +msgstr "Bu paket kurulu durumda, ancak paket bağımlılıkları yüzünden silinecektir." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:236 msgid "This can happen, for example, if some other package obsoletes this one." -msgstr "" -"Bu durum paketin diğer bazı paketler tarafından eskitilmesi durumunda " -"meydana gelebilir." +msgstr "Bu durum paketin diğer bazı paketler tarafından eskitilmesi durumunda meydana gelebilir." #. Translators: Headline for help about "magic keys" in the package manager #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:265 @@ -874,12 +713,8 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:278 -msgid "" -"Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the " -"latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version." -msgstr "" -"Paketi seçer, kurulu değilse kurulumu sağlar, kurulu ise de yeni sürüm " -"mevcutsa güncelleme yapar." +msgid "Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version." +msgstr "Paketi seçer, kurulu değilse kurulumu sağlar, kurulu ise de yeni sürüm mevcutsa güncelleme yapar." # clients/hwinfo.ycp:55 #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description @@ -889,21 +724,13 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:287 -msgid "" -"Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not " -"installed yet. Delete it if it is installed." -msgstr "" -"Paketten kurtulmayı sağlar. Paket kurulu değilse \"kurulmayacak\" olarak " -"belirler, kuruluysa da siler." +msgid "Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not installed yet. Delete it if it is installed." +msgstr "Paketten kurtulmayı sağlar. Paket kurulu değilse \"kurulmayacak\" olarak belirler, kuruluysa da siler." #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:295 -msgid "" -"Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. Ignore " -"packages that are not installed." -msgstr "" -"Paket kuruluysa ve yeni sürüm mevcutsa güncelleme yapar. Paket kurulu " -"değilse etkisiz kalır." +msgid "Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. Ignore packages that are not installed." +msgstr "Paket kuruluysa ve yeni sürüm mevcutsa güncelleme yapar. Paket kurulu değilse etkisiz kalır." # clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1623 #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description @@ -913,23 +740,13 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:304 -msgid "" -"Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently " -"set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages." -msgstr "" -"Yukarıdaki \">\" tuşunun etkinliğini kaldırır. Paket \"güncellenecek\" " -"olarak seçiliyse \"korunacak\" olarak değiştirilir. Diğer tüm durumlarda " -"etkisiz kalır." +msgid "Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages." +msgstr "Yukarıdaki \">\" tuşunun etkinliğini kaldırır. Paket \"güncellenecek\" olarak seçiliyse \"korunacak\" olarak değiştirilir. Diğer tüm durumlarda etkisiz kalır." #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:312 -msgid "" -"Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this package " -"does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved dependencies " -"that other packages might have or get. " -msgstr "" -"Paket kurulu değilse \"tabu\" konumuna getirir. Paketin bağımlılık çözümü " -"tarafından kurulmayacağına bu şekilde emin olabilirsiniz." +msgid "Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this package does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. " +msgstr "Paket kurulu değilse \"tabu\" konumuna getirir. Paketin bağımlılık çözümü tarafından kurulmayacağına bu şekilde emin olabilirsiniz." # clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:754 #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description @@ -939,21 +756,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:324 -msgid "" -"Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this package " -"will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that " -"other packages might have or get. " -msgstr "" -"Paket kurulu ise \"korunacak\" durumuna getirir. Paketin bağımlılık çözümü " -"tarafından değiştirilmeyeceğine bu şekilde emin olabilirsiniz." +msgid "Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this package will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. " +msgstr "Paket kurulu ise \"korunacak\" durumuna getirir. Paketin bağımlılık çözümü tarafından değiştirilmeyeceğine bu şekilde emin olabilirsiniz." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:328 -msgid "" -"Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer " -"versions that may come with the distribution." -msgstr "" -"Bu seçeneği dağıtım ile gelebilecek yeni bir sürüm ile değiştirlmesini " -"istemediğiniz üçüncü şahıs paketler için kullanabilirsiniz" +msgid "Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution." +msgstr "Bu seçeneği dağıtım ile gelebilecek yeni bir sürüm ile değiştirlmesini istemediğiniz üçüncü şahıs paketler için kullanabilirsiniz" # include/slide_show.ycp:192 include/slide_show.ycp:225 #: src/YQPatternSelector.cc:180 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:248 @@ -1020,13 +828,8 @@ #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:391 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the " -"dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <br><tt>%1</tt></p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Bağımlılık çözücüsündeki hataları incelemek için bununla geniş günlük " -"dosyaları oluşturabilirsiniz. Bu günlük dosyaları <br><tt>%1</tt> dizininde " -"saklanacaktır.</p>" +msgid "<p>Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <br><tt>%1</tt></p>" +msgstr "<p>Bağımlılık çözücüsündeki hataları incelemek için bununla geniş günlük dosyaları oluşturabilirsiniz. Bu günlük dosyaları <br><tt>%1</tt> dizininde saklanacaktır.</p>" #. parent #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:395 @@ -1034,13 +837,8 @@ msgstr "Çözücü Test Durumu" #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:410 -msgid "" -"<p>Dependency resolver test case written to <br><tt>%1</tt></p><p>Prepare " -"<tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Bağımlılık çözücü test durumu <br><tt>%1</tt> dosyasına yazıldı.</" -"p><p>Bugzilla'ya gönderilmek için <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> dosyası " -"oluşturulsun mu?</p>" +msgid "<p>Dependency resolver test case written to <br><tt>%1</tt></p><p>Prepare <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?</p>" +msgstr "<p>Bağımlılık çözücü test durumu <br><tt>%1</tt> dosyasına yazıldı.</p><p>Bugzilla'ya gönderilmek için <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> dosyası oluşturulsun mu?</p>" # clients/sound_volume.ycp:190 #. parent @@ -1050,12 +848,8 @@ #. caption #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:426 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Error</b> creating dependency resolver test case</p><p>Please check " -"disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt></p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Bağımlılık çözücü test durumu oluşturulurken bir <b>hata</b> meydana " -"geldi</p><p>Lütfen disk alanını ve <tt>%1</tt> için izinleri kontrol edin</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Error</b> creating dependency resolver test case</p><p>Please check disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt></p>" +msgstr "<p>Bağımlılık çözücü test durumu oluşturulurken bir <b>hata</b> meydana geldi</p><p>Lütfen disk alanını ve <tt>%1</tt> için izinleri kontrol edin</p>" #. startsWith #. filter @@ -2034,31 +1828,14 @@ #~ msgid "(by selection)" #~ msgstr "(seçim tarafından)" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This package will be installed automatically because it is contained in a " -#~ "predefined software selection (e.g., \"Multimedia\", \"Development\")." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bu paket otomatik olarak kurulacaktır, çünkü paket kullanılan yazılım " -#~ "seçimi dahilinde bulunmaktadır (\"Çoklu ortam\", \"Yazılım geliştirme\" " -#~ "gibi)." +#~ msgid "This package will be installed automatically because it is contained in a predefined software selection (e.g., \"Multimedia\", \"Development\")." +#~ msgstr "Bu paket otomatik olarak kurulacaktır, çünkü paket kullanılan yazılım seçimi dahilinde bulunmaktadır (\"Çoklu ortam\", \"Yazılım geliştirme\" gibi)." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This package is already installed, but there is a newer version. It is " -#~ "contained in a predefined software selection (e.g., \"Multimedia\", " -#~ "\"Development\") that you requested to update, so this package will " -#~ "automatically be updated." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bu paket şu anda kurulu durumda, ama paketin yeni bir sürümü mevcut. Bu " -#~ "yeni sürüm yüklemeyi istediğiniz bir yazılım seçimi dahilindedir (\"Çoklu " -#~ "ortam\", \"Yazılım geliştirme\" gibi), bu yüzden paket otomatik olarak " -#~ "güncellenecektir." +#~ msgid "This package is already installed, but there is a newer version. It is contained in a predefined software selection (e.g., \"Multimedia\", \"Development\") that you requested to update, so this package will automatically be updated." +#~ msgstr "Bu paket şu anda kurulu durumda, ama paketin yeni bir sürümü mevcut. Bu yeni sürüm yüklemeyi istediğiniz bir yazılım seçimi dahilindedir (\"Çoklu ortam\", \"Yazılım geliştirme\" gibi), bu yüzden paket otomatik olarak güncellenecektir." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This package is already installed, but some predefined software selection " -#~ "(e.g., \"Multimedia\", \"Development\") requires that it is deleted." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bu paket şu anda kurulu durumda, ama kullanılan yazılım seçimi (\"Çoklu " -#~ "ortam\", \"Yazılım geliştirme\" gibi) yüzünden paket silinecektir " +#~ msgid "This package is already installed, but some predefined software selection (e.g., \"Multimedia\", \"Development\") requires that it is deleted." +#~ msgstr "Bu paket şu anda kurulu durumda, ama kullanılan yazılım seçimi (\"Çoklu ortam\", \"Yazılım geliştirme\" gibi) yüzünden paket silinecektir " # clients/hwinfo.ycp:54 #~ msgid "Source" @@ -2238,33 +2015,16 @@ #~ msgstr "Disketin sistemden ayrılamıyor" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "It is generally a good idea to use <b>Check Dependencies</b> and then " -#~ "switch to <b>Installation Summary</b> before clicking <b>Accept</b>. This " -#~ "way you can see all changes that will be made to your system." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "İlk önce <b>Bağımlılıkları kontrol et</b> özelliğini kullanıp <b>Kabul " -#~ "et</b> düğmesini seçmeden önce <b>Kurulum özeti</b> seçeneğini " -#~ "kullanmanız önerilir. Bu şekilde sisteminizde yapılacak tüm " -#~ "değişiklikleri görebilirsiniz." +#~ msgid "It is generally a good idea to use <b>Check Dependencies</b> and then switch to <b>Installation Summary</b> before clicking <b>Accept</b>. This way you can see all changes that will be made to your system." +#~ msgstr "İlk önce <b>Bağımlılıkları kontrol et</b> özelliğini kullanıp <b>Kabul et</b> düğmesini seçmeden önce <b>Kurulum özeti</b> seçeneğini kullanmanız önerilir. Bu şekilde sisteminizde yapılacak tüm değişiklikleri görebilirsiniz." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This package will be installed automatically, because it is contained in " -#~ "a predefined software selection (e.g., \"Multimedia\", \"Development\")." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bu paket otomatik olarak kurulacaktır, çünkü paket kullanılan yazılım " -#~ "seçimi dahilinde bulunmaktadır (\"Çoklu ortam\", \"Yazılım geliştirme\" " -#~ "gibi)." +#~ msgid "This package will be installed automatically, because it is contained in a predefined software selection (e.g., \"Multimedia\", \"Development\")." +#~ msgstr "Bu paket otomatik olarak kurulacaktır, çünkü paket kullanılan yazılım seçimi dahilinde bulunmaktadır (\"Çoklu ortam\", \"Yazılım geliştirme\" gibi)." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Error</b> while creating a dependency resolver test case</" -#~ "p><p>Please check the disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt></p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Bağımlılık çözücü test durumu oluşturulurken bir <b>hata</b> meydana " -#~ "geldi</p><p>Lütfen disk alanını ve <tt>%1</tt> için izinleri kontrol " -#~ "edin</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Error</b> while creating a dependency resolver test case</p><p>Please check the disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt></p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Bağımlılık çözücü test durumu oluşturulurken bir <b>hata</b> meydana geldi</p><p>Lütfen disk alanını ve <tt>%1</tt> için izinleri kontrol edin</p>" # clients/online_update_start.ycp:171 #~ msgid "Installation Sources" @@ -2278,9 +2038,5 @@ #~ msgstr "Kurum kaynağı" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In addition to \"patches\", you can also select one of the other filter " -#~ "views from the <b>Filter</b> combo-box at the upper left:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "\"YOU yamalarına\" ek olarak sol üstteki <b>Filtre</b> bölümünden farklı " -#~ "liste filtreleme seçeneklerini kullanabilirsiniz." +#~ msgid "In addition to \"patches\", you can also select one of the other filter views from the <b>Filter</b> combo-box at the upper left:" +#~ msgstr "\"YOU yamalarına\" ek olarak sol üstteki <b>Filtre</b> bölümünden farklı liste filtreleme seçeneklerini kullanabilirsiniz." Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/qt.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/qt.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/qt.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ #. Help button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut #: src/YQWizard.cc:869 msgid "Release Notes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sürüm Notları" # clients/hwinfo.ycp:104 #. "Steps" button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut @@ -378,17 +378,8 @@ #~ msgid "Error: Out of disk space!" #~ msgstr "Hata: Yetersiz disk alanı!" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but " -#~ "you risk getting a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you " -#~ "are not absolutely sure how to handle such a case, press <b>Cancel</b> " -#~ "now and deselect some packages.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Ne yaptığınızı biliyorsanız bu şekilde yüklemeye devam edebilirsiniz, " -#~ "ancak bu şekilde el ile tamir gerektirebilecek bozuk bir sistem elde etme " -#~ "ihtimali oluşacaktır . Böyle bir durumda ne yapacağınızı tam " -#~ "bilmiyorsanız <b>İptal et</b> düğmesine basın ve bazı paketlerin seçimini " -#~ "kaldırın.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but you risk getting a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you are not absolutely sure how to handle such a case, press <b>Cancel</b> now and deselect some packages.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Ne yaptığınızı biliyorsanız bu şekilde yüklemeye devam edebilirsiniz, ancak bu şekilde el ile tamir gerektirebilecek bozuk bir sistem elde etme ihtimali oluşacaktır . Böyle bir durumda ne yapacağınızı tam bilmiyorsanız <b>İptal et</b> düğmesine basın ve bazı paketlerin seçimini kaldırın.</p>" # include/ui/common_messages.ycp:23 #~ msgid "C&ontinue Anyway" @@ -397,12 +388,8 @@ #~ msgid "Automatic Changes" #~ msgstr "Otomatik değişiklikler" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been " -#~ "changed to resolve dependencies:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "El ile yaptığınız paket seçimine ek olarak aşağıdaki paketler " -#~ "bağımlılıkları çözmek için yeniden düzenlendi:" +#~ msgid "In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been changed to resolve dependencies:" +#~ msgstr "El ile yaptığınız paket seçimine ek olarak aşağıdaki paketler bağımlılıkları çözmek için yeniden düzenlendi:" #~ msgid "Abandon all changes?" #~ msgstr "Tüm değişiklikleri iptal et?" @@ -413,181 +400,71 @@ #~ msgid "The YaST2 Package Manager" #~ msgstr "YaST paket yöneticisi" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<b>Note:</b> This is a just a short overview. Refer to the manual for " -#~ "details." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<b>Not:</b> Bu sadece kısa bir genel görünümdür. Ayrıntılar için el " -#~ "kitabına bakın." +#~ msgid "<b>Note:</b> This is a just a short overview. Refer to the manual for details." +#~ msgstr "<b>Not:</b> Bu sadece kısa bir genel görünümdür. Ayrıntılar için el kitabına bakın." #~ msgid "In this dialog, select patches to download and install." #~ msgstr "Bu pencerede indirilecek ve kurulacak yamalarını seçin." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The list on the left side contains available patches along with the " -#~ "respective patch kind (security, recommended, or optional) and the " -#~ "(estimated) download size." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sol taraftaki liste yama türü (güvenlik, önerilen ya da isteğe bağlı) ve " -#~ "(tahmini) indirme süreleriyle birlikte mevcut yamaları içerir." +#~ msgid "The list on the left side contains available patches along with the respective patch kind (security, recommended, or optional) and the (estimated) download size." +#~ msgstr "Sol taraftaki liste yama türü (güvenlik, önerilen ya da isteğe bağlı) ve (tahmini) indirme süreleriyle birlikte mevcut yamaları içerir." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on " -#~ "your system yet. You can change that with the <b>Include Installed " -#~ "Patches</b> check box below the list." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bu liste normalde sadece sisteminizde kurulu olmayan yamaları gösterir. " -#~ "Bu özelliği listenin altındaki <b>Kurulu yamaları dahil et</b> seçeneği " -#~ "ile değiştirebilirsiniz." +#~ msgid "This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on your system yet. You can change that with the <b>Include Installed Patches</b> check box below the list." +#~ msgstr "Bu liste normalde sadece sisteminizde kurulu olmayan yamaları gösterir. Bu özelliği listenin altındaki <b>Kurulu yamaları dahil et</b> seçeneği ile değiştirebilirsiniz." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The <b>Patch Description</b> field contains a longer explanation of the " -#~ "currently selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its " -#~ "description here." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<b>Yama tanımı</b> alanı seçili olan yama hakkında geniş bir açıklama " -#~ "sunar. Listeden tanımını görmek istediğiniz yamayı seçin." +#~ msgid "The <b>Patch Description</b> field contains a longer explanation of the currently selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its description here." +#~ msgstr "<b>Yama tanımı</b> alanı seçili olan yama hakkında geniş bir açıklama sunar. Listeden tanımını görmek istediğiniz yamayı seçin." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently " -#~ "selected patch, i.e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or " -#~ "delete individual packages from a patch, only the patch as a whole. This " -#~ "is intentional to avoid system inconsistencies." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Soldaki paket listesi seçili yamanın içeriğini, içerdiği paketleri, " -#~ "gösterir. Bir yamanın içerdiği paketleri tek tek kuramaz ya da " -#~ "kaldıramazsınız, bu durum sistem tutarlığını sağlamak içindir." +#~ msgid "The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently selected patch, i.e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or delete individual packages from a patch, only the patch as a whole. This is intentional to avoid system inconsistencies." +#~ msgstr "Soldaki paket listesi seçili yamanın içeriğini, içerdiği paketleri, gösterir. Bir yamanın içerdiği paketleri tek tek kuramaz ya da kaldıramazsınız, bu durum sistem tutarlığını sağlamak içindir." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In addition to <b>Patches</b>, you can also select one of the other " -#~ "filter views from <b>Filter</b> at the upper left:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<b>Yamalara</b> ek olarak sol üstteki <b>Filtre</b> bölümünden farklı " -#~ "liste filtreleme seçeneklerini kullanabilirsiniz:" +#~ msgid "In addition to <b>Patches</b>, you can also select one of the other filter views from <b>Filter</b> at the upper left:" +#~ msgstr "<b>Yamalara</b> ek olarak sol üstteki <b>Filtre</b> bölümünden farklı liste filtreleme seçeneklerini kullanabilirsiniz:" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You " -#~ "can select individual packages or entire package \"selections\"." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bu pencerede kurulacak, güncellenecek ya da kaldırılacak paketleri seçin. " -#~ "Paketleri tek tek seçebilir ya da genel paket \"seçimlerini\" " -#~ "kullanabilirsiniz." +#~ msgid "In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You can select individual packages or entire package \"selections\"." +#~ msgstr "Bu pencerede kurulacak, güncellenecek ya da kaldırılacak paketleri seçin. Paketleri tek tek seçebilir ya da genel paket \"seçimlerini\" kullanabilirsiniz." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or " -#~ "right-click it to open a context menu." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bir paketin durumunu değiştirmek için paketin durum ikonuna tıklayın, ya " -#~ "da sağ tıklayarak seçenekleri içeren menüyü açın." +#~ msgid "Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or right-click it to open a context menu." +#~ msgstr "Bir paketin durumunu değiştirmek için paketin durum ikonuna tıklayın, ya da sağ tıklayarak seçenekleri içeren menüyü açın." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Use the <b>Check Dependencies</b> button to resolve package dependencies. " -#~ "Some packages require other packages to be installed. Some packages can " -#~ "only be installed if certain other packages are not installed, too. This " -#~ "check will automatically mark required packages for installation and it " -#~ "will warn you if there are dependency conflicts." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<b>Bağımlılıkları kontrol et</b> düğmesi ile paket bağımlılıklarını " -#~ "çözebilirsiniz. Bazı paketler başka paketlerin kurulmasını gerektirir, " -#~ "bazı paketler ise sadece bazı belli paketler kurulu değilse kurulabilir. " -#~ "Bu kontrol gerekli paketleri otomatik olarak seçer ve bağımlılık " -#~ "çakışmaları varsa bunları bildirir." +#~ msgid "Use the <b>Check Dependencies</b> button to resolve package dependencies. Some packages require other packages to be installed. Some packages can only be installed if certain other packages are not installed, too. This check will automatically mark required packages for installation and it will warn you if there are dependency conflicts." +#~ msgstr "<b>Bağımlılıkları kontrol et</b> düğmesi ile paket bağımlılıklarını çözebilirsiniz. Bazı paketler başka paketlerin kurulmasını gerektirir, bazı paketler ise sadece bazı belli paketler kurulu değilse kurulabilir. Bu kontrol gerekli paketleri otomatik olarak seçer ve bağımlılık çakışmaları varsa bunları bildirir." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "When you leave this dialog with <b>Accept</b>, this check will " -#~ "automatically be performed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bu pencereyi <b>Kabul et</b> ile geçtiğinizde bu kontrol otomatik olarak " -#~ "yapılacaktır." +#~ msgid "When you leave this dialog with <b>Accept</b>, this check will automatically be performed." +#~ msgstr "Bu pencereyi <b>Kabul et</b> ile geçtiğinizde bu kontrol otomatik olarak yapılacaktır." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Select one of the available filter views with the <b>Filter</b> combo-box " -#~ "at the upper left:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sol üstteki <b>Filtre</b> bölümünden farklı liste filtreleme " -#~ "seçeneklerini kullanabilirsiniz." +#~ msgid "Select one of the available filter views with the <b>Filter</b> combo-box at the upper left:" +#~ msgstr "Sol üstteki <b>Filtre</b> bölümünden farklı liste filtreleme seçeneklerini kullanabilirsiniz." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<b>Selections</b> shows some predefined sets of packages that logically " -#~ "belong together." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<b>Seçimler</b> mantıksal olarak birlikte olan bazı paket setlerini " -#~ "gösterir." +#~ msgid "<b>Selections</b> shows some predefined sets of packages that logically belong together." +#~ msgstr "<b>Seçimler</b> mantıksal olarak birlikte olan bazı paket setlerini gösterir." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can " -#~ "also select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the " -#~ "right." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Seçimin yanındaki işaretleme düğmesi ile seçimin tümünü seçebilirsiniz. " -#~ "Ayrıca sağ taraftaki listeden paketleri tek tek seçebilirsiniz." +#~ msgid "Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can also select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right." +#~ msgstr "Seçimin yanındaki işaretleme düğmesi ile seçimin tümünü seçebilirsiniz. Ayrıca sağ taraftaki listeden paketleri tek tek seçebilirsiniz." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<b>Package Groups</b> shows packages by category. You can expand and " -#~ "collapse tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any " -#~ "category to display the packages in that category in the package list on " -#~ "the right side." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<b>Paket grupları</b> paketleri kategoriler halinde gösterir. Kategori ve " -#~ "alt kategorilerin listesini açabilirsiniz. Bir kategoriye basarak o " -#~ "kategoriye dahil olan paketleri sağ taraftaki listede görebilirsiniz." +#~ msgid "<b>Package Groups</b> shows packages by category. You can expand and collapse tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category to display the packages in that category in the package list on the right side." +#~ msgstr "<b>Paket grupları</b> paketleri kategoriler halinde gösterir. Kategori ve alt kategorilerin listesini açabilirsiniz. Bir kategoriye basarak o kategoriye dahil olan paketleri sağ taraftaki listede görebilirsiniz." -#~ msgid "" -#~ " <b>Hint:</b> There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list " -#~ "that will show all packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<b>Bilgi:</b> En alttaki \"zzz Tümü\" seçeneğinden tüm paketleri " -#~ "görebilirsiniz. Bu işlem yavaş makinelerde biraz sürebilir." +#~ msgid " <b>Hint:</b> There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list that will show all packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines." +#~ msgstr "<b>Bilgi:</b> En alttaki \"zzz Tümü\" seçeneğinden tüm paketleri görebilirsiniz. Bu işlem yavaş makinelerde biraz sürebilir." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<b>Search</b> allows you to search for packages that meet various " -#~ "criteria. This is usually the easiest way to find a package if you know " -#~ "its name." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<b>Ara</b> seçeneği ile gireceğiniz kriterlere göre paket araması " -#~ "yapabilirsiniz. Bu işlem, adını bildiğiniz bir paketi bulmanın en kolay " -#~ "yoludur." +#~ msgid "<b>Search</b> allows you to search for packages that meet various criteria. This is usually the easiest way to find a package if you know its name." +#~ msgstr "<b>Ara</b> seçeneği ile gireceğiniz kriterlere göre paket araması yapabilirsiniz. Bu işlem, adını bildiğiniz bir paketi bulmanın en kolay yoludur." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<b>Hint:</b> You can also use this to find out what package contains a " -#~ "certain library. Search in the <b>Provides</b> RPM field." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<b>Bilgi:</b> Bu şekilde bir kütüphaneyi hangi paketin içerdiğini " -#~ "bulabilirsiniz. Bunun için <b>Sağlananlar</b> alanından arama yapın." +#~ msgid "<b>Hint:</b> You can also use this to find out what package contains a certain library. Search in the <b>Provides</b> RPM field." +#~ msgstr "<b>Bilgi:</b> Bu şekilde bir kütüphaneyi hangi paketin içerdiğini bulabilirsiniz. Bunun için <b>Sağlananlar</b> alanından arama yapın." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<b>Installation Summary</b> by default shows the changes to your system " -#~ "-- what packages will be installed, deleted, or updated." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<b>Kurulum özeti</b> normalde sisteminizde yapılan değişiklikleri " -#~ "gösterir -- hangi paketlerin kurulacağı, kaldırılacağı ya da " -#~ "güncelleneceği gibi." +#~ msgid "<b>Installation Summary</b> by default shows the changes to your system -- what packages will be installed, deleted, or updated." +#~ msgstr "<b>Kurulum özeti</b> normalde sisteminizde yapılan değişiklikleri gösterir -- hangi paketlerin kurulacağı, kaldırılacağı ya da güncelleneceği gibi." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "It is generally a good idea to use <b>Check Dependencies</b> then switch " -#~ "to <b>Installation Summary</b> before clicking <b>Accept</b>. This way " -#~ "you can see all changes that will be made to your system." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "İlk önce <b>Bağımlılıkları kontrol et</b> özelliğini kullanıp <b>Kabul " -#~ "et</b> düğmesini seçmeden önce <b>Kurulum özeti</b> seçeneğini " -#~ "kullanmanız önerilir. Bu şekilde sisteminizde yapılacak tüm " -#~ "değişiklikleri görebilirsiniz." +#~ msgid "It is generally a good idea to use <b>Check Dependencies</b> then switch to <b>Installation Summary</b> before clicking <b>Accept</b>. This way you can see all changes that will be made to your system." +#~ msgstr "İlk önce <b>Bağımlılıkları kontrol et</b> özelliğini kullanıp <b>Kabul et</b> düğmesini seçmeden önce <b>Kurulum özeti</b> seçeneğini kullanmanız önerilir. Bu şekilde sisteminizde yapılacak tüm değişiklikleri görebilirsiniz." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see " -#~ "here; use the check boxes at the left side." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ayrıca hangi paketlerin hangi durumla görüneceklerini seçebilirsiniz. " -#~ "Bunun için soldaki seçim kutularını kullanın." +#~ msgid "You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see here; use the check boxes at the left side." +#~ msgstr "Ayrıca hangi paketlerin hangi durumla görüneceklerini seçebilirsiniz. Bunun için soldaki seçim kutularını kullanın." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<b>Hint:</b> You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see " -#~ "what packages remain the same on your system. Simply check <b>Keep</b> " -#~ "and uncheck everything else." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<b>Bilgi:</b> Bu filtrenin etkisini tersine çevirebilirsiniz. " -#~ "Sisteminizde hangi paketlerin aynı kalacağını görebilirsiniz. Bunun için " -#~ "<b>Koru</b> seçeneğini seçin ve diğer her şeyin seçimini kaldırın." +#~ msgid "<b>Hint:</b> You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see what packages remain the same on your system. Simply check <b>Keep</b> and uncheck everything else." +#~ msgstr "<b>Bilgi:</b> Bu filtrenin etkisini tersine çevirebilirsiniz. Sisteminizde hangi paketlerin aynı kalacağını görebilirsiniz. Bunun için <b>Koru</b> seçeneğini seçin ve diğer her şeyin seçimini kaldırın." # clients/support_send.ycp:18 #~ msgid "Symbols Overview" @@ -616,12 +493,8 @@ #~ msgid "Update" #~ msgstr "Güncellenecek" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the " -#~ "versions are the same)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bu paket kuruludur, paket güncellenir ya da yeniden kurulur (sürümler " -#~ "aynıysa)." +#~ msgid "This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the versions are the same)." +#~ msgstr "Bu paket kuruludur, paket güncellenir ya da yeniden kurulur (sürümler aynıysa)." #~ msgid "Delete" #~ msgstr "Silinecek" @@ -632,111 +505,60 @@ #~ msgid "Taboo" #~ msgstr "Tabu" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This package is not installed and should not be installed under any " -#~ "circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that " -#~ "other packages might have or get." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bu paket kurulu değildir ve hiçbir şekilde kurulmamalıdır (özellikle " -#~ "diğer paketlerin yaratabileceği çözülmemiş bağımlılıklar yüzünden)." +#~ msgid "This package is not installed and should not be installed under any circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." +#~ msgstr "Bu paket kurulu değildir ve hiçbir şekilde kurulmamalıdır (özellikle diğer paketlerin yaratabileceği çözülmemiş bağımlılıklar yüzünden)." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any " -#~ "installation media." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "\"Tabu\" olarak belirlenmiş paketlere sanki kurulum medyasında " -#~ "değillermiş gibi davranılacaktır." +#~ msgid "Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any installation media." +#~ msgstr "\"Tabu\" olarak belirlenmiş paketlere sanki kurulum medyasında değillermiş gibi davranılacaktır." # include/sound/ui.ycp:280 #~ msgid "Protected" #~ msgstr "Korunmuş" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not " -#~ "because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bu paket kurulu durumdadır ve değiştirilmemelidir (özellikle diğer " -#~ "paketlerin yaratabileceği çözülmemiş bağımlılıklar yüzünden)." +#~ msgid "This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." +#~ msgstr "Bu paket kurulu durumdadır ve değiştirilmemelidir (özellikle diğer paketlerin yaratabileceği çözülmemiş bağımlılıklar yüzünden)." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten " -#~ "by newer versions that may come with the distribution." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bu seçeneği dağıtım ile gelebilecek yeni bir sürüm ile değiştirlmesini " -#~ "istemediğiniz üçüncü şahıs paketler için kullanabilirsiniz" +#~ msgid "Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution." +#~ msgstr "Bu seçeneği dağıtım ile gelebilecek yeni bir sürüm ile değiştirlmesini istemediğiniz üçüncü şahıs paketler için kullanabilirsiniz" #~ msgid "Autoinstall" #~ msgstr "Otomatikman kur" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This package will be installed automatically because some other package " -#~ "needs it." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bu pakete diğer bazı paketler tarafından ihtiyaç duyulduğundan bu paket " -#~ "otomatikman kurulacaktır." +#~ msgid "This package will be installed automatically because some other package needs it." +#~ msgstr "Bu pakete diğer bazı paketler tarafından ihtiyaç duyulduğundan bu paket otomatikman kurulacaktır." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<b>Hint:</b> You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<b>Bilgi:</b> Böyle bir paketten kurtulmak için \"tabu\" seçeneğini " -#~ "kullanabilirsiniz." +#~ msgid "<b>Hint:</b> You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package." +#~ msgstr "<b>Bilgi:</b> Böyle bir paketten kurtulmak için \"tabu\" seçeneğini kullanabilirsiniz." # clients/online_update_start.ycp:151 #~ msgid "Autoupdate" #~ msgstr "Otomatikman güncelle" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer " -#~ "version, so it will automatically be updated." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bu paket kurulu durumda, ancak diğer bazı paketler bu paketin yeni bir " -#~ "sürümüne ihtiyaç duyuyor. Bu yüzden güncelleme yapılacaktır." +#~ msgid "This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer version, so it will automatically be updated." +#~ msgstr "Bu paket kurulu durumda, ancak diğer bazı paketler bu paketin yeni bir sürümüne ihtiyaç duyuyor. Bu yüzden güncelleme yapılacaktır." # include/sound/ui.ycp:280 #~ msgid "Autodelete" #~ msgstr "Otomatikman sil" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This package is already installed, but package dependencies require that " -#~ "it is deleted." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bu paket kurulu durumda, ancak paket bağımlılıkları yüzünden silinecektir." +#~ msgid "This package is already installed, but package dependencies require that it is deleted." +#~ msgstr "Bu paket kurulu durumda, ancak paket bağımlılıkları yüzünden silinecektir." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This can happen, for example, if some other package obsoletes this one." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bu durum paketin diğer bazı paketler tarafından eskitilmesi durumunda " -#~ "meydana gelebilir." +#~ msgid "This can happen, for example, if some other package obsoletes this one." +#~ msgstr "Bu durum paketin diğer bazı paketler tarafından eskitilmesi durumunda meydana gelebilir." # clients/inst_sw_details.ycp:197 #~ msgid "(by selection)" #~ msgstr "(seçim tarafından)" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This package will be installed automatically because it is contained in a " -#~ "predefined software selection (e.g., \"Multimedia\", \"Development\")." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bu paket otomatik olarak kurulacaktır, çünkü paket kullanılan yazılım " -#~ "seçimi dahilinde bulunmaktadır (\"Çoklu ortam\", \"Yazılım geliştirme\" " -#~ "gibi)." +#~ msgid "This package will be installed automatically because it is contained in a predefined software selection (e.g., \"Multimedia\", \"Development\")." +#~ msgstr "Bu paket otomatik olarak kurulacaktır, çünkü paket kullanılan yazılım seçimi dahilinde bulunmaktadır (\"Çoklu ortam\", \"Yazılım geliştirme\" gibi)." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This package is already installed, but there is a newer version. It is " -#~ "contained in a predefined software selection (e.g., \"Multimedia\", " -#~ "\"Development\") that you requested to update, so this package will " -#~ "automatically be updated." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bu paket şu anda kurulu durumda, ama paketin yeni bir sürümü mevcut. Bu " -#~ "yeni sürüm yüklemeyi istediğiniz bir yazılım seçimi dahilindedir (\"Çoklu " -#~ "ortam\", \"Yazılım geliştirme\" gibi), bu yüzden paket otomatik olarak " -#~ "güncellenecektir." +#~ msgid "This package is already installed, but there is a newer version. It is contained in a predefined software selection (e.g., \"Multimedia\", \"Development\") that you requested to update, so this package will automatically be updated." +#~ msgstr "Bu paket şu anda kurulu durumda, ama paketin yeni bir sürümü mevcut. Bu yeni sürüm yüklemeyi istediğiniz bir yazılım seçimi dahilindedir (\"Çoklu ortam\", \"Yazılım geliştirme\" gibi), bu yüzden paket otomatik olarak güncellenecektir." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This package is already installed, but some predefined software selection " -#~ "(e.g., \"Multimedia\", \"Development\") requires that it is deleted." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bu paket şu anda kurulu durumda, ama kullanılan yazılım seçimi (\"Çoklu " -#~ "ortam\", \"Yazılım geliştirme\" gibi) yüzünden paket silinecektir " +#~ msgid "This package is already installed, but some predefined software selection (e.g., \"Multimedia\", \"Development\") requires that it is deleted." +#~ msgstr "Bu paket şu anda kurulu durumda, ama kullanılan yazılım seçimi (\"Çoklu ortam\", \"Yazılım geliştirme\" gibi) yüzünden paket silinecektir " #~ msgid "Special Keys Overview" #~ msgstr "Özel tuşlara genel bakış" @@ -747,69 +569,38 @@ #~ msgid "Add" #~ msgstr "Ekle" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the " -#~ "latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Paketi seçer, kurulu değilse kurulumu sağlar, kurulu ise de yeni sürüm " -#~ "mevcutsa güncelleme yapar." +#~ msgid "Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version." +#~ msgstr "Paketi seçer, kurulu değilse kurulumu sağlar, kurulu ise de yeni sürüm mevcutsa güncelleme yapar." # clients/hwinfo.ycp:55 #~ msgid "Remove" #~ msgstr "Kaldır" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not " -#~ "installed yet. Delete it if it is installed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Paketten kurtulmayı sağlar. Paket kurulu değilse \"kurulmayacak\" olarak " -#~ "belirler, kuruluysa da siler." +#~ msgid "Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not installed yet. Delete it if it is installed." +#~ msgstr "Paketten kurtulmayı sağlar. Paket kurulu değilse \"kurulmayacak\" olarak belirler, kuruluysa da siler." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. " -#~ "Ignore packages that are not installed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Paket kuruluysa ve yeni sürüm mevcutsa güncelleme yapar. Paket kurulu " -#~ "değilse etkisiz kalır." +#~ msgid "Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. Ignore packages that are not installed." +#~ msgstr "Paket kuruluysa ve yeni sürüm mevcutsa güncelleme yapar. Paket kurulu değilse etkisiz kalır." # clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1623 #~ msgid "Undo Update" #~ msgstr "Güncellemeyi geri çevir" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is " -#~ "currently set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Yukarıdaki \">\" tuşunun etkinliğini kaldırır. Paket \"güncellenecek\" " -#~ "olarak seçiliyse \"korunacak\" olarak değiştirilir. Diğer tüm durumlarda " -#~ "etkisiz kalır." +#~ msgid "Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages." +#~ msgstr "Yukarıdaki \">\" tuşunun etkinliğini kaldırır. Paket \"güncellenecek\" olarak seçiliyse \"korunacak\" olarak değiştirilir. Diğer tüm durumlarda etkisiz kalır." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this " -#~ "package does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved " -#~ "dependencies that other packages might have or get. " -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Paket kurulu değilse \"tabu\" konumuna getirir. Paketin bağımlılık çözümü " -#~ "tarafından kurulmayacağına bu şekilde emin olabilirsiniz." +#~ msgid "Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this package does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. " +#~ msgstr "Paket kurulu değilse \"tabu\" konumuna getirir. Paketin bağımlılık çözümü tarafından kurulmayacağına bu şekilde emin olabilirsiniz." # clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:754 #~ msgid "Protect" #~ msgstr "Koru" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this " -#~ "package will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved " -#~ "dependencies that other packages might have or get. " -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Paket kurulu ise \"korunacak\" durumuna getirir. Paketin bağımlılık " -#~ "çözümü tarafından değiştirilmeyeceğine bu şekilde emin olabilirsiniz." +#~ msgid "Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this package will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. " +#~ msgstr "Paket kurulu ise \"korunacak\" durumuna getirir. Paketin bağımlılık çözümü tarafından değiştirilmeyeceğine bu şekilde emin olabilirsiniz." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer " -#~ "versions that may come with the distribution." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bu seçeneği dağıtım ile gelebilecek yeni bir sürüm ile değiştirlmesini " -#~ "istemediğiniz üçüncü şahıs paketler için kullanabilirsiniz" +#~ msgid "Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution." +#~ msgstr "Bu seçeneği dağıtım ile gelebilecek yeni bir sürüm ile değiştirlmesini istemediğiniz üçüncü şahıs paketler için kullanabilirsiniz" # include/slide_show.ycp:192 include/slide_show.ycp:225 #~ msgid "&Details..." @@ -844,37 +635,21 @@ #~ msgstr "Bağımlılık Çözücüsü &Test Durumu Oluştur" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the " -#~ "dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <br><tt>%1</" -#~ "tt></p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Bağımlılık çözücüsündeki hataları incelemek için bununla geniş günlük " -#~ "dosyaları oluşturabilirsiniz. Bu günlük dosyaları <br><tt>%1</tt> " -#~ "dizininde saklanacaktır.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <br><tt>%1</tt></p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Bağımlılık çözücüsündeki hataları incelemek için bununla geniş günlük dosyaları oluşturabilirsiniz. Bu günlük dosyaları <br><tt>%1</tt> dizininde saklanacaktır.</p>" #~ msgid "Solver Test Case" #~ msgstr "Çözücü Test Durumu" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Dependency resolver test case written to <br><tt>%1</tt></p><p>Prepare " -#~ "<tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Bağımlılık çözücü test durumu <br><tt>%1</tt> dosyasına yazıldı.</" -#~ "p><p>Bugzilla'ya gönderilmek için <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> dosyası " -#~ "oluşturulsun mu?</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Dependency resolver test case written to <br><tt>%1</tt></p><p>Prepare <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Bağımlılık çözücü test durumu <br><tt>%1</tt> dosyasına yazıldı.</p><p>Bugzilla'ya gönderilmek için <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> dosyası oluşturulsun mu?</p>" # clients/sound_volume.ycp:190 #~ msgid "Success" #~ msgstr "Başarılı" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Error</b> creating dependency resolver test case</p><p>Please check " -#~ "disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt></p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Bağımlılık çözücü test durumu oluşturulurken bir <b>hata</b> meydana " -#~ "geldi</p><p>Lütfen disk alanını ve <tt>%1</tt> için izinleri kontrol " -#~ "edin</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Error</b> creating dependency resolver test case</p><p>Please check disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt></p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Bağımlılık çözücü test durumu oluşturulurken bir <b>hata</b> meydana geldi</p><p>Lütfen disk alanını ve <tt>%1</tt> için izinleri kontrol edin</p>" #~ msgid "Save Conflicts List" #~ msgstr "Çakışma listesini kaydet" @@ -1347,33 +1122,16 @@ #~ msgstr "Disketin sistemden ayrılamıyor" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "It is generally a good idea to use <b>Check Dependencies</b> and then " -#~ "switch to <b>Installation Summary</b> before clicking <b>Accept</b>. This " -#~ "way you can see all changes that will be made to your system." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "İlk önce <b>Bağımlılıkları kontrol et</b> özelliğini kullanıp <b>Kabul " -#~ "et</b> düğmesini seçmeden önce <b>Kurulum özeti</b> seçeneğini " -#~ "kullanmanız önerilir. Bu şekilde sisteminizde yapılacak tüm " -#~ "değişiklikleri görebilirsiniz." +#~ msgid "It is generally a good idea to use <b>Check Dependencies</b> and then switch to <b>Installation Summary</b> before clicking <b>Accept</b>. This way you can see all changes that will be made to your system." +#~ msgstr "İlk önce <b>Bağımlılıkları kontrol et</b> özelliğini kullanıp <b>Kabul et</b> düğmesini seçmeden önce <b>Kurulum özeti</b> seçeneğini kullanmanız önerilir. Bu şekilde sisteminizde yapılacak tüm değişiklikleri görebilirsiniz." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This package will be installed automatically, because it is contained in " -#~ "a predefined software selection (e.g., \"Multimedia\", \"Development\")." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bu paket otomatik olarak kurulacaktır, çünkü paket kullanılan yazılım " -#~ "seçimi dahilinde bulunmaktadır (\"Çoklu ortam\", \"Yazılım geliştirme\" " -#~ "gibi)." +#~ msgid "This package will be installed automatically, because it is contained in a predefined software selection (e.g., \"Multimedia\", \"Development\")." +#~ msgstr "Bu paket otomatik olarak kurulacaktır, çünkü paket kullanılan yazılım seçimi dahilinde bulunmaktadır (\"Çoklu ortam\", \"Yazılım geliştirme\" gibi)." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Error</b> while creating a dependency resolver test case</" -#~ "p><p>Please check the disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt></p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Bağımlılık çözücü test durumu oluşturulurken bir <b>hata</b> meydana " -#~ "geldi</p><p>Lütfen disk alanını ve <tt>%1</tt> için izinleri kontrol " -#~ "edin</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Error</b> while creating a dependency resolver test case</p><p>Please check the disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt></p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Bağımlılık çözücü test durumu oluşturulurken bir <b>hata</b> meydana geldi</p><p>Lütfen disk alanını ve <tt>%1</tt> için izinleri kontrol edin</p>" # clients/online_update_start.ycp:171 #~ msgid "Installation Sources" @@ -1387,9 +1145,5 @@ #~ msgstr "Kurum kaynağı" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In addition to \"patches\", you can also select one of the other filter " -#~ "views from the <b>Filter</b> combo-box at the upper left:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "\"YOU yamalarına\" ek olarak sol üstteki <b>Filtre</b> bölümünden farklı " -#~ "liste filtreleme seçeneklerini kullanabilirsiniz." +#~ msgid "In addition to \"patches\", you can also select one of the other filter views from the <b>Filter</b> combo-box at the upper left:" +#~ msgstr "\"YOU yamalarına\" ek olarak sol üstteki <b>Filtre</b> bölümünden farklı liste filtreleme seçeneklerini kullanabilirsiniz." Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/rdp.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/rdp.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/rdp.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -91,8 +91,7 @@ #| "<p>If this feature is enabled, you can\n" #| "administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n" #| "client, such as krdc (connect to <i><hostname>:%1</i>), or\n" -#| "a Java-capable web browser (connect to <i>http://<hostname>:%2/</" -#| "i>).\n" +#| "a Java-capable web browser (connect to <i>http://<hostname>:%2/</i>).\n" #| "This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.</p>\n" msgid "" "<p><b><big>Remote Administration Settings</big></b></p>\n" @@ -104,10 +103,8 @@ "<p>Bu özellik etkinleştirilirse bu makineyi uzaktaki başka bir\n" "makineyle yönetme şansına sahip olursunuz. krdc gibi bir VNC istemcisiyle\n" "(<i><hostname>:%1</i> adresine bağlanarak) ya da Java destekli\n" -"bir web tarayıcıyla (<i>http://<hostname>:%2/</i> adresine " -"bağlanarak)\n" -"uzaktan yönetim işlemini yapabilirsiniz. Bu tür uzaktan yönetim, SSH " -"kullanmaktan\n" +"bir web tarayıcıyla (<i>http://<hostname>:%2/</i> adresine bağlanarak)\n" +"uzaktan yönetim işlemini yapabilirsiniz. Bu tür uzaktan yönetim, SSH kullanmaktan\n" "daha az güvenlidir.</p>\n" #. Dialog frame title Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/rear.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/rear.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/rear.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -54,9 +54,7 @@ msgstr "Bu sistem ACPI ya da APM modlarını desteklemiyor." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:90 -msgid "" -"Do NOT expect the created backup to be useful for system recovery if you " -"ignore this warning." +msgid "Do NOT expect the created backup to be useful for system recovery if you ignore this warning." msgstr "" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:104 @@ -158,61 +156,36 @@ #. help text for Rear #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:419 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<p>Here, configure an infrared interface (<b>IrDA</b>) for your computer." -#| "</p>" -msgid "" -"<p>Configure Rear Relax and Recover (<b>ReaR</b>) backup for your computer.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Buradan bilgisayarınızdaki kızılötesi (<b>IrDA</b>) arayüzünü " -"yapılandırabilirsiniz.</p>" +#| msgid "<p>Here, configure an infrared interface (<b>IrDA</b>) for your computer.</p>" +msgid "<p>Configure Rear Relax and Recover (<b>ReaR</b>) backup for your computer.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Buradan bilgisayarınızdaki kızılötesi (<b>IrDA</b>) arayüzünü yapılandırabilirsiniz.</p>" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:422 -msgid "" -"<p>Decide how to start your <b>Recovery System</b>. Choose USB if you want " -"to boot from an USB stick, or ISO for CD-ROM respectively.</p>" +msgid "<p>Decide how to start your <b>Recovery System</b>. Choose USB if you want to boot from an USB stick, or ISO for CD-ROM respectively.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:425 -msgid "" -"<p>Choose where the <b>Backup</b> should be stored. Select NFS if you have " -"to use a server that offers Network File System. Please specify the location " -"as follows: <tt>nfs://hostname/directory</tt>. You can also choose USB to " -"store your backup on an USB stick or USB disk.</p>" +msgid "<p>Choose where the <b>Backup</b> should be stored. Select NFS if you have to use a server that offers Network File System. Please specify the location as follows: <tt>nfs://hostname/directory</tt>. You can also choose USB to store your backup on an USB stick or USB disk.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:428 -msgid "" -"<p>If no USB devices are shown, attach an USB stick or an USB disk and click " -"<b>Rescan USB Devices</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>If no USB devices are shown, attach an USB stick or an USB disk and click <b>Rescan USB Devices</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:431 -msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Keep old backup</b> if you don't want the previous backup copy " -"to be overwritten.</p>" +msgid "<p>Select <b>Keep old backup</b> if you don't want the previous backup copy to be overwritten.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:434 -msgid "" -"<p>The <b>Advanced</b> menu offers to add <b>additional directories to the " -"backup</b> and <b>additional kernel modules to the rescue system</b>. That's " -"only useful if your backup doesn't contain all the needed directories or the " -"rescue system doesn't boot due to missing kernel modules.</p>" +msgid "<p>The <b>Advanced</b> menu offers to add <b>additional directories to the backup</b> and <b>additional kernel modules to the rescue system</b>. That's only useful if your backup doesn't contain all the needed directories or the rescue system doesn't boot due to missing kernel modules.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:437 -msgid "" -"<p>The <b>Save and run rear now</b> button runs rear and shows rear's " -"output. <strong>Make sure to test if the created backup works as expected on " -"your system!</strong></p>" +msgid "<p>The <b>Save and run rear now</b> button runs rear and shows rear's output. <strong>Make sure to test if the created backup works as expected on your system!</strong></p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:440 -msgid "" -"<p><b>OK</b> saves the configuration and quits while <b>Cancel</b> closes " -"the configuration dialog without saving.<p>" +msgid "<p><b>OK</b> saves the configuration and quits while <b>Cancel</b> closes the configuration dialog without saving.<p>" msgstr "" # clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:156 @@ -300,9 +273,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:590 -msgid "" -"Your rear configuration file contains options this YaST2 module cannot " -"configure.\n" +msgid "Your rear configuration file contains options this YaST2 module cannot configure.\n" msgstr "" # clients/inst_custom_part.ycp:3559 Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/registration.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/registration.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/registration.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -149,9 +149,7 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 -msgid "" -"Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get " -"updates and extensions." +msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." msgstr "" #. not set yet? @@ -208,15 +206,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:508 -msgid "" -"<p>You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or " -"modules to enhance the functionality of the system.</p>" +msgid "<p>You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:510 -msgid "" -"<p>If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE " -"Customer Center and remove the system manually there.</p>" +msgid "<p>If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there.</p>" msgstr "" #. error message @@ -329,7 +323,7 @@ #: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:10 msgid "Details:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ayrıntılar:" #: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:14 msgid "Failed Certificate Details" @@ -463,7 +457,7 @@ #. %s are error details #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:184 msgid "Details: %s" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ayrıntılar: %s" #. progress label #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:209 @@ -537,7 +531,7 @@ #. dialog title #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:40 msgid "License Agreement" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lisans anlaşması" #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Downloading Licenses..." @@ -572,9 +566,7 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41 msgid "" "<p>Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.</p>\n" -"<p>Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you " -"cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective " -"extension or module.</p>" +"<p>Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module.</p>" msgstr "" #. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items) @@ -595,22 +587,17 @@ #. help text (1/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:42 -msgid "" -"<p>Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem.</p>" +msgid "<p>Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text (2/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:45 -msgid "" -"<p>Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific " -"registration code.</p>" +msgid "<p>Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text (3/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:48 -msgid "" -"<p>If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the " -"SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there.</p>" +msgid "<p>If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there.</p>" msgstr "" #. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow @@ -639,9 +626,7 @@ #. help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33 -msgid "" -"<p>Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered " -"together with the base product.</p>" +msgid "<p>Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36 @@ -652,13 +637,15 @@ msgid "Identifier" msgstr "" +# clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1461 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:51 msgid "Version" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sürüm" +# clients/hwinfo.ycp:42 clients/hwinfo.ycp:64 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:52 msgid "Architecture" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Yapı" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:53 msgid "Release Type" @@ -697,19 +684,15 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51 msgid "" -"<p>Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center " -"database,\n" +"<p>Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" "enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product " -"Registration</b>.</p>" +"To register while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product Registration</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56 msgid "" -"<p>If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL " -"of the server\n" -"and the location of the SMT certificate in <b>SMT Server Settings</b>. " -"Refer\n" +"<p>If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" +"and the location of the SMT certificate in <b>SMT Server Settings</b>. Refer\n" "to your SMT manual for further assistance.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -748,7 +731,7 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:141 msgid "none" -msgstr "" +msgstr "yok" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 @@ -781,38 +764,27 @@ #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:118 -msgid "" -"<p>Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the " -"authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data.</p>" +msgid "<p>Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 -msgid "" -"<p>You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known " -"certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the " -"issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>" +msgid "<p>You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 -msgid "" -"<p>Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed " -"certificate.</p>" +msgid "<p>Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Important:</b> You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to " -"be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big " -"security risk.</b></p>" +msgid "<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk.</b></p>" msgstr "" #. error message, the entered URL is not valid @@ -1043,8 +1015,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Şu paketlerin kurulması gereklidir:" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To count this installation correctly the package %1 needs to be installed." +#~ msgid "To count this installation correctly the package %1 needs to be installed." #~ msgstr "Şu paketlerin kurulması gereklidir:" #, fuzzy Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/reipl.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/reipl.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/reipl.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ #: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:155 msgid "&Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Ad" #: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:175 #, fuzzy @@ -183,8 +183,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<P><B><BIG>Başlatma işlemini kesme:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -"<b>Kes</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde " -"kesebilirsiniz.</p>\n" +"<b>Kes</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde kesebilirsiniz.</p>\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:44 @@ -218,10 +217,8 @@ #. Configure dialog help 2 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"<p>Choose one of the methods for rebooting your machine with the radio " -"buttons\n" -"listed inside <b>reipl methods</b>. Depending on what your machine " -"supports,\n" +"<p>Choose one of the methods for rebooting your machine with the radio buttons\n" +"listed inside <b>reipl methods</b>. Depending on what your machine supports,\n" "choose between CCW (channel command word) devices and SCSI devices,\n" "which are attached through zFCP (fibre channel protocol). Then fill out the\n" "necessary parameter entry fields for the respective method.</p>\n" @@ -231,10 +228,8 @@ #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "<p>The <b>device</b> must be a valid device bus ID with lower case letters\n" -"in a sysfs compatible format 0.<i><subchannel set ID></i>.<i><" -"device ID></i>,\n" -"such as 0.0.5c51. Depending on the chosen method, this can either refer to a " -"DASD or to\n" +"in a sysfs compatible format 0.<i><subchannel set ID></i>.<i><device ID></i>,\n" +"such as 0.0.5c51. Depending on the chosen method, this can either refer to a DASD or to\n" "an FCP adapter.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -256,10 +251,8 @@ #. Configure dialog help 6 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:84 msgid "" -"<p>The <b>logical unit number</b> (LUN) must be entered with lowercase " -"letters\n" -"as a 16-digit hex value with all trailing zeros, such as 0x52ca000000000000." -"</p>" +"<p>The <b>logical unit number</b> (LUN) must be entered with lowercase letters\n" +"as a 16-digit hex value with all trailing zeros, such as 0x52ca000000000000.</p>" msgstr "" #. Configure dialog help 7 @@ -280,8 +273,7 @@ #. Configure dialog help 9 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:98 msgid "" -"<p>After confirmation of this dialog, you may trigger a reboot, e.g. by " -"shutdown,\n" +"<p>After confirmation of this dialog, you may trigger a reboot, e.g. by shutdown,\n" "and the system will automatically restart from your specified device.</p>" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/relocation-server.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/relocation-server.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/relocation-server.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -253,8 +253,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<P><B><BIG>Başlatma işlemini kesme:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -"<b>Kes</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde " -"kesebilirsiniz.</p>\n" +"<b>Kes</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde kesebilirsiniz.</p>\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:44 @@ -287,11 +286,7 @@ "<p><b>Relocation Address</b><br>\n" "Address xend should listen on for relocation-socket connections</p>\n" "<p><b>Allowed Hosts</b><br>\n" -"The hosts allowed to talk to the relocation port. If this is empty, then all " -"connections are allowed. Otherwise, this should be a space-separated " -"sequence of regular expressions. Any host with a fully-qualified domain name " -"or an IP address that matches one of these regular expressions will be " -"accepted.</p>\n" +"The hosts allowed to talk to the relocation port. If this is empty, then all connections are allowed. Otherwise, this should be a space-separated sequence of regular expressions. Any host with a fully-qualified domain name or an IP address that matches one of these regular expressions will be accepted.</p>\n" "<p><b>SSL Key File/SSL Cert File</b><br>\n" "SSL key and certificate to use for the ssl relocation interface</p>" msgstr "" @@ -299,13 +294,9 @@ #: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Tunneled migration</big></b><br>\n" -"The source host libvirtd opens a direct connection to the destination host " -"libvirtd for sending migration data. This allows the option of encrypting " -"the data stream.</p>\n" +"The source host libvirtd opens a direct connection to the destination host libvirtd for sending migration data. This allows the option of encrypting the data stream.</p>\n" "<p><b><big>Plain migration</big></b><br>\n" -"The source host VM opens a direct unencrypted TCP connection to the " -"destination host for sending the migration data. Unless a port is manually " -"specified, libvirt will choose a migration port in the default range.</p>" +"The source host VM opens a direct unencrypted TCP connection to the destination host for sending the migration data. Unless a port is manually specified, libvirt will choose a migration port in the default range.</p>" msgstr "" #. Main workflow of the relocation-server configuration Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/s390.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/s390.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/s390.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -401,8 +401,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" msgstr "" "<P><B><BIG>Başlama işlemini kesme:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -"<b>Kes</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde " -"kesebilirsiniz.</p>" +"<b>Kes</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde kesebilirsiniz.</p>" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:44 @@ -451,8 +450,7 @@ #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:62 #, fuzzy msgid "<p>To configure a new DASD disk, click <b>Add</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Daha fazla ayar için <b>Gelişmiş ayarlar</b> düğmesini kullanın.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Daha fazla ayar için <b>Gelişmiş ayarlar</b> düğmesini kullanın.</p>" #. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:64 @@ -465,8 +463,7 @@ #. Disk selection dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76 msgid "" -"<p>To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select " -"all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" +"<p>To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" "<b>Select All</b> or <b>Deselect All</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -496,8 +493,7 @@ #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:94 #, fuzzy msgid "<p>To use DIAG mode, select <b>Use DIAG</b>.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Daha fazla ayar için <b>Gelişmiş ayarlar</b> düğmesini kullanın.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Daha fazla ayar için <b>Gelişmiş ayarlar</b> düğmesini kullanın.</p>" #. Initialization dialog caption #. Initialization dialog caption @@ -522,30 +518,24 @@ #. Dump dialog help 2/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54 -msgid "" -"<p>Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are " -"limited to DASD.<br>" +msgid "<p>Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are limited to DASD.<br>" msgstr "" #. Dump dialog help 3/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58 msgid "" "Only whole disks can be used, no partitions. If the device is incompatibly\n" -"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox <b>Force overwrite of disk</" -"b>.</p>" +"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox <b>Force overwrite of disk</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #. Dump dialog help 4/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62 -msgid "" -"<p>To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or " -"ZFCP dialog.<br>" +msgid "<p>To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or ZFCP dialog.<br>" msgstr "" #. Dump dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66 -msgid "" -"Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown.</p>" +msgid "Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown.</p>" msgstr "" #. Dump dialog help 6/8 @@ -585,9 +575,7 @@ #. warn only in case of force #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will " -"be lost! Continue?" +msgid "The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will be lost! Continue?" msgstr "Anahtar oluşturulacak. Devam edilsin mi?" #. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk() @@ -620,17 +608,12 @@ "<p><b><big>Saat Dilimi ve Saat Yapılandırması</big></b></p>" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46 -msgid "" -"<p>TS-Shell allows to specify <b>Authorization</b> for every TS-Shell user " -"and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members.</p>" +msgid "<p>TS-Shell allows to specify <b>Authorization</b> for every TS-Shell user and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members.</p>" msgstr "" #. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50 -msgid "" -"<p>Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under <b>Selection</b>, " -"defined by a <b>Regex</b> or loaded from a <b>File</b> which contains all " -"allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks.</p>" +msgid "<p>Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under <b>Selection</b>, defined by a <b>Regex</b> or loaded from a <b>File</b> which contains all allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks.</p>" msgstr "" #. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5 @@ -643,16 +626,13 @@ #. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" -"<p>To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to " -"change\n" +"<p>To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to change\n" "the membership of users, go to <b>Manage Groups</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62 -msgid "" -"<p>With <b>Audited IDs</b> specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts " -"should be gathered.</p>" +msgid "<p>With <b>Audited IDs</b> specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should be gathered.</p>" msgstr "" #. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3 @@ -668,17 +648,13 @@ #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" -"<p>To create new TS-Shell user the <b>Username</b>, <b>Home Directory</b> " -"and <b>Password</b> has to be provided.\n" -"\t<br>It is also possible to specify <b>Additional Groups</b> by selecting " -"them on the right.</p>" +"<p>To create new TS-Shell user the <b>Username</b>, <b>Home Directory</b> and <b>Password</b> has to be provided.\n" +"\t<br>It is also possible to specify <b>Additional Groups</b> by selecting them on the right.</p>" msgstr "" #. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73 -msgid "" -"<p>To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, " -"activate <b>Force Password Change</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, activate <b>Force Password Change</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3 @@ -705,8 +681,7 @@ #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "<p>Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n" -"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on <b>Select or " -"Deselect</b>. The current status is shown in the column <b>TS-Auth</b>.</p>" +"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on <b>Select or Deselect</b>. The current status is shown in the column <b>TS-Auth</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5 @@ -719,10 +694,8 @@ #. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96 msgid "" -"<p>New groups could be created by entering the name in the <b>New Group</b> " -"input field and confirming with <b>Create</b>.\n" -"\t<br>To delete previously created groups the <b>YaST users</b> dialog has " -"to be used.</p>" +"<p>New groups could be created by entering the name in the <b>New Group</b> input field and confirming with <b>Create</b>.\n" +"\t<br>To delete previously created groups the <b>YaST users</b> dialog has to be used.</p>" msgstr "" #. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5 @@ -742,17 +715,12 @@ msgstr "<p><b><big>Bağlantı yapılandırması</big></b></p>" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107 -msgid "" -"<p>IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users " -"a <b>password</b> and <b>home directory</b> has to be provided." +msgid "<p>IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users a <b>password</b> and <b>home directory</b> has to be provided." msgstr "" #. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111 -msgid "" -"<p>It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on <b>Sync</b> or " -"just confirming the changes with <b>Ok</b> while <b>IUCVConn on Login</b> is " -"enabled. </p>" +msgid "<p>It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on <b>Sync</b> or just confirming the changes with <b>Ok</b> while <b>IUCVConn on Login</b> is enabled. </p>" msgstr "" #. Text approval @@ -1064,13 +1032,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032 -msgid "" -"Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." msgstr "" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044 -msgid "" -"Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." msgstr "" #. only the last entry is allowed to be empty @@ -1110,9 +1076,7 @@ #. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity. #. @return true for valid inputs #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55 -msgid "" -"Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are " -"allowed." +msgid "Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are allowed." msgstr "" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60 @@ -1147,19 +1111,12 @@ #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125 -msgid "" -"<p>Several <b>IUCVtty instances</b> can run to provide multiple terminal " -"devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a " -"combination of the <b>Terminal ID Prefix</b> and the number of the instance." -"<br>" +msgid "<p>Several <b>IUCVtty instances</b> can run to provide multiple terminal devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a combination of the <b>Terminal ID Prefix</b> and the number of the instance.<br>" msgstr "" #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129 -msgid "" -"For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "<i>lxterm</" -"i>", the terminal IDs from <i>lxterm0</i> to <i>lxterm9</i> are " -"available.</p>" +msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "<i>lxterm</i>", the terminal IDs from <i>lxterm0</i> to <i>lxterm9</i> are available.</p>" msgstr "" #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11 @@ -1171,47 +1128,34 @@ #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135 -msgid "" -"<p>The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes " -"to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and " -"login programs.</p>" +msgid "<p>The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and login programs.</p>" msgstr "" #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139 -msgid "" -"<p>With <b>restrict access</b>, allow only connections from certain " -"<b>terminal servers</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>With <b>restrict access</b>, allow only connections from certain <b>terminal servers</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143 -msgid "" -"<p>Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." -"</p>" +msgid "<p>Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately.</p>" msgstr "" #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147 msgid "" -"<p>Activate <b>route kernel messages to hvc0</b> to route kernel messages " -"to\n" +"<p>Activate <b>route kernel messages to hvc0</b> to route kernel messages to\n" "the hvc0 device instead of ttyS0.<br>" msgstr "" #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151 -msgid "" -"Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add " -"<b>console=ttyS0</b> to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the " -"<b>YaST bootloader module</b>.</p>" +msgid "Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add <b>console=ttyS0</b> to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the <b>YaST bootloader module</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155 -msgid "" -"<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through " -"the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" +msgid "<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" msgstr "" #. Dialog content @@ -1301,15 +1245,12 @@ #. OnPanic dialog help 1/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs</b></p>" +msgid "<p><b>Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs</b></p>" msgstr "" #. OnPanic dialog help 2/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116 -msgid "" -"<p>The <b>Dumpconf</b> daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior " -"during kernel panics.</p>" +msgid "<p>The <b>Dumpconf</b> daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior during kernel panics.</p>" msgstr "" #. OnPanic dialog help 3/11 @@ -1335,8 +1276,7 @@ #. OnPanic dialog help 7/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128 msgid "" -"<b>dump_reipl</b> Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only " -"available\n" +"<b>dump_reipl</b> Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only available\n" "on LPAR with z9(r) machines and later and on z/VMversion 5.3 and later.<br>" msgstr "" @@ -1347,26 +1287,17 @@ #. OnPanic dialog help 9/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134 -msgid "" -"<p>The time defined in <b>Delay Minutes</b> defers activating the specified " -"panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system " -"crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed.</" -"p>" +msgid "<p>The time defined in <b>Delay Minutes</b> defers activating the specified panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed.</p>" msgstr "" #. OnPanic dialog help 10/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138 -msgid "" -"<p>The device for dumping the memory can be set with <b>Dump Device</b>. If " -"no device is shown you have to create one with the <b>YaST Dump Devices</b> " -"dialog.</p>" +msgid "<p>The device for dumping the memory can be set with <b>Dump Device</b>. If no device is shown you have to create one with the <b>YaST Dump Devices</b> dialog.</p>" msgstr "" #. OnPanic dialog help 11/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143 -msgid "" -"<p>With <b>VMCMD</b> specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux " -"system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed.</p>" +msgid "<p>With <b>VMCMD</b> specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed.</p>" msgstr "" #. radio button label @@ -1531,8 +1462,7 @@ #: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:58 #, fuzzy msgid "<p>To configure a new ZFCP device, click <b>Add</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Daha fazla ayar için <b>Gelişmiş ayarlar</b> düğmesini kullanın.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Daha fazla ayar için <b>Gelişmiş ayarlar</b> düğmesini kullanın.</p>" #. Disk selection dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:60 @@ -1569,14 +1499,11 @@ #. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>" #: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78 msgid "" -"<p>The <b>Channel ID</b> must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs " -"conforming\n" +"<p>The <b>Channel ID</b> must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" "format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.</p>\n" -"<p>The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, " -"such as\n" +"<p>The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" "<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.</p>\n" -"<p>The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value " -"with\n" +"<p>The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" "all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -2256,10 +2183,8 @@ #~ "already configured dump device, select it and click <b>Edit</b>.\n" #~ "To remove a configured dump device, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Yeni bir yönlendirici eklemek için <b>IP adresini</b> girip <b>Ekle</" -#~ "b> düğmesine\n" -#~ "basın. Yapılandırılmış bir yönlendiriciyi silmek için de seçip <b>Sil</b> " -#~ "düğmesine basın." +#~ "<p>Yeni bir yönlendirici eklemek için <b>IP adresini</b> girip <b>Ekle</b> düğmesine\n" +#~ "basın. Yapılandırılmış bir yönlendiriciyi silmek için de seçip <b>Sil</b> düğmesine basın." # clients/inst_rpmupdate.ycp:269 #, fuzzy Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/samba-client.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/samba-client.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/samba-client.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -184,9 +184,7 @@ #. help text, do not translate 'winbind uid', 'winbind gid' #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:174 -msgid "" -"<p>Specify the <b>Range</b> for Samba user and group IDs (<tt>winbind uid</" -"tt> and <tt>winbind gid</tt> values).</p>" +msgid "<p>Specify the <b>Range</b> for Samba user and group IDs (<tt>winbind uid</tt> and <tt>winbind gid</tt> values).</p>" msgstr "" # clients/support_question.ycp:85 @@ -456,8 +454,7 @@ #. continue/cancel popup #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:808 msgid "" -"Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the " -"following\n" +"Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the following\n" "settings in smb.conf to the default values:\n" "%1" msgstr "" @@ -532,8 +529,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<P><B><BIG>Başlatma işleminin durdurulması:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -"<B>Durdur</B> düğmesine basarak başlatma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde " -"durdurabilirsiniz.</p>\n" +"<B>Durdur</B> düğmesine basarak başlatma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde durdurabilirsiniz.</p>\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:44 @@ -572,8 +568,7 @@ #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:59 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p>A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active " -"Directory domain.\n" +"<p>A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active Directory domain.\n" "Specify the name of the membership.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Samba iş grubunun seçimi</big></b><br>\n" @@ -587,8 +582,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Use SMB Information for Linux Authentication</b> allows \n" -"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if " -"joining an AD domain.</p>\n" +"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if joining an AD domain.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Linux kimlik doğrulaması için SMB bilgilerini kullan</b> seçeneği\n" "de NT sunucusuna karşın parolaların kontrolünü sağlar.</p>\n" @@ -596,8 +590,7 @@ #. Samba role dialog help 2.5/3 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:67 msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Change primary DNS suffix</b> to add your AD server into the " -"list of name servers.\n" +"<p>Check <b>Change primary DNS suffix</b> to add your AD server into the list of name servers.\n" "This option is only available for static network setups.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -606,8 +599,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>When you press <b>OK</b>, the system verifies the membership and,\n" -"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the " -"domain.</p>\n" +"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the domain.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Bitir</b> düğmesine basarsanız YaST2 iş grubunu kontrol eder ve\n" "eğer bu bir NT alanıysa bu alana katılabilmeye izin verir.</p>\n" @@ -630,28 +622,17 @@ #. Samba membership dialog help (common part 1/4) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:85 -msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Create Home Directory on Login</b> to have local home " -"directories created on the first login.</p>" +msgid "<p>Check <b>Create Home Directory on Login</b> to have local home directories created on the first login.</p>" msgstr "" #. Samba membership dialog help (common part 2/4) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:89 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Offline Authentication</b> enables the user to log in even if there is " -"no connection to the domain controller. For this option to work, you must " -"log in to your domain at least once. The user's credentials are then stored " -"encrypted on your computer and are reused for a domain login when no " -"connection to the domain controller can be established. This is especially " -"useful for mobile users." +msgid "<p><b>Offline Authentication</b> enables the user to log in even if there is no connection to the domain controller. For this option to work, you must log in to your domain at least once. The user's credentials are then stored encrypted on your computer and are reused for a domain login when no connection to the domain controller can be established. This is especially useful for mobile users." msgstr "" #. Samba membership dialog help (common part) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:93 -msgid "" -"<p>Click <b>Expert Settings</b> to enable advanced features such as WINS " -"options or mounting server home directories from Active Directory domains.</" -"p>" +msgid "<p>Click <b>Expert Settings</b> to enable advanced features such as WINS options or mounting server home directories from Active Directory domains.</p>" msgstr "" # clients/support_question.ycp:109 @@ -664,18 +645,13 @@ #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:101 msgid "" -"<p>Set the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> that should be used for " -"joining\n" -"the selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be " -"saved to the profile in cleartext (unencrypted) form.</p>" +"<p>Set the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> that should be used for joining\n" +"the selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be saved to the profile in cleartext (unencrypted) form.</p>" msgstr "" #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:105 -msgid "" -"<p>Specify the <b>Active Directory Server</b> to use for joining an Active " -"Directory domain. This is also used as the value for KDC in the Kerberos " -"configuration.</p>" +msgid "<p>Specify the <b>Active Directory Server</b> to use for joining an Active Directory domain. This is also used as the value for KDC in the Kerberos configuration.</p>" msgstr "" #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for possible NTP configuration @@ -849,9 +825,7 @@ #. help text for "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" check box label #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:395 -msgid "" -"<p>If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for " -"name resolution, check <b>Use WINS for Hostname Resolution</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for name resolution, check <b>Use WINS for Hostname Resolution</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #. check box label @@ -861,9 +835,7 @@ #. help text ("Retrieve WINS server via DHCP" is a checkbox label) #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:412 -msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Retrieve WINS server via DHCP</b> to use a WINS server provided " -"by DHCP.</p>" +msgid "<p>Check <b>Retrieve WINS server via DHCP</b> to use a WINS server provided by DHCP.</p>" msgstr "" #. frame label @@ -905,55 +877,36 @@ #. membership dialog help (common part 3/4), %1 is separator (e.g. '\') #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:505 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Allow Users to Share Their Directories</b> enables members of the " -"group in <b>Permitted Group</b> to share directories they own with other " -"users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</" -"tt> for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system " -"permissions allow access.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Allow Users to Share Their Directories</b> enables members of the group in <b>Permitted Group</b> to share directories they own with other users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt> for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system permissions allow access.</p>" msgstr "" #. membership dialog help (common part 3/4) #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:511 -msgid "" -"<p>With <b>Maximum Number of Shares</b>, limit the total amount of shares " -"that may be created.</p>" +msgid "<p>With <b>Maximum Number of Shares</b>, limit the total amount of shares that may be created.</p>" msgstr "" #. membership dialog help common part #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:516 -msgid "" -"<p>To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable <b>Allow " -"Guest Access</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable <b>Allow Guest Access</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text for PAM Mount table #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:525 msgid "" "<p>In the table <b>Mount Server Directories</b>, you can specify server\n" -"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when " -"the\n" +"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when the\n" "user is logged in. If mounting should be user-specific, specify <b>User\n" -"Name</b> for the selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted for each " -"user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page.</p>" +"Name</b> for the selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted for each user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text for PAM Mount table: example #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:532 -msgid "" -"<p>For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for " -"<b>Remote Path</b>, <tt>~/</tt> value for <b>Local Mount Point</b> to mount " -"the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a " -"part of <b>Options</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for <b>Remote Path</b>, <tt>~/</tt> value for <b>Local Mount Point</b> to mount the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a part of <b>Options</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text for kerberos method option #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:540 -msgid "" -"<p>The value of <b>Kerberos Method</b> defines how kerberos tickets are " -"verified. When <b>Single Sing-on for SSH</b> is used, the default Kerberos " -"Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page " -"for details.</p>" +msgid "<p>The value of <b>Kerberos Method</b> defines how kerberos tickets are verified. When <b>Single Sing-on for SSH</b> is used, the default Kerberos Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page for details.</p>" msgstr "" #. translators: initialization dialog caption @@ -969,17 +922,18 @@ #. dialog caption #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:650 msgid "Saving Kerberos Client Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kerberos istemci yapılandırması kaydediliyor" #. progress stage label #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:655 msgid "Write PAM settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "PAM ayarlarını yaz" +# clients/cups.ycp:158 #. progress stage label #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:657 msgid "Write Kerberos client settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kerberos istemci ayarlarını yaz" #. progress stage label #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:659 @@ -989,12 +943,12 @@ #. progress step label #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:663 msgid "Writing PAM settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "PAM ayarları yazılıyor..." #. progress step label #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:665 msgid "Writing Kerberos client settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kerberos istemci ayarları yazılıyor..." #. progress step label #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:667 @@ -1010,65 +964,69 @@ msgid "Finished" msgstr "Sonlandı" +# clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1225 clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1283 #. progress stage label #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:673 msgid "Install required packages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gerekli paketleri kur" +# clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1225 clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1283 #. progress step label #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:675 msgid "Installing required packages..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gerekli paketler kuruluyor..." +# include/security/ui.ycp:695 #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:947 msgid "PAM Login" -msgstr "" +msgstr "PAM kullanıcı girişi" #. summary item #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953 msgid "Use Kerberos" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kerberos kullan" #. summary item #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:955 msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kerberos kullanma" #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959 msgid "Default Realm" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Öntanımlı realm" #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:966 msgid "Default Domain" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Öntanımlı alan" +# clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:758 #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:973 msgid "KDC Server Address" -msgstr "" +msgstr "KDC sunucu adresi" #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:977 msgid "Clock Skew" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Saat toleransı" #. summary text, %1 is value #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:993 msgid "<b>KDC Server</b>: %1<br>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<b>KDC sunucusu</b>: %1<br>" #. summary text, %1 is value #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:998 msgid "<b>Default Domain</b>: %1<br>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<b>Öntanımlı alan</b>: %1<br>" #. summary text, %1 is value #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004 msgid "<b>Default Realm</b>: %1<br>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<b>Öntanımlı realm</b>: %1<br>" #. summary text (yes/no follows) #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010 @@ -1368,8 +1326,7 @@ #~ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Başlatma işleminin durdurulması:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "<B>Durdur</B> düğmesine basarak başlatma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde " -#~ "durdurabilirsiniz.</p>\n" +#~ "<B>Durdur</B> düğmesine basarak başlatma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde durdurabilirsiniz.</p>\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" @@ -1422,12 +1379,8 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "'%1' alanına katılacak mısınız?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To configure the Samba client, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed." -#~ "</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Samba istemcisini yapılandırmak için <b>%1</b> paketinin kurulu olması " -#~ "gerekir.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>To configure the Samba client, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Samba istemcisini yapılandırmak için <b>%1</b> paketinin kurulu olması gerekir.</p>" #~ msgid "<p>Do you want to install it now?</p>" #~ msgstr "<p>Şimdi kurulsun mu?</p>" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/samba-server.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/samba-server.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/samba-server.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -210,15 +210,12 @@ #. translators: command line help text for ldap_suffix option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:298 -msgid "" -"The LDAP suffix DN for manipulating the user information on the LDAP server" +msgid "The LDAP suffix DN for manipulating the user information on the LDAP server" msgstr "" #. translators: command line help text for ldap_admin_dn option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:305 -msgid "" -"The LDAP DN for modifying contents of the LDAP server (for example, changing " -"passwords)" +msgid "The LDAP DN for modifying contents of the LDAP server (for example, changing passwords)" msgstr "" #. translators: error message for share command line action @@ -286,8 +283,7 @@ msgid "" "Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n" "the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n" -"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the " -"users,\n" +"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n" "run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'" msgstr "" @@ -957,8 +953,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<P><B><BIG>Başlatma işlemini kesme:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -"<b>Kes</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde " -"kesebilirsiniz.</p>\n" +"<b>Kes</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde kesebilirsiniz.</p>\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:45 @@ -991,8 +986,7 @@ #| "Select one of listed network cards to configure the DHCP to run on it.</p>" msgid "" "<p><b><big>Workgroup or Domain Selection</big></b><br>\n" -"Select existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and " -"click <b>Next</b>.\n" +"Select existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and click <b>Next</b>.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Ağ kartı seçimi</big></b><br>\n" @@ -1002,14 +996,10 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Samba Server Type</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT " -"style domain.</p>\n" +"<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT style domain.</p>\n" "<p>The backup controller uses another domain controller for validation.\n" -"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their " -"passwords.</p>\n" -"<p>The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings " -"in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be " -"phased out in future releases.</p>" +"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their passwords.</p>\n" +"<p>The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be phased out in future releases.</p>" msgstr "" #. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 @@ -1017,14 +1007,12 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b><big>Samba Server Type</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain." -"</p>\n" +"<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain.</p>\n" "<p>The options available in the configuration dialogs \n" "depend on the settings in this selection.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Sunucu <b>kapalı</b> değilse <b>Dosya ve yazıcı paylaşımı</b>\n" -"seçeneği ile sunucunun dizinleri ve yazıcıları paylaştırmasını " -"sağlayabilirsiniz.\n" +"seçeneği ile sunucunun dizinleri ve yazıcıları paylaştırmasını sağlayabilirsiniz.\n" "<b>Yedek alan denetleyisi</b> ve <b>Ana alan denetleyicisi</b> ile\n" "Windows kullanıcıların Windows alanına giriş yapmasını sağlarsınız.\n" "Yedek denetleyici doğrulama için başka alan yöneticisini kullanırken\n" @@ -1092,17 +1080,14 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>The base settings set up the domain and the\n" -"server role. <b>Backup Domain Controller</b> and <b>Primary Domain " -"Controller</b> allow Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain. The " -"backup controller \n" +"server role. <b>Backup Domain Controller</b> and <b>Primary Domain Controller</b> allow Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain. The backup controller \n" "uses another domain controller for validation. The primary controller\n" "uses its own information about users and their passwords.\n" "If the server should not participate as a domain controller, choose the\n" "<b>Not a DC</b> value.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Sunucu <b>kapalı</b> değilse <b>Dosya ve yazıcı paylaşımı</b>\n" -"seçeneği ile sunucunun dizinleri ve yazıcıları paylaştırmasını " -"sağlayabilirsiniz.\n" +"seçeneği ile sunucunun dizinleri ve yazıcıları paylaştırmasını sağlayabilirsiniz.\n" "<b>Yedek alan denetleyisi</b> ve <b>Ana alan denetleyicisi</b> ile\n" "Windows kullanıcıların Windows alanına giriş yapmasını sağlarsınız.\n" "Yedek denetleyici doğrulama için başka alan yöneticisini kullanırken\n" @@ -1119,8 +1104,7 @@ "as a domain controller, choose <b>Not a DC</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Sunucu <b>kapalı</b> değilse <b>Dosya ve yazıcı paylaşımı</b>\n" -"seçeneği ile sunucunun dizinleri ve yazıcıları paylaştırmasını " -"sağlayabilirsiniz.\n" +"seçeneği ile sunucunun dizinleri ve yazıcıları paylaştırmasını sağlayabilirsiniz.\n" "<b>Yedek alan denetleyisi</b> ve <b>Ana alan denetleyicisi</b> ile\n" "Windows kullanıcıların Windows alanına giriş yapmasını sağlarsınız.\n" "Yedek denetleyici doğrulama için başka alan yöneticisini kullanırken\n" @@ -1145,10 +1129,8 @@ "<p>Optionally, set a <b>Server NetBIOS Name</b>. The\n" "NetBIOS name is the name the server uses in the SMB network.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Sunucu tanımı</b> ve <b>Sunucu NetBIOS adı</b> bölümlerini isteğe " -"bağlı olarak\n" -"doldurabilirsiniz. Bu tanım istemcilerdeki kullanıcılara gösterilir, ve " -"NetBIOS adı da\n" +"<p><b>Sunucu tanımı</b> ve <b>Sunucu NetBIOS adı</b> bölümlerini isteğe bağlı olarak\n" +"doldurabilirsiniz. Bu tanım istemcilerdeki kullanıcılara gösterilir, ve NetBIOS adı da\n" "SMB ağlarında sunucunun kullandığı addır.</p>\n" #. Samba role dialog help 5/5 @@ -1156,8 +1138,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Advanced Settings</b> provides access to \n" -"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global " -"settings.</p>\n" +"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global settings.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Gelişmiş...</b> ile paylaşımdaki kaynakların ayrıntılı\n" "ayarlarını yapabilirsiniz.</p>\n" @@ -1205,10 +1186,8 @@ "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new configuration option, <b>Edit</b> to modify\n" "an existing option, and <b>Delete</b> to delete an option.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Ekle</b> düğmesi ile yeni bir yapılandırma seçeneği ekleyebilir, " -"<b>Düzenle</b>\n" -"ile mevcut bir seçeneği değiştirebilir ya da <b>Sil</b> ile bir seçeneği " -"silebilirsiniz.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Ekle</b> düğmesi ile yeni bir yapılandırma seçeneği ekleyebilir, <b>Düzenle</b>\n" +"ile mevcut bir seçeneği değiştirebilir ya da <b>Sil</b> ile bir seçeneği silebilirsiniz.</p>\n" #. Global settings editing dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:174 @@ -1227,10 +1206,8 @@ "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new configuration option, <b>Edit</b> to modify\n" "already existing option, and <b>Delete</b> to delete an option.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Ekle</b> düğmesi ile yeni bir yapılandırma seçeneği ekleyebilir, " -"<b>Düzenle</b>\n" -"ile mevcut bir seçeneği değiştirebilir ya da <b>Sil</b> ile bir seçeneği " -"silebilirsiniz.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Ekle</b> düğmesi ile yeni bir yapılandırma seçeneği ekleyebilir, <b>Düzenle</b>\n" +"ile mevcut bir seçeneği değiştirebilir ya da <b>Sil</b> ile bir seçeneği silebilirsiniz.</p>\n" #. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:182 @@ -1249,8 +1226,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Search Base DN</b> (distinguished name) is\n" -"the base at which to start searching the information. <b>Administration DN</" -"b> is used when\n" +"the base at which to start searching the information. <b>Administration DN</b> is used when\n" "creating new users and groups. If the administration DN requires\n" "a password for write access, set the password using\n" "<b>Set LDAP Administration Password</b>.</p>\n" @@ -1258,9 +1234,7 @@ #. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:196 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Note:</b> Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password " -"is set.</p>\n" +msgid "<p><b>Note:</b> Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password is set.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. passdb backend configuration dialog help 1 @@ -1275,8 +1249,7 @@ #. passdb backend configuration dialog help 2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:207 msgid "" -"<p>If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current " -"one first\n" +"<p>If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current one first\n" "by pressing <b>Delete</b> and add a new one with <b>Add</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1367,21 +1340,11 @@ #. add new share dialog help #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:276 -msgid "" -"<p>With <b>Expose Snapshots</b> selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by " -"Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only " -"available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to " -"a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume.<br> Relevant permissions " -"must also be granted, see Samba's <b>vfs_snapper(8)</b> man page for further " -"details.</p>" +msgid "<p>With <b>Expose Snapshots</b> selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume.<br> Relevant permissions must also be granted, see Samba's <b>vfs_snapper(8)</b> man page for further details.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:283 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Utilize Btrfs Features</b> instructs Samba to take advantage of " -"features specific to the Btrfs filesystem. This option is only available if " -"Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume. See " -"Samba's <b>vfs_btrfs(8)</b> man page for further details.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Utilize Btrfs Features</b> instructs Samba to take advantage of features specific to the Btrfs filesystem. This option is only available if Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume. See Samba's <b>vfs_btrfs(8)</b> man page for further details.</p>" msgstr "" #. help for LDAP Settings dialog @@ -1391,54 +1354,37 @@ "Here, determine the LDAP server to use for authentication.\n" "</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"Setting <b>LDAP Password Back-End</b> allows storing user information in the " -"LDAP tree specified by the URL. With <b>LDAP Idmap Back-End</b>, store SID/" -"uid/gid mapping tables in LDAP.\n" +"Setting <b>LDAP Password Back-End</b> allows storing user information in the LDAP tree specified by the URL. With <b>LDAP Idmap Back-End</b>, store SID/uid/gid mapping tables in LDAP.\n" "</p><p>\n" -"In the Authentication section, set the credentials for the LDAP server, " -"including full Administrator DN.\n" +"In the Authentication section, set the credentials for the LDAP server, including full Administrator DN.\n" "</p>\n" -"<b>Search Base DN</b> is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP " -"objects.\n" +"<b>Search Base DN</b> is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP objects.\n" "</p><p>\n" -"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click <b>Test Connection</b>. To " -"set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click <b>Advanced Settings</" -"b>.<p>" +"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click <b>Test Connection</b>. To set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click <b>Advanced Settings</b>.<p>" msgstr "" #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSuffixesWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:303 -msgid "" -"<p><b>User Suffix</b> specifies where users are added to the LDAP tree. The " -"value is pre-pended to the value of <b>Search Base DN</b>. Similarly, " -"<b>Group Suffix</b> specifies the place for groups, <b>Machine Suffix</b> " -"for machines and <b>Idmap Suffix</b> for idmap mappings.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>User Suffix</b> specifies where users are added to the LDAP tree. The value is pre-pended to the value of <b>Search Base DN</b>. Similarly, <b>Group Suffix</b> specifies the place for groups, <b>Machine Suffix</b> for machines and <b>Idmap Suffix</b> for idmap mappings.</p>" msgstr "" #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsTimeoutsWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:307 msgid "" -"<p><b>Replication Sleep</b> is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait " -"after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.</p>\n" -"<p><b>Time-Out</b> specifies the timeout for LDAP operations (in seconds).</" -"p>" +"<p><b>Replication Sleep</b> is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Time-Out</b> specifies the timeout for LDAP operations (in seconds).</p>" msgstr "" #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSecurityWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:311 -msgid "" -"<p>Define whether to use SSL for LDAP connection with <b>Use SSL or TLS</b>." -"</p>" +msgid "<p>Define whether to use SSL for LDAP connection with <b>Use SSL or TLS</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsMiscWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:315 msgid "" -"<p><b>Delete DN</b> specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete " -"LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.</p>\n" -"<p>With <b>Synchronize Passwords</b>, define possible synchronization of the " -"LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual " -"page for details.</p>" +"<p><b>Delete DN</b> specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.</p>\n" +"<p>With <b>Synchronize Passwords</b>, define possible synchronization of the LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual page for details.</p>" msgstr "" #. translators: warning text @@ -1483,8 +1429,7 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:350 msgid "" "<p><b>Advanced Settings</b> provides access to \n" -"detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, " -"and\n" +"detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, and\n" "expert global settings.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1991,22 +1936,17 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b><big>Samba Server Type</big></b></p>\n" -#~ "<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows " -#~ "domain.</p>\n" +#~ "<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain.</p>\n" #~ "<p>The backup controller uses another domain controller for validation.\n" -#~ "The primary controller uses its own information about users and their " -#~ "passwords.</p>\n" -#~ "<p>The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the " -#~ "settings in this selection.</p>" +#~ "The primary controller uses its own information about users and their passwords.</p>\n" +#~ "<p>The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings in this selection.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Sunucu <b>kapalı</b> değilse <b>Dosya ve yazıcı paylaşımı</b>\n" -#~ "seçeneği ile sunucunun dizinleri ve yazıcıları paylaştırmasını " -#~ "sağlayabilirsiniz.\n" +#~ "seçeneği ile sunucunun dizinleri ve yazıcıları paylaştırmasını sağlayabilirsiniz.\n" #~ "<b>Yedek alan denetleyisi</b> ve <b>Ana alan denetleyicisi</b> ile\n" #~ "Windows kullanıcıların Windows alanına giriş yapmasını sağlarsınız.\n" #~ "Yedek denetleyici doğrulama için başka alan yöneticisini kullanırken\n" -#~ "ana denetleyici kendi içindeki kullanıcı adları ve parolalarını " -#~ "kullanır.\n" +#~ "ana denetleyici kendi içindeki kullanıcı adları ve parolalarını kullanır.\n" #~ "</p>\n" # clients/support_question.ycp:139 clients/support_registration.ycp:125 clients/support_send.ycp:95 @@ -2022,16 +1962,13 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new configuration option, <b>Edit</b> to " -#~ "modify\n" +#~ "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new configuration option, <b>Edit</b> to modify\n" #~ "an existing option, and <b>Delete</b> to delete an option.\n" #~ "Use <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> to change the order\n" #~ "of the back-ends.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Ekle</b> düğmesi ile yeni bir yapılandırma seçeneği ekleyebilir, " -#~ "<b>Düzenle</b>\n" -#~ "ile mevcut bir seçeneği değiştirebilir ya da <b>Sil</b> ile bir seçeneği " -#~ "silebilirsiniz.</p>\n" +#~ "<p><b>Ekle</b> düğmesi ile yeni bir yapılandırma seçeneği ekleyebilir, <b>Düzenle</b>\n" +#~ "ile mevcut bir seçeneği değiştirebilir ya da <b>Sil</b> ile bir seçeneği silebilirsiniz.</p>\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "MySQL database" @@ -2108,12 +2045,8 @@ #~ msgstr "SuSEconfig çalıştırılıyor" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>For the configured passdb back-ends, the <b>%1</b> package must be " -#~ "installed.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Ağ Dosya Sistemini yapılandırmak için <b>%1</b> paketinin kurulu " -#~ "olması gerekir.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>For the configured passdb back-ends, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Ağ Dosya Sistemini yapılandırmak için <b>%1</b> paketinin kurulu olması gerekir.</p>" #~ msgid "<p>Do you want to install it now?</p>" #~ msgstr "<p>Şimdi kurmak istermisiniz?</p>" @@ -2283,8 +2216,7 @@ #~ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Başlama işlemini kesme:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "Şu anda <b>Kes</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir " -#~ "şekilde kesebilirsiniz.</p>\n" +#~ "Şu anda <b>Kes</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde kesebilirsiniz.</p>\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" @@ -2299,8 +2231,7 @@ # include/scanner/scanner_net.ycp:56 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Select one of them or type your own new name and click <b>Next</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "Select one of them or type your own new name and click <b>Next</b>.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Bu bilgisayarın IP adresini ya da host adını girin\n" #~ "ve <b>İleri</b> düğmesine basın.\n" @@ -2309,17 +2240,14 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b><big>Samba Server Type</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "A <i>domain controller</i> allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows " -#~ "domain.</p>\n" +#~ "A <i>domain controller</i> allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Sunucu <b>kapalı</b> değilse <b>Dosya ve yazıcı paylaşımı</b>\n" -#~ "seçeneği ile sunucunun dizinleri ve yazıcıları paylaştırmasını " -#~ "sağlayabilirsiniz.\n" +#~ "seçeneği ile sunucunun dizinleri ve yazıcıları paylaştırmasını sağlayabilirsiniz.\n" #~ "<b>Yedek alan denetleyisi</b> ve <b>Ana alan denetleyicisi</b> ile\n" #~ "Windows kullanıcıların Windows alanına giriş yapmasını sağlarsınız.\n" #~ "Yedek denetleyici doğrulama için başka alan yöneticisini kullanırken\n" -#~ "ana denetleyici kendi içindeki kullanıcı adları ve parolalarını " -#~ "kullanır.\n" +#~ "ana denetleyici kendi içindeki kullanıcı adları ve parolalarını kullanır.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -2337,8 +2265,7 @@ #~ "remove the information about a share.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Ekle</b> düğmesi ile yeni bir paylaşım ekleyebilir, <b>Düzenle</b>\n" -#~ "düğmesi ile mevcut bir paylaşımı değiştirebilir, <b>Sil</b> düğmesi ile " -#~ "de\n" +#~ "düğmesi ile mevcut bir paylaşımı değiştirebilir, <b>Sil</b> düğmesi ile de\n" #~ "bir paylaşımı silebilirsiniz.</p>\n" #, fuzzy @@ -2355,12 +2282,8 @@ #~ msgstr "%1 kullanıcısının ayarları değiştirilemedi" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To configure the Samba server, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed." -#~ "</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Ağ Dosya Sistemini yapılandırmak için <b>%1</b> paketinin kurulu " -#~ "olması gerekir.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>To configure the Samba server, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Ağ Dosya Sistemini yapılandırmak için <b>%1</b> paketinin kurulu olması gerekir.</p>" #~ msgid "" #~ "YaST2 cannot continue the configuration\n" @@ -2520,8 +2443,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b><big>Selection of Samba Server Role</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "In a network, a Samba server can provide different degrees of services " -#~ "and integration\n" +#~ "In a network, a Samba server can provide different degrees of services and integration\n" #~ "with the rest of the Windows network.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Samba sunucu rolünün seçimi</big></b><br>\n" @@ -2529,24 +2451,20 @@ #~ "entegrasyon dereceleri sağlayabilir.</p>\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>If the server is not <b>Disabled</b>, <b>File and Printer Sharing</" -#~ "b> \n" +#~ "<p>If the server is not <b>Disabled</b>, <b>File and Printer Sharing</b> \n" #~ "allows the server to provide directories and printers.\n" -#~ "<b>Backup Domain Controller</b> and <b>Primary Domain Controller</b> " -#~ "allow\n" +#~ "<b>Backup Domain Controller</b> and <b>Primary Domain Controller</b> allow\n" #~ "logon of Windows clients into a Windows domain. The backup controller \n" #~ "uses another domain controller for validation. The primary controller\n" #~ "uses its own information about users and their passwords.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Sunucu <b>kapalı</b> değilse <b>Dosya ve yazıcı paylaşımı</b>\n" -#~ "seçeneği ile sunucunun dizinleri ve yazıcıları paylaştırmasını " -#~ "sağlayabilirsiniz.\n" +#~ "seçeneği ile sunucunun dizinleri ve yazıcıları paylaştırmasını sağlayabilirsiniz.\n" #~ "<b>Yedek alan denetleyisi</b> ve <b>Ana alan denetleyicisi</b> ile\n" #~ "Windows kullanıcıların Windows alanına giriş yapmasını sağlarsınız.\n" #~ "Yedek denetleyici doğrulama için başka alan yöneticisini kullanırken\n" -#~ "ana denetleyici kendi içindeki kullanıcı adları ve parolalarını " -#~ "kullanır.\n" +#~ "ana denetleyici kendi içindeki kullanıcı adları ve parolalarını kullanır.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -2555,22 +2473,17 @@ #~ "presents the list of all workgroups and domains found in the\n" #~ "network.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Alan ya da iş grubu</b> içinde Samba sunucusunun ait olduğu iş " -#~ "grubunu\n" +#~ "<p><b>Alan ya da iş grubu</b> içinde Samba sunucusunun ait olduğu iş grubunu\n" #~ "belirtin. <b>Göz at</b> seçeneği ile ağda bulunan tüm iş grupları ve\n" #~ "alanların listesini alabilirsiniz.</p>\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Optionally, set a <b>Server Description</b> and <b>Server NetBIOS " -#~ "Name</b>. The\n" -#~ "description is shown to users on the clients and the NetBIOS name is the " -#~ "name\n" +#~ "<p>Optionally, set a <b>Server Description</b> and <b>Server NetBIOS Name</b>. The\n" +#~ "description is shown to users on the clients and the NetBIOS name is the name\n" #~ "the server uses in the SMB networks.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Sunucu tanımı</b> ve <b>Sunucu NetBIOS adı</b> bölümlerini isteğe " -#~ "bağlı olarak\n" -#~ "doldurabilirsiniz. Bu tanım istemcilerdeki kullanıcılara gösterilir, ve " -#~ "NetBIOS adı da\n" +#~ "<p><b>Sunucu tanımı</b> ve <b>Sunucu NetBIOS adı</b> bölümlerini isteğe bağlı olarak\n" +#~ "doldurabilirsiniz. Bu tanım istemcilerdeki kullanıcılara gösterilir, ve NetBIOS adı da\n" #~ "SMB ağlarında sunucunun kullandığı addır.</p>\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -2578,17 +2491,14 @@ #~ "how the Samba server should store the authentication information.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Kimlik doğrulama ayrıntıları</b> ile Samba\n" -#~ "sunucusunun kimlik doğrulama bilgisini nasıl saklayacağını " -#~ "ayarlayabilirsiniz.</p>\n" +#~ "sunucusunun kimlik doğrulama bilgisini nasıl saklayacağını ayarlayabilirsiniz.</p>\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>When you press <b>Next</b>, YaST will verify the workgroup and, if it " -#~ "is a\n" +#~ "<p>When you press <b>Next</b>, YaST will verify the workgroup and, if it is a\n" #~ "NT domain, allow this host to join the domain. <br>\n" #~ "<b>Note</b>: The settings will be saved before joining a domain.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>İleri</b> düğmesine bastığınızda YaST iş grubunu doğrulayacak, ve " -#~ "bu\n" +#~ "<p><b>İleri</b> düğmesine bastığınızda YaST iş grubunu doğrulayacak, ve bu\n" #~ "bir NT alanıysa makinenin bu alana girmesine izin verecektir.<br>\n" #~ "<b>Not</b>: Ayarlar alana girilmeden önce kaydedilecektir.</p>\n" @@ -2635,8 +2545,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b>Search Base DN</b> (Distinguished Name) is\n" -#~ "the base at which to start searching the information, and " -#~ "<b>Administration DN</b>, which is used when\n" +#~ "the base at which to start searching the information, and <b>Administration DN</b>, which is used when\n" #~ "creating new users and groups. If the administration DN requires\n" #~ "a password for write access, set the password using\n" #~ "<b>Set LDAP Administration Password</b>.</p>\n" @@ -2653,12 +2562,8 @@ #~ "işlemine devam edemez.</p>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>For the configured passdb backends, the <b>%1</b> package must be " -#~ "installed.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Ağ Dosya Sistemini yapılandırmak için <b>%1</b> paketinin kurulu " -#~ "olması gerekir.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>For the configured passdb backends, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Ağ Dosya Sistemini yapılandırmak için <b>%1</b> paketinin kurulu olması gerekir.</p>" #~ msgid "Initializing ..." #~ msgstr "Başlatılıyor..." Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/samba-users.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/samba-users.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/samba-users.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -23,28 +23,19 @@ #. helptext #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:74 msgid "<p>Here, edit the setting of the user's samba account.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Buradan kullanıcının samba hesabının ayarlarını değiştirebilirsiniz.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Buradan kullanıcının samba hesabının ayarlarını değiştirebilirsiniz.</p>" #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:77 msgid "<p>If do not enter custom values for " msgstr "<p>Eğer " #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:78 -msgid "" -"<b>Home Drive</b>, <b>Home Path</b>, <b>Profile Path</b>, and <b>Logon " -"Script</b> " -msgstr "" -"<b>ev sürücüsü</b>, <b>ev dizin yolu</b>, <b>profil yolu</b> ve <b>kullanıcı " -"girişi komut dosyası</b>" +msgid "<b>Home Drive</b>, <b>Home Path</b>, <b>Profile Path</b>, and <b>Logon Script</b> " +msgstr "<b>ev sürücüsü</b>, <b>ev dizin yolu</b>, <b>profil yolu</b> ve <b>kullanıcı girişi komut dosyası</b>" #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:81 -msgid "" -"the default values as defined in your local Samba Configuration will be used." -"</p>" -msgstr "" -"için özel olarak değerler girilmezse yerel Samba yapılandırmasında tanımlı " -"değerler kullanılacaktır.</p>" +msgid "the default values as defined in your local Samba Configuration will be used.</p>" +msgstr "için özel olarak değerler girilmezse yerel Samba yapılandırmasında tanımlı değerler kullanılacaktır.</p>" #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:96 msgid "Home Drive" @@ -86,16 +77,11 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:82 msgid "" -"<p>This plugin can be used to enable an LDAP group to be available for " -"Samba.\n" -"The only setting that you can edit here is the <b>Samba Group Name</b> " -"attribute,\n" -"which is the Name of the Group as it should appear to Samba-Clients. All " -"other\n" -"settings are computed automatically. If you leave the <b>Samba Group Name</" -"b>\n" -"empty, the same name as configured in the Global Settings of this Group " -"will\n" +"<p>This plugin can be used to enable an LDAP group to be available for Samba.\n" +"The only setting that you can edit here is the <b>Samba Group Name</b> attribute,\n" +"which is the Name of the Group as it should appear to Samba-Clients. All other\n" +"settings are computed automatically. If you leave the <b>Samba Group Name</b>\n" +"empty, the same name as configured in the Global Settings of this Group will\n" "be used.</p>\n" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/scanner.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/scanner.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/scanner.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -303,9 +303,7 @@ #. Do not change or translate "epkowa", it is a driver name. #. Do not change or translate "i386", it is an architecture name. #: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:837 -msgid "" -"The epkowa driver is only available for i386-compatible architectures (32-" -"bit i386 and also 64-bit x86_64)." +msgid "The epkowa driver is only available for i386-compatible architectures (32-bit i386 and also 64-bit x86_64)." msgstr "" #. when the epkowa driver was selected on x86_64: @@ -440,8 +438,7 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Scanner Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"Set up or change the scanner configuration and show the already active " -"scanners.\n" +"Set up or change the scanner configuration and show the already active scanners.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>SOA kayıt yapılandırması</big></b><br>\n" @@ -454,8 +451,7 @@ "<p>\n" "To set up a new scanner, choose the scanner from the list of\n" "detected scanners and press <b>Edit</b>.\n" -"If your scanner has not been detected, use <b>Add</b> for a manual " -"configuration.\n" +"If your scanner has not been detected, use <b>Add</b> for a manual configuration.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<P><B><BIG>Sağlayıcı ekleme:</BIG></B><BR>\n" @@ -485,8 +481,7 @@ "configure the scanner unit with this tool.\n" "If you have difficulties configuring your scanner,\n" "check whether it appears in the output of <tt>lsusb</tt>.\n" -"If it is not listed there, the USB system cannot communicate with the " -"scanner.\n" +"If it is not listed there, the USB system cannot communicate with the scanner.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -499,8 +494,7 @@ "If difficulties arise proceeding with <b>Add</b>,\n" "check whether your scanner is shown by the command <tt>lsscsi</tt>.\n" "If not, the SCSI system cannot communicate with the scanner.\n" -"Verify that an appropriate kernel module for the SCSI host adapter has been " -"loaded.\n" +"Verify that an appropriate kernel module for the SCSI host adapter has been loaded.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" @@ -514,8 +508,7 @@ "Common parallel port scanners must be configured manually.\n" "To set up the scanner unit in a HP all-in-one device,\n" "which is connected to the parallel port,\n" -"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via <b>Other</b> and <b>Run hp-setup</" -"b>\n" +"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via <b>Other</b> and <b>Run hp-setup</b>\n" "before you can configure the scanner unit with this tool using <b>Add</b>.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -539,10 +532,8 @@ "connected to another host in the network.\n" "To set up the scanner unit in a HP all-in-one device,\n" "which is connected via a built-in network interface,\n" -"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via <b>Other</b> and <b>Run hp-setup</" -"b>\n" -"before it works to configure the scanner unit with this tool using <b>Add</" -"b>.\n" +"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via <b>Other</b> and <b>Run hp-setup</b>\n" +"before it works to configure the scanner unit with this tool using <b>Add</b>.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -560,8 +551,7 @@ "Press <b>Add</b> to select model and driver and enable it.\n" "Press <b>Edit</b> to select and enable a driver.\n" "Press <b>Delete</b> to disable the driver.\n" -"If you press <b>Other</b>, you can restart the detection, test enabled " -"drivers,\n" +"If you press <b>Other</b>, you can restart the detection, test enabled drivers,\n" "set up HP all-in-one devices, or set up scanning via network.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" @@ -581,8 +571,7 @@ #: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:166 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"If a driver is set up but no scanner is recognized by the driver, possible " -"reasons are:\n" +"If a driver is set up but no scanner is recognized by the driver, possible reasons are:\n" "The scanner is not connected or switched off,\n" "the driver is not the right one for the particular model\n" "(even small differences in model names or internal differences in\n" @@ -599,8 +588,7 @@ "<p>\n" "<b><big>Scanner Model Selection</big></b><br>\n" "All known scanner models, both supported and unsupported, are listed here.\n" -"Read all information carefully before selecting a model and pressing " -"<b>Next</b>.\n" +"Read all information carefully before selecting a model and pressing <b>Next</b>.\n" "The information is based on data of the SANE project at\n" "<tt>http://www.sane-project.org/</tt>.\n" "</p>" @@ -612,19 +600,13 @@ #: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:192 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"A model is supported if there is at least one appropriate scanner driver " -"available.\n" -"Most scanner drivers are from the SANE project and provided in the sane-" -"backends package.\n" -"The support status for a particular model varies from minimal to complete." -"<br>\n" -"When a driver is shown as 'unmaintained', it does not mean that the driver " -"does not work.\n" +"A model is supported if there is at least one appropriate scanner driver available.\n" +"Most scanner drivers are from the SANE project and provided in the sane-backends package.\n" +"The support status for a particular model varies from minimal to complete.<br>\n" +"When a driver is shown as 'unmaintained', it does not mean that the driver does not work.\n" "Even an unmaintained driver could work perfectly well.\n" -"But it means that there is no longer someone who knows about the driver " -"internals\n" -"so that there is usually no help if there are issues with an unmaintained " -"driver.\n" +"But it means that there is no longer someone who knows about the driver internals\n" +"so that there is usually no help if there are issues with an unmaintained driver.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" @@ -632,10 +614,8 @@ #: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Even if a model has no driver available, the manufacturer might have a " -"driver.\n" -"Therefore, you should ask the scanner manufacturer for a driver for an " -"unsupported scanner.\n" +"Even if a model has no driver available, the manufacturer might have a driver.\n" +"Therefore, you should ask the scanner manufacturer for a driver for an unsupported scanner.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" @@ -657,18 +637,12 @@ "<p>\n" "Use the <b>Search String</b> to find an appropriate entry quickly.\n" "To find some text anywhere in the table, enter it in the field.\n" -"A more complicated search using a case-insensitive regular expression is " -"also possible.\n" -"If the scanner was detected and the manufacturer name is available in this " -"list,\n" -"the search string is preset with the manufacturer name, such as <tt>^Epson." -"*</tt>.\n" -"To refine the search results, append model-specific details to the search " -"string.\n" -"For example, append a word that is part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson." -"*perfection</tt>\n" -"or append some digits that are part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson." -"*1200</tt>.\n" +"A more complicated search using a case-insensitive regular expression is also possible.\n" +"If the scanner was detected and the manufacturer name is available in this list,\n" +"the search string is preset with the manufacturer name, such as <tt>^Epson.*</tt>.\n" +"To refine the search results, append model-specific details to the search string.\n" +"For example, append a word that is part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson.*perfection</tt>\n" +"or append some digits that are part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson.*1200</tt>.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" @@ -678,8 +652,7 @@ "<p>\n" "<b><big>Scanner and Driver Setup</big></b><br>\n" "The driver is activated and the associated scanners are probed.\n" -"This may take a few seconds, so you must wait until you can press <b>Next</" -"b>.\n" +"This may take a few seconds, so you must wait until you can press <b>Next</b>.\n" "If you press <b>Back</b>, the driver is deactivated.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" @@ -720,14 +693,10 @@ "<b><big>HP All-in-One Devices</big></b><br>\n" "HP all-in-one devices may require a special setup.\n" "In this case, an appropriate dialog is shown.\n" -"There are two software packages that provide support for HP all-in-one " -"devices:\n" -"the outdated HPOJ software (package hp-officeJet which is no longer " -"available),\n" -"which provides the PTAL system (with the ptal service) to access HP all-in-" -"one devices,\n" -"and the up-to-date HPLIP software (package hplip), which provides the hpaio " -"driver.\n" +"There are two software packages that provide support for HP all-in-one devices:\n" +"the outdated HPOJ software (package hp-officeJet which is no longer available),\n" +"which provides the PTAL system (with the ptal service) to access HP all-in-one devices,\n" +"and the up-to-date HPLIP software (package hplip), which provides the hpaio driver.\n" "Both software packages can be installed at the same time\n" "but the ptal service and the hpaio driver cannot run together.\n" "Therefore either the patl service or the hpaio driver\n" @@ -759,12 +728,9 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Server Settings</big></b><br>\n" -"If you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible via " -"the network,\n" -"set up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a " -"server.\n" -"In <b>Permitted Clients</b>, enter which client hosts are permitted to " -"access saned on your server.\n" +"If you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible via the network,\n" +"set up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a server.\n" +"In <b>Permitted Clients</b>, enter which client hosts are permitted to access saned on your server.\n" "Enter a comma-separated list of client hosts (hostnames or IP addresses)\n" "or subnets (CIDR notation, such as 192.168.1.0/24).\n" "If no client hosts are permitted, saned is not activated.\n" @@ -820,10 +786,8 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Client Settings</big></b><br>\n" -"If you want to access scanners connected to other hosts (servers) in the " -"network,\n" -"set up the net metadriver to access them via the daemon running on the " -"servers.\n" +"If you want to access scanners connected to other hosts (servers) in the network,\n" +"set up the net metadriver to access them via the daemon running on the servers.\n" "The saned and the firewall on the servers must permit the access.\n" "In <b>Servers Used</b>, enter which servers should be used.\n" "Enter a comma-separated list of servers (server names or IP addresses).\n" @@ -885,8 +849,7 @@ #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:399 msgid "" "The third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys is required.\n" -"The Image Scan driver software is made and provided by Epson (formerly " -"Avasys)\n" +"The Image Scan driver software is made and provided by Epson (formerly Avasys)\n" "http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LXEpson\n" "(formerly Avasys http://avasys.jp/eng/linux_driver/)\n" "where RPM packages for 32-bit (i386) and 64-bit (x86_64) architecture\n" @@ -905,16 +868,13 @@ #. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:442 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository " -"available." +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository available." msgstr "Bu paket kurulu değildir ve kurulmayacaktır." #. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name: #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:457 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." msgstr "Bu paket kurulu değildir ve kurulmayacaktır." # clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:647 @@ -938,8 +898,7 @@ "with the network, the 'scanimage -L' command may not respond. For example,\n" "this may happen if communication with a server used by the net metadriver\n" "gets distorted because a firewall drops some network traffic.\n" -"In this case, disable the net metadriver until the issue in the network is " -"fixed.\n" +"In this case, disable the net metadriver until the issue in the network is fixed.\n" msgstr "" # include/scanner/scanner_functions.ycp:218 @@ -1181,8 +1140,7 @@ #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1125 msgid "" "Launched hp-setup.\n" -"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the scanner " -"configuration.\n" +"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the scanner configuration.\n" msgstr "" #. where autodetected scanners are listed in the second column @@ -1345,23 +1303,18 @@ #. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1892 msgid "" -"A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's " -"memory.\n" +"A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's memory.\n" "Without firmware, the scanner cannot work.\n" "\n" -"Because firmware is licensed by the scanner manufacturer, we cannot " -"distribute it.\n" +"Because firmware is licensed by the scanner manufacturer, we cannot distribute it.\n" "Usually the firmware file is stored somewhere on the manufacturer's CD.\n" -"Alternatively, it may be possible to download it from the manufacturer's web " -"site.\n" -"Ask the manufacturer how to get the firmware file for your particular " -"scanner.\n" +"Alternatively, it may be possible to download it from the manufacturer's web site.\n" +"Ask the manufacturer how to get the firmware file for your particular scanner.\n" "Find additional useful information on the SANE web site at\n" "http://www.sane-project.org/.\n" "\n" "After you get the firmware file, you must configure the driver manually.\n" -"The man page of the driver describes how to configure it for firmware " -"upload.\n" +"The man page of the driver describes how to configure it for firmware upload.\n" "The following command shows the man page for your driver:\n" msgstr "" @@ -1386,19 +1339,16 @@ "The hpoj driver requires the PTAL system to be set up and running.\n" "In particular, the ptal service must be up and running.\n" "\n" -"Before the ptal service can be started, the PTAL system must be " -"initialized.\n" +"Before the ptal service can be started, the PTAL system must be initialized.\n" "Additionally, the ptal service should be activated for start when booting.\n" "The PTAL system and the hplip service exclude each other.\n" "Therefore a running hplip service would be stopped and deactivated\n" "before the the PTAL system is initialized, activated, and started.\n" "An automated initialization of the PTAL system is only safe for USB.\n" -"If you have a non-USB device or if the automated initialization for USB " -"fails,\n" +"If you have a non-USB device or if the automated initialization for USB fails,\n" "set up the PTAL system manually.\n" "If you have an all-in-one device (scanner+printer), note that\n" -"a running ptal service monopolizes the USB device file (e.g., /dev/usb/" -"lp0),\n" +"a running ptal service monopolizes the USB device file (e.g., /dev/usb/lp0),\n" "so the printer can no longer be addressed via the USB device file.\n" "\n" "Should the PTAL system for USB be initialized, activated, and started now?\n" @@ -1415,8 +1365,7 @@ "and all print queues that use the hplip service would no longer work.\n" "If the scanner is also supported by the hpaio driver, do not proceed.\n" "Instead use hpaio to set up the scanner.\n" -"Alternatively proceed and change the printer configuration to use the ptal " -"service.\n" +"Alternatively proceed and change the printer configuration to use the ptal service.\n" msgstr "" #. %1 will be replaced by the backend name @@ -1546,9 +1495,7 @@ #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. #. Do not change or translate "CUPS", it is a subsystem name. #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2291 -msgid "" -"The driver hpoj is deactivated but the associated service ptal is not " -"deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system." +msgid "The driver hpoj is deactivated but the associated service ptal is not deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system." msgstr "" # include/scanner/scanner_functions.ycp:218 @@ -1803,15 +1750,11 @@ #~ msgstr "Kart seçimi" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Scanning via network does not work with firewall protection for the " -#~ "internal zone." +#~ msgid "Scanning via network does not work with firewall protection for the internal zone." #~ msgstr "&Dahili ağdan koru" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Use the YaST firewall module to enable firewall protection for the " -#~ "internal zone." +#~ msgid "Use the YaST firewall module to enable firewall protection for the internal zone." #~ msgstr "&Dahili ağdan koru" # clients/lvm_config.ycp:311 @@ -1859,8 +1802,7 @@ #~ "<b>Configuration Summary:</b>\n" #~ "The configuration summary shows the active scanners.\n" #~ "If you press <b>Change</b>, an additional dialog opens\n" -#~ "in which to edit the configuration, test active scanners, or set up " -#~ "scanning via network.\n" +#~ "in which to edit the configuration, test active scanners, or set up scanning via network.\n" #~ "</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Düzenleme ya da silme:</BIG></B><BR>\n" @@ -1928,8 +1870,7 @@ #~ "Press <b>Add</b> to configure a new scanner.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Yeni ağ kartı ekleme:</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "<b>Ekle</b> düğmesine basarak el ile yeni bir ağ kartı ekleyebilirsiniz.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ "<b>Ekle</b> düğmesine basarak el ile yeni bir ağ kartı ekleyebilirsiniz.</p>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -2132,49 +2073,34 @@ #~ msgstr "Kontrol işlemi bitiriliyor" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Scanner access for normal users is granted by the resource manager " -#~ "(resmgr).\n" +#~ "Scanner access for normal users is granted by the resource manager (resmgr).\n" #~ "The resource manager is triggered by the hotplug system.\n" #~ "The hotplug system is triggered when connecting the scanner to the USB.\n" -#~ "An entry was added to /etc/hotplug/usb/sane.usermap to grant scanner " -#~ "access\n" +#~ "An entry was added to /etc/hotplug/usb/sane.usermap to grant scanner access\n" #~ "for those users that belong to the \"desktop\" group (users\n" #~ "logged in using graphical login via KDM or XDM).\n" #~ "To activate this new setting, disconnect and reconnect the USB scanner.\n" -#~ "If this does not work, reboot while the scanner is connected and switched " -#~ "on.\n" -#~ "If even reboot does not help, verify that at least \"root\" can access " -#~ "the scanner\n" +#~ "If this does not work, reboot while the scanner is connected and switched on.\n" +#~ "If even reboot does not help, verify that at least \"root\" can access the scanner\n" #~ "by running the command \"scanimage -L\" as root and compare the result\n" #~ "when running the same command as normal user.\n" -#~ "If \"scanimage -L\" does not show the scanner even when running it as " -#~ "root,\n" -#~ "refer to the \"SANE -- Supported Devices\" page at http://www.sane-" -#~ "project.org/\n" +#~ "If \"scanimage -L\" does not show the scanner even when running it as root,\n" +#~ "refer to the \"SANE -- Supported Devices\" page at http://www.sane-project.org/\n" #~ "to verify that the scanner is supported. \n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Normal kullanıcılar için tarayıcı erişimini kaynak yöneticisi (resmgr) " -#~ "düzenler.\n" -#~ "Kaynak yöneticisi de hotplug sistemi tarafından etkinleştirilir, hotplug " -#~ "sistemi\n" +#~ "Normal kullanıcılar için tarayıcı erişimini kaynak yöneticisi (resmgr) düzenler.\n" +#~ "Kaynak yöneticisi de hotplug sistemi tarafından etkinleştirilir, hotplug sistemi\n" #~ "ise sisteme bir USB tarayıcı bağlandığında etkin hale getirilir.\n" -#~ "/etc/hotplug/usb/sane.usermap dosyasına bir girdi eklenerek \"desktop\" " -#~ "grubuna\n" -#~ "üye olan kullanıcılara (KDM ya da XDM ile grafik arayüze giriş yapan " -#~ "kullanıcılar)\n" +#~ "/etc/hotplug/usb/sane.usermap dosyasına bir girdi eklenerek \"desktop\" grubuna\n" +#~ "üye olan kullanıcılara (KDM ya da XDM ile grafik arayüze giriş yapan kullanıcılar)\n" #~ "tarayıcı erişimi sağlanır.\n" -#~ "Yeni ayarları etkinleştirmek için USB tarayıcıyı sistemden koparıp tekrar " -#~ "bağlamanız\n" -#~ "gerekir. Bu işe yaramazsa tarayıcı bağlı ve açıkken sistemi yeniden " -#~ "başlatın. Bu da\n" -#~ "işe yaramazsa \"scanimage -L\" komutunu root olarak çalıştırın ve bir " -#~ "normal kullanıcı\n" -#~ "ile çalıştırıldığında elde edilen çıktıyı karşılaştırın, bu şekilde en " -#~ "azından \"root\"\n" +#~ "Yeni ayarları etkinleştirmek için USB tarayıcıyı sistemden koparıp tekrar bağlamanız\n" +#~ "gerekir. Bu işe yaramazsa tarayıcı bağlı ve açıkken sistemi yeniden başlatın. Bu da\n" +#~ "işe yaramazsa \"scanimage -L\" komutunu root olarak çalıştırın ve bir normal kullanıcı\n" +#~ "ile çalıştırıldığında elde edilen çıktıyı karşılaştırın, bu şekilde en azından \"root\"\n" #~ "kullanıcısının taracıya erişip erişemediğini kontrol etmiş olursunuz.\n" #~ "Eğer \"scanimage -L\" komutu root olarak bile tarayıcıyı göstermiyorsa\n" -#~ "http://www.sane-project.org/ adresinden \"SANE - Desteklenen aygıtlar\" " -#~ "listesinden\n" +#~ "http://www.sane-project.org/ adresinden \"SANE - Desteklenen aygıtlar\" listesinden\n" #~ "tarayıcınızın desteklenip desteklenmediğini kontrol edin.\n" #~ msgid "Configuration summary ..." @@ -2185,8 +2111,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Lütfen yapılandırma dosyası güncellenirken bekleyiniz..." #~ msgid "It was not possible to revert the already made changes" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Yapılan değişikliklerden vazgeçip eski ayarlara dönmek mümkün olmadı" +#~ msgstr "Yapılan değişikliklerden vazgeçip eski ayarlara dönmek mümkün olmadı" # include/scanner/scanner_functions.ycp:111 #~ msgid "Please select a scanner from the list" @@ -2218,11 +2143,9 @@ # include/scanner/scanner_start.ycp:93 #~ msgid "" #~ "The package 'hp-officeJet' is not installed correctly.\n" -#~ "This package is mandatory for the installation of an HP all-in-one " -#~ "device.\n" +#~ "This package is mandatory for the installation of an HP all-in-one device.\n" #~ "Make sure you have the SUSE CD set available\n" -#~ "and restart the scanner installation. Alternatively, install the " -#~ "package\n" +#~ "and restart the scanner installation. Alternatively, install the package\n" #~ "with the YaST2 module 'Install and Remove Software'.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "'hp-officeJet' paketi düzgün şekilde kurulmamış.\n" @@ -2325,8 +2248,7 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "İlk önce tarayıcı kurulumunu sonlandırın. Daha sonra\n" #~ "yazılım yüklemesini gerçekleştirin. 'man sane-gt-68xx' ya da\n" -#~ "'man sane-artec_eplus48u' komutları ile daha detaylı bilgi " -#~ "edinebilirsiniz.\n" +#~ "'man sane-artec_eplus48u' komutları ile daha detaylı bilgi edinebilirsiniz.\n" #~ "\n" # include/scanner/scanner_manual.ycp:58 @@ -2360,8 +2282,7 @@ # include/scanner/scanner_manual.ycp:107 #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>If one of the vendor/model pairs matches\n" -#~ "your scanner, select the corresponding entries and proceed with the " -#~ "installation.</p>" +#~ "your scanner, select the corresponding entries and proceed with the installation.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Eğer üretici/model çiftlerinden biri tarayıcınıza uyuyorsa\n" #~ "bu seçenekleri işaretleyip kuruluma devam edin.</p>" @@ -2378,14 +2299,11 @@ # include/scanner/scanner_manual.ycp:115 #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>If your scanner model is not\n" -#~ "contained in the list but you know a SANE driver which works for your " -#~ "scanner,\n" +#~ "contained in the list but you know a SANE driver which works for your scanner,\n" #~ "take \"Generic\" in the vendor list and select the driver manually.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Tarayıcınızın modeli mevcut değilse, buna rağmen tarayıcınız için " -#~ "çalışan bir\n" -#~ "SANE sürücüsünün var olduğunu biliyorsanız, listeden \"Genel\" seçeneğini " -#~ "işaretleyin\n" +#~ "<p>Tarayıcınızın modeli mevcut değilse, buna rağmen tarayıcınız için çalışan bir\n" +#~ "SANE sürücüsünün var olduğunu biliyorsanız, listeden \"Genel\" seçeneğini işaretleyin\n" #~ "ve sürücü seçimini elle gerçekleştirin.</p>" # include/scanner/scanner_manual.ycp:119 @@ -2449,11 +2367,9 @@ # include/scanner/scanner_net.ycp:54 #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>It is possible to use a scanner\n" -#~ "connected to a different computer if the computer is configured as a " -#~ "network scan station.</p> \n" +#~ "connected to a different computer if the computer is configured as a network scan station.</p> \n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Ağ üzerinde bir bilgisayar ağ tarama istasyonu olarak " -#~ "yapılandırılmışsa bu bilgisayara\n" +#~ "<p>Ağ üzerinde bir bilgisayar ağ tarama istasyonu olarak yapılandırılmışsa bu bilgisayara\n" #~ "bağlı olan tarayıcıyı kullanmanız mümkündür.</p> \n" # include/scanner/scanner_net.ycp:56 @@ -2590,12 +2506,10 @@ # include/scanner/scanner_notfound.ycp:71 #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>USB scanners may be plugged in and switched on\n" -#~ "while the system is running. If you have not yet connected your USB " -#~ "scanner, do so right now.\n" +#~ "while the system is running. If you have not yet connected your USB scanner, do so right now.\n" #~ "</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>USB tarayıcılarını sistem çalışırken takıp çıkartabilirsiniz ve " -#~ "açabilirsiniz.\n" +#~ "<p>USB tarayıcılarını sistem çalışırken takıp çıkartabilirsiniz ve açabilirsiniz.\n" #~ "USB tarayıcınızı bilgisayara bağlamadıysanız şimdi bağlayın.</p>" # include/scanner/scanner_notfound.ycp:76 @@ -2624,17 +2538,13 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Now YaST will try to autodetect an USB scanner.\n" -#~ "If you have not yet connected and switched on the USB scanner, do so " -#~ "right now.\n" -#~ "After connecting it, wait a few seconds so that the hotplug system can " -#~ "make it available\n" +#~ "If you have not yet connected and switched on the USB scanner, do so right now.\n" +#~ "After connecting it, wait a few seconds so that the hotplug system can make it available\n" #~ "." #~ msgstr "" #~ "YaST şimdi USB tarayıcısını otomatik olarak algılamaya çalışacak.\n" -#~ "Eğer tarayıcınızı bilgisayara bağlamamış ve açmadıysanız şimdi bağlayın " -#~ "ve açın.\n" -#~ "Bundan sonra hotplug sisteminin hazır hale gelmesi için bir kaç saniye " -#~ "bekleyin.\n" +#~ "Eğer tarayıcınızı bilgisayara bağlamamış ve açmadıysanız şimdi bağlayın ve açın.\n" +#~ "Bundan sonra hotplug sisteminin hazır hale gelmesi için bir kaç saniye bekleyin.\n" #~ " " #~ msgid "" @@ -2723,16 +2633,14 @@ #~ "select the corresponding entry from the list and press <b>Delete</b>.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Bir tarayıcı yapılandırmasını silmek için listeden ilgili girdiyi " -#~ "seçin ve\n" +#~ "<p>Bir tarayıcı yapılandırmasını silmek için listeden ilgili girdiyi seçin ve\n" #~ "<b>Sil</b> düğmesine basın.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p> \n" #~ "To install a new scanner, press <b>Add</b>.\n" -#~ "At the end of the configuration, the new scanner will appear in this " -#~ "list.\n" +#~ "At the end of the configuration, the new scanner will appear in this list.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" @@ -2751,15 +2659,12 @@ # include/scanner/scanner_overview.ycp:87 #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "If you leave this dialog with <b>Abort</b>, all changes made in this " -#~ "dialog\n" -#~ "will be discarded and your system will be reverted to the previous " -#~ "state.\n" +#~ "If you leave this dialog with <b>Abort</b>, all changes made in this dialog\n" +#~ "will be discarded and your system will be reverted to the previous state.\n" #~ "</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Eğer <b>Durdur</b> düğmesine basarak bu pencereyi kapatırsanız " -#~ "yaptığınız\n" +#~ "Eğer <b>Durdur</b> düğmesine basarak bu pencereyi kapatırsanız yaptığınız\n" #~ "tüm değişiklikler yok olacak, ve sisteminiz eski durumuna dönecektir.\n" #~ "</p>" @@ -2803,8 +2708,7 @@ #~ "</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Lütfen SCSI aygıtları listesinden tarayıcınızı seçin.\n" -#~ "(Liste sadece /dev/s<b>g</b> aygıt dosyalarına bağlı olan aygıtları " -#~ "içerir)\n" +#~ "(Liste sadece /dev/s<b>g</b> aygıt dosyalarına bağlı olan aygıtları içerir)\n" #~ "</p>" #~ msgid "" @@ -2833,8 +2737,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>Information on your SCSI storage controller\n" -#~ "can be obtained by issuing the command <b>/usr/sbin/hwinfo --" -#~ "storage_ctrl</b>\n" +#~ "can be obtained by issuing the command <b>/usr/sbin/hwinfo --storage_ctrl</b>\n" #~ ".</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>SCSI depolama denetleyicisinin bilgilerini\n" @@ -2876,8 +2779,7 @@ # include/scanner/scanner_usb.ycp:83 #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>The information on the IDs can be obtained\n" -#~ "by issuing the command <b>hwinfo --usb</b> (look for the '<i>Vendor:</" -#~ "i>'\n" +#~ "by issuing the command <b>hwinfo --usb</b> (look for the '<i>Vendor:</i>'\n" #~ "and '<i>Model:</i>' entries and take the digits in front, such as 010c).\n" #~ "</p> " #~ msgstr "" @@ -2905,12 +2807,10 @@ #~ "basarak el ile tarayıcı seçimi bölümüne devam edin.</p>" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Attention: Manual configuration of an unknown USB scanner is for " -#~ "experts only.\n" +#~ "<p>Attention: Manual configuration of an unknown USB scanner is for experts only.\n" #~ "Make sure that the data entered in next dialog is correct.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Uyarı: Bilinmeyen bir USB tarayıcısının el ile yapılandırması uzmanlar " -#~ "içindir.\n" +#~ "<p>Uyarı: Bilinmeyen bir USB tarayıcısının el ile yapılandırması uzmanlar içindir.\n" #~ "Bir sonraki pencerede girilecek verilen doğru olduğuna emin olun.</p>" # include/scanner/scanner_usb.ycp:110 Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/security.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/security.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/security.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -220,9 +220,7 @@ msgid "" "Enable basic system services in runlevel 3\n" " (multiuser with network)" -msgstr "" -"Sistem hizmetleri (çalışma düzeyi) düzenleyicisi başlatılıyor. Lütfen " -"bekleyin..." +msgstr "Sistem hizmetleri (çalışma düzeyi) düzenleyicisi başlatılıyor. Lütfen bekleyin..." # clients/runlevel.ycp:94 #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:108 @@ -230,9 +228,7 @@ msgid "" "Enable basic system services in runlevel 5\n" " (multiuser with network and graphical login)" -msgstr "" -"Sistem hizmetleri (çalışma düzeyi) düzenleyicisi başlatılıyor. Lütfen " -"bekleyin..." +msgstr "Sistem hizmetleri (çalışma düzeyi) düzenleyicisi başlatılıyor. Lütfen bekleyin..." #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:111 #, fuzzy @@ -295,9 +291,7 @@ #. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<P>These basic system services are not enabled in runlevel %1:<BR><B>%2</B></" -"P>" +msgid "<P>These basic system services are not enabled in runlevel %1:<BR><B>%2</B></P>" msgstr "" "Gereken şu hizmetler eksik:\n" "%1" @@ -429,8 +423,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" msgstr "" "<P><B><BIG>Başlatma işleminin durdurulması:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -"<B>Durdur</B> düğmesine basarak başlatma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde " -"durdurabilirsiniz.</p>" +"<B>Durdur</B> düğmesine basarak başlatma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde durdurabilirsiniz.</p>" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:47 @@ -489,27 +482,22 @@ "Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from KDM.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>KDM sistem kapatma izni</b><br>\n" -"Sistemi KDM içinden kapatmaya hangi kullanıcıların yetkili olacağını buradan " -"belirleyebilirsiniz.</p>" +"Sistemi KDM içinden kapatmaya hangi kullanıcıların yetkili olacağını buradan belirleyebilirsiniz.</p>" #. Boot dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<p><b>Hibernate System</b>:\n" -"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, " -"user on active console has such right.\n" -"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring " -"authentication in all cases.</p>\n" +"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n" +"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Main dialog help 1/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<P><BIG><B>Configuring Local Security</B></BIG></P>\n" -"<p>Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which " -"include\n" -" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The " -"default\n" +"<p>Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which include\n" +" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default\n" " settings can be modified as needed.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" @@ -521,8 +509,7 @@ "<p><b>Home Workstation</b>: For a home computer not connected to\n" "any type of a network.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Hiçbir ağa bağlı olmayan bir ev bilgisayarı için <b>Yerel iş istasyonu</" -"b> seçeneğini\n" +"<p>Hiçbir ağa bağlı olmayan bir ev bilgisayarı için <b>Yerel iş istasyonu</b> seçeneğini\n" "kullanın.</p>" #. Main dialog help 6/8 @@ -549,9 +536,7 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:98 #, fuzzy msgid "<p><b>Custom Settings</b>: Create your own configuration.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Kendi yapılandırmanızı oluşturmak için <b>Özel yapılandırma</b> " -"seçeneğini kullanın.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Kendi yapılandırmanızı oluşturmak için <b>Özel yapılandırma</b> seçeneğini kullanın.</p>" # clients/ui_helps.ycp:104 #. Login dialog help 1/4 @@ -571,16 +556,12 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:</b>\n" -"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to " -"prevent\n" -"password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait " -"to\n" -"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3</" -"tt>).</p>" +"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\n" +"password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait to\n" +"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3</tt>).</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Hatalı kullanıcı girişi sonrası bekle</b><br>\n" -"Hatalı kullanıcı girişi denemesi sonrasına tekrar giriş için bir süre " -"beklemek\n" +"Hatalı kullanıcı girişi denemesi sonrasına tekrar giriş için bir süre beklemek\n" "parola tahminini engellemek açısından faydalıdır. Bu süreyi, kullanıcılar\n" "yanlış parola girdiğinde fazla beklemelerini önlemek için yeterli kısalıkta\n" "tutun. '3' saniye makul bir değerdir</p>" @@ -592,8 +573,7 @@ msgid "" "<p><b>Record Successful Login Attempts:</b> Logging successful login\n" "attempts is useful. It can warn you of unauthorized access to the\n" -"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than " -"usual).\n" +"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than usual).\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Başarılı kullanıcı girişlerini kaydet</b><br>\n" @@ -607,8 +587,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Allow Remote Graphical Login:</b> Checking this allows access\n" -"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote " -"access\n" +"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote access\n" "to your machine using a display manager might be a security risk.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Uzaktan grafiksel girişe izin ver</b><br>\n" @@ -633,8 +612,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Check New Passwords</b>: It is wise to choose a password that\n" -"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common " -"word.\n" +"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common word.\n" "By checking the box, enforce password checking in regard to these rules.</p>" msgstr "" "<b>Yeni parolaların kontrolü</b><br> Parola için herhangi bir sözlükte\n" @@ -648,14 +626,12 @@ msgid "" "<p><b>Minimum Acceptable Password Length:</b>\n" "The minimum acceptable size for the new password reduced by the number\n" -"of different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the " -"new\n" +"of different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the new\n" "password. See man pam_cracklib for a more detailed explanation.\n" "This option can only be modified when <b>Check New Passwords</b> is set.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Kabul edilebilecek en az karakter sayısı</b><br>\n" -"Kabul edilebilecek bir parolada en az kaç karakter kullanılacağını belirtir. " -"Daha\n" +"Kabul edilebilecek bir parolada en az kaç karakter kullanılacağını belirtir. Daha\n" "az harf ile oluşturulmuş parolalar reddedilecektir. '0' değeri bu kontrolü\n" "kaldırır.</p>" @@ -663,8 +639,7 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "<p><b>Passwords to Remember</b>:\n" -"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from " -"reusing.\n" +"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from reusing.\n" "Enter 0 if passwords should not be stored.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -678,21 +653,16 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:152 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "<p><b>des</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network " -#| "environments,\n" -#| "but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you " -#| "need\n" +#| "<p><b>des</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n" +#| "but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you need\n" #| "compatibility with other systems, use this method.</p>" msgid "" "<p><b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n" -"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you " -"need\n" +"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you need\n" "compatibility with other systems, use this method.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>des</b>, Linux'un öntanımlı yöntemidir, tüm ağ birimlerinde çalışır, " -"fakat\n" -"parola uzunluğunu sekiz karakterle sınırlı tutar. Diğer sistemler ile " -"uyumuluğa\n" +"<p><b>des</b>, Linux'un öntanımlı yöntemidir, tüm ağ birimlerinde çalışır, fakat\n" +"parola uzunluğunu sekiz karakterle sınırlı tutar. Diğer sistemler ile uyumuluğa\n" "\n" "ihtiyacınız varsa bu yöntemi kullanın.</p>" @@ -700,20 +670,15 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:158 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b>MD5</b> allows longer passwords and is supported by all current " -"Linux \n" +"<p><b>MD5</b> allows longer passwords and is supported by all current Linux \n" "distributions, but not by other systems or old software.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>md5</b> daha uzun şifrelere izin verir ve şu anki tüm Linux " -"dağıtımları\n" -"tarafından desteklenir, ancak eski sistemler ya da eski yazılımlar " -"tarafından desteklenmez.</p>" +"<p><b>md5</b> daha uzun şifrelere izin verir ve şu anki tüm Linux dağıtımları\n" +"tarafından desteklenir, ancak eski sistemler ya da eski yazılımlar tarafından desteklenmez.</p>" #. Password dialog help 5d/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:162 -msgid "" -"<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method, using other " -"algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose.</p>" msgstr "" # clients/ui_helps.ycp:116 @@ -734,8 +699,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Days before Password Expires Warning</b>: This entry sets the\n" -"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer " -"the\n" +"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\n" "time, the less likely it is that someone can guess passwords.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Parola eskime uyarısı öncesi gün sayısı</b><br>\n" @@ -778,8 +742,7 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Other Security Settings</b></big></P>\n" -"<p>In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security.</" -"p>" +"<p>In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security.</p>" msgstr "" # clients/ui_helps.ycp:143 @@ -788,31 +751,24 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>File Permissions</b>: Settings for the permissions\n" -"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions." -"secure\n" +"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secure\n" "or /etc/permissions.easy. Which file is used depends on this selection.\n" -"Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions." -"*.\n" -"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred " -"accidentally\n" +"Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions.*.\n" +"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred accidentally\n" "or by intruders.</p><p>\n" "With <b>Easy</b>, most of the system files that are only readable by root\n" "in Secure are modified so other users can also read these files.\n" -"Using <b>Secure</b>, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can " -"only\n" -"be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or " -"by\n" +"Using <b>Secure</b>, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can only\n" +"be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or by\n" "daemons, not by ordinary users.\n" "The most secure setting is <b>Paranoid</B>. With it, you must\n" "decide which users are able to run X applications and setuid programs.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Dosya hakları ayarlanması</b><br>Belirli sistem dosyalarının " -"haklarını\n" +"<p><b>Dosya hakları ayarlanması</b><br>Belirli sistem dosyalarının haklarını\n" "/etc/permissions.secure ya da /etc/permissions.easy dosyalarındaki\n" "verilere göre ayarlar. Hangi dosyanın kullanılacağı burada yapılacak seçime\n" "bağlıdır. SuSEconfig çalıştırılarak bu haklar /etc/permissions.* dosyasına\n" -"göre ayarlanır. Bu işlem yanlışlıkla ya da sisteme girmeye çalışan kişiler " -"tarafından\n" +"göre ayarlanır. Bu işlem yanlışlıkla ya da sisteme girmeye çalışan kişiler tarafından\n" "değiştirilen dosya haklarını da düzenler.</p>" # clients/ui_helps.ycp:164 @@ -821,18 +777,14 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>User Launching updatedb</b>: The program updatedb runs \n" -"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database " -"(locatedb)\n" +"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database (locatedb)\n" "that stores the location of every file. The database can be searched by the\n" -"program \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: <b>nobody</" -"b>\n" +"program \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: <b>nobody</b>\n" " (few files) or <b>root</b> (all files).</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>updatedb kullanıcı erişimi</b><br>updatedb programı her gün bir kere\n" -"düzenli olarak çalışır. Bu program tüm dosya sistemini tarar ve bütün " -"dosyaların\n" -"nerede saklanığını içeren bir veritabanı (locatedb) oluşturur. Bu veritabanı " -"içinde\n" +"düzenli olarak çalışır. Bu program tüm dosya sistemini tarar ve bütün dosyaların\n" +"nerede saklanığını içeren bir veritabanı (locatedb) oluşturur. Bu veritabanı içinde\n" "\"locate\" komutuyla arama yapılabilir.</p>" # clients/ui_helps.ycp:180 @@ -842,13 +794,11 @@ msgid "" "<p><b>Current Directory in root's Path</b> On a DOS system,\n" "the system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current\n" -"directory then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like " -"system\n" +"directory then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system\n" "searches for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH).</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>root kullanıcının içinde bulunduğu dizini arama yoluna ekle</b> <br>\n" -"DOS sisteminde, çalıştırılabilir dosyalar önce içinde bulunulan dizinde, " -"daha\n" +"DOS sisteminde, çalıştırılabilir dosyalar önce içinde bulunulan dizinde, daha\n" "sonra yol değişkeninde kayıtlı olan dizinlerde aranır. Buna karşı, bir UNIX\n" "sistemi dosyaları sadece PATH değişkenindeki dizinlerde arar.</p>" @@ -857,15 +807,12 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:223 msgid "" "<p><b>Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users</b><br> A DOS\n" -"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current " -"directory\n" +"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current directory\n" "then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system searches\n" "for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH).</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Normal kullanıcıların içinde bulunduğu dizini arama yoluna ekle</b> " -"<br>\n" -"DOS sisteminde, çalıştırılabilir dosyalar önce içinde bulunulan dizinde, " -"daha\n" +"<p><b>Normal kullanıcıların içinde bulunduğu dizini arama yoluna ekle</b> <br>\n" +"DOS sisteminde, çalıştırılabilir dosyalar önce içinde bulunulan dizinde, daha\n" "sonra yol değişkeninde kayıtlı olan dizinlerde aranır. Buna karşı, bir UNIX\n" "sistemi dosyaları sadece PATH değişkenindeki dizinlerde arar.</p>" @@ -876,25 +823,17 @@ msgid "" "<p>Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n" "search path, enabling files in the current path to be found and executed.\n" -"This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown " -"programs in\n" +"This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown programs in\n" "the current directory instead of the usual systemwide files. As a result,\n" -"executing <i>Trojan Horses</i>, which exploit this weakness and invade your " -"system,\n" +"executing <i>Trojan Horses</i>, which exploit this weakness and invade your system,\n" "is rather easy if you set this option.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Bazı sistemler buna karşı geçici bir çözüm olarak nokta (\".\") dizinini, " -"yani\n" -"içinde bulunulan dizini arama yoluna eklerler, bu şekilde bu dizindeki " -"dosyaların\n" -"bulunup çalıştırılmaları sağlanır. Bu işlem çok tehlikelidir, çünkü sistemde " -"yer alan\n" -"bir komutu çalıştırmak isterken kazara o anki dizinde bulunan bilinmeyen bir " -"programı\n" -"çalıştırabilirsiniz. Sonuç olarak, bu seçeneği işaretlemeniz halinde " -"sisteminizin bu açığını\n" -"kullanarak sisteminize izinsiz girişlere yol açabilecek 'Truva atları' denen " -"programların\n" +"<p>Bazı sistemler buna karşı geçici bir çözüm olarak nokta (\".\") dizinini, yani\n" +"içinde bulunulan dizini arama yoluna eklerler, bu şekilde bu dizindeki dosyaların\n" +"bulunup çalıştırılmaları sağlanır. Bu işlem çok tehlikelidir, çünkü sistemde yer alan\n" +"bir komutu çalıştırmak isterken kazara o anki dizinde bulunan bilinmeyen bir programı\n" +"çalıştırabilirsiniz. Sonuç olarak, bu seçeneği işaretlemeniz halinde sisteminizin bu açığını\n" +"kullanarak sisteminize izinsiz girişlere yol açabilecek 'Truva atları' denen programların\n" "çalıştırılmasına yol açabilirsiniz.</p>" # clients/ui_helps.ycp:196 @@ -915,60 +854,43 @@ "current directory prefixed with a \"./\". Example: \"./configure\".</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\"hayır\": root kullanıcısı o anda içinde bulunduğu dizindeki\n" -"dosyaları çalıştırırken \"./\" önekini kullanması gerekir. Örnek: \"./" -"configure\".</p>" +"dosyaları çalıştırırken \"./\" önekini kullanması gerekir. Örnek: \"./configure\".</p>" #. Misc dialog help 14/14 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:247 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Enable Magic SysRq Keys</b><br> If you check this option, you\n" -"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, " -"during kernel\n" +"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during kernel\n" "debugging). For details, see /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Sihirli SysRq tuşlarını etkinleştir</b><br> Bu seçeneği seçerseniz\n" "çökmesi durumunda bile sistem üzerinde kontrolünüz olacaktır. (çekirdek\n" -"ayıklaması gibi durumlarda). Ayrıntılar için <i>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/" -"sysrq.txt</i>\n" +"ayıklaması gibi durumlarda). Ayrıntılar için <i>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</i>\n" "dosyasına bakın</p>" #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:253 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<P><B>Profiles</B><BR>This dialog shows the list of currently stored " -#| "backup profiles.</P>" -msgid "" -"<P><B>Security Overview</B><BR>This overview shows the most important " -"security settings.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><B>Profiller</B><BR>Bu pencerede şu anda kayıtlı yedekleme profilleri " -"listelenmiştir.</P>" +#| msgid "<P><B>Profiles</B><BR>This dialog shows the list of currently stored backup profiles.</P>" +msgid "<P><B>Security Overview</B><BR>This overview shows the most important security settings.</P>" +msgstr "<P><B>Profiller</B><BR>Bu pencerede şu anda kayıtlı yedekleme profilleri listelenmiştir.</P>" #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:257 -msgid "" -"<P>To change the current value, click the link associated to the option.</P>" +msgid "<P>To change the current value, click the link associated to the option.</P>" msgstr "" #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:261 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<P>A check mark in the first column indicates that the file will be " -#| "backed up.</P>" -msgid "" -"<P> A check mark in the <B>Security Status</B> column means that the current " -"value of the option is secure.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>İlk kolondaki onay işareti o dosyanın yedekleneceği anlamına gelir.</P>" +#| msgid "<P>A check mark in the first column indicates that the file will be backed up.</P>" +msgid "<P> A check mark in the <B>Security Status</B> column means that the current value of the option is secure.</P>" +msgstr "<P>İlk kolondaki onay işareti o dosyanın yedekleneceği anlamına gelir.</P>" #. an error message (rich text) #: src/include/security/helps.rb:265 -msgid "" -"<P><B>The current value could not be read. The service is probably not " -"installed or the option is missing on the system.</B></P>" +msgid "<P><B>The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed or the option is missing on the system.</B></P>" msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:271 @@ -976,88 +898,53 @@ "<P>A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\n" "across the network by an X server running on another system if so\n" "configured.</P><P>The windows that are being displayed would then transmit\n" -"their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then " -"the\n" -"network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only " -"to\n" -"the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords " -"that\n" -"are being used.</P><P>If you do not need <EM>XDMCP</EM> for remote " -"graphical\n" +"their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then the\n" +"network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only to\n" +"the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords that\n" +"are being used.</P><P>If you do not need <EM>XDMCP</EM> for remote graphical\n" "logins, then disable this option.</P>" msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:281 msgid "" -"<P>Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of " -"the\n" -"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down " -"is\n" -"necessary.</P><P>Consistent system time is essential for the system to " -"create\n" +"<P>Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the\n" +"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down is\n" +"necessary.</P><P>Consistent system time is essential for the system to create\n" "correct log messages.</P>" msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:287 -msgid "" -"<P>Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its " -"behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are " -"important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can " -"tell more than the absence of all log records.</P><P>Therefore, syslog " -"messages of system events are only useful if they are present.</P>" +msgid "<P>Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can tell more than the absence of all log records.</P><P>Therefore, syslog messages of system events are only useful if they are present.</P>" msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:290 -msgid "" -"<P>Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files " -"that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the " -"process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory.</P>" +msgid "<P>Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory.</P>" msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:293 -msgid "" -"<P>The DHCP client daemon should run as the user <EM>dhcpd</EM> to minimize " -"a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its " -"program code.</P><P>Note that dhcpd must never run as <EM>root</EM> or with " -"the <EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> capability for the chroot execution confinement " -"to be effective.</P>" +msgid "<P>The DHCP client daemon should run as the user <EM>dhcpd</EM> to minimize a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its program code.</P><P>Note that dhcpd must never run as <EM>root</EM> or with the <EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> capability for the chroot execution confinement to be effective.</P>" msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:296 -msgid "" -"<P>Administrators should never log on as <EM>root</EM> into an X Window " -"session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.</P><P>This option does " -"not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be " -"able to log on as <EM>root</EM> via the display manager if they guess or " -"otherwise acquire the password.</P>" +msgid "<P>Administrators should never log on as <EM>root</EM> into an X Window session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.</P><P>This option does not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be able to log on as <EM>root</EM> via the display manager if they guess or otherwise acquire the password.</P>" msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:299 msgid "" -"<P>X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, " -"connect\n" -"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on " -"a\n" +"<P>X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, connect\n" +"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on a\n" "different system and display their content on the X server through network\n" -"connections.</P><P>When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus " -"the\n" -"display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and " -"therefore\n" +"connections.</P><P>When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus the\n" +"display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and therefore\n" "subject to network sniffing, and since the port held open by the X server\n" -"offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.</P><P>To display " -"X\n" -"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell " -"(<EM>ssh</EM>), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server " -"through the encrypted ssh connection.</P>" +"offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.</P><P>To display X\n" +"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (<EM>ssh</EM>), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server through the encrypted ssh connection.</P>" msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:309 msgid "" -"<P>The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not " -"expose\n" -"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP " -"network port 25.</P><P>If you do not deliver emails to your system through " -"the SMTP protocol, then disable this option.</P>" +"<P>The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not expose\n" +"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP network port 25.</P><P>If you do not deliver emails to your system through the SMTP protocol, then disable this option.</P>" msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:312 @@ -1066,8 +953,7 @@ "updated, the service is restarted after the files in the package have been\n" "installed.</P><P>This makes sense in most cases, and it is safe to do,\n" "considering that many services either need their binaries or configuration\n" -"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would " -"continue\n" +"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would continue\n" "to run until the services are stopped, e.g. running daemons are\n" "killed.</P><P>This setting should only be changed if there is a specific\n" "reason to do so.</P>" @@ -1079,32 +965,18 @@ "uninstalled, the service is stopped before the files of the package are\n" "removed.</P><P>This makes sense in most cases, and it is safe to do,\n" "considering that many services either need their binaries or configuration\n" -"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would " -"continue\n" +"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would continue\n" "to run until they are stopped, e.g. running daemons are\n" "killed.</P><P>This setting should only be changed if there is a specific\n" "reason to do so.</P>" msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:332 -msgid "" -"<P>A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the " -"system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) " -"vulnerability.</P><P>The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such " -"situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate " -"connection attempts from one source, the <EM>Enabled</EM> setting can cause " -"problems with denied TCP connections under high load.</P><P>Still, for most " -"environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS " -"attacks, so the secure setting is <EM>Enabled</EM>.</P>" +msgid "<P>A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.</P><P>The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate connection attempts from one source, the <EM>Enabled</EM> setting can cause problems with denied TCP connections under high load.</P><P>Still, for most environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS attacks, so the secure setting is <EM>Enabled</EM>.</P>" msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:335 src/include/security/helps.rb:339 -msgid "" -"<P>IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, " -"but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network " -"interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.</P><P>If a system forwards " -"network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not " -"need that routing functionality, then disable this option.</P>" +msgid "<P>IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.</P><P>If a system forwards network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need that routing functionality, then disable this option.</P>" msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:338 @@ -1117,34 +989,23 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:343 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<P>Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes " -"(e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond.</P>" +msgid "<P>Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes (e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond.</P>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Sihirli SysRq tuşlarını etkinleştir</b><br> Bu seçeneği seçerseniz\n" "çökmesi durumunda bile sistem üzerinde kontrolünüz olacaktır. (çekirdek\n" -"ayıklaması gibi durumlarda). Ayrıntılar için <i>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/" -"sysrq.txt</i>\n" +"ayıklaması gibi durumlarda). Ayrıntılar için <i>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</i>\n" "dosyasına bakın</p>" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:346 -msgid "" -"<P>There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The " -"most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file.</" -"P>" +msgid "<P>There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file.</P>" msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:349 src/include/security/helps.rb:352 -msgid "" -"<P>Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and " -"to run the security-related services.</P>" +msgid "<P>Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services.</P>" msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:355 src/include/security/helps.rb:358 -msgid "" -"<P>Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. " -"Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by " -"the system.</P>" +msgid "<P>Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system.</P>" msgstr "" # include/security/settings.ycp:50 @@ -1548,14 +1409,11 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b>Blowfish</b> is similar to MD5, but uses a different algorithm\n" -#~ "to encrypt passwords. A lot of CPU power is needed to calculate the " -#~ "hash,\n" -#~ "which makes it difficult to crack passwords with the help of a dictionary." -#~ "</p>" +#~ "to encrypt passwords. A lot of CPU power is needed to calculate the hash,\n" +#~ "which makes it difficult to crack passwords with the help of a dictionary.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>blowfish</b> md5 yöntemine benzer, fakat şifreleme için farklı\n" -#~ "bir algoritma kullanır. Şifreleme için fazla işlemci gücü gerektirir, bu " -#~ "da\n" +#~ "bir algoritma kullanır. Şifreleme için fazla işlemci gücü gerektirir, bu da\n" #~ "bir sözlük kullanarak şifrenin kırılmasını zorlaştırır.</p>" #, fuzzy @@ -1566,17 +1424,14 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b>Test for Complicated Passwords</b>: \n" -#~ "Passwords should be constructed using a mixture of characters. This makes " -#~ "the\n" -#~ "guessing of passwords very difficult. Check this box to enable " -#~ "additional\n" +#~ "Passwords should be constructed using a mixture of characters. This makes the\n" +#~ "guessing of passwords very difficult. Check this box to enable additional\n" #~ "checks.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Parola uyguluk denetimi</b><br>\n" #~ "Parolalar değişik karakterlerin karışımından oluşmalıdır, bu şekilde\n" #~ "bir parola seçimi parolaların tahmin edilmesini zorlaştırır. Bu\n" -#~ "seçeneği işaretleyerek bu şekilde ek denetimler yapılmasını " -#~ "sağlayabilirsiniz.</p>" +#~ "seçeneği işaretleyerek bu şekilde ek denetimler yapılmasını sağlayabilirsiniz.</p>" # #, fuzzy @@ -1672,8 +1527,7 @@ #~ "Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from KDM.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>KDM sistem kapatma izni</b><br>\n" -#~ "Sistemi KDM içinden kapatmaya hangi kullanıcıların yetkili olacağını " -#~ "buradan belirleyebilirsiniz.</p>" +#~ "Sistemi KDM içinden kapatmaya hangi kullanıcıların yetkili olacağını buradan belirleyebilirsiniz.</p>" # clients/ui_helps.ycp:44 #~ msgid "<p>With this module, change the local security settings.</p>" @@ -1689,8 +1543,7 @@ #~ "hakları dahildir.</p>" # clients/ui_helps.ycp:48 -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>All particular settings are described in the respective dialogs.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>All particular settings are described in the respective dialogs.</p>" #~ msgstr "<p>Tüm ayarlar ilgili pencerelerde tanımlanmıştır.</p>" # clients/ui_helps.ycp:49 @@ -1719,10 +1572,8 @@ # clients/ui_helps.ycp:88 #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b>Record Failed Login Attempts</b><br> It is useful to know if\n" -#~ "somebody is trying to log in and failed. For example, if someone is " -#~ "trying\n" -#~ "to guess the passwords of other users. Check this option to specify " -#~ "whether\n" +#~ "somebody is trying to log in and failed. For example, if someone is trying\n" +#~ "to guess the passwords of other users. Check this option to specify whether\n" #~ "failed login attempts should be logged in the system log file.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Hatalı kullanıcı girişi denemelerini kaydet</b><br>\n" @@ -1752,8 +1603,7 @@ # clients/ui_helps.ycp:119 #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b>Days before Password Expires Warning</b><br> This entry sets the\n" -#~ "number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer " -#~ "the\n" +#~ "number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\n" #~ "time, the less likely it is that a user can guess passwords.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Parola eskime uyarısı öncesi gün sayısı</b><br>\n" @@ -1763,8 +1613,7 @@ # clients/ui_helps.ycp:130 #~ msgid "<p>In this dialog, change various useradd settings.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Bu pencerede, kullanıcı ekleme ile ilgili ayarları yapabilirsiniz.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Bu pencerede, kullanıcı ekleme ile ilgili ayarları yapabilirsiniz.</p>" # clients/ui_helps.ycp:131 #~ msgid "" @@ -1791,24 +1640,17 @@ # clients/ui_helps.ycp:143 #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b>Setting of File Permissions</b><br> Settings for the permissions\n" -#~ "of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions." -#~ "secure\n" +#~ "of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secure\n" #~ "or /etc/permissions.easy. Which file is used depends on this selection.\n" -#~ "Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions." -#~ "*.\n" -#~ "This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred " -#~ "accidentally\n" +#~ "Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions.*.\n" +#~ "This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred accidentally\n" #~ "or by intruders.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Dosya hakları ayarlanması</b><br>Belirli sistem dosyalarının " -#~ "haklarını\n" +#~ "<p><b>Dosya hakları ayarlanması</b><br>Belirli sistem dosyalarının haklarını\n" #~ "/etc/permissions.secure ya da /etc/permissions.easy dosyalarındaki\n" -#~ "verilere göre ayarlar. Hangi dosyanın kullanılacağı burada yapılacak " -#~ "seçime\n" -#~ "bağlıdır. SuSEconfig çalıştırılarak bu haklar /etc/permissions.* " -#~ "dosyasına\n" -#~ "göre ayarlanır. Bu işlem yanlışlıkla ya da sisteme girmeye çalışan " -#~ "kişiler tarafından\n" +#~ "verilere göre ayarlar. Hangi dosyanın kullanılacağı burada yapılacak seçime\n" +#~ "bağlıdır. SuSEconfig çalıştırılarak bu haklar /etc/permissions.* dosyasına\n" +#~ "göre ayarlanır. Bu işlem yanlışlıkla ya da sisteme girmeye çalışan kişiler tarafından\n" #~ "değiştirilen dosya haklarını da düzenler.</p>" #~ msgid "" @@ -1820,41 +1662,30 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>\"Secure\": Certain system files (e.g., /var/log/messages) can only\n" -#~ "be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or " -#~ "by\n" +#~ "be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or by\n" #~ "daemons, not by an ordinary user.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\"güvenli\": /var/log/messages gibi belirli sistem dosyaları sadece\n" #~ "root tarafından görülebilir. Bazı programlar sadece root ya da deamonlar\n" -#~ "tarafından çalıştırılabilir, normal kullanıcılar tarafından " -#~ "çalıştırılmalarına izin verilmez</p>" +#~ "tarafından çalıştırılabilir, normal kullanıcılar tarafından çalıştırılmalarına izin verilmez</p>" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>\"Paranoid\": For an extremely secure system, use this setting. You " -#~ "must\n" +#~ "<p>\"Paranoid\": For an extremely secure system, use this setting. You must\n" #~ "decide which users are able to run X applications and setuid programs.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>\"paranoya\": Aşırı güvenli bir sistem için bu seçeneği kullanın. " -#~ "Hangi\n" -#~ "kullanıcıların X uygulamalarını ve setuid programlarını " -#~ "çalıştırabileceğini seçmelisiniz.</p>" +#~ "<p>\"paranoya\": Aşırı güvenli bir sistem için bu seçeneği kullanın. Hangi\n" +#~ "kullanıcıların X uygulamalarını ve setuid programlarını çalıştırabileceğini seçmelisiniz.</p>" # clients/ui_helps.ycp:164 #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>User Launching updatedb</b><br> The program updatedb runs " -#~ "regularly,\n" -#~ "once a day. It scans your whole file system and creates a database " -#~ "(locatedb)\n" -#~ "where the location of EVERY file is stored. The database can be searched " -#~ "by the\n" +#~ "<p><b>User Launching updatedb</b><br> The program updatedb runs regularly,\n" +#~ "once a day. It scans your whole file system and creates a database (locatedb)\n" +#~ "where the location of EVERY file is stored. The database can be searched by the\n" #~ "program \"locate\".</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>updatedb kullanıcı erişimi</b><br>updatedb programı her gün bir " -#~ "kere\n" -#~ "düzenli olarak çalışır. Bu program tüm dosya sistemini tarar ve bütün " -#~ "dosyaların\n" -#~ "nerede saklanığını içeren bir veritabanı (locatedb) oluşturur. Bu " -#~ "veritabanı içinde\n" +#~ "<p><b>updatedb kullanıcı erişimi</b><br>updatedb programı her gün bir kere\n" +#~ "düzenli olarak çalışır. Bu program tüm dosya sistemini tarar ve bütün dosyaların\n" +#~ "nerede saklanığını içeren bir veritabanı (locatedb) oluşturur. Bu veritabanı içinde\n" #~ "\"locate\" komutuyla arama yapılabilir.</p>" # clients/ui_helps.ycp:170 @@ -1868,8 +1699,7 @@ # clients/ui_helps.ycp:173 #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>\"nobody\": only files that the user \"nobody\" can access are added\n" -#~ "into the database. All users can choose if the file will be in the " -#~ "database or\n" +#~ "into the database. All users can choose if the file will be in the database or\n" #~ "not.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\"nobody\": Sadece \"nobody\" tarafından erişilebilen dosyalar\n" @@ -1883,16 +1713,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b>Current Directory in root's Path</b><br> On a DOS system,\n" #~ "the system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current\n" -#~ "directory then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like " -#~ "system\n" +#~ "directory then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system\n" #~ "searches for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH).</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>root kullanıcının içinde bulunduğu dizini arama yoluna ekle</b> " -#~ "<br>\n" -#~ "DOS sisteminde, çalıştırılabilir dosyalar önce içinde bulunulan dizinde, " -#~ "daha\n" -#~ "sonra yol değişkeninde kayıtlı olan dizinlerde aranır. Buna karşı, bir " -#~ "UNIX\n" +#~ "<p><b>root kullanıcının içinde bulunduğu dizini arama yoluna ekle</b> <br>\n" +#~ "DOS sisteminde, çalıştırılabilir dosyalar önce içinde bulunulan dizinde, daha\n" +#~ "sonra yol değişkeninde kayıtlı olan dizinlerde aranır. Buna karşı, bir UNIX\n" #~ "sistemi dosyaları sadece PATH değişkenindeki dizinlerde arar.</p>" # include/security/settings.ycp:50 @@ -1971,12 +1797,9 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b>Number of Significant Characters in the Password</b><br>\n" -#~ "Maximum number of significant characters in the password. Default is " -#~ "eight for\n" -#~ "the <i>DES</i> encryption method. Do not change it unless your " -#~ "encryption\n" -#~ "function (crypt) is better. This option is ignored for the other " -#~ "encryption\n" +#~ "Maximum number of significant characters in the password. Default is eight for\n" +#~ "the <i>DES</i> encryption method. Do not change it unless your encryption\n" +#~ "function (crypt) is better. This option is ignored for the other encryption\n" #~ "methods. For <i>MD5</i>, it is 127. For <i>Blowfish</i>, it is 72.\n" #~ "</p>" #~ msgstr "" @@ -1984,8 +1807,7 @@ #~ "Parolalarda en çok kaç karakter kullanabileceğinizi belirtir. <i>DES</i>\n" #~ "şifreleme yöntemi için bu öntanımlı olarak 8'dir. Şifreleme yönteminiz\n" #~ "daha iyiyse değeri değiştirmeyin. Bu seçenek diğer şifreleme yöntemleri\n" -#~ "tarafından görmezden gelinir. <i>MD5</i> için bu değer 127, <i>Blowfish</" -#~ "i>\n" +#~ "tarafından görmezden gelinir. <i>MD5</i> için bu değer 127, <i>Blowfish</i>\n" #~ "için 72'dir.\n" #~ "</p>" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/services-manager.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/services-manager.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/services-manager.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -16,8 +16,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" -"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #: src/clients/default_target_finish.rb:33 msgid "Saving default systemd target..." @@ -46,34 +45,23 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units " -"whose job is to activate services and other units." +msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units." msgstr "" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139 -msgid "" -"Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink " -"located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man " -"page." +msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page." msgstr "" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143 -msgid "" -"Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with " -"network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." +msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." msgstr "" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146 -msgid "" -"Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which " -"is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." +msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." msgstr "" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149 -msgid "" -"When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with " -"graphical target." +msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target." msgstr "" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160 @@ -117,15 +105,14 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:257 -msgid "" -"This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" +msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" msgstr "" #. Default for double-click in the table #. Default for double-click in the table #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:71 src/clients/services.rb:71 msgid "Writing configuration..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Yapılandırma yazılıyor..." #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:76 src/clients/services.rb:76 msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n" @@ -137,16 +124,17 @@ msgid "Default System &Target" msgstr "" +# clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:750 #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:99 src/clients/services.rb:99 msgid "Service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hizmet" #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:100 src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 src/clients/services.rb:100 #: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 #: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16 msgid "Enabled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Etkin" #. The current state matches the futural state #. The current state matches the futural state @@ -154,11 +142,12 @@ #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 src/clients/services.rb:101 #: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 msgid "Active" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktif" +# clients/inst_sw_details.ycp:140 clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1074 clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1460 clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1461 clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1484 clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1485 include/slide_show.ycp:259 #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:102 src/clients/services.rb:102 msgid "Description" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tanım" #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:107 src/clients/services.rb:107 msgid "&Start/Stop" @@ -187,7 +176,7 @@ #: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 #: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23 msgid "Disabled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kapalı" #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 #: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 @@ -215,10 +204,11 @@ msgid "&Services" msgstr "" +# include/runlevel/ui.ycp:429 #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:53 #: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:15 msgid "Services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hizmetler" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:116 msgid "" @@ -229,18 +219,14 @@ #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:121 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Services</b></big><br>\n" -"This installation proposal allows you to start and enable a service from " -"the \n" +"This installation proposal allows you to start and enable a service from the \n" " list of services.</p>\n" -"<p>It may also open ports in the firewall for a service if firewall is " -"enabled\n" +"<p>It may also open ports in the firewall for a service if firewall is enabled\n" "and a particular service requires opening them.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:145 -msgid "" -"Service %service will be %toggled and port in firewall will be %switched " -"%link" +msgid "Service %service will be %toggled and port in firewall will be %switched %link" msgstr "" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:160 @@ -271,10 +257,11 @@ msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'" msgstr "" +# include/ui/summary.ycp:84 #. AutoYast summary #: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29 msgid "Not configured yet." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Henüz yapılandırılmadı." #. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state #. they might be coming from AutoYast import and thus they are :modified. Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/slp-server.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/slp-server.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/slp-server.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -200,8 +200,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<P><B><BIG>Başlatma işlemini kesme:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -"<b>Kes</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde " -"kesebilirsiniz.</p>\n" +"<b>Kes</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde kesebilirsiniz.</p>\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:25 @@ -304,29 +303,21 @@ #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:78 msgid "" -"<p>Here, set the mode in which to run the SLP daemon. The simplest mode is " -"<b>Broadcast</b>.\n" -"In it, the SLP daemon answers all requests sent by broadcast. The next mode " -"is <b>Multicast</b>. In it, the daemon answers queries\n" -"sent by multicast in appropriate SCOPES. In the <b>DA Server</b> mode, it " -"informs DA servers on the specified IP addresses\n" -"about statically and dynamically registered services. The last options is " -"<b>Becomes DA Server</b>. This is a cache server for service\n" +"<p>Here, set the mode in which to run the SLP daemon. The simplest mode is <b>Broadcast</b>.\n" +"In it, the SLP daemon answers all requests sent by broadcast. The next mode is <b>Multicast</b>. In it, the daemon answers queries\n" +"sent by multicast in appropriate SCOPES. In the <b>DA Server</b> mode, it informs DA servers on the specified IP addresses\n" +"about statically and dynamically registered services. The last options is <b>Becomes DA Server</b>. This is a cache server for service\n" "answers.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:85 -msgid "" -"<p>With <b>Expert Settings</b>, access all options available in /etc/slp." -"conf.</p>" +msgid "<p>With <b>Expert Settings</b>, access all options available in /etc/slp.conf.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:88 msgid "" -"Configuration files for static registration to SLP. With <b>Add</b>, create " -"a new empty file. With <b>Modify</b>,\n" -"change the values of any existing file. With <b>Delete</b>, it is possible " -"to delete files not owned by any package." +"Configuration files for static registration to SLP. With <b>Add</b>, create a new empty file. With <b>Modify</b>,\n" +"change the values of any existing file. With <b>Delete</b>, it is possible to delete files not owned by any package." msgstr "" #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:91 @@ -341,11 +332,8 @@ #. check for package openslp-server installed #: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:181 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>To configure the SLP server, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>HTTP sunucusunu yapılandırmak için <b>%1</b> paketinin kurulu olması " -"gerekir.</p>" +msgid "<p>To configure the SLP server, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" +msgstr "<p>HTTP sunucusunu yapılandırmak için <b>%1</b> paketinin kurulu olması gerekir.</p>" #: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:184 msgid "<p>Do you want to install it now?</p>" @@ -461,8 +449,7 @@ #~ "Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>DSL aygıtı ekleme:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "Algılanan DSL aygıtları listesinden bir DSL aygıtı seçin. Eğer DSL " -#~ "aygıtınız otomatik\n" +#~ "Algılanan DSL aygıtları listesinden bir DSL aygıtı seçin. Eğer DSL aygıtınız otomatik\n" #~ "olarak algılanmadıysa <B>Diğer (algılanmamış)</B> seçeneğini kullanıp\n" #~ "<B>Yapılandır</B> düğmesine basın.</P>" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/snapper.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/snapper.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/snapper.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -343,8 +343,7 @@ "<p>\n" "%2\n" "</p>\n" -"<p>Files existing in original snapshot will be copied to current system.</" -"p>\n" +"<p>Files existing in original snapshot will be copied to current system.</p>\n" "<p>Files that did not exist in the snapshot will be deleted.</p>Are you sure?" msgstr "" @@ -366,38 +365,19 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<p><b><big>Snapshots Configuration</big></b><p>\n" -#| "<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three " -#| "types of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single " -#| "snapshots are used for storing file system state in certain time, while " -#| "Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation " -#| "proceeded between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are " -#| "coupled together in the table.</p>\n" -#| "<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click <b>Show Changes</b> to " -#| "see the file system changes new in specified snapshot.</p>\n" +#| "<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots are used for storing file system state in certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation proceeded between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in the table.</p>\n" +#| "<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the file system changes new in specified snapshot.</p>\n" msgid "" "<p><b><big>Snapshots Configuration</big></b><p>\n" -"<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three " -"types\n" -"of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots " -"are\n" -"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post " -"are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between " -"taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in " -"the table.</p>\n" -"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see " -"the\n" +"<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n" +"of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots are\n" +"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in the table.</p>\n" +"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the\n" "new file system changes in the specified snapshot.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Anlık Görüntü Yapılandırması</big></b><p>\n" -"<p>Tablo kök dosya sistemi anlık görüntülerini gösterir. 3 tip anlık görüntü " -"var, <b>tekli</b>, <b>öncesi</b> ve <b>sonrası</b>. Tekli anlık görüntüler " -"belirli bir zamandaki dosya sistemi durumunu saklamak için kullanılır, " -"Öncesi ve Sonrası bu iki anlık görüntü arasında özel operasyon tarafından " -"yapılan değişiklikleri tanımlamak için kullanılır. Öncesi ve Sonrası anlık " -"görüntüleri birlikte çiftler halinde tablolanmıştır.</p>\n" -"<p>Anlık görüntü veya görüntü çiftini seçiniz ve belirtilen anlık görüntü " -"için yeni dosya sistemi değişiklerini görmek için <b>Değişiklikleri Göster</" -"b> e tıklayınız.</p>\n" +"<p>Tablo kök dosya sistemi anlık görüntülerini gösterir. 3 tip anlık görüntü var, <b>tekli</b>, <b>öncesi</b> ve <b>sonrası</b>. Tekli anlık görüntüler belirli bir zamandaki dosya sistemi durumunu saklamak için kullanılır, Öncesi ve Sonrası bu iki anlık görüntü arasında özel operasyon tarafından yapılan değişiklikleri tanımlamak için kullanılır. Öncesi ve Sonrası anlık görüntüleri birlikte çiftler halinde tablolanmıştır.</p>\n" +"<p>Anlık görüntü veya görüntü çiftini seçiniz ve belirtilen anlık görüntü için yeni dosya sistemi değişiklerini görmek için <b>Değişiklikleri Göster</b> e tıklayınız.</p>\n" #. Show snapshot dialog help #: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:49 @@ -405,40 +385,26 @@ #| msgid "" #| "<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n" #| "<p>\n" -#| "The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating first " -#| "('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you can see the " -#| "description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of " -#| "creation for both snapshots.\n" +#| "The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you can see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n" #| "</p>\n" #| "<p>\n" -#| "When file is selected in the tree, you can see the changes done to it. By " -#| "default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is " -#| "possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" +#| "When file is selected in the tree, you can see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" #| "</p>" msgid "" "<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n" "<p>\n" -"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first " -"('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the " -"description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of " -"creation for both snapshots.\n" +"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n" "</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By " -"default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is " -"possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" +"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Anlık Görüntüye Genel Bakış</big></b><p>\n" "<p>\n" -"Ağaç ('öncesi') ile ('sonrası') nın oluşturulması arasında değişen tüm " -"dosyaları gösterir. Sağ tarafta ilk anlık görüntü oluşturulduğunda üretilen " -"tanımı ve iki anlık görüntünün de oluşturulma zamanlarını görebilirsiniz.\n" +"Ağaç ('öncesi') ile ('sonrası') nın oluşturulması arasında değişen tüm dosyaları gösterir. Sağ tarafta ilk anlık görüntü oluşturulduğunda üretilen tanımı ve iki anlık görüntünün de oluşturulma zamanlarını görebilirsiniz.\n" "</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"Dosyayı seçtiğinizde onda yapılan değişiklikleri görebilirsiniz. Varsayılan " -"olarak seçilen anlık görüntü çiftinin arasında ola değişiklikler görünür, " -"ama dosyayı farklı versiyonlarla karşılaştırmak da mümkündür.\n" +"Dosyayı seçtiğinizde onda yapılan değişiklikleri görebilirsiniz. Varsayılan olarak seçilen anlık görüntü çiftinin arasında ola değişiklikler görünür, ama dosyayı farklı versiyonlarla karşılaştırmak da mümkündür.\n" "</p>" #. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots @@ -447,35 +413,26 @@ #| msgid "" #| "<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n" #| "<p>\n" -#| "The tree shows all the files that are different between selected snapshot " -#| "and current system. On the right side, you can see the snapshot " -#| "description and time of its creation.\n" +#| "The tree shows all the files that are different between selected snapshot and current system. On the right side, you can see the snapshot description and time of its creation.\n" #| "</p>\n" #| "<p>\n" -#| "When file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between " -#| "snapshot version and current system.\n" +#| "When file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between snapshot version and current system.\n" #| "</p>" msgid "" "<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n" "<p>\n" -"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the " -"current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time " -"of its creation.\n" +"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time of its creation.\n" "</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between " -"snapshot version and current system.\n" +"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between snapshot version and current system.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Anlık Görüntüye Genel Bakış</big></b><p>\n" "<p>\n" -"Ağaç şuanki sistem ile seşilen anlık görüntü arasındaki tüm dosyaları " -"gösterir. Sağ tarafta, anlık görüntü tanımını ve oluşturulma zamanını " -"görebilirsiniz.\n" +"Ağaç şuanki sistem ile seşilen anlık görüntü arasındaki tüm dosyaları gösterir. Sağ tarafta, anlık görüntü tanımını ve oluşturulma zamanını görebilirsiniz.\n" "</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"Dosya ağaçta seçili olduğunda, şuanki sistem ile anlık görüntü versiyonu " -"arasındaki farkı görebilirsiniz.\n" +"Dosya ağaçta seçili olduğunda, şuanki sistem ile anlık görüntü versiyonu arasındaki farkı görebilirsiniz.\n" "</p>" #. popup error @@ -622,9 +579,5 @@ #~ msgid "%1 does not exist in snapshot %2\n" #~ msgstr "%1 %2 anlık görüntüsünde yok\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "These files will be copied from snapshot '%1' to current system: <p>%2</" -#~ "p>Are you sure?" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bu dosyalar '%1' anlık görüntüsünden şuanki siteme kopyalanacaktır: <p>" -#~ "%2</p>Emin misiniz?" +#~ msgid "These files will be copied from snapshot '%1' to current system: <p>%2</p>Are you sure?" +#~ msgstr "Bu dosyalar '%1' anlık görüntüsünden şuanki siteme kopyalanacaktır: <p>%2</p>Emin misiniz?" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/sound.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/sound.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/sound.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -71,12 +71,8 @@ #. - for unknown parameter names #. help text for unknownd parameters; do not translate 'show' #: src/clients/sound.rb:121 -msgid "" -"Value of the specific module parameter. Use the 'show' command to see a list " -"of allowed parameters." -msgstr "" -"Seçilmiş modül parametresinin değeri. 'göster' seçeneği ile izin verilen " -"parametrelerin listesini alabilirsiniz." +msgid "Value of the specific module parameter. Use the 'show' command to see a list of allowed parameters." +msgstr "Seçilmiş modül parametresinin değeri. 'göster' seçeneği ile izin verilen parametrelerin listesini alabilirsiniz." #. translators: command line help text for volume action #: src/clients/sound.rb:131 @@ -86,12 +82,8 @@ #. - for unknown parameter names #. help text; do not translate 'channels' as command name #: src/clients/sound.rb:137 -msgid "" -"Value of the specific channel (0-100). Use the 'channels' command to see a " -"list of available channels." -msgstr "" -"Seçili kanalın değeri (0-100). 'kanallar' komutu ile mevcut kanalların " -"listesini alabilirsiniz." +msgid "Value of the specific channel (0-100). Use the 'channels' command to see a list of available channels." +msgstr "Seçili kanalın değeri (0-100). 'kanallar' komutu ile mevcut kanalların listesini alabilirsiniz." # clients/inst_sw_details.ycp:514 #. translators: command line help text for modules action @@ -600,15 +592,11 @@ #. help text - mixer setting #: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:377 msgid "" -"<P>With this dialog you can set volume for each channel of the selected " -"sound card. \n" -"Press <B>Next</B> to save your volume settings, press <B>Back</B> to restore " -"the original settings.</P>" +"<P>With this dialog you can set volume for each channel of the selected sound card. \n" +"Press <B>Next</B> to save your volume settings, press <B>Back</B> to restore the original settings.</P>" msgstr "" -"<P>Bu pencerede, seçili ses kartının her kanalının ses düzeyini " -"ayarlayabilirsiniz. \n" -"Düzey ayarlarını kaydetmek için <B>İleri</B>, orjinal ayarları kullanmak " -"için <B>Geri</B> düğmesine basın.</P>" +"<P>Bu pencerede, seçili ses kartının her kanalının ses düzeyini ayarlayabilirsiniz. \n" +"Düzey ayarlarını kaydetmek için <B>İleri</B>, orjinal ayarları kullanmak için <B>Geri</B> düğmesine basın.</P>" # include/sound/ui.ycp:179 #. dialog header, %1 = card id (number), %2 = name @@ -974,10 +962,8 @@ "Değiştirdiğiniz bir seçeneği aktif hale getirmek için <b>Kullan</b>\n" "düğmesine basınız. Eğer bir seçenek için bilinen muhtemel değerler\n" "mevcutsa bunları <b>muhtemel değerler</b> bölümünden seçebilirsiniz.\n" -"<b>Sıfırla</b> düğmesi ile de değiştirdiğiniz seçenekleri " -"sıfırlayabilirsiniz.\n" -"Sayısal değerler onluk ya da onaltılık sayı sisteminde girilebilir. " -"(onaltılık\n" +"<b>Sıfırla</b> düğmesi ile de değiştirdiğiniz seçenekleri sıfırlayabilirsiniz.\n" +"Sayısal değerler onluk ya da onaltılık sayı sisteminde girilebilir. (onaltılık\n" "değerler için <b>0x</b> önekini kullanın)\n" "</p>\n" @@ -1261,8 +1247,7 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Seçilen kartın ses düzeyini ayarlamak ya da MIDI dosyalarını çalmak için " -"modül\n" +"Seçilen kartın ses düzeyini ayarlamak ya da MIDI dosyalarını çalmak için modül\n" "yüklemesini yapılandırmak için <b>Diğer</b> düğmesini kullanın. Bu modüller\n" "gerektiğinde yüklenebilir.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -1275,26 +1260,20 @@ #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:273 msgid "" -"<p>The sound device with index 0 is the default device used by system and " -"applications.\n" +"<p>The sound device with index 0 is the default device used by system and applications.\n" "Use <b>Other</b> to set the selected sound device as the primary device.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>0 numaralı ses aygıtı sistem ve uygulamalar tarafından varsayılan olarak " -"kullanılan aygıttır.\n" -"<b>Diğer</b> düğmesi ile seçili ses aygıtını birincil aygıt olarak " -"ayarlayabilirsiniz.</p>" +"<p>0 numaralı ses aygıtı sistem ve uygulamalar tarafından varsayılan olarak kullanılan aygıttır.\n" +"<b>Diğer</b> düğmesi ile seçili ses aygıtını birincil aygıt olarak ayarlayabilirsiniz.</p>" #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:276 msgid "" "The applications which use OSS (Open Sound System) can use the software\n" -"mixer by using aoss wrapper. Use command <tt>aoss <application></tt> " -"to\n" +"mixer by using aoss wrapper. Use command <tt>aoss <application></tt> to\n" "start the application." msgstr "" -"OSS (Open Sound System) kullanan uygulamalar aoss wrapper ile yazılım " -"mixer'ini\n" -"kullanabilir. <tt>aoss <uygulama></tt> komutu ile uygulamayı " -"başlatabilirsiniz." +"OSS (Open Sound System) kullanan uygulamalar aoss wrapper ile yazılım mixer'ini\n" +"kullanabilir. <tt>aoss <uygulama></tt> komutu ile uygulamayı başlatabilirsiniz." # include/sound/texts.ycp:61 #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:286 src/include/sound/texts.rb:316 @@ -1552,16 +1531,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<P>In this dialog, specify your joystick type. If your\n" -#~ "joystick type is not in the list, select <B>Generic Analog Joystick</B>.</" -#~ "p>\n" -#~ "<p>You will not find any USB joysticks here. If you have a USB device, " -#~ "just plug in the joystick and start using it.</P>\n" +#~ "joystick type is not in the list, select <B>Generic Analog Joystick</B>.</p>\n" +#~ "<p>You will not find any USB joysticks here. If you have a USB device, just plug in the joystick and start using it.</P>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P>Bu pencerede oyun çubuğu'nun türünü seçin\n" -#~ "Eğer listede yoksa <B>Genel analog oyun çubuğu</B> seçeneğini " -#~ "kullanabilirsiniz.</p>\n" -#~ "<p>Burada USB oyun çubukları'nı bulamazsınız. Eğer bir USB aygıtınız " -#~ "varsa sisteme\n" +#~ "Eğer listede yoksa <B>Genel analog oyun çubuğu</B> seçeneğini kullanabilirsiniz.</p>\n" +#~ "<p>Burada USB oyun çubukları'nı bulamazsınız. Eğer bir USB aygıtınız varsa sisteme\n" #~ "bağlantısını kurun ve kullanmaya başlayın.</P>\n" #~ msgid "&Select your joystick type:" @@ -1698,15 +1673,10 @@ #~ "or if you do not have a joystick, select <B>No joystick</B>.</P>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P>Yapılandırılmış oyun çubuğu'nu sistemden kaldırmak istiyorsanız,\n" -#~ "ya da oyun çubuğu'nuz yoksa <B>Oyun çubuğu yok</B> seçeneğini işaretleyin." -#~ "</P>\n" +#~ "ya da oyun çubuğu'nuz yoksa <B>Oyun çubuğu yok</B> seçeneğini işaretleyin.</P>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P>Press <B>Test</B> to test the functionality of the selected joystick " -#~ "type.</P>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Dene</b> düğmesine basarak seçtiğiniz oyun çubuğu'nun çalışmasını " -#~ "deneyebilirsiniz.</p>" +#~ msgid "<P>Press <B>Test</B> to test the functionality of the selected joystick type.</P>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>Dene</b> düğmesine basarak seçtiğiniz oyun çubuğu'nun çalışmasını deneyebilirsiniz.</p>" #~ msgid "" #~ "<P><B>Note:</B> Connect your joystick to your computer\n" @@ -1721,13 +1691,10 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<P>Two or more sound cards in your system support joysticks.</P>\n" -#~ "<P>To configure a joystick, select the sound card and press <B>Configure " -#~ "Joystick</B>.</P>\n" +#~ "<P>To configure a joystick, select the sound card and press <B>Configure Joystick</B>.</P>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P>Sisteminizde iki ya da daha fazla oyun çubuğu destekleyen ses kartı " -#~ "mevcut.<P>\n" -#~ "<P>Oyun çubuğu'nu yapılandırmak için ses kartını seçip <b>oyun çubuğu'nu " -#~ "yapılandır</b>\n" +#~ "<P>Sisteminizde iki ya da daha fazla oyun çubuğu destekleyen ses kartı mevcut.<P>\n" +#~ "<P>Oyun çubuğu'nu yapılandırmak için ses kartını seçip <b>oyun çubuğu'nu yapılandır</b>\n" #~ "düğmesine basın.</P>\n" #~ msgid "The configured cards do not support the joystick." @@ -1820,6 +1787,4 @@ #~ "</p>\n" #~ msgid "<p>Use <b>Delete</b> to remove a configured sound card. </p> " -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Yapılandırılmış bir ses kartını kaldırmak için <b>Sil</b>'i kullanın. " -#~ "</p> " +#~ msgstr "<p>Yapılandırılmış bir ses kartını kaldırmak için <b>Sil</b>'i kullanın. </p> " Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/squid.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/squid.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/squid.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -601,8 +601,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<P><B><BIG>Başlatma işlemini kesme:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -"<b>Kes</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde " -"kesebilirsiniz.</p>\n" +"<b>Kes</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde kesebilirsiniz.</p>\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:42 @@ -664,9 +663,7 @@ #. Cache Dialog #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:70 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Refresh Patterns</b> define how Squid treats the objects in the cache." -"</p>\n" +msgid "<p><b>Refresh Patterns</b> define how Squid treats the objects in the cache.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:73 @@ -696,9 +693,7 @@ #. Cache 2 Dialog #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:88 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Cache memory</b> defines the ideal amount of memory to be used for " -"objects.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Cache memory</b> defines the ideal amount of memory to be used for objects.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:91 @@ -731,11 +726,9 @@ #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:105 msgid "" -"<p><b>Cache Replacement Policy</b> determines which objects are to be " -"replaced\n" +"<p><b>Cache Replacement Policy</b> determines which objects are to be replaced\n" "when disk space is needed.\n" -"<b>Memory Replacement Policy</b> specifies the policy for object replacement " -"in\n" +"<b>Memory Replacement Policy</b> specifies the policy for object replacement in\n" "memory when space for new objects is not available.\n" "Policies could be:\n" "<table>\n" @@ -761,50 +754,40 @@ #. Cache Directory #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:132 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Directory Name</b> defines a top-level directory where cache swap " -"files will be stored.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Directory Name</b> defines a top-level directory where cache swap files will be stored.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:135 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Size</b> defines the amount of disk space (in MB) to use under this " -"directory.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Size</b> defines the amount of disk space (in MB) to use under this directory.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:138 msgid "" -"<p><b>Level 1 Directories</b> defines a number of first-level " -"subdirectories, \n" +"<p><b>Level 1 Directories</b> defines a number of first-level subdirectories, \n" "which will be created under the <b>Directory Name</b> directory.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:141 msgid "" -"<p><b>Level 2 Directories</b> defines a number of second-level " -"subdirectories,\n" +"<p><b>Level 2 Directories</b> defines a number of second-level subdirectories,\n" "which will be created under each first-level directory.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. ACL Groups #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:145 -msgid "" -"<p>Access to the Squid server can be controlled via <b>ACL Groups</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>Access to the Squid server can be controlled via <b>ACL Groups</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:148 msgid "" -"<p><b>ACL Group</b> has various types and the description of ACL Group " -"depends\n" +"<p><b>ACL Group</b> has various types and the description of ACL Group depends\n" "on the particular type.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:151 msgid "" -"<p>In the <b>Access Control</b> table, access can be denied or allowed to " -"ACL Groups.\n" -"If there are more ACL Groups in one line, it means that access will be " -"allowed\n" +"<p>In the <b>Access Control</b> table, access can be denied or allowed to ACL Groups.\n" +"If there are more ACL Groups in one line, it means that access will be allowed\n" "or denied to members who belong to all ACL Groups at the same time.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -816,24 +799,19 @@ #. Logging and Timeouts Dialog #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:160 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Access Log</b> defines the file in which client activities are logged." -"</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Access Log</b> defines the file in which client activities are logged.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:163 msgid "" -"<p><b>Cache Log</b> defines the file in which general information about " -"your\n" +"<p><b>Cache Log</b> defines the file in which general information about your\n" "cache's behavior is logged.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:166 msgid "" -"<p><b>Cache Store Log</b> defines the location of the transaction log of " -"all\n" -"objects that are stored in the object store, as well as the time when an " -"object\n" +"<p><b>Cache Store Log</b> defines the location of the transaction log of all\n" +"objects that are stored in the object store, as well as the time when an object\n" "gets deleted. This option can be left empty.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1027,8 +1005,7 @@ #. test if changed ACL is used in other option (not managed by thid module) #: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:467 -msgid "" -"If you change the name of this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \n" +msgid "If you change the name of this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \n" msgstr "" #: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:474 @@ -1400,9 +1377,7 @@ msgstr "Hedef Geçit" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:148 -msgid "" -"This refers to the destination domain, i.e. the source domain where the " -"origin server is located." +msgid "This refers to the destination domain, i.e. the source domain where the origin server is located." msgstr "" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:155 @@ -1471,8 +1446,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:213 -msgid "" -"Matches the URL path minus any protocol, port, and host name information" +msgid "Matches the URL path minus any protocol, port, and host name information" msgstr "" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:220 @@ -1530,9 +1504,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:278 -msgid "" -"A regular expression that matches the client's browser type based on the " -"user agent header." +msgid "A regular expression that matches the client's browser type based on the user agent header." msgstr "" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:288 @@ -1540,9 +1512,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:300 -msgid "" -"Matches when the client's IP address has more than the specified number of " -"HTTP connections established." +msgid "Matches when the client's IP address has more than the specified number of HTTP connections established." msgstr "" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:307 @@ -1566,8 +1536,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:351 msgid "" -"Regular expression matching the mime type of the reply received by squid. " -"Can\n" +"Regular expression matching the mime type of the reply received by squid. Can\n" "be used to detect file download or some types of HTTP tunnelling requests.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1590,11 +1559,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: language name - combo box entry #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:53 msgid "Afrikaans" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Afrikanca" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:54 msgid "Arabic" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Arapça" # AM #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:55 @@ -1646,9 +1615,10 @@ msgid "Estonian" msgstr "Estonyaca" +# clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1461 #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:66 msgid "Persian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Persçe" # /usr/lib/YaST2/keyboard_raw.ycp:470 #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:67 @@ -1671,7 +1641,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:71 msgid "Indonesian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Endonezyaca" # /usr/lib/YaST2/keyboard_raw.ycp:230 #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:72 @@ -1689,7 +1659,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:75 msgid "Latvian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Letonyaca" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:76 msgid "Lithuanian" @@ -1697,7 +1667,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:77 msgid "Malay" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Malayca" # /usr/lib/YaST2/keyboard_raw.ycp:350 #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:78 @@ -1726,9 +1696,10 @@ msgid "Romanian" msgstr "Romence" +# /usr/lib/YaST2/keyboard_raw.ycp:638 #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:84 msgid "Russian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rusça" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:85 msgid "Slovak" @@ -1736,7 +1707,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:86 msgid "Slovenian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Slovence" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:87 msgid "Serbian Cyrillic" @@ -1753,7 +1724,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:90 msgid "Thai" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Taylandça" # /usr/lib/YaST2/keyboard_raw.ycp:668 #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:91 @@ -1762,15 +1733,16 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:92 msgid "Ukrainian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ukraynaca" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:93 msgid "Uzbek" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Özbekçe" +# src/mozilla_i18n.c:37 #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:94 msgid "Vietnamese" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vietnamca" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:95 msgid "Simplified Chinese" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/sshd.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/sshd.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/sshd.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -284,10 +284,11 @@ msgid "Sshd Overview" msgstr "" +# include/sound/ui.ycp:335 #. Table header #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:63 msgid "Number" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Numara" #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:63 msgid "Sshd" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/storage.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/storage.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/storage.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -111,9 +111,7 @@ msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" "Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog." -msgstr "" -"Otomatik teklif verilemiyor. Bağlama noktalarını el ile 'Bölümlendirme' " -"penceresinden belirtin." +msgstr "Otomatik teklif verilemiyor. Bağlama noktalarını el ile 'Bölümlendirme' penceresinden belirtin." #. TRANSLATORS: button text #. this is the resize case @@ -455,8 +453,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<p>\n" -"<b>Windows tarafından kullanılan</b> alan Windows bölümünüzdeki kullanılmış " -"olan alandır.\n" +"<b>Windows tarafından kullanılan</b> alan Windows bölümünüzdeki kullanılmış olan alandır.\n" "</p>" # clients/inst_resize_ui.ycp:731 @@ -709,10 +706,7 @@ "the disk is too small. \n" "To install Linux, select more partitions to \n" "remove or select a larger disk." -msgstr "" -"Silme işlemi için çok az bölüm seçili durumda, ya da disk boyutu çok küçük. " -"Linux kurulumu için silinecek daha fazla bölüm belirtin ya da daha büyük bir " -"disk seçin." +msgstr "Silme işlemi için çok az bölüm seçili durumda, ya da disk boyutu çok küçük. Linux kurulumu için silinecek daha fazla bölüm belirtin ya da daha büyük bir disk seçin." #. loop over targetMap and build radio buttons for selection #. dont use foreach here since we need a counter (as a shortcut) @@ -742,8 +736,7 @@ #. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. #: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." +msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." msgstr "Disk bulunamadı. Lütfen kurulum için güncelleme CD'sini kullanın." # clients/inst_target_selection.ycp:317 @@ -774,8 +767,7 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"&product; kurulumunun diskin hangi bölümlerini kullanacağını daha sonra " -"seçebilirsiniz.\n" +"&product; kurulumunun diskin hangi bölümlerini kullanacağını daha sonra seçebilirsiniz.\n" "</p>\n" # clients/inst_target_selection.ycp:330 @@ -1001,8 +993,7 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>Tüm diski kullan</b> seçeneğini işaretleyebilir, ya da boş disk\n" -"bölümlerini veya boş bölümleri kullanabilirsiniz. Seçilen alan bitişik " -"olmalıdır.\n" +"bölümlerini veya boş bölümleri kullanabilirsiniz. Seçilen alan bitişik olmalıdır.\n" "</p>" # include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.ycp:183 @@ -1031,8 +1022,7 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b><i>Seçili alanlar silinecek ve içerdikleri bilgiler yok olacaktır.</i></" -"b>\n" +"<b><i>Seçili alanlar silinecek ve içerdikleri bilgiler yok olacaktır.</i></b>\n" "Bu bilgileri geri getirmek mümkün olmayacaktır.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -1057,8 +1047,7 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Seçilen sabit disk muhtemelen Windows tarafından kullanılıyor. &product;\n" -"kurulumu için yeteri kadar alan mevcut değil. <b>Windows'u tamamen " -"silebilir</b> ya da\n" +"kurulumu için yeteri kadar alan mevcut değil. <b>Windows'u tamamen silebilir</b> ya da\n" "<b>küçültebilirsiniz</b>.\n" "</p>" @@ -1077,8 +1066,7 @@ "Eğer Windows'u silerseniz bu bölümdeki bilgilere tekrar ulaşmak\n" "<b>mümkün olmayacaktır</b>. Windows bölümünü küçültmeden\n" "önce <b>muhakkak yedek almanız</b> önerilir, çünkü bu bölümdeki\n" -"veriler tekrar düzenlenecektir, ve bu da bazı nadir şartlar altında " -"becerilemeyebilir.\n" +"veriler tekrar düzenlenecektir, ve bu da bazı nadir şartlar altında becerilemeyebilir.\n" "</p>\n" #. Label text @@ -1132,8 +1120,7 @@ msgstr "" "Bir FAT bölümünü şu bağlama noktalarından\n" "birine bağlamaya çalıştınız: / /usr /home /opt /var.\n" -"Bu bağlama noktalarını kullanmak için ext2 ya da reiserfs gibi bir Linux " -"dosya sistemi kullanın.\n" +"Bu bağlama noktalarını kullanmak için ext2 ya da reiserfs gibi bir Linux dosya sistemi kullanın.\n" #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:272 @@ -1147,8 +1134,7 @@ msgstr "" "Bir FAT bölümünü şu bağlama noktalarından\n" "birine bağlamaya çalıştınız: / /usr /home /opt /var.\n" -"Bu bağlama noktalarını kullanmak için ext2 ya da reiserfs gibi bir Linux " -"dosya sistemi kullanın.\n" +"Bu bağlama noktalarını kullanmak için ext2 ya da reiserfs gibi bir Linux dosya sistemi kullanın.\n" #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:286 @@ -1162,8 +1148,7 @@ msgstr "" "Bir FAT bölümünü şu bağlama noktalarından\n" "birine bağlamaya çalıştınız: / /usr /home /opt /var.\n" -"Bu bağlama noktalarını kullanmak için ext2 ya da reiserfs gibi bir Linux " -"dosya sistemi kullanın.\n" +"Bu bağlama noktalarını kullanmak için ext2 ya da reiserfs gibi bir Linux dosya sistemi kullanın.\n" # include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.ycp:414 #. popup text, %1 is a number @@ -1283,8 +1268,7 @@ "Uyarı: Şu anki seçimle %1 kurulumunuz\n" "doğrudan açılabilir olmayabilir, çünkü \"boot\"\n" "altındaki dosyalarınız bir yazılım RAID bölümü üzerinde.\n" -"Açılış yükleyici kurulumu bazen bu tip yapılandırmalarda başarısız " -"olabiliyor.\n" +"Açılış yükleyici kurulumu bazen bu tip yapılandırmalarda başarısız olabiliyor.\n" "\n" "Bunu değiştirmek istiyor musunuz?\n" @@ -1357,19 +1341,15 @@ "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" "to create and assign a swap partition.\n" "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap" -"\".\n" +"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Etkin bir takas alanı oluşturmadınız. Bu bir hata değil, fakat bir takas " -"alanı\n" -"oluşturup bu bölümü etkinleştirmeniz kuvvetle tavsiye edilir.Oluşturulan " -"takas\n" -"alanı ana pencerede \"Linux Swap\" bölümü olarak görünür ve bağlama " -"noktası \n" +"Etkin bir takas alanı oluşturmadınız. Bu bir hata değil, fakat bir takas alanı\n" +"oluşturup bu bölümü etkinleştirmeniz kuvvetle tavsiye edilir.Oluşturulan takas\n" +"alanı ana pencerede \"Linux Swap\" bölümü olarak görünür ve bağlama noktası \n" "olarak \"swap\" noktasını kullanmaktadır. İsterseniz birden çok takas alanı\n" "oluşturabilirsiniz.\n" "\n" @@ -1412,13 +1392,11 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "If in doubt, you might want to go back and mark this partition for\n" -#| "formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount " -#| "points\n" +#| "formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" #| "like /, /boot, /usr, /opt, or /var.\n" msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" -"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount " -"points\n" +"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" "like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n" msgstr "" "Eğer şüpheye düşerseniz, geriye dönüp bu bölümü biçimlendirmek üzere\n" @@ -1501,24 +1479,19 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " -#| "mounted:\n" +#| "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" #| "%1\n" -#| "It is *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before you " -#| "delete the extended partition.\n" +#| "It is *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" #| "Please choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgid "" -"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " -"mounted:\n" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the " -"extended partition.\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Seçili genişletilmiş bölüm şu anda sisteme bağlı bölümler içermektedir:\n" "%1\n" -"Genişletilmiş bölümü silmeden önce bu bölümlerin sistemden bağlantısını " -"kesmeniz kuvvetle önerilir.\n" +"Genişletilmiş bölümü silmeden önce bu bölümlerin sistemden bağlantısını kesmeniz kuvvetle önerilir.\n" "Ne yaptığınız hakkında kesin bir bilginiz yoksa Vazgeç düğmesine basınız.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. @@ -1707,28 +1680,22 @@ #| msgid "" #| "<p><b>Mount in /etc/fstab by:</b>\n" #| "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" -#| "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system " -#| "to mount\n" -#| "is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems " -#| "can be \n" -#| "mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not " -#| "possible.\n" +#| "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to mount\n" +#| "is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be \n" +#| "mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\n" msgid "" "<p><b>Mount in /etc/fstab by:</b>\n" "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system \n" "to mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file \n" -"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is " -"disabled, \n" +"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, \n" "this is not possible.\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>/etc/fstab içinde bağlama tipi:</b>\n" -"Normalde bir dosya sistemi /etc/fstab içinde kendi aygıt adı ile " -"tanımlanır.\n" +"Normalde bir dosya sistemi /etc/fstab içinde kendi aygıt adı ile tanımlanır.\n" "Bu tanımlama bağlanılacak dosya sistemi bir UUID ya da yığın adı verilerek\n" "bulunacak şekilde de ayarlanabilir. Her dosya sistemi bir UUID ya da yığın\n" -"adı verilerek bağlanamaz, bu yüzden eğer bir seçenek seçilemez ise, bu " -"seçeneği\n" +"adı verilerek bağlanamaz, bu yüzden eğer bir seçenek seçilemez ise, bu seçeneği\n" "kullanmak olanaksızdır.\n" #. help text, richtext format @@ -1736,14 +1703,12 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Volume Label:</b>\n" -"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -"makes sense only \n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Yığın adı:</b>\n" -"Bu alana girilecek ad yığın adı olarak kullanılacaktır. Bu sadece eğer yığın " -"adı\n" +"Bu alana girilecek ad yığın adı olarak kullanılacaktır. Bu sadece eğer yığın adı\n" "ile aygıt bağlama seçeneği aktifleştirilirse bir anlam kazanır.\n" #. label text @@ -1874,8 +1839,7 @@ #| msgid "" #| "\n" #| "The selected partition (%1) is currently mounted on %2.\n" -#| "If you change parameters (such as the mount point or the file system " -#| "type),\n" +#| "If you change parameters (such as the mount point or the file system type),\n" #| "your Linux installation might be damaged.\n" #| "\n" #| "Unmount the partition if possible. If you are unsure,\n" @@ -1956,8 +1920,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "%1 bölümündeki dosya sistemi YaST2 tarafından genişletilemiyor.\n" -"Sadece fat, ext2, ext3 ve reiserfs dosya sistemleri genişletilmeye izin " -"verir." +"Sadece fat, ext2, ext3 ve reiserfs dosya sistemleri genişletilmeye izin verir." #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1353 @@ -1969,8 +1932,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "%1 bölümündeki dosya sistemi YaST2 tarafından genişletilemiyor.\n" -"Sadece fat, ext2, ext3 ve reiserfs dosya sistemleri genişletilmeye izin " -"verir." +"Sadece fat, ext2, ext3 ve reiserfs dosya sistemleri genişletilmeye izin verir." #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1361 #, fuzzy @@ -2030,20 +1992,17 @@ #| msgid "" #| "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" #| "%1\n" -#| "It is *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting " -#| "the partition table.\n" +#| "It is *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" #| "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the " -"partition table.\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Seçili aygıt şu anda sisteme bağlı bölümler içermektedir:\n" "%1\n" -"Bölümlendirme tablosunu silmeden önce bu bölümlerin sistemden bağlantısını " -"kesmeniz kuvvetle önerilir.\n" +"Bölümlendirme tablosunu silmeden önce bu bölümlerin sistemden bağlantısını kesmeniz kuvvetle önerilir.\n" "Ne yaptığınız hakkında kesin bir bilginiz yoksa Vazgeç düğmesine basınız.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. @@ -2219,8 +2178,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" -"tmp.\n" +"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" @@ -2234,20 +2192,16 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file " -"system.\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" "enter it twice.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Eğer parolanızı kaybederseniz dosya sisteminizdeki verilere ulaşmanız " -"mümkün\n" -"olmayacaktır. Lütfen parolanızı çok dikkatli seçin. Numara ve harflerden " -"oluşan bir\n" -"parola seçmeniz tavsiye olunur. Parolanızın doğru girildiğinin kesin olması " -"için,\n" +"Eğer parolanızı kaybederseniz dosya sisteminizdeki verilere ulaşmanız mümkün\n" +"olmayacaktır. Lütfen parolanızı çok dikkatli seçin. Numara ve harflerden oluşan bir\n" +"parola seçmeniz tavsiye olunur. Parolanızın doğru girildiğinin kesin olması için,\n" "sizden parolanızı iki defa yazmanız istenecektir.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -2259,15 +2213,13 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have " -"at\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Küçük ve büyük harf ayrımı yapmalısınız. Parola en az 5 karakter uzunluğunda " -"olup,\n" +"Küçük ve büyük harf ayrımı yapmalısınız. Parola en az 5 karakter uzunluğunda olup,\n" "herhangi bir özel karakter içermemelidir.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -2284,8 +2236,7 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Kullanabileceğiniz karakterler\n" -"<tt>#*,.;:._-+!</tt><tt>$%&/|?{[()]}</tt>, boşluk, büyük ve küçük harfler " -"ile\n" +"<tt>#*,.;:._-+!</tt><tt>$%&/|?{[()]}</tt>, boşluk, büyük ve küçük harfler ile\n" "<tt>0</tt>-<tt>9</tt> arası rakamlardır.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -2324,17 +2275,14 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore " -"is\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" "not needed for the update, you may select <b>Skip</b>. In this case, the\n" "file system is not accessed during update.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Şifrelenmiş dosya sistemi herhangi bir sistem dosyası içermiyor, ve bu " -"yüzden\n" -"güncelleme sırasında gerek duyulmuyorsa \"Vazgeç\" düğmesini " -"seçebilirsiniz.\n" +"Şifrelenmiş dosya sistemi herhangi bir sistem dosyası içermiyor, ve bu yüzden\n" +"güncelleme sırasında gerek duyulmuyorsa \"Vazgeç\" düğmesini seçebilirsiniz.\n" "Bu şekilde dosya sistemine güncelleme sırasında erişim olmayacaktır.\n" "</p>" @@ -2393,8 +2341,7 @@ "Really do this?\n" msgstr "" "Sistemin düzgün çalışması için gereken dosyaların bulunabileceği bir dosya\n" -"sistemini başlangıçta otomatik olarak sisteme bağlanmayacak şekilde " -"ayarladınız.\n" +"sistemini başlangıçta otomatik olarak sisteme bağlanmayacak şekilde ayarladınız.\n" "\n" "Bu durum sorun çıkartabilir.\n" "\n" @@ -2426,8 +2373,7 @@ "Really do this?\n" msgstr "" "Sistemin düzgün çalışması için gereken dosyaların bulunabileceği bir dosya\n" -"sistemini başlangıçta otomatik olarak sisteme bağlanmayacak şekilde " -"ayarladınız.\n" +"sistemini başlangıçta otomatik olarak sisteme bağlanmayacak şekilde ayarladınız.\n" "\n" "Bu durum sorun çıkartabilir.\n" "\n" @@ -2471,11 +2417,8 @@ #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:259 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." -msgstr "" -"Bağlama noktasında geçersiz karakter mevcut. \"`'!\"%#\" karakterlerini " -"kullanmayın." +msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." +msgstr "Bağlama noktasında geçersiz karakter mevcut. \"`'!\"%#\" karakterlerini kullanmayın." # include/partitioning/partition_defines.ycp:98 #. error popup text @@ -2982,9 +2925,7 @@ msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected Btrfs volume.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Bölüm ekle:</b> Yığın grubuna fiziksel yığın bölümleri ekleme içindir." -"</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Bölüm ekle:</b> Yığın grubuna fiziksel yığın bölümleri ekleme içindir.</p>" # include/partitioning/lvm_ui_lib.ycp:92 #. helptext @@ -2993,9 +2934,7 @@ msgid "" "<p>This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected Btrfs volume.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Bölüm ekle:</b> Yığın grubuna fiziksel yığın bölümleri ekleme içindir." -"</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Bölüm ekle:</b> Yığın grubuna fiziksel yığın bölümleri ekleme içindir.</p>" # include/partitioning/lvm_ui_lib.ycp:351 #. heading @@ -3067,16 +3006,13 @@ msgid "" "<p>First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Önce bölüm türünü ve bölümün biçimlendirilip biçimlendirilmeyeceğini " -"seçiniz.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Önce bölüm türünü ve bölümün biçimlendirilip biçimlendirilmeyeceğini seçiniz.</p>" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "<p>If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" -"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an " -"existing\n" +"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" "volume will delete all data on it.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -4061,19 +3997,15 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:296 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "<P><B><BIG>Attention:</BIG></B><BR>YaST2 has scanned your hard disks and " -#| "found an old Linux system\n" -#| "with mount points. On the right, see a list with the mount points found. " -#| "</P>\n" +#| "<P><B><BIG>Attention:</BIG></B><BR>YaST2 has scanned your hard disks and found an old Linux system\n" +#| "with mount points. On the right, see a list with the mount points found. </P>\n" msgid "" "<p>YaST has scanned your hard disks and found one or several existing \n" "Linux systems with mount points. The old mount points are shown in \n" "the table.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<P><B><BIG>Dikkat:</BIG></B><BR>YaST sabit diskinizi taradı ve bağlama " -"noktalarıyla beraber\n" -"eski bir Linux sistemi buldu. Sağ tarafta bulunan bağlama noktalarının " -"listesi gösteriliyor.</p>\n" +"<P><B><BIG>Dikkat:</BIG></B><BR>YaST sabit diskinizi taradı ve bağlama noktalarıyla beraber\n" +"eski bir Linux sistemi buldu. Sağ tarafta bulunan bağlama noktalarının listesi gösteriliyor.</p>\n" #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305 @@ -4231,15 +4163,13 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:490 #, fuzzy msgid "<p>No changes to storage settings.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Bu pencerede, kullanıcı ekleme ile ilgili ayarları yapabilirsiniz.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Bu pencerede, kullanıcı ekleme ile ilgili ayarları yapabilirsiniz.</p>" # clients/ui_helps.ycp:130 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:493 #, fuzzy msgid "<p>Storage settings:</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Bu pencerede, kullanıcı ekleme ile ilgili ayarları yapabilirsiniz.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Bu pencerede, kullanıcı ekleme ile ilgili ayarları yapabilirsiniz.</p>" #. heading #. tree node label @@ -4271,13 +4201,11 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" -"<p><b>Path Name of Loop File:</b><br>This must be an absolute path to the " -"file\n" +"<p><b>Path Name of Loop File:</b><br>This must be an absolute path to the file\n" "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p><b>Dosyanın dizin yolu:</b><br>Bu, şifrelenmiş loop aygıtının kurulması " -"için\n" +"<p><b>Dosyanın dizin yolu:</b><br>Bu, şifrelenmiş loop aygıtının kurulması için\n" "gerekli olan veriyi içeren dosyanın dizinine olan yoldur.</p>\n" #. helptext @@ -4319,8 +4247,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<p><b>NOT:</b> Kurulum sırasında dosya sistemi ulaşılabilir olmayacağından,\n" -"dosya yolu ya da dosya boyutu için herhangi bir denetim yapılamayacaktır, " -"ve\n" +"dosya yolu ya da dosya boyutu için herhangi bir denetim yapılamayacaktır, ve\n" "yaratma işlemi kurulumun sonunda yapılacaktır. Bu yüzden, girdiğiniz dosya\n" "yolu ve dosya boyutuna özellikle dikkat ediniz.</p>\n" @@ -4617,8 +4544,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 msgid "" "<p>Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " -"higher\n" +"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -4672,8 +4598,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Normal Volume</b>.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before " -"the feature of <b>Thin Provisioning</b> existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of <b>Thin Provisioning</b> existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice</p>" msgstr "" @@ -4681,16 +4606,14 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Thin Pool</b>.\n" -"This means <b>Thin Volumes</b> allocate their needed space on demand from " -"such a pool.</p>" +"This means <b>Thin Volumes</b> allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool.</p>" msgstr "" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Thin Volume</b>.\n" -"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a <b>Thin Pool</" -"b>.</p>" +"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a <b>Thin Pool</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #. heading for frame @@ -4762,8 +4685,7 @@ msgid "" "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" "\n" -"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " -"unused\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." msgstr "" @@ -4894,9 +4816,7 @@ msgid "" "<p>This view shows all logical volumes of the\n" "selected volume group.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Bölüm ekle:</b> Yığın grubuna fiziksel yığın bölümleri ekleme içindir." -"</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Bölüm ekle:</b> Yığın grubuna fiziksel yığın bölümleri ekleme içindir.</p>" # include/partitioning/lvm_ui_lib.ycp:92 #. helptext @@ -4905,9 +4825,7 @@ msgid "" "<p>This view shows all physical volumes used by\n" "the selected volume group.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Bölüm ekle:</b> Yığın grubuna fiziksel yığın bölümleri ekleme içindir." -"</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Bölüm ekle:</b> Yığın grubuna fiziksel yığın bölümleri ekleme içindir.</p>" # include/partitioning/lvm_ui_lib.ycp:271 #. heading @@ -5031,9 +4949,7 @@ #. fallback dialog content #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 -msgid "" -"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package " -"installation." +msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation." msgstr "" #. heading @@ -5071,47 +4987,34 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>RAID 0:</b> This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is <b>NO</b> redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, " -"data recovery will not be possible.</p>\n" +"There is <b>NO</b> redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>RAID 0:</b> Bu seviye disk performansınızı arttırır.\n" -"Bu modda gereğinden fazla alan kullanma prensibi mevcut DEĞİLDİR. Eğer " -"sürücülerden biri zarar görürse, veri kurtarımı mümkün olmayacaktır.</p>\n" +"Bu modda gereğinden fazla alan kullanma prensibi mevcut DEĞİLDİR. Eğer sürücülerden biri zarar görürse, veri kurtarımı mümkün olmayacaktır.</p>\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 msgid "" "<p><b>RAID 1:</b> <br>This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" -"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data " -"on all\n" -"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The " -"partitions\n" +"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n" +"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n" "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>RAID 1:</b> <br>Bu mod en etkili gereğinden fazla alan kullanma " -"prensibine sahiptir.\n" -"İki ya da daha fazla disk ile kullanılabilir. Bu modda bütün disklerdeki " -"bütün bilgilerin\n" -"birebir kopyaları tutulur. En azından bir disk çalışır halde kaldığı sürede " -"veri kaybı\n" -"olmayacaktır. Bu tür RAID kullanımı için bölümlerin boyutları yaklaşık " -"olarak aynı olmalıdır.</p>\n" +"<p><b>RAID 1:</b> <br>Bu mod en etkili gereğinden fazla alan kullanma prensibine sahiptir.\n" +"İki ya da daha fazla disk ile kullanılabilir. Bu modda bütün disklerdeki bütün bilgilerin\n" +"birebir kopyaları tutulur. En azından bir disk çalışır halde kaldığı sürede veri kaybı\n" +"olmayacaktır. Bu tür RAID kullanımı için bölümlerin boyutları yaklaşık olarak aynı olmalıdır.</p>\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "" "<p><b>RAID 5:</b> <br>This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three " -"disks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail " -"simultaneously, all data is lost</p>\n" +"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>RAID 5:</b> <br> Bu mod daha fazla disk kullanımı ile gereğinden fazla " -"alan kullanma\n" -"prensibinin bir kısmını birleştirir. Bu mod üç ya da daha fazla disk ile " -"kullanılabilir. Eğer bir\n" -"disk zarar görürse, bütün veriler bozulmadan kalır. Bir anda iki disk birden " -"zarar görürse bütün\n" +"<p><b>RAID 5:</b> <br> Bu mod daha fazla disk kullanımı ile gereğinden fazla alan kullanma\n" +"prensibinin bir kısmını birleştirir. Bu mod üç ya da daha fazla disk ile kullanılabilir. Eğer bir\n" +"disk zarar görürse, bütün veriler bozulmadan kalır. Bir anda iki disk birden zarar görürse bütün\n" "veriler kaybolur.</p>\n" #. helptext @@ -5127,13 +5030,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" -"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), " -"the size\n" -"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</" -"p>\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>RAID'e bölümleri ekleyin.</b> RAID tipine göre kullanılabilir disk " -"boyutu\n" +"<p><b>RAID'e bölümleri ekleyin.</b> RAID tipine göre kullanılabilir disk boyutu\n" "RAID 0'da bu bölümlerin toplamı, RAID 1'de en ufak bölümün boyutu,\n" "RAID 5'te ise (N-1)*en küçük bölüm boyutu şeklinde olacaktır.</p>\n" @@ -5204,15 +5104,11 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Chunk Size:</b><br>It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID " -"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect " -"the array very much.</p>\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>chunk boyutu:</b><br> Bu, aygıtlara yazılabilecek en küçük \"atomik\" " -"veri birimidir.\n" -"RAID 5 için makul bir chunk boyutu 128KB'dir. RAID 0 için 32KB iyi bir " -"başlangıç noktasıdır.\n" +"<p><b>chunk boyutu:</b><br> Bu, aygıtlara yazılabilecek en küçük \"atomik\" veri birimidir.\n" +"RAID 5 için makul bir chunk boyutu 128KB'dir. RAID 0 için 32KB iyi bir başlangıç noktasıdır.\n" "RAID 1 için ise chunk boyutu düzeni çok fazla etkilemez.</p>\n" # classnames.ycp:63 classnames.ycp:66 @@ -5226,12 +5122,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks " -"with rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Eşlik algoritması:</b><br>Eşlik algoritması RAID5 ile kullanılır.\n" -"Dönen daire plakalarla çalışan tipik diskler için sol simetrik en yüksek " -"performansı vermektedir.</p>\n" +"Dönen daire plakalarla çalışan tipik diskler için sol simetrik en yüksek performansı vermektedir.</p>\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 @@ -5537,11 +5431,9 @@ msgid "" "<p><b>Default Mount by</b> gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. <i>Device Name</i> uses the kernel\n" -"device name, which is not persistent. <i>Device ID</i> and <i>Device Path</" -"i>\n" +"device name, which is not persistent. <i>Device ID</i> and <i>Device Path</i>\n" "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally <i>UUID</i> " -"and\n" +"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally <i>UUID</i> and\n" "<i>Volume Label</i> use the file systems UUID and label.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -5556,9 +5448,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "<p><b>Alignment of Newly Created Partitions</b>\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. <b>cylinder</b> is the " -"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. <b>optimal</b> " -"aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. <b>cylinder</b> is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. <b>optimal</b> aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -5629,9 +5519,7 @@ msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected tmpfs volume.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Bölüm ekle:</b> Yığın grubuna fiziksel yığın bölümleri ekleme içindir." -"</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Bölüm ekle:</b> Yığın grubuna fiziksel yığın bölümleri ekleme içindir.</p>" #. heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:234 @@ -5846,8 +5734,7 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 msgid "" "<p>This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many " -"cases\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n" "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). </p>" msgstr "" @@ -5855,12 +5742,9 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 msgid "" "<p>You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" -"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing " -"the \n" -"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class " -"in\n" -"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " -"currently \n" +"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n" +"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" "selected devices into this class.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -5883,8 +5767,7 @@ msgid "" "<b>Interleaved</b> uses first device of class A, then first device of \n" "class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n" -"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will " -"follow." +"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow." msgstr "" #. dialog help text @@ -5899,16 +5782,12 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 msgid "" "By pressing button \"<b>%1</b>\" you can select a file that contains\n" -"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All " -"devices that match \n" -"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular " -"expression is \n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" -"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" -"part1) and the\n" +"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more " -"then one\n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n" "regular expression.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -5953,8 +5832,7 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:295 msgid "" "<p><b>Tmpfs Size:</b>\n" -"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or " -"Gigabyte or\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -5975,8 +5853,7 @@ "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Takas alanı önceliği</b>\n" -"Takas alanının önceliğini girin. Yüksek değerler daha yüksek öncelik " -"anlamına gelir.</p>\n" +"Takas alanının önceliğini girin. Yüksek değerler daha yüksek öncelik anlamına gelir.</p>\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:479 @@ -5991,13 +5868,11 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Mount Read-Only:</b>\n" -"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During " -"installation\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" "the file system is always mounted read-write.</p>" msgstr "" "<b>Sadece okunabilir şekilde bağla</b>\n" -"Dosya sistemine yazma erişimi mevcut değildir. Öntanımlı değeri 'kapalı'dır." -"</p>\n" +"Dosya sistemine yazma erişimi mevcut değildir. Öntanımlı değeri 'kapalı'dır.</p>\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:495 @@ -6017,8 +5892,7 @@ "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Erişim zamanı tutma:</b>\n" -"Bir dosya okunduğu zaman erişim zamanı güncellenmez. Öntanımlı değeri " -"'kapalı'dır.</p>" +"Bir dosya okunduğu zaman erişim zamanı güncellenmez. Öntanımlı değeri 'kapalı'dır.</p>" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:509 @@ -6035,8 +5909,7 @@ "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<b>Kullanıcı tarafından bağlanılabilir</b>\n" -"Bu dosya sistemi herhangi bir kullanıcı tarafından sisteme bağlanılabilir. " -"Öntanımlı değeri 'kapalı'dır.</p>\n" +"Bu dosya sistemi herhangi bir kullanıcı tarafından sisteme bağlanılabilir. Öntanımlı değeri 'kapalı'dır.</p>\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:526 @@ -6050,10 +5923,8 @@ "<p><b>Do Not Mount at System Start-up:</b>\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></" -"tt>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is " -"mounted). Default is false.</p>\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Sistem başlangıcında sisteme bağlanmamış:</b>\n" "Bu dosya sistemi sistem başlangıcında otomatikman bağlanmamış.\n" @@ -6078,8 +5949,7 @@ "Default is false.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<b>Kullanıcı tarafından bağlanılabilir</b>\n" -"Bu dosya sistemi herhangi bir kullanıcı tarafından sisteme bağlanılabilir. " -"Öntanımlı değeri 'kapalı'dır.</p>\n" +"Bu dosya sistemi herhangi bir kullanıcı tarafından sisteme bağlanılabilir. Öntanımlı değeri 'kapalı'dır.</p>\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574 @@ -6095,10 +5965,8 @@ "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact.<br>\n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance " -"impact.<br>\n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact." -"</p>\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact.<br>\n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Veri günlüğü tutma modu</b>\n" "Dosyalar için günlük tutma modunu belirler.\n" @@ -6147,25 +6015,19 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:645 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try " -"again." -msgstr "" -"Bağlama noktasında geçersiz karakter mevcut. \"`'!\"%#\" karakterlerini " -"kullanmayın." +msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." +msgstr "Bağlama noktasında geçersiz karakter mevcut. \"`'!\"%#\" karakterlerini kullanmayın." #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:649 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Arbitrary Option Value:</b>\n" -"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /" -"etc/fstab.\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" "Multiple options are separated by commas.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>İsteğe bağlı seçenekler:</b>\n" -"Bu alana /etc/fstab içindeki dördüncü alana yazabileceğiniz bağlama " -"seçeneklerini girebilirsiniz.\n" +"Bu alana /etc/fstab içindeki dördüncü alana yazabileceğiniz bağlama seçeneklerini girebilirsiniz.\n" "Birden fazla seçenek mevcutsa bunları virgül ile ayırın.</p>\n" #. label text @@ -6192,12 +6054,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:704 msgid "" "<p><b>Codepage for Short FAT Names:</b>\n" -"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " -"systems.</p>\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Kısa FAT dosya isimleri için kod sayfası:</b>\n" -"FAT dosya sistemlerinde kısa dosya isimlerine çevirme işleminde kullanılan " -"kod\n" +"FAT dosya sistemlerinde kısa dosya isimlerine çevirme işleminde kullanılan kod\n" "sayfasını buradan seçebilirsiniz.</p>\n" # include/partitioning/custom_part_filesystems.ycp:131 @@ -6211,12 +6071,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 msgid "" "<p><b>Number of FATs:</b>\n" -"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default " -"is 2.</p>" +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2.</p>" msgstr "" "<b>FAT sayısı:</b>\n" -"Dosya sistemindeki dosya yerleşim tablosu (FAT) sayısını belirtir. Öntanımlı " -"değeri '2'dir.</p>" +"Dosya sistemindeki dosya yerleşim tablosu (FAT) sayısını belirtir. Öntanımlı değeri '2'dir.</p>" # include/partitioning/custom_part_filesystems.ycp:138 #. label text @@ -6232,14 +6090,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>FAT Size:</b>\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If " -"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable " -"for the file system size.</p>\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<b>FAT boyutu:</b>\n" -"Dosya yerleşim tablosunun (FAT) türünü belirtir. (12, 16 ya da 32 bit). Eğer " -"'otomatik' seçiliyse, YaST dosya sisteminin büyüklüğüne göre en uygun değeri " -"belirler.</p>\n" +"Dosya yerleşim tablosunun (FAT) türünü belirtir. (12, 16 ya da 32 bit). Eğer 'otomatik' seçiliyse, YaST dosya sisteminin büyüklüğüne göre en uygun değeri belirler.</p>\n" # include/partitioning/custom_part_filesystems.ycp:157 #. label text @@ -6255,9 +6109,7 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "The minimum size for \"Root dir entries\" is 112. Please try again." msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." -msgstr "" -"\"Root dizini girdileri\" için en küçük değer '112'dir. Lütfen tekrar " -"deneyin." +msgstr "\"Root dizini girdileri\" için en küçük değer '112'dir. Lütfen tekrar deneyin." # include/partitioning/custom_part_filesystems.ycp:163 #. help text, richtext format @@ -6271,8 +6123,7 @@ "Select the number of entries available in the root directory.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<b>Root dizini girdileri:</b>\n" -"Root dizini içindeki kullanılabilir girdi sayısını buradan " -"değiştirebilirsiniz.</p>" +"Root dizini içindeki kullanılabilir girdi sayısını buradan değiştirebilirsiniz.</p>" # include/partitioning/custom_part_filesystems.ycp:205 #. label text @@ -6288,16 +6139,13 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<p><b>Hash function:</b>\n" -#| "This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file " -#| "names in directories.</p>" +#| "This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.</p>" msgid "" "<p><b>Hash Function:</b>\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names " -"in directories.</p>\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<b>Hash fonksiyonu:</b>\n" -"Dizinlerdeki dosya adlarını sıralamak için kullanılacak olan hash " -"fonksiyonunun adını belirtir.</p>" +"Dizinlerdeki dosya adlarını sıralamak için kullanılacak olan hash fonksiyonunun adını belirtir.</p>" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:794 @@ -6311,22 +6159,13 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<p><b>FS revision:</b>\n" -#| "This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " -#| "backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " -#| "recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal " -#| "to 2.4.</p>\n" +#| "This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.</p>\n" msgid "" "<p><b>FS Revision:</b>\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " -"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " -"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to " -"2.4.</p>\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Dosya sistemi sürümü:</b>\n" -"Bu seçenek ile reiserfs biçimlendirme sisteminin hangi sürümünün " -"kullanılacağı belirlenir. '3.5' sürümü 2.2.x çekirdekleri ile uyumludur. " -"'3.6' sürümü ise daha yeni olmasına rağmen 2.4 ya da daha yüksek bir " -"çekirdek sürümü gerektirir.</p>\n" +"Bu seçenek ile reiserfs biçimlendirme sisteminin hangi sürümünün kullanılacağı belirlenir. '3.5' sürümü 2.2.x çekirdekleri ile uyumludur. '3.6' sürümü ise daha yeni olmasına rağmen 2.4 ya da daha yüksek bir çekirdek sürümü gerektirir.</p>\n" # include/partitioning/custom_part_filesystems.ycp:73 #. label text @@ -6343,19 +6182,13 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<p><b>Block size:</b>\n" -#| "Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, " -#| "1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard " -#| "block size of 4096 is used.</p>\n" +#| "Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.</p>\n" msgid "" "<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, " -"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size " -"of 4096 is used.</p>\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<b>Blok boyutu:</b>\n" -"Bir bloğun byte olarak boyutunu belirtir. Geçerli blok boyutu değerleri, " -"blok başına 512, 1024, 2048 ve 4096 byte'tır. Eğer 'otomatik' seçilirse, " -"standart değer olan 4096 kullanılır.</p>\n" +"Bir bloğun byte olarak boyutunu belirtir. Geçerli blok boyutu değerleri, blok başına 512, 1024, 2048 ve 4096 byte'tır. Eğer 'otomatik' seçilirse, standart değer olan 4096 kullanılır.</p>\n" # clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:658 #. label text @@ -6386,16 +6219,13 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<p><b>Percentage of inode space:</b>\n" -#| "The option \"Percentage of inode space\" specifies the maximum percentage " -#| "of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</p>\n" +#| "The option \"Percentage of inode space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</p>\n" msgid "" "<p><b>Percentage of Inode Space:</b>\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of " -"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</p>\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Inode alanı yüzdesi:</b>\n" -"Bu seçenek dosya sisteminde inode'lara en fazla yüzde ne kadar yer " -"ayrılacağını belirtir.</p>\n" +"Bu seçenek dosya sisteminde inode'lara en fazla yüzde ne kadar yer ayrılacağını belirtir.</p>\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:882 @@ -6409,23 +6239,18 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<p><b>Inode Aligned:</b>\n" -#| "The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation " -#| "is or\n" -#| "is not aligned. The default is that inodes are aligned. Aligned inode " -#| "access\n" +#| "The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" +#| "is not aligned. The default is that inodes are aligned. Aligned inode access\n" #| "is normally more efficient than unaligned access.</p>\n" msgid "" "<p><b>Inode Aligned:</b>\n" -"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is " -"or\n" +"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Inode sıralaması:</b>\n" -"Bu seçenek inode'ların sıralanıp sıralanmayacağını belirtir. Öntanımlı " -"değeri\n" -"'sıralanmış'tır. Normalde, sıralanmış inode erişimi sıralanmamış erişime " -"göre daha\n" +"Bu seçenek inode'ların sıralanıp sıralanmayacağını belirtir. Öntanımlı değeri\n" +"'sıralanmış'tır. Normalde, sıralanmış inode erişimi sıralanmamış erişime göre daha\n" "yüksek randıman verir.</p>\n" # include/partitioning/custom_part_filesystems.ycp:73 @@ -6456,16 +6281,13 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<p><b>Log size</b>\n" -#| "Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the " -#| "aggregate size.</p>" +#| "Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.</p>" msgid "" "<p><b>Log Size</b>\n" -"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the " -"aggregate size.</p>\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Kayıt dosyası boyutu (MB olarak):</b>\n" -"Kayıt dosyasının alacağı boyutu megabayt cinsinden giriniz. Eğer 'otomatik' " -"seçilirse,\n" +"Kayıt dosyasının alacağı boyutu megabayt cinsinden giriniz. Eğer 'otomatik' seçilirse,\n" "toplam boyutun yüzde 40'ı kullanılır.</p>" #. label text @@ -6506,8 +6328,7 @@ msgstr "" "<b>Blok cinsinden stride boyutu:</b>\n" "Dosya sistemindeki RAID ile ilgili ayarları yapar. Şu anda tek desteklenen,\n" -"bir RAID stripe'ı dahilindeki blok sayısını argüman olarak alan 'stride' " -"argümanıdır.</p>\n" +"bir RAID stripe'ı dahilindeki blok sayısını argüman olarak alan 'stride' argümanıdır.</p>\n" # include/partitioning/custom_part_filesystems.ycp:76 #. help text, richtext format @@ -6515,21 +6336,13 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<p><b>Block size:</b>\n" -#| "Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, " -#| "2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is " -#| "determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file " -#| "system.</p>\n" +#| "Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.</p>\n" msgid "" "<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, " -"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined " -"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.</p>\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<b>Blok boyutu:</b>\n" -"Bir bloğun byte olarak boyutunu belirtir. Geçerli blok boyutu değerleri, " -"blok başına 1024, 2048 ve 4096 byte'tır. Eğer 'otomatik' seçilirse, blok " -"boyutu dosya sisteminin boyutuna ve beklenen kullanım oranına göre " -"belirlenir.</p>\n" +"Bir bloğun byte olarak boyutunu belirtir. Geçerli blok boyutu değerleri, blok başına 1024, 2048 ve 4096 byte'tır. Eğer 'otomatik' seçilirse, blok boyutu dosya sisteminin boyutuna ve beklenen kullanım oranına göre belirlenir.</p>\n" # include/partitioning/custom_part_filesystems.ycp:80 include/partitioning/custom_part_filesystems.ycp:242 #. label text @@ -6544,14 +6357,9 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<p><b>Bytes per inode:</b>\n" -#| "Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST2 creates an inode for every <" -#| "bytes-per-inode> bytes of space on the disk. The larger the bytes-per-" -#| "inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created.\n" -#| "Generally, this value should not be smaller than the block size of the " -#| "file system, since too many inodes will be created in this case. It is " -#| "not possible to expand the\n" -#| "number of inodes on a file system after its creation, so be sure to enter " -#| "a reasonable value for this parameter.</p>\n" +#| "Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST2 creates an inode for every <bytes-per-inode> bytes of space on the disk. The larger the bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created.\n" +#| "Generally, this value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, since too many inodes will be created in this case. It is not possible to expand the\n" +#| "number of inodes on a file system after its creation, so be sure to enter a reasonable value for this parameter.</p>\n" msgid "" "<p><b>Bytes per Inode:</b> \n" "Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST creates an inode for every\n" @@ -6559,18 +6367,13 @@ "bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, this\n" "value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\n" "too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\n" -"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a " -"reasonable\n" +"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\n" "value for this parameter.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>inode başına byte oranı:</b>\n" -"inode başına düşen byte sayısı oranını belirtir. YaST disk üzeinde her <" -"inode başına byte&g; tane byte kadar inode oluşturur. inode başına düşen " -"byte oranı ne kadar büyükse o kadar az inode oluşturulur.\n" -"Normal şartlarda bu değer dosya sistemindeki blok boyutundan küçük " -"olmamalıdır, çünkü bu durumda çok fazla inode yaratılmış olacaktır.\n" -"Dosya sistemini yarattıktan sonra inode sayısını genişletmek olanaksızdır, " -"bu yüzden buraya mantıklı bir değer girdiğinizden emin olun.</p>\n" +"inode başına düşen byte sayısı oranını belirtir. YaST disk üzeinde her <inode başına byte&g; tane byte kadar inode oluşturur. inode başına düşen byte oranı ne kadar büyükse o kadar az inode oluşturulur.\n" +"Normal şartlarda bu değer dosya sistemindeki blok boyutundan küçük olmamalıdır, çünkü bu durumda çok fazla inode yaratılmış olacaktır.\n" +"Dosya sistemini yarattıktan sonra inode sayısını genişletmek olanaksızdır, bu yüzden buraya mantıklı bir değer girdiğinizden emin olun.</p>\n" # include/partitioning/custom_part_filesystems.ycp:97 #. label text @@ -6599,17 +6402,9 @@ #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<p><b>Percentage of blocks reserved for root:</b> Specify the percentage " -#| "of blocks reserved for the super user. This value defaults to 5%.</p>" -msgid "" -"<p><b>Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root:</b> Specify the percentage of " -"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally " -"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved " -"default is 0.1.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<b>Root için ayrılan blok yüzdesi:</b> Süper-kullanıcı için ayrılan blok " -"yüzdesini gösterir. Bu değer normalde yüzde 5'tir.</p>" +#| msgid "<p><b>Percentage of blocks reserved for root:</b> Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. This value defaults to 5%.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root:</b> Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1.</p>" +msgstr "<b>Root için ayrılan blok yüzdesi:</b> Süper-kullanıcı için ayrılan blok yüzdesini gösterir. Bu değer normalde yüzde 5'tir.</p>" #. checkbox text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1040 @@ -6647,8 +6442,7 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1101 msgid "" "<p><b>No Journal:</b>\n" -"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " -"really\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" "know what you are doing.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -6700,11 +6494,9 @@ #| msgid "" #| "\n" #| "\n" -#| "You may initialize the disk partition table to a sane state in the " -#| "Expert\n" +#| "You may initialize the disk partition table to a sane state in the Expert\n" #| "Partitioner by selecting \"Expert\"->\"Delete Partition Table \n" -#| "and Disk Label\", but this will destroy all data on all partitions of " -#| "this \n" +#| "and Disk Label\", but this will destroy all data on all partitions of this \n" #| "disk.\n" msgid "" "\n" @@ -6898,8 +6690,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error popup #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5176 -msgid "" -"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." +msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "" #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5202 @@ -7222,8 +7013,7 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 msgid "" "<b>Mount by</b> indicates how the file system\n" -"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) " -"by\n" +"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n" "file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n" msgstr "" @@ -7232,8 +7022,7 @@ msgid "" "A question mark (?) indicates that\n" "the file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\n" -"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this " -"volume\n" +"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this volume\n" "YaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" msgstr "" @@ -7248,8 +7037,7 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 msgid "" "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because " -"it\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n" "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" @@ -7652,9 +7440,7 @@ #. enable snapshots for root volume if desired #. penalty for not having separate /home #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 -msgid "" -"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system " -"under Windows." +msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text @@ -7856,17 +7642,14 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" -#~ "mount point /. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file " -#~ "system,\n" -#~ "such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point or an extra partition for /" -#~ "boot.\n" +#~ "mount point /. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file system,\n" +#~ "such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point or an extra partition for /boot.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Really use this setup?\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Bir FAT bölümünü şu bağlama noktalarından\n" #~ "birine bağlamaya çalıştınız: / /usr /home /opt /var.\n" -#~ "Bu bağlama noktalarını kullanmak için ext2 ya da reiserfs gibi bir Linux " -#~ "dosya sistemi kullanın.\n" +#~ "Bu bağlama noktalarını kullanmak için ext2 ya da reiserfs gibi bir Linux dosya sistemi kullanın.\n" # clients/online_update_start.ycp:172 #, fuzzy @@ -7903,8 +7686,7 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "Ne yaptığınız hakkında kesin bir bilginiz yoksa Vazgeç düğmesine basın.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Devam ederseniz, YaST2 bölümü silmeden önce bağlantıyı koparmaya " -#~ "çalışacaktır.\n" +#~ "Devam ederseniz, YaST2 bölümü silmeden önce bağlantıyı koparmaya çalışacaktır.\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -7940,22 +7722,15 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b>Mount in /etc/fstab By:</b>\n" #~ "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" -#~ "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system " -#~ "to mount\n" -#~ "is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems " -#~ "can be\n" -#~ "mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not " -#~ "possible.\n" +#~ "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to mount\n" +#~ "is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be\n" +#~ "mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>/etc/fstab içinde bağlama tipi:</b>\n" -#~ "Normalde bir dosya sistemi /etc/fstab içinde kendi aygıt adı ile " -#~ "tanımlanır.\n" -#~ "Bu tanımlama bağlanılacak dosya sistemi bir UUID ya da yığın adı " -#~ "verilerek\n" -#~ "bulunacak şekilde de ayarlanabilir. Her dosya sistemi bir UUID ya da " -#~ "yığın\n" -#~ "adı verilerek bağlanamaz, bu yüzden eğer bir seçenek seçilemez ise, bu " -#~ "seçeneği\n" +#~ "Normalde bir dosya sistemi /etc/fstab içinde kendi aygıt adı ile tanımlanır.\n" +#~ "Bu tanımlama bağlanılacak dosya sistemi bir UUID ya da yığın adı verilerek\n" +#~ "bulunacak şekilde de ayarlanabilir. Her dosya sistemi bir UUID ya da yığın\n" +#~ "adı verilerek bağlanamaz, bu yüzden eğer bir seçenek seçilemez ise, bu seçeneği\n" #~ "kullanmak olanaksızdır.\n" # include/partitioning/lvm_ui_lib.ycp:351 @@ -8021,9 +7796,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" #~ "selected TMPFS volume.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Bölüm ekle:</b> Yığın grubuna fiziksel yığın bölümleri ekleme " -#~ "içindir.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>Bölüm ekle:</b> Yığın grubuna fiziksel yığın bölümleri ekleme içindir.</p>" # clients/inst_custom_part.ycp:2928 #, fuzzy @@ -8099,8 +7872,7 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "UYARI:\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Bir takas alanı seçtiniz, ama YaST'nin bu alanı biçimlendirmeyeceğini " -#~ "ifade ettiniz.\n" +#~ "Bir takas alanı seçtiniz, ama YaST'nin bu alanı biçimlendirmeyeceğini ifade ettiniz.\n" #~ "Bu takas alanı muhtemelen kullanılmaz durumda olacaktır.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Ayarları değiştirmek istiyor musunuz?\n" @@ -8134,12 +7906,9 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Depending on the size of your hard disk and your processor speed, this " -#~ "action\n" -#~ "might take some time. Several minutes are not unusual for really large " -#~ "disks.\n" -#~ "Often, the progress meter does not show a linear progress. Even if it " -#~ "looks\n" +#~ "Depending on the size of your hard disk and your processor speed, this action\n" +#~ "might take some time. Several minutes are not unusual for really large disks.\n" +#~ "Often, the progress meter does not show a linear progress. Even if it looks\n" #~ "slow near the end (\"95 %\"), please be patient. The formatting tool \n" #~ "performs various checks. </p>" #~ msgstr "" @@ -8147,8 +7916,7 @@ #~ "Sabit diskinizin boyutuna ve işlemcinizin hızına göre bu işlem biraz\n" #~ "sürebilir. 5 dakika gibi bir süre 4 GB'dan büyük diskler için normaldir.\n" #~ "Çoğu zaman durum göstergesi çizgisel bir şekilde ilerlemez, gösterge\n" -#~ "sonlara doğru (\"95%\") yavaşlasa bile lütfen sabırlı olunuz. " -#~ "Biçimlendirme\n" +#~ "sonlara doğru (\"95%\") yavaşlasa bile lütfen sabırlı olunuz. Biçimlendirme\n" #~ "aracı birçok denetleme işlemi yürütmek zorundadır.<br></p>" # clients/inst_prepdisk.ycp:112 @@ -8705,9 +8473,7 @@ # ycp-format # include/partitioning/partition_defines.ycp:241 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Create encrypted file-based device %1$s of file %2$s (%3$s) as %5$s with " -#~ "%4$s" +#~ msgid "Create encrypted file-based device %1$s of file %2$s (%3$s) as %5$s with %4$s" #~ msgstr "%1 üzerinde %3 için %2 %4 EVMS oluştur" # please, check %1, %2, %3. @@ -8731,8 +8497,7 @@ # ycp-format # include/partitioning/partition_defines.ycp:241 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Format encrypted file-based device %1$s of %2$s (%3$s) as %5$s with %4$s" +#~ msgid "Format encrypted file-based device %1$s of %2$s (%3$s) as %5$s with %4$s" #~ msgstr "%1 üzerinde %3 için %2 %4 EVMS oluştur" # please, check %1, %2, %3. @@ -8829,8 +8594,7 @@ # ycp-format # include/partitioning/partition_defines.ycp:241 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Create encrypted software RAID %1$s (%2$s) from %5$s for %4$s with %3$s" +#~ msgid "Create encrypted software RAID %1$s (%2$s) from %5$s for %4$s with %3$s" #~ msgstr "%1 üzerinde %3 için %2 %4 %5 oluştur" # please, check %1, %2, %3. @@ -9133,20 +8897,16 @@ #~ msgstr "Boş alan (%1)" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Your NTFS file system has %1 %3 free space available. Due to limitations " -#~ "in\n" +#~ "Your NTFS file system has %1 %3 free space available. Due to limitations in\n" #~ "the NTFS resizer, the file system can only be shrunk by up to %2 %3.\n" #~ "To be able to shrink the file system more, boot your Windows\n" #~ "system and run a disk defragmentation program under Windows to move\n" #~ "the used blocks of the file system towards the start of the partition.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "NTFS dosya sisteminide %1 %3 boş yer mevcuttur. NTFS bölüm " -#~ "boyutlandırıcısında\n" +#~ "NTFS dosya sisteminide %1 %3 boş yer mevcuttur. NTFS bölüm boyutlandırıcısında\n" #~ "mevcut olan kısıtlamalardan dolayı dosya sistemi en az %2 %3 boyutuna\n" -#~ "indirilebilmektedir. Dosya sistemini daha küçültmek için Windows " -#~ "sisteminizi\n" -#~ "açın ve bir disk birleştirme programı kullanarak diskteki kullanılmış " -#~ "blokların\n" +#~ "indirilebilmektedir. Dosya sistemini daha küçültmek için Windows sisteminizi\n" +#~ "açın ve bir disk birleştirme programı kullanarak diskteki kullanılmış blokların\n" #~ "bölümün baş taraflarına yerleştirilmesini sağlayın.\n" # clients/inst_resize_ui.ycp:688 @@ -9251,8 +9011,7 @@ #~ "</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "<b>Boş</b> bu bölümde şu anki (küçültme işleminden önceki) boş alanı " -#~ "gösterir.\n" +#~ "<b>Boş</b> bu bölümde şu anki (küçültme işleminden önceki) boş alanı gösterir.\n" #~ "</p>" # clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1461 include/slide_show.ycp:264 @@ -9500,32 +9259,20 @@ #~ "boyutu dışında her şeyi değiştirebilirsiniz.</p>" # include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.ycp:89 -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>First, choose the type of the partition and whether this partition " -#~ "should be formatted.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Önce bölüm türünü ve bölümün biçimlendirilip biçimlendirilmeyeceğini " -#~ "seçiniz.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>First, choose the type of the partition and whether this partition should be formatted.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Önce bölüm türünü ve bölümün biçimlendirilip biçimlendirilmeyeceğini seçiniz.</p>" # include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.ycp:91 #~ msgid "<p>Then, enter the mount point ( /, /boot, /usr, /var, etc.)</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Sonra bağlama noktasını giriniz ( /, /boot, /usr, /var.. gibi)</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Sonra bağlama noktasını giriniz ( /, /boot, /usr, /var.. gibi)</p>" # # include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.ycp:97 -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>To change the start or end cylinder, delete this partition then create " -#~ "a new one with the new parameters. All data on this partition will be " -#~ "lost.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Başlangıç ya da bitiş silindirlerini değiştirmek için, bölümü silip " -#~ "ardından yeni parametrelerle yeni bölümü yaratın. Bu bölüm içindeki bütün " -#~ "veriler kaybolacaktır.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>To change the start or end cylinder, delete this partition then create a new one with the new parameters. All data on this partition will be lost.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Başlangıç ya da bitiş silindirlerini değiştirmek için, bölümü silip ardından yeni parametrelerle yeni bölümü yaratın. Bu bölüm içindeki bütün veriler kaybolacaktır.</p>" # include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.ycp:102 -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Now, enter the location of the new partition on your hard disk. </p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Now, enter the location of the new partition on your hard disk. </p>" #~ msgstr "<p>Şimdi yeni bölümün sabit diskteki yerini belirtiniz.</p>" # include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.ycp:104 @@ -9533,36 +9280,24 @@ #~ msgstr "<p>Lütfen başlangıç silindir numarasını giriniz.</p>" # include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.ycp:106 -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>After that, either specify an ending cylinder number or an offset from " -#~ "the first cylinder (e.g., +66).</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Bundan sonra, silindir bitiş numarasını başlangıç silindirine göre " -#~ "uzaklık vererek belirleyebilirsiniz (örn +66). </p>" +#~ msgid "<p>After that, either specify an ending cylinder number or an offset from the first cylinder (e.g., +66).</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Bundan sonra, silindir bitiş numarasını başlangıç silindirine göre uzaklık vererek belirleyebilirsiniz (örn +66). </p>" # include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.ycp:108 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>It is also possible to specify the size of the partition directly (e." -#~ "g., +100M or +20000K).</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Doğrudan bölüm boyutunu belirtmeniz de mümkündür. (örn. +100M or " -#~ "+20000K)</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>It is also possible to specify the size of the partition directly (e.g., +100M or +20000K).</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Doğrudan bölüm boyutunu belirtmeniz de mümkündür. (örn. +100M or +20000K)</p>" # include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.ycp:118 #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>Enter the starting cylinder number of the partition.\n" -#~ "After that, either specify an ending cylinder number or an offset from " -#~ "the first cylinder (e.g., +66).\n" -#~ "It is also possible to specify the size of the partition directly (e.g., " -#~ "+2G, +100M, or +20000K).</p>\n" +#~ "After that, either specify an ending cylinder number or an offset from the first cylinder (e.g., +66).\n" +#~ "It is also possible to specify the size of the partition directly (e.g., +2G, +100M, or +20000K).</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Lütfen başlangıç silindir numarasını giriniz.\n" -#~ "Sonra silindir numarasını giriniz. silindir bitiş numarasını doğrudan " -#~ "verebilir (örn. 77),\n" -#~ "ekleme yapabilir (örn. +122), ya da disk bölümü boyunu " -#~ "tanımlayabilirsiniz. (örn. +100Mb ya da +1.2GB)</p>\n" +#~ "Sonra silindir numarasını giriniz. silindir bitiş numarasını doğrudan verebilir (örn. 77),\n" +#~ "ekleme yapabilir (örn. +122), ya da disk bölümü boyunu tanımlayabilirsiniz. (örn. +100Mb ya da +1.2GB)</p>\n" # include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.ycp:144 #~ msgid "<p> Partition your hard disks... </p>" @@ -9573,16 +9308,14 @@ #~ "<p>\n" #~ "This is intended for <b>experts</b>.\n" #~ "If you are not familiar with the concepts of hard disk <b>partitions</b>\n" -#~ "and how to use them, you might want to go back and select <b>automatic</" -#~ "b>\n" +#~ "and how to use them, you might want to go back and select <b>automatic</b>\n" #~ "partitioning.\n" #~ "</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Bu kısım <b>uzmanlar</b> içindir.\n" #~ "Sabit disk <b>bölümlendirme</b> ve bölümleri kullanma konusuna\n" -#~ "yabancıysanız, geriye dönüp <b>otomatik</b> bölümlendirmeyi " -#~ "seçebilirsiniz. \n" +#~ "yabancıysanız, geriye dönüp <b>otomatik</b> bölümlendirmeyi seçebilirsiniz. \n" #~ "</p>" # @@ -9590,16 +9323,14 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Please note that <b>nothing will be written to your hard disk</b>\n" -#~ "until you confirm the entire installation in the last installation " -#~ "dialog.\n" +#~ "until you confirm the entire installation in the last installation dialog.\n" #~ "Until that point, you can safely abort the installation.\n" #~ "</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Lütfen unutmayın, son kurulum penceresinde yaptığınız değişiklikleri\n" #~ "kabul edene kadar <b>sabit diskinize hiç bir şey yazılmayacaktır.</b>\n" -#~ "Bu noktaya gelene kadar istediğiniz zaman sabit diskinizde bir " -#~ "değişiklik\n" +#~ "Bu noktaya gelene kadar istediğiniz zaman sabit diskinizde bir değişiklik\n" #~ "yapılmadan güvenle kurulumu durdurabilirsiniz.\n" #~ "</p>" @@ -9627,23 +9358,19 @@ #~ "managed by LVM.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "LVM ayarı için, LVM-olmayan bir root aygıtı ve LVM-olmayan bir takas " -#~ "aygıtı\n" -#~ "kullanmanız önerilir. Root ve takas aygıtlarının yanı sıra, LVM " -#~ "tarafından\n" +#~ "LVM ayarı için, LVM-olmayan bir root aygıtı ve LVM-olmayan bir takas aygıtı\n" +#~ "kullanmanız önerilir. Root ve takas aygıtlarının yanı sıra, LVM tarafından\n" #~ "yönetilen bölümlere sahip olmalısınız.\n" #~ "</p>\n" # include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.ycp:169 #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "The table to the right shows the current partitions on all your hard " -#~ "disks.\n" +#~ "The table to the right shows the current partitions on all your hard disks.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Sağ taraftaki tablo sabit disklerinizdeki şu anki bölümleri " -#~ "göstermektedir.\n" +#~ "Sağ taraftaki tablo sabit disklerinizdeki şu anki bölümleri göstermektedir.\n" #~ "</p>\n" # include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.ycp:189 @@ -9685,27 +9412,21 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "<p><tt>/dev/sda1 </tt>1st primary partition on the 1st disk.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><tt>/dev/hda1 </tt>Birinci EIDE diskindeki 1. birincil bölüm.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><tt>/dev/hda1 </tt>Birinci EIDE diskindeki 1. birincil bölüm.</p>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "<p><tt>/dev/sda2 </tt>2nd primary partition on the 1st disk.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><tt>/dev/hda2 </tt>Birinci EIDE diskindeki 2. birincil bölüm.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><tt>/dev/hda2 </tt>Birinci EIDE diskindeki 2. birincil bölüm.</p>" # include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.ycp:193 #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><tt>/dev/sda5 </tt>1st logical partition within the extended partition " -#~ "on\n" -#~ "the first disk. <b>Note:</b> this is always #5, even if there are less " -#~ "than four\n" +#~ "<p><tt>/dev/sda5 </tt>1st logical partition within the extended partition on\n" +#~ "the first disk. <b>Note:</b> this is always #5, even if there are less than four\n" #~ "primary partitions.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><tt>/dev/hda5 </tt>Birinci EIDE diskindeki genişletilmiş bölümün " -#~ "içindeki 1. mantıksal bölüm\n" -#~ "<b>Not:</b> Buradaki sayı, 4 taneden az birincil bölüm olsa bile, her " -#~ "zaman 5'tir</p>primary partitions.</p>" +#~ "<p><tt>/dev/hda5 </tt>Birinci EIDE diskindeki genişletilmiş bölümün içindeki 1. mantıksal bölüm\n" +#~ "<b>Not:</b> Buradaki sayı, 4 taneden az birincil bölüm olsa bile, her zaman 5'tir</p>primary partitions.</p>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "<p><tt>/dev/sda6 </tt>2nd logical partition</p>" @@ -9715,8 +9436,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "On the i386 platform (i.e., normal PCs), there cannot be more than four\n" -#~ "<b>primary partitions</b> on any hard disk, because the respective table " -#~ "in the\n" +#~ "<b>primary partitions</b> on any hard disk, because the respective table in the\n" #~ "master boot record cannot contain more than four entries.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" @@ -9742,35 +9462,29 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "If you have an older PC and want to boot from a partition, make sure it " -#~ "ends below this\n" +#~ "If you have an older PC and want to boot from a partition, make sure it ends below this\n" #~ "1024 cylinder boundary. Create a separate partition and mount it as\n" -#~ "<b>/boot</b>, if necessary. A partition consisting of one single " -#~ "cylinder\n" +#~ "<b>/boot</b>, if necessary. A partition consisting of one single cylinder\n" #~ "(at least 64 MB) is usually sufficient for that.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Eski bir PC'niz varsa ve bir bölümden açılış yapmak istiyorsanız,\n" #~ "bu bölümün bitiş silindirinin 1024'ün altınsa olmasına dikkat ediniz.\n" -#~ "Gerekirse ayrı bir bölüm yaratın ve <b>/boot</b> olarak sisteme " -#~ "bağlayın.\n" -#~ "Tek bir silindiden oluşan (en az 12 MB'lık) bir bölüm bu iş için yeterli " -#~ "olacaktır.\n" +#~ "Gerekirse ayrı bir bölüm yaratın ve <b>/boot</b> olarak sisteme bağlayın.\n" +#~ "Tek bir silindiden oluşan (en az 12 MB'lık) bir bölüm bu iş için yeterli olacaktır.\n" #~ "</p>\n" # include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.ycp:222 #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "One of the four primary partitions may be an <b>extended partition</b>.\n" -#~ "This extended partition can contain one or more <b>logical partitions</" -#~ "b>.\n" +#~ "This extended partition can contain one or more <b>logical partitions</b>.\n" #~ "</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Dört birincil bölümden biri bir <b>genişletilmiş bölüm</b> olabilir.\n" -#~ "Bu genişletilmiş bölüm bir ya da birkaç <b>mantıksal bölüm</b> " -#~ "kapsayabilir.\n" +#~ "Bu genişletilmiş bölüm bir ya da birkaç <b>mantıksal bölüm</b> kapsayabilir.\n" #~ "</p>" # include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.ycp:227 @@ -9794,8 +9508,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "In connection with advanced boot managers such as <b>GRUB</b>, you can " -#~ "even\n" +#~ "In connection with advanced boot managers such as <b>GRUB</b>, you can even\n" #~ "boot your computer from a logical partition.\n" #~ "</p>" #~ msgstr "" @@ -9809,8 +9522,7 @@ #~ "<p>\n" #~ "The extended partition will <b>overlap</b> with the logical\n" #~ "partitions: for an extended partition from cylinder 200 to 500, logical\n" -#~ "partitions could range from, for example, 200 to 250, 251 to 400, and 401 " -#~ "to 500.\n" +#~ "partitions could range from, for example, 200 to 250, 251 to 400, and 401 to 500.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" @@ -9832,11 +9544,9 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "The table to the right shows the current partitions on all your hard " -#~ "disks.\n" +#~ "The table to the right shows the current partitions on all your hard disks.\n" #~ "<b>Nothing will be written to your hard disk</b>\n" -#~ "until you confirm the entire installation in the last installation " -#~ "dialog.\n" +#~ "until you confirm the entire installation in the last installation dialog.\n" #~ "Until that point, you can safely abort the installation.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" @@ -10115,38 +9825,31 @@ #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Logical volumes are\n" #~ "usable almost everywhere normal <b>disk partitions</b> can be used.\n" -#~ "You can create file systems on logical volumes and use them, for example, " -#~ "as swap \n" +#~ "You can create file systems on logical volumes and use them, for example, as swap \n" #~ "or as raw partitions for databases.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>/n Fiziksel yığınlar neredeyse normal <b>disk bölümleri</b>nin\n" -#~ "kullanıldığı her yerde kullanılabilirler. Fiziksel yığınların üzerinde " -#~ "dosya\n" -#~ "sistemleri oluşturup bunları takas alanı ya da veri tabanları için özel " -#~ "ham bölümler gibi kullanabilirsiniz.</p>\n" +#~ "kullanıldığı her yerde kullanılabilirler. Fiziksel yığınların üzerinde dosya\n" +#~ "sistemleri oluşturup bunları takas alanı ya da veri tabanları için özel ham bölümler gibi kullanabilirsiniz.</p>\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "If there is still unallocated\n" -#~ "physical storage in a volume group and you use <b>reiserfs</b> as your " -#~ "file system,\n" +#~ "physical storage in a volume group and you use <b>reiserfs</b> as your file system,\n" #~ "extend a logical volume and the underlying file system while it\n" #~ "is <b>mounted</b> and in <b>use</b>.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Eğer bir yığın grubunun içindeki fiziksel depo bölümünde boş yer varsa,\n" -#~ "ve dosya sistemi olarak <b>reiserfs</b> kullanıyorsanız, mantıksal " -#~ "yığını\n" -#~ "ve içindeki dosya sistemini genişletme işlemini aygıt <b>sisteme " -#~ "bağlıyken</b> \n" +#~ "ve dosya sistemi olarak <b>reiserfs</b> kullanıyorsanız, mantıksal yığını\n" +#~ "ve içindeki dosya sistemini genişletme işlemini aygıt <b>sisteme bağlıyken</b> \n" #~ "ve <b>kullanımdayken</b> uygulayın.</p>\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "The logical volumes need to be large enough\n" #~ "to hold all the files to install now, but you do not necessarily need to\n" -#~ "allocate all your physical storage now. The file systems can be " -#~ "increased \n" +#~ "allocate all your physical storage now. The file systems can be increased \n" #~ "later while your system is in use.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" @@ -10158,28 +9861,21 @@ #~ "</p>\n" # include/partitioning/lvm_ui_lib.ycp:92 -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Add partitions</b> (called physical volumes) to your volume group.</" -#~ "p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Bölüm ekle:</b> Yığın grubuna fiziksel yığın bölümleri ekleme " -#~ "içindir.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Add partitions</b> (called physical volumes) to your volume group.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>Bölüm ekle:</b> Yığın grubuna fiziksel yığın bölümleri ekleme içindir.</p>" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "The volume group forms the <b>storage pool</b> from which your logical " -#~ "volumes,\n" +#~ "The volume group forms the <b>storage pool</b> from which your logical volumes,\n" #~ "like virtual partitions, are allocated.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Yığın grubu, sanal bölümler gibi mantıksal yığınların kapladığı <b>depo " -#~ "havuzu</b>nu,\n" +#~ "Yığın grubu, sanal bölümler gibi mantıksal yığınların kapladığı <b>depo havuzu</b>nu,\n" #~ "yani depolama için sağlanan alanı oluşturur.</p>\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Under normal circumstances, there is no need to have more than one " -#~ "volume \n" +#~ "Under normal circumstances, there is no need to have more than one volume \n" #~ "group. If you need more than one volume group for special reasons,\n" #~ "create them here. Each volume group must have at least one partition \n" #~ "that belongs to that volume group.</p>\n" @@ -10192,13 +9888,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Each physical volume belongs <b>to exactly one</b> volume group. Assign " -#~ "all\n" +#~ "Each physical volume belongs <b>to exactly one</b> volume group. Assign all\n" #~ "partitions to use with Linux LVM to volume groups.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Her bir fiziksel yığın <b>sadece bir tane</b> yığın grubuna ait " -#~ "olabilir.\n" +#~ "Her bir fiziksel yığın <b>sadece bir tane</b> yığın grubuna ait olabilir.\n" #~ "Linux LVM kullanmak için bütün bölümleri yığın gruplarına atayın.</p>\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -10232,8 +9926,7 @@ #~ "</li>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<li>\n" -#~ "Sonraki adımda, <b>fiziksel yığınları</b> ekleyin. (bunun için aşağıdaki " -#~ "paragrafa bakın)\n" +#~ "Sonraki adımda, <b>fiziksel yığınları</b> ekleyin. (bunun için aşağıdaki paragrafa bakın)\n" #~ "</li>\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -10242,8 +9935,7 @@ #~ "</li></ol><br>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<li>\n" -#~ "Son adımda ise, <b>mantıksal yığınları</b> oluşturun. (bunun için " -#~ "aşağıdaki paragrafa bakın)\n" +#~ "Son adımda ise, <b>mantıksal yığınları</b> oluşturun. (bunun için aşağıdaki paragrafa bakın)\n" #~ "</li></ol><br>\n" # include/partitioning/lvm_ui_lib.ycp:147 @@ -10300,8 +9992,7 @@ # clients/inst_lvm_pv.ycp:240 clients/lvm_config_ui.ycp:284 #~ msgid "&View all mount points, not just the current volume group" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sadece seçili yığın grubunu değil, &bütün bağlama noktalarını göster" +#~ msgstr "Sadece seçili yığın grubunu değil, &bütün bağlama noktalarını göster" # include/ui/wizard_hw.ycp:122 #~ msgid "A&dd" @@ -10574,8 +10265,7 @@ #~ "NFS mount, or MD device.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Bir disk aygıtının, bir LVM yığın grubunun, bir LVM fiziksel grubunun ya " -#~ "da bir MD\n" +#~ "Bir disk aygıtının, bir LVM yığın grubunun, bir LVM fiziksel grubunun ya da bir MD\n" #~ "aygıtının boyutunu değiştiremezsiniz.\n" #, fuzzy @@ -10776,8 +10466,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "Girilen veri geçerli değil.\n" #~ "Girdiğiniz fiziksel boyut 8KB ile 512MB arasında,\n" -#~ "ve 2'nin kuvvetleri şeklinde olmalıdır, mesela \"4M\" ya da \"512K\" " -#~ "gibi.\n" +#~ "ve 2'nin kuvvetleri şeklinde olmalıdır, mesela \"4M\" ya da \"512K\" gibi.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "The data entered is invalid.\n" @@ -10807,14 +10496,12 @@ #~ "To use RAID, at least two partitions of type 0xFD (or 0x83)\n" #~ "are required. Change your partition table accordingly.\n" #~ "In most cases, this can be done in the following way:\n" -#~ "click 'Create', select 'Do not format', and set the File System ID to " -#~ "0xFD.\n" +#~ "click 'Create', select 'Do not format', and set the File System ID to 0xFD.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "RAID kullanmak için en az 0xFD (veya 0x83) tipinde iki bölüm\n" #~ "gereklidir. Bölümlendirme tablosunu uygun şekilde değiştirin.\n" #~ "Çoğu durumda, bu işlem şu yolla yapılabilir:\n" -#~ "'Oluştur'a basıp 'Biçimlendirme'yi seçin ve bölüm tanıtıcısını 0xFD " -#~ "yapın.\n" +#~ "'Oluştur'a basıp 'Biçimlendirme'yi seçin ve bölüm tanıtıcısını 0xFD yapın.\n" # clients/inst_prepdisk.ycp:83 #~ msgid "Too many loop devices (cryptofs ...)" @@ -10947,8 +10634,7 @@ #~ "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "<p><b>Dosyanın dizin yolu:</b><br>Bu, şifrelenmiş loop aygıtının " -#~ "kurulması için\n" +#~ "<p><b>Dosyanın dizin yolu:</b><br>Bu, şifrelenmiş loop aygıtının kurulması için\n" #~ "gerekli olan veriyi içeren dosyanın dizinine olan yoldur.</p>\n" #, fuzzy @@ -11043,15 +10729,11 @@ #~ "bölüm eklemeye çalışıyorsunuz.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Multipath:</b> <br>This mode allow access to the same physical " -#~ "device\n" -#~ "over multiple controllers for redundancy against a fault in a controller " -#~ "card. This mode can be used with at least two devices<p>\n" +#~ "<p><b>Multipath:</b> <br>This mode allow access to the same physical device\n" +#~ "over multiple controllers for redundancy against a fault in a controller card. This mode can be used with at least two devices<p>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Multipath:</b> <br> Bu mod bir denetleyici kartta oluşabilecek " -#~ "hatalara karşı\n" -#~ "aynı fiziksel aygıtın birden fazla denetleyici kart üzerinden çalışmasına " -#~ "olanak verir.\n" +#~ "<p><b>Multipath:</b> <br> Bu mod bir denetleyici kartta oluşabilecek hatalara karşı\n" +#~ "aynı fiziksel aygıtın birden fazla denetleyici kart üzerinden çalışmasına olanak verir.\n" #~ "Bu mod en az iki aygıta ihtiyaç duyar.</p>\n" #~ msgid "&Multipath (Redundant access over two controllers)" @@ -11065,8 +10747,7 @@ #~ "<p>The list contains the devices that could be automatically\n" #~ "detected for multipath setup. Disable the devices not to \n" #~ "have activated by double-clicking the table line and continue when \n" -#~ "finished. If you go back, none of the autodetected multipath raid " -#~ "devices\n" +#~ "finished. If you go back, none of the autodetected multipath raid devices\n" #~ "are created.</p>\n" #~ "<p>If you deselect lines, the names of the raid devices \n" #~ "after the deselected lines will be changed.</p>\n" @@ -11111,15 +10792,13 @@ #~ "Continue?\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Bölümlendirmede değişiklikler yaptınız.\n" -#~ "Eğer \"%1\" düğmesiyle çıkarsanız yaptığınız değişiklikler " -#~ "kaybolacaktır.\n" +#~ "Eğer \"%1\" düğmesiyle çıkarsanız yaptığınız değişiklikler kaybolacaktır.\n" #~ "Devam edecek misiniz?\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b>Expert options:</b><br>Here, set\n" #~ "things like chunk size to get the best performance\n" -#~ "out of your system. These settings are used for all partitions of this " -#~ "RAID.</p>\n" +#~ "out of your system. These settings are used for all partitions of this RAID.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Uzman ayarları:</b><br> Burada, sisteminizden en iyi\n" #~ "performansı almak için, chunk boyutu gibi ayarları değiştirebilirsiniz.\n" @@ -11438,12 +11117,8 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "Bu işlemi gerçekten yapmak istiyor musunuz?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>The upper part of this dialog contains the container-related " -#~ "functionality. Here, create, edit, and modify EVMS containers. </p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Bu pencerenin üst tatafı kap ile ilgili özellikleri içerir. Burada " -#~ "EVMS kaplarını oluşturabilir, düzenleyebilir ve değiştirebilirsiniz.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>The upper part of this dialog contains the container-related functionality. Here, create, edit, and modify EVMS containers. </p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Bu pencerenin üst tatafı kap ile ilgili özellikleri içerir. Burada EVMS kaplarını oluşturabilir, düzenleyebilir ve değiştirebilirsiniz.</p>" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>\n" @@ -11464,8 +11139,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "Girilen veri geçerli değil.\n" #~ "Girdiğiniz fiziksel boyut 8KB ile 512MB arasında,\n" -#~ "ve 2'nin kuvvetleri şeklinde olmalıdır, mesela \"4M\" ya da \"512K\" " -#~ "gibi.\n" +#~ "ve 2'nin kuvvetleri şeklinde olmalıdır, mesela \"4M\" ya da \"512K\" gibi.\n" #~ msgid "Modify Existing EVMS Container" #~ msgstr "Mevcut EVMS kabını değiştir" @@ -11478,8 +11152,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Change the settings for an EVMS container.\n" -#~ "Container type, PE size, and container name can only be set when " -#~ "creating\n" +#~ "Container type, PE size, and container name can only be set when creating\n" #~ "the container.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "EVMS kabının ayarlarını değiştirebilirsiniz.\n" @@ -11595,14 +11268,12 @@ #~ "To use LVM, at least one partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83)\n" #~ "is required. Change your partition table accordingly.\n" #~ "In most cases, this can be done in the following way:\n" -#~ "click 'Create', select 'Do not format', and set the File System ID to " -#~ "0x8e.\n" +#~ "click 'Create', select 'Do not format', and set the File System ID to 0x8e.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "LVM kullanmak için en az 0x8e (veya 0x83) tipinde bir bölüm\n" #~ "gereklidir. Bölümlendirme tablosunu uygun şekilde değiştirin.\n" #~ "Çoğu durumda, bu işlem şu yolla yapılabilir:\n" -#~ "'Oluştur'a basıp 'Biçimlendirme'yi seçin ve bölüm tanıtıcısını 0x8e " -#~ "yapın.\n" +#~ "'Oluştur'a basıp 'Biçimlendirme'yi seçin ve bölüm tanıtıcısını 0x8e yapın.\n" # include/partitioning/lvm_ui_lib.ycp:213 #~ msgid "Available size:" @@ -11805,8 +11476,7 @@ #~ "Değişiklikler kaybolsun mu?\n" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Command line interface for the disk controller module is not available" +#~ msgid "Command line interface for the disk controller module is not available" #~ msgstr "Sistem onarım modüllerinin komut satırı arabirimi mevcut değildir" #, fuzzy @@ -11845,21 +11515,17 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "WARNING: This system has at least one hard disk with a RAID " -#~ "configuration\n" +#~ "WARNING: This system has at least one hard disk with a RAID configuration\n" #~ "presented by the BIOS as RAID that is in fact a software RAID. The\n" #~ "following disks were detected as part of such a RAID:\n" #~ "\n" #~ " %1\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "The Linux kernel 2.4 supported some of these systems (like Promise " -#~ "FastTrack and\n" -#~ "HighPoint RocketRaid), but the Linux kernel 2.6 does not support them at " -#~ "all.\n" +#~ "The Linux kernel 2.4 supported some of these systems (like Promise FastTrack and\n" +#~ "HighPoint RocketRaid), but the Linux kernel 2.6 does not support them at all.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "If you install onto these disks, your RAID configuration and any data\n" -#~ "on the RAID will be lost. Refer to http://portal.suse.com to learn how " -#~ "to\n" +#~ "on the RAID will be lost. Refer to http://portal.suse.com to learn how to\n" #~ "migrate to a Linux software RAID." #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" @@ -11867,8 +11533,7 @@ #~ "RAID olarak tanıtılan en azından bir sabit disk mevcut. Aşağıdaki\n" #~ "diskler bu RAID'ın bölümleri olarak algılandı:\n" #~ "\n" -#~ " %1 Linux 2.4 çekirdeği bu şekilde olan bazı sistemleri (Promise " -#~ "FastTrack ve\n" +#~ " %1 Linux 2.4 çekirdeği bu şekilde olan bazı sistemleri (Promise FastTrack ve\n" #~ "HighPoint RocketRaid gibi) destekliyordu, fakat 2.6 çekirdeği ile bu\n" #~ "destek kaldırılmıştır.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -11879,32 +11544,25 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b>Volume label:</b>\n" -#~ "The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This normally " -#~ "only\n" -#~ "makes sense when you activate the option for mounting by volume label. In " -#~ "the\n" +#~ "The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This normally only\n" +#~ "makes sense when you activate the option for mounting by volume label. In the\n" #~ "volume label is not possible to use character / and space.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Yığın adı:</b>\n" -#~ "Bu alana girilecek ad yığın adı olarak kullanılacaktır. Bu sadece eğer " -#~ "yığın adı\n" +#~ "Bu alana girilecek ad yığın adı olarak kullanılacaktır. Bu sadece eğer yığın adı\n" #~ "ile aygıt bağlama seçeneği aktifleştirilirse bir anlam kazanır.\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and " -#~ "therefore is\n" -#~ "not needed for the update, you may select <b>Cancel</b>. In this case, " -#~ "the\n" +#~ "If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" +#~ "not needed for the update, you may select <b>Cancel</b>. In this case, the\n" #~ "file system is not accessed during update.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Şifrelenmiş dosya sistemi herhangi bir sistem dosyası içermiyor, ve bu " -#~ "yüzden\n" -#~ "güncelleme sırasında gerek duyulmuyorsa \"Vazgeç\" düğmesini " -#~ "seçebilirsiniz.\n" +#~ "Şifrelenmiş dosya sistemi herhangi bir sistem dosyası içermiyor, ve bu yüzden\n" +#~ "güncelleme sırasında gerek duyulmuyorsa \"Vazgeç\" düğmesini seçebilirsiniz.\n" #~ "Bu şekilde dosya sistemine güncelleme sırasında erişim olmayacaktır.\n" #~ "</p>" @@ -11924,26 +11582,20 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b>Volume label:</b>\n" -#~ "The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This normally " -#~ "only\n" +#~ "The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This normally only\n" #~ "makes sense when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Yığın adı:</b>\n" -#~ "Bu alana girilecek ad yığın adı olarak kullanılacaktır. Bu sadece eğer " -#~ "yığın adı\n" +#~ "Bu alana girilecek ad yığın adı olarak kullanılacaktır. Bu sadece eğer yığın adı\n" #~ "ile aygıt bağlama seçeneği aktifleştirilirse bir anlam kazanır.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>This module configures the CD/DVD drives in your system.</p>\n" -#~ "<p>The list contains all detected CD/DVD drives. If there are entries " -#~ "for\n" -#~ "the name of the link and the mount point displayed, the CD-ROM is " -#~ "integrated\n" +#~ "<p>The list contains all detected CD/DVD drives. If there are entries for\n" +#~ "the name of the link and the mount point displayed, the CD-ROM is integrated\n" #~ "into the system. Integration into the system means that a symbolic link\n" -#~ "(e.g., /dev/cdrom, /dev/dvd, etc.) to the device name (e.g., /dev/hdc, /" -#~ "dev/sr0,\n" -#~ "etc.) is present, an entry in /etc/fstab exists, a subdirectory below /" -#~ "media \n" +#~ "(e.g., /dev/cdrom, /dev/dvd, etc.) to the device name (e.g., /dev/hdc, /dev/sr0,\n" +#~ "etc.) is present, an entry in /etc/fstab exists, a subdirectory below /media \n" #~ "is present, and possibly a kernel command-line parameter is provided \n" #~ "(for IDE devices).</p>\n" #~ "<p>Use \"Add\" and \"Remove\" to change the state \n" @@ -11951,17 +11603,13 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Bu modül sisteminizdeki CD/DVD sürücülerini yapılandırır.</p> \n" #~ "<p>Liste algılanmış bütün CD/DVD sürücülerini içerir. Eğer bağlantı ve\n" -#~ "sisteme bağlanma noktası görüntülenmişse, bu sürücü sistemle " -#~ "birleştirilmiş\n" -#~ "demektir. Sistemle birleştirilmiş olmak; bir aygıt ismine (/dev/hdc, /dev/" -#~ "sr0,... gibi) karşılık bir sembolik bağlantının\n" +#~ "sisteme bağlanma noktası görüntülenmişse, bu sürücü sistemle birleştirilmiş\n" +#~ "demektir. Sistemle birleştirilmiş olmak; bir aygıt ismine (/dev/hdc, /dev/sr0,... gibi) karşılık bir sembolik bağlantının\n" #~ "(/dev/cdrom, /dev/dvd, ... gibi) mevcut olması, /etc/fstab dosyasında\n" -#~ "bir girdinin var olması, /media dizininin altında bir alt dizinin mevcut " -#~ "olması\n" +#~ "bir girdinin var olması, /media dizininin altında bir alt dizinin mevcut olması\n" #~ "ve muhtemelen bir çekirdek komut satırı parametresinin sağlanmış olması\n" #~ "(IDE aygıtları için) anlamına gelmektedir.</p>\n" -#~ "<p>\"Ekle\" ve \"Kaldır\" düğmeleri ile listedeki bir aygıtın " -#~ "birleştirilme\n" +#~ "<p>\"Ekle\" ve \"Kaldır\" düğmeleri ile listedeki bir aygıtın birleştirilme\n" #~ "durumunu değiştirebilirsiniz.</p>\n" #~ msgid "Detected CD/DVD Devices" @@ -12014,8 +11662,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "<b>Tüm diski kullan</b> seçeneğini işaretleyebilir, ya da boş disk\n" -#~ "bölümlerini veya boş bölümleri kullanabilirsiniz. Seçilen alan bitişik " -#~ "olmalıdır.\n" +#~ "bölümlerini veya boş bölümleri kullanabilirsiniz. Seçilen alan bitişik olmalıdır.\n" #~ "</p>" # include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.ycp:178 @@ -12044,27 +11691,18 @@ # clients/inst_target_part.ycp:415 #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Start your selection with the highest numbered list entry." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Seçiminize en yüksek değer ile numaralandırılmış bölümden başlamalısınız." +#~ msgstr "Seçiminize en yüksek değer ile numaralandırılmış bölümden başlamalısınız." # clients/inst_target_part.ycp:510 #~ msgid "The selected partitions are not contiguous." #~ msgstr "Seçili disk bölümleri bitişik değil." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Too few partitions are marked for removal. To install Linux, select more " -#~ "partitions to remove." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Silme işlemi için çok az bölüm seçili durumda. Linux kurulumu için " -#~ "silinecek daha fazla bölüm seçin." +#~ msgid "Too few partitions are marked for removal. To install Linux, select more partitions to remove." +#~ msgstr "Silme işlemi için çok az bölüm seçili durumda. Linux kurulumu için silinecek daha fazla bölüm seçin." # clients/inst_target_part.ycp:527 clients/inst_target_part.ycp:553 -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The selected partitions are not big enough to contain a minimal " -#~ "installation." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Seçili bölümler temel bir Linux kurulumu için yeterli büyüklüğe sahip " -#~ "değiller." +#~ msgid "The selected partitions are not big enough to contain a minimal installation." +#~ msgstr "Seçili bölümler temel bir Linux kurulumu için yeterli büyüklüğe sahip değiller." # menuentries/menuentry_lvm_config.ycp:33 #~ msgid "AIX LVM" @@ -12106,8 +11744,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Seçili dosya sistemi için kullanılabilecek en büyük yığın adı\n" -#~ "uzunluğu %1 karakterden oluşabilir. Yığın adı bu uzunluğa göre " -#~ "kesilmiştir.\n" +#~ "uzunluğu %1 karakterden oluşabilir. Yığın adı bu uzunluğa göre kesilmiştir.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "CAUTION:\n" @@ -12144,17 +11781,14 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "If the crypted filesystem does not contain any system file and therefore " -#~ "is \n" +#~ "If the crypted filesystem does not contain any system file and therefore is \n" #~ "not needed for the update you may select \"Cancel\". In this case the\n" #~ "filesystem is not accessed during update.\n" #~ "</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Şifrelenmiş dosya sistemi herhangi bir sistem dosyası içermiyor, ve bu " -#~ "yüzden\n" -#~ "güncelleme sırasında gerek duyulmuyorsa \"Vazgeç\" düğmesini " -#~ "seçebilirsiniz.\n" +#~ "Şifrelenmiş dosya sistemi herhangi bir sistem dosyası içermiyor, ve bu yüzden\n" +#~ "güncelleme sırasında gerek duyulmuyorsa \"Vazgeç\" düğmesini seçebilirsiniz.\n" #~ "Bu şekilde dosya sistemine güncelleme sırasında erişim olmayacaktır.\n" #~ "</p>" @@ -12162,11 +11796,9 @@ # include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.ycp:154 #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "The table to the right shows the current partitions on all your hard " -#~ "disks.\n" +#~ "The table to the right shows the current partitions on all your hard disks.\n" #~ "<b>Nothing will be written to your hard disk</b> \n" -#~ "until you confirm the entire installation in the last installation " -#~ "dialog.\n" +#~ "until you confirm the entire installation in the last installation dialog.\n" #~ "Until that point, you can safely abort the installation.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" @@ -12207,11 +11839,8 @@ #~ msgid "Please wait..." #~ msgstr "Lütfen bekleyin..." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>You have rejected the proposal. Use <b>Modify</b> or <b>Discard</b></p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Teklifi kabul etmediniz. <b>Değiştir</b> ya da <b>Çöpe at</b> " -#~ "düğmelerini kullanın.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>You have rejected the proposal. Use <b>Modify</b> or <b>Discard</b></p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Teklifi kabul etmediniz. <b>Değiştir</b> ya da <b>Çöpe at</b> düğmelerini kullanın.</p>" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>This module configures the disk controllers that are accessed by a\n" @@ -12221,53 +11850,38 @@ #~ "by clicking a line in the table.</p>\n" #~ "<p>Influence the order in which modules are loaded with the\n" #~ "buttons to the right of the table.</p>\n" -#~ "<p>The next line contains the name of the kernel module for the " -#~ "selected \n" +#~ "<p>The next line contains the name of the kernel module for the selected \n" #~ "controller. There are controllers where more than one alternative kernel\n" #~ "module can be used. If there is more than one module, you can switch \n" #~ "between these modules.</p>\n" #~ "<p>The next line displays whether the module is currently loaded.</p>\n" -#~ "<p>Next, there is a check box in which to determine if the module should " -#~ "be\n" +#~ "<p>Next, there is a check box in which to determine if the module should be\n" #~ " loaded at system boot (in initrd).</p>\n" -#~ "<p>The text edit field may contain module parameters with which the " -#~ "module\n" +#~ "<p>The text edit field may contain module parameters with which the module\n" #~ "is loaded. These fields can stay empty for most modules.</p>\n" #~ "<p>Last follows a button with which to try loading the selected module\n" #~ "with the given parameters. It is <b>strongly</b> recommended to try that\n" -#~ "if you changed module parameters and plan to use your module in initrd.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "if you changed module parameters and plan to use your module in initrd.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Bu modül bir çekirdek modülü tarafından erişilen disk " -#~ "denetleyicilerini\n" +#~ "<p>Bu modül bir çekirdek modülü tarafından erişilen disk denetleyicilerini\n" #~ "yapılandırır.</p>\n" -#~ "<p>Yukardaki tablo yapılandırılacak denetleyicileri içerir. Eğer birden " -#~ "çok\n" -#~ "denetleyici mevcutsa, bu denetleyiciler arasında tablodaki satırlara " -#~ "basarak\n" +#~ "<p>Yukardaki tablo yapılandırılacak denetleyicileri içerir. Eğer birden çok\n" +#~ "denetleyici mevcutsa, bu denetleyiciler arasında tablodaki satırlara basarak\n" #~ "geçiş yapabilirsiniz.</p>\n" #~ "<p>Modüllerin yüklenme sırasını tablonun sağındaki düğmeler yardımıyla\n" #~ "değiştirebilirsiniz.</p>\n" -#~ "<p>Sonraki satır seçilmiş olan disk denetleyicisine ait çekirdek " -#~ "modülünün ismini\n" -#~ "içerir. Birden fazla çekirdek modülü kullanabilme alternatifi olan bazı " -#~ "denetleyiciler\n" -#~ "için, birden fazla modül mevcut olması halinde bu modüller arasında " -#~ "buradan\n" +#~ "<p>Sonraki satır seçilmiş olan disk denetleyicisine ait çekirdek modülünün ismini\n" +#~ "içerir. Birden fazla çekirdek modülü kullanabilme alternatifi olan bazı denetleyiciler\n" +#~ "için, birden fazla modül mevcut olması halinde bu modüller arasında buradan\n" #~ "geçiş yapabilirsiniz.</p>\n" #~ "<p>Sonraki satır modülün şu anda yüklü olup olmadığını gösterir.</p>\n" -#~ "<p>Sonra, mevcut olan işaretleme düğmesi yardımıyla bu modülün sistem " -#~ "açılışı\n" +#~ "<p>Sonra, mevcut olan işaretleme düğmesi yardımıyla bu modülün sistem açılışı\n" #~ "sırasında (initrd içinde) yüklenip yüklenmeyeceği ayarlanılabilir.</p>\n" -#~ "<p>Yazı düzenleme alanı içinde modül yüklenirken kullanılan modül " -#~ "parametreleri\n" +#~ "<p>Yazı düzenleme alanı içinde modül yüklenirken kullanılan modül parametreleri\n" #~ "mevcut olabilir. Bu bölüm birçok modül için boş kalabilir.</p>\n" -#~ "<p>En sonda ise seçilen modülü verilmiş parametreler ile yüklemeyi " -#~ "denemek için\n" -#~ "bir düğme bulunmaktadır. Eğer modül parametrelerini değiştirmişseniz ve " -#~ "modülü\n" -#~ "bu halde initrd'de kullanmayı planlıyorsanız, bunu <b>özellikle</b> " -#~ "burada denemeniz\n" +#~ "<p>En sonda ise seçilen modülü verilmiş parametreler ile yüklemeyi denemek için\n" +#~ "bir düğme bulunmaktadır. Eğer modül parametrelerini değiştirmişseniz ve modülü\n" +#~ "bu halde initrd'de kullanmayı planlıyorsanız, bunu <b>özellikle</b> burada denemeniz\n" #~ "önerilmektedir.</p>\n" #~ msgid "Module \"%1\" successfully loaded" @@ -12431,17 +12045,14 @@ # ycp-format # include/partitioning/partition_defines.ycp:241 #~ msgid "<font color=red>Format LV %1</font> in VG %2 %3 (for %4 with %5)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<font color=red>%1 yığınını biçimlendir:</font> %2 grubunda, %4 için %3 %5" +#~ msgstr "<font color=red>%1 yığınını biçimlendir:</font> %2 grubunda, %4 için %3 %5" # please, check %1, %2, %3. # 2000-03-29 14:11:44 CEST -ke- # ycp-format # include/partitioning/partition_defines.ycp:241 -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<font color=red>Format EVMS %1</font> in container %2 %3 (for %4 with %5)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<font color=red>EVMS %1 biçimlendir:</font> %2 kabında, %4 için %3 %5" +#~ msgid "<font color=red>Format EVMS %1</font> in container %2 %3 (for %4 with %5)" +#~ msgstr "<font color=red>EVMS %1 biçimlendir:</font> %2 kabında, %4 için %3 %5" # please, check %1, %2, %3. # 2000-03-29 14:11:44 CEST -ke- @@ -12512,8 +12123,7 @@ #~ "and retry creation of your raid in YaST2.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "/etc/raidtab dosyasının içeriği çekirdeğin tanıdığı raid'lere uymuyor.\n" -#~ "/etc/raidtab içindeki eski raid girdilerini silin ve YaST ile raid " -#~ "oluşturma\n" +#~ "/etc/raidtab içindeki eski raid girdilerini silin ve YaST ile raid oluşturma\n" #~ "işlemini tekrarlayın.\n" # include/partitioning/raid_lib.ycp:598 @@ -12535,10 +12145,8 @@ #~ "compatibility with older RAID software</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Persistent superblock:</b><br>\n" -#~ "Eğer sistem açılışında RAID aygıtlarınızın otomatik olarak algılanmasını " -#~ "istiyorsanız,\n" -#~ "persistent suberblock zorunludur. Ayrıca kurtarma seçenekleri ile beraber " -#~ "gelir.\n" +#~ "Eğer sistem açılışında RAID aygıtlarınızın otomatik olarak algılanmasını istiyorsanız,\n" +#~ "persistent suberblock zorunludur. Ayrıca kurtarma seçenekleri ile beraber gelir.\n" #~ "Bu özelliği kapamak için bilinen tek neden eski RAID yazılımlarıyla\n" #~ "uyumsuzluk göstermesidir.</p>\n" @@ -12551,9 +12159,7 @@ #~ msgstr "EVMS hatası" #~ msgid "Resizing device %1 with file system %2 from %3 %4 to %5 %4" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "%3 %4 boyutlu, %2 dosya sistemli %1 aygıtının boyutu %5 %4 olarak " -#~ "ayarlanıyor" +#~ msgstr "%3 %4 boyutlu, %2 dosya sistemli %1 aygıtının boyutu %5 %4 olarak ayarlanıyor" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" @@ -12565,8 +12171,7 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "Dosya sisteminin boyutunun değiştirilmesi ancak dosya sistemi\n" #~ "sisteme bağlı değilken mümkündür. Sistemden ayırma bir nedenden\n" -#~ "dolayı başarılı olamadı, boyut değiştirme işlemi de bu yüzden mümkün " -#~ "değildir.\n" +#~ "dolayı başarılı olamadı, boyut değiştirme işlemi de bu yüzden mümkün değildir.\n" #~ "Dosya sistemini el ile sistemden koparıp işlemi tekrar deneyin.\n" #~ msgid "Resizing device %1 failed." @@ -12649,8 +12254,7 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "The upper bar graph displays the current situation.\n" -#~ "The lower bar graph displays the situation after the installation -- " -#~ "after\n" +#~ "The lower bar graph displays the situation after the installation -- after\n" #~ "the partition resize.\n" #~ "</p>" #~ msgstr "" @@ -12827,14 +12431,10 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Depending on the size of your partition and your processor speed, this" -#~ "\taction\n" -#~ "might take some time. Often, the progress meter doesn't show a linear " -#~ "progress;\n" -#~ "even if it stops sometimes, please be patient: The resizing tool has to " -#~ "perform\n" -#~ "various actions. When the directory tree on your partition is reorganized " -#~ "you\n" +#~ "Depending on the size of your partition and your processor speed, this\taction\n" +#~ "might take some time. Often, the progress meter doesn't show a linear progress;\n" +#~ "even if it stops sometimes, please be patient: The resizing tool has to perform\n" +#~ "various actions. When the directory tree on your partition is reorganized you\n" #~ "can follow this process in the directory window.\n" #~ "</p>" #~ msgstr "" @@ -12852,8 +12452,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "If the resizing tool delivers any diagnostic messages, these are " -#~ "displayed \n" +#~ "If the resizing tool delivers any diagnostic messages, these are displayed \n" #~ "in\n" #~ "the diagnostics window.\n" #~ "</p>\n" @@ -12966,13 +12565,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "YaST has checked your hard disks and proposes the displayed partition " -#~ "setup \n" +#~ "YaST has checked your hard disks and proposes the displayed partition setup \n" #~ "for your hard drive.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "YaST sabit diskinizi inceledi ve şu anda gösterilen bölümlendirme " -#~ "ayarını\n" +#~ "YaST sabit diskinizi inceledi ve şu anda gösterilen bölümlendirme ayarını\n" #~ "teklif olarak hazırladı.</p>" #~ msgid "" @@ -12985,36 +12582,25 @@ #~ "Bu durumda ikinci düğmeyi işaretleyin.</p>\n" #~ msgid "Deactivating swap device %1 failed. You may have to reboot." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Takas alanı olan %1 aygıtı kapatılamıyor. Sistemi tekrar başlatmanız " -#~ "gerekebilir." +#~ msgstr "Takas alanı olan %1 aygıtı kapatılamıyor. Sistemi tekrar başlatmanız gerekebilir." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Detaching loop device %1 failed. Nothing serious, but you may run out of " -#~ "loop devices." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Loop aygıtı olan %1 sistemden koparılamıyor. Bu ciddi bir sorun değildir, " -#~ "fakat bundan sonra sistemde mevcut loop aygıtı bulunamayabilir." +#~ msgid "Detaching loop device %1 failed. Nothing serious, but you may run out of loop devices." +#~ msgstr "Loop aygıtı olan %1 sistemden koparılamıyor. Bu ciddi bir sorun değildir, fakat bundan sonra sistemde mevcut loop aygıtı bulunamayabilir." # clients/inst_prepdisk.ycp:104 #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Depending on the size of your hard disk and your processor speed, this " -#~ "action\n" -#~ "might take some time. 5 minutes are not unusual for disks larger than 4 " -#~ "GB.\n" -#~ "Often, the progress meter doesn't show a linear progress; even if it " -#~ "looks\n" -#~ "slow near the end (\"95 %\"), please be patient: the formatting tool has " -#~ "to\n" +#~ "Depending on the size of your hard disk and your processor speed, this action\n" +#~ "might take some time. 5 minutes are not unusual for disks larger than 4 GB.\n" +#~ "Often, the progress meter doesn't show a linear progress; even if it looks\n" +#~ "slow near the end (\"95 %\"), please be patient: the formatting tool has to\n" #~ "perform various checks. <br></p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Sabit diskinizin boyutuna ve işlemcinizin hızına göre bu işlem biraz\n" #~ "sürebilir. 5 dakika gibi bir süre 4 GB'dan büyük diskler için normaldir.\n" #~ "Çoğu zaman durum göstergesi çizgisel bir şekilde ilerlemez, gösterge\n" -#~ "sonlara doğru (\"95%\") yavaşlasa bile lütfen sabırlı olunuz. " -#~ "Biçimlendirme\n" +#~ "sonlara doğru (\"95%\") yavaşlasa bile lütfen sabırlı olunuz. Biçimlendirme\n" #~ "aracı birçok denetleme işlemi yürütmek zorundadır.<br></p>" # clients/inst_prepdisk.ycp:360 @@ -13023,15 +12609,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Could not format partition %1.\n" -#~ "You can continue if you know what you are doing, but, to prevent damage " -#~ "to\n" +#~ "You can continue if you know what you are doing, but, to prevent damage to\n" #~ "your file systems, it is safer to cancel and reboot." #~ msgstr "" #~ "%1 bölümü biçimlendirilemiyor.\n" -#~ "Ne yaptığınızı biliyorsanız devam edebilirsiniz, fakat dosya " -#~ "sistemlerinize\n" -#~ "zarar gelmesini önlemek için vazgeçip sistemi yeniden başlatmanız " -#~ "önerilir." +#~ "Ne yaptığınızı biliyorsanız devam edebilirsiniz, fakat dosya sistemlerinize\n" +#~ "zarar gelmesini önlemek için vazgeçip sistemi yeniden başlatmanız önerilir." #~ msgid "Error setting the volume label on device %2 to %1" #~ msgstr "%2 aygıtı %1 olarak adlandırılamıyor" @@ -13054,12 +12637,8 @@ #~ msgid "parted failed." #~ msgstr "parted komutu başarısız oldu." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "It is strongly advised to reboot now to prevent damage to your file " -#~ "systems." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Dosya sistemlerinize zarar gelmesini önlemek için sisteminizi yeniden " -#~ "başlatmanız kuvvetle önerilir." +#~ msgid "It is strongly advised to reboot now to prevent damage to your file systems." +#~ msgstr "Dosya sistemlerinize zarar gelmesini önlemek için sisteminizi yeniden başlatmanız kuvvetle önerilir." # clients/ui_widgets.ycp:85 #~ msgid "Reboot" @@ -13081,14 +12660,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Could not mount partition %1 to %2.\n" -#~ "You can continue if you know what you are doing, but, to prevent damage " -#~ "to\n" +#~ "You can continue if you know what you are doing, but, to prevent damage to\n" #~ "your file systems, it is safer to cancel and reboot." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "%1 bölümü %2 noktasından sisteme bağlanamıyor. Ne yaptığınızı " -#~ "biliyorsanız devam edebilirsiniz, fakat dosya sistemlerinize\n" -#~ "zarar gelmesini önlemek için vazgeçip sistemi yeniden başlatmanız " -#~ "önerilir." +#~ "%1 bölümü %2 noktasından sisteme bağlanamıyor. Ne yaptığınızı biliyorsanız devam edebilirsiniz, fakat dosya sistemlerinize\n" +#~ "zarar gelmesini önlemek için vazgeçip sistemi yeniden başlatmanız önerilir." #~ msgid "LVM setup 0 failed." #~ msgstr "LVM kurulumu 0 başarısız oldu." @@ -13097,19 +12673,15 @@ #~ "You can continue if you know what you are doing, but, to prevent\n" #~ "damage to your file systems, it is safer to cancel and reboot.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ne yaptığınızı biliyorsanız devam edebilirsiniz, fakat dosya " -#~ "sistemlerinize\n" -#~ "zarar gelmesini önlemek için vazgeçip sistemi yeniden başlatmanız " -#~ "önerilir.\n" +#~ "Ne yaptığınızı biliyorsanız devam edebilirsiniz, fakat dosya sistemlerinize\n" +#~ "zarar gelmesini önlemek için vazgeçip sistemi yeniden başlatmanız önerilir.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "The swap partition %1 used during installation conflicts with the " -#~ "partitions needed for the system to be installed.\n" +#~ "The swap partition %1 used during installation conflicts with the partitions needed for the system to be installed.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Please repeat the installation with another swap partition selected\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Kurulum sırasında kullanılan takas alanı %1 sistem kurma işleminin " -#~ "gerektirdiği bölümlerle çakışıyor.\n" +#~ "Kurulum sırasında kullanılan takas alanı %1 sistem kurma işleminin gerektirdiği bölümlerle çakışıyor.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Lütfen kurulumu başka bir takas alanı seçerek tekrar edin.\n" @@ -13128,8 +12700,7 @@ #~ "is required. After that, restart the installation.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Bölümlendirme işlemi sırasında takas alanına ihtiyaç duyulduğundan\n" -#~ "sistemi yeniden başlatmanız gerekiyor. Sistem açıldıktan sonra kurulumu " -#~ "tekrar başlatın.\n" +#~ "sistemi yeniden başlatmanız gerekiyor. Sistem açıldıktan sonra kurulumu tekrar başlatın.\n" #~ msgid "Preparing the RAID system failed" #~ msgstr "RAID sistemi hazırlanması başarısız oldu." @@ -13210,8 +12781,7 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "The upper bar graph displays the current situation.\n" -#~ "The lower bar graph displays the situation after the installation -- " -#~ "after\n" +#~ "The lower bar graph displays the situation after the installation -- after\n" #~ "the partition resize.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" @@ -13311,10 +12881,8 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "Uzmanlar için <b>Özel bölümlendirme</b> seçeneği mevcuttur. Bu seçenek\n" -#~ "yardımıyla disk bölümlendirme işlemi üzerinde tam kontrol elde edebilir " -#~ "ve\n" -#~ "&product; kurulumu sırasında bölümleri bağlama noktalarına " -#~ "atayabilirsiniz.\n" +#~ "yardımıyla disk bölümlendirme işlemi üzerinde tam kontrol elde edebilir ve\n" +#~ "&product; kurulumu sırasında bölümleri bağlama noktalarına atayabilirsiniz.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #~ "<br>\n" @@ -13354,8 +12922,7 @@ #~ "remove the volume group afterwards." #~ msgstr "" #~ "\"%1\" yığın grubu %2 mantıksal\n" -#~ "yığınlarını içeriyor, bu yüzden silinemez. Tüm mantıksal yığınları silin " -#~ "ve \n" +#~ "yığınlarını içeriyor, bu yüzden silinemez. Tüm mantıksal yığınları silin ve \n" #~ "ardından yığın grubunu silin." # clients/inst_lvm_pv.ycp:240 clients/lvm_config_ui.ycp:284 @@ -13375,8 +12942,7 @@ # include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.ycp:178 #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "You <i>must</i> start your selection with the highest numbered " -#~ "partition.\n" +#~ "You <i>must</i> start your selection with the highest numbered partition.\n" #~ "You can't select partitions 'in the middle'.\n" #~ "</p>" #~ msgstr "" @@ -13391,5 +12957,4 @@ # clients/inst_target_part.ycp:415 #~ msgid "You must start your selection with the highest numbered partition." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Seçiminize en yüksek değer ile numaralandırılmış bölümden başlamalısınız." +#~ msgstr "Seçiminize en yüksek değer ile numaralandırılmış bölümden başlamalısınız." Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/sudo.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/sudo.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/sudo.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -372,32 +372,28 @@ #: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:486 msgid "" "Host alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " -"delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" msgstr "" #. No alias name set so far #: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:549 msgid "" "User alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " -"delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" msgstr "" #. No alias name set so far #: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:612 msgid "" "RunAs alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " -"delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" msgstr "" #. No alias name set so far #: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:674 msgid "" "Command alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " -"delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 1/2 @@ -417,8 +413,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<P><B><BIG>Başlatma işlemini kesme:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -"<b>Kes</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde " -"kesebilirsiniz.</p>\n" +"<b>Kes</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde kesebilirsiniz.</p>\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:44 @@ -470,10 +465,8 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "<b>RunAs</b> column is an\n" -"\toptional parameter, containing user name (or alias) whose access " -"privileges\n" -"\twill be used to run commands. <b>NOPASSWD</b> is a tag, determining " -"whether\n" +"\toptional parameter, containing user name (or alias) whose access privileges\n" +"\twill be used to run commands. <b>NOPASSWD</b> is a tag, determining whether\n" "\tusers need to authorize themselves before running commands.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" @@ -502,8 +495,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>To edit existing rule, select an entry from the table and click on \n" -"\t<b>Edit</b> button. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> " -"button.\n" +"\t<b>Edit</b> button. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button.\n" "\t</p> \n" "\t" msgstr "" @@ -515,11 +507,9 @@ #. Single User Specification help 1/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:104 msgid "" -"<p><b>User Name or Alias</b> may be specified by single username (e.g.foo), " -"group name prefixed\n" +"<p><b>User Name or Alias</b> may be specified by single username (e.g.foo), group name prefixed\n" "\twith '%' (e.g. %bar), or user alias name. If \n" -"\tkeyword 'ALL' is used, it stands for any user. Select from existing users, " -"groups and aliases \n" +"\tkeyword 'ALL' is used, it stands for any user. Select from existing users, groups and aliases \n" "\tin drop-down menu, or enter your own value. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" @@ -527,14 +517,10 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:112 msgid "" -"<p><b>Hostname or Alias</b> entry consists of either hostname(e.g. www." -"example.com), single IP \n" -"\taddress (e.g. 192.168.0.1), IP address combined with netmask, or host " -"alias. If commands may be\n" -"\trun on any host, use keyword 'ALL'. Hostname or IP address is matched " -"against your own hostname\n" -"\tor IP address, so if you don't intend to share one /etc/sudoers file " -"between multiple machines, \n" +"<p><b>Hostname or Alias</b> entry consists of either hostname(e.g. www.example.com), single IP \n" +"\taddress (e.g. 192.168.0.1), IP address combined with netmask, or host alias. If commands may be\n" +"\trun on any host, use keyword 'ALL'. Hostname or IP address is matched against your own hostname\n" +"\tor IP address, so if you don't intend to share one /etc/sudoers file between multiple machines, \n" "\t'ALL' or 'localhost' entry will be sufficient for almost all purposes. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" @@ -543,15 +529,11 @@ #. Single User Specification help 2/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:122 msgid "" -"<p><b>RunAs Username or Alias</b> is an optional parameter specifying an " -"user, \n" +"<p><b>RunAs Username or Alias</b> is an optional parameter specifying an user, \n" "\twhose access privileges \n" -"\twill be used to execute particular command. If empty, user <b>root</b> is " -"the default\n" -"\tone. It can be again single username, groupname prefixed with '%' or " -"run_as alias name\n" -"\tSelect from existing users, groups and aliases in drop-down menu, or enter " -"your own value.\n" +"\twill be used to execute particular command. If empty, user <b>root</b> is the default\n" +"\tone. It can be again single username, groupname prefixed with '%' or run_as alias name\n" +"\tSelect from existing users, groups and aliases in drop-down menu, or enter your own value.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" @@ -559,10 +541,8 @@ #. Single User Specification help 3/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:132 msgid "" -"<p><b>No Password</b> is an optional tag. Normally, users have to " -"authenticate\n" -"\tthemselves (i.e. supply their own password, not root's one) before running " -"particular \n" +"<p><b>No Password</b> is an optional tag. Normally, users have to authenticate\n" +"\tthemselves (i.e. supply their own password, not root's one) before running particular \n" "\tcommand. Set No Password tag to 'Yes' if you want to\n" "\tdisable this authentication\n" "\t</p>\n" @@ -573,10 +553,8 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:141 msgid "" "<p><b>Commands to Run</b> table is a list of commands (optionally with\n" -"\tparameters), directories and command aliases that particular user will be " -"allowed \n" -"\tto run. If a directory name is used, any command in that directory can be " -"run. \n" +"\tparameters), directories and command aliases that particular user will be allowed \n" +"\tto run. If a directory name is used, any command in that directory can be run. \n" "\tAgain, keyword 'ALL' stands for any command, so use it with care.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" @@ -584,10 +562,8 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:149 msgid "" -"To add a new command, click on <b>Add</b> button, fill in command name with " -"optional\n" -"\tparameters and click <b>OK</b>. To remove command, select appropriate " -"entry from the table\n" +"To add a new command, click on <b>Add</b> button, fill in command name with optional\n" +"\tparameters and click <b>OK</b>. To remove command, select appropriate entry from the table\n" "\tand click on <b>Delete</b> button.\n" "\t" msgstr "" @@ -596,10 +572,8 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "<p><b><big>User Aliases</big></b><br>\n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure user aliases. User alias is a set of " -"users that is given\n" -"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set " -"in sudo configuration. \n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure user aliases. User alias is a set of users that is given\n" +"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t</p> \n" "\t" msgstr "" @@ -607,8 +581,7 @@ #. User Aliases help 2/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:164 msgid "" -"<p>To add a new user alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in " -"appropriate entries. \n" +"<p>To add a new user alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of users in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" @@ -618,8 +591,7 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:171 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p>To edit existing user alias, select an entry from the table and click on " -"<b>Edit</b>\n" +"<p>To edit existing user alias, select an entry from the table and click on <b>Edit</b>\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" @@ -633,10 +605,8 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:178 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Host Aliases</big></b><br>\n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure host aliases. Host alias is a set of " -"hosts that is given\n" -"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all hosts in this set " -"in sudo configuration. \n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure host aliases. Host alias is a set of hosts that is given\n" +"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all hosts in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" @@ -644,8 +614,7 @@ #. Host Aliases help 2/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:186 msgid "" -"<p>To add a new host alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in " -"appropriate entries. \n" +"<p>To add a new host alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of hosts in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" @@ -655,8 +624,7 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:193 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p>To edit existing host alias, select an entry from the table and click on " -"<b>Edit</b>\n" +"<p>To edit existing host alias, select an entry from the table and click on <b>Edit</b>\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" @@ -670,10 +638,8 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:200 msgid "" "<p><b><big>RunAs Aliases</big></b><br>\n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure RunAs aliases. RunAs alias is a set of " -"users that is given\n" -"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set " -"in sudo configuration. \n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure RunAs aliases. RunAs alias is a set of users that is given\n" +"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t</p> \n" "\t" msgstr "" @@ -681,8 +647,7 @@ #. RunAs Aliases help 2/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:208 msgid "" -"<p>To add a new RunAs alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in " -"appropriate entries. \n" +"<p>To add a new RunAs alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of users in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" @@ -692,8 +657,7 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:215 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p>To edit existing RunAs alias, select an entry from the table and click on " -"<b>Edit</b>\n" +"<p>To edit existing RunAs alias, select an entry from the table and click on <b>Edit</b>\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" @@ -707,10 +671,8 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:222 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Command Aliases</big></b><br>\n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure command aliases. Command alias is a set " -"of commands \n" -"\t(optionally with parameters) that is given an unique name. This name is " -"then used to refer\n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure command aliases. Command alias is a set of commands \n" +"\t(optionally with parameters) that is given an unique name. This name is then used to refer\n" "\tto all commands in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" @@ -719,8 +681,7 @@ #. Command Aliases help 2/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:231 msgid "" -"<p>To add a new command alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in " -"appropriate entries. \n" +"<p>To add a new command alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of commands in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" @@ -730,8 +691,7 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:238 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p>To edit existing command alias, select an entry from the table and click " -"on <b>Edit</b>\n" +"<p>To edit existing command alias, select an entry from the table and click on <b>Edit</b>\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" @@ -745,11 +705,8 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:245 msgid "" "<p><b><big>User Alias</big></b><br>\n" -"\tUser alias consists of one or more users, system groups (prefixed with " -"'%') or other\n" -"\tuser aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, " -"numbers and underscore\tonly), which is then used to refer to all users in " -"this alias.\n" +"\tUser alias consists of one or more users, system groups (prefixed with '%') or other\n" +"\tuser aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore\tonly), which is then used to refer to all users in this alias.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" @@ -758,12 +715,9 @@ #. Single User Alias Help 2/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:253 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:306 msgid "" -"<p>Enter unique name into <b>Alias Name</b> text entry. To add users or " -"groups to the\n" -"\talias, select user or group name from the drop-down menu and click on " -"<b>Add</b> button.\n" -"\tTo remove user from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, " -"and click on\n" +"<p>Enter unique name into <b>Alias Name</b> text entry. To add users or groups to the\n" +"\talias, select user or group name from the drop-down menu and click on <b>Add</b> button.\n" +"\tTo remove user from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n" "\t<b>Remove</b> button. To finish the configuration, click <b>OK</b>.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" @@ -776,8 +730,7 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:262 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:292 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:315 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:346 msgid "" -"<b>Note:</b> Alias name must not be empty. Each alias must have at least one " -"member.\n" +"<b>Note:</b> Alias name must not be empty. Each alias must have at least one member.\n" "\t" msgstr "" @@ -785,14 +738,10 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:266 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Host Alias</big></b><br>\n" -"\tHost alias consists of one or more hostnames, single IP addresses, IP " -"addresses\n" -"\tcombined with netmask id dotted quad notation (e.g. " -"192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) or\n" -"\tCIDR number of bits notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/24), or other host aliases. " -"It is \n" -"\tgiven single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore " -"only), which \n" +"\tHost alias consists of one or more hostnames, single IP addresses, IP addresses\n" +"\tcombined with netmask id dotted quad notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) or\n" +"\tCIDR number of bits notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/24), or other host aliases. It is \n" +"\tgiven single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which \n" "\tis then used to refer to all hosts in this alias.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" @@ -802,8 +751,7 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:277 msgid "" "<p>Enter unique name into <b>Alias Name</b> text entry. To add hosts to the\n" -"\talias, click on <b>Add</b> button. A pop-up window will appear, where you " -"can enter\n" +"\talias, click on <b>Add</b> button. A pop-up window will appear, where you can enter\n" "\tvalid hostname or IP address and then click <b>OK</b>.\n" "\t<p>\n" "\t" @@ -812,8 +760,7 @@ #. Single Host Alias Help 3/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:285 msgid "" -"To remove host from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and " -"click on\n" +"To remove host from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n" "\t<b>Remove</b> button. To finish the configuration, click <b>OK</b>.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" @@ -823,12 +770,9 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:296 msgid "" "<p><b><big>RunAs Alias</big></b><br>\n" -"\tRunAs alias is very similar to User Alias. It consists of one or more " -"users, system groups \n" -"\t(prefixed with '%') or other RunAs aliases. It is given single name (must " -"contain \n" -"\tuppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which is then used to " -"refer to all users \n" +"\tRunAs alias is very similar to User Alias. It consists of one or more users, system groups \n" +"\t(prefixed with '%') or other RunAs aliases. It is given single name (must contain \n" +"\tuppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which is then used to refer to all users \n" "\tin this alias.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" @@ -838,15 +782,11 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:319 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Command Alias</big></b><br>\n" -"\tCommand Alias is a list of one or more commands (with optional " -"parameters), directories, or\n" -"\tother command aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase " -"letters, numbers and\n" +"\tCommand Alias is a list of one or more commands (with optional parameters), directories, or\n" +"\tother command aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and\n" "\tunderscore only), which is \n" -"\tthen used to refer to all commands in this alias. A command can optionally " -"have one or more\n" -"\tparameters specified. If so, users can run the command with these " -"parameters only. If a \n" +"\tthen used to refer to all commands in this alias. A command can optionally have one or more\n" +"\tparameters specified. If so, users can run the command with these parameters only. If a \n" "\tdirectory name is used, any command in that directory can be run. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" @@ -855,12 +795,9 @@ #. Single Command Alias Help 2/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:331 msgid "" -"<p>Enter unique name into <b>Alias Name</b> text entry. To add a new command " -"to the alias,\n" -"\tclick on <b>Add</b> button.A pop-up window will appear, where you can " -"enter command name\n" -"\t(or select one from file browser by clicking on <b>Browse</b> button. " -"Additionally, you can\n" +"<p>Enter unique name into <b>Alias Name</b> text entry. To add a new command to the alias,\n" +"\tclick on <b>Add</b> button.A pop-up window will appear, where you can enter command name\n" +"\t(or select one from file browser by clicking on <b>Browse</b> button. Additionally, you can\n" "\tspecify command parameters in <b>Parameters</b> text entry\n" "\t" msgstr "" @@ -868,8 +805,7 @@ #. Single Command Alias Help 3/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:339 msgid "" -"To remove command from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, " -"and click on\n" +"To remove command from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n" "\t<b>Remove</b> button. To finish the configuration, click <b>OK</b>.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" @@ -882,8 +818,7 @@ #. m["no_passwd"] = (boolean) false; #. } #: src/modules/Sudo.rb:400 -msgid "" -"This rule is a system rule necessary for correct functionality of sudo.\n" +msgid "This rule is a system rule necessary for correct functionality of sudo.\n" msgstr "" #: src/modules/Sudo.rb:407 @@ -901,8 +836,7 @@ #. end Commands #: src/modules/Sudo.rb:545 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"All changes will be lost. Really quit sudo configuration without saving?" +msgid "All changes will be lost. Really quit sudo configuration without saving?" msgstr "" "DNS yapılandırmasından kayıt yapmadan çıkacak mısınız?\n" "Tüm değişiklikler kaybolacaktır." Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/support.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/support.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/support.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -16,8 +16,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" -"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #. Command line help text for the Xsupport module #: src/clients/support.rb:56 @@ -50,7 +49,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68 msgid "Open" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Açık" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:79 msgid "Collect Data" @@ -120,7 +119,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:343 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ayarlar yazılamıyor." #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball" @@ -179,11 +178,12 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:489 msgid "Expert Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uzman ayarları" +# include/nfs/ui.ycp:228 #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "Options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Seçenekler" #. Support overview dialog caption #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:584 @@ -211,11 +211,11 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:701 msgid "Email Address" -msgstr "" +msgstr "E-posta adresi" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:708 msgid "Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ad" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:715 msgid "Phone Number" @@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:866 msgid "Progress" -msgstr "" +msgstr "İşlem" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:931 msgid "Collected Data Review" @@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ #. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents")) #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:978 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1026 msgid "File Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dosya adı" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:984 msgid "Remove from Data" @@ -281,6 +281,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" +"<P><B><BIG>Başlatma işlemini kesme:</BIG></B><BR>\n" +"<b>Kes</b> düğmesine basarak yapılandırma işlemini güvenli bir şekilde kesebilirsiniz.</p>\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:44 @@ -297,6 +299,10 @@ "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" +"<P><B><BIG>Kayıt işleminin durdurulması:</BIG></B><BR>\n" +"<B>Durdur</B> düğmesine basarak kayıt işlemini kesebilirsiniz.\n" +"Bir pencerede bu işlemin güvenli olup olmadığı gösterilecektir.\n" +"</P>\n" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:55 @@ -327,10 +333,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<p><b><big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big></b><br>\n" -"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use " -"<b>Open SUSE Support Center</b>.\n" -"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure " -"you write down\n" +"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use <b>Open SUSE Support Center</b>.\n" +"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n" "the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -353,8 +357,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Supportconfig Options</big></b><br>\n" -"Select an option to override the defaults. You can use the default " -"settings,\n" +"Select an option to override the defaults. You can use the default settings,\n" "gather the most data or only gather a minimum amount of data." msgstr "" @@ -371,38 +374,31 @@ msgid "" "<p><b><big>Options</big></b><br>\n" "Collect additional information. Usually these options are not\n" -"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.</" -"p>\n" +"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Expert dialog help 1/1 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Default Options</b></big><br>\n" -"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the " -"supportconfig tarball.</p>" +"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the supportconfig tarball.</p>" msgstr "" #. Contact dialog help 1/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:112 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Contact Information</b></big><br>\n" -"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to " -"include\n" -"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment." -"txt file.</p>" +"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to include\n" +"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment.txt file.</p>" msgstr "" #. Contact dialog help 2/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Upload Information</big></b><br>\n" -"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported " -"upload services include\n" -"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball " -"filename in your upload target,\n" -"use the <i>tarball</i> keyword. This will get replaced with the actual " -"tarball filename.\n" +"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported upload services include\n" +"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball filename in your upload target,\n" +"use the <i>tarball</i> keyword. This will get replaced with the actual tarball filename.\n" "See <i>man supportconfig(1)</i> for further details.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -410,8 +406,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Upload Target Examples</big></b><br>\n" -"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=<i>tarball</" -"i><br>\n" +"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=<i>tarball</i><br>\n" "ftp://ftp.novell.com/incoming<br>\n" "scp://central.server.foo.com/supportconfig/archives</p>" msgstr "" @@ -419,10 +414,8 @@ #. Contact dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:133 msgid "" -"<p><b>Note:</b> If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global " -"Technical Support,\n" -"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open " -"service request.\n" +"<p><b>Note:</b> If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n" +"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" msgstr "" #. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1 @@ -436,16 +429,14 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:141 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Collected Data Review</big></b><br>\n" -"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some " -"of the collected data,\n" +"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some of the collected data,\n" "use <b>Remove from Data</b> and the selected file will be removed.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:148 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></" -"b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></b><br>\n" "If you want to store a copy of the supportconfig tarball, select the target\n" "directory and make sure that this option is checked.\n" "<br></p>\n" @@ -456,8 +447,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:155 src/include/support/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Upload URL</big></b><br>\n" -"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be " -"uploaded\n" +"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded\n" "as default value.\n" "Change this value only in special cases.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -474,8 +464,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></" -"b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></b><br>\n" "If you have already created the supportconfig tarball, write the full path\n" "into the <i>Package with log files</i> field.\n" "<br></p>\n" @@ -556,15 +545,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:57 -msgid "" -"System environment information, including sysctl and root's environment. env." -"txt" +msgid "System environment information, including sysctl and root's environment. env.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:60 -msgid "" -"Recursively gets *.conf files, along with various other configuration files " -"in /etc. etc.txt" +msgid "Recursively gets *.conf files, along with various other configuration files in /etc. etc.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:63 @@ -584,9 +569,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:75 -msgid "" -"Novell Linux User Management-related information, including a root DSE, UNIX " -"Config and workstation object searches. novell-lum.txt" +msgid "Novell Linux User Management-related information, including a root DSE, UNIX Config and workstation object searches. novell-lum.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:78 @@ -642,9 +625,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:117 -msgid "" -"Pluggable Authentication Module-related information, including user account " -"information. pam.txt" +msgid "Pluggable Authentication Module-related information, including user account information. pam.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:120 @@ -664,9 +645,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:132 -msgid "" -"System Activity Reporting-related information, including copies of the SAR " -"data files. sar.txt" +msgid "System Activity Reporting-related information, including copies of the SAR data files. sar.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:135 @@ -679,10 +658,8 @@ #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:141 msgid "" -"Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for " -"hard disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\n" -"behave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to " -"read only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\n" +"Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for hard disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\n" +"behave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to read only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\n" "works in your environment before enabling this option. fs-smartmon.txt\n" msgstr "" @@ -715,21 +692,15 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:167 -msgid "" -"Tells supportconfig to search the file system for all eDirectory instances " -"files. If set, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST is automatically set as well. -e" +msgid "Tells supportconfig to search the file system for all eDirectory instances files. If set, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST is automatically set as well. -e" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:170 -msgid "" -"A full file list using find from the root of the filesytem. -L, fs-files.txt" +msgid "A full file list using find from the root of the filesytem. -L, fs-files.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:173 -msgid "" -"Includes the entire log file, including comments, instead of just " -"VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT lines of it. Additional rotated logs are included if " -"available. -l" +msgid "Includes the entire log file, including comments, instead of just VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT lines of it. Additional rotated logs are included if available. -l" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:176 @@ -737,21 +708,15 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Normally all of the /var/log/YaST2/* logs are included. This option " -"minimizes the amount of each file retrieved." +msgid "Normally all of the /var/log/YaST2/* logs are included. This option minimizes the amount of each file retrieved." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:182 -msgid "" -"Runs an rpm -V on every installed RPM package. This takes some time to " -"complete. -v, rpm-verify.txt" +msgid "Runs an rpm -V on every installed RPM package. This takes some time to complete. -v, rpm-verify.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:185 -msgid "" -"Normally only the base SLP service types are listed. This option allows you " -"to query each of the discovered service types individually. -s, slp.txt" +msgid "Normally only the base SLP service types are listed. This option allows you to query each of the discovered service types individually. -s, slp.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:188 @@ -771,47 +736,33 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:200 -msgid "" -"The number of lines to include when getting a log file. Zero means get the " -"entire file." +msgid "The number of lines to include when getting a log file. Zero means get the entire file." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:203 -msgid "" -"The supportconfig tarball location. The first valid location in the list is " -"always used." +msgid "The supportconfig tarball location. The first valid location in the list is always used." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:206 -msgid "" -"The maximum number of /var/log/messages lines to get. Zero means get the " -"entire file." +msgid "The maximum number of /var/log/messages lines to get. Zero means get the entire file." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:209 -msgid "" -"The maximum number of heartbeat policy engine log files to include in the " -"supportconfig tarball." +msgid "The maximum number of heartbeat policy engine log files to include in the supportconfig tarball." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:212 -msgid "" -"The maximum number of SAR data files to include in the supportconfig tarball." +msgid "The maximum number of SAR data files to include in the supportconfig tarball." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:215 msgid "" -"When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if " -"you\n" -"plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -" -"Q." +"When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if you\n" +"plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -Q." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218 -msgid "" -"Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using " -"the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports " -"anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." +msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog caption @@ -822,7 +773,7 @@ #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/support/wizards.rb:149 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Başlatılıyor..." #. global string created_directory=""; #: src/modules/Support.rb:143 @@ -850,27 +801,28 @@ #. Progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:329 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ayarları yaz" #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:331 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SuSEconfig'i çalıştır" #. Progress step 1/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:335 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ayarlar yazılıyor..." #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:337 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "SuSEconfig çalıştırılıyor..." +# clients/lan_inetd.ycp:54 clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:792 clients/lan_inetd_start.ycp:146 clients/lan_inetd_start.ycp:158 #. Progress finished #: src/modules/Support.rb:339 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sonlandı" #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/sysconfig.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/sysconfig.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/sysconfig.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -36,8 +36,7 @@ #. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. #: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:58 msgid "Set value of the variable. Requires options 'variable' and 'value'" -msgstr "" -"Değişkenin değerini girin. 'variable' ve 'value' seçeneklerini girebilir" +msgstr "Değişkenin değerini girin. 'variable' ve 'value' seçeneklerini girebilir" #. help text for command 'set' 2/3 #. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. @@ -321,27 +320,18 @@ #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:819 msgid "" "<p>After you save your changes, this editor changes the variables in the\n" -"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which " -"changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n" -"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig " -"takes effect.</p>\n" +"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n" +"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig takes effect.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Değişiklikleri kaydettikten sonra düzenleyici ilgili sysconfig " -"dosyasındaki\n" -"değişkenleri ayarlayıp etkinleştirme komutunu başlatarak, daemonları " -"sonlandırıp başlatarak\n" -"ve bazı yapılandırma araçlarını çalıştırarak değişiklikleri " -"etkinleştirecektir.</p>\n" +"<p>Değişiklikleri kaydettikten sonra düzenleyici ilgili sysconfig dosyasındaki\n" +"değişkenleri ayarlayıp etkinleştirme komutunu başlatarak, daemonları sonlandırıp başlatarak\n" +"ve bazı yapılandırma araçlarını çalıştırarak değişiklikleri etkinleştirecektir.</p>\n" # include/rc_dialogs.ycp:57 #. helptext for popup - part 2/2 #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:825 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Important:</b> You still can edit each individual configuration file " -"manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Önemli:</b> Bu yapılandırma dosyalarını isterseniz kendiniz elle de " -"düzenleyebilirsiniz. Dosya adı değişken tanımı alanında gösterilir.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You still can edit each individual configuration file manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Önemli:</b> Bu yapılandırma dosyalarını isterseniz kendiniz elle de düzenleyebilirsiniz. Dosya adı değişken tanımı alanında gösterilir.</p>" # menuentries/menuentry_rc_config.ycp:28 #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:830 @@ -356,27 +346,14 @@ #. help rich text displayed after module start (1/2) #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:866 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<P><B>System Configuration Editor</B></P><P>With the system configuration " -#| "editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST2 to " -#| "configure your hardware and system settings.</P>" -msgid "" -"<P><B>System Configuration Editor</B></P><P>With the system configuration " -"editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to " -"configure your hardware and system settings.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><B>Sistem Yapılandırma Düzenleyicisi</B></P><P>Sistem yapılandırma " -"düzenleyicisi ile bazı sistem ayarlarını değiştirebilirsiniz. Ayrıca YaST " -"ile de donanım ve sistem ayarlarınızı yapılandırabilirsiniz.</P>" +#| msgid "<P><B>System Configuration Editor</B></P><P>With the system configuration editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST2 to configure your hardware and system settings.</P>" +msgid "<P><B>System Configuration Editor</B></P><P>With the system configuration editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to configure your hardware and system settings.</P>" +msgstr "<P><B>Sistem Yapılandırma Düzenleyicisi</B></P><P>Sistem yapılandırma düzenleyicisi ile bazı sistem ayarlarını değiştirebilirsiniz. Ayrıca YaST ile de donanım ve sistem ayarlarınızı yapılandırabilirsiniz.</P>" #. help rich text displayed after module start (2/2) #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:870 -msgid "" -"<P><B>Note:</B> Descriptions are not translated because they are read " -"directly from configuration files.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><B>Not:</B> Tanımlar doğrudan doğruya yapılandırma dosyalarından okunduğu " -"için çevirileri bulunmamaktadır.</P>" +msgid "<P><B>Note:</B> Descriptions are not translated because they are read directly from configuration files.</P>" +msgstr "<P><B>Not:</B> Tanımlar doğrudan doğruya yapılandırma dosyalarından okunduğu için çevirileri bulunmamaktadır.</P>" #. push button label - displayed only in autoinstallation config mode #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:877 @@ -410,13 +387,8 @@ # include/rc_dialogs.ycp:896 #. help text in popup dialog #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:951 -msgid "" -"The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select " -"it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog." -msgstr "" -"Yaptığınız aramanın sonuçları buradadır. Eğer aradığınız maddeyi " -"görüyorsanız üzerine tıklayıp \"Git\" düğmesine, aramadan çıkmak için \"İptal" -"\" düğmesine basınız." +msgid "The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog." +msgstr "Yaptığınız aramanın sonuçları buradadır. Eğer aradığınız maddeyi görüyorsanız üzerine tıklayıp \"Git\" düğmesine, aramadan çıkmak için \"İptal\" düğmesine basınız." #. push button label #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:956 @@ -651,10 +623,8 @@ # include/rc_dialogs.ycp:59 #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p> SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can " -#~ "detect if\n" -#~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a " -#~ "configuration file manually,\n" +#~ "<p> SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can detect if\n" +#~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a configuration file manually,\n" #~ " it will not touch it.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>SuSEconfig her yapılandırma dosyası için bir kontrol toplamı tutar.\n" @@ -715,39 +685,27 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>After you save your changes, this editor changes the variables in the\n" -#~ "/etc/powertweak/tweaks file. Then it restarts the powertweak daemon, " -#~ "which activates changes.</p>\n" +#~ "/etc/powertweak/tweaks file. Then it restarts the powertweak daemon, which activates changes.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Değişiklikleri kaydettikten sonra düzenleyici /etc/powertweak/tweaks\n" -#~ "dosyasındaki değişkenleri ayarlayıp powertweak daemon'unu yeniden " -#~ "başlatarak değişiklikleri etkinleştirecektir.</p>\n" +#~ "dosyasındaki değişkenleri ayarlayıp powertweak daemon'unu yeniden başlatarak değişiklikleri etkinleştirecektir.</p>\n" #~ msgid "Powertweak Configuration" #~ msgstr "Powertweak yapılandırması" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P><B>Powertweak Configuration</B></P><P>In this configuration module, " -#~ "you can tune some kernel and hardware options.</P><P><B>Warning:</B> This " -#~ "configuration module is for experts only!</P>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P><B>Powertweak yapılandırması</B></P><P>Bu yapılandırma modülünde bazı " -#~ "çekirdek ve donanım ayarlarını yapabilirsiniz. </P><P><B>Uyarı:</B> Bu " -#~ "modül sadece uzmanlar içindir!</P>" +#~ msgid "<P><B>Powertweak Configuration</B></P><P>In this configuration module, you can tune some kernel and hardware options.</P><P><B>Warning:</B> This configuration module is for experts only!</P>" +#~ msgstr "<P><B>Powertweak yapılandırması</B></P><P>Bu yapılandırma modülünde bazı çekirdek ve donanım ayarlarını yapabilirsiniz. </P><P><B>Uyarı:</B> Bu modül sadece uzmanlar içindir!</P>" #~ msgid "" #~ "This module requires the package \"powertweak\". Install it?\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Click \"Install\" to install the packages and start the module or click " -#~ "\"Cancel\" to quit without any change.\n" -#~ "The package \"powertweak-extra\" extends configuration options of " -#~ "powertweak.\n" +#~ "Click \"Install\" to install the packages and start the module or click \"Cancel\" to quit without any change.\n" +#~ "The package \"powertweak-extra\" extends configuration options of powertweak.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Bu modül \"powertweak\" paketini gerektiriyor. Paket kurulsun mu?\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Paketlerin kurulup modülün başlatılması için \"Kur\" düğmesine, herhangi " -#~ "bir değişiklik yapmadan çıkmak için \"Vazgeç\" düğmesine basınız.\n" -#~ "\"powertweak-extra\" paketi powertweak paketinin yapılandırma " -#~ "özelliklerini genişletir.\n" +#~ "Paketlerin kurulup modülün başlatılması için \"Kur\" düğmesine, herhangi bir değişiklik yapmadan çıkmak için \"Vazgeç\" düğmesine basınız.\n" +#~ "\"powertweak-extra\" paketi powertweak paketinin yapılandırma özelliklerini genişletir.\n" # clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1225 clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1283 #~ msgid "Install powertweak Package?" @@ -774,9 +732,5 @@ #~ msgid "Set variable value" #~ msgstr "Değişken değerini girin" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P><B>Note:</B> Descriptions are not translated because thay are read " -#~ "directly from configuration files.</P>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P><B>Not:</B> Tanımlar doğrudan doğruya yapılandırma dosyasından " -#~ "okunduğu için çevirileri bulunmamaktadır.</P>" +#~ msgid "<P><B>Note:</B> Descriptions are not translated because thay are read directly from configuration files.</P>" +#~ msgstr "<P><B>Not:</B> Tanımlar doğrudan doğruya yapılandırma dosyasından okunduğu için çevirileri bulunmamaktadır.</P>" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/tftp-server.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/tftp-server.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/tftp-server.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -93,12 +93,8 @@ #. dialog help text #: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:83 -msgid "" -"<p>Use this to enable a server for TFTP (trivial file transfer protocol). " -"The server will be started using xinetd.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Burada TFTP (trivial file transfer protocol) için bir sunucu " -"etkinleştirebilirsiniz. Bu sunucu xinetd yardımıyla başlatılacaktır.</p>" +msgid "<p>Use this to enable a server for TFTP (trivial file transfer protocol). The server will be started using xinetd.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Burada TFTP (trivial file transfer protocol) için bir sunucu etkinleştirebilirsiniz. Bu sunucu xinetd yardımıyla başlatılacaktır.</p>" #. enlighten newbies, #102946 #. dialog help text @@ -113,20 +109,17 @@ #| "<p><b>Boot Image Directory</b>:\n" #| "Specify the directory where served files are\n" #| "located. The usual value is <tt>/tftpboot</tt>. It is created if it\n" -#| "does not exist. The server uses this as its root directory (using the " -#| "<tt>-s</tt> option).</p>\n" +#| "does not exist. The server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option).</p>\n" msgid "" "<p><b>Boot Image Directory</b>:\n" "Specify the directory where served files are located. The usual value is\n" "<tt>/tftpboot</tt>. The directory will be created if it does not exist. \n" -"The server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option).</" -"p>\n" +"The server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option).</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Açılış görüntü dosyasının dizini</b>:\n" "Sunulacak dosyaların bulunduğu dizini belirtin.\n" "Normal değer <tt>/tftpboot</tt> dizinidir. Bu dizin mevcut değilse\n" -"oluşturulacaktır. Sunucu bu dizini kök dizini olarak kullanacaktır (<tt>-s</" -"tt> seçeneği ile).</p>\n" +"oluşturulacaktır. Sunucu bu dizini kök dizini olarak kullanacaktır (<tt>-s</tt> seçeneği ile).</p>\n" #. Radio button label, disable TFTP server #: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:115 Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/tune.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/tune.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/tune.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -23,9 +23,7 @@ #. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo" #: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line " -"interface, use '%1' instead." +msgid "Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." msgstr "Bu YaST2 modülü komut satırı arabirimini desteklemiyor." # include/scanner/scanner_start.ycp:103 @@ -63,16 +61,11 @@ "details of your computer. Click any node for more information.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<P><B>Donanım bilgisi</B> modülü sisteminizdeki donanımlar hakkında\n" -"ayrıntılı bilgi verir. Daha fazla bilgi için herhangi bir bölüme tıklayınız " -"</p>\n" +"ayrıntılı bilgi verir. Daha fazla bilgi için herhangi bir bölüme tıklayınız </p>\n" #: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338 -msgid "" -"<P>You can save hardware information to a file. Click <B>Save to File</B> " -"and enter the filename.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Donanım bilgilerini bir dosyaya kaydedebilirsiniz. <B>Dosyaya kaydet</B> " -"düğmesine basın ve dosya ismini girin.</P>" +msgid "<P>You can save hardware information to a file. Click <B>Save to File</B> and enter the filename.</P>" +msgstr "<P>Donanım bilgilerini bir dosyaya kaydedebilirsiniz. <B>Dosyaya kaydet</B> düğmesine basın ve dosya ismini girin.</P>" #. installation proposal header #: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31 @@ -99,12 +92,8 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:95 -msgid "" -"<P><B>Details</B></P><P>The details of the selected hardware component are " -"displayed here.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><B>Ayrıntılar</B></P><P>Seçili donanım aygıtı ile ilgili ayrıntılar " -"burada gösterilir.</P>" +msgid "<P><B>Details</B></P><P>The details of the selected hardware component are displayed here.</P>" +msgstr "<P><B>Ayrıntılar</B></P><P>Seçili donanım aygıtı ile ilgili ayrıntılar burada gösterilir.</P>" #. heading text, %1 is component name (e.g. "USB UHCI Root Hub") #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:101 @@ -159,36 +148,26 @@ #. help text - part 1/3 #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:180 -msgid "" -"<P><B>Detected Hardware</B><BR>This table contains all hardware components " -"detected in your system.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><B>Algılanmış donanım</B><BR>Bu tablo sisteminizde algılanmış tüm " -"donanımı gösterir.</P>" +msgid "<P><B>Detected Hardware</B><BR>This table contains all hardware components detected in your system.</P>" +msgstr "<P><B>Algılanmış donanım</B><BR>Bu tablo sisteminizde algılanmış tüm donanımı gösterir.</P>" #. help text - part 2/3 #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:184 -msgid "" -"<P><B>Details</B><BR>Select a component and press <B>Details</B> to see a " -"more detailed description of the component.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><B>Ayrıntılar</B><BR>Bir aygıt seçip <B>Ayrıntılar</B> düğmesine basarak " -"aygıt hakkında daha detaylı bilgi edinebilirsiniz.</P>" +msgid "<P><B>Details</B><BR>Select a component and press <B>Details</B> to see a more detailed description of the component.</P>" +msgstr "<P><B>Ayrıntılar</B><BR>Bir aygıt seçip <B>Ayrıntılar</B> düğmesine basarak aygıt hakkında daha detaylı bilgi edinebilirsiniz.</P>" #. help text - part 3/3 #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:188 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<P><B>Save to File</B><BR>You can save\n" -#| " hardware information (<I>hwinfo</I> output) to a file or floppy disk. " -#| "Select the target type in <B>Save to File</B>.</P>" +#| " hardware information (<I>hwinfo</I> output) to a file or floppy disk. Select the target type in <B>Save to File</B>.</P>" msgid "" "<P><B>Save to File</B><BR>You can save\n" " hardware information (<I>hwinfo</I> output) to a file.</P>" msgstr "" "<P><B>Dosyaya kaydet</B><BR>Donanım bilgisini\n" -" (<I>hwinfo</I> çıktısını) bir dosyaya ya da diskete kaydedebilirsiniz. " -"Hedef türünü <B>Dosyaya kaydet</B> menüsünden seçin.</P>" +" (<I>hwinfo</I> çıktısını) bir dosyaya ya da diskete kaydedebilirsiniz. Hedef türünü <B>Dosyaya kaydet</B> menüsünden seçin.</P>" #. heading text #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:197 @@ -326,51 +305,29 @@ #. PCI ID help text #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:411 -msgid "" -"<P>It is possible to add a PCI ID to a device driver to extend its internal " -"database of known supported devices.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Bir aygıt sürücüsüne yeni bir PCI belirticisi ekleyerek desteklediği " -"aygıtların veritabanını genişletmek mümkündür</P>" +msgid "<P>It is possible to add a PCI ID to a device driver to extend its internal database of known supported devices.</P>" +msgstr "<P>Bir aygıt sürücüsüne yeni bir PCI belirticisi ekleyerek desteklediği aygıtların veritabanını genişletmek mümkündür</P>" #. PCI ID help text #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:415 -msgid "" -"<P>PCI ID numbers are entered and displayed as hexadecimal numbers. <b>SysFS " -"Dir.</b> is the directory name in the /sys/bus/pci/drivers directory. If it " -"is empty, the driver name is used as the directory name.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>PCI belirticileri onaltılık sistemdeki rakamlar halinde girilir ve " -"gösterilir. <b>SysFS dizini</b>, /sys/bus/pci/drivers içindeki dizin adıdır. " -"Eğer girdi boşsa, dizin adı olarak sürücü adı kullanılıyor demektir.</P>" +msgid "<P>PCI ID numbers are entered and displayed as hexadecimal numbers. <b>SysFS Dir.</b> is the directory name in the /sys/bus/pci/drivers directory. If it is empty, the driver name is used as the directory name.</P>" +msgstr "<P>PCI belirticileri onaltılık sistemdeki rakamlar halinde girilir ve gösterilir. <b>SysFS dizini</b>, /sys/bus/pci/drivers içindeki dizin adıdır. Eğer girdi boşsa, dizin adı olarak sürücü adı kullanılıyor demektir.</P>" #. PCI ID help text #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:419 -msgid "" -"<P>If the driver is compiled into the kernel, leave the driver name empty " -"and enter the SysFS directory name instead.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Eğer sürücü kernel'in içine derlenmişse sürücü adını boş bırakarak SysFS " -"dizin adını girin.</P>" +msgid "<P>If the driver is compiled into the kernel, leave the driver name empty and enter the SysFS directory name instead.</P>" +msgstr "<P>Eğer sürücü kernel'in içine derlenmişse sürücü adını boş bırakarak SysFS dizin adını girin.</P>" #. PCI ID help text, %1 stands for a button name (OK or Finish -- depends on the situation) #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:424 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<P>Use the buttons below the table to change the list of PCI IDs. Press <b>" -"%1</b> to activate the settings.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Aşağıdaki düğmeleri kullanarak PCI belirtici listesini değiştirin. " -"<b>Tamam</b> düğmesine basarak ayarları etkinleştirebilirsiniz.</P>" +msgid "<P>Use the buttons below the table to change the list of PCI IDs. Press <b>%1</b> to activate the settings.</P>" +msgstr "<P>Aşağıdaki düğmeleri kullanarak PCI belirtici listesini değiştirin. <b>Tamam</b> düğmesine basarak ayarları etkinleştirebilirsiniz.</P>" #. PCI ID help text #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:431 -msgid "" -"<P><B>Warning:</B> This is an expert configuration. Only continue if you " -"know what you are doing.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><B>Uyarı:</B> Bu uzmanlar için var olan bir yapılandırma aracıdır. Sadece " -"ne yaptığınızı biliyorsanız devam edin.</P>" +msgid "<P><B>Warning:</B> This is an expert configuration. Only continue if you know what you are doing.</P>" +msgstr "<P><B>Uyarı:</B> Bu uzmanlar için var olan bir yapılandırma aracıdır. Sadece ne yaptığınızı biliyorsanız devam edin.</P>" # clients/hwinfo.ycp:42 clients/hwinfo.ycp:64 #. tree node string @@ -1246,22 +1203,15 @@ msgid "" "<p><b><big>Global I/O Scheduler</big></b><br>\n" "Select the algorithm which orders and sends commands to disk\n" -"devices. This is a global option, it will be used for all disk devices in " -"the\n" -"system. If the option is not configured, the default scheduler (usually " -"'cfq')\n" -"will be used. See the documentation in the /usr/src/linux/Documentation/" -"block\n" +"devices. This is a global option, it will be used for all disk devices in the\n" +"system. If the option is not configured, the default scheduler (usually 'cfq')\n" +"will be used. See the documentation in the /usr/src/linux/Documentation/block\n" "directory (package kernel-source) for more information.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Global Girdi/çıktı Zamanlayıcısı</big></b><br>\n" -"Disk aygıtlarına verilen komutları düzenleyip gönderen algoritmayı " -"seçebilirsiniz.\n" -"Bu seçenek sistemdeki tüm disk sürücüleri için kullanılacaktır. Eğer bu " -"seçenek\n" -"girilmediyse varsayılan (normalde 'cfq') zamanlayıcı kullanılacaktır. Daha " -"fazlabilgi için /usr/src/linux/Documentation/block dizinindeki (kernel-" -"source paketi)\n" +"Disk aygıtlarına verilen komutları düzenleyip gönderen algoritmayı seçebilirsiniz.\n" +"Bu seçenek sistemdeki tüm disk sürücüleri için kullanılacaktır. Eğer bu seçenek\n" +"girilmediyse varsayılan (normalde 'cfq') zamanlayıcı kullanılacaktır. Daha fazlabilgi için /usr/src/linux/Documentation/block dizinindeki (kernel-source paketi)\n" "dökümanlarını okuyabilirsiniz.</p>" #. .sysconfig.sysctl @@ -1274,24 +1224,17 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b><big>Enable SysRq Keys</big></b><br>\n" -"If you enable SysRq keys, you will have some control over the system even if " -"it\n" -"crashes (such as during kernel debugging). If it is enabled, the key " -"combination\n" +"If you enable SysRq keys, you will have some control over the system even if it\n" +"crashes (such as during kernel debugging). If it is enabled, the key combination\n" "Alt-SysRq-<command_key> will start the respective command (e.g. reboot the\n" "computer, dump kernel information). For further information, see\n" -"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (package kernel-source).</" -"p>\n" +"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (package kernel-source).</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>SysRq tuşlarını etkinleştir</big></b><br>\n" -"Bu seçeneği seçerseniz sistem çökmesi durumunda bile sistem üzerinde " -"kontrolünüz\n" -"olacaktır. (kernel ayıklaması gibi durumlarda). Etkin durumdaysa Alt-SysRq-" -"<komut_düğmesi>\n" -"ile de ilgili komutu çalıştırabilirsiniz (örneğin sistemi yeniden başlatma, " -"kernel bilgisini\n" -"yazdırma gibi). Daha fazla bilgi için <tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq." -"txt</tt>\n" +"Bu seçeneği seçerseniz sistem çökmesi durumunda bile sistem üzerinde kontrolünüz\n" +"olacaktır. (kernel ayıklaması gibi durumlarda). Etkin durumdaysa Alt-SysRq-<komut_düğmesi>\n" +"ile de ilgili komutu çalıştırabilirsiniz (örneğin sistemi yeniden başlatma, kernel bilgisini\n" +"yazdırma gibi). Daha fazla bilgi için <tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt>\n" " (kernel-source paketi) dosyasına bakın.</p>" #. Short sleep between reads or writes @@ -1573,26 +1516,21 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<P>The table contains information about all attached IDE devices. \n" #~ "<B>Current DMA Mode</B> shows the actual settings. <B>Required DMA\n" -#~ "Mode</B> shows settings that will be applied after <B>Finish</B> is " -#~ "pressed and\n" +#~ "Mode</B> shows settings that will be applied after <B>Finish</B> is pressed and\n" #~ "after each boot.</P>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P>Tablo, bağlı bulunan tüm IDE aygıtları hakkında bilgi vermektedir.\n" -#~ "<B>Şu anki DMA modu</B> kolonu güncel ayarları gösterir. <B>İstenilen DMA " -#~ "modu</B>\n" -#~ "kolonu <B>Sonlandır</B> düğmesine basıldıktan sonra uygulanacak ve her " -#~ "açılışta etkin\n" +#~ "<B>Şu anki DMA modu</B> kolonu güncel ayarları gösterir. <B>İstenilen DMA modu</B>\n" +#~ "kolonu <B>Sonlandır</B> düğmesine basıldıktan sonra uygulanacak ve her açılışta etkin\n" #~ "olacak ayarları gösterir.</P>" #~ msgid "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Changing the IDE DMA Mode</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "Select a device in the table then select the desired DMA mode from <B>DMA " -#~ "Mode</b>.\n" +#~ "Select a device in the table then select the desired DMA mode from <B>DMA Mode</b>.\n" #~ "</P>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>IDE DMA modunu değiştir</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "Tablodan bir aygıt seçip <b>DMA modu</b> kısmından istenen DMA modunu " -#~ "seçin.\n" +#~ "Tablodan bir aygıt seçip <b>DMA modu</b> kısmından istenen DMA modunu seçin.\n" #~ "</P>\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -1678,8 +1616,7 @@ #~ " details of your computer. Click any node for more information.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B>Donanım bilgisi</B> modülü sisteminizdeki donanımlar hakkında\n" -#~ "ayrıntılı bilgi verir. Daha fazla bilgi için herhangi bir bölüme " -#~ "tıklayınız </p>\n" +#~ "ayrıntılı bilgi verir. Daha fazla bilgi için herhangi bir bölüme tıklayınız </p>\n" #~ msgid "&System Settings..." #~ msgstr "&Sistem ayarları..." @@ -2213,8 +2150,7 @@ #~ "This help describes usage of the <tt>elevator</tt> kernel parameter.</b>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b><big>Elevator</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Bu kısımda <tt>elevator</tt> kernel parametresinin kullanımı anlatılır.</" -#~ "b>" +#~ "Bu kısımda <tt>elevator</tt> kernel parametresinin kullanımı anlatılır.</b>" #~ msgid "Error occurred while activating changes." #~ msgstr "Değişiklikler etkinleştirilirken bir hata oluştu." Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/update.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/update.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/update.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -124,13 +124,11 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<p><b>Create a Complete Backup of\n" -#| "/etc/sysconfig:</b> This covers all configuration files that are part of " -#| "the\n" +#| "/etc/sysconfig:</b> This covers all configuration files that are part of the\n" #| "sysconfig mechanism, even those that are not replaced.</p>\n" msgid "" "<p><b>Create a Complete Backup of\n" -"/etc/sysconfig:</b> This covers all configuration files that are part of " -"the\n" +"/etc/sysconfig:</b> This covers all configuration files that are part of the\n" "sysconfig mechanism, even those that will not be replaced.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>/etc/sysconfig dosyalarının tümünü yedekle:</b>\n" @@ -243,8 +241,7 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<p>The update option differs between two modes. In\n" -#| "either case, it is recommended to make a backup of your personal data.</" -#| "p>\n" +#| "either case, it is recommended to make a backup of your personal data.</p>\n" msgid "" "<p>The update option offers two different modes. In\n" "either case, we recommend to make a backup of your personal data.</p>\n" @@ -258,8 +255,7 @@ msgid "" "<p><b>With New Software:</b> This default setting\n" "updates the existing software and installs all new features and benefits of\n" -"the new <tt>%1</tt> version. The selection is based on the former " -"predefined\n" +"the new <tt>%1</tt> version. The selection is based on the former predefined\n" "software selection.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Yeni yazılım ile:</b> Bu öntanımlı seçenek mevcut yazılımı\n" @@ -273,28 +269,24 @@ #| msgid "" #| "<p><b>Only Installed Packages:</b> This selection\n" #| "only updates the packages already installed on your system. <i>Note:</i>\n" -#| "New software in the predefined software selection, such as new YaST " -#| "modules, is\n" +#| "New software in the predefined software selection, such as new YaST modules, is\n" #| "not available after the update. You might miss advertised features.</p>\n" msgid "" "<p><b>Only Installed Packages:</b> This selection\n" "only updates the packages already installed on your system. <i>Note:</i>\n" -"New software in the predefined software selection, such as new YaST modules, " -"is\n" +"New software in the predefined software selection, such as new YaST modules, is\n" "not available after the update. You might miss new features.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Sadece kurulu paketler:</b> Bu seçenek sadece sisteminizde\n" "kurulu olan paketleri günceller. <i>Not:</i> Yeni YaST modülleri gibi\n" "önceden yapılmış yazılım seçimi içindeki yeni yazılımlar güncelleme\n" -"sonunda mevcut olmayacaklardır. Reklamı yapılmış özellikleri " -"kaçırabilirsiniz.</p>\n" +"sonunda mevcut olmayacaklardır. Reklamı yapılmış özellikleri kaçırabilirsiniz.</p>\n" #. help text for dialog "update options" 4/4 #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:175 msgid "" "<p>After the update, some software might not\n" -"function anymore. Activate <b>Delete Unmaintained Packages</b> to delete " -"those\n" +"function anymore. Activate <b>Delete Unmaintained Packages</b> to delete those\n" "packages during the update.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Güncellemeden sonra, bazı yazılımlar artık\n" @@ -414,9 +406,7 @@ #. error message in proposal #: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation " -"media." +msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media." msgstr "Kurulan ürün, kurulum ortamındaki ürünle uyumlu değil." #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) @@ -433,8 +423,7 @@ #. %2 is the version being installed #: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:143 msgid "" -"Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the " -"running system.<br>\n" +"Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system.<br>\n" "Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n" "or disable software repositories of products with different versions.\n" msgstr "" @@ -621,8 +610,7 @@ #. pop-up question #: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:394 msgid "" -"A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected " -"partition.\n" +"A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected partition.\n" "Are sure you want to use it anyway?" msgstr "" @@ -752,8 +740,7 @@ #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1166 msgid "" "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" -"We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not " -"fit.\n" +"We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n" "It is safer to either enlarge the partition\n" "or not use a /boot partition at all.\n" "\n" @@ -788,8 +775,7 @@ "\n" "Eğer bu disk bölümünün güncelleme için gerekli olmadığından\n" "eminseniz (herhangi bir sistem bölümü değilse), Devam'a tıklayın.\n" -"Bağlama seçeneklerini kontrol etmek ya da düzeltmek için Bağlama " -"Seçeneklerini Belirt'e tıklayın.\n" +"Bağlama seçeneklerini kontrol etmek ya da düzeltmek için Bağlama Seçeneklerini Belirt'e tıklayın.\n" "Güncellemeyi iptal etmek için Vazgeç'e tıklayın." #. push button @@ -850,10 +836,8 @@ #. a popup message #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1463 msgid "" -"Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the " -"upgrade\n" -"process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition " -"manually\n" +"Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" +"process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" "to continue the upgrade process." msgstr "" @@ -893,11 +877,9 @@ #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1698 msgid "" -"Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This " -"is\n" +"Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" -"persistent. It is strongly recommended to start the old system and change " -"the\n" +"persistent. It is strongly recommended to start the old system and change the\n" "mount-by method to any other method for all partitions." msgstr "" @@ -1032,8 +1014,7 @@ #~ msgid "Reading package information. One moment please..." #~ msgstr "Paket bilgileri okunuyor; Bir dakika lütfen..." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Updating to another version is not supported from the running system." +#~ msgid "Updating to another version is not supported from the running system." #~ msgstr "Çalışan sistem üzerinde diğer bir sürüme yükseltme desteklenmiyor." #~ msgid "Delete Old Packages" @@ -1057,13 +1038,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>After the update, some software might not\n" -#~ "function anymore. Active <b>Delete Unmaintained Packages</b> to delete " -#~ "those\n" +#~ "function anymore. Active <b>Delete Unmaintained Packages</b> to delete those\n" #~ "packages during the update.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Güncelleme işleminden sonra bazı yazılımlar çalışmayabilir. <b>Bakımı\n" -#~ "yapılmayan paketleri sil</b> ile güncelleme sırasında bu paketlerin " -#~ "silinmesini\n" +#~ "yapılmayan paketleri sil</b> ile güncelleme sırasında bu paketlerin silinmesini\n" #~ "sağlayabilirsiniz.</p>\n" #~ msgid "Affected Packages: %1" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/users.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/users.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/users.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -106,12 +106,8 @@ #. translators: command line help text for 'user' option #: src/clients/groups.rb:218 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"List of group members, usually usernames, separated by commas. The list of " -"LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons." -msgstr "" -"Virgülle ayrılmış şekilde ve genelde isimleri verilerek grup üyelerinin " -"listesi. LDAP kullanıcı DN'leri : ile ayrılmalıdır." +msgid "List of group members, usually usernames, separated by commas. The list of LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons." +msgstr "Virgülle ayrılmış şekilde ve genelde isimleri verilerek grup üyelerinin listesi. LDAP kullanıcı DN'leri : ile ayrılmalıdır." #. translators: command line help text for new_groupname option #: src/clients/groups.rb:225 @@ -158,27 +154,18 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>Kimlik doğrulama</b><br>\n" -"Buradan sisteminizdeki kullanıcıların kimlik doğrulama yöntemlerini " -"seçebilirsiniz\n" +"Buradan sisteminizdeki kullanıcıların kimlik doğrulama yöntemlerini seçebilirsiniz\n" "</p>" #. helptext 2/3 #. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 2/2 #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162 -msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Local</b> to authenticate users only by using the local files " -"<i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Yerel</b> seçeneğini kullanırsanız kullanıcıların parolaları <i>/etc/" -"passwd</i> ve <i>/etc/shadow</i> dosyaları kullanılarak doğrulanır.</p>" +msgid "<p>Select <b>Local</b> to authenticate users only by using the local files <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Yerel</b> seçeneğini kullanırsanız kullanıcıların parolaları <i>/etc/passwd</i> ve <i>/etc/shadow</i> dosyaları kullanılarak doğrulanır.</p>" #. optional helptext 2.5/3 (local users continued) #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:133 -msgid "" -"If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to " -"create users based on this source. To do so, select <b>Read User Data from a " -"Previous Installation</b>. This option uses an existing or creates a new " -"home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation." +msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select <b>Read User Data from a Previous Installation</b>. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation." msgstr "" #. radiobutton to select ldap user auth. @@ -224,26 +211,17 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n" -"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. " -"Then\n" +"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n" "press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Kullanıcı verisi için NIS veya LDAP sunucusu kullanıyorsanız ya da " -"kullanıcıları bir NT sunucusu üzerinden doğrulamak istiyorsanız gerekli " -"değeri girin, ve <b>İleri</b> düğmesine basarak istemcinizin " -"yapılandırılmasına devam edin.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Kullanıcı verisi için NIS veya LDAP sunucusu kullanıyorsanız ya da kullanıcıları bir NT sunucusu üzerinden doğrulamak istiyorsanız gerekli değeri girin, ve <b>İleri</b> düğmesine basarak istemcinizin yapılandırılmasına devam edin.</p>" #. helptext 3/3 -- nis & ldap avialable #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:195 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" -"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of " -"your client.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Kullanıcı verisi için NIS, NIS+ veya LDAP sunucusu kullanıyorsanız ilgili " -"değeri seçin, ve <b>İleri</b> düğmesine basarak istemcinizin " -"yapılandırılmasına devam edin.</p>" +"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Kullanıcı verisi için NIS, NIS+ veya LDAP sunucusu kullanıyorsanız ilgili değeri seçin, ve <b>İleri</b> düğmesine basarak istemcinizin yapılandırılmasına devam edin.</p>" #. helptext 3/3 -- samba &ldap available #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:205 @@ -252,29 +230,19 @@ "<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data or if you want to\n" "authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n" "press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Kullanıcı verisi için LDAP sunucusu kullanıyorsanız ya da kullanıcıları " -"bir NT sunucusu üzerinden doğrulamak istiyorsanız gerekli değeri girin, ve " -"<b>İleri</b> düğmesine basarak istemcinizin yapılandırılmasına devam edin.</" -"p>" +msgstr "<p>Kullanıcı verisi için LDAP sunucusu kullanıyorsanız ya da kullanıcıları bir NT sunucusu üzerinden doğrulamak istiyorsanız gerekli değeri girin, ve <b>İleri</b> düğmesine basarak istemcinizin yapılandırılmasına devam edin.</p>" #. helptext 3/3 -- only ldap available #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:215 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" -"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of " -"your client.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Kullanıcı verisi için LDAP sunucusu kullanıyorsanız gerekli değeri girin, " -"ve <b>İleri</b> düğmesine basarak istemcinizin yapılandırılmasına devam edin." -"</p>" +"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Kullanıcı verisi için LDAP sunucusu kullanıyorsanız gerekli değeri girin, ve <b>İleri</b> düğmesine basarak istemcinizin yapılandırılmasına devam edin.</p>" #. helptext: additional kerberos support #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:225 -msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Set Up Kerberos Authentication</b> to configure Kerberos after " -"configuring the user data source.</p>" +msgid "<p>Check <b>Set Up Kerberos Authentication</b> to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source.</p>" msgstr "" #. check box label @@ -386,8 +354,7 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n" -"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and " -"numbers\n" +"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" "reenter it in a second field.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -408,8 +375,7 @@ "<p>\n" "All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n" "Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" -"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or " -"umlauts.\n" +"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" @@ -446,9 +412,7 @@ #. help text for 'test keyboard layout' entry' #: src/clients/inst_root.rb:187 -msgid "" -"<p>To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering " -"text into the <b>Test Keyboard Layout</b> field.</p>" +msgid "<p>To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering text into the <b>Test Keyboard Layout</b> field.</p>" msgstr "" # include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.ycp:120 @@ -615,9 +579,7 @@ #. Help text for password expert dialog #. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5 #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491 -msgid "" -"<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other " -"algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>" msgstr "" #. text entry @@ -702,8 +664,7 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Parola girerken, büyük ve küçük harfleri ayırt ederek kullanmalı ve özel " -"karakterler kullanmamalısınız (aksanlı karakterler gibi).\n" +"Parola girerken, büyük ve küçük harfleri ayırt ederek kullanmalı ve özel karakterler kullanmamalısınız (aksanlı karakterler gibi).\n" "</p>\n" #. help text %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers @@ -711,14 +672,12 @@ #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:448 src/include/users/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be " -"between\n" +"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n" " %2 and %3 characters.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Seçili parola şifrelemesi (%1) ile parolanın uzunluğu %2 ve %3 karakter " -"arasında olmalıdır.\n" +"Seçili parola şifrelemesi (%1) ile parolanın uzunluğu %2 ve %3 karakter arasında olmalıdır.\n" "</p>" # clients/inst_user.ycp:352 @@ -751,30 +710,23 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, " -"and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " -"doing.\n" +"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " -"information.\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>Kullanıcı adı</b> bölümünde sadece harfler (aksansız), rakamlar\n" -"ve <tt>._-</tt> karakterleri kullanılabilir. Ne yaptığınızı kesin olarak " -"bilmediğiniz\n" +"ve <tt>._-</tt> karakterleri kullanılabilir. Ne yaptığınızı kesin olarak bilmediğiniz\n" "takdirde büyük harf kullanmayın. Kullanıcı isimleri parolalardan daha fazla\n" -"kısıtlamalara sahiptir. Bu kısıtlamaları /etc/login.defs dosyasından " -"belirleyebilirsiniz.\n" +"kısıtlamalara sahiptir. Bu kısıtlamaları /etc/login.defs dosyasından belirleyebilirsiniz.\n" "Bilgi için man sayfasını okuyun.\n" "</p>\n" #. help text for main add user dialog #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:473 -msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same " -"password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>" +msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text for main add user dialog @@ -784,14 +736,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with " -"your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure " -"is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n" +"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Otomatik kullanıcı girişi</b><br>\n" -"<b>Kullanıcı girişi</b> işlemi <b>Otomatik kullanıcı girişi</b> seçeneği " -"seçilerek atlanabilir. Böyle bir durumda listeden seçilen kullanıcı sisteme " -"otomatik olarak giriş yapacaktır.</p>\n" +"<b>Kullanıcı girişi</b> işlemi <b>Otomatik kullanıcı girişi</b> seçeneği seçilerek atlanabilir. Böyle bir durumda listeden seçilen kullanıcı sisteme otomatik olarak giriş yapacaktır.</p>\n" #. help text for main add user dialog #. help text 5/7 (only during installation) @@ -799,12 +747,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System " -"Mail</b>.</p>\n" +"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Eğer \"Sistem postası al\" seçeneğini işaretlerseniz root'a postalanan " -"mektuplar bu kullanıcıya da yönlendirilir.</p>\n" +"Eğer \"Sistem postası al\" seçeneğini işaretlerseniz root'a postalanan mektuplar bu kullanıcıya da yönlendirilir.</p>\n" #. Dialog for expert user settings: authentication method as well #. as password encryption (see fate 302980) @@ -969,8 +915,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for home option #: src/clients/users.rb:260 msgid "List of groups of which the user is a member (separated by commas)" -msgstr "" -"Kullanıcının üyesi olacağı grupların listesi (virgül ile ayrılmış olarak)" +msgstr "Kullanıcının üyesi olacağı grupların listesi (virgül ile ayrılmış olarak)" #. translators: command line help text for show option #: src/clients/users.rb:267 @@ -997,12 +942,10 @@ #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Here, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry " -"that were not set in previous dialogs.</p>" +"Here, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry that were not set in previous dialogs.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Buradaki tabloda önceki pencerelerde ayarlanmamış şu anki LDAP girdisinin " -"tüm geçerli özellikleri listelenmiştir.</p>" +"Buradaki tabloda önceki pencerelerde ayarlanmamış şu anki LDAP girdisinin tüm geçerli özellikleri listelenmiştir.</p>" #. helptext 1/3 (don't translate objectclass"), #. %1 is list of values @@ -1026,13 +969,11 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "Edit each attribute using <b>Edit</b>. Some attributes \n" -"could be required, as defined in the user template in the <b>LDAP Client " -"Module</b>.</p>\n" +"could be required, as defined in the user template in the <b>LDAP Client Module</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Her özellik <b>Düzenle</b> düğmesi ile değiştirilebilir. Bazı özellikler \n" -"<b>LDAP istemci modülü</b> içindeki kullanıcı şablonu tarafından gerekli " -"kılınmıştır.</p>\n" +"<b>LDAP istemci modülü</b> içindeki kullanıcı şablonu tarafından gerekli kılınmıştır.</p>\n" #. table header 1/2 #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:235 @@ -1051,10 +992,7 @@ #. helptext #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:91 -msgid "" -"<p>Assign a password policy object to this user in <b>DN of Password Policy " -"object</b>. Activate <b>Reset Password</b> to reset the password of modified " -"user.</p>" +msgid "<p>Assign a password policy object to this user in <b>DN of Password Policy object</b>. Activate <b>Reset Password</b> to reset the password of modified user.</p>" msgstr "" #. check box label @@ -1161,68 +1099,46 @@ #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:97 #, fuzzy msgid "<p>Configure quota settings for the user on selected file systems.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Buradan kullanıcının samba hesabının ayarlarını değiştirebilirsiniz.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Buradan kullanıcının samba hesabının ayarlarını değiştirebilirsiniz.</p>" #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:101 msgid "" "<p>Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 KB blocks the\n" -"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode " -"limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.</" -"p>\n" +"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:105 -msgid "" -"<p>You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. " -"The soft limits define a warning level at which users are informed they are " -"nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write " -"requests are denied.</p>" +msgid "<p>You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. The soft limits define a warning level at which users are informed they are nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write requests are denied.</p>" msgstr "" #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:109 -msgid "" -"<p>As soon as the user has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the " -"grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the user is " -"allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace " -"interval starts immediately.</p>" +msgid "<p>As soon as the user has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the user is allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace interval starts immediately.</p>" msgstr "" #. helptext for quota #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:115 #, fuzzy msgid "<p>Configure quota settings for the group on selected file systems.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Buradan kullanıcının samba hesabının ayarlarını değiştirebilirsiniz.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Buradan kullanıcının samba hesabının ayarlarını değiştirebilirsiniz.</p>" #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:119 msgid "" "<p>Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 kB blocks the\n" -"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode " -"limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.</" -"p>\n" +"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:123 -msgid "" -"<p>You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. " -"The soft limits define a warning level at which groups are informed they are " -"nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write " -"requests are denied.</p>" +msgid "<p>You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. The soft limits define a warning level at which groups are informed they are nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write requests are denied.</p>" msgstr "" #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:127 -msgid "" -"<p>As soon as the group has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the " -"grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the group is " -"allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace " -"interval starts immediately.</p>" +msgid "<p>As soon as the group has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the group is allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace interval starts immediately.</p>" msgstr "" # include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.ycp:288 @@ -1576,8 +1492,7 @@ "'%1' and '%2'\n" "were found. Use them for current user?\n" "\n" -"This means that data from this image will be used instead of current home " -"directory." +"This means that data from this image will be used instead of current home directory." msgstr "" #. popup label, %1 is path to directory @@ -1903,13 +1818,11 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" -"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or " -"umlauts. \n" +"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts. \n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Parola girerken, büyük ve küçük harfleri ayırt ederek kullanmalı ve özel " -"karakterler kullanmamalısınız (aksanlı karakterler gibi).\n" +"Parola girerken, büyük ve küçük harfleri ayırt ederek kullanmalı ve özel karakterler kullanmamalısınız (aksanlı karakterler gibi).\n" "</p>\n" #. Help text 0/6 @@ -1921,8 +1834,7 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Yeni <b>yerel</b> ve <b>sistem</b> kullanıcıları oluşturulurken kullanılacak " -"öntanımlı\n" +"Yeni <b>yerel</b> ve <b>sistem</b> kullanıcıları oluşturulurken kullanılacak öntanımlı\n" "değerleri buradan ayarlayabilirsiniz.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -1958,38 +1870,32 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:123 msgid "" "<p><b>Default Login Shell</b><br>\n" -"The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter " -"your own path to the shell.</P>\n" +"The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter your own path to the shell.</P>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Öntanımlı giriş kabuğu</b><br>\n" -"Yeni kullanıcının giriş kabuğunun ismi. Listeden birini seçin, ya da " -"kendiniz kabuğun bulunduğu yolu yazın.</p>\n" +"Yeni kullanıcının giriş kabuğunun ismi. Listeden birini seçin, ya da kendiniz kabuğun bulunduğu yolu yazın.</p>\n" #. Help text 3/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:127 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Default Home</b><br>\n" -"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is " -"added\n" +"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is added\n" "to the end of this value to create the default name of the home directory.\n" "</P>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Öntanımlı ev dizini</b><br>\n" -"Yeni kullanıcının ev dizininin dizin yolu öneki. Kullanıcı ismi bu değerin " -"sonuna eklenerek bu kullanıcının ev dizini oluşturulur.</p>\n" +"Yeni kullanıcının ev dizininin dizin yolu öneki. Kullanıcı ismi bu değerin sonuna eklenerek bu kullanıcının ev dizini oluşturulur.</p>\n" #. Help text 4/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:134 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Skeleton Directory</b><br>\n" -"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a " -"new user is added. </p>\n" +"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a new user is added. </p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>İskelet dizini</b><br>\n" -"Bu dizinin içeriği yeni bir kullanıcı eklendiğinde o kullanıcının kendi ev " -"dizinine kopyalanır.</p>\n" +"Bu dizinin içeriği yeni bir kullanıcı eklendiğinde o kullanıcının kendi ev dizinine kopyalanır.</p>\n" #. Help text 4.5/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:138 @@ -2004,13 +1910,11 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Expiration Date</b><br>\n" -"The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the " -"format\n" +"The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the format\n" "YYYY-MM-DD. Leave it empty if this account never expires.</P>\n" msgstr "" "<P><B>Eskime tarihi</B><BR>\n" -"Hesabın eskiyeceği tarihi ayarlar. Tarih YYYY-AA-GG düzeninde olmalıdır. Bu " -"hesap hiç eskimeyecek ise boş bırakın.</P>\n" +"Hesabın eskiyeceği tarihi ayarlar. Tarih YYYY-AA-GG düzeninde olmalıdır. Bu hesap hiç eskimeyecek ise boş bırakın.</P>\n" #. Help text 6/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:149 @@ -2073,8 +1977,7 @@ msgstr "" "<P><B><BIG>Kayıt işleminin durdurulması:</BIG></B><BR>\n" "<B>Durdur</B> düğmesine basarak kayıt işlemini durdurabilirsiniz.\n" -"Bir pencere size durdurma işleminin güvenli olup olmadığı hakkında bilgi " -"verecek.\n" +"Bir pencere size durdurma işleminin güvenli olup olmadığı hakkında bilgi verecek.\n" "</P>\n" #. help text 1/7 @@ -2089,8 +1992,7 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>Ad</b>, <b>Soyad</b> ve <b>Kullanıcı adı</b> karşısında kalan alanları\n" -"doldurup verdiğiniz <b>Parola</b> ile yeni bir kullanıcı " -"oluşturabilirsiniz.\n" +"doldurup verdiğiniz <b>Parola</b> ile yeni bir kullanıcı oluşturabilirsiniz.\n" "</p>\n" #. help text 2/7 @@ -2101,19 +2003,15 @@ "Create the <b>Username</b> from components of the full name by\n" "clicking <b>Suggestion</b>. It may be modified, but use only\n" "letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " -"doing.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " -"information.\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>Kullanıcı adı</b> bölümü <b>Öneri</b> düğmesine basılarak tam isminizden\n" -"oluşturulabilir. Bu girdi değiştirilebilir, ancak sadece harfler (aksansız), " -"rakamlar\n" -"ve <tt>._-</tt> karakterleri kullanılabilir. Ne yaptığınızı kesin olarak " -"bilmediğiniz\n" +"oluşturulabilir. Bu girdi değiştirilebilir, ancak sadece harfler (aksansız), rakamlar\n" +"ve <tt>._-</tt> karakterleri kullanılabilir. Ne yaptığınızı kesin olarak bilmediğiniz\n" "takdirde büyük harf kullanmayın. Kullanıcı isimleri parolalardan daha fazla\n" "kısıtlamalara sahiptir.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -2125,32 +2023,24 @@ "<p>\n" "For the <b>Username</b>, use only\n" "letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " -"doing.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " -"information.\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>Kullanıcı adı</b> bölümünde sadece harfler (aksansız), rakamlar\n" -"ve <tt>._-</tt> karakterleri kullanılabilir. Ne yaptığınızı kesin olarak " -"bilmediğiniz\n" +"ve <tt>._-</tt> karakterleri kullanılabilir. Ne yaptığınızı kesin olarak bilmediğiniz\n" "takdirde büyük harf kullanmayın. Kullanıcı isimleri parolalardan daha fazla\n" -"kısıtlamalara sahiptir. Bu kısıtlamaları /etc/login.defs dosyasından " -"belirleyebilirsiniz.\n" +"kısıtlamalara sahiptir. Bu kısıtlamaları /etc/login.defs dosyasından belirleyebilirsiniz.\n" "Bilgi için man sayfasını okuyun.\n" "</p>\n" #. help text 6/7 (only during installation) #: src/include/users/helps.rb:269 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>Press <b>User Management</b> to add more users or groups to your system.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Ek kullanıcı ve gruplar</b> düğmesi ile sisteme başka kullanıcı ve " -"gruplar ekleyebilirsiniz.</p>" +msgid "<p>Press <b>User Management</b> to add more users or groups to your system.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Ek kullanıcı ve gruplar</b> düğmesi ile sisteme başka kullanıcı ve gruplar ekleyebilirsiniz.</p>" #. alternative help text 4/7 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:278 @@ -2170,12 +2060,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, " -"click <b>Password Settings</b>.</p>\n" +"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, click <b>Password Settings</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Bu kullanıcının (eskime süresi gibi) parola ayarları için <b>Parola " -"ayarları</b> düğmesine basın.</p>\n" +"Bu kullanıcının (eskime süresi gibi) parola ayarları için <b>Parola ayarları</b> düğmesine basın.</p>\n" #. help text 7/7 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:296 @@ -2244,8 +2132,7 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Password:</b>\n" -"To require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves " -"when\n" +"To require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves when\n" "switching to this group (see the man page of <tt>newgrp</tt>), assign a\n" "password to this group. For security reasons, this password is not shown\n" "here. This entry is not required.\n" @@ -2293,9 +2180,7 @@ msgid "" "The second list shows users for which this group is the default\n" " group. The default group can only be changed by editing the user." -msgstr "" -"İkinci listede bu grubu temel grubu olarak kullanan kullanıcılar " -"listelenmiştir. Bu liste buradan değiştirilemez." +msgstr "İkinci listede bu grubu temel grubu olarak kullanan kullanıcılar listelenmiştir. Bu liste buradan değiştirilemez." # clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:156 #. help text 1/8 @@ -2365,9 +2250,7 @@ #. help text for user's home directory mode #: src/include/users/helps.rb:430 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>Optionally, set the <b>Home Directory Permission Mode</b> for this user's " -"home directory different from the default.</p>" +msgid "<p>Optionally, set the <b>Home Directory Permission Mode</b> for this user's home directory different from the default.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Boş bir ev dizini oluşturmak için <b>Boş ev dizini</b> seçeneğini\n" "işaretleyin. Bu seçenek seçilmemişse ev dizini (%1) temel alınarak\n" @@ -2387,33 +2270,22 @@ #. help text for Move to new location checkbox #: src/include/users/helps.rb:452 -msgid "" -"<p>If changing the location of a user's home directory, move the contents of " -"the current directory with <b>Move to New Location</b>, activated by " -"default. Otherwise a new home directory is created without any of the " -"existing data.</p>" +msgid "<p>If changing the location of a user's home directory, move the contents of the current directory with <b>Move to New Location</b>, activated by default. Otherwise a new home directory is created without any of the existing data.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text for directory encryption #: src/include/users/helps.rb:464 msgid "" "<p>To encrypt the user's home directory, enable <b>Use Encrypted Home\n" -"Directory</b> and set the directory size. Encrypting a user's home " -"directory\n" -"does not provide strong security from other users. If this machine is " -"shared\n" +"Directory</b> and set the directory size. Encrypting a user's home directory\n" +"does not provide strong security from other users. If this machine is shared\n" "among multiple users, it may be possible for a user to compromise system\n" -"security by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted " -"data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically " -"shared.</p>" +"security by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically shared.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text for directory encryption #: src/include/users/helps.rb:476 -msgid "" -"<p>Home directories cannot be encrypted if a fingerprint reader device is " -"used. To encrypt the user's home directory, disable fingerprint " -"configuration first.</p>" +msgid "<p>Home directories cannot be encrypted if a fingerprint reader device is used. To encrypt the user's home directory, disable fingerprint configuration first.</p>" msgstr "" #. alternate helptext 5/8 @@ -2424,8 +2296,7 @@ "file server.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Bir LDAP kullanıcısının ev dizini sadece dosya sunucusundan " -"değiştirilebilir.\n" +"Bir LDAP kullanıcısının ev dizini sadece dosya sunucusundan değiştirilebilir.\n" "</p>" #. alternate helptext 5/8 @@ -2439,10 +2310,8 @@ "shown when you use the <i>finger</i> command on this user.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Ek kullanıcı bilgisi</b>\n" -"Kullanıcılar için bazı ek bilgiler buradan girilebilir. Bu alan virgülle " -"ayrılmış\n" -"en fazla üç bölümden oluşabilir. Standart kullanımı <i>ofis</i>,<i>iş " -"telefonu</i>,\n" +"Kullanıcılar için bazı ek bilgiler buradan girilebilir. Bu alan virgülle ayrılmış\n" +"en fazla üç bölümden oluşabilir. Standart kullanımı <i>ofis</i>,<i>iş telefonu</i>,\n" "<i>ev telefonu</i> dur. Bu bilgi bu kullanıcı üzerinde <i>finger</i> komutu\n" "kullanıldığında gösterilir.</p>\n" @@ -2514,12 +2383,8 @@ #. helptext for plugin dialog 3/3 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:552 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>Start the detailed configuration of a particular plug-in by selecting " -"<b>Launch</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Başlat</b> düğmesine basarak bir eklentinin yapılandırmasını " -"başlatabilirsiniz.</p>" +msgid "<p>Start the detailed configuration of a particular plug-in by selecting <b>Launch</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Başlat</b> düğmesine basarak bir eklentinin yapılandırmasını başlatabilirsiniz.</p>" #. help texts 1/1 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:562 @@ -2576,8 +2441,7 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:595 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<P><B>Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password</B><BR>Set how many days " -"a user \n" +"<P><B>Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password</B><BR>Set how many days a user \n" "can use the same password before it expires.</P>\n" msgstr "" "<P><B>Parolanın ömrü</B><BR> Bir kullanıcının aynı parolayı\n" @@ -2587,8 +2451,7 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:599 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<P><B>Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password</B><BR>Set the minimum " -"age of \n" +"<P><B>Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password</B><BR>Set the minimum age of \n" "a password before a user is allowed to change it.</P>\n" msgstr "" "<P><B>Parolanın en küçük yaşı</B><BR>Kullanıcının değiştirmesine izin\n" @@ -2627,94 +2490,63 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Changing the Values</b><br>\n" -"You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the " -"module with <b>Configure</b>.\n" +"You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the module with <b>Configure</b>.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>Değerleri değiştirmek</b><br>\n" -"Buradaki ayarları ilgili modülleri çalıştırarak düzenleyebilirsiniz. " -"<b>Yapılandır</b> düğmesiyle modülü seçin.\n" +"Buradaki ayarları ilgili modülleri çalıştırarak düzenleyebilirsiniz. <b>Yapılandır</b> düğmesiyle modülü seçin.\n" "</p>\n" #. help text for Password Policy Dialog #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:62 -msgid "" -"<p>Select the <b>Password Change Policies</b>, <b>Password Aging Policies</" -"b>, and <b>Lockout Policies</b> tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups " -"of attributes to configure.</p>" +msgid "<p>Select the <b>Password Change Policies</b>, <b>Password Aging Policies</b>, and <b>Lockout Policies</b> tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups of attributes to configure.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text for pwdInHistory attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:70 -msgid "" -"<p>Specify the <b>Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History</b> to set " -"how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not " -"be used.</p>" +msgid "<p>Specify the <b>Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History</b> to set how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not be used.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text for pwdMustChange attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:74 -msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>User Must Change Password after Reset</b> to force users to " -"change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an " -"administrator.</p>" +msgid "<p>Check <b>User Must Change Password after Reset</b> to force users to change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an administrator.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text for pwdAllowUserChange attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:78 -msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>User Can Change Password</b> to allow users to change their " -"passwords.</p>" +msgid "<p>Check <b>User Can Change Password</b> to allow users to change their passwords.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text for pwdSafeModify attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:82 -msgid "" -"<p>If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, " -"check <b>Old Password Required for Password Change</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, check <b>Old Password Required for Password Change</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text for pwdCheckQuality attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:86 -msgid "" -"<p>Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords " -"are modified or added. Select <b>No Checking</b> if passwords should not be " -"checked at all. With <b>Accept Uncheckable Passwords</b>, passwords are " -"accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has " -"provided an encrypted password. With <b>Only Accept Checked Passwords</b> " -"passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be " -"checked.</p>" +msgid "<p>Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords are modified or added. Select <b>No Checking</b> if passwords should not be checked at all. With <b>Accept Uncheckable Passwords</b>, passwords are accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has provided an encrypted password. With <b>Only Accept Checked Passwords</b> passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be checked.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text for pwdMinLength attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:90 -msgid "" -"Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in " -"<b>Minimum Password Length</b>.</p>" +msgid "Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in <b>Minimum Password Length</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text for pwdMinAge attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:94 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Minimum Password Age</b> sets how much time must pass between " -"modifications to the password.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Minimum Password Age</b> sets how much time must pass between modifications to the password.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text for pwdMaxAge attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:98 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Maximum Password Age</b> sets how long after modification a password " -"expires.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Maximum Password Age</b> sets how long after modification a password expires.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text for pwdExpireWarning attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:102 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>In <b>Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning</b> set how long " -"before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages " -"should be given to an authenticating user.</p>" +msgid "<p>In <b>Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning</b> set how long before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages should be given to an authenticating user.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>Eskimeden önce uyar</B><BR>\n" @@ -2724,39 +2556,27 @@ #. help text for pwdGraceAuthNLimit attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:106 -msgid "" -"<p>Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate " -"in <b>Allowed Uses of an Expired Password</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate in <b>Allowed Uses of an Expired Password</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text for pwdLockout attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:110 -msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Enable Password Locking</b> to forbid use of a password after a " -"specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts.</p>" +msgid "<p>Check <b>Enable Password Locking</b> to forbid use of a password after a specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text for pwdMaxFailure attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:114 -msgid "" -"<p>Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the " -"password may not be used to authenticate in <b>Bind Failures to Lock the " -"Password</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the password may not be used to authenticate in <b>Bind Failures to Lock the Password</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text for pwdLockoutDuration attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:118 -msgid "" -"<p>Set how long the password cannot be used in <b>Password Lock Duration</b>." -"</p>" +msgid "<p>Set how long the password cannot be used in <b>Password Lock Duration</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text for pwdFailureCountInterval attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:122 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Bind Failures Cache Duration</b> sets how long before password " -"failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful " -"authentication has occurred.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Bind Failures Cache Duration</b> sets how long before password failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful authentication has occurred.</p>" msgstr "" # include/security/ui.ycp:791 @@ -2934,8 +2754,7 @@ #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:675 msgid "" "<p>Press <b>Configure</b> to configure settings stored on the\n" -"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet " -"or\n" +"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n" "have changed your configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -2950,8 +2769,7 @@ #. password policy help #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:683 msgid "" -"<p>Configure the selected password policy with <b>Edit</b>. Use <b>Add</b> " -"to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" +"<p>Configure the selected password policy with <b>Edit</b>. Use <b>Add</b> to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" " if the password policies are already enabled on the LDAP server.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -3279,16 +3097,13 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.\n" -"<b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but " -"it\n" +"<b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but it\n" "restricts passwords to eight characters or less.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Yerel kullanıcılar ve sistem kullanıcıları için kullanılacak parola " -"şifreleme yöntemini seçin.\n" -"<b>DES</b>, Linux'un öntanımlı yöntemidir, tüm ağ birimlerinde çalışır, " -"fakat\n" +"Yerel kullanıcılar ve sistem kullanıcıları için kullanılacak parola şifreleme yöntemini seçin.\n" +"<b>DES</b>, Linux'un öntanımlı yöntemidir, tüm ağ birimlerinde çalışır, fakat\n" "parola uzunluğunu sekiz karakterle sınırlı tutar.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -3330,16 +3145,13 @@ #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:586 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p>It seems that you are running a NIS server. In some network " -"environments,\n" +"<p>It seems that you are running a NIS server. In some network environments,\n" "you might be unable to log in to a NIS client when a user password is\n" "encrypted with a method other than DES.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Bir NIS sunucusu çalıştırdığınız gözüküyor. Bazı ağ ortamlarında " -"şifreleme\n" -"metodu DES'den farklı olursa bir NIS istemcisinden sisteme " -"giremeyebilirsiniz.\n" +"<p>Bir NIS sunucusu çalıştırdığınız gözüküyor. Bazı ağ ortamlarında şifreleme\n" +"metodu DES'den farklı olursa bir NIS istemcisinden sisteme giremeyebilirsiniz.\n" "</p>\n" #. help text 3/3 @@ -3364,26 +3176,19 @@ #. helptext 2/4 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:730 -msgid "" -"<p>Here, extend the search filters for users and groups beyond the default " -"search filters.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Burada öntanımlı arama filtrelerinin ötesinde kullanıcı ve gruplar için " -"arama filtrelerini genişletebilirsiniz.</p>" +msgid "<p>Here, extend the search filters for users and groups beyond the default search filters.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Burada öntanımlı arama filtrelerinin ötesinde kullanıcı ve gruplar için arama filtrelerini genişletebilirsiniz.</p>" #. helptext 3/4 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:734 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>With <b>Default</b>, load the default filter from the user and group\n" -"configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' " -"attributes).\n" +"configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' attributes).\n" "If you are not connected yet, you are prompted for the password.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Öntanımlı</b> seçeneği ile kullanıcı ve grup yapılandırma " -"modüllerindeki\n" -"LDAP sunucusunda kayıtlı öntanımlı filtreleri yükleyebilirsiniz " -"('susesearchfilter' seçeneği).\n" +"<p><b>Öntanımlı</b> seçeneği ile kullanıcı ve grup yapılandırma modüllerindeki\n" +"LDAP sunucusunda kayıtlı öntanımlı filtreleri yükleyebilirsiniz ('susesearchfilter' seçeneği).\n" "Sunucuya bağlı değilseniz şifre sorulacaktır.</p>\n" #. helptext 4/4 (do not translate the value (written as <tt> font)) @@ -3493,13 +3298,11 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM " -"as the login manager.\n" +"The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM as the login manager.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "-<p>\n" -"Aşağıdaki özellikler sadece kullanıcı girişi yöneticisi olarak KDM " -"kullanılıyorsa geçerli olacaktır.\n" +"Aşağıdaki özellikler sadece kullanıcı girişi yöneticisi olarak KDM kullanılıyorsa geçerli olacaktır.\n" "</p>\n" #. helptext 2/3 @@ -3507,13 +3310,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Auto Login</b><br>\n" -"By setting <b>Auto Login</b>, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from " -"the list is logged in automatically.</p>\n" +"By setting <b>Auto Login</b>, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from the list is logged in automatically.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Otomatik kullanıcı girişi</b><br>\n" -"<b>Kullanıcı girişi</b> işlemi <b>Otomatik kullanıcı girişi</b> seçeneği " -"seçilerek atlanabilir. Böyle bir durumda listeden seçilen kullanıcı sisteme " -"otomatik olarak giriş yapacaktır.</p>\n" +"<b>Kullanıcı girişi</b> işlemi <b>Otomatik kullanıcı girişi</b> seçeneği seçilerek atlanabilir. Böyle bir durumda listeden seçilen kullanıcı sisteme otomatik olarak giriş yapacaktır.</p>\n" #. helptext 3/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:979 @@ -3521,13 +3321,11 @@ msgid "" "<p><b>Passwordless Logins</b><br>\n" "If this option is checked, all users are allowed to log in without entering\n" -"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user " -"to log in automatically.</p>\n" +"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user to log in automatically.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Parolasız kullanıcı girişi</b><br>\n" "Bu seçenek işaretliyse tüm kullanıcıların parola girmeden sisteme giriş\n" -"yapmasına izin verilir. Bu seçenek işaretli değilse otomatik kullanıcı " -"girişi ayarlanmış olsa bile parola sorulacaktır.</p>\n" +"yapmasına izin verilir. Bu seçenek işaretli değilse otomatik kullanıcı girişi ayarlanmış olsa bile parola sorulacaktır.</p>\n" #. dialog label #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1004 @@ -3556,8 +3354,7 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1126 msgid "Cannot delete the user %1. It must be done on the NIS server." -msgstr "" -"%1 kullanıcısı silinemiyor. Bu işlem NIS sunucusu üzerinden yapılmalıdır." +msgstr "%1 kullanıcısı silinemiyor. Bu işlem NIS sunucusu üzerinden yapılmalıdır." #. Continue/Cancel popup #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1135 @@ -3704,15 +3501,13 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Linux is a multiuser system. Several different users can be logged in to " -"the\n" +"Linux is a multiuser system. Several different users can be logged in to the\n" "system at the same time. To avoid confusion, each user must have\n" "a unique identity. Additionally, every user belongs to at least one group.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Linux <b>çok kullanıcılı</b> bir sistem olduğu için aynı anda birden fazla " -"kullanıcı\n" +"Linux <b>çok kullanıcılı</b> bir sistem olduğu için aynı anda birden fazla kullanıcı\n" "sisteme girebilir. Verilerin karışmasını engellemek için her kullanıcıya\n" "ona özgü bir tanıtıcı verilmesi gerekir. Ayrıca, her kullanıcı en az bir\n" "gruba üye olmalıdır.\n" @@ -3723,15 +3518,12 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently " -"shown in the table with <b>Set Filter</b>.\n" +"Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently shown in the table with <b>Set Filter</b>.\n" "Customize your view with <b>Customize Filter</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Kullanıcı ve gruplar çeşitli setler ile sıraya konur. Şu anki tablodaki seti " -"değiştirmek için <b>Filtre koy</b> düğmesine basın.\n" -"Ayrıca <b>Filtre özelleştir</b> düğmesi ile şu anki görüş filrenizi " -"özelleştirebilirsiniz.</p>\n" +"Kullanıcı ve gruplar çeşitli setler ile sıraya konur. Şu anki tablodaki seti değiştirmek için <b>Filtre koy</b> düğmesine basın.\n" +"Ayrıca <b>Filtre özelleştir</b> düğmesi ile şu anki görüş filrenizi özelleştirebilirsiniz.</p>\n" #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1541 @@ -3739,15 +3531,13 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "Click <b>Expert Options</b> to edit various expert settings, such as\n" -"password encryption type, user authentication method, default values for " -"new\n" +"password encryption type, user authentication method, default values for new\n" "users, or login settings. With <b>Write Changes Now</b>, save\n" "all changes made so far without exiting the configuration module.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Parola şifreleme metodu, kimlik doğrulama metodu, yeni kullanıcılar\n" -"için öntanımlı değerler ve kullanıcı girişi ayarları gibi bazı ileri " -"ayarları\n" +"için öntanımlı değerler ve kullanıcı girişi ayarları gibi bazı ileri ayarları\n" "yapmak için <b>Uzman seçenekleri</b> düğmesine basın.\n" "<b>Değişiklikleri şimdi yaz</b> düğmesi ile yapılandırma modülünden\n" "çıkmadan yaptığınız değişiklikleri kaydedebilirsiniz.</p>\n" @@ -3825,8 +3615,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" -"Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify " -"groups.\n" +"Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify groups.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -3842,8 +3631,7 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Kullanıcı yönetimi penceresine geçmek için <b>Kullanıcılar</b> düğmesine " -"basın.\n" +"Kullanıcı yönetimi penceresine geçmek için <b>Kullanıcılar</b> düğmesine basın.\n" "</p>\n" #. help text 3/4 @@ -4465,8 +4253,7 @@ #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:491 #, fuzzy msgid "Correct them manually before running the YaST users module again." -msgstr "" -"YaST2 kullanıcı modülünü yeniden başlatmadan önce bunları elle düzeltin." +msgstr "YaST2 kullanıcı modülünü yeniden başlatmadan önce bunları elle düzeltin." #. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is username, %3 is next sentence (2/2) #. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is username, %3 is next sentence (2/2) @@ -5248,17 +5035,14 @@ #: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:540 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English " -"keyboard\n" +"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English keyboard\n" "layout. In cases of system error, it may be necessary to log in without a\n" "localized keyboard layout.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Parola için sadece İngilizce klavye düzeninde bulunan karakterler kullanın. " -"Bir sistem\n" -"hatası ortaya çıkması durumunda yerelleştirilmemiş bir klavye düzeniyle " -"sisteme giriş\n" +"Parola için sadece İngilizce klavye düzeninde bulunan karakterler kullanın. Bir sistem\n" +"hatası ortaya çıkması durumunda yerelleştirilmemiş bir klavye düzeniyle sisteme giriş\n" "yapmanız gerekebilir.\n" "</p>" @@ -5527,15 +5311,9 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you " -#~ "want\n" -#~ "to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value." -#~ "</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Kullanıcı verisi için NIS veya LDAP sunucusu kullanıyorsanız ya da " -#~ "kullanıcıları bir NT sunucusu üzerinden doğrulamak istiyorsanız gerekli " -#~ "değeri girin, ve <b>İleri</b> düğmesine basarak istemcinizin " -#~ "yapılandırılmasına devam edin.</p>" +#~ "<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n" +#~ "to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Kullanıcı verisi için NIS veya LDAP sunucusu kullanıyorsanız ya da kullanıcıları bir NT sunucusu üzerinden doğrulamak istiyorsanız gerekli değeri girin, ve <b>İleri</b> düğmesine basarak istemcinizin yapılandırılmasına devam edin.</p>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "The authentication method is %1." @@ -5637,8 +5415,7 @@ #~ "You have used a palindrom for the password.\n" #~ "This is not a good security practice. Really use this password?" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Parolada bir palindrom (düz ve tersten aynı şekilde okunan kelime) " -#~ "kullandınız.\n" +#~ "Parolada bir palindrom (düz ve tersten aynı şekilde okunan kelime) kullandınız.\n" #~ "Bu güvenli bir parola seçimi değildir. Parola buna rağmen kullanılsın mı?" #~ msgid "" @@ -5749,16 +5526,14 @@ #~ "There are multiple users with the same UID (\"%2\") in the file %1.\n" #~ "%3" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "%1 dosyasında aynı kullanıcı belirticisi (UID) ile (\"%2\") birden fazla " -#~ "kullanıcı mevcut.\n" +#~ "%1 dosyasında aynı kullanıcı belirticisi (UID) ile (\"%2\") birden fazla kullanıcı mevcut.\n" #~ "%3" #~ msgid "" #~ "There are multiple groups with the same GID (\"%2\") in the file %1.\n" #~ "%3" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "%1 dosyasında aynı grup belirticisi (GID) ile (\"%2\") birden fazla grup " -#~ "mevcut.\n" +#~ "%1 dosyasında aynı grup belirticisi (GID) ile (\"%2\") birden fazla grup mevcut.\n" #~ "%3" #~ msgid "Reading the default system setttings..." @@ -5974,12 +5749,8 @@ #~ msgid "Set the Default Values for Adding New User" #~ msgstr "Yeni kullanıcı eklemek için öntanımlı değerleri girin" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "List of group members, usually user names, separated by commas. The list " -#~ "of LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Virgülle ayrılmış şekilde ve genelde isimleri verilerek grup üyelerinin " -#~ "listesi. LDAP kullanıcı DN'leri : ile ayrılmalıdır." +#~ msgid "List of group members, usually user names, separated by commas. The list of LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons." +#~ msgstr "Virgülle ayrılmış şekilde ve genelde isimleri verilerek grup üyelerinin listesi. LDAP kullanıcı DN'leri : ile ayrılmalıdır." #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>\n" @@ -6005,21 +5776,17 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b>Skeleton Directory</b><br>\n" -#~ "The contents of this directory will be copied to a user's home directory " -#~ "when a new user is added. </p>\n" +#~ "The contents of this directory will be copied to a user's home directory when a new user is added. </p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>İskelet dizini</b><br>\n" -#~ "Bu dizinin içeriği yeni bir kullanıcı eklendiğinde o kullanıcının kendi " -#~ "ev dizinine kopyalanır.</p>\n" +#~ "Bu dizinin içeriği yeni bir kullanıcı eklendiğinde o kullanıcının kendi ev dizinine kopyalanır.</p>\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b>Expiration Date</b><br>\n" -#~ "The date on which the user account is disabled. Date must be in the " -#~ "format YYYY-MM-DD. Leave empty if this account never expires.</P>\n" +#~ "The date on which the user account is disabled. Date must be in the format YYYY-MM-DD. Leave empty if this account never expires.</P>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P><B>Eskime tarihi</B><BR>\n" -#~ "Hesabın eskiyeceği tarihi ayarlar. Tarih YYYY-AA-GG düzeninde olmalıdır. " -#~ "Bu hesap hiç eskimeyecek ise boş bırakın.</P>\n" +#~ "Hesabın eskiyeceği tarihi ayarlar. Tarih YYYY-AA-GG düzeninde olmalıdır. Bu hesap hiç eskimeyecek ise boş bırakın.</P>\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Initializing users configuration</BIG></B><BR>\n" @@ -6032,8 +5799,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<P><B><BIG>Aborting the initialization:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -#~ "You can safely abort the configuration utility by pressing the <B>Abort</" -#~ "B>\n" +#~ "You can safely abort the configuration utility by pressing the <B>Abort</B>\n" #~ "button now.\n" #~ "</P>" #~ msgstr "" @@ -6050,24 +5816,20 @@ #~ "</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "<b>Ad</b>, <b>Soyad</b> ve <b>Kullanıcı adı</b> karşısında kalan " -#~ "alanları\n" -#~ "doldurup verdiğiniz <b>Parola</b> ile yeni bir kullanıcı " -#~ "oluşturabilirsiniz.\n" +#~ "<b>Ad</b>, <b>Soyad</b> ve <b>Kullanıcı adı</b> karşısında kalan alanları\n" +#~ "doldurup verdiğiniz <b>Parola</b> ile yeni bir kullanıcı oluşturabilirsiniz.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "If you fill out the fields <b>Full User Name</b> and <b>User Login</b>, a " -#~ "new\n" +#~ "If you fill out the fields <b>Full User Name</b> and <b>User Login</b>, a new\n" #~ "user account is created with the <b>Password</b> given in\n" #~ "the corresponding field.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "<b>Tam ad</b> ve <b>Kullanıcı adı</b> karşısında kalan alanları\n" -#~ "doldurup verdiğiniz <b>Parola</b> ile yeni bir kullanıcı " -#~ "oluşturabilirsiniz.\n" +#~ "doldurup verdiğiniz <b>Parola</b> ile yeni bir kullanıcı oluşturabilirsiniz.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -6075,23 +5837,16 @@ #~ "Create the <b>User Login</b> from components of the full name by\n" #~ "clicking <b>Suggestion</b>. It may be modified, but use only\n" #~ "letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>\n" -#~ "Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you really know what " -#~ "you are doing.\n" -#~ "User names have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine " -#~ "the\n" -#~ "restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " -#~ "information.\n" +#~ "Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you really know what you are doing.\n" +#~ "User names have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" +#~ "restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "<b>Kullanıcı adı</b> bölümü <b>Öneri</b> düğmesine basılarak tam " -#~ "isminizden\n" -#~ "oluşturulabilir. Bu girdi değiştirilebilir, ancak sadece harfler " -#~ "(aksansız), rakamlar\n" -#~ "ve <tt>._-</tt> karakterleri kullanılabilir. Ne yaptığınızı kesin olarak " -#~ "bilmediğiniz\n" -#~ "takdirde büyük harf kullanmayın. Kullanıcı isimleri parolalardan daha " -#~ "fazla\n" +#~ "<b>Kullanıcı adı</b> bölümü <b>Öneri</b> düğmesine basılarak tam isminizden\n" +#~ "oluşturulabilir. Bu girdi değiştirilebilir, ancak sadece harfler (aksansız), rakamlar\n" +#~ "ve <tt>._-</tt> karakterleri kullanılabilir. Ne yaptığınızı kesin olarak bilmediğiniz\n" +#~ "takdirde büyük harf kullanmayın. Kullanıcı isimleri parolalardan daha fazla\n" #~ "kısıtlamalara sahiptir.\n" #~ "</p>\n" @@ -6103,22 +5858,17 @@ #~ "</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Eğer Linux ile çalışmak istiyorsanız, önce <b>Kullanıcı adınızı</b> ve " -#~ "parolanızı\n" +#~ "Eğer Linux ile çalışmak istiyorsanız, önce <b>Kullanıcı adınızı</b> ve parolanızı\n" #~ "girmeniz gerekir. Bu işleme <b>kullanıcı girişi yapmak</b> denir.\n" #~ "</p>\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "The <b>login</b> procedure could be skipped if <b>Auto Login</b> is set. " -#~ "In such a case, this user is logged in automatically. This feature is " -#~ "only\n" +#~ "The <b>login</b> procedure could be skipped if <b>Auto Login</b> is set. In such a case, this user is logged in automatically. This feature is only\n" #~ "available when using KDM as a login manager.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" -#~ "<b>Kullanıcı girişi</b> işlemi <b>Otomatik kullanıcı girişi</b> seçeneği " -#~ "kullanılarak atlanabilir. Böyle bir durumda kullanıcı sisteme otomatik " -#~ "olarak giriş yapar. Bu özellik sadece\n" +#~ "<b>Kullanıcı girişi</b> işlemi <b>Otomatik kullanıcı girişi</b> seçeneği kullanılarak atlanabilir. Böyle bir durumda kullanıcı sisteme otomatik olarak giriş yapar. Bu özellik sadece\n" #~ "kullanıcı girişi yöneticisi olarak KDM seçiliyken mevcuttur.</p>\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -6178,12 +5928,8 @@ #~ "Bu grubun üyesi olacak kullanıcıları seçin.\n" #~ "</p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The second list shows users for which this group is the default group. " -#~ "This list cannot be edited here." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "İkinci listede bu grubu temel grubu olarak kullanan kullanıcılar " -#~ "listelenmiştir. Bu liste buradan değiştirilemez." +#~ msgid "The second list shows users for which this group is the default group. This list cannot be edited here." +#~ msgstr "İkinci listede bu grubu temel grubu olarak kullanan kullanıcılar listelenmiştir. Bu liste buradan değiştirilemez." #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>\n" @@ -6231,19 +5977,15 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b>Additional Information</b>\n" -#~ "Some additional user data could be set here. These field may contain up " -#~ "to\n" +#~ "Some additional user data could be set here. These field may contain up to\n" #~ "three parts separated by commas. The standard usage is to write\n" #~ "<i>office</i>,<i>work phone</i>,<i>home phone</i>. This information will\n" #~ "be shown when you use the <i>finger</i> command on this user.</p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p><b>Ek kullanıcı bilgisi</b>\n" -#~ "Kullanıcılar için bazı ek bilgiler buradan girilebilir. Bu alan virgülle " -#~ "ayrılmış\n" -#~ "en fazla üç bölümden oluşabilir. Standart kullanımı <i>ofis</i>,<i>iş " -#~ "telefonu</i>,\n" -#~ "<i>ev telefonu</i> dur. Bu bilgi bu kullanıcı üzerinde <i>finger</i> " -#~ "komutu\n" +#~ "Kullanıcılar için bazı ek bilgiler buradan girilebilir. Bu alan virgülle ayrılmış\n" +#~ "en fazla üç bölümden oluşabilir. Standart kullanımı <i>ofis</i>,<i>iş telefonu</i>,\n" +#~ "<i>ev telefonu</i> dur. Bu bilgi bu kullanıcı üzerinde <i>finger</i> komutu\n" #~ "kullanıldığında gösterilir.</p>\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -6314,17 +6056,8 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>\n" #~ "<b>Kimlik doğrulama</b><br>\n" -#~ "Buradan sisteminizdeki kullanıcıların kimlik doğrulama yöntemlerini " -#~ "seçebilirsiniz\n" +#~ "Buradan sisteminizdeki kullanıcıların kimlik doğrulama yöntemlerini seçebilirsiniz\n" #~ "</p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you " -#~ "want to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate " -#~ "value. Then continue with configuration of your client after pressing " -#~ "<b>Next</b>.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Kullanıcı verisi için NIS veya LDAP sunucusu kullanıyorsanız ya da " -#~ "kullanıcıları bir NT sunucusu üzerinden doğrulamak istiyorsanız gerekli " -#~ "değeri girin, ve <b>İleri</b> düğmesine basarak istemcinizin " -#~ "yapılandırılmasına devam edin.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then continue with configuration of your client after pressing <b>Next</b>.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Kullanıcı verisi için NIS veya LDAP sunucusu kullanıyorsanız ya da kullanıcıları bir NT sunucusu üzerinden doğrulamak istiyorsanız gerekli değeri girin, ve <b>İleri</b> düğmesine basarak istemcinizin yapılandırılmasına devam edin.</p>" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/vm.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/vm.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/vm.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -36,9 +36,7 @@ #. check for kernel-bigsmp #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:157 -msgid "" -"x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your " -"architecture is " +msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is " msgstr "" #. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported @@ -73,31 +71,22 @@ #. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:213 -msgid "" -"<p><big><b>VM Server Configuration</b></big></p><p>Configuration of the VM " -"Server (domain 0) has two parts.</p>" +msgid "<p><big><b>VM Server Configuration</b></big></p><p>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts.</p>" msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:217 -msgid "" -"<p>The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot " -"loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is " -"added to the boot loader menu if it is missing.</p>" +msgid "<p>The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing.</p>" msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 -msgid "" -"<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to " -"boot Xen and the Linux kernel.</p>" +msgid "<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel.</p>" msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:225 -msgid "" -"<p>When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM " -"Server from the boot loader menu.</p>" +msgid "<p>When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu.</p>" msgstr "" # clients/online_update_start.ycp:171 @@ -222,9 +211,7 @@ msgstr "Ethernet ağ kartı" #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:496 -msgid "" -"<p>For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network " -"bridge is recommended.</p><p>Configure a default network bridge?</p>" +msgid "<p>For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.</p><p>Configure a default network bridge?</p>" msgstr "" #. Firewall stage - modify the firewall setting, add the xen bridge to FW_FORWARD_ALWAYS_INOUT_DEV @@ -241,15 +228,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:560 -msgid "" -"KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native " -"kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." +msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." msgstr "" #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:563 -msgid "" -"For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in " -"the boot loader menu." +msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu." msgstr "" # clients/inst_sw_select.ycp:313 @@ -830,11 +813,8 @@ #~ msgstr "UML kurulumu hazırlanıyor" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Installation<big></b></p><p>Preparing the virtual machine for " -#~ "installation...</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P><B>Kurulum</B></P><P>UML sanal makinesi kuruluma hazırlanıyor...</P>" +#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Installation<big></b></p><p>Preparing the virtual machine for installation...</p>" +#~ msgstr "<P><B>Kurulum</B></P><P>UML sanal makinesi kuruluma hazırlanıyor...</P>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Update virtual machine configuration" @@ -1038,13 +1018,8 @@ #~ msgstr "Kablosuz ağ kartı" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>A virtual machine can have zero or more virtual ethernet network " -#~ "cards. The MAC address is a unique identification of the virtual ethernet " -#~ "network card.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Her sanal makinenin sanal bir ethernet ağ kartı olacaktır. MAC adresi " -#~ "ethernet ağ kartının belirticisi olacaktır.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>A virtual machine can have zero or more virtual ethernet network cards. The MAC address is a unique identification of the virtual ethernet network card.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Her sanal makinenin sanal bir ethernet ağ kartı olacaktır. MAC adresi ethernet ağ kartının belirticisi olacaktır.</p>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -1077,12 +1052,8 @@ #~ msgstr "Başlangıç modu" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>The VM can be started <b>automatically</b> when the VM Server starts, " -#~ "or <b>manually</b> via YaST or the command line.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P>UML makinesi otomatik olarak sistem açılışında ya da gerektiği zaman " -#~ "el ile başlatılabilir.</P>" +#~ msgid "<p>The VM can be started <b>automatically</b> when the VM Server starts, or <b>manually</b> via YaST or the command line.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<P>UML makinesi otomatik olarak sistem açılışında ya da gerektiği zaman el ile başlatılabilir.</P>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -1205,11 +1176,8 @@ #~ msgstr "<P><B>Ayarlar</B></P>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P>Only network installation sources, such as FTP or NFS, are supported.</" -#~ "P>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P>UML kurulumunda sadece ağ kaynakları (FTP, NFS gibi) geçerlidir.</P>" +#~ msgid "<P>Only network installation sources, such as FTP or NFS, are supported.</P>" +#~ msgstr "<P>UML kurulumunda sadece ağ kaynakları (FTP, NFS gibi) geçerlidir.</P>" #~ msgid "Entered URL value is not valid." #~ msgstr "Girilmiş adres geçersiz." @@ -1247,8 +1215,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Paylaşım adı boş bırakılamaz." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Virtual machine installation requires access to a graphical environment." +#~ msgid "Virtual machine installation requires access to a graphical environment." #~ msgstr "UML kurulumu grafik arayüzüne erişim gerektirir." #, fuzzy @@ -1524,8 +1491,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<P>Here, configure number and size of virtual disks.\n" -#~ "The content of each virtual disk is stored in a file in the host system.</" -#~ "P>\n" +#~ "The content of each virtual disk is stored in a file in the host system.</P>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P>Burada sanal disklerin sayısı ve boyutlarını ayarlayabilirsiniz.\n" #~ "Her sanal diskin içeriği ana makinede bir dosyada tutulacaktır.</P>\n" @@ -1535,11 +1501,8 @@ #~ msgstr "Yapılandırmayı güncelle" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P><B>Installation</B></P><P>Preparing the virtual machine for " -#~ "installation...</P>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P><B>Kurulum</B></P><P>UML sanal makinesi kuruluma hazırlanıyor...</P>" +#~ msgid "<P><B>Installation</B></P><P>Preparing the virtual machine for installation...</P>" +#~ msgstr "<P><B>Kurulum</B></P><P>UML sanal makinesi kuruluma hazırlanıyor...</P>" # clients/sound_volume.ycp:135 #, fuzzy @@ -1570,12 +1533,8 @@ #~ msgid "<p><b>Network Settings</b><br></p>" #~ msgstr "<p><b>Ağ ayarları</b><br></p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>Each virtual machine has a virtual ethernet network card. The MAC " -#~ "address is a unique identification of the ethernet network card.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Her sanal makinenin sanal bir ethernet ağ kartı olacaktır. MAC adresi " -#~ "ethernet ağ kartının belirticisi olacaktır.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Each virtual machine has a virtual ethernet network card. The MAC address is a unique identification of the ethernet network card.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Her sanal makinenin sanal bir ethernet ağ kartı olacaktır. MAC adresi ethernet ağ kartının belirticisi olacaktır.</p>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "The Virtual Machine Options" @@ -1606,20 +1565,12 @@ #~ msgid "<P><B>Options</B></P>" #~ msgstr "<P><B>Ayarlar</B></P>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P>Set how much host system memory will be used by the virtual machine.</" -#~ "P>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P>Sanal makinenin sistem hafızasından ne kadar kullanacağını belirtin.</" -#~ "P>" +#~ msgid "<P>Set how much host system memory will be used by the virtual machine.</P>" +#~ msgstr "<P>Sanal makinenin sistem hafızasından ne kadar kullanacağını belirtin.</P>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P>The virtual machine can be started automatically on boot or manually " -#~ "when needed.</P>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P>UML makinesi otomatik olarak sistem açılışında ya da gerektiği zaman " -#~ "el ile başlatılabilir.</P>" +#~ msgid "<P>The virtual machine can be started automatically on boot or manually when needed.</P>" +#~ msgstr "<P>UML makinesi otomatik olarak sistem açılışında ya da gerektiği zaman el ile başlatılabilir.</P>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -1665,9 +1616,7 @@ # # include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.ycp:168 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P>Select the installation source from which to install the virtual " -#~ "machine.</P>" +#~ msgid "<P>Select the installation source from which to install the virtual machine.</P>" #~ msgstr "<P>UML makinesine kurulumu yapılacak kurulum kaynağını seçin.</P>" #, fuzzy @@ -1693,11 +1642,8 @@ #~ msgstr "<P><B>Ayarlar</B></P>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<P>The new virtual machine can be booted from a CD-ROM or hard disk.</P>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P>UML makinesi otomatik olarak sistem açılışında ya da gerektiği zaman " -#~ "el ile başlatılabilir.</P>" +#~ msgid "<P>The new virtual machine can be booted from a CD-ROM or hard disk.</P>" +#~ msgstr "<P>UML makinesi otomatik olarak sistem açılışında ya da gerektiği zaman el ile başlatılabilir.</P>" # include/slide_show.ycp:179 #, fuzzy @@ -1741,9 +1687,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Memory size used by the virtual machine" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<P>Sanal makinenin sistem hafızasından ne kadar kullanacağını belirtin.</" -#~ "P>" +#~ msgstr "<P>Sanal makinenin sistem hafızasından ne kadar kullanacağını belirtin.</P>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Size of virtual disk (image size)" Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/wagon.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/wagon.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/wagon.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -199,9 +199,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/wagon_dup_repositories.rb:106 -msgid "" -"The installed packages will be switched to the versions available in the " -"selected migration repositories." +msgid "The installed packages will be switched to the versions available in the selected migration repositories." msgstr "" #. The version is the same, release can be different @@ -302,26 +300,19 @@ msgstr "%1 paketi kurulacaktır" #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:212 -msgid "" -"Registration for product <b>%1</b> has been refunded, the product is not " -"registered." +msgid "Registration for product <b>%1</b> has been refunded, the product is not registered." msgstr "" #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:228 -msgid "" -"Registration for product <b>%1</b> has expired, the registration is not " -"valid anymore." +msgid "Registration for product <b>%1</b> has expired, the registration is not valid anymore." msgstr "" #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:244 -msgid "" -"Registration for product <b>%1</b> is provisional only, no updates available" +msgid "Registration for product <b>%1</b> is provisional only, no updates available" msgstr "" #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:278 -msgid "" -"The registration status is %1 days old. The summary above might not be " -"correct, run registration to update the status." +msgid "The registration status is %1 days old. The summary above might not be correct, run registration to update the status." msgstr "" #. display a critical warning @@ -333,16 +324,12 @@ msgstr "Uyarı:" #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:306 -msgid "" -"We strongly recommend to register unregistered or expired products before " -"starting migration." +msgid "We strongly recommend to register unregistered or expired products before starting migration." msgstr "" #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:312 #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:339 -msgid "" -"Migrating an unregistered or partly registered system might result in a " -"broken system." +msgid "Migrating an unregistered or partly registered system might result in a broken system." msgstr "" #. heading text @@ -606,12 +593,8 @@ msgstr "Bu YaST2 modülü komut satırı arabirimini desteklemiyor." #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:396 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use " -"xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." -msgstr "" -"Hedef dosya adı ('xmlfile' seçeneği) eksik. Komut satırı seçeneğini " -"xmlfile=<hedef_XML_dosyası> olarak kullanın." +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "Hedef dosya adı ('xmlfile' seçeneği) eksik. Komut satırı seçeneğini xmlfile=<hedef_XML_dosyası> olarak kullanın." #. popup heading, with rich text widget and Yes/No buttons #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:453 @@ -621,19 +604,11 @@ #. du contains maps: $[ "dir" : [ total, used, pkgusage, readonly ], .... ] #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:586 -msgid "" -"There is not enough free space to migrate the system using download in " -"advance mode. Partition %1 needs at least %2MB more free disk space. (The " -"needed size is estimated, it is recommended to add slightly more free " -"space.) Add more disk space or disable download in advance mode." +msgid "There is not enough free space to migrate the system using download in advance mode. Partition %1 needs at least %2MB more free disk space. (The needed size is estimated, it is recommended to add slightly more free space.) Add more disk space or disable download in advance mode." msgstr "" #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:613 -msgid "" -"There might not be enough free space for download in advance mode migration. " -"The estimated free space after migration is %2MB, it is recommended to " -"increase the free space in case the estimation is inaccurate to avoid " -"installation errors." +msgid "There might not be enough free space for download in advance mode migration. The estimated free space after migration is %2MB, it is recommended to increase the free space in case the estimation is inaccurate to avoid installation errors." msgstr "" #. 'Product Long Name (product-libzypp-name)' @@ -672,16 +647,13 @@ #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:772 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration module %1 will be started." -msgid "" -"<font color='red'><b>Warning:</b> Product <b>%1</b> will be removed.</font>" +msgid "<font color='red'><b>Warning:</b> Product <b>%1</b> will be removed.</font>" msgstr "Yapılandırma modülü %1 başlatılacak." #. Not selected by user #. @see BNC #575117 #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:792 -msgid "" -"<font color='red'><b>Error:</b> Product <b>%1</b> will be automatically " -"removed.</font>" +msgid "<font color='red'><b>Error:</b> Product <b>%1</b> will be automatically removed.</font>" msgstr "" #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:862 @@ -725,8 +697,7 @@ #. help text #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:945 -msgid "" -"<p>To change the update settings, go to <b>Packages Proposal</b> section.</p>" +msgid "<p>To change the update settings, go to <b>Packages Proposal</b> section.</p>" msgstr "" #. Product removal MUST be confirmed by user, otherwise migration will not continue. Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/wol.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/wol.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/wol.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -81,8 +81,7 @@ "over the network.</p>" msgstr "" "<h2>Ağ üzerinden uyandır</h2>\n" -"<p>Ağ üzerinden uyandırma ile bilgisayarınızı ağ üzerinden 'özel bir " -"paket' \n" +"<p>Ağ üzerinden uyandırma ile bilgisayarınızı ağ üzerinden 'özel bir paket' \n" "göndererek 'uyandırabilirsiniz'.</p>" #. UI::ChangeWidget(`id(`edit_button), `Enabled, false); Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/xpram.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/xpram.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/xpram.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -59,24 +59,14 @@ #. help text for XPRAM 2/4 #: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:53 -msgid "" -"<p>This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one " -"partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features " -"and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 " -"stream.</p><p>In this case disable XPRAM in this module.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Bu gereç şimdilik sadece tüm XPRAM'i bir disk bölümüne atamayı " -"desteklemektedir. Birden fazla disk bölümü için \"Device Drivers, Features " -"and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 " -"stream dökümanına bakın.</p><p>Bu gibi bir durumda bu modül için XPRAM'i " -"kapayın.</p>" +msgid "<p>This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 stream.</p><p>In this case disable XPRAM in this module.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Bu gereç şimdilik sadece tüm XPRAM'i bir disk bölümüne atamayı desteklemektedir. Birden fazla disk bölümü için \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 stream dökümanına bakın.</p><p>Bu gibi bir durumda bu modül için XPRAM'i kapayın.</p>" # clients/inst_sunfb.ycp:242 #. help text for XPRAM 3/4 #: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:57 msgid "<p>Choose the correct mount point for <b>Mount Point</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Bağlama noktası</b> girdisinde doğru baxlama noktasını seçin.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Bağlama noktası</b> girdisinde doğru baxlama noktasını seçin.</p>" # clients/inst_mouse.ycp:97 #. help text for XPRAM 4/4 @@ -156,16 +146,14 @@ #: src/modules/Xpram.rb:136 #, fuzzy msgid "Error stopping xpram. Try \"rcxpram stop\" manually." -msgstr "" -"xpram durdurulamadı. Elle \"rcxpram stop\" komutunu kullanmayı deneyin." +msgstr "xpram durdurulamadı. Elle \"rcxpram stop\" komutunu kullanmayı deneyin." #. map out = (map) SCR::Execute(.target.bash_output,"bash -x /etc/init.d/xpram start", $["TERM":"raw"]); #. y2milestone("got %1", out); #: src/modules/Xpram.rb:154 #, fuzzy msgid "Error starting xpram. Try \"rcxpram start\" manually." -msgstr "" -"xpram başlatılamadı. Elle \"rcxpram start\" komutunu kullanmayı deneyin." +msgstr "xpram başlatılamadı. Elle \"rcxpram start\" komutunu kullanmayı deneyin." # include/nfs/ui.ycp:228 #, fuzzy @@ -174,9 +162,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "<p>Here, configure the (<b>XPRAM</b>) for your computer.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p>Buradan bilgisayarınızdaki kızılötesi (<b>IrDA</b>) arayüzünü " -#~ "yapılandırabilirsiniz.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Buradan bilgisayarınızdaki kızılötesi (<b>IrDA</b>) arayüzünü yapılandırabilirsiniz.</p>" # clients/inst_sunfb.ycp:242 #, fuzzy Modified: trunk/yast/tr/po/yast2-apparmor.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/tr/po/yast2-apparmor.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:14 UTC (rev 89795) +++ trunk/yast/tr/po/yast2-apparmor.tr.po 2014-10-07 15:56:50 UTC (rev 89796) @@ -68,12 +68,8 @@ #. Read the profiles from the SCR agent #: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:90 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Make a selection from the listed profiles and press Next to delete the " -"profile." -msgstr "" -"Listelenen profillerden seçiminizi yapın ve İleri düğmesiyle profili silin." -"<p>" +msgid "Make a selection from the listed profiles and press Next to delete the profile." +msgstr "Listelenen profillerden seçiminizi yapın ve İleri düğmesiyle profili silin.<p>" #: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:93 msgid "Delete Profile - Choose profile to delete" @@ -166,9 +162,7 @@ #. #. *************************************************************************** #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:52 -msgid "" -"This operation generated the following error. Check your installation and " -"AppArmor profile settings." +msgid "This operation generated the following error. Check your installation and AppArmor profile settings." msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:91 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:103 @@ -294,14 +288,9 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:441 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b>AppArmor Status</b><br>This reports whether the AppArmor policy " -"enforcement \n" +"<p><b>AppArmor Status</b><br>This reports whether the AppArmor policy enforcement \n" "module is loaded and functioning.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>AppArmor durumu</p><br>Burada AppArmor modülünün yüklü olduğunu ve " -"çalışıp çalışmadığını görebilirsiniz.</p><p><b>Güvenlik olay bildirimi</" -"b><br>Güvenlik kuralları çiğnendiğinde bunun size e-posta ile bildirilmesini " -"sağlayabilirsiniz.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>AppArmor durumu</p><br>Burada AppArmor modülünün yüklü olduğunu ve çalışıp çalışmadığını görebilirsiniz.</p><p><b>Güvenlik olay bildirimi</b><br>Güvenlik kuralları çiğnendiğinde bunun size e-posta ile bildirilmesini sağlayabilirsiniz.</p>" #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:444 msgid "" @@ -389,9 +378,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:57 -msgid "" -"<p>These problems must be corrected before AppArmor can be started or the " -"profile management tools can be used.</p> " +msgid "<p>These problems must be corrected before AppArmor can be started or the profile management tools can be used.</p> " msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:64 @@ -399,9 +386,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:70 -msgid "" -"<p>Comprehensive documentation about AppArmor is available in the " -"Administration guide located in the directory: " +msgid "<p>Comprehensive documentation about AppArmor is available in the Administration guide located in the directory: " msgstr "" # clients/sound_manual.ycp:41 @@ -910,41 +895,31 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:43 msgid "" "<ul><li>Override all DAC access, including ACL execute access if \n" -"[_POSIX_ACL] is defined. Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE." -"</li></ul>" +"[_POSIX_ACL] is defined. Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE.</li></ul>" msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:49 msgid "" "<ul><li>Overrides all DAC restrictions regarding read and search \n" -"on files and directories, including ACL restrictions if [_POSIX_ACL] is " -"defined. \n" +"on files and directories, including ACL restrictions if [_POSIX_ACL] is defined. \n" "Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE. </li></ul>" msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:57 msgid "" -"<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions on allowed operations on files, where " -"file\n" +"<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions on allowed operations on files, where file\n" "owner ID must be equal to the user ID, except where CAP_FSETID is\n" "applicable. It does not override MAC and DAC restrictions. </li></ul>" msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:65 -msgid "" -"<ul><li>Overrides the following restrictions: user ID must match the file " -"owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits on that file; the " -"effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) must match the " -"file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; the S_ISUID and " -"S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not " -"implemented). </li></ul>" +msgid "<ul><li>Overrides the following restrictions: user ID must match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits on that file; the effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) must match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not implemented). </li></ul>" msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:71 msgid "" "<ul><li>Overrides the restriction that the real or effective user ID \n" -"of a process sending a signal must match the real or effective user ID of " -"the process \n" +"of a process sending a signal must match the real or effective user ID of the process \n" "receiving the signal.</li></ul>" msgstr "" @@ -967,9 +942,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:97 -msgid "" -"<ul><li>Allows modification of S_IMMUTABLE and S_APPEND file attributes</" -"li></ul>" +msgid "<ul><li>Allows modification of S_IMMUTABLE and S_APPEND file attributes</li></ul>" msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:103 @@ -985,16 +958,14 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:115 msgid "" "<ul><li> Allows interface configuration</li> \n" -"<li> Allows administration of IP firewall, masquerading and accounting</" -"li> \n" +"<li> Allows administration of IP firewall, masquerading and accounting</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting debug option on sockets</li> \n" "<li> Allows modification of routing tables</li>" msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:121 msgid "" -"<li> Allows setting arbitrary process / process group ownership on sockets</" -"li> \n" +"<li> Allows setting arbitrary process / process group ownership on sockets</li> \n" "<li> Allows binding to any address for transparent proxying</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting TOS (type of service)</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting promiscuous mode</li> \n" @@ -1017,8 +988,7 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:143 msgid "" -"<ul><li> Allows locking of shared memory segments</li> <li> Allows mlock " -"and\n" +"<ul><li> Allows locking of shared memory segments</li> <li> Allows mlock and\n" "mlockall (which does not really have anything to do with IPC) </li></ul>" msgstr "" @@ -1028,8 +998,7 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:153 msgid "" -"<ul><li> Insert and remove kernel modules - modify kernel without limit</" -"li> \n" +"<ul><li> Insert and remove kernel modules - modify kernel without limit</li> \n" "<li> Modify cap_bset </li></ul>" msgstr "" @@ -1080,8 +1049,7 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:199 msgid "" "<li> Allows removing semaphores</li> \n" -"<li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, semaphores " -"and shared memory</li> \n" +"<li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, semaphores and shared memory</li> \n" "<li> Allows locking/unlocking of shared memory segment</li> \n" "<li> Allows turning swap on/off</li> \n" "<li> Allows forged pids on socket credentials passing</li>" @@ -1092,8 +1060,7 @@ "<li> Allows setting read ahead and flushing buffers on block devices</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting geometry in floppy driver</li> \n" "<li> Allows turning DMA on/off in xd driver</li> \n" -"<li> Allows administration of md devices (mostly the above, but some extra " -"ioctls)</li>" +"<li> Allows administration of md devices (mostly the above, but some extra ioctls)</li>" msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:212 @@ -1106,8 +1073,7 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:218 msgid "" -"<li> Allows reading non-standardized portions of pci configuration space</" -"li> \n" +"<li> Allows reading non-standardized portions of pci configuration space</li> \n" "<li> Allows DDI debug ioctl on sbpcd driver</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting up serial ports</li> \n" "<li> Allows sending raw qic-117 commands</li>" @@ -1126,10 +1092,8 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:236 msgid "" -"<ul><li> Allows raising priority and setting priority on other (different " -"UID) processes</li> \n" -"<li> Allows use of FIFO and round-robin (realtime) scheduling on own " -"processes and setting \n" +"<ul><li> Allows raising priority and setting priority on other (different UID) processes</li> \n" +"<li> Allows use of FIFO and round-robin (realtime) scheduling on own processes and setting \n" "the scheduling algorithm used by another process.</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting cpu affinity on other processes </li></ul>" msgstr "" @@ -1139,14 +1103,12 @@ "<ul><li> Override resource limits. Set resource limits.</li> \n" "<li> Override quota limits.</li> \n" "<li> Override reserved space on ext2 filesystem</li> \n" -"<li> Modify data journaling mode on ext3 filesystem (uses journaling " -"resources)</li>" +"<li> Modify data journaling mode on ext3 filesystem (uses journaling resources)</li>" msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:251 msgid "" -"<li> NOTE: ext2 honors fsuid when checking for resource overrides, so you " -"can override using fsuid too</li> \n" +"<li> NOTE: ext2 honors fsuid when checking for resource overrides, so you can override using fsuid too</li> \n" "<li> Override size restrictions on IPC message queues</li> \n" "<li> Allows more than 64hz interrupts from the real-time clock</li> \n" "<li> Override max number of consoles on console allocation</li> \n" @@ -1331,8 +1293,7 @@ "individual occurrences, including the date of the last occurrence. \n" "<br>For example:<br> <tt>AppArmor: PERMITTING access to capability\n" "'setgid' (httpd2-prefork(6347) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork \n" -"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 " -"2004.</tt>\n" +"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 2004.</tt>\n" "</p>" msgstr "" @@ -1397,8 +1358,7 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<li>Select <b>Include unknown security events</b> if \n" -"you would like to include events that are not rated with a severity number.</" -"li>" +"you would like to include events that are not rated with a severity number.</li>" msgstr "" #. ---------------------------- @@ -1409,8 +1369,7 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:106 msgid "" -"This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access control " -"module. \n" +"This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access control module. \n" "You can generate highly optimized and robust security profiles \n" "by using the suggestions made by AppArmor." msgstr "" @@ -1438,9 +1397,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:126 -msgid "" -"File permission access modes consists of combinations of the following six " -"modes:" +msgid "File permission access modes consists of combinations of the following six modes:" msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:129 @@ -1575,14 +1532,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:196 -msgid "" -"<li><b>*</b> can substitute for any number of characters, except '/'<li>" +msgid "<li><b>*</b> can substitute for any number of characters, except '/'<li>" msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:199 -msgid "" -"<li><b>**</b> can substitute for any number of characters, including '/'</" -"li>" +msgid "<li><b>**</b> can substitute for any number of characters, including '/'</li>" msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:202 @@ -1590,19 +1544,15 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:205 -msgid "" -"<li><b>[abc]</b> will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" +msgid "<li><b>[abc]</b> will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:208 -msgid "" -"<li><b>[a-c]</b> will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" +msgid "<li><b>[a-c]</b> will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:211 -msgid "" -"<li><b>{ab,cd}</b> will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule to match " -"cd</li>" +msgid "<li><b>{ab,cd}</b> will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule to match cd</li>" msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:214 @@ -1628,10 +1578,8 @@ "Select a Capability name to see information about the capability." msgstr "" "<b>Yetenek seçimi</b>.\n" -" <br>Bu profil için istenen yetenekleri " -"seçin. \n" -" Yetenek hakkında bilgi almak için yetenek " -"ismini seçebilirsiniz." +" <br>Bu profil için istenen yetenekleri seçin. \n" +" Yetenek hakkında bilgi almak için yetenek ismini seçebilirsiniz." # clients/inst_root.ycp:54 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:62 @@ -1790,23 +1738,15 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:889 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The profile already contains the provided hat name. Enter a different name " -"or press Abort to cancel this wizard." -msgstr "" -". Lütfen başka bir ad girip tekrar deneyin, ya da Durdur düğmesiyle " -"sihirbazdan çıkın." +msgid "The profile already contains the provided hat name. Enter a different name or press Abort to cancel this wizard." +msgstr ". Lütfen başka bir ad girip tekrar deneyin, ya da Durdur düğmesiyle sihirbazdan çıkın." #. FIXME: format these texts better #. help text #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:928 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>View and modify the contents of an individual profile. For existing " -"entries double click the permissions to access a modification dialog.</p>" -msgstr "" -"Bu pencerede bir profilin içeriğini görüp değiştirebilirsiniz. Mevcut " -"girdilerin izinlerine çift tıklayarak ayar penceresine ulaşabilirisiniz..<p>" +msgid "<p>View and modify the contents of an individual profile. For existing entries double click the permissions to access a modification dialog.</p>" +msgstr "Bu pencerede bir profilin içeriğini görüp değiştirebilirsiniz. Mevcut girdilerin izinlerine çift tıklayarak ayar penceresine ulaşabilirisiniz..<p>" #. help text #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:933 @@ -1817,18 +1757,13 @@ "a - file append<br>x - execute<br> i - inherit<br> p - discrete profile<br>\n" "P - discrete profile <br> (*clean exec)<br> u - unconstrained<br> \n" "U -unconstrained<br> (*clean exec)</code></p>" -msgstr "" -"<b>İzin tanımları:</b><br><<code> R - oku <br> W - yaz<br> X - çalıştır<br> " -"U - kapatılmamış<br> I - içer<br> L - bağlantı<br> P - ayrı profil </code><p>" +msgstr "<b>İzin tanımları:</b><br><<code> R - oku <br> W - yaz<br> X - çalıştır<br> U - kapatılmamış<br> I - içer<br> L - bağlantı<br> P - ayrı profil </code><p>" #. help text #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:942 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p><b>Add Entry:</b><br>Select the type of resource to add from the drop " -"down list.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<b>Girdi ekle:</b><br>Listeden eklenecek girdinin türünü seçin.<p></li>" +msgid "<p><b>Add Entry:</b><br>Select the type of resource to add from the drop down list.</p>" +msgstr "<b>Girdi ekle:</b><br>Listeden eklenecek girdinin türünü seçin.<p></li>" #. help text - part x1 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:947 @@ -1853,18 +1788,14 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<li><b>Include</b><br>Add an include entry to this profile. This option \n" -"includes the profile entry contents of another file in this profile at load " -"time.</li>" -msgstr "" -"<b>Kapsa</b><br>Bu profile bir kapsama girdisi ekle. Bu seçenekle profil " -"yüklenirken başka bir dosyanın içeriği profile eklenir.<br>" +"includes the profile entry contents of another file in this profile at load time.</li>" +msgstr "<b>Kapsa</b><br>Bu profile bir kapsama girdisi ekle. Bu seçenekle profil yüklenirken başka bir dosyanın içeriği profile eklenir.<br>" #. help text - part x5 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:963 msgid "" "<li><b>Network Entry</b><br>Add a network rule entry to this profile. \n" -"This option will allow you to specify network access privileges for the " -"profile. \n" +"This option will allow you to specify network access privileges for the profile. \n" "You may specify a network address family and socket type.</li>" msgstr "" @@ -1873,18 +1804,11 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<li><b>Hat</b><br>Add a sub-profile for this profile, called a Hat. This\n" -"option is analogous to manually creating a new profile, which can be " -"selected\n" +"option is analogous to manually creating a new profile, which can be selected\n" "during execution only in the context of being asked for by a <b>changehat\n" "aware</b> application. \n" -"For more information on changehat, see <b>man changehat</b> on your system " -"or the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide.</li>" -msgstr "" -"<b>Başlık</b><br>Bu profile bir alt-profil (başlık) ekle. Bu seçenek yeni " -"bir profil oluşturmaya benzer, bu alt profil sadece <b>changehat aware</b> " -"programı tarafından istenmesi üzerine seçilebilir. changehat komutu hakkında " -"daha fazla bilgi için sisteminizdeki <b>man changehat</b> kılavuz dosyasını " -"ya da Novell AppArmor Kullanıcı El Kitabı'nı okuyun.<br><p>" +"For more information on changehat, see <b>man changehat</b> on your system or the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide.</li>" +msgstr "<b>Başlık</b><br>Bu profile bir alt-profil (başlık) ekle. Bu seçenek yeni bir profil oluşturmaya benzer, bu alt profil sadece <b>changehat aware</b> programı tarafından istenmesi üzerine seçilebilir. changehat komutu hakkında daha fazla bilgi için sisteminizdeki <b>man changehat</b> kılavuz dosyasını ya da Novell AppArmor Kullanıcı El Kitabı'nı okuyun.<br><p>" #. help text - part x7 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:977 @@ -1895,18 +1819,15 @@ #. help text #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:982 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p><b>Delete Entry:</b><br>Removes the selected entry from this profile.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Delete Entry:</b><br>Removes the selected entry from this profile.</p>" msgstr "<b>Girdiyi sil:</b><br>Bu profilden seçili girdiyi siler.<p>" #. help text - part y1 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:987 msgid "" "<p><b>*Clean Exec</b><br>The Clean Exec option for the discrete profile \n" -"and unconstrained execute permissions provide added security by stripping " -"the environment \n" -"that is inherited by the child program of specific variables. These " -"variables are:" +"and unconstrained execute permissions provide added security by stripping the environment \n" +"that is inherited by the child program of specific variables. These variables are:" msgstr "" #. help text - part y2 @@ -1977,15 +1898,9 @@ #. Widget activated in the table #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1145 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Include entries can not be edited. Please select add or delete to manage " -#| "Include entries." -msgid "" -"Include entries can not be edited. Select add or delete to manage Include " -"entries." -msgstr "" -"Kapsama girdileri değiştirilemez. Bu girdileri silebilir ya da yeni bir " -"girdi ekleyebilirsiniz." +#| msgid "Include entries can not be edited. Please select add or delete to manage Include entries." +msgid "Include entries can not be edited. Select add or delete to manage Include entries." +msgstr "Kapsama girdileri değiştirilemez. Bu girdileri silebilir ya da yeni bir girdi ekleyebilirsiniz." #. Make sure that the entry doesn't already exist #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1294 @@ -2000,9 +1915,7 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1335 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Invalid #include file. Include files must be located in one of these " -"directories: \n" +msgid "Invalid #include file. Include files must be located in one of these directories: \n" msgstr "AppArmor kapsama dosyaları /etc/apparmor.d dizininde bulunmalıdır." #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1379 @@ -2021,8 +1934,7 @@ "(Note: after saving, AppArmor profiles will be reloaded.)\n" msgstr "" "Bu profile yaptığınız ayarlar kaydedilsin mi?\n" -"(Not: değişiklikler kaydedildikten sonra AppArmor profilleri yeniden " -"yüklenecek.)" +"(Not: değişiklikler kaydedildikten sonra AppArmor profilleri yeniden yüklenecek.)" #. We'll need this often - cache it #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1476 @@ -2038,9 +1950,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Select a listed profile and press Next to edit it." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Listelenen profillerden seçiminizi yapın ve İleri düğmesiyle profili " -#~ "düzenleyin.<p>" +#~ msgstr "Listelenen profillerden seçiminizi yapın ve İleri düğmesiyle profili düzenleyin.<p>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "AppArmor Profile Wizard" @@ -2064,112 +1974,43 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>The Report Configuration dialog enables you to filter the archived \n" #~ "report selected in the previous screen. To filter by <b>Date Range:</b>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Rapor yapılandırma aracı önceki ekrandaki seçilen arşivlenmiş raporu " -#~ "filtrelemenizi sağlar. <b>Zaman aralığına</b> göre filtrelemek için:</" -#~ "b><br><br><ol><li><b>Zaman aralığına göre filtrele</b> seçeneğini " -#~ "tıklayın. Zaman alanları etkinleşecektir. <li>Raporun alanını belirleyen " -#~ "başlangıç ve bitiş tarihlerini girin." +#~ msgstr "Rapor yapılandırma aracı önceki ekrandaki seçilen arşivlenmiş raporu filtrelemenizi sağlar. <b>Zaman aralığına</b> göre filtrelemek için:</b><br><br><ol><li><b>Zaman aralığına göre filtrele</b> seçeneğini tıklayın. Zaman alanları etkinleşecektir. <li>Raporun alanını belirleyen başlangıç ve bitiş tarihlerini girin." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>The View Archive Reports form enables you to view previously " -#~ "generated\n" -#~ "reports located in the /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory. Use " -#~ "the checkboxes at the top to narrow-down the category of reports shown in " -#~ "the list to: SIR Reports, AUD Reports or ESS Reports. To see report " -#~ "details, select a report and click the <b>View</b> button.<br><br> You " -#~ "can view reports from one or more systems if you move the reports to the /" -#~ "var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Arşivlenmiş raporlar ile /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived dizinindeki " -#~ "daha önceden oluşturulan raporlara bakabilirsiniz. Pencerenin üstündeki " -#~ "işaretleme kutuları ile listede gösterilen raporları " -#~ "sınırlandırabilirsiniz: GÜV, UYG ya da YÖN raporları. Rapor detaylarını " -#~ "görmek için raporu seçip <b>Bak</b> düğmesine basın.<br><br> Diğer " -#~ "sistemlerden aldığınız raporları /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived " -#~ "dizinine atarsanız o raporları da görebilirsiniz." +#~ "<p>The View Archive Reports form enables you to view previously generated\n" +#~ "reports located in the /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory. Use the checkboxes at the top to narrow-down the category of reports shown in the list to: SIR Reports, AUD Reports or ESS Reports. To see report details, select a report and click the <b>View</b> button.<br><br> You can view reports from one or more systems if you move the reports to the /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory.</p>" +#~ msgstr "Arşivlenmiş raporlar ile /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived dizinindeki daha önceden oluşturulan raporlara bakabilirsiniz. Pencerenin üstündeki işaretleme kutuları ile listede gösterilen raporları sınırlandırabilirsiniz: GÜV, UYG ya da YÖN raporları. Rapor detaylarını görmek için raporu seçip <b>Bak</b> düğmesine basın.<br><br> Diğer sistemlerden aldığınız raporları /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived dizinine atarsanız o raporları da görebilirsiniz." #~ msgid "repConfHelp" #~ msgstr "repConfHelp" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<ul> <li><b>Policy Exceptions:</b> When an application requests a " -#~ "resource \n" -#~ "that's not defined within its profile, a security event is generated.</" -#~ "li> \n" -#~ "<li><b>Policy Engine State Changes:</b> Enforces policy for applications " -#~ "and \n" -#~ "maintains its own state, including when engines start or stop, when a " -#~ "policy \n" -#~ "is reloaded, and when global security feature are enabled or disabled.</" -#~ "li></ul> \n" -#~ "Select the report from the archive, then <b>View</b> to see the report " -#~ "details.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<b>Güvenlik vaka raporu (GÜV):</b> Bir sistem yöneticisini ilgilendirecek " -#~ "güvenlik olaylarını gösterir. GÜV raporu sınırlanan uygulamaların " -#~ "belirlenen zaman aralığındaki kural ihlallerini rapor eder, kural " -#~ "istisnalarını ve kural motoru durum değişikliklerini de kaydeder. Bu son " -#~ "iki güvenlik olayı şöyle tanımlanmıştır: <ul> <li><b>Kural istisnaları:</" -#~ "b> Bir uygulama profilinde tanımlanmayan bir kaynağa erişmek istersen bir " -#~ "güvenlik olayı belirlenir. <li><b>Kural motoru durum değişiklikleri:</b> " -#~ "Programlar için kurallar koyar ve kendi durumunu da kontrol eder, kural " -#~ "motorlarının başlatılıp durdurulması, bir kuralın yeniden yüklenmesi ve " -#~ "sistem çapında güvenlik kontrolünün açılıp kapanması gibi. </ul> Arşivden " -#~ "raporu seçip <b>Bak</b> düğmesi ile rapor ayrıntılarını görebilirsiniz." +#~ "<ul> <li><b>Policy Exceptions:</b> When an application requests a resource \n" +#~ "that's not defined within its profile, a security event is generated.</li> \n" +#~ "<li><b>Policy Engine State Changes:</b> Enforces policy for applications and \n" +#~ "maintains its own state, including when engines start or stop, when a policy \n" +#~ "is reloaded, and when global security feature are enabled or disabled.</li></ul> \n" +#~ "Select the report from the archive, then <b>View</b> to see the report details.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<b>Güvenlik vaka raporu (GÜV):</b> Bir sistem yöneticisini ilgilendirecek güvenlik olaylarını gösterir. GÜV raporu sınırlanan uygulamaların belirlenen zaman aralığındaki kural ihlallerini rapor eder, kural istisnalarını ve kural motoru durum değişikliklerini de kaydeder. Bu son iki güvenlik olayı şöyle tanımlanmıştır: <ul> <li><b>Kural istisnaları:</b> Bir uygulama profilinde tanımlanmayan bir kaynağa erişmek istersen bir güvenlik olayı belirlenir. <li><b>Kural motoru durum değişiklikleri:</b> Programlar için kurallar koyar ve kendi durumunu da kontrol eder, kural motorlarının başlatılıp durdurulması, bir kuralın yeniden yüklenmesi ve sistem çapında güvenlik kontrolünün açılıp kapanması gibi. </ul> Arşivden raporu seçip <b>Bak</b> düğmesi ile rapor ayrıntılarını görebilirsiniz." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Applications Audit Report (AUD):</b> An auditing tool that reports " -#~ "which application servers are running and whether they are confined by " -#~ "AppArmor. Application servers are applications that accept incoming " -#~ "network connections. This report provides the host machine's IP Address, " -#~ "the date the Applications Audit Report ran, the name and path of the " -#~ "unconfined program or application server, the suggested profile or a " -#~ "placeholder for a profile for an unconfined program, the process ID " -#~ "number, the state of the program (confined or unconfined) and the type of " -#~ "confinement that the profile is performing (enforce/complain).</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<b>Uygulama teftiş raporu (UYG):</b> Bir uygulama teftiş raporu hangi " -#~ "uygulama sunucularının çalıştığını ve bu uygulamaların AppArmor " -#~ "tarafından sınırlandırılma durumunu görmek için bir araçtır. Uygulama " -#~ "sunucuları gelen ağ bağlantılarını kabul eden uygulamalardır. Bu raporda " -#~ "makinenin IP adresi, uygulama teftiş raporunun çalıştığı tarih, " -#~ "sınırlandırılan uygulamanın ya da sunucunun dosya adı ve dizin yeri, " -#~ "sınırlandırılmamış bir uygulamaya önerilen profil, uygulama belirticisi " -#~ "(PID), uygulamanın durumu (sınırlandırılmış ya da sınırlandırılmamış) ve " -#~ "profilin uyguladığı sınırlandırmanın türü (zorla/şikayet et) listelenir." -#~ "<br><br>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Applications Audit Report (AUD):</b> An auditing tool that reports which application servers are running and whether they are confined by AppArmor. Application servers are applications that accept incoming network connections. This report provides the host machine's IP Address, the date the Applications Audit Report ran, the name and path of the unconfined program or application server, the suggested profile or a placeholder for a profile for an unconfined program, the process ID number, the state of the program (confined or unconfined) and the type of confinement that the profile is performing (enforce/complain).</p>" +#~ msgstr "<b>Uygulama teftiş raporu (UYG):</b> Bir uygulama teftiş raporu hangi uygulama sunucularının çalıştığını ve bu uygulamaların AppArmor tarafından sınırlandırılma durumunu görmek için bir araçtır. Uygulama sunucuları gelen ağ bağlantılarını kabul eden uygulamalardır. Bu raporda makinenin IP adresi, uygulama teftiş raporunun çalıştığı tarih, sınırlandırılan uygulamanın ya da sunucunun dosya adı ve dizin yeri, sınırlandırılmamış bir uygulamaya önerilen profil, uygulama belirticisi (PID), uygulamanın durumu (sınırlandırılmış ya da sınırlandırılmamış) ve profilin uyguladığı sınırlandırmanın türü (zorla/şikayet et) listelenir.<br><br>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b>Executive Security Summary (ESS):</b> A combined report, \n" -#~ "consisting of one or more high-level reports from one or more machines. " -#~ "This \n" -#~ "report can provide a single view of security events on multiple machines " -#~ "if each \n" +#~ "consisting of one or more high-level reports from one or more machines. This \n" +#~ "report can provide a single view of security events on multiple machines if each \n" #~ "machine's data is copied to the reports archive directory, which is \n" -#~ "<b>/var/log/apparmor/reports-archived</b>. This report provides the " -#~ "host \n" -#~ "machine's IP address, the start and end dates of the polled events, total " -#~ "number \n" -#~ "of rejects, total number of events, average of severity levels reported, " -#~ "and the \n" -#~ "highest severity level reported. One line of the ESS report represents a " -#~ "range \n" +#~ "<b>/var/log/apparmor/reports-archived</b>. This report provides the host \n" +#~ "machine's IP address, the start and end dates of the polled events, total number \n" +#~ "of rejects, total number of events, average of severity levels reported, and the \n" +#~ "highest severity level reported. One line of the ESS report represents a range \n" #~ "of SIR reports.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<b>Yönetici güvenlik özeti (YÖN):</b> Bir ya da birden fazla makineden " -#~ "gelen yüksek seviyeli raporlardan birleştirilmiş bir rapordur. Bu raporda " -#~ "birden fazla makinede olmuş güvenlik olaylarını görmek için her makinenin " -#~ "verisinin rapor arşiv dizinine, yani <b>var/log/apparmor/reports-" -#~ "archived</b> dizinine kopyalanması gerekir. Bu raporda makinenin IP " -#~ "adresi, olayların başlangıç ve bitiş tarihi, toplam ret sayısı, toplam " -#~ "olay sayısı, bildirilen güvenlik olaylarının düzeyi ve bildirilen en " -#~ "yüksek önem seviyesi listelenir. Bu YÖN raporunun bir satırı bütün bir " -#~ "GÜV raporunu belirtir.<br><br>" +#~ msgstr "<b>Yönetici güvenlik özeti (YÖN):</b> Bir ya da birden fazla makineden gelen yüksek seviyeli raporlardan birleştirilmiş bir rapordur. Bu raporda birden fazla makinede olmuş güvenlik olaylarını görmek için her makinenin verisinin rapor arşiv dizinine, yani <b>var/log/apparmor/reports-archived</b> dizinine kopyalanması gerekir. Bu raporda makinenin IP adresi, olayların başlangıç ve bitiş tarihi, toplam ret sayısı, toplam olay sayısı, bildirilen güvenlik olaylarının düzeyi ve bildirilen en yüksek önem seviyesi listelenir. Bu YÖN raporunun bir satırı bütün bir GÜV raporunu belirtir.<br><br>" #~ msgid "Archived Security Incident Report - Page " #~ msgstr "Arşivlenmiş güvenlik olay raporu - Sayfa " @@ -2353,15 +2194,13 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<b>AppArmor Security Events</b><p>\n" -#~| " This table displays the events found that match your " -#~| "search criteria." +#~| " This table displays the events found that match your search criteria." #~ msgid "" #~ "<b>AppArmor Security Events</b><p>\n" #~ "This table displays the events that match your search criteria.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<b>AppArmor güvenlik olayları</b><p>\n" -#~ " Bu tabloda arama kriterlerinize uygun olaylar " -#~ "gösterilir." +#~ " Bu tabloda arama kriterlerinize uygun olaylar gösterilir." #~ msgid "AppArmor Event Report Data" #~ msgstr "AppArmor olay rapor verisi" @@ -2530,16 +2369,13 @@ #~ msgstr "Belirtilen dizin mevcut değil." #~ msgid "Only one contiguous space allowed in report names." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Rapor adında arka arkaya birden fazla boşluk karakterine izin verilmez." +#~ msgstr "Rapor adında arka arkaya birden fazla boşluk karakterine izin verilmez." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "These characters are not allowed in report names:\n" #~ "\t\t\t\t\t\"`~!@#$%^&*()[{]};:'\",<>?/|\"" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Rapor adında şu kadakterlere izin verilmez: \"`~!@#$%^&*()[{]};:'\",<>?/|" -#~ "\"" +#~ msgstr "Rapor adında şu kadakterlere izin verilmez: \"`~!@#$%^&*()[{]};:'\",<>?/|\"" #~ msgid "Only 128 characters are allowed in report names." #~ msgstr "Rapor adında en fazla 128 karaktere izin verilir." @@ -2645,15 +2481,9 @@ #~ msgstr "Teftiş" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "SubDomain does not appear to be started. Please enable SubDomain and " -#~| "try again." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "AppArmor does not appear to be started. Please enable AppArmor and try " -#~ "again." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "SubDomain başlatılmış gözükmüyor. Lütfen SubDomain'i başlatın ve yeniden " -#~ "deneyin." +#~| msgid "SubDomain does not appear to be started. Please enable SubDomain and try again." +#~ msgid "AppArmor does not appear to be started. Please enable AppArmor and try again." +#~ msgstr "SubDomain başlatılmış gözükmüyor. Lütfen SubDomain'i başlatın ve yeniden deneyin." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "Can't find subdomain profiles in %s." @@ -2682,9 +2512,7 @@ #~ "Enter an application name to\n" #~ "continue generating a profile or press\n" #~ "Abort to cancel this wizard.\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ ". Lütfen başka bir ad girip tekrar deneyin, ya da Durdur düğmesiyle " -#~ "sihirbazdan çıkın." +#~ msgstr ". Lütfen başka bir ad girip tekrar deneyin, ya da Durdur düğmesiyle sihirbazdan çıkın." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -2693,9 +2521,7 @@ #~ "Enter an application name to\n" #~ "continue generating a profile or press\n" #~ "Abort to cancel this wizard.\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ ". Lütfen başka bir ad girip tekrar deneyin, ya da Durdur düğmesiyle " -#~ "sihirbazdan çıkın." +#~ msgstr ". Lütfen başka bir ad girip tekrar deneyin, ya da Durdur düğmesiyle sihirbazdan çıkın." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -2704,9 +2530,7 @@ #~ "Enter an application name to\n" #~ "continue generating a profile or press\n" #~ "Abort to cancel this wizard.\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ ". Lütfen başka bir ad girip tekrar deneyin, ya da Durdur düğmesiyle " -#~ "sihirbazdan çıkın." +#~ msgstr ". Lütfen başka bir ad girip tekrar deneyin, ya da Durdur düğmesiyle sihirbazdan çıkın." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -2833,293 +2657,28 @@ #~ msgid "Abo(r)t" #~ msgstr "&Durdur" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The Security Event Notification screen enables you to setup email alerts " -#~ "for security events. In the following steps, specify how often alerts are " -#~ "sent, who receives the alert, and how severe the security event must be " -#~ "to send an alert. <br><br><b>Notification Types</b><br> <b>Terse " -#~ "Notification:</b> Terse notification summarizes the total number of " -#~ "system events without providing details. <br>For example:<br> dhcp-101." -#~ "up.wirex.com has had 10 security events since Tue Oct 12 11:10:00 " -#~ "2004<br><br> <b>Summary Notification:</b> The Summary notification " -#~ "displays the logged AppArmor security events, and lists the number of " -#~ "individual occurrences, including the date of the last occurrence. " -#~ "<br>For example:<br> SubDomain: PERMITTING access to capability " -#~ "'setgid' (httpd2-prefork(6347) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork active /" -#~ "usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 2004." -#~ "<br><br> <b>Verbose Notification:</b> The Verbose notification displays " -#~ "unmodified, logged AppArmor security events. It tells you every time an " -#~ "event occurs and writes a new line in the Verbose log. These security " -#~ "events include the date and time the event occurred, when the " -#~ "application profile permits access as well as rejects access, and the " -#~ "type of file permission access that is permitted or rejected. Verbose " -#~ "Notification also reports several messages that the logprof tool uses to " -#~ "interpret profiles. <br>For example:<br> Oct 9 15:40:31 SubDomain: " -#~ "PERMITTING r access to /etc/apache2/httpd.conf (httpd2-prefork(6068) " -#~ "profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) <br<br> " -#~ "<ol> <li> For each notification type that you would like enabled, select " -#~ "the frequency of notification that you would like. For example, if you " -#~ "select <b>1 day</b> from the pull-down list, you will be sent daily " -#~ "notifications of security events, if they occur.</li> <br><br> <li> Enter " -#~ "the email address of those who should receive the Terse, Summary, or " -#~ "Verbose notifications. </li><br><br> <li>Select the lowest <b>severity " -#~ "level</b> for which a notification should be sent. Security events will " -#~ "be logged and the notifications will be sent at the time indicated by the " -#~ "interval when events are equal or greater than the selected severity " -#~ "level. If the interval is 1 day, the notification will be sent daily, if " -#~ "security events occur.<br><br> <b>Severity Levels:</b> These are numbered " -#~ "one through ten, ten being the most severe security incident. The " -#~ "<b>severity.db</b> file defines the severity level of potential security " -#~ "events. The severity levels are determined by the importance of different " -#~ "security events, such as certain resources accessed or services denied.</" -#~ "li> <li>Select <b>Include unknown security events</b> if you would like " -#~ "to include events that are not rated with a severity number.</li> </ol>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Güvenlik Olay Bildirimi ekranı bilgisayarınızdaki güvenlik konusundaki " -#~ "uyarılarda e-posta ile bildirilmenizi sağlar. İlerleyen adımlarda bu " -#~ "uyarıların hangi sıklıkta yollanması gerektiğini, uyarıların kime " -#~ "yollanacağı ve hangi önem seviyelerinde uyarı yollanacağını " -#~ "seçebilirsiniz.<br><br><b>Bildiri türleri</b><br> <b>Kısa bildiri:</b> " -#~ "Kısa bildiride ayrıntılara girilmeden kaç adet sistem uyarısı olduğu " -#~ "belirtilir. <br>Örneğin:<br> dhcp-101.up.wirex.com, 12 Ekim 2004 Salı 12 " -#~ "11:10:00 tarihinden bu yana 10 güvenlik uyarısı aldı.<br><br><b>Özet " -#~ "bildirisi:</b> Özet bildirisi, kaydı tutulmuş AppArmor güvenlik " -#~ "uyarılarını ve olaylarını, en sonuncusunun tarihini de vererek, bir bir " -#~ "gösterir. <br>Örneğin:<br> Alt alan adı: 'setgid' yeteneğine (httpd2-" -#~ "prefork(6347) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork active /usr/sbin/httpd2-" -#~ "prefork) sonuncusu 9 Ekim 2004 Cts 16:05:54 olmak üzere 2 kez İZİN " -#~ "VERİLDİ. <br><br> <b>Geniş bildiri:</b> Geniş bildiride kaydı tutulan " -#~ "AppArmor güvenlik olayları değiştirilmeden gösterilir. Bu kayıtlarda " -#~ "meydana gelen her güvenlik olayı için ayrı bir satır eklenir ve olayın " -#~ "tarihi ile zamanı, profilin erişime izin verdiği - erişimi engellediği ve " -#~ "bu dosya erişiminin türü gibi bilgiler dahil edilir. Geniş bildiri ayrıca " -#~ "logprof aracının profilleri yorumlamasını sağlayan bazı mesajları da " -#~ "içerir. <br>Örneğin:<br>9 Ekim 15:40:31 Alt alan adı: /etc/apache2/httpd." -#~ "conf (httpd2-prefork(6068) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork active /usr/" -#~ "sbin/httpd2-prefork) - okuma izni VERİLDİ. <br><br> <ol> <li> Seçtiğiniz " -#~ "bildiri türü için yollanma sıklığını belirtin. Örneğin <b>1 gün</b> " -#~ "seçeneği ile güvenlik olaylarının bildirisi günlük olarak yollanır. </li> " -#~ "<br><br> <li>Bildirilerin yollanacağı e-posta adresini girin.</" -#~ "li><br><br> <li><b>Önem seviyesi</b> seçeneği ile yollanacak güvenlik " -#~ "uyarılarının en düşük seviyesini seçebilirsiniz. Güvenlik olaylarının " -#~ "kaydı tutulacak ve girdiğiniz zaman aralığında, seçtiğiniz seviye ve " -#~ "daha üst önem seviyelerdeki uyarılar size bildirilecektir. Aralık 1 gün " -#~ "ise bildiriler, olay olması üzerine, günlük gönderilecektir. <br><br>Önem " -#~ "seviyeleri:</b> Bunlar birden ona kadar sıralanmıştır, ve on numara en " -#~ "yüksek güvenlik vakasıdır. <b>severity.db</b> dosyasında potansiyel " -#~ "güvenlik vakalarının önem seviyeleri belirtilmiştir. Bu seviyeler " -#~ "güvenlik olaylarının önemine göre, örneğin eriştiği kaynaklara ve " -#~ "hizmetlere göre belirlenmiştir.</li> <li><b>Bilinmeyen güvenlik " -#~ "olaylarını içer</b> seçeneği ile de belli bir güvenlik önem numarası " -#~ "verilmemiş güvenlik olaylarının da içerilmesi sağlanılabilir.</li> </ol>" +#~ msgid "The Security Event Notification screen enables you to setup email alerts for security events. In the following steps, specify how often alerts are sent, who receives the alert, and how severe the security event must be to send an alert. <br><br><b>Notification Types</b><br> <b>Terse Notification:</b> Terse notification summarizes the total number of system events without providing details. <br>For example:<br> dhcp-101.up.wirex.com has had 10 security events since Tue Oct 12 11:10:00 2004<br><br> <b>Summary Notification:</b> The Summary notification displays the logged AppArmor security events, and lists the number of individual occurrences, including the date of the last occurrence. <br>For example:<br> SubDomain: PERMITTING access to capability 'setgid' (httpd2-prefork(6347) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 2004.<br><br> <b>Verbose Notification:</b> The Verbose notification displays unmodified , logged AppArmor security events. It tells you every time an event occurs and writes a new line in the Verbose log. These security events include the date and time the event occurred, when the application profile permits access as well as rejects access, and the type of file permission access that is permitted or rejected. Verbose Notification also reports several messages that the logprof tool uses to interpret profiles. <br>For example:<br> Oct 9 15:40:31 SubDomain: PERMITTING r access to /etc/apache2/httpd.conf (httpd2-prefork(6068) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) <br<br> <ol> <li> For each notification type that you would like enabled, select the frequency of notification that you would like. For example, if you select <b>1 day</b> from the pull-down list, you will be sent daily notifications of security events, if they occur.</li> <br><br> <li> Enter the email address of those who should receive the Terse, Summary, or Verbose notifications . </li><br><br> <li>Select the lowest <b>severity level</b> for which a notification should be sent. Security events will be logged and the notifications will be sent at the time indicated by the interval when events are equal or greater than the selected severity level. If the interval is 1 day, the notification will be sent daily, if security events occur.<br><br> <b>Severity Levels:</b> These are numbered one through ten, ten being the most severe security incident. The <b>severity.db</b> file defines the severity level of potential security events. The severity levels are determined by the importance of different security events, such as certain resources accessed or services denied.</li> <li>Select <b>Include unknown security events</b> if you would like to include events that are not rated with a severity number.</li> </ol>" +#~ msgstr "Güvenlik Olay Bildirimi ekranı bilgisayarınızdaki güvenlik konusundaki uyarılarda e-posta ile bildirilmenizi sağlar. İlerleyen adımlarda bu uyarıların hangi sıklıkta yollanması gerektiğini, uyarıların kime yollanacağı ve hangi önem seviyelerinde uyarı yollanacağını seçebilirsiniz.<br><br><b>Bildiri türleri</b><br> <b>Kısa bildiri:</b> Kısa bildiride ayrıntılara girilmeden kaç adet sistem uyarısı olduğu belirtilir. <br>Örneğin:<br> dhcp-101.up.wirex.com, 12 Ekim 2004 Salı 12 11:10:00 tarihinden bu yana 10 güvenlik uyarısı aldı.<br><br><b>Özet bildirisi:</b> Özet bildirisi, kaydı tutulmuş AppArmor güvenlik uyarılarını ve olaylarını, en sonuncusunun tarihini de vererek, bir bir gösterir. <br>Örneğin:<br> Alt alan adı: 'setgid' yeteneğine (httpd2-prefork(6347) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) sonuncusu 9 Ekim 2004 Cts 16:05:54 olmak üzere 2 kez İZİN VERİLDİ. <br><br> <b>Geniş bildi ri:</b> Geniş bildiride kaydı tutulan AppArmor güvenlik olayları değiştirilmeden gösterilir. Bu kayıtlarda meydana gelen her güvenlik olayı için ayrı bir satır eklenir ve olayın tarihi ile zamanı, profilin erişime izin verdiği - erişimi engellediği ve bu dosya erişiminin türü gibi bilgiler dahil edilir. Geniş bildiri ayrıca logprof aracının profilleri yorumlamasını sağlayan bazı mesajları da içerir. <br>Örneğin:<br>9 Ekim 15:40:31 Alt alan adı: /etc/apache2/httpd.conf (httpd2-prefork(6068) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) - okuma izni VERİLDİ. <br><br> <ol> <li> Seçtiğiniz bildiri türü için yollanma sıklığını belirtin. Örneğin <b>1 gün</b> seçeneği ile güvenlik olaylarının bildirisi günlük olarak yollanır. </li> <br><br> <li>Bildirilerin yollanacağı e-posta adresini girin.</li><br><br> <li><b>Önem seviyesi</b> seçeneği ile yollanacak güvenlik uyarılarının en düşük seviyesini seçeb ilirsiniz. Güvenlik olaylarının kaydı tutulacak ve girdiğiniz zaman aralığında, seçtiğiniz seviye ve daha üst önem seviyelerdeki uyarılar size bildirilecektir. Aralık 1 gün ise bildiriler, olay olması üzerine, günlük gönderilecektir. <br><br>Önem seviyeleri:</b> Bunlar birden ona kadar sıralanmıştır, ve on numara en yüksek güvenlik vakasıdır. <b>severity.db</b> dosyasında potansiyel güvenlik vakalarının önem seviyeleri belirtilmiştir. Bu seviyeler güvenlik olaylarının önemine göre, örneğin eriştiği kaynaklara ve hizmetlere göre belirlenmiştir.</li> <li><b>Bilinmeyen güvenlik olaylarını içer</b> seçeneği ile de belli bir güvenlik önem numarası verilmemiş güvenlik olaylarının da içerilmesi sağlanılabilir.</li> </ol>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>The Report Configuration dialog enables you to filter the archived " -#~ "report selected in the previous screen. To filter by <b>Date Range:</" -#~ "b><br><br> <ol> <li>Click <b>Filter By Date Range</b>. The fields become " -#~ "active. <li>Enter the start and end dates that delineate the scope of " -#~ "the report. <li>Enter other filtering parameters. See below for " -#~ "definitions of parameters. </ol> The following definitions help you to " -#~ "enter the filtering parameters in the Report Configuration Dialog: " -#~ "<br><br> <b>Program Name Pattern:</b> When you enter a program name or " -#~ "pattern that matches the name of the binary executable of the program of " -#~ "interest, the report will display security events that have occurred for " -#~ "a specific program.<br><br> <b>Profile Name Pattern:</b> When you enter " -#~ "the name of the profile, the report will display the security events that " -#~ "are generated for the specified profile. You can use this to see what is " -#~ "being confined by a specific profile.<br><br> <b>PID Number:</b> Process " -#~ "ID number is a number that uniquely identifies one specific process or " -#~ "running program (this number is valid only during the lifetime of that " -#~ "process).<br><br> <b>Severity Level:</b> Select the lowest severity " -#~ "level for security events that you would like to be included in the " -#~ "report. The selected severity level, and above, will be included in the " -#~ "reports.<br><br> <b>Detail:</b> A source to which the profile has denied " -#~ "access. This includes capabilities and files. You can use this field to " -#~ "report the resources are not allowed to be accessed by profiles.<br><br> " -#~ "<b>Mode:</b> The Mode is the permission that the profile grants to the " -#~ "program or process to which it is applied. The options are: r (read) w " -#~ "(write) l (link) x (execute)<br><br> <b>Access Type:</b> The access type " -#~ "describes what is actually happening with the security event. The options " -#~ "are: PERMITTING, REJECTING, or AUDITING.<br><br> <b>CSV or HTML:</b> " -#~ "Enables you to export a CSV (comma separated values) or html file. The " -#~ "CSV file separates pieces of data in the log entries with commas using a " -#~ "standard data format for importing into table-oriented applications. You " -#~ "can enter a pathname for your exported report by typing in the full " -#~ "pathname in the field provided.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Rapor yapılandırma aracı önceki ekrandaki seçilen arşivlenmiş raporu " -#~ "filtrelemenizi sağlar. <b>Zaman aralığına</b> göre filtrelemek için:</" -#~ "b><br><br><ol><li><b>Zaman aralığına göre filtrele</b> seçeneğini " -#~ "tıklayın. Zaman alanları etkinleşecektir. <li>Raporun alanını belirleyen " -#~ "başlangıç ve bitiş tarihlerini girin. <li>Diğer filtreleme " -#~ "parametrelerini girin. Bu parametrelerin tanımı için aşağıya " -#~ "bakabilirsiniz. </ol>Aşağıdaki tanımlar rapor yapılandırma penceresindeki " -#~ "filtreleme parametrelerini girmenize yardımcı olacaktır:<br><br> " -#~ "<b>Program adı şablonu:</b>Eğer bir program adı, ya da program adına uyan " -#~ "bir şablon girerseniz raporda bu seçilen program için oluşan güvenlik " -#~ "olaylarını görebilirsiniz.<br><br> <b>Profil adı şablonu:</b> Buraya bir " -#~ "profil adını girerseniz o profil için oluşturulan güvenlik olayları " -#~ "listelenecektir. Bu şekilde bir profil tarafından nelerin sınırlandığını " -#~ "görebilirsiniz.<br><br> <b>PID numarası:</b> PID numarası, çalışan bir " -#~ "programın sahip olduğu, uygulamayı belirten bir numaradır (bu numara " -#~ "program sonlanana kadar geçerlidir).<br><br> <b>Önem seviyesi:</b> Rapora " -#~ "eklenecek en düşük önem seviyesini seçin. Seçilen seviye ve daha üst " -#~ "seviyeler rapora eklenecektir.<br><br> <b>Detay:</b> Profilin erişimini " -#~ "reddettiği kaynak. Bu, yetenek ve dosyaları içerir. Bu alanı kullanarak " -#~ "profillerin hangi kaynaklara erişiminin izin vermediğini görebilirsiniz." -#~ "<br><br> <b>Mod:</b> Mod, profilin program ya da uygulamaya verdiği " -#~ "izindir. Seçenekler: r (oku) w (yaz) l (bağla) x (çalıştır)<br><br> " -#~ "<b>Erişim türü:</b> Erişim türü bu güvenlik vakasında ne yapıldığını " -#~ "gösterir. Seçenekler: İZİN VERİLİYOR, REDDEDİLİYOR, KONTROL EDİLİYOR." -#~ "<br><br> <b>CSV ya da HTML:</b> Bir CSV (virgül ile ayrılan değerler) " -#~ "dosyasına ya da bir html dosyasına kayıt yapmayı sağlar. CSV dosyası " -#~ "kayıt dosyasındaki verileri virgülle ayırır. Bu standart bir dosya " -#~ "türüdür ve tablo kullanan programlarda açılabilir. Dosyanın kaydedileceği " -#~ "dizin yerini gerekli alana yazabilirsiniz." +#~ msgid "<p>The Report Configuration dialog enables you to filter the archived report selected in the previous screen. To filter by <b>Date Range:</b><br><br> <ol> <li>Click <b>Filter By Date Range</b>. The fields become active. <li>Enter the start and end dates that delineate the scope of the report. <li>Enter other filtering parameters. See below for definitions of parameters. </ol> The following definitions help you to enter the filtering parameters in the Report Configuration Dialog: <br><br> <b>Program Name Pattern:</b> When you enter a program name or pattern that matches the name of the binary executable of the program of interest, the report will display security events that have occurred for a specific program.<br><br> <b>Profile Name Pattern:</b> When you enter the name of the profile, the report will display the security events that are generated for the specified profile. You can use this to see what is being confined by a specific profile.<br><br> <b>PID Number:</b
Process ID number is a number that uniquely identifies one specific process or running program (this number is valid only during the lifetime of that process).<br><br> <b>Severity Level:</b> Select the lowest severity level for security events that you would like to be included in the report. The selected severity level, and above, will be included in the reports.<br><br> <b>Detail:</b> A source to which the profile has denied access. This includes capabilities and files. You can use this field to report the resources are not allowed to be accessed by profiles.<br><br> <b>Mode:</b> The Mode is the permission that the profile grants to the program or process to which it is applied. The options are: r (read) w (write) l (link) x (execute)<br><br> <b>Access Type:</b> The access type describes what is actually happening with the security event. The options are: PERMITTING, REJECTING, or AUDITING.<br><br> <b>CSV or HTML:</b> Enables you to export a CSV (comma separated values) or ht ml file. The CSV file separates pieces of data in the log entries with commas using a standard data format for importing into table-oriented applications. You can enter a pathname for your exported report by typing in the full pathname in the field provided.</p>" +#~ msgstr "Rapor yapılandırma aracı önceki ekrandaki seçilen arşivlenmiş raporu filtrelemenizi sağlar. <b>Zaman aralığına</b> göre filtrelemek için:</b><br><br><ol><li><b>Zaman aralığına göre filtrele</b> seçeneğini tıklayın. Zaman alanları etkinleşecektir. <li>Raporun alanını belirleyen başlangıç ve bitiş tarihlerini girin. <li>Diğer filtreleme parametrelerini girin. Bu parametrelerin tanımı için aşağıya bakabilirsiniz. </ol>Aşağıdaki tanımlar rapor yapılandırma penceresindeki filtreleme parametrelerini girmenize yardımcı olacaktır:<br><br> <b>Program adı şablonu:</b>Eğer bir program adı, ya da program adına uyan bir şablon girerseniz raporda bu seçilen program için oluşan güvenlik olaylarını görebilirsiniz.<br><br> <b>Profil adı şablonu:</b> Buraya bir profil adını girerseniz o profil için oluşturulan güvenlik olayları listelenecektir. Bu şekilde bir profil tarafından nelerin sınırlandığını görebilirsiniz.< br><br> <b>PID numarası:</b> PID numarası, çalışan bir programın sahip olduğu, uygulamayı belirten bir numaradır (bu numara program sonlanana kadar geçerlidir).<br><br> <b>Önem seviyesi:</b> Rapora eklenecek en düşük önem seviyesini seçin. Seçilen seviye ve daha üst seviyeler rapora eklenecektir.<br><br> <b>Detay:</b> Profilin erişimini reddettiği kaynak. Bu, yetenek ve dosyaları içerir. Bu alanı kullanarak profillerin hangi kaynaklara erişiminin izin vermediğini görebilirsiniz.<br><br> <b>Mod:</b> Mod, profilin program ya da uygulamaya verdiği izindir. Seçenekler: r (oku) w (yaz) l (bağla) x (çalıştır)<br><br> <b>Erişim türü:</b> Erişim türü bu güvenlik vakasında ne yapıldığını gösterir. Seçenekler: İZİN VERİLİYOR, REDDEDİLİYOR, KONTROL EDİLİYOR.<br><br> <b>CSV ya da HTML:</b> Bir CSV (virgül ile ayrılan değerler) dosyasına ya da bir html dosyasına kayıt yapmayı sağlar. CSV dosyası kayıt dosyasındaki verileri virg� �lle ayırır. Bu standart bir dosya türüdür ve tablo kullanan programlarda açılabilir. Dosyanın kaydedileceği dizin yerini gerekli alana yazabilirsiniz."
#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>The AppArmor On-Demand Report screen displays an instantly generated " -#~ "version of one of the following reports. <b>Executive Security Summary:</" -#~ "b> A combined report, consisting of one or more Security incident reports " -#~ "from one or more machines. This report provides a single view of " -#~ "security events on multiple machines.<br><br> <b>Applications Audit " -#~ "Report:</b> An auditing tool that reports which application servers are " -#~ "running and whether the applications are confined by AppArmor. " -#~ "Application servers are applications that accept incoming network " -#~ "connections. <br><br> <b>Security Incident Report:</b> A report that " -#~ "displays application security for a single host. It reports policy " -#~ "violations for locally confined applications during a specific time " -#~ "period. You can edit and customize this report, or add new versions.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "AppArmor istendiğinde oluşturulan rapor ekranında aşağıdaki raporlardan " -#~ "birinin anında hazırlanan hali gösterilir. <b>Yönetici güvenlik özeti:</" -#~ "b> Bir ya da birden fazla makinedeki, bir ya da birden fazla güvenlik " -#~ "olayının birleşik raporudur. Bu rapor ile birden fazla makinedeki " -#~ "güvenlik olaylarını tek bakışta görebilirsiniz.<br><br> <b>Uygulama " -#~ "teftiş raporu:</b> Hangi uygulama sunucularının çalıştığını ve bu " -#~ "uygulamaların AppArmor tarafından kontrol edilme durumunu görmek için bir " -#~ "araçtır. Uygulama sunucuları gelen ağ bağlantılarını kabul eden " -#~ "uygulamalardır. <br><br> <b>Güvenlik vaka raporu:</b> Tek bir makine için " -#~ "uygulama güvenliğini gösteren rapordur. Belirtilen zaman aralığındaki " -#~ "sınırlandırılmış uygulamaların kural ihlallerini gösterir. Bu raporu " -#~ "düzenleyebilir, ya da yeni sürümlerini ekleyebilirsiniz." +#~ msgid "<p>The AppArmor On-Demand Report screen displays an instantly generated version of one of the following reports. <b>Executive Security Summary:</b> A combined report, consisting of one or more Security incident reports from one or more machines. This report provides a single view of security events on multiple machines.<br><br> <b>Applications Audit Report:</b> An auditing tool that reports which application servers are running and whether the applications are confined by AppArmor. Application servers are applications that accept incoming network connections. <br><br> <b>Security Incident Report:</b> A report that displays application security for a single host. It reports policy violations for locally confined applications during a specific time period. You can edit and customize this report, or add new versions.</p>" +#~ msgstr "AppArmor istendiğinde oluşturulan rapor ekranında aşağıdaki raporlardan birinin anında hazırlanan hali gösterilir. <b>Yönetici güvenlik özeti:</b> Bir ya da birden fazla makinedeki, bir ya da birden fazla güvenlik olayının birleşik raporudur. Bu rapor ile birden fazla makinedeki güvenlik olaylarını tek bakışta görebilirsiniz.<br><br> <b>Uygulama teftiş raporu:</b> Hangi uygulama sunucularının çalıştığını ve bu uygulamaların AppArmor tarafından kontrol edilme durumunu görmek için bir araçtır. Uygulama sunucuları gelen ağ bağlantılarını kabul eden uygulamalardır. <br><br> <b>Güvenlik vaka raporu:</b> Tek bir makine için uygulama güvenliğini gösteren rapordur. Belirtilen zaman aralığındaki sınırlandırılmış uygulamaların kural ihlallerini gösterir. Bu raporu düzenleyebilir, ya da yeni sürümlerini ekleyebilirsiniz." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>The Report Configuration dialog enables you to filter the report " -#~ "selected in the previous screen. To filter by <b>Date Range:</b><br><br> " -#~ "<ol> <li>Click <b>Filter By Date Range</b>. The fields become active. " -#~ "<li>Enter the start and end dates that delineate the scope of the " -#~ "report. <li>Enter other filtering parameters. See below for definitions " -#~ "of parameters. </ol> The following definitions help you to enter the " -#~ "filtering parameters in the Report Configuration Dialog: <b>Program Name " -#~ "Pattern:</b> When you enter a program name or pattern that matches the " -#~ "name of the executable process of interest, the report will display " -#~ "security events that have occurred for a specific program.<br><br> " -#~ "<b>Profile Name Pattern:</b> When you enter the name of the security " -#~ "profile that is applied to the process, the report will display the " -#~ "security events that are generated for the specified profile. You can use " -#~ "this to see what is being confined by a specific profile.<br><br> <b>PID " -#~ "Number:</b> Process ID number is a number that uniquely identifies one " -#~ "specific process or running program (this number is valid only during the " -#~ "lifetime of that process).<br><br> <b>Severity Level:</b> Select the " -#~ "lowest severity level for security events that you would like to be " -#~ "included in the report. The selected severity level, and above, will be " -#~ "included in the reports.<br><br> <b>Detail:</b> A source to which the " -#~ "profile has denied access. This includes capabilities and files. You can " -#~ "use this field to report the resources are not allowed to be accessed by " -#~ "profiles.<br><br> <b>Mode:</b> The Mode is the permission that the " -#~ "profile grants to the program or process to which it is applied. The " -#~ "options are: r (read) w (write) l (link) x (execute)<br><br> <b>Access " -#~ "Type:</b> The access type describes what is actually happening with the " -#~ "security event. The options are: PERMITTING, REJECTING, or AUDITING." -#~ "<br><br> <b>CSV or HTML:</b> Enables you to export a CSV (comma separated " -#~ "values) or HTML file. The CSV file separates pieces of data in the log " -#~ "entries with commas using a standard data format for importing into table-" -#~ "oriented applications. You can enter a pathname for your exported report " -#~ "by typing in the full pathname in the field provided.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Rapor yapılandırma aracı önceki ekrandaki seçilen arşivlenmiş raporu " -#~ "filtrelemenizi sağlar. <b>Zaman aralığına</b> göre filtrelemek için:</" -#~ "b><br><br><ol><li><b>Zaman aralığına göre filtrele</b> seçeneğini " -#~ "tıklayın. Zaman alanları etkinleşecektir. <li>Raporun alanını belirleyen " -#~ "başlangıç ve bitiş tarihlerini girin. <li>Diğer filtreleme " -#~ "parametrelerini girin. Bu parametrelerin tanımı için aşağıya " -#~ "bakabilirsiniz. </ol>Aşağıdaki tanımlar rapor yapılandırma penceresindeki " -#~ "filtreleme parametrelerini girmenize yardımcı olacaktır:<br><br> " -#~ "<b>Program adı şablonu:</b>Eğer bir program adı, ya da program adına uyan " -#~ "bir şablon girerseniz raporda bu seçilen program için oluşan güvenlik " -#~ "olaylarını görebilirsiniz.<br><br> <b>Profil adı şablonu:</b> Buraya bir " -#~ "profil adını girerseniz o profil için oluşturulan güvenlik olayları " -#~ "listelenecektir. Bu şekilde bir profil tarafından nelerin sınırlandığını " -#~ "görebilirsiniz.<br><br> <b>PID numarası:</b> PID numarası, çalışan bir " -#~ "programın sahip olduğu, uygulamayı belirten bir numaradır (bu numara " -#~ "program sonlanana kadar geçerlidir).<br><br> <b>Önem seviyesi:</b> Rapora " -#~ "eklenecek en düşük önem seviyesini seçin. Seçilen seviye ve daha üst " -#~ "seviyeler rapora eklenecektir.<br><br> <b>Detay:</b> Profilin erişimini " -#~ "reddettiği kaynak. Bu, yetenek ve dosyaları içerir. Bu alanı kullanarak " -#~ "profillerin hangi kaynaklara erişiminin izin vermediğini görebilirsiniz." -#~ "<br><br> <b>Mod:</b> Mod, profilin program ya da uygulamaya verdiği " -#~ "izindir. Seçenekler: r (oku) w (yaz) l (bağla) x (çalıştır)<br><br> " -#~ "<b>Erişim türü:</b> Erişim türü bu güvenlik vakasında ne yapıldığını " -#~ "gösterir. Seçenekler: İZİN VERİLİYOR, REDDEDİLİYOR, KONTROL EDİLİYOR." -#~ "<br><br> <b>CSV ya da HTML:</b> Bir CSV (virgül ile ayrılan değerler) " -#~ "dosyasına ya da bir html dosyasına kayıt yapmayı sağlar. CSV dosyası " -#~ "kayıt dosyasındaki verileri virgülle ayırır. Bu standart bir dosya " -#~ "türüdür ve tablo kullanan programlarda açılabilir. Dosyanın kaydedileceği " -#~ "dizin yerini gerekli alana yazabilirsiniz.<br><br>" +#~ msgid "<p>The Report Configuration dialog enables you to filter the report selected in the previous screen. To filter by <b>Date Range:</b><br><br> <ol> <li>Click <b>Filter By Date Range</b>. The fields become active. <li>Enter the start and end dates that delineate the scope of the report. <li>Enter other filtering parameters. See below for definitions of parameters. </ol> The following definitions help you to enter the filtering parameters in the Report Configuration Dialog: <b>Program Name Pattern:</b> When you enter a program name or pattern that matches the name of the executable process of interest, the report will display security events that have occurred for a specific program.<br><br> <b>Profile Name Pattern:</b> When you enter the name of the security profile that is applied to the process, the report will display the security events that are generated for the specified profile. You can use this to see what is being confined by a specific profile.<br><br> <b>PID Num ber:</b> Process ID number is a number that uniquely identifies one specific process or running program (this number is valid only during the lifetime of that process).<br><br> <b>Severity Level:</b> Select the lowest severity level for security events that you would like to be included in the report. The selected severity level, and above, will be included in the reports.<br><br> <b>Detail:</b> A source to which the profile has denied access. This includes capabilities and files. You can use this field to report the resources are not allowed to be accessed by profiles.<br><br> <b>Mode:</b> The Mode is the permission that the profile grants to the program or process to which it is applied. The options are: r (read) w (write) l (link) x (execute)<br><br> <b>Access Type:</b> The access type describes what is actually happening with the security event. The options are: PERMITTING, REJECTING, or AUDITING.<br><br> <b>CSV or HTML:</b> Enables you to export a CSV (comma separated values ) or HTML file. The CSV file separates pieces of data in the log entries with commas using a standard data format for importing into table-oriented applications. You can enter a pathname for your exported report by typing in the full pathname in the field provided.</p>" +#~ msgstr "Rapor yapılandırma aracı önceki ekrandaki seçilen arşivlenmiş raporu filtrelemenizi sağlar. <b>Zaman aralığına</b> göre filtrelemek için:</b><br><br><ol><li><b>Zaman aralığına göre filtrele</b> seçeneğini tıklayın. Zaman alanları etkinleşecektir. <li>Raporun alanını belirleyen başlangıç ve bitiş tarihlerini girin. <li>Diğer filtreleme parametrelerini girin. Bu parametrelerin tanımı için aşağıya bakabilirsiniz. </ol>Aşağıdaki tanımlar rapor yapılandırma penceresindeki filtreleme parametrelerini girmenize yardımcı olacaktır:<br><br> <b>Program adı şablonu:</b>Eğer bir program adı, ya da program adına uyan bir şablon girerseniz raporda bu seçilen program için oluşan güvenlik olaylarını görebilirsiniz.<br><br> <b>Profil adı şablonu:</b> Buraya bir profil adını girerseniz o profil için oluşturulan güvenlik olayları listelenecektir. Bu şekilde bir profil tarafından nelerin sınırlandığını görebilirsiniz.< br><br> <b>PID numarası:</b> PID numarası, çalışan bir programın sahip olduğu, uygulamayı belirten bir numaradır (bu numara program sonlanana kadar geçerlidir).<br><br> <b>Önem seviyesi:</b> Rapora eklenecek en düşük önem seviyesini seçin. Seçilen seviye ve daha üst seviyeler rapora eklenecektir.<br><br> <b>Detay:</b> Profilin erişimini reddettiği kaynak. Bu, yetenek ve dosyaları içerir. Bu alanı kullanarak profillerin hangi kaynaklara erişiminin izin vermediğini görebilirsiniz.<br><br> <b>Mod:</b> Mod, profilin program ya da uygulamaya verdiği izindir. Seçenekler: r (oku) w (yaz) l (bağla) x (çalıştır)<br><br> <b>Erişim türü:</b> Erişim türü bu güvenlik vakasında ne yapıldığını gösterir. Seçenekler: İZİN VERİLİYOR, REDDEDİLİYOR, KONTROL EDİLİYOR.<br><br> <b>CSV ya da HTML:</b> Bir CSV (virgül ile ayrılan değerler) dosyasına ya da bir html dosyasına kayıt yapmayı sağlar. CSV dosyası kayıt dosyasındaki verileri virg� �lle ayırır. Bu standart bir dosya türüdür ve tablo kullanan programlarda açılabilir. Dosyanın kaydedileceği dizin yerini gerekli alana yazabilirsiniz.<br><br>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p>The summary of scheduled reports page shows us when reports are " -#~ "scheduled to run. Reports can be set to run monthly, weekly, daily, or " -#~ "hourly. The default settings are daily at midnight. The reports can also " -#~ "be emailed, upon completion, to up to three email recipients.<br><br> In " -#~ "the Set Schedule section, you can schedule the following three types of " -#~ "security reports:<br><br> <b>Executive Security Summary:</b> A combined " -#~ "report, consisting of one or more Security incident reports from one or " -#~ "more machines. This report provides a single view of security events on " -#~ "multiple machines.<br><br> <b>Applications Audit Report:</b> An auditing " -#~ "tool that reports which application servers are running and whether the " -#~ "applications are confined by AppArmor. Application servers are " -#~ "applications that accept incoming network connections. <br><br> " -#~ "<b>Security Incident Report:</b> A report that displays application " -#~ "security for a single host. It reports policy violations for locally " -#~ "confined applications during a specific time period. You can edit and " -#~ "customize this report, or add new versions.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Zamanlanan raporlar sayfasında bu raporların hangi zamanlarda " -#~ "hazırlanacağı gösterilir. Raporlar aylık, haftalık, günlük ya da saatlik " -#~ "olarak hazırlanabilir. Standart ayarlar günlük, ve gece yarısı olmak " -#~ "üzere yapılmıştır. Bu raporlar bittiğinde en fazla 3 adrese e-posta ile " -#~ "gönderilebilir.<br><br> Zamanlama kur bölümünde şu üç tür rapor için " -#~ "zamanlama yapabilirsiniz:<b>Yönetici güvenlik özeti:</b> Bir ya da birden " -#~ "fazla makinedeki, bir ya da birden fazla güvenlik olayının birleşik " -#~ "raporudur. Bu rapor ile birden fazla makinedeki güvenlik olaylarını tek " -#~ "bakışta görebilirsiniz.<br><br> <b>Uygulama teftiş raporu:</b> Hangi " -#~ "uygulama sunucularının çalıştığını ve bu uygulamaların AppArmor " -#~ "tarafından kontrol edilme durumunu görmek için bir araçtır. Uygulama " -#~ "sunucuları gelen ağ bağlantılarını kabul eden uygulamalardır. <br><br> " -#~ "<b>Güvenlik vaka raporu:</b> Tek bir makine için uygulama güvenliğini " -#~ "gösteren rapordur. Belirtilen zaman aralığındaki sınırlandırılmış " -#~ "uygulamaların kural ihlallerini gösterir. Bu raporu düzenleyebilir, ya da " -#~ "yeni sürümlerini ekleyebilirsiniz." +#~ msgid "<p>The summary of scheduled reports page shows us when reports are scheduled to run. Reports can be set to run monthly, weekly, daily, or hourly. The default settings are daily at midnight. The reports can also be emailed, upon completion, to up to three email recipients.<br><br> In the Set Schedule section, you can schedule the following three types of security reports:<br><br> <b>Executive Security Summary:</b> A combined report, consisting of one or more Security incident reports from one or more machines. This report provides a single view of security events on multiple machines.<br><br> <b>Applications Audit Report:</b> An auditing tool that reports which application servers are running and whether the applications are confined by AppArmor. Application servers are applications that accept incoming network connections. <br><br> <b>Security Incident Report:</b> A report that displays application security for a single host. It reports policy violations for locally conf ined applications during a specific time period. You can edit and customize this report, or add new versions.</p>" +#~ msgstr "Zamanlanan raporlar sayfasında bu raporların hangi zamanlarda hazırlanacağı gösterilir. Raporlar aylık, haftalık, günlük ya da saatlik olarak hazırlanabilir. Standart ayarlar günlük, ve gece yarısı olmak üzere yapılmıştır. Bu raporlar bittiğinde en fazla 3 adrese e-posta ile gönderilebilir.<br><br> Zamanlama kur bölümünde şu üç tür rapor için zamanlama yapabilirsiniz:<b>Yönetici güvenlik özeti:</b> Bir ya da birden fazla makinedeki, bir ya da birden fazla güvenlik olayının birleşik raporudur. Bu rapor ile birden fazla makinedeki güvenlik olaylarını tek bakışta görebilirsiniz.<br><br> <b>Uygulama teftiş raporu:</b> Hangi uygulama sunucularının çalıştığını ve bu uygulamaların AppArmor tarafından kontrol edilme durumunu görmek için bir araçtır. Uygulama sunucuları gelen ağ bağlantılarını kabul eden uygulamalardır. <br><br> <b>Güvenlik vaka raporu:</b> Tek bir makine için uygulama güvenliğini gösteren rapo rdur. Belirtilen zaman aralığındaki sınırlandırılmış uygulamaların kural ihlallerini gösterir. Bu raporu düzenleyebilir, ya da yeni sürümlerini ekleyebilirsiniz." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>AppArmor Status</b><br>This reports whether the AppArmor policy " -#~ "enforcement module is loaded and functioning.</p> <p><b>Security Event " -#~ "Notification</b><br>Configure this tool if you want to be notified by " -#~ "email when access violations have occurred.</p> <p><b>Profile Modes</" -#~ "b><br>Use this tool to change the way that AppArmor uses individual " -#~ "profiles.</p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>AppArmor durumu</p><br>Burada AppArmor modülünün yüklü olduğunu ve " -#~ "çalışıp çalışmadığını görebilirsiniz.</p><p><b>Güvenlik olay bildirimi</" -#~ "b><br>Güvenlik kuralları çiğnendiğinde bunun size e-posta ile " -#~ "bildirilmesini sağlayabilirsiniz.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>AppArmor Status</b><br>This reports whether the AppArmor policy enforcement module is loaded and functioning.</p> <p><b>Security Event Notification</b><br>Configure this tool if you want to be notified by email when access violations have occurred.</p> <p><b>Profile Modes</b><br>Use this tool to change the way that AppArmor uses individual profiles.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>AppArmor durumu</p><br>Burada AppArmor modülünün yüklü olduğunu ve çalışıp çalışmadığını görebilirsiniz.</p><p><b>Güvenlik olay bildirimi</b><br>Güvenlik kuralları çiğnendiğinde bunun size e-posta ile bildirilmesini sağlayabilirsiniz.</p>" # include/ui/common_messages.ycp:27 #~ msgid "&Yes" @@ -3201,9 +2760,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Yönetici güvenlik özeti raporu" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<tr><th colspan='7'>Executive Security Summary - Generated by AppArmor</" -#~ "th></tr>" +#~ msgid "<tr><th colspan='7'>Executive Security Summary - Generated by AppArmor</th></tr>" #~ msgstr "Yönetici güvenlik özeti raporu" #, fuzzy @@ -3211,9 +2768,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Uygulama teftiş raporu" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<table border='1' cellpadding='2'><tr><th colspan='7'>Applications Audit " -#~ "Report - Generated by AppArmor</th></tr>\n" +#~ msgid "<table border='1' cellpadding='2'><tr><th colspan='7'>Applications Audit Report - Generated by AppArmor</th></tr>\n" #~ msgstr "Uygulama teftiş raporu" #, fuzzy @@ -3403,16 +2958,12 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<b>Capbility Selection</b>.\n" -#~ " <br>Select desired capabilities for this " -#~ "profile. \n" -#~ " Select a Capability name to see " -#~ "information about the capability." +#~ " <br>Select desired capabilities for this profile. \n" +#~ " Select a Capability name to see information about the capability." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<b>Yetenek seçimi</b>.\n" -#~ " <br>Bu profil için istenen yetenekleri " -#~ "seçin. \n" -#~ " Yetenek hakkında bilgi almak için yetenek " -#~ "ismini seçebilirsiniz." +#~ " <br>Bu profil için istenen yetenekleri seçin. \n" +#~ " Yetenek hakkında bilgi almak için yetenek ismini seçebilirsiniz." #~ msgid " or press Abort to cancel this wizard." #~ msgstr ", ya da Durdur düğmesiyle bu sihirbazdan çıkabilirsiniz." @@ -3423,23 +2974,11 @@ #~ msgid "Cap for " #~ msgstr "Yetenek - " -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In this form you can view and modify the contents of an individual " -#~ "profile. For existing entries you can double click the permissions to " -#~ "access a modification dialog..<p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bu pencerede bir profilin içeriğini görüp değiştirebilirsiniz. Mevcut " -#~ "girdilerin izinlerine çift tıklayarak ayar penceresine ulaşabilirisiniz.." -#~ "<p>" +#~ msgid "In this form you can view and modify the contents of an individual profile. For existing entries you can double click the permissions to access a modification dialog..<p>" +#~ msgstr "Bu pencerede bir profilin içeriğini görüp değiştirebilirsiniz. Mevcut girdilerin izinlerine çift tıklayarak ayar penceresine ulaşabilirisiniz..<p>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<b>Permission Definitions:</b><br><<code> R - read <br> W - write<br> X - " -#~ "execute<br> U - unconfined<br> I - inherit<br> L - link<br> P - discrete " -#~ "profile </code><p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<b>İzin tanımları:</b><br><<code> R - oku <br> W - yaz<br> X - " -#~ "çalıştır<br> U - kapatılmamış<br> I - içer<br> L - bağlantı<br> P - ayrı " -#~ "profil </code><p>" +#~ msgid "<b>Permission Definitions:</b><br><<code> R - read <br> W - write<br> X - execute<br> U - unconfined<br> I - inherit<br> L - link<br> P - discrete profile </code><p>" +#~ msgstr "<b>İzin tanımları:</b><br><<code> R - oku <br> W - yaz<br> X - çalıştır<br> U - kapatılmamış<br> I - içer<br> L - bağlantı<br> P - ayrı profil </code><p>" #~ msgid "Editing HAT saving" #~ msgstr "Düzenlenen başlık kaydediliyor" @@ -3448,8 +2987,7 @@ #~ msgid "Adding HAT " #~ msgstr "Başlık ekleniyor" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "AppArmor include files must be located in the directory /etc/apparmor.d" +#~ msgid "AppArmor include files must be located in the directory /etc/apparmor.d" #~ msgstr "AppArmor kapsama dosyaları /etc/apparmor.d dizininde bulunmalıdır." #~ msgid "Saving Hat" -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe@opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner@opensuse.org